CaENTI16 Acts Besancon

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.
Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI
caENTI Coordination action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence

www.territorial-intelligence.eu/caenti/
Acts of the Annual International Conference BESANON 2008 October 2008, 15th to 18th Deliverable No 16
Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT Scientific coordinator Universit de Franche-Comt February 2009, 28th
Acts of Besanon 2008
February 2009, 28th
page 1 of 653
FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2
Contents
1 Introduction.....................................................................................................................................................6 2 Program and links ..........................................................................................................................................7 Invited Conferences (3) 3 Territorial Intelligence and territorial Development: a new Network. Real problems, theoretical and methodological criteria and Project development. A Latin America experience Horracio BOZZANO ........................................................................................................................................17 4 Information and Territorial Decision Support Florent JOERIN.................................................................................................................................................31 5 How and why is observation useful to territorial action? Evelyne BRUNAU ............................................................................................................................................49 Papers (73) 6 The caENTI scientific progress, results and prospects Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT .................................................................................................................................57 7 Theoretical approach of territorial intelligence and communication Peter ACS .........................................................................................................................................................77 8 Possibilities of ICT and tool limits relative to sustainable development, participation and partnership Laurent AMIOTTE-SUCHET .............................................................................................................................81 9 The culture of socio-economic cohesion Natale AMMATURO.........................................................................................................................................89 10 Citizen regaining and experienced solidarity, towards structuring the link Julien ANGELINI, Marie Michle VENTURINI ...............................................................................................93 11 Conception of a territorial observation and prospective tool for energy, the case of fuelwood Hlne AVOCAT, Camille CHANARD, Marie-Hlne DE SDE MARCEAU ..............................................101 12 Transitions towards capable territories. Community development and Social development Andrea BARBIERI ..........................................................................................................................................109 13 Social economy (non-profit sector, co-operative and mutual organisations): Identity, dynamics and objectives of the observation Franois BAULARD........................................................................................................................................117 14 Girona's Permanent Immigration Observatory (territorial views and partnership dynamisation) Outale BENABID ...........................................................................................................................................121 15 Private life protection, intellectual rights protection and tools dissemination Amlie BICHET ..............................................................................................................................................127 16 Sustainable development assessment tools dedicated to territorial collectivities: GDF Suez research and innovation division expertise Amlie BONARD, Amlie LAFRAGETTE and Emilie DRIDI-DASTREVIGNE ...............................................133
February 2009, 28th
2 / 653
17 New pays (little countries) as local level of the process of Territorial Intelligence in France. Comparative study of the Pays Basque and the Couserans Christian BOURRET, Eguzki URTEAGA .......................................................................................................139 18 Territorial understanding (entendimiento), participative process and territorial development: experiences in Latin America. The network www.territoriosposibles.org as part of www.teritoriesnet.org Horacio BOZZANO ........................................................................................................................................147 19 Infra-communal level: accessibility and territorial information management Christophe BREUER, Gunal DEVILLET ....................................................................................................157 20 Territorial information, shapefiles and indicators accessible for actors until commune and infra communal levels (Synthesis) Christophe BREUER, Gunal DEVILLET ....................................................................................................161 21 Towards a system of territorial intelligence: geographical indicators and data for the European actors Christophe BREUER, Gunal DEVILLET ....................................................................................................169 22 Emergence of a territory project for the districts of Huy and Waremme (Belgium): tools, participation and construction Christophe BREUER, Gunal DEVILLET and Bernadette MRENNE-SCHOUMAKER..............................177 23 Approaching the territory as a space of the action. Predictors of the participation in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania) Calina Ana BUTIU.........................................................................................................................................185 24 The Observatory of ACCEM in the county of Guadalajara Braulio CARLS BARRIOPEDRO ....................................................................................................................197 25 Permanent Observatory of Guadalajara OPEGU Braulio CARLS BARRIOPEDRO, Pilar CARLS BARRIOPEDRO, David MRQUEZ SAN PEDRO ................203 26 Permanent Observatory of Sigenza OPASI Braulio CARLS BARRIOPEDRO, Oscar HERNANDO SANZ and Alejandro MORENO YAGE ..................207 27 Observation: Concepts and Implications Marie-Hlne DE SEDE-MARCEAU, Alexandre MOINE ............................................................................211 28 Contribution to the applied territorial intelligence: reasoned catalog of territorial information available on Internet and sources in Europe Gunal DEVILLET, Christophe BREUER ....................................................................................................225 29 Towards a participative tool of decision-making aid as regards retail location Gunal DEVILLET, Mathieu JASPARD, Franois LAPLANCHE, Bernadette MRENNE-SCHOUMAKER .231 30 Indicators of territorial competitiveness Csilla FILO .....................................................................................................................................................239 31 Toward an objective understanding of spatial dynamics: description of a methodology and two casa studies in Qubec Serge GAGNON .............................................................................................................................................247 32 Len Observation Group. Monitoring and evaluation device for the integration of immigrant population M.-Lourdes GARCA FUERTES......................................................................................................................257 33 Device for Observation of Len Encarna GARCA SAN MARTN, Carmen GARCA SAN MARTN and Lourdes GARCA FUERTES ..........263 34 Multimodality and intermodality in Bordeaux sustainable orientations and technological choices Elizabeth GARDRE, Jean-Philippe GARDRE............................................................................................267 35 Specifications for the territorial information community systems Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT ...............................................................................................................................273 36 Manual for use of the ACCEM's Observatories Isabel GONZALEZ MAH ..............................................................................................................................285 37 Territoriality and Territorial Intelligence Devices: A functional investigation from Intelligence management and territory notions Stphane GORIA ...........................................................................................................................................291
February 2009, 28th
3 / 653
38 Claude Nicolas Ledoux, architecture visionnaire et utopie sociale Luc GRUSON ..................................................................................................................................................299 39 Anticipation and territory. Does collecting information need citizens? Philippe HERBAUX........................................................................................................................................309 40 Concept of territorial intelligence: contributions of the council of Europe Annie HUMBERT-DROZ SWEZEY ..................................................................................................................319 41 Industrial ecology, an innovative approach serving spatial planning: the example of the tool PRESTEO (a program to research synergies on a territory) Florian JULIEN-SAINT AMAND, Patricia LE MONNER ..............................................................................325 42 The complexity of the production of information in a step of territorial intelligence in a sector where sources are pluri-disciplinary and of multi-sector information. The example of performing heritage Sophie LACOUR.............................................................................................................................................335 43 Software Tools Developed and Employed for Survey on Central Taiwan Science Park and Data Analyses Fang-Yie LEU, and Yao-Tien HUANG ........................................................................................................343 44 Socio-economic permanent observatory of immigration in Asturias: ODINA Javier MAHIA CORDERO, Raquel PALACIO TORRE, Marisa MARTINEZ GONZALEZ ................................351 45 Permanent observatory of immigration in asturias ODINA Fco. Javier MAHA CORDERO, Marisa MARTNEZ GNZALEZ, Raquel PALACIO TORRE, Isabel HEVIA ARTIME...........................................................................................................................................................357 46 The Community and the Communitarian Development Models Emiliana MANGONE .....................................................................................................................................363 47 Including the inhabitants' options in a process of territory regeneration for the Vauban-type fortress in Alba Iulia, Romania Lucian MARINA, Nicusor MOLDOVAN .......................................................................................................369 48 Conception, representation and mediation in participatory land planning projects: 3D physical models artefacts Pierre MAUREL, Yann BERTACCHINI...........................................................................................................375 49 Transfer of an exploring observation according to a European guide: the experiment from Chapelle-LezHerlaimont Laurence MEIRE, Carine DE NOOSE, Jean-Marie DELVOYE .....................................................................383 50 Territorial Intelligence and the three components of Territorial Governance Blanca MIEDES ..............................................................................................................................................387 51 Performing the caenti quality letter on action-research Blanca MIEDES ..............................................................................................................................................397 52 Video on Territorial Intelligence: action-research for sustainable development Blanca MIEDES ..............................................................................................................................................409 53 Environmental indicators as contextual information for territorial actors Olga MNGUEZ MORENO ..............................................................................................................................413 54 The survey on territory research in Europe Monica MOLLO .............................................................................................................................................419 55 Fundamental methods and generic tools for territorial intelligence Serge ORMAUX and Csilla FILO ..................................................................................................................433 56 The principles of the Territorial Intelligence. Proposals for exploratory operationalisation ans researches in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania) Mihai PASCARU.............................................................................................................................................439 57 Interactive map for caENTI Application of the web mapping technology Peter PEHANI, Marion LANDR, Kritof OTIR..........................................................................................445 58 Participative management in the elaboration and implementation of the OSUA information system Anne PERETZ .................................................................................................................................................455
February 2009, 28th
4 / 653
59 ACCEM's Observatories Network Julia FERNNDEZ QUINTANILLA ..................................................................................................................467 60 The national evaluation of the Rseau des Jardins de Cocagne (Network of Jardins de Cocagne) Jean-Marc RIGOLI .........................................................................................................................................473 61 A collaborative environment for actors for sustainable development Eve ROSS ........................................................................................................................................................479 62 L'Intelligence pour l'Intelligence Territoriale Loreto SAAVEDRA SANCHEZ, Jos L. PIUEL RAIGADA ............................................................................489 63 Action and involvement in health governance Tullia SACCHERI ............................................................................................................................................495 64 Participatory definition of social needs and solution strategies in vulnerable territories catalogue of participatory research-action methodologies Tullia SACCHERI, Serge SCHMITZ ................................................................................................................499 65 How to deal with the conflicting views of the world expressed in regional economic development policies? Maryse SALLES, Gabriel COLLETIS ..............................................................................................................511 66 Uses of the Territorial Intelligence tools within the development partnerships. Catalyse method Celia SNCHEZ LPEZ, Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT. ......................................................................................519 67 The course of the development of the Obsevatorio permanente de Immigracin en Sevilla (ongoing immigration research project in Seville) Manuel SANCHEZ MONTERO, Mercedes GUZMN BEJARANO .................................................................531 68 Landscape and public policies: evaluation and indice Alain SAUTER, Serge ORMAUX, Franois-Pierre TOURNEUX ....................................................................535 69 Territorial Intelligence is also networking! Which strategies could be adopted to create a learning community regarding a public place? Serge SCHMITZ, Sarai DE GRAEF, Michel ERICX, Luc SCHEERS, Stphane NOIRHOMME, Isabelle DALIMIER, Chris VERHEYEN, Marc PHILIPPOT, Christine PARTOUNE, Etienne VAN HECKE .................543 70 Stakeholder analysis in Territorial Intelligence in Digital Governance Jing SHIANG ..................................................................................................................................................547 71 A concept of the territory implemented in and by observation Philippe SIGNORET, Alexandre MOINE ......................................................................................................557 72 Gouvernance Locale et Communalisation au Burkina Faso: Le Cas de Douroula Claude Etienne SISSAO ................................................................................................................................569 73 Some considerations regarding collective intelligence Filimon STREMTAN .......................................................................................................................................585 74 A planning support system for assessing strategies of local urban planning agencies Stephan T.P. KAMPS, Ccile TANNIER ........................................................................................................593 75 Education systems in Europe: a comparison Giovana TRUDA ............................................................................................................................................603 76 Sustainable water management methods in Hungary Zoltan WILHELM ...........................................................................................................................................609 77 The hyperscape project: participative game informational construction Philippe WOLOSZYN, Gatan BOURDIN .....................................................................................................619 78 The uses of territorial intelligence tools Blanca MIEDES ..............................................................................................................................................627 79 Bibliography caENTI .................................................................................................................................631
February 2009, 28th
5 / 653
Introduction
The sixth International Conference of Territorial Intelligence took place in Besanon (France) on October, 16th and 17th 2008. Its general theme was Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence. The call for papers, published on January, 31st 2008, suggested three themes: A. [Tools] The tools of territorial intelligence for and by actors of sustainable development (coordination Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT) B. [Methods] The scientific methods and the generic tools of spatial observation and of territorial information analysis (coordination Serge ORMAUX) C. [Concept] The evolution of the territorial intelligence concept (coordination Philippe DUMAS). This scientific event organised by the Institute of Humanities, Social and Environmental sciences of the Universit de Franche-Comt was very successful, what underlines the caENTI success and implies we plan a continuation to this project. We received 107 proposals of papers and we had to organize 24 workshops (see the programme below). The scientific event mobilised 248 participants of 22 nationalities, and among the 218 European participants there were 124 French people. 29 researchers were from North and South America, Asia and Africa. Organised within the caENTI (Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence) framework, supported from March 2006 to February 2009 by the Sixth Framework Programme of Research and Technological Development of the European Union, it gathered 123 researchers and actors members of the caENTI, but also 115 other researchers and actors. The conference blog had already received more than 600 visits at the event end and it has received more than 4,000 until now, coming from 86 countries. After the event, we also received many congratulation emails that praised the communications quality and the reception friendliness. They expressed their authors will to participate to the continuation of the territorial intelligence network, in particular by offering to receive meetings and seminars of preparation of the future project. These offers are progressively becoming reality and the European Network of Territorial Intelligence is presenting extending at the international level. Besides, the next conference of territorial intelligence will take place in Salerno on November, 4th to 6th 2009. We publish here 77 papers in English. We had to choose the ones that would be included in this deliverable; we decided to consider the external papers as the priority. Indeed, some papers of the caENTI workshops linked to the project progress were more technical and other ones are updated in the caENTI deliverables we publish in parallel to these proceedings. Besides, they are available on the territorial intelligence portal: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon2008/ proceedings. We do not publish the demonstrations neither because they can be consulted on the Catalyse community: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/catalyse/. The selected papers we publish here are classified according to the order of the authors name. The following programme, ordered by workshops, provides a link towards each of the caENTI contributions, published or not in these proceedings. The links lead to the papers and also to PowerPoint presentations in French or in Spanish when they are available.
February 2009, 28th
6 / 653
Program and links
Thursday, October 16th [09:30] Opening session [10:30] Invited conferences [10:30] Horacio Bozzano. Professor in Methods and techniques of geographic research activity in the National University of La Plata in Argentina. Territorial Intelligence and Territorial Development: a New Network. Real problems, theoretical and methodological criteria and Project development. A Latin American experience. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bozzano [11:10] Florent Joerin, Professor in the University Laval, has tenure of the Canadian research chair in help to territorial decision-making. Information and Territorial Decision Support. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Joerin [11:50] velyne Brunau. General Director of the so-called association Relais-Emploi in Strasbourg. How and why is observation useful to territorial action? http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Brunau
[14:00] The caENTI scientific results and prospects Jean-Jacques Girardot - The caENTI scientific results and prospects http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Girardot2
[15:00- 16:50] Thematic workshops, session 1 A14c - From action to theory: a local construction of territorial intelligence Patrick Deloustal, Laurent Segura. PRO-ACT: a step to observation and territorial anticipation which integrates the perception of the actors. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Deloustal Alain Campredon. From Equal acts: tools and methods as lessons and conditions of renewals for local developments. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Campredon Anthony Frmaux. Proposition of a territorial animation device based on the actors skills cartography. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Fremaux
B15c - Participative methods and tools (I) Khosro Maleki. Policy Delphi as a method of participatory governance. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Maleki Gunal Devillet, Mathieu Jaspard, Franois Laplanche, Bernadette Merenne-Schoumaker. Towards a participative tool of decision-making aid as regards retail location. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Devillet2
February 2009, 28th
7 / 653
Horacio Bozzano. Territorial "entendimiento" (understanding), participative process and territorial development: experiences in Latin America. The network www.territoriosposibles.org as part of www.territoriesnet.org. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bozzano2
C16c - The concept of territorial intelligence (I) Annie Humbert-Droz Swezey. The concept of territorial intelligence : contributions from the Council of Europe. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Humbert Stphane Goria. Intelligence management and territory notion for an investigation of territorial intelligence conception. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Goria Loreto Saavedra, Jos Luis Piuel. Intelligence for territorial intelligence. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Saavedra
B1pc - Territory knowledge Philippe Herbaux. Anticipation and territory. Does collecting information need citizens? http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Herbaux Sophie Lacour. The complexity of the production of information in a step of territorial intelligence in a sector where sources are pluri-disciplinary and of multisector information: the example of performing heritage. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Lacour Serge Gagnon. For an objective knowledge of spatial dynamics : presentation of a methodology and of two examples from Quebec http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gagnon Pascal Brion. Observation of the effects of the big transports infrastructures: methods, practices and results. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Berion
[17:10 19:00] Thematic workshops, session 2 A24c - Participative methods and tools (II) Christophe Breuer, Gunal Devillet, Bernadette Mrenne-Schoumaker. Emergence of a territory project for the districts of Huy and Waremme (Belgium): tools, participation and construction. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer2 Calina-Ana Butiu. Approaching the territory as a space of the action. Predictors of the participation in the Livezile-Rimitea micro-rgion (Romania). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Butiu Lucian Marina, Nicusor Moldovan. Including the inhabitants' options in a process of Territory regeneration for the Vauban-type citadel in Alba Iulia. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Marina Franois Baulard. Social and solidarity economy: observation identity, dynamic and stakes. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Baulard
B25c - Observation tools and territorial analysis Philippe Signoret, Alexandre Moine. A concept of the territory implemented in and by observation. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Signoret Adel Adjoudj. Territorial intelligence and participation. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Adjoudj
February 2009, 28th
8 / 653
Pascal Brion, Alain Sauter, Souleimane Thiam. Observation of the DiACT mountain territories: presentation and purposes. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Berion2
C26c - The territorial intelligence concept (II) Mihai Pascaru. The principles of the territorial intelligence. Proposals for exploratory operationalisation and researches in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Pascaru Yves Alpe, Jean-Luc Fauguet. Territorial intelligence studied by sociology: How the territorial data production transforms the actors status. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Alpe Emiliana Mangone. The Community and Communitarian Development Models. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mangone Peter cs. Theoretical approach of territorial intelligence and communication http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Acs Blanca Miedes. Territorial intelligence and the three components of territorial governance. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes
A28o Catalyse tools integration Sylvie Damy, Bndicte Herrmann, Cyril Masselot, Jonathan Bnilan, Rmi Thomas, Marc Ramage. Progress and prospects of Catalyse tools Integration. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Damy Jonathan Bnilan. [Demostration] A cross-platform and multi-langage version of Pragma in Java: jpragma. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/besancon2008/blog/?p=1150&lang=fr Rmi Thomas. [Demostration] Progress and propects of the e-pragma online version http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/besancon2008/blog/?p=1146&lang=fr Marc Ramage. [Demostration] Integration of Anaconda and Nuage in a cross-platform and multi-language version and articulation with the e-anaconda on line version. Cyril Masselot. [Demostration] CMS Catalyse and Catalyse community blog.
Friday, October 17th [08:30 - 10:20] Thematic workshops, session 3 B34c - Methods and tools for sustainable development Amlie Bonard, Amlie Lafragette, Emilie Dridi-Dastrevigne. Sustainable development assessment tools dedicated to territorial collectivities. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bonard Florian Julien-Saint Amand, Patricia Le Monner. Industrial Ecology, an Innovative Approach Serving Spatial Planning: the Example of the Tool PRESTEO (A Program to Research Synergies on a Territory). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Julien-Saint-Amand Elizabeth Gardre, Jean-Philippe Gardre. Network and multimodality in Bordeaux. Sustainable strategy and technological choices http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gardere
A35s - Collaborative methods and tools for partnership (I) Pierre Champollion, Alain Legardez. Territorial intelligence at work: a cooperative and partnership step of territorial diagnosis gathering actors and researchers. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Champollion
February 2009, 28th
9 / 653
Eve Ross. A collaborative environment for actors for sustainable development. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Ross Filimon Stremtan. Some consideration regarding collective intelligence. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Stremtan
C36c - The territorial intelligence concept (III): the factors Natale Ammaturo. The Culture of socio-economic cohesion. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Ammaturo Maryse Salles, Gabriel Colletis. How to deal with the conflicting views of the world expressed in regional economic development policies? http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Salles Jean-Marc Rouchon. [TOOLS DEMONSTRATION] Territorial intelligence: towards the integration of the subsidiarity principle? Julien Angelini, Marie-Michle Venturini. Citizen regaining and experienced solidarity, towards structuring the link http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Angelini
A3pc - Territorial information systems Jean-Jacques Girardot, Cyril Masselot. Specifications for the Territorial Intelligence Community Systems (TICS). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Girardot Sylvie Damy, Bndicte Herrmann-Philippe. Metadata for the caENTI. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Damy2 Antonio Moreno Moreno. Data processing protocols in the framework of a territorial intelligence system. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Moreno Amlie Bichet-Miaro. Private life protection, intellectual right protection and tools dissemination. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bichet
[10:40 - 12:30] Thematic workshops, session 4 A44s - European portal of territorial indicators Christophe Breuer, Gunal Devillet. Territorial information, shapefiles and indicators accessibles for actors until commune and infra communal levels (Synthesis). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer3 Gunal Devillet and Christophe Breuer. Contribution to the applied territorial intelligence: reasoned catalogue of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Devillet Christophe Breuer, Gunal Devillet. Towards a Community System of Territorial Intelligence : indicators and geographical data for european actors. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer Christophe Breuer, Gunal Devillet. Infra-local level: accessibility and management of territorial information. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer4 Csilla Fil. Indicators of territorial competitiveness http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Filo Olga Mnguez Moreno. Environnemental indicators as contextual information for the territorial actors. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Minguez
February 2009, 28th
10 / 653
Peter Pehani, Marion Landr, Kritof Otir. Interactive map for caENTI application of the web mapping technology. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Pehani
B45c - Observation tools and territorial analysis Hlne Avocat, Camille Chanard, Marie-Hlne de Sde-Marceau. Conception of a territorial observation and prospective tool for energy. The case of fuelwood. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Avocat Andrea Barbieri. Transitions towards capable territories. Community development and Social development. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Barbieri Michel Phillipon. Mediaction btiment II. Evaluation of the building jobs image and tools of bnficients' follow-up. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Phillipon Souleymane Thiam, Philippe Signoret. An observatory shared on the Web: OSER70. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Thiam
B46s - Scientific methods and tools of territorial intelligence Serge Ormaux, Csilla Filo. Fundamental methods and generic tools for territorial intelligence. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Ormaux Monica Mollo. The survey on territory research in Europe. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mollo Marie-Hlne de Sde-Marceau, Alexandre Moine. Observation: concept and implications http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/De-Sede-Marceau Fang-Yie Leu, Yao-Tien Huang. Software Tools Developed and Employed for Survey on Central Taiwan Science Park and Data Analyses. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Leu
B4pc - Territorial intelligence tools and governance principles Blanca Miedes Ugarte. Performing the caENTI quality letter on action-research http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes2 Blanca Miedes Ugarte. Video on Territorial Intelligence: action-research for sustainable development http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes3 Laurent Amiotte-Suchet. Possibilities of ICT and tool limits relative to sustainable development, participation and partnership. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Amiotte-Suchet Tullia Saccheri. Participatory definition of social needs and solution strategies in vulnerable territories. Catalogue of participatory research-action methodologies. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Saccheri
[14:00 - 15:50] Thematic workshops, session 5 B54c Territorial observation and landscape Philippe Woloszyn, Gatan Bourdin. The Hyperscape project: Participative Game Informational Construction http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Woloszyn Philippe Woloszyn, Gatan Bourdin. [TOOLS DEMONSTRATION] The Hyperscape project: the Landscapes Observatory. Tool Coproduction and Acknowledgment Participative
February 2009, 28th
11 / 653
Challenge-Games. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Woloszyn2 Alain Sauter, Serge Ormaux, Franois-Pierre Tourneux. Landscape and public policies : evaluation and indices. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Sauter Catherine Caille-Cattin. [POSTER] The need to share landscaped information to draft common territory projects. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Caille-Cattin
A55c - Project of European observatory of elementary school Yves Alpe, Jean-Luc Fauguet. The results of the Rural School Observatory and the prospects of European Observatory of Elementary http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Alpe2 Giovanna Truda. The European educational systems: a comparison http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Truda Catherine Caille-Cattin, Ahmed Hammad, Jean Louis Poirey, Rmi Thomas. Integration of the E&T database in the E-pragma system http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Caille-Cattin2
A55s - Observation tools for and by actors of South countries Yal Kouzmine, Tayeb Othmane, Badr-eddine Yousfi. The territorial dynamics of the SouthWest Saharian in Algeria. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Kouzmine Claude Etienne Sissao. Local Governance and Communalisation in Burkina Faso: Douroula case. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Sissao Tchaa Boukpessi. Social and economic role of the sacred woods of the center of Togo http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Boukpessi Tchaa Boukpessi, Yann Flty. [POSTER] Sacred groves, a threaten biodiversity tank. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Boukpessi2
A5ps - The uses of territorial intelligence tools (I) Blanca Miedes. Scientific report http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes4 Celia Sanchez Lopez, Jean-Jacques Girardot. Uses of the territorial intelligence tools within the developement partnerships. The European repertory of territorial intelligence projects. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Sanchez Laurence Meire, Jean-Marie Delvoye, Carine De Noose. Transfer of an exploratory observation starting from the European guide: Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont experimentation. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Meire Anne Peretz. Participative management in the elaboration and implementation of the OSUA information system http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Peretz Marie-Pierre Baccon. Quality step and sustainable development in "les Jardins de Cocagne" http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Baccon Jean-Marc Rigoli. Evaluation in the Jardin de Cocagne http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Rigoli Christiane Rulot, Jean-Marie Delvoye. Recommendations for the catalyse method uses http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Rulot Maribel Franco Ligenfert. Planning of the District V http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Franco-Ligenfert
February 2009, 28th
12 / 653
[16:10 - 18:00] Thematic workshops, session 6 A64c - Multidisciplinary approaches of sustainable development Virginie Gannac. In situ Art exhibitions as a support of a sustainable development policy in the post-industrial areas and new regional territories? http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gannac Zoltan Wilhelm. Sustainable water management methods in Hungary http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Wilhelm Pierre Maurel, Yann Bertacchini. Conception, representation & mediation in participatory land planning projects : 3D physical models artefacts http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Maurel Ruey-Ming Tsay, Hsiu-Jen Jennifer Yeh. The Effects of Social Stratification in the Process of Urban Development: an Empirical Analysis of Taiwans Case. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Tsay
A65c - Collaborative methods and tools for the partnership (II) Serge Schmitz, Michel Erix, Sarai De Graef, Christine Partoune, Isabelle Dalimier, Marc Philippot, Yannick Martin, Etienne van Hecke. Territorial intelligence is also networking! Which strategies could be adopted to create a community of practices? http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Schmitz Jing Shiang. Stakeholder Analysis in Territorial Intelligence in Digital Governance. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Shiang Stephan T.P. Kamps, Ccile Tannier. A planning support system for assessing strategies of local urban planning agencies. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Kamps
A66c - Tools for local development Christian Bourret, Eguzki Urteaga. New pays (little countries) as local level of the process of Territorial Intelligence in France? A comparative study of the Pays Basque (Aquitaine) and the Couserans (Midi-Pyrnes). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bourret Jnos Csap, Mnika Berki. Existing and future tourism potential and the geographical basis of Thematic routes in south Transdanubia (Hungary). http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Csapo Tullia Saccheri. Action and involvement in health governance http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Saccheri2 Adel Ben Hassine. Integration and assimilation of new technologies as innovation in local development http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Ben-Hassine
A6ps - The uses of territorial intelligence tools (II) Blanca Miedes. Scientific report http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes4 Julia Fernandez Quintanilla. Accems observatories network http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Fernandez Isabel Gonzalez Mahe. Manual for use of the Accems observatories http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mahe
February 2009, 28th
13 / 653
Fco. Javier Maha Cordero, Marisa Martnez Gnzalez, Raquel Palacio Torre, Isabel Hevia Artime. Permanent Observatory of immigration in Asturias, ODINA. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mahia Braulio Carles Barriopedro. Accems observatories in the province of Guadalajara. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Carles M-Lourdes Garca Fuertes. Len observation group. Monitoring and evaluation device for the integration of immigrant population. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Garcia Javier Mahia Cordero, Raquel Palacio Torre, Marisa Martnez Martnez. [POSTER] Socioeconomic permanent observatory of immigration in Asturias: ODINA http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mahia2 Braulio Carls Barriopedro, Pilar Carls Barriopedro, David Mrquez San Pedro. [POSTER] Observatory of migrations of Guadalajara OPEGU. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Carles2 Braulio Carls Barriopedro, Oscar Hernando Sanz and Alejandro Moreno Yage. [POSTER] Permanent observatory of Sigenza OPASI. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Carles3 Encarna Garca San Martn, Carmen Garca San Martn and Lourdes Garca Fuertes. [POSTER] Observatory of migrations of Leon GOL. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Garcia-San-Martin utale Benabid. [POSTER] Gironas permanent immigration observatory (OPIG). Territorial views and partnership dynamisation. http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Benabid Manuel Sanchez Montero and Mercedes Guzmn Bejarano. [POSTER] The course of the development of the observatorio permanente de la inmigracin en Sevilla (Ongoing immigration research project in Seville) http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Sanchez-Montero
Saturday, October 18th [14:30 - 15:30] Visit of the Saline d'Arc et Senans http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gruson
February 2009, 28th
14 / 653
INVITED CONFERENCES
February 2009, 28th
15 / 653
February 2009, 28th
16 / 653
Territorial intelligence and territorial development: a new network

Real problems, theoretical and methodological criteria and Project development. A Latin American experience
Horacio BOZZANO Professor, National University of La Plata, FHCE, Argentina bozzano59@hotmail.com
Abstract: In the new Latin American network Territorios Posibles, territorial intelligence and the territorial development are promoted, by five specific attachment lines, with the participation and the joint learning between professional and institutional, social and economic actors. Concrete projects, spaces of formation and other activities are systematized with common theoretical-methodological criteria. Two representative cases are exposed here. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, territorial development, networks, methodological criteria, participation, learning.
Tools, methods and concepts oriented towards understanding the real problems people face and towards specifying theoretical methodological criteria which make definition and project development possible in order to solve them, or at least seek for solutions, are useful contributions for Territorial intelligence and the Territorial development within a wide range of topics. Two topics are being introduced here: one which has just been finished, the Urban and Territorial Organization Code of Colon, Buenos Aires, Argentina, a job requested by the Local Government of Colon, Municipality of the Argentinean Pampas of 25.000 inhabitants, while the other one, is a two-academic seminar project Real problems and project development and Defining our thesis to be done in 2009 at the Udelar Republic University (Uruguay). The reference to this Latin American experiences has three main objectives: a) knowing how an interdisciplinary university teamwork works (Colon), b) knowing how a scientific-academic activity is organized thesis oriented and problems and projects (Uruguay) and c) identifying how those sound projects are systematically inserted in the new Latin American network, www.territoriosposibles.org. I. The new network. The network www.territoriosposibles.org is a growing Latin America network which nowadays is joining a worldwide network, www.territoriesnet.org. These networks are trying to assure that each region of the planet keep their specificity, and at the same time, be able to participate in the systematization of projects, problems, methods and tools in order to allow university students and non-university students to understand and make more intelligible the territory, and to be part of its transformation. It is about a network of cooperation and Latin America complementarity whose purpose is to reach, from the scientific and academic world, other fields like political-institutional, social
Translation: Mariela Acosta and Mara Secco.
February 2009, 28th
17 / 653
organizations, non-profit civic organizations, business chambers, enterprises and citizens in general, concerning a wide range of topics and scientific systematized problems according to different criteria: processes, places, actors, transformation, valorization, appropriation and organization, among others. Since November 2008, the website www.territoriosposibles.org will have five sections problems, concepts, works, knowledge and thesis with systematized activities and results in all cases. Nowadays, the work is being done with other groups of Europe, Africa and North America, forming a network of networks like a cooperative and complementary center of similar activities in the most diverse latitudes. Considering the purpose of understand what is being done, how is being done and for what is being done, the table below shows the contributions that important experiences will bring to the network www.territoriosposibles.org. These contributions are organized according to the five sections of the site mentioned before. Figure 1: The Colon experience and the UdelaR experience in the network
What experiences EXPERIENCE in ARGENTINA Urban and Territorial Code of Coln, Buenos Aires, Argentina Which contributes to www.territoriosposibles.org Problems and learning Elaborating a new code to replace another one dating from 1979, understanding the territory, participating with the actors and respecting the current provincial rules. Territory, place, management. Result: Final Report 2008 Municipality of Coln Professional Cooperative Terratorium Book in progress. In 2009 it will be published a resume on www.municipiocolon.gov.ar and on www.territoriospo-sibles.org Thematic mapping detail: Real territories (use of the soil), legal territories (current code), though-out territories (places), projected territories (strategies), possible territories (new code). From the work with eleven theoretical methodological criteria will be defined study objects and/or objects of thesis intervention to how will be joined the seminar EXPERIENCE in URUGUAY Seminars Real problems and projects development and Defining our thesis Republic University (Uruguay) From real problems, eleven theoretical methodological criteria will be applied to the development projects, which will be joining the seminar. Methodology, processes, places, actors, explanans, explanandum Similar backgrounds: Publications in the National University of Cordoba posgrado@faudi. unc.edu.ar (H. Bozzano, C. Terreno y M. Riso) and in the Buenos Aires University gam@fadu.uba.ar (H. Bozzano y S. Cappuccio) In 2009 it will be published the Uruguay experience on www.territoriosposibles.org
Concepts and views Works and publications
Territorial knowledge
Projects and thesis
II. The experience in Coln, Buenos Aires Considering that the regulation which rules the territorial organization and the use of the soil in force from three decades is out of date in an important grade, in 2006 the Municipal Government of Colon opens the application for suitable teams to solve the problem: make a new urban and territorial code. In order to perform the task, Terratorium, a University Cooperative of Professionals, is selected. This cooperative has been working from two decades in the topic and establishing bridges with other Uni-versities. The research was done between 2007 and 2008 and nowadays is in a process to be approved by the municipal authorities, in order to be presented to the provincial institutions.
February 2009, 28th
18 / 653
Figure 2: Colon: Urban and territorial code (Bylaws)

Title of the project or program Main problem to be solved Secondary problems to be solved, between 2 and 4 COLON: URBAN AND TERRITORIAL CODE (BYLAWS) To elaborate the ante-project of the Urban and Territorial Bylaws of Colon for its approval by the Municipal Government (Colon) and Provincial Government (Buenos Aires). 1. Study, know and understand the total territory of Colon, establishing places in the micro-scale according to precise criteria. 2. Plan and concrete the participation of territorial actors in four stages organized in work commissions (to the citizens, technical, political-institutional, managerial) and establish the bases for the continuity of the participatory process. 3. Recognize the possible territories, which are more desirable for its inhabitant and more sustainable in time. 4. Make and articulated and maps effective for the municipal management and useful for citizens and investors. Municipality of Coln, Province of Buenos Aires Terratorium Cooperative of Professionals and territorial actors participating in Work Commissions. 2007 Finished in 2008, continued in the municipal field, considering the creation of COUT Urban and Territorial Organization Council, with the participation of different local actors Country: Argentina Province/State/Department: Buenos Aires Municipality/s-Commune/s: Colon Aprox. inhabitant: 25.000 inhabitant 1. It is possible to articulate the understanding of the territory and the participation with the local actors to produce proposals of possible territories (a code), which articulates real, vivid, though-out and projected territories. 2. The knowledge, the understanding and the appropriation of the project from the municipal technicians in charge of the application of the rule. 3. The setting of a new way of work the topic with permanent mechanisms of participation which contribute to the institutional and citizen viability of the code in time Mail/s obraspublicascolon@hotmail.com cooperativa@terratorium.com.ar Phone/s (0054) 2473 421907 / (0054) 221 4833424 Website http://www.municipiocolon.gov.ar http://www.terratorium.com.ar Contact/s Ricardo Casi, Walter Angeloni, Gustavo Boffa, Horacio Bozzano, Sergio Resa
Promoted by With the participation of Year of beginning Year ended/in progress Place carrying out the project
Which was the main learning from the experience? Mention between 1 and 3
Contacts
The work done is a Technical Report of 240 pages and a cartographic Annexe presented by the Terratorium Cooperative to the Municipal Government in September 2008. It includes three reports Socio-territorial Diagnosis, Participation and Legislation and the Ante-project Bylaws itself, with 481 articles. In 2009, a resume of it will be available in www.territoriosposibles.org and in the website of the Municipality of Colon. Moreover, the publishing of a documental book systematizing the rich experience is considered. 1. Knowledge and Territorial Intelligence Topic cartography is systematized with its respective theoretical, methodological and technical criteria. Real territories are analyzed (usos de suelos), legal (up dated codes), thought (places), designed (strategies) and feasible (new code). Real territories: It is about the uses of real soil, interpreted as a real rural lot or block starting from a classification done by the Research Project Territory, Place and Management UNLPCONICET in 24 categories. Legal territories: It deals with legal employment of the territory corresponding to complementary and rural urban zones and areas, from The Municipal Bylaw of Colon 2552/1979 according to the Provincial Law 8912/1977 of Territorial Bylaw and Use of the Soil.
February 2009, 28th
19 / 653
Though-out territories: It is about the places or occupational and appropriation territorial patterns researched, recognized and proposed for all the territory of Colon. There are 36 places: 13 are urban, 10 are periurban and 10 are rural (see figures). Projected territories: It is about the cartography, which resumes the mobility, socio-urban, socio-economic, ecological and managerial strategies elaborated according to projection guidelines systematized in four stages, for the medium and long term of Colon. Possible territories: It is about the Urban, Complementary and Rural Zoning Proposal, which is part of the Ante-project of Urban and Territorial Bylaw. Figure 3:
Methodological Criteria Real territories Theoretical Criteria The use of Real territories by rural lot, fraction and block Technical Criteria Type of cartography: analytical by observation: sources-flights, aerosnapshots, territory research. Classification: UNLP-CONICET. Level of measure: nominal. Visual variable: opposite colours. Test of efficacy: clear and legible. Type of cartography: analytical. Source: website SIOUT. Classification: SIOUT-Atlas Bs. As. Metropolitan. Level of measure: nominal and ordinal. Visual variable: related colours and shades. Test of efficacy: clear and legible. Type of cartography: synthesis. Sources: direct and indirect, self-made. Classification: according to territorialities, vocations, actors, tendencies, rationalities and specialities. Level of measure: nominal. Visual Variable: opposite colours. Efficacy Test: clear and legible. Type of cartography: correlation. Sources: workshops and socio-territorial report. Classification: its own. Level of measurement nominal and ordinal. Visual variable: colors, shades and shapes. Test of efficacy: very clear and very legible. Kind of cartography: Synthesis. Sources: Law 8912/77, memory of organization and results from workshops. Classification according to Province law 8912/77. Level of measurement: nominal and ordinal. Visual variable: associated colours and shades. Test of efficacy: very clear and legible.
Legal Territories
Uses of legal territories, code zones according to the Urban and territorial organization
Though-out Territories
Places or occupational and appropriation territorial patterns
Designed Projects
Territorial strategies
Possible Territories
Proposed Code
The totality of the cartography has been done according to the graphic semiology of Jacques Bertin, its three moments conceptual, technical and communicative and eleven steps of the cartographic processes with an efficacy test at the end of each map. The main objective of the test is to verify if in less than 5, if from 6 to 11, or if in more than 11 seconds each map is readable and clear. That means that efficacy is related with the level accomplishment of elementary reading, means and set proposed by Bertin.
February 2009, 28th
20 / 653
Figure 4: Basis for the Urban and Territorial Organization Code. Places or occupational and appropriation territorial Patterns. Municipality of Colon, Buenos Aires
References: 1. Central square, 2. Downtown, 3. Centre Downtown surroundings, 4. Commercial walkway and services, 5. Mixed corridor, 6. Consolidated residential area, 7. Residential area in process of consolidation, 8. Block of houses. 9. Block of mixed typology, 10. Residential area under vulnerable conditions, 11. Residential area in expansion, 12. Equipment in an urban area, 13. Associated places and activities, 14. Industrial and services hallway, 15. Periurban industrial zone, 16. Stores and machinery, 17. Equipment in periurban zone, 18. Lake Park, 19. Residential Garden, 20. Intensive primary horticulture-poultry, 21. Periurban zone valued in rute, 22. Periurban zone valued per code, 23. Periurban zone with environmental blights, 24. Periurban zone with environmental restrictions, 25. Periurban zone with weak residential vocation, 26. Underpopulated periurban zone, 27. Sub-town of rural service, 28. Equipment for agro service, 29. Flight field, 30. Rural area valued as a highway, 31. Agricultural prevalence in big and standard lots, 32. Agricultural prevalence in small and medium lots, 33. Cattle breeding and agricultural in small and medium lots, 34. Cattle breeding prevalence in big and medium lots, 35. Cattle breeding in small and medium lots, and 36. Intensive cattle breeding in feed lot. Source: Terratorium, H. Bozzano, S. Resa, L. Grassi, G. Cirio and M. Botana.
2. Territorial methods and techniques The methodological stages and the techniques, which are implemented to define places in Colon, are stated briefly. The applied methodologies are organized in five stages, nominated as follows: 1st) territorialities and territories; 2nd) vocational and pre-places, 3rd) rationalities, processes, tendencies and actors, 4th) cartography of places; 5th) matrix-synthesis: places, concepts an variables. In each of the stages what is understood for each operational concept and the attributives employed techniques are specified, both in the relative source use as well as in procedures. The following are two matrixes used to illustrate an example: the first one sums up the method from its theoretical conception, and from its empirical application; while the second one, is part of a matrix corresponding to the 5th stage.
February 2009, 28th
21 / 653
Figure 5:
CATEGORIES Categorial concept or noun concept More theoretical weight CONCEPTS Operative concept Theoretical-empiric nexus Territorialities VARIABLES Operational concept More empirical weight Urban Territoriality Periurban territoriality Rural territoriality Natural territoriality Residential vocation Centrality vocation Recreational vocation Industrial and related vocation Equipment vocation Intensive productive vocation Extensive agricultural and cattle breeding Mining-extractive vocation Harbour vocation Natural reservation vocation Rationalities Environmental rationalities Economical rationalities Social rationalities Sinergetic processes Conflict processes
Vocations Territory
vocation
Place
Processes
Trends
Value trends Vulnerability trends Accessibility Trends Public Actors Private Actors Citizens Absolute Space Relative Space Relational Space
Actors
Space
February 2009, 28th
22 / 653
Figure 6: Interpretative Matrix of places or occupational and appropriation territorial patterns. Colon
References: Places: 1. Central square, 2. Downtown, 3. Centre Downtown surroundings, 4. Commercial walkway and services, 5. Mixed corridor, 6. Consolidated residential area, 7. Residential area in process of consolidation, 8. Block of houses. 9. Block of mixed typology, 10. Residential area under vulnerable conditions, 11. Residential area in expansion, 12. Equipment in an urban area, 13. Associated places and activities. Dimensions (Operational concept): A. Environmental rationalities, B. Economical rationalities, C. Social rationalities. D. Residential vocation. E. Centrality vocation. F. Recreational vocation. G. Industrial vocation, H. Equipment vocation, I. Intensive productive vocation, J. Extensive agricultural and cattle breeding vocation, K. Sinergetic processes, L. Conflict processes, M. Value trends, N. Vulnerability trends, O. Accessibility Trends, P. Urban Territoriality, Q. Periurban territoriality, R. Rural territoriality, S. Natural territoriality, T. Absolute Space, U. Relative Space, V. Relational Space. Note: This image is only 13 examples about 36 Colons places. In 2009, we will consult all the research in www.territoriosposibles.org. Source: Method Lugar by Horacio Bozzano and Sergio Resa.
3. Participative methods and techniques For information, the next figure shows a summary of the stages performed with three Work Commissions nominated Citizen, Technical, and Political-Institutional; as well as the one performed with a Business Commission. Figure 7:
STAGE 1 STAGE 2 Diagnosis and Commission Formation Project Presentation and Beginning of activities STAGE 3 Strategic guidance STAGE 4 Revision and validation STAGE 5 Open discussion STAGE 6
Closing
Territorial Diagnosis
Build up code proposal
Writing a report
Public presentation
Between the different participative techniques carried out, a Delphi study was made, with forty people relating to the social, economic and political life, who answer anonymously 40 questions
February 2009, 28th
23 / 653
classified in five issues: 1- industrials, 2- general and regional, 3- environmental, 4- urban (expansion, infrastructure and equipment) and 5- urban (commerce and services). Part of the results are shown below: Figure 8: Delphi Study of Colon with social, economic and politic actors
Column references: 1- Agreement, 2- Partial Agreement. 3- Disagreement, 4- No response, 5- Total, 6- Percentage agreement, 7Percentage partial agreement, 8- Percentage disagreement, 9- Percentage no response, 10- Total percentage, 11- Considered priority, 12- Percentage of priorities. Note: 40 questions, 5 issues: 1- industrials, 2- general and regional, 3- environmental, 4- urban (expansion, infrastructure and equipment) and 5- urban (commerce and services). Source: Terratorium, Luciano Grassi, H. Bozzano, S. Resa et al.
This image is only an example. A maximized sample in Spanish in CAENTI is available in case the reader would be interested in the Colon case containing three main concept cartography about possible, projected, though-out, legal and real territories, the five stage development to define places and other useful contents. III. The experience at the UDELAR, Republic University of Uruguay Programmed within the framework of the new Latin American network www.territoriosposibles.org, the 2009 experience at UDELAR, is the result of two joint work experiences. On the one hand, the best of twenty experiences belonging to our Research Group UNLP-CONICET done in Argentina, Brazil, Guatemala, France and Spain. On the other hand, international experience is added from part of Uruguayan scholars; work done through continuous meetings with people responsible of research projects, transference and extension of the most varied disciplines, finally have contributed to plan an activity that will take place in two branches of the Uruguayan University: Montevideo and Rivera; on top of this the brand new creation of the Udelar Interdisciplinary Space is something that can be counted on. It is about two seminars Real problems and project development and Defining our thesis where crucial protagonists are the contestants: people responsible, launchers, and members of
February 2009, 28th
24 / 653
finished projects, on going or about to start in a case; and of theoretic scientists from the most varied disciplines are trying to define their specialization thesis, doctoral or master. Within sound seminars, in three time-space dimensions carefully planned and intensive one month spaced each of them-eleven down to earth activities will be carried out, each of them backed up by methodological-theoretical criteria, nurtured among others by E. Durkheim, M. Weber, G. Bachelard, P. Bourdieu, F. Schuster, M. Santos, H. Zemelman and R. Sautu. 1. Real problems and project developments The objective is that, within a wide range of projects, the nature of the real problem could be designed and sharpened. This will be crucial for the development of each project, choosing the methodology of the social research, which allows to precise and narrow the object of study and/or intervention. The purpose is to systematize the results of such interaction. In Latin America, the link between research projects and/or university ones on one side, and national, regional or local government projects or from enterprises, cooperatives or different from part of the citizenship, on the other side, they are not the most frequent. One of the reasons for this situation would be related with different traditions of dominant duties within this areas: while the academic world is recognized by the knowledge production and transmission oriented to a university human preparation, our government institutions besides their administrative functions, needless to say, form an important part of their functions, tend to launch politics under the project, plans and programs umbrella, on the other hand, projects, actions and corporative initiatives, enterprises and citizens contribute to make this mosaic even more complex. Related to a relative inertia from each of these institutions, other reason would be derived from the circumstance that, there is always a spirit of strengthening links; reality shows that the majority of the projects from their conception till their implementation use to develop intra-institution, far from real actors in the working arena. One of the biggest efforts from the experience consist of offering contributions oriented to relationship links and to join learning experiences based on traditions and different duties, highlighting the closeness among our savoir-faire or our know-how, the know-what to do of everyone. It has to do with the sharing of methodological resources with the theoretical support to the University, in order to enrich and to develop on a solid ground our projects, being cautious not to give up on each attempt, not only us, universitarians and social-scientific researchers, as in administratives and other government workers, businessmen and citizens with an inner call of projecting changes and transformations in the territories. If behind each knowledge there exists theory, behind each knowwhat to do are the empiric and theories hibridiated. As Bachelard said:
No matter what the starting point of the scientific activity will be, this activity could totally convince only if the base domain is abandoned: reasoning is needed if one has to experiment; if one reasons, it is necessary to experiment (Bachelard, 1984).
2. Defining our thesis With similar criteria from the Real Problems seminar but with different objects, in this case the intention is that, for each one of them, to do his thesis means more a pleasure than a burden. In order to do the eleven exercises and its five stages it is necessary to have enough flexibility, practical and intuitive intelligence based on everyones way, always different from others. Till this moment, within a solid experience with more than a hundred people of twelve different subjects it is possible to recognize a different situation, to invest time is saying that our thesis is good for health. Each subject and each object will always be unique; several similarities could be recognized, some similar situations, but each thesis will be undoubtedly original. Simultaneously, in each thesis we could discover methodological-theoretical criteria thinking about its feedback as long as it could give us useful similarities to apply to other thesis or research projects. Defining our thesis is something unique and at the same time replicable. The famous Ferdinand de Saussures statement: the object is created by the point of view, suits perfectly. Each creators point of view has knowledge, experience, intuition and sense of transformation. Part of our knowledge, experiences, intentions and our own vision of the future will be in each object of study, change and transformation, situations in which the epistemological beacon will be put into action with dual intention: the explanation and the transformation and the scientific
February 2009, 28th
25 / 653
subjects of knowledge. In this sense regard, the techniques of splitting up with the epistemological and epistemophilical obstacles are crucial, if a round table with scientists, politics, businessmen and neighbours is needed to come to an agreement in terms of proposals, in order to provide down to earth transformations. As a whole, scientific concerns use to neglect the actors of the object of research. The citizens, with common sense, and even with their basic knowledge, are able to perceive it and to express it; meanwhile, we insist on keeping protecting our scientific bubble. Listening to others, within a framework of intellectual honesty and transparency in our actions are the basis of more solid and prosperous links among scientific researchers and public actors, private citizens willing to change. Generally it has to do with a difficult process but possible, where we must be conscious that if a link is reached, the aims will not be perfect. 3. Tools and criteria Figure 9: The dialectic cone Methodological-theoretical criteria
1 MOMENT (integrating)
1 The subject and the object: State of art
2 MOMENT (analytic)
2 Exercise knowledge-reality
3 Exercise Reality-knowledge
4 Problems and Questions-problem
5 Question(s) of research
6 Explanans and Explanandum
4 MOMENT (analytic)
7 Social Triad Processes, places and actors
8 Dimensions and axes of analysis
9 Integrating question(s)
10 Object of study
11 Object of intervention
The eleven methodological-theoretical criteria organized in five moments, successively involving and analytical, in practice are transformed into eleven tools that, as a dialectic cone, contribute to generate a framework of systematicity, rigurosity, and creativity in each project, no matter if it is a development or a thesis. Summing up they are: 1- the subject and the object: the state of art; 2- relationship knowledge-reality, 3- relation reality-knowledge, 4- problems and questionproblems, 5- inquiries derived from investigation and actions, 6- explanans and explanandum, 7-
February 2009, 28th
26 / 653
processes, places and actors, 8- dimensions and axis of analysis, 9- integrating question, 10- object of study and 11- object of intervention. It is about eleven methodological and theoretical criteria which are applied through eleven tools or activities, making five moments of progressive reflections in which are being percolated and selected the ones where a research and intervention could be done. At the same time the exercises form an involvement sequence (criteria 1), analytical (2, 3, 4), integrating (5, 6), analytical (7 and 8) and integrating (9, 10 and 11) in such a way that those options for all the actors could be possible. Those which are more analytical, more theoretical, more unstructured, more creative, more empiric, etc. The assigned weight to activities 2 and 9 would depend on the subject and the object. It is not a matter to go through all the activities as a burden, but with the least possible tension: there will be activities within which we might not feel at ease, and in occasions uncertainty will be a dominating factor. The intention is that, through the cone transit, we would be able to become conscious of the multiple and different entrances which are possible to get in, in order to figure out which is our research style and to know which are our strengths and weaknesses. Being applied to very different cases, always with territorial actors, the actual realization of collective exercises by putting into practice these theoretical-methodological tools, opens the doors to contributions oriented both to improve the objectives and impact of Territorial Intelligence and the territorial development, as well as systematize experiences withholding creativity and rigurosity. If the case of Uruguay is of interest of the reader, a Spanish version is available-in Spanish in CAENTI containing the eleven-criteria development and the eleven tools, as well as a recent 20 case application at the Buenos Aires University. IV. Conclusion, Territorial Intelligence, a formula? Knowing and understanding the territory more and better, its actors, its places and its processes, listening and participating together with the territorial actors, we will be in better conditions to develop it. To our own criteria this is what territorial intelligence is about. Running the risk of being reductionist or too simple, is it possible to express territorial intelligence in one formula? TI = TU +TAP + TD Territorial intelligence = territorial understanding + territorial actors participation + territorial development. Being a new concept in Latin America, the concept of territorial intelligence is defined a priori as the necessary understanding and the savoir-faire to articulate experience and knowledge in problem solving with the co-participation of scientific or academic professionals and territorial actors who are authorities from the government, business enterprises and citizenship. A bit more known, is the concept of territorial development, this research has to do with actions initiation to cause conscience trans-formations, in actions and/or objects related to real problems within specific territories; places at micro-and macro-scale. In this research, territorial Intelligence means knowledge, conscience and territorial understanding, of its problems and its processes, its places and actors. While the Territorial development means knowledge, conscience and research, the territorial intelligence means the involvement and application of the principle of endogenous relations and institutional development in a specific place with enough actors synergy in the process from part of the protagonists. Besides the huge uncertainty and the coldness with which decisions are made in our planet, with understanding, participation and development, territories will be possible for everybody. Bibliography ANDRADE L., 2006, Del Tema al Objeto de Investigacin en Hugo Zemelman, Cinta Moebio, n 30, Santiago, Chile, p. 262-282, www.moebio.uchile.cl/30/andrade.html. AUG M., 1993, Los no-lugares. Espacios del anonimato. Una antropologa de la sobremodernidad, Madrid, Editorial Gedisa. AUG M., 2001, No lugares y espacio pblico, Qauderns darquitectura i urbanisme, n 231, p. 615. BACHELARD G., 1984 (1938), La formacin del espritu cientfico, Mxico, Siglo XXI Editores.
February 2009, 28th
27 / 653
BACON F., 1854 (1620), Novum Organum, in MONTAGUE B. (ed. and trans.), The Works, Philadelphia, Parry & MacMillan. BARBERO J. M., 2003, De los medios a las mediaciones. Comunicacin, cultura y hegemona, Barcelona, Ed. Convenio Andrs Bello y Gustavo Gili. BORJA J., 2003, La ciudad conquistada, Madrid, Alianza Editorial. BOURDIEU P., 1997, Capital cultural, escuela y espacio social, Mxico, Siglo XXI Editores. BOURDIEU P., CHAMBOREDON J.-C. and PASSERON J.-C., 1996 (1973), El oficio del socilogo, Mxico, Siglo XXI Editores. BOZZANO H., 2000, Territorios reales, territorios pensados, territorios posibles. Aportes para una Teora Territorial del Ambiente, Buenos Aires, Editorial Espacio. BOZZANO H., 2005, Territorio y gestin. Conocimiento, realidad, transformacin: Un crculo virtuoso?, VII Encuentro Internacional Humboldt, Merlo, San Luis. BOZZANO H., 2006, Acotando la investigacin. Objetos de estudio y objetos de intervencin. Reflexiones y aplicaciones, VIII Encuentro Internacional Humboldt, Coln, Entre Ros. BOZZANO H., 2008, Territorios posibles. Teora, mtodo, aplicaciones, Buenos Aires, Editorial Lumiere. BOZZANO H. and RESA S., 2007, RET: Network for the understanding of the territory. The case of Buenos Aires, Argentina, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, Espaa. CHAMPOLION P., 2006, State-of-the-art about the concept of territory and the process of territorialisation, Deliverable 26 of CAENTI, Project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. COROMINAS J., 1987, Breve diccionario etimolgico de la lengua espaola, Madrid, Gredos. DE IPOLA E. (ed.), 2004, El eterno retorno. Accin y sistema en la teora social contempornea, Buenos Aires, Ed. Biblos. DURKHEIM E., 1993, Escritos selectos, selection and introduction from Anthony Giddens, Buenos Aires, Ed. Nueva Visin,. FIL C., 2006, Territorial competitiveness for territorial intelligence, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Inelligence, Alba Iulia, Rumania. GIRARDOT J.-J. (ed.), 2008, PreNoETI Prfiguration dun rseau dexcellence en intelligence territoriale, MSHE, Universit de Franche-Comt, Besanon. HERBAUX P. and MASSELOT C., 2007, Territorial Intelligence and Governance, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, Espaa. MIEDES UGARTE B., 2006, Analysis of the application of the governance principles of sustainable development to territorial research-action, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, Rumania. MUNICIPALIDAD DE COLN, 2008, Plan de ordenamiento urbano y territorial del Municipio de Coln, Buenos Aires, Convenio Municipalidad-Cooperativa de Profesionales Terratorium, La Plata (unpublished). PREZ P., 1995, Actores Sociales y Gestin de la Ciudad, Revista Ciudades 28, Mxico, Red Nacional de Investigacin Urbana RNIU. RODRGUEZ V ILLASANTE T., 2007, Research-Action Applied to Territorial Development, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, Espaa. SANTOS M., 1996, La naturaleza del espacio. Tcnica y tiempo. Razn y emocin, Barcelona, Editorial Ariel. SANTOS M., 2000, Por uma outra globalizaao, do pensamento nico a consciencia universal, Rio de Janeiro, Ed. Record.
February 2009, 28th
28 / 653
SANTOS M., 2002, Testamento intelectual, Sao Paulo, Editora Unesp. SAUT R., BONIOLO P., DALLE P. and ELBERT R., 2005, Manual de metodologa. Construccin del marco terico, formulacin de los objetivos y eleccin de la metodologa, Buenos Aires, Clacso Libros. SCHUSTER F., 2005, Explicacin y prediccin. La validez del conocimiento en ciencias sociales, Buenos Aires, Clacso Libros. SERRES Michel, 1995, Atlas, Madrid, Ed. Ctedra. SOJA E. W., 1996, Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and other real and imagined places, Malden, Blackwell. UNLP-MECyT, 2005, Mapa Educativo Nacional de la Repblica Argentina, Informe Final, Convenio Depto. Geografa, La Plata, FHCE, UNLP-DiNIECE, MECyT Ministerio de Educacin, Ciencia y Tecnologa de la Nacin (unpublished). UNLP, 2008, Desarrollo Territorial a partir de la Reactivacin del Tren. El caso de Villa Elisa, Caseros y San Salvador, Entre Ros, Argentina, Informe Final, Programa Lugar Innova, La Plata. WEBER M., 1979, Ensayos de Sociologa Contempornea, Madrid, Ed. Martnez Roca. ZEMELMAN H., 1997 (1987), Conocimiento y sujetos sociales. Contribucin al estudio del presente, Mxico, Centro de Estudios Sociolgicos, El Colegio de Mxico.
February 2009, 28th
29 / 653
February 2009, 28th
30 / 653
Information and Territorial Decision Support
Florent JOERIN Canada Research Chair in Territorial Decision Support, University of Laval, Qubec, Canada florent.joerin@esad.ulaval.ca
Abstract: This contribution is a synthesis and a reflection based on almost ten years of research in territorial decision support. It starts with a discussion about the concepts of territorial information and territorial decision-making. Then, two application examples are briefly presented to illustrate the two main kinds of tools. The first one is an indicator system, available on the Internet and supporting different stakeholders to make a diagnosis of social development in Montral. The second one is a multicriteria analysis made for Qubec public Transport Company in order to choose which equipment will be installed at the different bus stops. The contribution ends with a critical debate mentioning the role of information in decision processes. Firstly, based on our experience in territorial decision, we are convinced that decision support has essentially to help decision-makers to build their preferences. In this context, the decision-makers do not try to improve the decision performance, but mainly to understand the problem and its stakes, and find a satisfying alternative. Secondly, we also observe sometimes a paradoxical situation where the stakeholders are clearly not so well informed but they do not ask for (new) information. As a consequence, the information gathered in the decision-making process is perhaps not as essential as we suppose and bringing information in this kind of decision processes should be considered as a challenge. Keywords: Territorial decision, decision support, multicriteria analysis, GIS, indicator systems, participative process.
The title of this article highlights the close link between information and decisions. Extensive research and a plethora of decision support tools also attest to this link (Tsoukias, 2006; Bouyssou, 2003; Roy, 1985). Moreover, the word territorial expresses the idea that there is something particular about decisions that are related to a territory. But this article could just as easily have been titled Territorial Information and decision support, and this ambiguity concerning the position of the word territorial is revealing, because it demonstrates the more fundamental difficulty of defining this particularity. Is it the information or the decision that is territorial? Or is it perhaps both? These uncertainties and questions also reveal that the research and advances made in the field of territorial decision support are still primarily intuitive, rather than formal. In other words, the theoretical and conceptual research that is seeking to define the territorial nature of the information or the decision-making is not yet conclusive. Our task here is to suggest a few answers. I. Territorial information One of the fundamental properties of territorial information is its dependence on geographic location: the content of territorial information is likely to change based on its location in space 1. Altitude is territorial information, because altitude changes with location. The same is true, albeit with another, more discontinuous, spatial dynamic, with the census. From one census to another, the number of
1.
To put it more simply, the data change with their coordinates. This formulation, as clear as it is, reduces the definition of territorial information to spatial data. Are data and information really interchangeable?
February 2009, 28th
31 / 653
residents changes. On the other hand, a persons weight or an engines power, for example, are not territorial information, because they do not depend on the place of observation (or if so, very faintly). The other property of territorial information that seems just as fundamental but more important and useful is its topological organization or, from a more statistical point of view, its spatial autocorrelation. The value of two pieces of territorial information is generally close if they are spatially close. The territory is actually a network of topological (next to, to the north of, to the right of, etc.) or spatial proximity relationships that provide a valuable structure for reading or interpreting territorial information. The spatial distribution of the information across the territory almost always maintains a certain level of consistency within the network of these proximity relationships. To illustrate this fundamental property of territorial information and its contribution to the decision-making process, let us consider two typical decision support situations. The first example is not related to territory. Suppose that a business has to choose one manufacturing process from a dozen possible options. It develops a multicriteria analysis to compare the various options and categorizes them in five levels from very good to very bad. The analysis results in an ordered list of the options. To interpret the list and ascertain the quality of the multicriteria analysis, similarities and differences between the options in each category can be examined. This interpretation step is critical for the decision-making process, since it lends meaning and credibility to the result, which will at least in part affect its adoption by the decision-maker. In this case, the influence of the interpretation step is somewhat limited because the analyst or decision-maker has few reference points on which to base the assessment. Figure 1: Maps A and B show a simulated multi-criteria analysis classifying the territory based on its suitability for an industrial factory
Note: To produce Map A, results of the multicriteria analysis were randomly distributed across the territory. Source: Joerin, 2009.
The second example continues on from the first. Lets suppose that after choosing a manufacturing process, the business is looking for new shops to sell this product. It defines a perimeter study and before looking at available sites, it carries out a multicriteria analysis, methodologically similar to the first, in order to rate the different areas of the city on the same scale from very good to very bad. The result of this analysis is a thematic map of the city. Now, with the results of the multicriteria analysis in map form, the interpretation step is far easier. Each of the two maps in Figure 1 shows the results of a multicriteria analysis2. In Map A, however, the multicriteria analysis results are randomly distributed across the territory. A quick and intuitive reading of these two maps should rapidly distinguish the real multicriteria analysis from the fake one. This instinctive interpretation is based
2.
Map B is taken from a real study about the location of post offices in Lausanne, Switzerland (Joerin and Bozovic, 2007).
February 2009, 28th
32 / 653
largely on proximity relationships. Even though there are different degrees of discontinuity and continuity across the territory, a certain consistency is expected in the spatial dynamics of the territorys suitability. The decision-makers would certainly be justified in being wary of a map that presents a random spatial variation of the territorys suitability, as shown in Map A. This spatial consistency, while it may not be complete, provides a decision support framework that is unique to the field of territorial decision support and that is somewhat akin to the concept of territorial intelligence. Through this network of spatial relationships, the territory presents a form of intelligence (intelligibility) that constitutes of point of reference, an anchor in the decision-making process. This spatial consistency and its contribution to the decision support process have been confirmed in several applications carried out in fairly disparate territories: a peri-urban and rural territory in Switzerland (Joerin et al., 2001), and urban environments in Switzerland (Joerin and Bozovic, 2007), Montreal (Joerin and Rondier, 2007) and Quebec City (Boucher, 2008). II. Territorial decision making Since every human being who makes a decision lives in a territory, there is no such thing as a decision that has absolutely no relationship to or effect on a territory; in other words, every decision is at least slightly territorial. Decision making is a social action, and the social and spatial realms are of similar essence (Villeneuve et al., 2007). Territorial decision making only differs in that its relationship with the territory is closer and more intense. It can therefore be defined simply as a decision that has a meaningful effect on the territory. The vagueness of the word meaningful here is intentional, as it seems inescapable. In one context or another, the same decision could be considered territorial or not, depending on the importance stakeholders and researchers place on the outcome of the decision. The field of territorial decision support has boundaries that are somewhat fluid and movable. The concept of decision support seems easier to grasp in reference to operational research. In this context, decision support offers tools and procedures for improving the use of information in the decision-making process. This field, which was in its heyday in the 1950s and 60s, was stimulated by progress in math and information technology. At that time, decision support was founded on a rational myth: reality can be summed up in a mathematical model (Bouyssou, 2003). This myth is still the source of certain misunderstandings today, since decision support is often associated with an approach that is not only rational but rationalist (Schrlig, 1985). But as Bouyssou explains (2003), decision support now pays close attention to problem formulation and structure, stakeholder identification and the decision support process. So while information processing is still central to decision support, researchers in this field no longer reduce decision making to scientific rationality3. Modern decision support embraces a wider and more complex context that includes social, organizational or psychological dimensions (Bouyssou, 2003; Schneider, 1996). Beyond efficiency and performance studies, one of the major issues in decision support consists of locating and flushing out the arbitrary information that is often hidden in decision-making processes. Multicriteria analyses generally differentiate between three types of information: objective, subjective and arbitrary. The objective information is characterized by its independence from the observer: information is considered objective if two observers observing the same situation obtain the same information4. Some people consider this independence to be based on truth, or the existence of an absolute reality (Flourentzou, 2001). But this manner of approaching objective information poses two difficulties. First of all, it demands that we know what the truth is, and as Flourentzos points out (2001), philosophy has been tied up with this question practically forever. Second, this approach allows people to mistakenly assume that the related subjective information is false. A pragmatic alternative deems objective information to be independent from the observer because there are conventions for measuring it. An agreement on the standard metre and the metric system, for example, is required for objectivity in measuring length. Let us note in passing that it is very rare or impossible to find information that is absolutely objective because the simple act of looking at any part of reality, to observe or measure it, entails having a point of view. Measurement always comes at a cost, and only that which is deemed important or interesting is measured.
3. 4.
Different types of rationality could also be cited: ethical, social or esthetic, for example. Leaving aside errors or inaccuracies in the measurement.
February 2009, 28th
33 / 653
Likewise, the dependency of subjective information on the observer results from the lack of a standard for measuring (or observing) the phenomenon. A level of noise can be measured in decibels, but the level of discomfort it creates depends on the habits and experience of the listener. To simplify, objective information mainly concerns the measurement of phenomena, and the subjective information relates to the preferences of the decision-makers5. We cannot rule out the possibility of a decisions being founded exclusively on objective information, but it would be a very special case, more related to problem solving (in the mathematical sense) than to decision making. A strictly objective decision-making process would in fact exclude the decision makers, because no matter who they were, the resulting decision would be the same. Furthermore, only decisions that rely on both objective and subjective dimensions fall into the realm of territorial decision support. So what about arbitrary information? Arbitrary information, like subjective information, is dependent on the observer, but it differs in that it is not based on reason. Let us illustrate this difference using an example. If a decision-maker advances certain reasons to assert that one criterion is twice as important as another, this information is subjective and has a legitimate place in the decision-making process. Ideally, the decision-maker should be able to explain and debate the reasons. But it may also be that without denying the subjective nature of the information, the decision-maker can only back up the reasons with a sense of conviction: I cant really explain why, but thats my gut feeling. This information is considered arbitrary and it has no place in the decision-making process if the decisionmaker chooses this value (twice as important) because a value has to be chosen and another value would serve just as well6. III. Decision-making process: information transformation In 1960, Herbert Simon proposed a decision-making model. Since then, a number of other authors have expanded on it (Janis and Mann, 1977, for example) or questioned it (Checkland, 1985). This model has been widely reproached for ascribing too much weight to the rational side of the decision-making process. His apparent linearity also seems out of line with the way the decision-making process actually unfolds. So, this model is not being put forward as the ideal structure for the decision-making process, nor is it being suggested that a decision-making process based on this model will produce better decisions. However, from this model the four major phases can be retained that are useful for understanding decision processes. The first phase is the intelligence phase, during which stakeholders become aware of a problem (i.e., something needs to be changed or improved). During this initial phase, also called the problem setting phase (Fareri, 2000), stakeholders express and build their motivations for change. The following phases relate to problem solving: in the design phase, various alternatives are devised and evaluated based on a set of criteria, and in the choice phase, stakeholders compare and choose the best alternative available. The final phase, review, involves detailed assessment, implementation, and post evaluation. Observations of decision-making processes reveal that some phases may be absent and others may be repeated several times. But the simplicity and stability of this structure provides an excellent basis for analysing or understanding the decision-making process (Crozier and Friedberg, 1977). A slightly modified version of Simons model reveals both the cyclical nature of the decisionmaking process and the way it transforms information. This modified version also entails four phases: observation, evaluation, choice and action. The observation and evaluation phases lead to the development of a diagnosis. In parallel with this transformation of information, the tools used to process the information are also changing from one phase to the next. During the observation phase, extensive information is gathered to try to identify the problem, reality or system in its entirety. At this point, the information is essentially data, and the tools used are typically geographic information systems.
5. 6.
This is a real simplification, since measurement is not totally objective and subjective information includes more than just preferences. The situation presented in this example is not very realistic. Usually arbitrary information is far more difficult to detect.
February 2009, 28th
34 / 653
Figure 2: Adaptation of Simons decision-making model (1960)
Source: Joerin, 2009.
The next phase, evaluation, takes the initial observation a step further by examining the purpose of the observed system. This detailed or general purpose establishes the point of view and allows the state of the system and its development to be assessed. At this point, the information is reduced: only information related to the purpose is retained. In addition, the subjective dimension increases, because the data are interpreted to provide an assessment. This means the data become indicators, and the tools traditionally used in the evaluation phase are indicator systems. The choice phase further focuses the information by changing the indicators into criteria. Indicator systems often include dozens of indicators, while in the choice phase, it is recommended that no more than ten criteria be used (Roy, 1985). Multicriteria analysis methods are the reference tool for this phase. The action phase retains only the chosen option. Other tools, which do not strictly belong to the decision support field, can be used to assist the process that leads from a decision to a concrete action in the territory. The most popular project management tool is definitely MS-Project. Let us point out once again that our point is not to idealize this decision-making model. From one situation to another, this general framework has to be adapted to the decision context. In addition, experience shows that the simplest process with the fewest tools is often the best choice. It can be expanded, if need be, to reflect the complicated, complex or conflictual nature of particular processes. IV. Examples of territorial decision support tools To illustrate this approach, let us examine its application in two recent territorial decision support situations. The first relates to the problem setting phase of the decision-making process and involves the creation of an indicator system to help assess social development on the island of Montreal. The second focuses on the choice phase. It proposes a method to helping the Rseau de Transport de le Capitale (RTC), Quebec Citys public transit agency, choose the type of equipment to install at different bus stops, based on use and urban context. 1. Socioscope, a diagnostic support tool Indicators are widely used to assess or manage different territorial dynamics, such as socio-territorial (Sncal, 2007) or sustainable development indicators (Meadows, 1998, for example). But despite success in these applications, there is a great deal of confusion surrounding the idea of indicators and indicator systems. To avoid adding to this confusion, let us specify that Socioscope is a system of decision-making indicators. System means that the indicators are interrelated in a systemic structure that takes the form of a network of causal relationships (Von Bertalanffy, 1968; Dumas et al., 2008). While the indicators provide information on the state of the system, the causal relationships express the systems dynamics. These two aspects (status and dynamic) are essential to the development of a diagnostic. Decision-making indicators means that Socioscope focuses on the indicators about which the decision-makers have a preference concerning their direction of change, i.e., whether they should increase or decrease (Joerin and Rondier, 2007).
February 2009, 28th
35 / 653
Figure 3: At the top, the access to grocery and food stores indicator, and at the bottom, healthy life expectancy
may influence
Note : Socioscope suggests that the indicator on the top (food) is related to the one on the bottom (life expectancy). Screenshots of Socioscope (Geostem). Source : Tames Inc. and Portrait de sant du Qubec et de ses rgions, 2006 http://www.socioscope.qc.ca/, visited in September 2008.
February 2009, 28th
36 / 653
As mentioned previously, at the evaluation stage, the intention to act is not yet completely determined. It is precisely the result of the diagnostic that will elicit this intention or not. Since there is less urgency to make a decision, the evaluation phase generally enjoys a different time frame from the choice phase, which is often clearly more pressing. Diagnosis is a process of constant updating. The diagnostic is renewed in lock step with the real system. And so because more time is available, and also because the diagnostic is a comprehensive rather than a focused process, the information offered can be fairly extensive. Such is the case with Socioscope, which offers the user about 40 indicators (9 of which are identified as being priorities). Socioscope was created by the Confrence rgionale des lu(e)s de Montral7 (CRE de Montral) and is available through a website that allows the user to consult the indicators in table and map form (Fig. 3). The indicators are linked by two types of causal relationships (based on direction): is influenced by and influences (Fig. 4). Figure 4: Causal relationships (for the non-high-school graduate population)
Source: Screenshots of Socioscope (Geostem) http://www.socioscope.qc.ca/, visited in September 2008.
Socioscope is designed to allow the user to contextualize the information reported by the indicators. There are several types of contextualization to suit users with different intentions or data manipulation skills (cartographic, tabular or textual). The first contextualization option systematically associates indicators with one or more objectives (Fig. 5). The life path narrative is the second contextualization option (Fig. 6). These fictional narratives are built from real-life events to situate the indicators within the life path of an individual or family. The life paths option is a very useful con-
7.
Montreals Confrence rgionale des lus (CRE) brings together political and socio-economic leaders on the Island of Montreal. The CREs mandate is to foster development of the territory through dialogue and to act on behalf of the government in matters involving regional development.
February 2009, 28th
37 / 653
ceptual and analytical tool (Bernard, 2005) that provides access to indicators which are far less abstract and disembodied than a simple list. Figure 5: Related objectives and indicators
Note: The indicators on the right are related to the improve public access to health services objective. Source: Screenshots of Socioscope (Geostem) http://www.socioscope.qc.ca/, visited in September 2008.
Figure 6: Life path example
Source: Screenshots of Socioscope (Geostem) http://www.socioscope.qc.ca/, visited in September 2008.
February 2009, 28th
38 / 653
The third and last contextualization option is a depiction of the systemic diagram. This diagram provides an overview of the causal relationships linking the indicators designated as priorities. It expresses a point of view on the dynamics that are the most influential for social development in Montreal. The diagram is interactive: by clicking on one of the phenomena, the diagram re-centres on that phenomenon and presents related phenomena. Brief life path narratives as also offered for each phenomenon. An indicator system like Socioscope cannot claim to provide an objective view of social development in Montreal. On the contrary, it presents the point of view of an author, here a committee made up of members of the Forum Social and representatives from various organizations such as the Ville de Montral, the Direction de sant publique, Centraide (an anti-poverty organization) and various community groups. The authors role is not easy for the committee to assume, because all of its members may can have their own points of view on the dynamics of social development. Creating Socioscope required so the implementation of a participatory (or collaborative) process to allow the committee to develop a shared point of view on the essential dynamics of social development on the island of Montreal (Joerin and Rondier, 2008). This point of view is expressed in the choice of indicators, the choice of relationships and the creation of the systemic diagram. Figure 7: Systemic diagram
Note: Centred on academic delay on the left, and on graduation on the right. Source: Screenshots of Socioscope (Geostem) http://www.socioscope.qc.ca/, visited in September 2008.
2. Choosing bus stop equipment8 In Quebec City, bus stops are the gateway to the public transit system, so the Quebec City transit network (RTC) would like to achieve a good compromise between the quality of the equipment at the bus stops and the total construction and maintenance cost. A range of equipment is available, from simple poles to heated, windowed shelters with seats, garbage cans and posted schedules. Until recently, the procedure for choosing equipment was largely based on requests from users. The requests were generally accepted if the stop in question met certain criteria, particularly a minimum use threshold.
8.
This study was carried out for a graduate studies project by Jean-Sbastien Boucher (2008).
February 2009, 28th
39 / 653
Figure 8: Indicators and direction of criteria Criteria Traffic Connection Potential Intermodality Peak performance Frequency Urban context Indicator # passengers at stop # of possible connecting routes # of possible connecting routes Indicator Indicator # of buses Signage zone
Source: Boucher, 2008.
Direction Maximize Maximize Maximize Maximize Maximize Maximize Binary
This issue presented an interesting opportunity to expand on the procedure in order to include a more strategic reading of the city. The proposed approach uses a multicriteria analysis to classify all of the citys bus stops on an ordinal scale consisting of five levels (very good, good, doubtful, bad and very bad). The classification can be used in two ways. On one hand, it allows the RTC to organize a deployment plan for the equipment installed at the stops. It also serves as an assessment basis for responding to user requests. This classification is (also) subjective: it includes not only objective information such as the number of passengers at each stop but also subjective information related to, for example, the choice of criteria or their relative importance. Like Socioscope, this classification has an author: a sevenmember committee of RTC personnel. In the first part of the process, this committee met several times to define the criteria (Fig. 8). The second step was to evaluate these criteria at the various stops. The map below shows the connection criterion, or the number of connections available at or near each stop. Figure 9: Range of bus route connection options at each stop, by number of routes, in RTC territory in 2008
Source: Rseau de transport de la Capitale, 2006 Author: Boucher, 2008.
February 2009, 28th
40 / 653
Then it was time for the multicriteria analysis. For this step, the ELECTRE TRI method (Roy, 1985) was chosen, largely because it allows the decision-makers to very clearly express their preferences, by choosing two particular stops to represent the good (not to say excellent) and bad (not to say terrible) categories. In addition to these two benchmark locations (here, two bus stops), the decision-makers can express their preferences through a weighting and three thresholds (indifference, preference and veto). For this project, the committee members dedicated two sessions to creating the initial preference parameters. In the first session, the RTC representatives each established their own weighting using a corrected version of the Simos method (1990). After each representative presented their own weighting, they agreed on a shared weighting. At the second session, the reference locations were selected: the participants were each asked to choose two pairs of stops that they knew well, one good and one bad. A good stop was a stop that required at least a bus shelter and a schedule, while a bad stop needed a schedule at most. As before, the choices were discussed, but there was no need to come to an agreement on the good and bad stops. By the end of the second session, a weighting and two sets of ten good and bad stops had been established to serve as action benchmarks. Figure 10: Classification of stop zones for the Quebec City public transit network, in 2008
Source: Rseau de transport de la Capitale, 2006 Author: Boucher, 2008.
Multicriteria analysis usually involves numerous iterations to develop a cohesive classification system that includes both an evaluation of the various criteria and the preferences of the decisionmakers. Each iteration provides one possible outcome. But its interpretation in light of the citys experience and public transit practices, on the one hand, and in light of the topological relationships mentioned above, on the other, allow the analysis to hone in on the creation of a relevant and spatially consistent map. This iterative process, during the multicriteria analysis, is very important, because it nurtures learning about the spatial dynamics in question. It is at this stage, and particularly during the iterations, that the constructive decision support approach plays out. As the iterations advance, the decision-makers preferences are developed and clarified. This development and stabilization of preferences can be viewed as the essential contribution of the multicriteria decision support approach. Unfortunately, despite the importance of this process, it is rare that decision-makers have the time to
February 2009, 28th
41 / 653
devote to it. More often than not, this learning process is followed only indirectly by the decisionmakers, who implicitly delegate part of their decision-making power. This was unfortunately the case with this application, because the RTC representatives were not present for the multicriteria analysis. They commented on a draft version of the map showing the classification of stops (itself the result of several iterations) before accepting a final version that took their comments into account. V. A few thoughts on the role of information in the territorial decision support process 1. Building decisions In different contexts, information is not likely to play the same role in the decision-making process. But the role of helping to build decisions seems to be of the greatest importance, at least when the decision affects the territory. The two examples above provide proof of this. In the first, Socioscope, consulting information presented in the form of interrelated indicators helps the user discover and absorb the complexity of the territorial system. In the second, concerning the choice of bus stop equipment, the entire process, including but not limited to the multicriteria analysis, allowed the decision-makers to construct an organized and structured set of preferences, as the decision-makers honed in on their objectives and then expressed them as criteria and finally adopted a position (pro or con) with regard to the bus stop classification map. During the evaluation or choice phase, the support the decision-maker is seeking seems not to be related to making a better decision, but rather, more modestly, to learning how to make one. The crux of territorial decision support resides less in the outcome of the decision than in the complexity of the system the decision will affect. Territorial decision support is highly appealing and generally well received by decision-makers, who like the idea of using it to make more enlightened decisions. But this spontaneous curiosity rarely or ever results in service contracts. It seems therefore that in this domain, decision-makers are not sufficiently concerned with matters of efficiency and performance to justify investing in improving the performance of their decisions. When the decision relates to the route of a highway or to zoning, for example, decision-makers are far more concerned with the success of the project than with seeking an outcome that could achieve a decisive competitive advantage, as is sometimes seen in the field of industry or economics. Of course, territorial decision making has significant economic outcomes and territories have begun to compete against each other, but territorial systems and especially the systems of stakeholders with a finger in the pie are so complex that decision-makers are often fully satisfied with a consensus or compromise, and do not concern themselves with the possible existence of a more effective solution. Consequently, the decision-makers who are interested enough in territorial decision support to invest time and money in it seem to be those who feel unable to make a decision. This suggests that information processing operations in the decision support process are essentially a learning process that should gradually give decision-makers the feeling of mastering or understanding the system they want to act on. During this process, they develop preferences, which rarely pre-exist the decision-making process, and gradually learn to explain the motivations behind their choices. 2. Deciding without information Territorial decision support is based implicitly on the idea that information is beneficial to decision making. And yet this presumably obvious fact may also be disputed. Some authors have demonstrated that information can also become a source of conflict, especially when the decision is being made by several people (Hanna, 2000; Joerin et al., 2001). Information is commonly associated with power, and the decision-making process is also an interaction of stakeholders fed by power relationships (Crozier and Friedberg, 1997). It must so be acknowledged that during the decision-making process, not only is the information not all available, but part of it is actually hidden. Some information is held back and then shared based on the dynamics of the power relationships. These truisms of the sociology of organizations or political science demonstrate that the two fundamental objectives of the decision-making process may oppose each other: 1) making a good decision, and 2) building strong consensus around the decision. The first objective concerns the expected outcomes of the decision, that is, ensuring they will be more positive than negative. The second relates to the fact that, no matter how good or bad a decision may be, it must be carried by a group of stakeholders to become a concrete action. The NIMBY, LULU, BANANA, etc., phenomena (Pelletier et al., 2007) demonstrate the importance of the second objective when the decision is territorial. Indeed,
February 2009, 28th
42 / 653
sometimes this second objective can completely trump the first, and in this instance, information has very little role in the decision-making process. Figure 11: Detail from the Champs-Bois project map in Breakeyville
Source: Breakeyville municipality, 2008.
Figure 12: Dwelling affordability indicators
Source: Canada statistics, census report, 2001.
Two prime examples of these situations can be found in recent research by the Canada Research Chair on Territorial Decision Support. The first is from a study carried out by Chair student P-A
February 2009, 28th
43 / 653
Morin (2008), who looked at the use of spatial representation in territorial planning. He examined the function of a coordinating body (the CID) in the implementation of development projects in Lvis (Quebec). The CID is made up of eight executives from the directorates of development, urban planning and the boroughs, environment and infrastructure, the fire safety service, the police service and community life. The diversity of the members allows the committees to analyse proposed development projects from a global, cooperative approach. It quickly became necessary for the committee to choose shared depictions of the city. Of all the documents used, the proposed subdivision map plays a central role in the CIDs dynamic (Fig. 12). The layout of the cadastral map, the size and shape of the city blocks and the street network are all shown. The map is produced by a surveyor and includes all the buildings within 50 m of the proposed project. At the weekly meetings, discussions between CID members generally centre on this map. It is often the only document open on the table. Based on this depiction, the participants express their opinion, raise questions and recommend changes. Despite the paucity of information it provides, the proposed subdivision map seems to be sufficient as a cooperative document for this type of practice. The point is not to say that this committee makes its decisions without information. The members say they feel that the limited information provided about the projects physical environment by the map is complemented by personal knowledge of the area. But this example shows that the pursuit of consensus on the decision can be based on minimal shared information. The second example is from a participatory process led to develop a plan for a future residential neighbourhood in the vacant land belonging to the Universit Laval (Vachon et al., 2007). This process, called the Pacte-Myrand, involves some sixty participants representing the university management, student committees, neighbouring residents and businesspeople, the City of Quebec and various public organizations. The process is a four-step participatory urban design approach. The first step, Information and discussion, was primarily to make contact with the stakeholders. The second step, Diagnostics and prospects, was a one-day workshop inviting the participants to freely express their hopes for the future of the neighbourhood while identifying constraints and pressures on the project. The third step, Strategy and choice, was another one-day affair to carry the previously identified options further by working on different versions of the neighbourhood plan. The last step, Design, was a two-day participatory urban design charrette. To support the entire process, a set of cartographic indicators was posted online. These were theme maps presenting different variables related to project issues (density of services, % of immigrant population, rental costs, etc.). These indicators were also presented orally during the diagnostic phase. The maps were posted on the walls of the meeting rooms and copies were placed on the work tables. Unfortunately, despite efforts to make this information available, the participants barely used it. While it had been hoped that the maps would be consulted to support opinions or nurture discussion, they went largely unused. A variety of reasons can be proposed for this failure: adequacy of the visual language, suitability of the format, choice of presentation time. But all possible reservations about the distribution method aside, the information was indisputably very available and the participants were clearly not very interested in it. For them, the heart of the problem probably lay elsewhere, in the pursuit of an agreement. How can we explain this result, which is clearly inconsistent with most experiments in the field of PPGISs (Schlossberg and Shuford, 2005)? One possible answer may be found in the objectives of the participatory process. Trials of GISs and other decision support tools in participatory processes are often carried out by researchers who are experts in this type of tool. We can suppose, therefore, that in these situations, the use of information techniques is implicitly or explicitly included in the process objectives. An older trial, in which the use of GIS was clearly part of the goals, was far more successful (Joerin, Desthieux, Nembrini and Billeau, 2008). In the case of the Pacte-Myrand project, the leadership was in the hands of urban design specialists who focused on the creation of a neighbourhood plan, so the use of the indicators was a means rather than an objective. A comparison of these situations and their outcomes raises the question of whether it is realistic to use decision support tools when that use is not actually one of the project objectives. The answer raises major issues, because with the exception of research projects, it is extremely rare for a decision-making process to include the use of new information technology among its objectives.
February 2009, 28th
44 / 653
Conclusion Like territorial intelligence, territorial decision support is a field that has been coming into its own for the last few years. This article tried to sketch out its boundaries and identify some of its distinctive features. We illustrated how proximity relationships contribute to the decision-making process by offering a framework for interpretation. We also placed territorial decision support in a constructivist approach that allows decision-makers to build a system of preferences. This distances territorial decision support from a rational (or objectivist) approach and allows subjective information, which is different from arbitrary information, to play its appropriate role. A breakdown of the decision-making process into four steps also allowed us to focus on the transformation of information and a number of related tools. Indicator systems are part of the problem-setting phase, while multicriteria analysis methods play a role in the problem-solving phase. This article also offered the opportunity to examine territorial decision support tool trials carried out in the last few years by the Canada Research Chair in Territorial Decision Support and express an opinion on the role played by these tools. At the same time it raised a paradoxical question: do decision-makers really need (additional) information? It would appear that territorial stakeholders only ask for information when they are unable to come to a decision, either because they do not understand the system on which they have to act or because they are confronted with conflicting issues that are hard to reconcile, often resulting in a battle between the opposing stakeholders. The possibility of making a better decision seems not to be sufficiently important to justify embracing the decision support process. This conclusion substantiates Simons conclusion on limited rationality, demonstrating that decision-makers readily opt for the first satisfactory solution. Do territorial decisions therefore simply amplify the mechanisms shared by all types of decisions? Finally, the question is raised whether there is a difference between territorial decision support and territorial intelligence. In this text, the notion of territorial intelligence is used to evoke a type of territorial logic that is expressed particularly through proximity relationships. Recent reading about territorial intelligence (Girardot, 2004; Dumas et al., 2008) leads to a far broader concept in which there is more room for stakeholder dynamics, particularly in terms of the principles of participation and partnership. It would appear that territorial decision support and territorial intelligence have much in common, including the systemic approach, participatory processes, the territory as a space of action and the weighting of interests (global approach). Girardots definition of territorial intelligence (2004) all the pluridisciplinary knowledge which contributes to an understanding of the territorys structures and dynamics, on the one hand, and which strives to be a useful tool for the territorys sustainable development stakeholders, on the other nicely sums up the field of territorial decision support. It could be, therefore, that territorial intelligence encompasses territorial decision support, which pays more specific attention to the decision-making process but which, unlike territorial intelligence, leaves aside the transition from decision to action. This focus on the decision-making process would also explain the greater attention apparently paid in territorial decision support to multicriteria analysis methods. Bibliography BERNARD P., 2005, Learning, Debating and Deciding: The contribution of longitudinal and lifecourse research to public policy in Canada, Concept paper submitted to the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada in the context of the Strategic Research Clusters Design Grants, SSRHC Transformation Program. BOUCHER J.-S., 2008, Analyse multicritre pour choisir lemplacement des abribus aux arrts du Rseau de Transport de la Capitale (RTC), essai-projet, Laval, ESAD, Universit Laval. BOUYSSOU D., 2003, La crise de la recherche oprationnelle 25 ans aprs, Math. & Sci. hum./Mathematics and Social Sciences, 41e anne, n 161, p. 7-27. CHECKLAND P., 1985, From Optimizing to Learning: A Development of Systems Thinking for the 1990s, Journal of the Operational Research Society, vol. 36, n 9, p. 757-767. CROZIER M. and FRIEDBERG E., 1977, Lacteur et le systme, Paris, Seuil.
February 2009, 28th
45 / 653
DUMAS P., GARDERE J.-P., BERTACCHINI Y., 2008, Contribution of socio-technical systems theory concepts to a framework of Territorial Intelligence, in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 24-27 October 2007. URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Dumas FARERI P., 2000, Ralentir. Notes sur lapproche participatory du point de vue de lanalyse des politiques publiques, in SDERSTRM O., COGATO LANZA E., LAWRENCE R., BARBEY G. (eds), Lusage du projet. Pratiques sociales et conception du projet urbain et architectural, Lausanne, Payot, p. 17-37. FLOURENTZOU F., 2001, Constructivisme piagtien dans laide la dcision. Contribution au dveloppement durable en architecture, Thse n 2418, Lausanne (Suisse), cole Polytechnique Fdrale de Lausanne, EPFL. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2004, Intelligence territoriale et participation, Lille ISDM, n 16, 3e rencontres TIC et Territoire, quels dveloppements?, Article n 161, http.//www.isdm.org. HANNA K. S., 2000, The paradox of participation and the hidden role of information, Journal of the American Planning Association, vol. 66, n 4, p. 398-410. JOERIN F., DESTHIEUX G., NEMBRINI A., BILLEAU S., 2008, Participatory Diagnosis in Urban Planning: Proposal for a Learning Process Based on Geographical Information, Journal of Environmental Management, in press. JOERIN F., NOMBR M. P., BERNARD P., RONDIER P., 2008, Conception et ralisation dun systme dindicateurs du dveloppement social, Actes du colloque Les outils pour dcider ensemble, 2e dition, Qubec, 5-6 juin 2008. JOERIN F., BOZOVIC G., 2007, Comment rorganiser le rseau postal suisse? Une application de laide la dcision territoriale, Le Gographe canadien, vol. 51, n 2, p. 202218. JOERIN F., RONDIER P., 2007, Indicateurs et dcision territoriale: Pourquoi? Quand? Comment?, in SNCAL G., Les indicateurs socioterritoriaux et les mtropoles, Qubec, Presses de lUniversit Laval, p. 9-36. JOERIN F., THRIAULT M., MUSY A., 2001, Using GIS and outranking multicriteria analysis for land-use suitability assessment, International Journal of Geographical Information Science, vol. 15, n 2, p. 153-174. MORIN P.A., 2008, Les reprsentations spatiales externes: Un objet de pratique territorial, essai, Laval, ESAD, Universit Laval. MEADOWS D., 1998, Indicators and Information Systems for Sustainable Development - A Report to the Balaton Group, Hartland Four Corners (USA), The Sustainability Institute, Last access on may 2008, 8th. PELLETIER M., JOERIN F., V ILLENEUVE P., 2007, La dcision territoriale en conflit. Ville de Qubec, 1989 2000. Essai de modlisation spatiale, Environnement Urbain, vol. 1, p. 77-95. ROY B., 1985, Mthodologie multicritre daide la dcision, Paris, Economica. SCHRLIG A., 1985, Dcider sur plusieurs critres, panorama de laide la dcision multicritre, Lausanne, Presses Polytechniques et Universitaires Romandes. SCHLOSSBERG M. A, SHUFORD E., 2005, Delineating Public and Participation in PPGIS. URISA Journal, vol. 16, n 2, p. 15-26. SCHNEIDER, D. K., 1996, Modlisation de la demarche du dcideur politique dans la perspective de lintelligence territoriale, Thse de Doctorat, Genve, Facult des sciences conomiques et sociales. SNCAL G., 2007, Les indicateurs socioterritoriaux et les mtropoles, Qubec, Presses de lUniversit Laval. SIMOS J., 1990, valuer limpact sur lenvironnement, une approche originale par lanalyse multicritre et la ngociation, Lausanne, Presses Polytechniques et Universitaires Romandes. TSOUKIS A., 2006, De la thorie de la dcision l'aide la decision, in BOUYSSOU D., DUBOIS D., PIRLOT M., P RADE H. (eds.), Concepts et Mthodes pour l'Aide la Dcision, Paris, Herms.
February 2009, 28th
46 / 653
VILLENEUVE P., TRUDELLE C., PELLETIER M., 2007, Conflits urbains et humanisation des villes, in CUNHA A. (da) and MATTHEY L. (eds), La ville et l'urbain: des savoirs mergents? Perspectives critiques et mthodologiques, Lausanne, Presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, p. 235-248. VACHON G., DESPRS C., JOERIN F., NEMBRINI A., 2007, Collaborative Planning and Design for a Sustainable Neighborhood as part of Quebec City's University Campus, in PORTA S. et al. (eds), Urban Sustainability through Environmental Design, New York, Spon Press, p. 128-135. VON BERTALANFFY L. 1968, General System Theory, New York, George Braziller.
February 2009, 28th
47 / 653
February 2009, 28th
48 / 653
How and why is observation useful to territorial action?
Evelyne BRUNAU Director of the association Relais-Emploi, Strasbourg, France ebrunau@relaisemploi-strasbourg.org
Abstract : The speech will in a first time set out the essential elements of the program Pauvret 3 (Poverty 3) what began 1989. These elements constituted the basis of the intervention strategy towards destitute publics in the Doubs French department. The approach was definitely different from the precedent used for setting up insertions actions, what consisted in bringing together different persons or groups conceiving actions on the basis of their own competences. The project asserted the necessity to take into account demand and needs of population in order to carry out a pragmatic and adapted to demand intervention. In order to be sure that this new approach would be carried out with rigor and objectivity, the project took the University of Franche-Comt as a partner. In a second time, we will describe the method used, structured with data collection, confrontation between requirements and local answers and the constitution of concerted action on the basis of listed requirements. Finally, thank to experience led, we will be able to bring indication on the interest of this method, for users, people involved in the insertion, institutions and elected representatives.
I. Principles of the Pauvret 3 program (1989-1994) In 1989, European Community launched an Anti-poverty program called Pauvret 3, because it was the third since the 1950s. Each country chose between 2 and 4 projects (at this time the EU had only 15 members), these projects were supposed to be laboratories of the European anti-poverty strategies beginning. They consisted in developing innovative actions on areas of different size. In France, three model-areas were chosen in order to work out a strategic approach meeting better the requirements of a destitute population. These areas were the Mantes-la-Jolie district, a commune in the North of France and the Doubs department. Beyond the notion of territory, this program had three key principles: - the multi dimension aspect of the approach - the partnership - the participation of the users Moreover, a transnational approach was necessary, it allowed experience sharing. In order to make sure of the pertinence of the actions, we had to organize evaluation. II. The programs strategy in the Doubs French department The project was written by a group of partners around the departmental authorities, represented by the DDASS (State service) and the Conseil Gnral (Department Council). These two partners were essential to the project because they shared in some way the ability and the legitimacy to work on the anti-poverty fight. Its important to keep in mind that the Revenu minimum dinsertion (R.M.I. the basic income paid to the jobless) had been voted in 1981, deposited to beneficiary on State credits. The Department Council had to devote 20% of the benefits deposited by the State for financing social and professional
February 2009, 28th
49 / 653
insertion actions. Our approach was clearly based on a pragmatic action, combining complementarity between thematic and territorial actions. The context of our engagement was as follows: We noticed that a lot of actions arising from direct local initiative could not be financed, even though they were innovative and supported by motivated teams, because they were not in the frame of social actions financing. We financed thematic and territorial actions. Targets of local actions (in rural or urban areas) were destitute groups helped by social services without economic integration perspective or local development. Thematic actions wanted to introduce new dimensions in supporting population and developing new answers by the partners (health, housing). After the beginning of the project, we knew the approach would make a change necessary and that it would be destabilizing for measures leaders or elected representatives. Actually, financiers used to examine projects coming from organisms, associations, groups that had created a structure and had past experience on a theme, such as housing, insertion though economic activity, health, and that proposed to extend or to modelize this action in other areas. As poverty phenomena was infiltrated in many sectors and areas of the Doubs French department, the action would inevitably find favourable echo. And, we have to tell it, we met big resistance in the first years of the Pauvret 3 program. As we were only a handful of men and women to manage the program, and as we were not really hundred per cent sure to be right, we became partners with the University of Franche-Comt via the laboratory Mathematics, computer science and statistics, led by Jean-Jacques Girardot, to be helped by the research-action approach in our problematic definition, our tools formulation, the pertinency of these tools, the formulation of a scientific, and so impartial and transparent) evaluation. The idea was quite simple: people living in the North and in the South of the department, in rural or rough areas, could not have the same needs, because they had not the same job, housing, culture or health infrastructure conditions. Thats why it was not possible to carry out and to modelize an action without taking into account the living context. The project strategy, supported by the university competence, our technical knowledge and a European experts binomen evoluated during the five years of the program towards conception and development of what we called concerted measures. Before presenting the method we implemented, I would like to give some advantages this approach allowed in the conception of the insertion measures carried out by the State and the Department Council: - a better definition of the target groups among destitute groups - a more objective approach of the needs using simple surveys, and so a more suitable answer to needs of the groups - a multi-dimension approach assured by concerting investment of all partners involved - an important saving of time by gathering at the beginning different partners involved in divergent institutional logics. By this way, each partner is involved in the same action project that assigns precise opening to the thought. Needs identification, based on clearly limited and often well-known situations, creates an emulation between partners. Establishing connections is easier as when it is asked to isolated actions to work together and to build the partnership on the basis of general, and often more abstract, objectives. A lot of time is needed for establishing connections between teams that dont know each other, or that are often in competition. - a reduction of actions cost: the multi-dimension approach imposes many interventions, successive or concomitant. Mobilizing a competence on many projects makes easier acceptance of intervention costs and gridding of interventions on a territory. - A more efficient evaluation of the actions, that dont chose their targets any more, but that have t define their functions and their intervention methods according to groups needs. It is important to precise that these concerted intervention method gives a concrete content to social and/or socio-professional action coordination on an area and more globally guarantees to public authorities a general view of the needs in order to work out social politics. III. The intervention method
February 2009, 28th
50 / 653
We conceptualised with the University of Franche-Comt the steps of a multi-dimension action strategy that allowed us systematically to ensure that the method went in this direction and contributed, step by step, to amass information on destitute populations needs and the results of the evaluation of actions carried out for them. Four steps were defined: Step 1: - Knowing the context to work out measures - Listing the needs - Spotting existing answers and their relevance according to the needs Step 2: - Defining the functions of each partner in the integration process Step 3: - Reinforcing the measures consistency Step 4: - Amassing data and experience - Modelizing experience in view of transferring it In order to make coherent the development of the five steps, two functions are essential: animation and evaluation. 1. First step: Knowing the context to work out measures To define concerted measures on the basis of destitute groups needs, it is necessary to identify the needs of target groups and to evaluate the existing answers capacity to solve pertinently their problems. As poverty or precariousness dont affect uniformly all groups, needs of these groups are very different. Difficulties of a nomadic group in sedentation can not be tackled like a wandering young group in a rough area, or a group of single mothers. The first group have illiteracy, schooling, children, administrative cover, access to care, housing problems. The second group, young people, can be looking for education marks, they are lacking qualification, safety, resources, self confidence The third group of single mothers can need help in children education, they can have mobility, baby-sitting or money problems. It is really essential to know characteristics of each group on a coherent geographic area (district, urban commune or rural zone). Its better if these investigation are organized by social workers with direct experience. We had noticed these workers had relevant information on target groups. This information can only be known by a direct and deep contact with the group, they are not spontaneously mobilized and were sometimes incomplete, or even distorted. A simple survey often allows to distinguish and to describe objectively the groups profiles, since social workers bring valuable elements for constituting one or many target groups. Identification of the needs is the basis of the thought in view of working out coherent measures of economic and social integration. When needs are identified, partners are able to diffuse the service offer on the intervention area. At that moment, measures consist in stating the intervention fields of each partner working with households and telling what they are responsible for. Are current answers pertinent according to needs? Do answers cover all identified problems? Which ones are under represented? This concerted wok of partners is exceptionally rich, it is besides an efficiency guarantee because it allows to carry out a common project on a common thought and a common aim. Then we are far from juxtaposing isolated actions that show since centuries its limits when the administrative criterion defines the range of responsibilities and abilities of an organization. Thats why the second step, that consists in defining the functions of each partner in the integration process is as important as relevant as the first step.
February 2009, 28th
51 / 653
2. Second step: Defining the functions of each partner in the integration process Because if partnership is a necessary condition for the multi-dimension character, it is not enough. To be effective, the partners intervention must be structured on an integration process, which final aim is durable employment. This process must present graded, but not necessarily linear steps, from the most distant of employment towards employment (social autonomy, professional mobilization, professional project, qualification, preparation to employment) and each partner has to be able to bring its consultancy and its capacity at the right time, either during the process or jointly with other interventions. One of the most complex aspect to carry out in this step is the formulation of a common project, in which each partner can understand and measure its contribution, always partial but in relation and in synergy with other partners. For each partner it is too admitting that it is not more powerful than the others and that only common force allows a true success for groups we coach. Organizing this process requires, at this stage, a real territorial animation allowing to work out with partners, social workers, financial institutions a jointed, complementary process and to network competences in order to avoid forgetting a need or investing too much other needs because they are easier to manage or more enriching. 3. Third step: Reinforcing de measures consistency Auto-evaluation is a complementary function of animation because of its interaction with programming. It opens in each team an action, a thought based on comparison between predictions and accomplishments that allows to affirm consistency of the action strategy, to improve programming and to change team practices. The University of Franche-Comt accompanied the pragmatic approach of the Doubs modelaction by working out, step by step, tools necessary for all the steps. By this way, some tools were set at the disposal of the teams: - tools for searching contextual information - tools for knowledge of target groups (profile, needs, actions what could meet these needs) - auto-evaluation tools allowing to follow actions evolution, from the projects description to its objectives, its organization methods, its measuring tools of success indicators All these tools allows to tackle the fourth step: amassing data and experience. 4. Fourth step: Amassing data and experience This step is fundamental and constitutes the underpinning of territorial intelligence. Grouping together and capitalizing data and experience allow to describe progressively an important number of situations. The results of evaluation actions contribute to the evaluation of more general measures and are set at the disposal of leaders and financiers as a help to decision for programming of insertion policies. One of the measures very positive aspect was that all actions financed in the frame of the European program have been maintained after Pauvret 3, what means that local authorities have taken over from European credits, the evaluation that was made showed indeed that these actions were particularly adapted to population needs. IV. Observation as a driving force behind action The experience of the Poverty 3 programme ended in 1994. It is already been 14 years! However, this pragmatic approach we developed in the departement of Doubs and which, from my point of view, resolutely allowed guiding our attention to the real needs of population groups we were in charge of, is still a current position of work and involvement. Without giving all my activities of these last years, I would like to share with you the adaptation of this method I developed within the association I lead and which calls stopping-place for employment. In a few words, the stopping-place for employment mainly consists in the reception of the young public (thus the association is labelled local mission, and the adult public of the urban Community of Strasbourg in order to support their enduring professional integration. On average, we receive 13,000 people.
February 2009, 28th
52 / 653
The team of the association is composed of one hundred employees whose majority is located in 16 sites to provide a local reception. Our main funders are the State, the urban Community of Strasbourg, the Region of Alsace and the departement of Bas-Rhin. For almost 15 years, the Stopping-place for employment disposes of grants from the European social Fund, as an intermediate organization. Many protocols Local Plan for Integration and Employment (LPIE) have already been signed amongst which the two previous ones in 1993-200, then 2000-2006. 2006 is the year during which I am employed as manageress of the association. It is above all the last year of the protocol 2000-2006 and therefore, the preparation of the present protocol, which is extended from 2007 to 2013. The two last protocols aimed at revitalizing the integration by economic activity, and consolidating this plan on the labour pool of Strasbourg. I had suggested that two protocols for the integration by economic activity seemed enough, and it was time national and local partners take over their funding; indeed, the second act of the decentralization had confirmed the Departement as integration leader, and this plan seemed to be part of its abilities. The Council for the department itself had this same point of view, because it applied for being supported by the European social Fund as such. In brief, the opportunity was interesting to think about an approach which takes into account the public we receive, and which, in an incredible way, did not manage within the framework of the two last protocols, to be enough integrated in the structures we funded with regards to the ESF. Inside, we were in a situation in which 13,000 people were received by voluntary advisers, often dynamic and reactive, but who did not have other tools than the dialogue and their strength of conviction to bring out a young people or adults professional project or ambition, make them get involved in a qualification, prepare their job interview, support them in employment. After a few months of internal and external argues, we exposed to the regional prefecture a project which placed the whole ESF funds for the socioprofessional path of the young people and adults of the association. It consisted in implementing tools that advisers could mobilize at anytime in order to: - remove the social barriers to employment (sorting out problems of daily life) - identify the professional project (choice of line of business and profession), and the way to apprehend the chosen course of studies: re-educating, work-based learning, training course during the employment) with the help of workshops to discover business - validate this professional project - be prepared to the employment with the insurance that the basic knowledge and the soft skills are gained (punctuality, politeness, instructions understanding, time organization, understanding the enterprise culture) - maintain employment Despite the energy spent during the implementation of this tool set, though defined as useful and necessary for the advisers themselves to accompany efficiently to the professional integration, we had to notice, and the team of Strasbourg who is here today and that I greet, can attest it: the frequenting of workshops was completely unsatisfying. Whilst following the idea of work tools adapted to users needs of the association, we had a parallel approach for the structuring of local partners. At this moment, the concept and the method of territorial intelligence could be mobilized again. We took up the data of the received people, in order to define, with a consultant, their profiles, their path stages, their particularities. Especially this time, we explored the specificities of each area we were established. The discussions with the teams allowed putting the finishing touches to the analysis, removing the wrong representations we inevitably had about such and such public, also defining priority or specific groups which could draw our attention. One of these groups was composed of young people coming from areas known as rough, not very skilled young people, sometimes marginalized, without employment, disoriented; in brief a public known as rough. In an area of Strasbourg, the teams mentioned these problems; many partners knew young people; young people moved between institutions, mocking the one and considering that the other
February 2009, 28th
53 / 653
did not make anything for them or that it was useless and ineffective Finally, four of these partners decided to think together to this young public, the roughest of the rough young people in the area; we formed, with the sociocultural centre, a specialized prevention team, the city of Strasbourg and the association, a technical group which built an action for 12 of these young people. The idea was about devoting 6 months entirely to them, by starting with violence, idleness, negative views and by leading the group to respect, punctuality, dialogue, itch to discover, the discovery of his/her resources and distinctions, and inevitably the wish of autonomy and then the wish of work. These 6 months were very hard but rewarding. Conclusion Without being focused on the content of the action, what did we test out again? Firstly, the necessity for the partners to present their missions, their ways to work, to understand their objectives, to admit their limits and the constraints of the others, then the interest to observe together the redundancies of their interventions, and also the gaps in the individual or collective supports of people. This bush clearing allowed a concerted action of 6 months, at the end of which 10 out of 12 young people follow a qualifying training course or have an employment. We considered these results as exceptional, without humility. And we have today about 10 coming projects because partners of the other areas, and funders have been convinced by the interest of this approach. It is of course only an example. In a more general way, we extended this approach to other towns close to Strasbourg, or more modestly to small groups whose issues are similar. Inside, this pragmatic approach offers an efficiency of the intervention of which target publics we are in charge of directly and rapidly receive. It is an impressive dynamics for the local partners, who can like this to know each other, recognize themselves and hold a common and strong discourse to the populations. Is is also a guarantee for success to institutions and elected representatives, which see on their communities of intervention, a coherent partner network allowing improving the situation of inhabitants and the social cohesion.
February 2009, 28th
54 / 653
PAPERS
February 2009, 28th
55 / 653
February 2009, 28th
56 / 653
The caENTI scientific Progress, Results and Prospects
Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT Lecturer in Economics and Scientif ic Coordinator of caENTI, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France jjg@mti.univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: This paper presents the scientific results and prospects of the European action CAENTI. It firstly evokes the design and European dissemination of the Catalyse method within the European Network of Territorial Intelligence which is the starting point of the research worked out within the CAENTI. Then, it describes these research and their major advances and achievements on the concept of territorial intelligence, the tools for the territorial actors, the fundamental methods for territorial information analysis and the principles for research-action and governance respectful of sustainable development. It finally explains the research prospects these research open up. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development, networks, learning.
Th is communication presents the caENTI results and scientif ic prospects, coordination action of the European Network of Territoria l Intelligence. The Coordination Action1 of the European Network of Territoria l Intelligence is a research action funded by the 6th framework program2 Integrating and Strengthening for the European Research Area of the European Union, in the thematic priority 7 Citizens and governance in a Knowledge-based Society. The General Direction of Research of the European Commission funds it amounting to 900,000 euros. It is coordinated by the Universit de Franche-Comt (UFC, France), where it is animated by t he Institute of Humanities, Socia l and Environmenta l Sciences Claude Nicolas Ledoux (USR 3124 of t he CNRS, UFC and UTBM) with the support of the laboratory ThMA, and managed by the Development Direction, with the support of the Europe service. The caENTI consortium gathers seven universities, a national research centre, and seven territoria l actors, wh ich belong to seven European countries plus Ta iwan.
1.The coordination actions underline the coordination of the research activities and their European dimension, which constitutes their added value. 2. The FPRTD is the financial instrument that allows building the European Research Area.
February 2009, 28th
57 / 653
Figure 1: caENTI consortium I
caENTI coordination action has taken place since March 2006. It will finish soon, at the end of February 2009. Before presenting the caENTI scientfic results, we wil l remind the constitution of the Rseau Europen d'Intelligence Territoria le (REIT, European network of territoria l intelligence) th a t is t he starting point and the scientifc environment of the caENTI coordination activities. REIT was created with the diffusion of the Cata lyse observation method in more th an th irty territories of Europe to observe vulnerable people so as to improve the ir situation and one of these territories. I. Catalyse Method and the European network of territorial intelligence, REIT REIT was progressively created since 1989 whilst the Cata lyse method was progressive ly diffused in vulnerable territories, th at did not benefit from industria l development and th a t suffered from industria l recession, mainly in the centre, south and west of Europe. These partnersh ips were constituted with the will to act together to improve the vulnerable people's situations. They are characterised by the addition of diff iculties: unemployment, precariousness, distance diff iculties to get a job, resources loss or lack, h andicap, autonomy loss, illness, environment deterioration, illiteracy, discriminations, marginalisation, loneliness, exclusion... They wanted to better understand these situations complexity to overcome the limits of sectoria l action. They lead their action on a territory th a t is defined by the concentration of vulnerable groups rather th an by institutional limits. Th is territory is a space wh ich can be geograph ically demarcated and divided, a people and socia l groups community and a projects space. These partnersh ips are active members of the civil societ y, which act in rela tion with t h e territoria l communities and which integrate public services. They participate to local governance. These multi-sector partnersh ips developed their observation activities in an autonomous way with the help of the Cata lyse method they enriched with in the framework of the ir research-action. Their association with a university provides them with a support to use the information and communication technologies, the data processing tools, in particular the statistic analysis of individua l data and of community indicators and the spatia l analysis of information and territoria l indicators. These observatories regularly gather hundreds of individual situations, and some of them even
February 2009, 28th
58 / 653
severa l thousands. A repertory provides information to several hundreds of services. An observatory approximately follows up twenty territoria l indicators. Figure 2: Network of Catalyse observatories
1. The catalyse method and tools Firstly elaborate in Mosaque project (1989-1994), Ca ta lyse offers three tools to confront three kinds of information: 1. A multi-sector guide for diagnosis and eva luation th a t gathers individual data about peoples needs, so as to define and measure needs profiles. 2. A services database (or repertory) th a t lists the existing services on the territory th at are able to satisfy the peoples and the community groups needs. It provides data on services. 3. A territoria l indicators system (TiS) th a t integrates territoria l data th a t are provided by specialized statistic institutions. Cata lyse use four generic methods and instruments: 1. Pragma, to make the quantita tive analysis of individual data (by service, structure, area, public). It a lso can be use with services data or territoria l indicators. 2. Anaconda for qualita tive analyses: factors of the da ta structure, typology and profiles of needs. It a lso ca be use to analyse services or territoria l indicators. Nuage, a software th a t was use to show Anaconda results in 3D is now integrated with in Anaconda. 3. Mapping and spatia l analysis to represent and analyse on territory the distribution of territoria l indicators, but also of profiles of needs or of class of services. 4. Evaluation, to assess relevance, eff iciency and impact of actions.
February 2009, 28th
59 / 653
Figure 3: Catalyse method and tools
Figure 4: Pragma software for quantitative analysis
February 2009, 28th
60 / 653
2. The European Network of Territorial Intelligence ENTI S ince the beginning of the diffusion of the Cata l yse observatories, actors and universities involved have formed a network through transnational partnersh ips. Seminars were regularly held and the REIT was formed to: - Provide the necessary scientific dimension to the modeling of Cata lyse at the conceptual and methodological levels - Develop the cooperation between universities and territoria l actors - Sh are the costs of the tools design and development for and with the territoria l actors. Originall y, the expression territoria l intelligence referred to research orientations characterristic of the humanities and social sciences field in the Universit de Franche-Comt. These orientations expressed through the Cata lyse method, among other research activities and ach ievements: - The diffusion of the instruments of territoria l informa tion analysis with in HSS - The multidisciplinary approach with in HSS, but also with other sciences - The systematic and rigorous constitution of wide corpus of data by the means of fie ld surveys which mobilize researchers teams. The first definitions of territoria l intelligence remain functional and applied: Territoria l intelligence is a means for researchers and for the community to get better knowledge of the territor y, but also to better control its territory. (Girardot, 1999) The definition stated in the draft of the Institute of Humanities and Socia l and Environmenta l Sciences shows a clearer link between knowledge and action: The concept of territoria l intelligence refers to all the multidisciplinary knowledge, th at on the one hand help understanding the territoria l structures and dynamics, and on the other hand aspires to be an instrument for actors of the territories sustainable development (Girardot, 2002). II. caENTI objective and issues The caENTI activities, like a ll the 6th FPRTD actions, fa lls under the prospect of the ambitious objectives the European Union gave to itself during the Summit of LISBON of 2000: becoming the most competitive knowledge-based economy, able to have a susta inable growth wh ile improving socia l cohesion. The general objective of the caENTI a ims at integrating the present research projects on territoria l intelligence tools, so as to give them a European dimension. For severa l years, the European Union has introduced project management and eva luation. Since Gothenburg, in 2001, susta inable development has established the principles of good governance: participation, global and well-ba lanced approach and partnersh ip. Scientific instruments adapted to these principles are ava ilable for experts, but the territoria l actors rarely benefit from simple and cheap tools to draft, manage, observe and eva luate the ir projects. These instruments mobilise research, which provides a quality guarantee, and territoria l actors th at experiment and va luate them. Consequentl y, the caENTI associates research teams and actors to draft territoria l intelligence tools for action. To do so, caENTI coordinates three activities of comparative research and two activities of dissemination. The two dissemination activities are the international annual conference of territoria l intelligence, and the porta l http://www.territoria l- intell igence.eu. The two previous conferences took place in Alba-Iulia (Romania) in September 2006 on the th eme of regional development, and then in Huelva (Spain) in October 2007 about the rela tions between territoria l intelligence and governance. The proceedings are published on the porta l. The three research coordination activities include: - The design of tools for and with territoria l actors and the coordination of the ir ach ievements (tools for actors for short); - The inventory of the scientif ic methods, of the research protocols and of the generic instruments for territoria l information analysis, used in the HSS laboratories and likely to provide technologica l modules for the action tools (fundamental methods);
February 2009, 28th
61 / 653
- The governance principles, the standards and the protocols for research and action th a t ensure these tools respect the susta inable development eth ics (governance principles). These three research activities are articulated according to the following diagram: Figure 5 : caENTI research activities integration
Tools for actors corresponds to the caENTI fina l objective. Upstream, it is fed, on the one hand by fundamenta l methods th a t gives it technological solutions and, on the other hand, by the governance principles th at eva luate the acceptability of these solutions by referring to sustainable development. The caENTI a lso aims at making data sets useful for the multidisciplinary research and the territoria l development. III. CaENTI Progress AND Results The caENTI allowed the research activities on tools for actors, on fundamental methods and on governance principles made important progress. We hope th is conference will convince you about it. Among the planned workshops, some are devoted to the caENTI activities, so as to expla in the present situation to a wide public on the reached results, to determine the tasks to be ach ieved by the end of t he caENTI action in February 2009, th a t is to say in less th an four months and to establish prospects in the longer term. Th is part presents the results and tasks to be finished per activit y. They will be synthesised with the prospects in the next part. Beyond the progress per activit y, there are two genera l themes to be evoked: the territoria l intelligence evolution and coordination, as we are a coordination action. We will present the caENTI progress and results, and the tasks to be made in the short term, according to the following order: - The evolution of the territoria l intelligence concept - The territoria l intelligence tools for and by territoria l actors - The fundamenta l methods of territoria l intelligence analysis - The governance principles of territoria l research and action - The reinforcement of the cooperation with in caENTI 1. The territorial intelligence concept evolution The territoria l intelligence concept is an emergent and living concept th at h as quickly become extremely polysemous. A ontology of th is concept h as become indispensable. It is a caENTI prospect. The th inking tha t is presently led with in the caENTI and th at will be continued in the C16c and C26c workshops tend to define our positioning regarding the definitions generated by economic intelligence and the ones tha t are inspired by community development. S ince the beginning of the CAENTI project, we moved closer to the definitions produced in
February 2009, 28th
62 / 653
information and communication sciences, wh ich h ad the merit of recognizing the territoria l intelligence as a scientific field. These include Ph ilip Dumas' definition the intelligence as cognitive process and organizing information, and the territory as a space for meaningful relationship (2004) and Yann Bertacchini' one Territoria l intelligence can be equated the territoria lity th a t results from the phenomenon of bringing together resources of a territory and the transfer of powers between local players wit h different cultural orientations. Both authors belong to the laboratory I3M Media Information Media Mediation with which caENTI mainta ins regular research relations. We now refer to the following definition: Territoria l intelligence is the science th a t wanted to integrate the pluri-disciplinary knowledge on territoria l systems and on their dynamics, in the global, cooperative and participative approach of sustainable development. It suggests to the multi-sectro partnerships of territoria l actors a participative cognitive process based on the territoria l information sharing and on their cooperative analysis so as to meet in a relevant, eff icient and susta inable way the inhabitants' needs. It aims at providing territoria l actors of sustainable development with the tools to draft, manage and eva luate the ir projects. Territoria l intelligence involves severa l levels: knowledge, methodology, governance and tools for action. - It compares and integrates the multi-f ield and intercultural knowledge linked to the territoria l structures, systems and dynamics. - It adapts fundamenta l methods, generic tools of wide applicability and scientif ic protocols of territoria l information analysis. - It eva luates the governance principles th a t guarantee a well-ba lanced tak ing into account of a l l the needs, as well as the equitable distribution and perenniality of resources, th anks to partnersh ip and participation. - It designs and makes tools with the actors who would like to develop their territories, whilst respecting these eth ica l principles. Some other definitions derives from the economic intelligence as the territoria l economic intelligence as envisaged by Aurlien Gaucherand which combines the creation of products and the animation of services of economic intelligence for the actors of economic innovation, the strategic territoria l watch ing over and... the development of various digita l territories (2006). Our definition is different from th is kind of definitions th a t consider territory as a firm, wh ich objectives are essentia l ly economic and th a t profess collective actions in a competition context. In the sustainable development spirit th at a ims at solving the people's needs without compromising the future generations' ability to meet the irs, our definition advocates for a multi-disciplinary and multisector approach of development. It is based on partnership, rather th an on competition. Our definition is closer to the Anglo Saxon concept of community development th a t, according to Dimitriu Sandu, refers to voluntary changes in, by and for community (2005). Neverthe less, the community development does not refer to the ICT we consider not only like a tool of territoria l development, but also like a vector of development in the post-industria l society of information and knowledge. As Thierry Ferrari says there can not be territoria l intelligence without appea ling to the information technologies and without mobilizing the skills for territories attractiveness and competitiveness (2005). Indeed, if territoria l intelligence is a community process th at gathers the territory skills to better understand it so as to organise the susta inable exploita tion and the equitable distribution of its natura l resources, it is a lso an embedded intelligence th a t uses ICT, to share information, to coordinate skills, to facilita te the territoria l information processing and to make them accessible to many people and to accumulate learning and knowledge. 2. The territorial intelligence tools for and by territories actors Th is activit y, coordinated by the Universit de Franche-Comt (France), designs, makes and disseminates methods and tools of territoria l intelli gence th at are accessible to territoria l actors and respect the eth ics of susta inable development. The WP6 also aims at designing a European Observatory
February 2009, 28th
63 / 653
of Elementary School. The conceptual, methodologica l and technological specifications of the Cata lyse contents and tools were defined in 2006. They guarantee the respect of the theoretica l pillars of Cata lyse and of its fundamenta l principles, the quality of the methodological protocols and of the sta tistic, economic and spatia l analysis of data, of the results interpreta tion and communication methods, as well as t he adaptation to the technica l specificities and constra ints, especia lly with a data processing nature. In 2007 we drafted: - The specif ications of an online Inclusion Itinerary Accompaniment File (IIAF). Th is file is a broader document th an the guide. As a digita l document, it allows a better individual follow-up, the individual project elaboration and the user's inclusion itinerary assessment, by a multi-sector and multiprofessional team of stakeholders; - The specif ications for the processing and editoria l ch a in from territoria l data to results in order to integrate tools and put them on line. These research activities prepared the drafting of th e specifications of: - A European porta l of web maping of territoria l indica tors ava ilable on line; - A territoria l information system adapted to the development partnership uses, the Territoria l Intelligence Community System. - A more global survey and experimentations about th e uses of territoria l tools in the development partnersh ips. Thus, since the caENTI beginning, the research activities and technological developments about the tools were led according to three axes about the information contents, the analysis tools of these contents, and the uses of these tools with in the territoria l multi-sector partnersh ips. Thus, we wi l l present the progress, the results and the tasks to conclude according to these three axes. a. Contents harmonisation The contents concern the questions of the diagnosis and eva luation guide, the information of t he services repertory and the territoria l indicators. They were harmonised, on the one hand, from the experience of a synthesis of the gathered contents and analysed by the Cata lyse observatories and, on the other h and, in accordance with the existing European standards, or even the international ones (deliverables 51, 52, 53). The following harmonisation schema shows how th is h armonisation was made, from the observatories and via the universities, according to a linguistical organisation, and by respecting the standards of publication of the specia lised institutes, by firstly referring to Eurostat, the European and international institutes, and then the national ones. Then, th is schema was used again to harmonise t he tools. The articulation between the guide questions, the information on the services and the territoria l indicators and their compatibility so as to make comparisons and confrontations useful for the territoria l diagnosis and for services eva luation was also modelled. In 2007, la caENTI suggests a structure for the accompaniment file, a tool useful for the persons' multi sector accompaniment, by many stakeholders (deliverable 57). The links between the guide and the file are analysed with the dividing of the file into three spaces: - The guide refers to the whole individual indicators th a t can be collectively used to make diagnostics, eva luations and observation. - The observation form organizes according to thematic blocks, indicators th a t can also be collectively mobilized to deepen the diagnostics and the evaluation of a public, a project or a particular service. - The file, strictly speak ing, gathers individual information and documents useful for the persons' accompaniment, protected by the professional secret and accessible according to rights mentioned to stakeholders, who make th is accompaniment.
February 2009, 28th
64 / 653
Figure 6 : Contents (and tool) harmonization in caENTI
Figure 7 : Links between guide, repertory and territorial indicators
In 2008, we started executing a European porta l for the territoria l indicators web mapping. It a ims a t facilita ting the execution of territoria l diagnoses and contextual studies for territoria l actors. The territoria l information and base maps gathering and conditioning was ach ieved from the inventory of territoria l indicators th a t was previously ach ieved with in the activity fundamenta l methods, in rela tion with the analysis of the actors' use of th ese indicators. A th inking was initia ted on the metadata. The data-processing development of the web mapping interface is now mostly made. It is
February 2009, 28th
65 / 653
operational at the commune level at the European level. Several experimentations were initia ted a t the infracommunal and at the intercommunal level in specif ic regions to study the solving of t he diff iculties there are at th is level. These works will be presented in the workshop A44s. Figure 8: European portal for web mapping of territorial indicators
b. Tools development The tools specif ications were drafted according to a process th at is similar and complementary. I t a llowed initia ting the tools upgrade, the ir h armonisation and their integration. Multi-pla tform and multilanguage versions were made as well as compatible online versions. These tools will be presented in the workshop A28o. They can be downloaded in th e blog Cata lyse Community (deliverables 54,55 and 56). Figure 9: Cross platform version of Pragma
February 2009, 28th
66 / 653
Figure 10: Online version of Pragma
Figure 11: new version of Anaconda software (cross-platform and online)
The objective we presently follow is the tools integra tion in a community system of territoria l intelligence. Th is work was preceded by he creation of specifications regarding the analytic and editoria l cha in of territoria l information from gathering to online publication (deliverable 58). A Territoria l Intelligence Community System is a territoria l information system for a partnership of territoria l actors th a t want to develop democratic governance at the service of susta inable development.
February 2009, 28th
67 / 653
- It favors the information sharing with in a territoria l development partnership; - It instruments the data cooperative analysis and the results participative interpreta tion; - It introduces the citizens participation in the process of decision-making; - It provides the actors with the useful information to draft projects, and then to manage them and eva luate them. Figure 12 : Territorial Intelligence Community System
After the data processing integration of the processing software, the management and edition of the documents produced during the analysis, the present research concern the analyse protocols of the different information types and the adapta tion of th e system to the specific needs of the multi-sector development partnerships. c. Uses study The specific participative governance of the territoria l observatories was analysed in 2006B th anks to the analysis of the development partnersh ips developed with in the caENTI and of the ir observation devices (deliverable 56). The actors who constitute the development partnership are gathered in an operational group. I t defines a ll the useful data, supervises the analyses and interprets the results. It drafts the multi-sector guide of diagnosis and evaluation, the repertory of services and makes the selection of the territoria l indicators th at are coherent with the guide. It regularly updates the documents or the data bases. The partners gather data and share them for the analysis. A qualita tive diagnosis identifies the main needs profiles whereas the quantita tive sorting estimate the importance of the corresponding groups of persons. Then, the actors participate to the results interpreta tion with in thematic workshops th a t are defined and constituted according to the needs profiles. The workshops confront the needs th a t were underlined by the diagnosis with the repertory of services to identify the deficiencies and nonadaptations of the services offer with respect to th e needs. They also compare the needs territoria l distribution to the services one. They confront the results to the territoria l indicators to exploit t he territory potentia l ities and to take into account its constra ints.
February 2009, 28th
68 / 653
Figure 13 : Governance of Catalyse within multisectors partnerships
Th is observation step leads to projects th at are drafted with in the project groups. Then, it allows regularly eva luating the led actions. The partnersh ip a lso guarantees the results publication, firstly on an extranet website th a t is intended for the partners, then on a public Internet website. The diagnosis execution, its regular repetition, the constitution and permanent updating of t he repertory and of the contextual indicators feed a shared and participative information system. Wi t h in the framework of the territoria l intelligence tools uses, the constitution of a repertory of the projects of territoria l intelligence started by the caENTI observatories and research-action actions. A descriptive and analytical form was defined and filled in. its structure should now by lightened before editing the online repertory so as to open it to all the territoria l intelligence projects. The objective is to a llow a specif ic presentation of the observation function with in the territoria l intelligence projects so as to a llow analysing the uses of the territoria l intelligence methods and tools by t he actors. The group on uses also coordinates the experimentations of the territoria l intelligence tools. The first and most advanced one is the experimentation started at the partnership observatories of migrations coordinated by Accel, which gathers a network of experimented and novice observatories and th a t articulates the local level and the national one. A new experience started more recently in Chapelle- lez-Herla imont in Begium, on the basis of use recommendations by the caENTI Wa l loon participants. All the caENTI territoria l actors develop experimentations. They are specif ied in the part 3.5. th a t dea ls with the coordination of the participants activities and th at describes the specific experiences developed by the caENTI territoria l actors. They are presented in the workshops A5ps and A6ps. The caENTI a lso started th inking about the evaluation of the feasibility of a European observation network of elementary school after the observatory of rural school (OER) th a t coordinated the follow-up of a ch ildren group who went to school in a rural elementary school in territories of Eastern France. Th is prospect is based on the modelling of th is French experience by the OER researchers. A restructuring of the data base was made by the MSHE, and the University of Sa lerno organized two th inking seminars about the European educational systems th a t a llowed mobilizing European experiences. These works results are presented in the workshop A55c.
February 2009, 28th
69 / 653
Figure 14: Accem network of migration observatories in Spain
3. Fundamental methods of territorial information analysis The activity fundamenta l methods, led by the University of Pecs (Hungary) a ims at answering the question: W h a t are the methods, protocols and generic tools of wide applicability th a t are used to analyse the territories and the territoria l information with in HSS? During the first two years, 2006 and 2007, it worked on four themes th at prepared a fina l synthesis in 2008. 1. The scientif ic methods, research protocols and generic tools of territoria l information analysis (coordinated by the Universit de Franche-Comt, France) 2. Territoria l information available in Europe (coordinated by the Universit de Lige, Belgique) 3. The concept of territory (coordinated by the Universita di Salerno, Ita ly) 4. The indicators of territories competitiveness (coordinated by the University of Pecs, Hungary) The results of these activities are published in the deliverables 23, 24, 26, 27, 28, 29, 31 and 32. Another survey relates to the activities th a t were made with in the framework of the eva luation of projects funded by the European Commission and of the existing information of the GDs th a t might be relevant in the territoria l intelligence field. We can select 45 projects supported by the European Commission, wh ich h ave a subject corresponding to th e questioning of the territoria l intelligence. They will be surveyed in the European repertory of territoria l intelligence projects in the global framework of the use of territoria l intelligence tools. The General Directions of the European Commission answered they did not have information and did not fund relevant projects in the territoria l intelligence field, except the information and projects th a t are published on the European Union officia l website (deliverables 25 and 30). In 2007, two gathering were made: - On the one hand, between the group th a t made an inventory of the territoria l information ava ilable at the European and national specia lised websites and the group th at determined t he territories competitiveness indicators in the susta inable development logic. - On the other hand, between the group th a t identif ied the territory analysis methods and territoria l information and the group tha t analysed the territory concept. Two new groups are now constituted: The first group concerns territoria l information. It shown the crucia l importance of information in comparison with methods and tools. Neverthe less, th ere are presently few information useful for actors and most are accessible at the commune level, whereas the actors rather work at the inframunicipa l and intermunicipal levels. In 2008, th is group works allow developing a European web mapping porta l of
February 2009, 28th
70 / 653
territoria l indicators. The second group concerns the scientif ic methods, protocols and instruments of analysis and interpretation of territoria l information, th at is to say firstly information about the geograph ic spaces th a t became the development project spaces of human communities. In order to study the thematic and geograph ic varia tions of the concept of territory in Europe, th is group established a European repertory of the research teams of which territory is the research object (deliverable 31). It presently includes 420 teams and it is completed by an exhaustive bibliograph y. Th is repertory presently described the location (city) of the teams, their main theoretica l orientation, the reference definition, the used methods and the funding framework. Th is base is presently being valida ted and analysed. The exploita tion of the theoretica l orientations or of the reference definitions implies a deep content analysis. A first survey of the base was established as an example on the used methods. Among the 420 observed teams, the used methods are described in 273 cases, th a t is to say 70% of the teams. The quoted methods are, according to the ir importance level: - Inferentia l methods : 107 - GIS : 97 - Exploratory methods : 78 - Descriptive statistic : 31 - Socio-economic analysis : 23 - Systemic and dynamic approaches : 9 - Regional Information system : 4 In the short term, the gathered data will be va lidated in deta il by a group of experts who shared the work to be made according to geograph ic areas and discipline. Then, they will be systematica lly analysed th anks to a mapping tool. In the longer term, the repertory will be able to be published online and widened to t he international scale by firstly integrating more th an 500 references on the territory gathered by Horacio Bozzano at the worldwide scale. 4. The governance principles of research and territorial action Th is activity is coordinated by the universidad de Huelva (UHU, Spa in). It analyses the application of the governance principles of susta inable development to the territoria l research-action. Th is activity wonders about four questions: - Wh a t are the best practices in research action th a t inspire territoria l governance whilst respecting sustainable development? - Wh ich eth ic principles, standards and research designs should be respected by the territoria l intelligence research actions and tools? - Wh ich methodologies are suitable to be applied to susta inable development projects? - Wh a t do ICT offer to susta inable development and which constra ints technologies have to respect? In 2006, the caENTI European universities analysed practices of research-action they made in b the territoria l intelligence field (deliverables 34 to 39). They were eva luated in 2007 (deliverables 41 to 46) so as to draft a quality letter of researchaction in the territoria l intelligence field (deliverable 47). Th is letter presents: 1. The context in which the th inking on the research - action quality appears (the emergency of the territoria l governance problem, the development of the knowledge-based societ y, the generalisation of the ICT use and the experience of the caENTI members, etc). 2. A reminder of the principles th at inspire the research-action with in the caENTI framework: Transformation, Mutil-dimensionalit y, Partnersh ip, Participation, Sustainabilit y, Transparency, Coresponsibilit y, Co-eva luation, Co-learning. 3. The justif ication of wha t is considered as the centra l element of qualit y, the process of sustainable collaborative participation and its four pillars: Actors' and territoria l resources mobilisa tion, Mutualisation of knowledge and skills, responsibility of the concerned participants and institutions, Common propriety of the research-action results.
February 2009, 28th
71 / 653
An eva luation instrument accompanies by (image below) Figure 15: Letter of quakity evaluation
On th is base, two syntesis were initia ted: On the methodologies of participative research-action, in particular those th a t concern the territories susta inable development. The objective is to make a first critical inventory on th is subject. On the potentia l ities of the information and communication technologies to promote the territories sustainable development and on the limits the la tter imposes on their use. Th is analysis a ims a t feeding a complex debate regarding the ICT image and the susta inable development principles, th a t are often considered as contradictory whereas the ICT can favour the information sharing and the organisation of the cooperative analysis and action. Presentl y, two reports were esta lished (deliverables 48 and 49). Two debate groups th a t im:p ly researchers and actors will criticize and deepen these two research activities. A video Research for territories intelligence is being made so as to illustrate the principles of the quality letter by the means of examples chosen among the caENTI participantsn and to favour the ir diffusion. 5. The strengthening of cooperation among participants in the CAENTI La caENTI reinforced the links between the consortium participants wh ile underlining specia lities.
February 2009, 28th
72 / 653
The Universit de Franche-Comt (UFC, France) coordinated a ll the caENTI activities. The Institute of Humanities, Socia l and Environmental Science (MSHE), the Development direction, and the Europe service were in charge of its management and the development of the dissemination activities. The MSHE coordinated the communication and the development of the porta l http://www.territoria lintelligence.eu with the support of the Region Franche-Comt, the University of Pecs (PTE) and the Universit 1er decembrie 1918 of Alba-Iulia (UAB). It coordinated the tools design and execution. A strong cooperation with the territoria l actors developed in th is in th is field th anks to an important support of the Universidad de Huelva (UHU) to harmonize the information contents and the analysis of these tools uses. It shown its skills in the tools field but a lso in the analysis methods of territoria l information. The Universidad de Huelva (UHU, Spa in) coordinated the research activities regarding governance and participative research-action while demonstrating its specia lisation in the sustainable governance field, in addition to its observation skills regarding local employment. It suggested environmental indicators. It animated the experimentations of the Spanish territoria l actors. It gave an important support to the UFC to harmonize tools and to analyse uses. A regular collaboration developed between the UFC and the UHU. It is a structuring axis of the research coordination with in the consortium. The Universit de Lige (ULG, Belgium) quickly shown its skills in the territoria l information fie ld, at the fundamental methods level, and also at the tools one where it participates to the execution of the European portal of territoria l indicators web mapping. It animated the participation of t he Wa l loon actors to the caENTI research activities. The University of Pecs (PTE, Hungary) shown skills in the fie ld of the territories competitiveness indicators, which are complementary to the ULG ones, and also in the fie ld of the information and communication technologies for territoria l development. It contributed to the development of a European porta l of territoria l indicators at the competitiveness indicators level. The University 1er decembrie 1918 d'Alba Iulia (UAB, Romania) participated to the research activities on the governance principles and on the tools for and with the actors. It specia lised on the theme of the scientific observations analyses restitution to the territoria l actors. It actively participates to the video recording and to the conference broadcasting, as well as to the acts publication. The universita di Sa lerno (UNISA, Ita ly) coordinated the research activities on the territory concept and on the constitution of a European network of elementary school on the basis of the rura l school observatory experience. It constituted the European repertory of the research teams th a t make research on territory, in collaboration with the UFC. Specia lised in the socia l cohesion field, it collaborated with the UHU to analyse participative methods. The research centre ZRC-SAZU (Slovenia) brought skills in geograph ic information systems and the experience of an intense collaboration in th is field with the MSHE of the UFC (European Applied Laboratory, ModelTER). It collaborated with the ULG to develop the geomatics part of the European porta l of territoria l indicators web mapping. These two teams animate a network th a t feeds and experiments th is porta l. Tunghai University (THU, Ta iwan) analyzes the economic, socia l and environmental impact of the scientif ic and industria l park of Ta ichung. It gave a counterpoint to the observation of vulnerable people in a territory characterised by economic growth in an important sector of the knowledge-based economy. Generall y, the caENTI territoria l actors brought their skills and their experiences to harmonize the territoria l intelligence tools, particularly regarding the contents, information and individual and territoria l indicators definition. Each one brought the experience of a specif ic problematic, territor y, public or thematic. ACCEM (Spa in) experimented the contents, tools and uses with in a national network of nine loca l observatories of the migrations phenomena, multi-sector partnersh ips animated by Accem. A synthesis of the diagnosis and evaluation guide, services repertories and territoria l indicators preceded t he h armonization with in the caENTI. It allowed harmonizing the tools and experimenting them from 2006. The presence of experienced observatories and of new observatories was an important factor to h armonize use guides, to define indicators analysis protocols and to analyze the uses.
February 2009, 28th
73 / 653
Accem also collaborated with UHU and Va ldocco on the theme of the governance principles. The association Optima (Belgium) developed an experimentation on the basis of an observation panel (approximately 7000 observations) on a town characterised by an intense industria l recession, Sera ing. Optima developed a participative development plan of an extremely vulnerable area. These experiences allowed it developing a participative evaluation of the Cata lyse tools uses with in partnersh ips and communities. Optima experience had to stop because of a lack of grant, it is being transferred to another Belgian town: Chapelle-lez-Herla imont. The intermunicipal association Integra (Belgium) made an experimentation in a rural environment. It contributed to the definition of the data analysis protocols with in the framework of a territoria l diagnosis, of the analysis restitution modes to the partnership actors and of the users' integration with in the eva luation mode. Optima and Integra collaborated much to coordinate the eva luation of the Cata lyse tools and their use with in multi-sector development partnerships. The association Adapei (France) developed, on the basis of the Cata lyse method, an integrated and participative system of services management and evaluation it uses with h andicapped people: to make reception, specia lised care, protected workshops, integration in classic employment, follow-up while working. It especia lly participated to research on the accompaniment files and on its use with in the evaluation framework. The network of the Jardins de Cocagne (France) experimented the introduction of the Cata lyse tools with in the framework of the evaluation of its national and European network of integration actions regarding people away from employment. Compared with Cata lyse; th is device introduces many evaluation criteria concerning action management and its social and environmental impact, plus an instrumented step of susta inable development. Both Adapei and Cocagne experimentations introduced the quality step in the Cata lyse method. Va ldocco fundation (Spain) experimented in collaboration with UHU the tools of territoria l intelligence and the participative methods with in the framework of the district V development plan, an area of Huelva. Th is experimentation was awarded as a good practice at the international scale. The Baranya department (Hungary) th a t is the project manager of Pecs european city of culture in 2010 mainly collaborated with PTE to experiment steps of digita l governance and the territories competitiveness indicators. Conclusion and Prospects The caENTI started a process tha t will not end with it. We should th ink to the future. On the basis of the progress and results, we defined the tasks th a t should be made on the short term: The development of the experimentations will imply a new homogenisation of the guide contents, of the service repertory and of the territoria l indicators. Then, it will require regular updates. The European porta l of territoria l indicators remains a prototype th a t will h ave to be mainta ined and widened. The questions concerning the infracommunal and the intercommunal levels require solutions on the long term. The Cata lyse blog th at regularly diffuses the new versions of the Cata lyse tools also implies maintenance. We widened th inking about the territoria l intelligence community systems th a t imply important developments. The publication of the base of territoria l intelligence actions remains a sketch to be materia lised, th a t can get an international dimension. The follow-up of the initia ted experimentations will overcome the caENTI horizon too. The European repertory of research teams for which territory is an object is a lso a long term project, wh ich can quickly acquire an international dimension.. The works on the governance principles generate debates on the ICT use and on the participative methods the caENTI will not be able to conclude. To ensure the continuity of the caENTI actions, we started an action of foreshadowing of a
February 2009, 28th
74 / 653
network of excellence in territoria l intelligence, anyway of an international scale project of wh ich there are already some foundation: The Journal of Territoria l Intelligence, th a t a ims at providing the international community wit h a quality scientif ic journal in the territoria l intelligence field, is a project th a t h as a lready started, and which editoria l committee is constituted and tha t is recluting its reading committee. A project of European master in territoria l intelligence is advanced enough to allow us answering to the next call for projects Erasmus Mundus (March-April 2009). The website territoriesnet.org will be the federative element of the European Network of Territoria l Intel ligence, http://www.territoria l- intell igence.eu and, of the Latino-American Network of Entendimiento Territoria l, territoriosposibles.org. It is open to other research and action networks which object is territory. The project of network of excellence, supported by the French Na tional Centre of Scientif ic Research, a ims at constituting a virtual laboratory with an international scale, which task, sh ared among the partners, will be integrated to target a common objective. A first proposition of scientif ic objectives integrates the caENTI main learning. Three research activities are presently foreseen: 1. Making a multi-disciplinary synthesis of territory sciences 2. Developing territoria l information and disseminating the territoria l observation and spat i a l analysis methods, especia lly towards vulnerable people and territories 3. Improving the contribution of territoria l information systems to an equitable governance and to sustainable development, through a better integration in the territoria l decision-making process It is a proposition to be debated, and to be addressed to be talked about. Bibliography (see the bibliography at the end of the book)
February 2009, 28th
75 / 653
February 2009, 28th
76 / 653
Theoretical approach of territorial intelligence and communication
Peter CS Department of Communication and Media Studies, University of Pcs, Hungary pite@maya.btk.pte.hu
Abstract: On the Flyer of the HUELVA 2007 conference there is a sentence:

Territorial intelligence implies the production of theories and instruments to understand the territory, but also the way a society jointly generates and apprehends the available knowledge and applies them to solve its problems.
This paper is about to add one particular theoretical approach to this statement. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, communication theory, collective agent, territory.
On the Flyer of the HUELVA 2007 conference there is a sentence:

Territorial intelligence implies the production of theories and instruments to understand the territory, but also the way a society jointly generates and apprehends the available knowledge and applies them to solve its problems.
This paper is about to add one particular theoretical approach to this statement. This approach is different from the often mentioned socio-technical systems theory approach (Dumas et al., 2008). I. Theory used This paper using Participation Theory of Communication (PTC) (Hornyi, 1999). From this aspect, the various forms of the phenomena described as communication can all be characterized as being rooted in the need of the agents to recognize and/or to solve problems. Communication is a way of understanding the agents behaviour as a potential ability to recognize and/or solve problems with the help of symbols (or signs). The problem of the agents is a difference between the desired and therefore aimed state and the current state (cs, 2007). The basis of understanding patterns as symbols is common knowledge. The agents participate in this common knowledge, communio. Communio is not a factually existing phenomenon. It is strongly attached to an assumption of agents and to a concept which is about understanding some aspects of their behaviour. This kind of description titles their target as communication. The Participation Theory of Communication (PTC) (Hornyi, 1999) is about describing a scale and topic and independent description of agents and their problem-solving capacity according to their preparedness. One possible place of problem-solving capacity is symbolic which results from the agents process of signification in a given place and time. The constituents of symbolic are the signifier and signified as it is discussed with various terms in the literature of semiotics. Patterns are differences in time and/or space accessible via modalities of perceptions. The patterns or structures of it understood as problem solvers are agents, while other patterns are recognized as symbols (or signs) or raw-patterns. Human agents in everyday situations are, firstly, participants in a communication as agents that give a potential subject to be understood by someone
February 2009, 28th
77 / 653
and, secondly, the human agents are able to understand their own or others behaviour as participants in the communication. Communication is not something that can be recognized as a force, as a process, or as an architectural or structural phenomenon that is independent of the supposition of an agent with teleological goals and with abilities to step forward. II. Mimetic and virtual agents There are two double agent-constellation aspects: mimetic and virtual. The mimetic double agent-constellation gives a model of the understanding of somebody who behaves like somebody else. We all know, in the theatre, actors play their lines, but we are concentrating on the character to appear. In the situation where we show an architecture (designed structure of physical elements), it seems to be or behaves like an agent, but this is virtual. Virtual and mimetic are not exclusive categories. We need a concept of agents in order to understand the surrounding patterns that are accessible via modalities of perceptions. The description of patterns is mostly about understanding agents that create a pattern or appear to do so. III. The real and collective agents As Participation Theory of Communication agent means that the understanding of a certain situation entails a presupposition of problem solving drive and the solution appears to take place according to the supposition of common preparedness and patterns accessible. Presupposition of this model of understanding is required from the agent refers to its own aims and meaning of patterns. Davidson declares, that the man can be called an agent when the action of him can be described from an intentional aspect (Davidson, 1985, p. 46.). Agent is the concept of knowledge about understanding an agent. As Searle expressed about artificial intelligence: Any mechanism capable of producing intentionality must have causal powers equal to those of the brain (Searle, 1980, p. 417). Agent is the concept of causality of aims not just reasons. There are fields of preparedness which are referential to other accessible preparedness. It is a referential knowledge. It extends the agents problem solving capacity with all of the potentially accessible knowledge. The transformation of the problem according to the aimed solution is a part of the referential knowledge. Not all the agents could really benefit from it, but and that is here to express we can suppose it. Agent is the concept of understanding the real word and not something which can be observed or discovered not considering the viewer. The real agents can suppose their own preparedness, and referentially extended potential of problem solving that is what Hofstadter called ability to Jumping out of the system (Hofstadter, 1979, p. 36). IV. Collective agents The agent is collective when the agent is built, or supposed as a common knowledge of its existence, aims, drives and its preparedness and identity exclusively by other agents. The collective agent is not real. It never appears and acts on its own. All behavior of the collective agent appears as not less than one real agents behaviour. It never appears alone. The real agent acts regarding to the collective can be competent in a certain level according to its role and position concerning the common knowledge of collective (Hornyi, 2004, p. 69). With other words the behavior and patterns created by of a collective agent can not be accessible independently from behavior and patterns created by real agents as well. The understanding strongly depends on common knowledge of collective and presupposition of the agent structure. The collective and real agent concepts are different levels of understanding. These concepts could be in conflict or concordant. The knowledge of collective the agent acts upon is a role. In real cases the agent behaviour often refers to roles connected to different concepts of collective. V. Community and society The presupposition of agents ability to suppose this ability is about to understand each other in the society with regard to common knowledge about collectives and patterns. Mead distinguishes between the I and the me. The me is the accumulated understanding of the generalized other. (Mead, 1934, p. 198) The knowledge about the roles and collective are created by the agents.
February 2009, 28th
78 / 653
The culture is mostly about the knowledge of collectives and patterns in this sense. By Clifford Geertz the culture appear as structure of concepts the people communicate with each other (Geertz, 1973, p. 89). Culture is not static, it is inherited, created, changed and learned. Gadamer handles it as with notion of tradition (Gadamer, 1984, p. 201). VI. Communication devices/Instruments or tools
In the present knowledge society, territorial intelligence is extremely linked to the evolution of the information and communication sciences. The latter ones make the territorial intelligence development possible and then territorial intelligence creates new stakes for their design and use (Huelva flyer, 2007).
Understanding these patterns in many cases are based on the common knowledge about symbols (or signs) that are called communio. The patterns could be fixed for the future, transformed in space and amplified to overcome the limitations of perception. These architectures created for modification of accessibility of patterns are communication tools or instruments. They range from a simple amplifying-glass to complex television systems, or complex abstract instruments. Abstract instruments can be called method. In CAENTI project methods and computer based applications creates a chain of tools (Girardot et al., 2008, p. 81) to support the process of territorial problem solving efforts in different fields. The knowledge about the structure of the device or instrument: how the patterns are transformed, fixed or amplified via gives the potential of use for actors. Complex tools and their role in problem solving raises a lot of interesting questions to discuss, but it would extend the objectives of this short paper. VII. Territory, abstraction of space Communication devices/instruments are used and integrated very deeply in everyday life. Society and culture are strongly influenced and built by the way communication takes place. The use of computers and their networks give functional dynamics to communication devices. These changes make the information age. It creates a space of flowing information (Castells and Ince, 2003, p. 60) as a new virtual platform of economical and social relevancies. The crossways of real space flows of rawmaterial, energy and people leads to the large and important cities of the today world (Bell, 1979). Appadurai shows some cultural aspects of locality in his well quoted essay The production of locality (1996). The relationship between cultural realty of locality and the real spatial location is not identical. Appadurais argument about locality is constructed and suggests the notion neighbourhood which melts away the necessity of border declaration and expresses the possibility of access and communication. Some aspects of localization of global technology of information society can be described as eneighbourhood (cs et al., 2003). Conclusion The dynamics of understanding territory is an everyday experience in the field. The CAENTI project is not only about recognising and understanding the problems in several fields of territory but it has ambitious aims to influence them.
Their common link consists, on the one hand, of the confidence the researchers and actors have in research as the driving force for social change, and on the other hand, of their defence of the multidimensional and territorial approach due to their conviction that socio-economic problems are due to multiple, entwined factors and dynamics and that the arena where they are to be tackled is the territory where these factors and dynamics take shape (where they fall) (Amiotte-Suchet, Miedes Ugarte and Redondo Toronjo, 2008, p. 61). A territory is a system that can only be defined with respect to the point of view of the inquirer, whether it is the observer or the designer (Dumas, Gardere and Bertacchini, 2008, p. 147).
The notion of territory is closely connected to the common knowledge of agents. In most cases agents do not behave independently from collectives. The knowledge of problems considered as problems of collective leads to responsiveness and seems to be the first step forward to solution. The effectiveness of organisation and institutions based upon the cultural phenomena of linking the collective aims to real agents, citizens aims. The problem solving capacity of the collective agents strongly depends on the knowledge gathered and shared.
February 2009, 28th
79 / 653
Bibliography CS P., BRES Cs., FIL Cs., 2003, E-neighbourhood, azaz a hipertr loklis perspektvi (eneighbourhood, as local perspectives of hyperspace) , Kultra s Kzssg, vol. 1. CS P., 2008, Theoretical Approach of Network Communication and Collaboration in Research, in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 24th-27th October 2007, available at http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Acs. AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., MIEDES UGARTE B., REDONDO TORONJO D., 2008, Work Package 5: Proposal of an European Letter of Quality on Action-Research Favoring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development, in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 24th-27th October 2007, available at http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/AmiotteSuchet. APPADURAI A., 1996, The production of locality, in APPADURAI A., Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization, Miniapolis, Universty of Minnesota Press, p. 178-200. BELL D., 1979, The Social Framework of Information Society, in DERTOUZOS M. L. and MOSES J. (eds), The Computer Age: A Twenty-Year View, Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press, p. 163-311. BRES Cs.Z. and CS P., 2008, The 5th Level of CLBPS as a New Way of Network Communication in eGovernment, SEFBIS Journal, n 3, p. 58-64. CASTELLS M., 1996, The Information Age. Eco-nomy, Society and Culture, vol. 2, Oxford, Blackwell Publishers. CASTELLS M. and INCE M., 2006 (2003), A tuds vilga. Manuel Castells (Conversations with Castells), Budapest, Napvilg Kiad. CONFERENCE FLYER, 2007 Huelva (Spain) 24th-27th October, available at http://www.eusw. unipr.it/ documenti/huelva_2007_flyer.pdf (2008.09.11). DAVIDSON D., 1985, Agency, in DAVIDSON D., Essays on Actions and Events, Oxford, Oxford University Press, p. 43-63. DUMAS P., GARDERE J.-P. and BERTACCHINI Y., 2008, Contribution of socio-technical systems theory concepts to a framework of Territorial Intelligence, in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 24th-27th October 2007, available at http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Dumas. GADAMER H.-G., 1984 (1960), Igazsg s mdszer. Egy filozfiai hermeneutika vzlata (Wahrheit und Methode), Budapest, Gondolat. GEERTZ C., 1973, Interpretation of Cultures, New York, Basic Books. GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., DAMY S., HERRMANN B., J ACQUES I., SANCHEZ C. and ASENSIO M. J., 2008, Progress and prospects of the wp6 tools for actors, in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 24th-27th October 2007, available at http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Girardot2. HABERMAS J., 1981, Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns, Frankfurt a/M., Suhrkamp. HOFSTADTER D. R, 2002 (1979), Gdel, Escher, Bach. Egybefont gondolatok birodalma (Gdel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid), Budapest, Typotex. HORNYI O., 2004, A trsadalmi kommunikci gensrl, in IVASK L. (ed.), A kommunikci tjai, Budapest, Gondolat Kiad. HORNYI O., 1999, A kommunikcirl (On Communication) , in BRES I. and HORNYI O. (eds), Trsadalmi kommunikci (Social Communication), Budapest, Osiris, p. 2235. MEAD G. H., 1973 (1934), A pszichikum, az n s a trsadalom, Budapest, Gondolat. SEARLE J. R., 1980, Minds, brains, and programs, Behavioral and Brain Sciences, vol. 3, p. 417424.
February 2009, 28th
80 / 653
Possibilities of ICT and Tool Limits Relative to Sustainable Development, Participation and Partnership
Laurent AMIOTTE-SUCHET University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France Laurente.amiotte-suchet@mshe.univ-fcomte.fr
I. Preamble During the last international CAENTI conference in October 2007 in Huelva (Spain), the state of the WP5 reflexion was presented as Lettre de Qualit de la Recherche Action Letter of Research Action Quality1 proposal. This document, written by Blanca Miedes Ugarte, Dolores Redondo Toronjo and Laurent Amiotte-Suchet, based on the work and meetings carried out by WP5members in 2006 and 2007, was appeared as a guide aiming to listing dimensions set likely to support a lasting cooperative participation between university researchers and terrain actors in the installation, implementation and the management of research-action project. Thus, four principles had been defined and for each one, various resources were identified. The objective is to determine the conditions, if not necessary, at least positive, with the installation of lasting cooperative participation between researchers and terrain actors in the installation and the development of research-action projects. * Principle 1: Mobilization of the territorial actors and resources - Investigation of the target territorys actors and resources - Organization of actors/researchers partnerships * Principle 2: Mutualisation of the whole of competences and knowledge - Multidimensionality of the action-research - Co-learning * Principle 3: Responsibility of participants and involved institutions - Organization of a collaborative management of the project - Deontology and autonomy of participants * Principle 4: Common property of the results of the Action-Research - Regular evaluation of the impact on the territory - Durability of the implemented actions Each one of the eight resources corresponding to four established principles had been based on the reflection work undertaken by the CAENTIs WP5. The work meetings and intermediate (Delivrable) reports of the WP5 were based on empirical experiments set related to the research-action undertaken by CAENTI research teams and organizations partners since more than about fifteen years. On this work base were established the Charts describing one by one the multiple researchaction projects carried out in different European countries by CAENTI partners teams. In each one of these documents, important places are granted to the use of information and communication tools as well as the one of the database and analyzing tools used within the framework of the research-action projects. In the document entitled: Territorial European quality letter of research promoting governance of sustainable development, the ITC potentialities and limits are considered with the respect of different resources supposed to support lasting participative collaboration. This deliberation re-cuts
1. Territorial European quality letter of research favoring territorial governance of sustainable development.
February 2009, 28th
81 / 653
the tools description partly carried out within the framework of the WP6U (Delivrable 56). This document seeks to continue this reflection by drawing up the ITC potentialities panorama and tools limits with regard to the installation of a lasting cooperation partnership between researchers and terrain actors. II. Introduction A report is imposed immediately since the question about analyzing the ITC potentiality and limits within the research-action framework, was evoked. The concept of technology, associated the one of tool, constitutes from the beginning a barrier to its proper development within the researchaction projects framework and more largely in the social sciences domain. Two reasons can be evoked to clarify this established fact. On the one hand, new technologies suppose that those having recourse benefit preliminary profit as intellectual baggage and technical knowledge without which their use remains difficult. Even if it is about a generational or socio-cultural question, the fast development of data-processing tools and the data analyzing software use are confronted in their use with the feeling of potential users incompetence, a feeling generally reinforced by interfaces not much adapted to a non specialized public and by the generalized use of the Anglo-Saxon technical vocabulary which contributes to reinforce the incomprehension and to discourage the training effort essential to discover these new tools. On the other hand, within the social sciences framework in particular, the dataprocessing analyzing tools are very often perceived like systems aiming the modelling (by simplifying them) of complex and polymorphic social phenomena. The questioning about the resolutely quantitative approaches in social and human sciences very largely articulates its sales points on the improbability of a tools transfer resulting from the applied sciences and economy towards the social phenomena analysis. Criticism relates resolutely to the risk of modelling, and blind and stripped of critical reflexion confidence vis--vis the response elements brought by the analyzing tools. The set of these elements corresponds initially to one form of mistrust of principle vis--vis the unknown, but equally to phantasms set related to the information and communication technologies development. In a recent interview given to the Radio French-speaking Switzerland in August 2008, the sciences sociologist Alain Kaufmann evoked three principal fears which currently animate the social debate opposite the information and communication technologies and nanotechnologies: the risk of social control excess related to the personal data accessibility translating the philosophical opinions, the consumption modes and the transgression behaviours, the risk of a social bond rupture related to the development of communication at the same time anonymous and uninhibited of social standards via the chats, discussion and open space forums, and risks of environmental dysfunctions related to the irruption of new matters and objects in our daily environment2. Indeed, the ITCs use drains questions of ethical nature since it is a question of constituting databases about a population in precariousness situation where transgression behaviours, clandestine work and territory illegal presence situations can be very largely widespread. For terrain actors which pass mostly of their time to weave bonds with these populations and to create optimal conditions for a relation of lasting confidence essential for the peoples accompaniment, the database construction remains a major challenge on ethical level in reference to re-use risks of these data at police ends. Indeed, there is always a risk of machine control loss by the user in question. The reserves which appear within the social sciences framework vis--vis the use of the ITC responds on the same fear type of a machine dictatorship, returning very largely to the opinion dictatorship themes where the simplified and directed coded data exploitation makes run the risk of the figures illusion, illusion on which the base will be legitimated various policies guidance. These reserves, sometimes completely legitimate, contribute to generate minimal ITC potentiality exploitation and constitute in fact the base of vicious circle. Indeed, if the researchers or terrain actors could discover with interest the communication by e-mail within the framework of their work, the not resorting fact, by ignorance or by reserve, with the development of anti-spam filters, the principles of limp management with intelligent letter box and to the vigilance of RSS flows, gradually will contribute to weigh down the use of electronic letter-box considerably so much, that the time reserved for sorting of really relevant information occupies more time than the fluidity of the communication by e-mail was not supposed to save some. In the same order of idea, the reserve with regard to the use of statistical analysis and existing database tools continues, mainly because of the perception without any tool concept, to dig
2. Cf. http://www.rsr.ch/espace-2/les-temps-qui-courent/selectedDate/14/08/2008/.
February 2009, 28th
82 / 653
the gap between quantitative and qualitative research, as if they were two basically distinct and not easily reconcilable steps. However, in theory, any research must, according to its objectives, mobilize all tools at its disposal within the framework of its methodological protocol. It is not exaggerated to make the report which social sciences remain still very often articulated around the quantitative/qualitative border and which methodological traditions continue to reinforce this border without managing to exceed it. As regards researchers as well as regards terrain actors, the ITCs are regularly associated with the idea about technology difficult to access requiring expert competences. Finally, seems well to hold with the feeling of incompetence, which masks a discrete fear or a given hostility. Certainly, the ITC potentiality is not always essential to the approach work and progressive familiarisation, characterrizing the terrain actors one invested in the accompaniment and the support for populations in precariousness situation. The treatment of a significant data quantity is not always adapted to researches attentive to: intentions, values and significances that men and women invest in social interactions which constitute the daily newspaper of their existence. But since researchers and actors decide to invest themselves together in a project, that the ones like the others define as the pooling of reciprocal problems in order to build a truly research-action partnership mode, the recourse to the ITC potentiality can prove to be determining for the projects lasting. The ITCs are not simple tools of information or analyzing. They are written down in the communication field, intended like art to establish the link between information and knowledge to recall each time the data could not be built, analyzed and effectively used without in parallel the development of partnership steps, aiming to reinforce the collaboration between those having the competence to produce these data and those having a precise and close enough knowledge of the terrain to direct these same data structuring. Thus, the partnership step here is the key of a Co-training essential to the research-action quality. III. Four tools of families promoting the lasting cooperative participation The Letter of Research Action Quality 3 proposal was carried out on the base of meetings and work carried out by the WP5 members in 2006 and 2007. The ITC potentialities and limits are considered with the respect of different resources supposed to support lasting participative collaboration: mobilization of all territory resources, competences and knowledge mutualisation, gives a sense of responsibility to participants and their supervision institutions, common results appropriation. If all the projects described by WP5 members does not aim to hold these 4 dimensions together, they all have in common to exploit partly ITCs potentialities (while being confronted to their limits) and to seek in these tools the resources to dynamize the partnerships departure. We have chosen to reflect one part of these tools by spearing them in four distinct families, according to the using type of which they are object. For each one of these families, we will try to give an outline of the tools interests and limits in participative cooperative lasting term. 1. Communication tools The communication tools are faraway the most known and the most used within the framework of the research-action projects because the participants majority are already users within the framework of their professional activities. Obviously in very first place, we think at the electronic mail which remains the most widespread mode of communication by now. The forums and collaborative workspaces also enter in this family since they have for objective supporting the interactivity between project members by filing and giving access to the document and by allowing exchange and debate, as well as the concerted decision making. But it is also advisable to register in this tools family the communication software such as PowerPoint which is also largely used at the various business meetings in order to synthesize and present better the work themes sets, whose meetings are the object. a. Potentiality of communication tools Within the framework of research action projects described and analyzed by WP5 CAENTI team, the communication tools are essential. On the one hand, these projects well obviously, because they are built through setting in network researchers and terrain actors which do not share necessarily the same geographical localization and have, in fact, need to communicate together frequently
3.Territorial European quality letter of research favoring governance of sustainable development.
February 2009, 28th
83 / 653
without having to move. But there is not the principal these tools interest. The role the mostly determining for the research-action is rather in transformations which they operate on the decisionmaking processes level. The cooperative workspaces represent on this first order tools level, permitting to give a permanent access and constantly updated according to filed documents and to the state questions still open to debate. Moreover, they permit participants a common collaboration in working papers drafting, by authorizing different consultation levels and various intervention modes (correction, modification, comment, validation). The history of opinions, requests, correction or standpoint of ones and others thus guarantees a perfect team work transparency which, in fact, supports and reinforces the feeling of each participant to be completely a decision-making process actor. Furthermore, the cooperative workspace, because it ensures the traceability of the exchange activity which animates it, develops the effective participation by not being aware of any statutory hierarchy related to the institutional participants appearances. So the project evolution completely redraws the authority levels of instituted supervision and allows to criticisms and initiatives to flaunt themselves with more force. It is not exaggerated to say that, in many cases, the projects driving team redraws itself through the collaborative workspaces use, which supports very largely the autonomy catch of all the actors vis--vis their supervision institutions and encourages the individual participants responsibility. b. Limits of communication tools If the cooperative workspaces can play a part completely determining in speed, the transparency and the communication quality between different research-action projects participants, their effectiveness depends very largely on their readability and their actualization. As always, the tool, no matter its technological robustness, it is nothing without ceaseless cleanings and adjustments of which it must be the object. The first cooperative workspaces difficulty is that they come to be added on the communication by e-mail creating a second network, which causes at the same time redundancy and contradiction between the ideas and documents exchange within the project. The collaborative workspace effectiveness depends very largely on the vigilance and the rigour of its coordinator (S) whose role precisely consists in making sure that the unit of elements under discussion and of collectively validated standpoint remains sufficiently updated and viewed on the workspace to concentrate the reflection effort on the questions about suffering. Another limit of this tool type use reposes in the danger of exclusiveness during on line debate. The research-action projects participants, because they come from different universes, do not have all the same familiarity or the same interest for the Internet communication. Thus, the risk still remaining is that involuntary exclusion processes appears towards those using only too few the cooperative workspace. If this tool type can be a means of improving collaboration quality, it must in every instance remain one of the tools (and not the only) through which project members implement the participative process. 2. Information and database tools This family gathers all consultation tools which permit to project participants to be held informed of the projects topicality very as much as knowledge elements (statistical data) under development. Thus, initially sites and Internet ports are found, dedicated to the projects and the entire of their instituted partners. They allow a gravitational and updated project presentation and its objectives while also supporting, through the setting on line of current events and mailing lists relay, to reinforce the work dynamics and to improve the interaction between various working groups which are articulated around the project. In second place, we find out in this tools family the database (on line or not) allowing a dynamic consultation and they build, structure themselves and evolve throughout the projects course. a. Potentiality of information tools As well as the communication tools, the information tools support the exchanges density of information. But the more particular role of the sites and gates reposes in their capacity to generate network and, in fact, to allow the new partnerships installation. Contrary to workspaces which, by definition, are devoted to an internal communication with the participants network, the sites and ports are initially carried out and animated for touching actors not integrated into the project and thus developing the community of people having, from their professional activities, affinities with research and/or the considered action. The database on-line play a similar part while offering the possibility of dynamic consultation according to various data accessibility levels. It is advisable here to
February 2009, 28th
84 / 653
distinguish two important dimensions: the database construction and consultation. Each one of these dimensions carries in it a beneficial effect for the participative collaboration quality between different participants. The database construction supports very largely the terrain actors implications that while strongly contributing to the phase of data-gathering thanks to their knowledge and with their familiarity with the populations targeted by the project, discover and are familiarized with investigation methodologies. Confusing thus somewhat the institutional border between researchers and terrain actors, the collaboration which is set up in the data-gathering phase reinforces the participants feeling to be fully implied in the surveys development and to experience, with others, the methodologies complexity necessary to the database constitution. The database consultation constitutes also an important factor in the projects dynamics. Operating through easy use interfaces, the data consultation on demand (always according to different data access levels) allows an excellent projects media coverage towards outside while offering to its participants quickly accessible tool able to control a good statistical data knowledge of the target population and to stimulate their reflections as for the project work themes. b. Limits of information tools As for the previous tools family, the information tools effectiveness rests mainly in the quality of the actualization and animation work. The actuality on the Internet depends to a large extent on its readability and its regular actualization. It is especially on the database level where important difficulties can appear, particularly in consequence of the treating question difficulty of the collected data confidentiality. To determine with all partners of the data access levels, can constitute a major challenge, so much the distinct professional universes membership induce a degree different of vigilance vis--vis the personal data likely to be collected and shared. 3. Observation and analyzing tools The observation and analyzing tools occupy a particular place in the research-action projects because the projects heart primarily rests on them, having by definition the objective to produce knowledge likely to direct decisions and to lead to concrete actions. Thus we gather in this family the statistical and space analyzing software ensuring the collected data processing and highlight the population panel specificities, the troop evolutions, the territory characteristics or the policy guideline impact, a training process or an environmental change. a. Potentiality of observation and analyzing tools The research-action, by definition, aims to determine the possible activities sphere starting from a carried out expertise thanks to the recourse to the quantitative and qualitative analyses. Just like for the data-gathering work, the potentiality of this tools type on participative collaboration reposes much more on their use than on their technological performance. Once again, in order to all participants be perceived like actors with entire projects part, it is determining that they are all associated to the set of project stages and that the analyzing phase is not folded up on the researchers community. The terrain actors participation in multiple meetings bearing on data processing is essential with their lasting implication in the process. While collaborating on the kind in the analyzing tools use, the terrain actors bring an intimate knowledge of the population-target which is necessary for the relevant indicators identification adapted to concrete concerns of an occupational class confronted with particular problems (realization of a common territory diagnosis). It is indeed because they are fully familiarized with the operation of data processing tools and stages which the terrain actors can then find their place at the researchers sides in working groups, to intervene in a relevant way in the debates and really to adapt the become of project in order to invest one analyzing elements part in their professional implication. b. Limits of observation and analyzing tools If it is determining that the observation and analyzing tools do not remain the private researchers field, this objective remains without any doubt most difficult to realize. Very often, the research-action projects stumble against this dimension and the researchers/terrain actors border redraw them during the analyzing phase. On the one hand, it is appropriate that the analyzing tools, generally resulting from university laboratories, are refitted in their use to be adapted to a not initiated public. But it is also appropriate that work groups stages are regularly installed so that all
February 2009, 28th
85 / 653
participants have basic knowledge necessary for the tools use; without what simple vocabulary difficulties could discourage the terrain actors implying itself in this essential phase of the researchaction. 4. Management and projects evaluation tools This last tools family is strongly related to the preceding one. It corresponds to tools permitting projects carriers to evaluate the real actions impact implemented on the concerned territory. The border between analyzing and evaluation tools is thus generally weak since the impact evaluation supposes in fact the recourse preliminary to analyze. a. Potentiality of management and projects evaluation tools The management and evaluation tools role has a primary importance within the framework of the research-action projects. Indeed it is thanks to this tools type that the loop can be buckled to some extent, i.e. the terrain actors, the academic researcher and the users population can profit from the lighting in return for the implemented actions effectiveness (and the subsidies which carry them). It is thus common control of results for which it is a question here. The projects management and evaluation tools are necessarily adapted to each projects specificity. This collective constructive work of the tools, implies the evaluation installation likely to take into account the point of users view and thus to prevent that the projects impact evaluation rests only on the subjective participants perception necessarily conquered in the carried out actions effectiveness. The evaluation tools collective construction thus permits to join together around the same table all participants, so that the concerns and competences of each one can be taken into account. The collective work of the tool development counts perhaps, as much as the interest for the evaluation itself with regard to lasting collaborative participation of all projects actors. Indeed, these are the work meetings allowing the collectively shared identification of evaluation criteria, which supports considerably thereafter the evaluation reception. b. Limites des outils de gestion et dvaluation des projets The principal difficulty that evaluation tools meet is due to the necessary objectivity sought by any evaluation. Indeed, by principle, the action evaluation must be carried out outside, in other words by other actors than those that worked out and implemented the project to evaluate. Thus, the evaluation takes the external expertise form which conclusions do not always satisfy the projects leaders. From terrain actors side, the difficulty reside in the fact that this expertise, using quantitative tools permitting it to be objective, can quickly be perceived like inapt to really take into account human impacts considered to be non quantifiable starting from such tools, in particular concerning projects residing in primarily on populations in difficulty accompaniment. Conclusion As that clearly appears in this document, the tools technological potentialities determine partly their interest within the research-action framework. The tools effective use depends mostly on a collaboration process between researchers and terrain actors aiming putting tools in service of the participants community by adapting them to project objectives and by implementing the training processes likely to allow all the participants to re-appropriate the tools potentiality. These tools could not be fully operational if they are not permanently the object of collective reflection with regard to their accessibility (as much in the field of the interface readability than on that of rules determined collectively as for data confidentiality). The tools are not participative on itself, it must become it thanks to collaboration efforts set up with the project centre whose objective is initially and above all to avoid the experts community constitution facing the terrain actors ones consequently subjected to analyzes and evaluations authority that they do not understand any more the possible stakes and articulations with their professional objectives. If the terrain actors training to research tools is obviously an essential dimension, it is not in measurement with it, only to attenuate the border between research and action. It is well at the projects control that the company success resides. As regards the expert gives the lesson to users, no participative lasting collaboration cannot set up him. The research-action projects coordinators must learn how to reconsider the participants management, so that the already considered simply positive projects dimension: the collaboration of all participants, become the first and essential objective any being claimed research-action project.
February 2009, 28th
86 / 653
Perhaps we miss men and women able to coordinate these collective companies by having constantly the concern of preventing that authority reports and dialogues incapacities are born from the institutional hierarchies, the involuntary qualification levels discrimination in the tools use and the capacity lack of the ones and the others to re-appropriate, in order to take into account, situations, constraints and professional objectives of all participants in the project.
February 2009, 28th
87 / 653
February 2009, 28th
88 / 653
The culture of socio-economic cohesion
Natale AMMATURO Full professor in Sociology, University of Salerno, Fisciano, Italy ammaturo@unisa.it
Abstract: This contribution aims at driving the reflection to the dynamics characterising the processes of sustainable and enduring development. In line with well-established sociological theories concerning territorial sustainable development, we wish to corroborate the hypotheses that, on one hand, still point to the economic system as the main standard for measuring concrete growth opportunities, but on the other hand place the main emphasis in their descriptions on the cultural system and citizens awareness as the essential correlates for a development able to promote socio-economic cohesion in a given territory. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, socio-economic cohesion, territorial solidarity.
This contribution aims at driving the reflection to the dynamics characterising the processes of sustainable and enduring development. These are the most relevant topics CAENTI group has focused on during the cultural meetings and congresses carried out in the EU countries involved in the project. During the last decades, such development took a multidimensional meaning and a trend tuned to the guidelines of the advanced-capitalism countries, that are however committed in enforcing the rules to safeguard the environment. Such development is related to the resources available on the territory, is aimed at the preservation of the manufacturing sources, avoiding exploitation's activities that could cause an impoverishment of the whole territory. In Western societies, the preservation of environment against the interests of the self-referential sectional powers is a long-term investment for the future generations. Preventing the environmental disasters (pollution, non-recyclable wastes, arsons) gives the opportunity to make use of the resources in other sectors and to create job opportunities. We must note that, at least in Italy, we are still far from the necessary maturity very subjects needs to consider his own territory an integral part of social life. A culture of the environment lacks, or is not fully developed, that considers the environment as a collective good, affecting the individual welfare. Besides, the idea of escaping environmental dangers by the seclusion in little private paradises does not avert the dangers. On the contrary, it favours the selfish interests of polluters that profit by the lack of environmental policies. Citizens of several Italian regions do not have an environmental culture. In particular, this problem exists in Campania region that holds some negative records since fourteen years, as claimed in the annual Legambiente dossier. Three main environ-mental risks are excessively present: the first one is the waste problem, that according to the news has become a national affair; the second one is the un-authorized building, deeply rooted in southern culture and linked with the organized crime of camorra; finally, the third problem are the reasons that burned to ashes many woods of the Campania region. Within this region, the three environmental risks are present above all near some densely populated districts: the 80% of the population is actually concentrated around the towns of Naples,
February 2009, 28th
89 / 653
Caserta and Salerno, while the remaining 20% of population occupies the 70% of the territory. In this initial notes, is very clear the gap between urban and rural areas. It also emerges a density of population that in some towns like Portici, San Giorgio a Cremano, Torre del Greco is one of the highest in Europe. In the mountain areas of Salerno area, Benevento area and Irpinia the density of population is instead one of the lowest in Italy. Just in the territories with high density of population it can be observed a low interest for the collective goods among both citizens and local government: the public space is a no man's land so it can be considered as a container that everybody can use and misuse for his own advantage. This urban decay is observable in many towns. There are pavements in a very bad state, impassable roads, littered monuments and, as completion of such decay, a general anarchy of bad behaviours that show a big arrogance. These phenomena are mainly located in urban centres and suburbs of the main towns. In the small centres belonging to the other cities-provinces of the region the environment is instead well protected by the citizens and the local governments. Legambiente says there are dozens of virtuous municipalities of the region that soled positively the three environmental problems described above. There are well protected areas that together form the artistic and environmental heritage of towns like Amalfi, Ravello, Positano, Capri, Benevento, and the Cilento's coast. In this short contribution, we attach the same significance to both the environment and the territory. We consider them as a whole, containers of all the things that exist, natural elements as well as socio-environmental components. The territorial intelligence has a great relevance, and is the basic concept of the theoretical framework developed by CAENTI. It is not an abstract category, nor one among the several components of the territory's morphology. The territorial intelligence has been considered the subject of the development the territory's fate depend upon in many ways. But it also a product of the territory itself, that plays a fundamental role in the composition of the governance. The idea of quantifiable development has changed throughout modernity rich and thriving territories in large deserts. Such idea has been dropped by the same organization that formerly supported this type of development. Over time a culture is born that, even though respecting the production of material goods, has made the citizens aware of a different conception of the consumption and the respect of natural resources. According to the immaterial culture, the development does not mean increasing the gross domestic product of a territory only by exploiting the available resources. The development's sustainability is measured by the respect of the balance between the territory's various components. The rationalization of a right relationship between manufacturing's sources (in the processes involving natural resources, labor force, and distribution strategy) and territory, in its totality and complexity, today characterizes the main reflection upon in the most developed countries. The globalization has considerably contributed to the construction of territorial identities and of the belonging to the different socio-cultural contexts, through the recognition of the internal and external differences of the society. CAENTI has based its project on the study of the roles that territorial intelligence plays in promoting the strategies that make the qualitative development a primary objective. The goal is to support a culture that, even though distinguishing between quantity and quality, without making the first one to prevail over the second. The so-called post-modern culture promotes the production and consumption of immaterial goods. It takes its place on the ridge of those who like better a different relationship with the world we live in than the materiality and quantity of goods. We clearly do not underestimate the commoditization of modernity: the problem of hunger and primary needs is the best won by modern capitalistic and industrial societies. The focus of social scientists' reflection is today the analysis of cultural components that couch the need for emancipating of the logic of consumerism. This consumption being an end in itself generates an identity's model the more I consume the more I am, against consumption as a mean of living. The evolution and emancipation of some types of needs produced a shift. It can be described as a gradual liberation from the possession-consumption of things, towards a value choice of goods and products belonging to a culture of the immaterial. The trend is a critical detachment from the forms of exclusiveness and possession of goods. Nevertheless, in post-modern culture such detachment does not mean giving up the enjoyment. To share-in holds a relevance and prepares people to cooperative forms of shared interests. The contem-
February 2009, 28th
90 / 653
porary culture gave the highest promotional visibility to the individual, going beyond those secular differences of class and belonging. Anyway, we can't believe that consumption in general is the only, because backward the satisfaction of primary needs becomes a knotty problem for many families, especially during economic slumps. Therefore, if the emancipation of individuals leaded to the realisation of citizenship's rights, there are still unresolved problems, such as the full recognition of such rights for a growing number of people. The cultural emancipation of the individual depends on the socialization and on the processes of integration taking place in a given social context. Within a society, when many people are excluded from the active participation into social policies, then it lacks a full achievement of democracy. Thus, the role of territorial intelligence becomes strategic. The fate of sustainable development and the people well-being depend on the policies that such territorial intelligence can set in motion. Its role is strategic because the meaning of actions must be the aware involvement of community's citizens in achieving shared objectives in order to orientate all human resources respecting the differences. The course of development would then not be produced by the interests of a particular group: it would be the result of a common will expressed in the recognition of an organic solidarity. There are several examples of social contexts where people live in small blocks, grouped without relationships and shared interests. There, the familism prevails over the reciprocity's rationale and deviant behaviours characterise the territory. The suburbs of Naples is a fitting example of such characteristics, and it can be considered a typical contemporary case of governance's failure and of local politics' negligence. The Redevelopment Plan of Scampia Quarter's report states that: A complex aggregate, alienated and heterogeneous, decayed, lacking in community's life, in a real connective tissue, and in relational spaces. Scampia is a recent social reality: the so-called Sails buildings, built just twenty years ago, are the most decayed example-ruin of modern urban architecture. This territory is completely lacking in the action of territorial intelligence. In such context it is very difficult to individualize the social capital, neither is possible to claim the institutions accomplished a vicarious function. The three cornerstones of CAENTI (territorial intelligence, governance and action-research) share the principle of supporting the actual sharing-in of actors and of population into the produced benefits, through actions oriented towards the setting up of the project. It is impossible to carry out a project without the cooperation of the social capital and of the institutions, whose control functions do not mortify the innovatory demands autonomously promoted by the territory. Of course, we are aware that territorial intelligence has to reckon with large-scale socio-economic and cultural realities, to the extent that it assesses the resources available on a given territory, thus becoming able to promote and steer actors' behaviours. It is then possible to think that territorial intelligence must play the role of mediation structure, bridging individual and society. It empowers the social and individual capital through public agencies, economic organisations and associations. These agencies support interactions aimed at feeding the social capital in return, becoming the basis of local development. According to the main established sociological theories concerning territorial sustainable development, our research aims to test the hypotheses that, even if the economic system is still the main standard for measuring actual growth opportunities, a greater emphasis must be accorded to the description of the cultural system and citizens' awareness as the essential correlates for a development able to promote socio-economic cohesion in a given territory. The territorial intelligence is the expression of a culture that supports the socio-economic cohesion. Such cohesion can define and develop itself only within a balanced relationship between the territory's available resources and the rational action of conservation and preservation of his own assets and heritage.
February 2009, 28th
91 / 653
February 2009, 28th
92 / 653
10
Citizen regaining and experienced solidarity, towards structuring the link
Julien ANGELINI PhD Student in Information and Communication Sciences, University of Corse, France angelini.univcorse@gmail.com Marie Michle VENTURINI University of Corse, France mmventuri@univ-corse.fr
Abstract: Beyond the relationship and therefore the link, territorial intelligence cannot be considered outside the study of the information sphere. In other words, the intelligence as a grid covers the ability of actors to exchange information, credit and build around these networks relevant the actions envisaged. Territorial intelligence would consist of relationship intelligence or communicational intelligence and an informational intelligence. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, social tie, citizenship, collective intelligence.
The territorial intelligence has to our mind a particular resonance within the framework of the issues of local development or more generally to the European regionalization. In fact, we consider that the territorial intelligence is in the first place a scale reflecting the social and societal reality. Then, by strategically organizing the use of technologies of information to the commitment of the actors, it allows the operational establishment of a territorial project. The European construction reveals in its essence itself fundamental questions, connected to the future of crossed cultures, identities, histories. This comes to question the role of the citizen-individual socially committed in the future of his life environment. The model of the European construction asks therefore a complex question to the meaning of (Morin, 1997). How can these territories, nations or regions, with people with specific history, culture and identity, acknowledge and make a force out of their diversity, by being included into an European complex, without being dissolved by an overwhelming globalization? As emphasized by (Morin, 1997) dealing with the complex thinking, it is certainly about approaching the problem of one and a multitude, or to conceive unity in diversity. Whether we adopt an objective or a subjective view point according to (Giddens, 1987), i.e. we focus upon the structure or the individual, we deal here with the ability of commitment of the social actors to draft together the scenarios of development. We will focus upon the informational and communicational dimensions of this issue. This will inevitably lead to circulate among other human sciences. The current importance of the questioning around the relation global/local cannot be eclipsed by the Sciences of Information and Communication. The multidimensionality of this debate is in our case approached in a pragmatic way through the eyes of the territorial intelligence. We will therefore attempt in this article to present our vision of territorial intelligence as strategic action for supporting the development of the territories of project. We will also have to mention the field of human sciences and the constructive links that the territorial intelligence maintains with its neighbour disciplines. We will hence be able to develop what we call the link intelligence. This con-
February 2009, 28th
93 / 653
tributes to the inclusion of the territorial intelligence into the field of sciences of information and communication. Finally, we will deal with the relation information/individual-collective space. We will try in this way to approach and define our perspective of territorial intelligence as informational, anthropological and systemic process. I. Territorial Intelligence, SIC and HSS In order to define the disciplinary inclusion of the territorial intelligence such as considered in our researches, we will mention in this first part the theoretical point we are based on. We also have to suggest our approach of the territorial intelligence which will be here closer to the human sciences than to economical sciences. After a short look upon our theoretical references in SIC, we will propose some semantic specifications on the notions of intelligence and that of territory. Our objective is to plead in favour of an active participation of the territorial intelligence to maintaining the interdisciplinary character of the sciences of information and communication. 1. References in SIC According to (A&M. Mattelart, 2004), the SIC have been historically included in the tension between the physical and immaterial networks, the biological and the social, the nature and the culture, the technical devices and the discourse, the economy and the culture, the micro and macro perspectives, the village and the planet, the actor and the system, the individual and the society, the free will and the social determinants. The history of the communication theories is that of division and of various attempts to structure or not the terms of what has too often appeared under the shape of dichotomy and binary oppositions rather than analysis levels. We acknowledge together with A&M. Mattelart the division trait which invites the SIC almost naturally to study the interfaces and to find themselves in scale or functioning contradictions. Being located between information and communication process (Bertacchini, 2004), the territorial intelligence takes part in the challenge outlined by (Mucchielli, 2004), the years to come will tell if the sciences of information and communication will get stronger in their interdisciplinary approach. By integrating the territory as object of reflection, analysis and research, the territorial intelligence bears in its name an interdisciplinary character, likely to overcome the framework of the human sciences. We therefore have to show that an approach territorial intelligence stays basically a communicational and informational approach, so an interdisciplinary one. This is why we underline the importance to specify within what references we locate our researches so as to clearly include them in SHS. The territorial intelligence as investigation and analysis field is situated in the interdisciplinary SIC and therefore has to prove constantly its inclusion in the SIC by specifying its research objectives and its theoretical references. For (JJ. Girardot, 2007) the territorial intelligence puts the technologies of the knowledge society to the service of the sustainable development of the territories. The proposition of (Dumas, 2004) specifies that the territorial intelligence brings together the territorial intelligence as a cognitive process and one of organization of information and the territory as a space of significant relationships. We finally mention the definition proposed by (Bertacchini, 2000) for whom the territorial intelligence constitutes an informational and anthropological process, regular and constant, initiated by local actors physically present and/or at distance who seized the resources of a space by mobilizing and then turning the energy of the territorial system into project capacity. For this, the territorial intelligence can be assimilated to the territoriality that comes out of the phenomenon of appropriation of the resources of a territory then to the transfer of competences between local actors of different cultures. The objective of this action is to make sure that the territorial echelon to be developed is equipped with what we called territorial formal capital. We consider that these three propositions allow defining clearly the scientific and epistemic perspectives of the territorial intelligence. We will take out of it some reference points: -The individual and the group are at the core of the situations. -The static vision of the territory is not acceptable anymore. -The intelligence is a cerebral phenomenon internal to the individual as well as a pragmatic collective capacity. -The human social action is inevitably territorialized. The individuals as well as the territory live from exchanges, information and communication. -The social reality is unintelligible outside the processes of information and communication.
February 2009, 28th
94 / 653
The nature of our approach leads us to consider that the framework of general reference in which we locate is that of the general systemic theory and more precisely the communication systemic theory as well as that of the complex thinking as defined by E. Morin. For our approach of the analysis of the territorial system, we base our works on the structuralist, functionalist and constructivist trends. They constitute complementary reading scales to a communicational approach. In order to structure a communicational approach, beside the systemic, we usefully refer to the general medialogy, defined by R. Debray, the communicational act of J. Habermas, the critic of the mass media communication of M. MacLuhan. 2. Semantic and epistemic clarifications a. The notion of intelligence We will deal with this notion by specifying at first that we will try to distinguish two operational dimensions. In fact, we will explore a first path which will lead us to the human cognitive capacities, individual and collective. Afterwards, we will see how this notion refers to information and vigil. In the first place, we will consider the Latin etymology intelligentia which refers to the human cognitive faculty of understanding. The intelligence would therefore be the faculty to understand, to perceive a meaning and hence to perceive ones environment as a meaningful space. The intelligent being is therefore the one who is aware of ones existence and presence in ones world by acknowledging the exterior things that do not define him. Seen in this way, the intelligence is the primordial condition of adaptation of a living being to his environment. Limited to this, it defines a survival strategy, or simply a native cerebral aptitude. If intelligere which is formed of the prefix inter (and the root legere (choose, pick)), means understanding and more precisely treating elements through analysis and selection, then we can go to a superior step in our explanation. We now deal not only with the capacity of translating the meaningful nature, but beyond perceiving as meaningful things that are not so a priori. More particularly, it is a profiling aptitude which allows connecting elements which without an intelligent action would remain separate. Reading is the most significant example. The letters which form the words, which form the sentences, are only insignificant elements without the capacity of reading. This inevitably implies memory faculties. This leads us to consider that the intelligence is bond to learning. A second accepted meaning is possible; it is an outcome of the first one. It refers to what we call vigil or more precisely information. We can notice that this dimension of the notion of intelligence is directly connected to the world of information and communication. No matter the means (or media) considered we are here in the register of analysis, of processing and transfer of data or information. The shift between information and intelligence reflects quite clearly the traits that we exposed previously. In fact, we are still in the framework of an understanding of the environment, of an appropriation of the meaningful elements and even, through the setting of an adequate system, in the will to gather pieces of the fragmented reality. This conception of the intelligence belongs to a social use generated by the cultural spreading. However, we keep the sense that we consider as first, by adding the notion of system, structure or network, containing the functioning of an intelligent machine. Whether we deal with the human brain, of a group psychic device (Kaes, 2000), of an informatics network or a system of agents, an intelligent structure refers to a complex organization and a data processing. An intelligent machine, living or robotic, constantly processes information therefore being systematically at the decrease of the uncertainty in its environment. b. The notion of territory As we did for the previous notion, we will distinguish two aspects of the notion of territory. Firstly, by reminding that the essence of this notion lays in the definitions of physical and human geographies, then setting the basis of a dematerialized approach of the territory. In physical geography, the notion of territory refers to a delimited terrestrial space (a field). The national territory, for instance, is delimited by the borders that separate it from one or several other territories. The territory is therefore an entity whose main particularity is to be delimited, in distinction to another. This is why, according to the approaches, the notion of territory will be used by varying the nature of delimitations (ethology, economy, sociology). No matter what, the term refers inevitably in its first meaning to the earth and to the topos. The territory is therefore a real topographic
February 2009, 28th
95 / 653
space. The human geography connects today quite systematically the territories with human occupation. Lets just remind that if we consider a territory, even if we deal with a terrestrial surface uninhabited by the men or the animals, we deal however with a human conception. What is hence considered by the man as a territory, it is so thanks to a shared mental conception and a human appropriation of the earth and of the meaning that we want to give and transfer to it. Just like the intelligence, the territory is a notion which can prove to be complex. In fact, it could not be limited to this definition. We therefore have to approach two superior levels of this notion. Firstly, by dematerializing the territory. Nowadays, private individuals, companies, administrationscreate digital spaces on the internet (sites, portals, blogs). This projection on a real entity in the virtual world participates to what we call the information society. The cyberspace (Levy, 1997) generated in this way is also cut up and composed of territories. A site is an immaterial space, but a totally visible one. We will come back to it, but we can notice that a negotiation starts between material and immaterial making the connection between the real territory and its digital projection complex. Further more, this dialogical specification leads us to consider a more general vision of the notion and therefore to take into account what would be the current social use of the term. If the first geographic meaning is maintained, we can accept to consider a common use of the term which refers then more generally to the administrative division. The territory is then the region, the county in the current issue of the relations on global and local level, the problem of territories takes another shape. More precisely in the framework of the decentralization, of the transfer of competences, or more generally of the discovery of particularity after the pressing globalization, the territory currently suffers from an abusive and often badly controlled use. The association of the terms intelligence and territory in the concept of territorial intelligence participates at the clear formulation of the notions. We end this reflection by specifying that we will consider the territory in a view that allows conciliating the material and immaterial approaches. For this, we have to understand the territory as a symbolic construction. We consider that the existence of a territory cannot be an individual decree, ex nihilo. Inside and outside the administrative markers, the construction of a territory belongs to a human group, committed into a cooperative action of creation of meaning and value. Certain symbolic territories can coincide with their administrative borders; however they are living territories bearing a heritage to pass over. Others have to be built or refunded outside or inside the administrative borders. The territory cannot be reduced to a geographic delimitation; it also bears representations, meanings. We therefore consider this notion in a constructivist perspective, in constant social negotiation between the reality and symbols, being able to find its essence in the individual and collective imagination. According to (Bertacchini, 2000), As a system, the territory can be seen as a non isolated, non linear and self- organized system. We consider that the action of the project, available to little groups, has to be the place of revelation of territories of project. The territorial systems contained by the local development are not to be invented but have to be updated and have to evolve through informational intelligence. We add this proposal to what (Bertacchini, 2000) calls the territorial formal capital. II. The intelligence of the link In a global sphere where Men are interconnected, in spite of some persisting digital fractures, the question of the link is raised in a preponderant and crucial way in relation to the aims and the perspectives of the upcoming century. In fact, if the territorial conquests are achieved and internet connects people from different corners of the world, the community barriers stay omnipresent, the dislocation and atomisation of the social bodies increase, despite the imperious need of maintaining the balance on the planet. To this subject Edgar Morin underlines the importance of raising the general awareness around the human community of destiny, that of saving the Earth, where every human being is ineluctably caught. 1. The SIC, the Other and the question of link It appears therefore that no matter the issue that the SIC might try to solve, an approach called information-communication remains an approach centred on human relations. In other words, any situation of mediation or mediatisation is a human object out of which the SIC make a natural reading scale. It is hence the link that we question when building a research object. We question its nature, its forms and modalities, its purposes, its cultural instances, its relations with the technique. For this, we remind a proposal of (Bougnoux, 2001) for whom the communication is the cursed or wrongly un-
February 2009, 28th
96 / 653
derstood part of our exchange, the one that does not allow us quantifying, render technical, or describing objectively. The SIC as part of the SHS exercise a suite right (Bougnoux, 2001) by crossing the other disciplines as long as human mediation or mediatisation are concerned. Hence, the questioning around the relation global/local, concerns directly the SIC and in particular the territorial intelligence. If the universal is found in the particular, the inclusion of Men in a world society is certainly found firstly in their inclusion in a life territory. It is the territorial affirmation of an experienced identity that has to allow the access meeting and sharing forms and if there is no culture without closing, it is the openness towards the community that creates the link with the Other. This link based on the living-together and on the living-together to rebuild, can represent a transversal object of study in territorial intelligence. Beyond the relation and therefore the link, the territorial intelligence cannot be considered outside the study of the informational sphere. In other words, the territorial intelligence as reading scale approaches the actors capacity to exchange information, to give it credit and to build around these pragmatic exchanges relevant networks in relation to the planned actions (Bertacchini, 2006). The territorial intelligence would therefore be composed of an intelligence of the link or communicational and of an informational intelligence. This dissociation is only useful for explaining our theory within this article. As stated before, we consider that the territories live from exchanges between actors. The information is therefore the link between territorial relations. Even if we agree with (Bougnoux, 2001) that man does not live only from information contents, not only from truths, but firstly from excellent relations, it appears that the access to significant territories goes inevitably through the mutualisation of the relevant information. The community or territorial link is formed out of the emphasis and the spreading of the informational resource. The communicational intelligence would therefore come to make the third hypothesis of the territoriality operational. 2. The link and the dematerialized information, towards the collective intelligence? The informational intelligence would be engineering comprising the communicational intelligence. It is also the acknowledgement of the need of a tool to administrate, organize and optimize the informational resource. The TIC and internet in particular have been for about fifteen years now essential in the approaches of the SIC. We could see in this new medium an evolution of the technique and therefore an evolution of the nature of the transmission of information having an impact on the communication forms. This consideration seems to be difficult to contradict. However, if the internet medium as a transmission and spreading tool opened new perspectives in the SIC and multiple applications in the professional and daily practices, we will consider as particularly relevant the approach of (Levy, 1997)when he questions the anthropology of the cyberspace, as the previous anthropologic spaces, the Space of knowledge would be meant to command on the previous spaces and not to make them disappear. In fact, it is now the capacities of fast learning or collective imagination of human beings who inhabit them that the economical networks as well as territorial forces depend on. If this idea is still to get operational, we consider that a proactive approach concerning the use of information technologies cannot make economy from such a perspective. Without complying with an effect of the kind internet bubble, it appears dangerous not to anticipate the anthropological impacts of the structural evolutions of the information processing and spreading. 3. The relation information, individual-collective space At the Etats gnraux des pays at Mcon in June 1982, the following definition of the local development had been ratified: The local development is not the increase; it is a cultural, economical, social movement which tends to increase the well-being of a society. It has to start at local level and spread to superior levels. It has to value the resources of a territory by and for the groups that occupy this territory. It has to be general and multidimensional, recomposing like this the sector logics. This statement announces the end of centralized politics of land settlement and brings a notion that we will keep as essential i.e. the important place of the individual as major actor of the functioning of the territorial system. The territorial question appears then to be inseparable of the local development. According to P. Calame (2003), The marginalization of the local territory is all in the ambiguity of the formula: think globally and act locally. This attractive formula is strongly wicked. It suggests that it is only starting from global data that we can think and in a way it disqualifies from the very beginning an idea that would be born locally and that would not be connected to international organizations. And, even more serious, it sends the citizen action to the local level. By doing this, it joins a thinking
February 2009, 28th
97 / 653
trend that states that: the important transformations are made by international dynamics, the evolution of the sciences and techniques, the great actors of the world economy. By accepting together with the author the ambiguity of this reflection, we highlight two approaches ort definitions of the territory. Firstly, a conception in connection to public policies would lead us to define the territory in terms of administrative grades. Secondly, we will formulate the notion of territory of project which will refer more precisely to the actors territories of action. It represents in this way an overlapping of different dimensions of a collective project, combining reality, imagination and symbolism. A modern vision of the local development could therefore come out of this dichotomy. We want to consider the perspectives of a new conception of the human relations to knowledge, identity, territory, collective action and development. For this we have to question the relation information, individual-collective space, in which the social link can be revealed and can constitute the pedestal of the dynamic of the project. The individuals are symbolically attached to a physical territory, bearing a significant historical, affective and symbolic charge. They can participate to the formation of other significant territorial grades. They can participate as well to the formulation of significant virtual territories. The individual is then defined by his knowledge; he enters the mediation of knowledge on the virtual territory and hence contributes to the formulation of the territorial informational resources. It pre-exists the collective because each of them bears inside the ferments. It appears in the shared construction of common forms. It is located in a recursive evolution since it is the product of the collective that it produces in exchange. It conditions the borders bearing the territoriality by coming out of the significant territory. Constantly available, it is the link and the result of a form of a shared intelligence that we could call with (Levy, 1997) collective intelligence (Angelini, 2007). We want to propose a vision of human relations in a collective space highlighted by a territorial approach such as we describe it. We deal with structuring the collective action around a territorial project. We believe that the collective space can be structured by the territories of projects born by the human communities that develop them. The notion of community refers to the necessary cloture for the definition of identity of a territorial project. Conclusion In this article we wanted to briefly present our approach of the territorial intelligence as scientific field taking part in the inter-discipline constituted by the sciences of information and communication. If the will to consider the territorial intelligence as an economical intelligence applied to the territory is kept, we wanted to show another perspective. In fact, our approach could consequently propose an informational and communicational intelligence applied to the territory. However, this formulation suffers from lack of information concerning the notion of territory. It appears to us that this latter one presents an important conceptual shift and it needs a mutual explanation and comprehension. In this way, the vision we propose has to consider as well the temporality of the human societies and their functioning. The researches conducted in this field allowed formulating concepts, proposing methodologies and building tools for the field. A certain number of researches-actions have reached concrete results allowing validating the scientific interest of the territorial intelligence. However, can we imagine another dimension of the applications opening the path towards a new conception of the citizenship? If the implication of an individual to the issues of the city comes from the personal will, the citizenship as social practice is obviously a communication activity. Actually, how to conceive differently the citizen as an individual becoming actor in his life space by knowing his environment? This knowledge cannot be developed otherwise than through the exchange of information. We therefore dare proposing that a sustainable development lays essentially in the implications of the actors of a territory involved in a collective dynamic. This issue comes certainly out of communicational practices, but does it come out of the territorial intelligence?
February 2009, 28th
98 / 653
Bibliography ANGELINI J., BERTACCHINI Y., VENTURINI MM., 2007, About the informational resource and the projects increase : the bilingualism, territory of instances, 6 Rencontres TIC & Territoires, Quels Dveloppements? BERTACCHINI Y., G IRARDOT J.J., GRAMACCIA G., 2006, About the territorial intelligence: theorie, position, hypothesis, definition, 5 Rencontres TIC & territoires, Quels dveloppement? BERTACCHINI Y., HERBAUX P., 2006, The territorial intelligence: between breakings off and anticipations , SFSIC. BERTACCHINI Y., HERBAUX P., 2003, Mutualisation and territorial intelligence, 2 Rencontres de Saint-Raphal TIC et Territoires : Quels dveloppements?. BOUGNOUX D., 2001, Introduction to the sciences of communication, Collection Repres, La Dcouverte, Paris. D UMAS P., 2006, Territory and the world, 5 Rencontres TIC & territoires, Quels dveloppements?. MATTELART A. & M., 2004, History of the theories of communication, Collection Repres, La Dcouverte, Paris. MATTELART A., 1997, The invention of the communication, Essais, La Dcouverte, Paris. MORIN E., 1997, Introduction to the complex thinking, Points, Seuil, Paris. MUCCHIELLI A., 2006, The sciences of information and communication, Les fondamentaux, Hachette, Paris. LEVY P., 1997, The collective intelligence, for an anthropology of the cyberspace, Essais, La Dcouverte, Paris. VENTURINI MM., ANGELINI J., 2006, Socit Corse, Society of Information: towards the territorial intelligence, 5 Rencontres TIC & Territoires, Quels dveloppements?. VENTURINI MM., ANGELINI J., 2006, TIC, territories, knowledge and patrimonies: towards the territorial intelligence. La rgion Corse, Granada, XXII congresss of CESE. VENTURINI MM., ANGELINI J., 2006, La Corse island patrimony and regional identity: towards the territorial intelligence, 1st international conference of CAENTI, in http://isdm.univ-tln.fr WATZLAWICK P., HELMICK B EAVIN J., J ACKSON DD., 1972, A logic of communication, Points, Seuil, Paris.
February 2009, 28th
99 / 653
February 2009, 28th
100 / 653
11
Conception of a territorial Observation and Prospective Tool for energy. The case of Fuelwood
Hlne AVOCAT PhD Student in Geography; ThMA Laboratory, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France avocathelene@yahoo.fr Camille CHANARD PhD Student in Geography; ThMA Laboratory, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France camille.chanard@univ-fcomte.fr Marie-Hlne DE S DE-M Professor in Geography; ThMA Laboratory, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France marie-helene.de-sede-marceau@univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: Decentralized energy planning has been emerged in France since the last three decades especially due to the development of renewable energies. One corollary is the increase of local actors role in energy and land planning. In order to help them carrying out efficient policies, decision support systems (DSS) have been developed. In this paper, the authors deal with a DSS applied to fuelwood sector. Keywords: Decision support system (DSS), decentralized energy planning, territorial observation tools, actors, fuelwood, sustainable development.
Todays energy crisis (depletion of fossil fuels, prices increase, greenhouse gas emissions augmentation) lead us to reconsider our consumption behaviours and ways of production. As a consequence, renewable energies (biomass, solar, wind, geothermy) have been developed for the last three decades (Arnold et al., 2003). Location and availability of theses energy resources depends on local characteristics (climate, altitude, land-surveying) (Arnold et al., 2006). Thus, decentralized energy planning are emerging, within local actors role is increasing. As regards of all these arguments, considering the energy problem at infra-regional scale with a territorial approach seems to be the best way to structure energy systems based on renewable resources. In this way, we would consider both actors of the energy system and local features (constraints and assets) 1. According to (Flty, 2007) relocation of energy problem to local scale tends towards an increased entailment of local and regional actors, looking for information, tools and methods of management and planning. Whereas planners and decisionmakers require more decision and support planning tools which would give them a global vision of the energy problem on their territory, professionals look for more specific information (number of lodging equipped of solar panels or information on woody resources for example). Actually, it
1. The concept of territory refers to geographic space and actors. Quotes asterisked have been translated by the authors.
February 2009, 28th
101 / 653
transpires to give users some resources to understand the territory for an energetic point of view (structure and functioning). In ThMAs laboratory (geography and planning), a team is working on energy and territory in the frame of research program OPTEER (Observation et Prospective Territoriale Energtique lEchelle Rgionale)2, and develops an observation and prospective tool on energy sector. The aim of the tool is to make data available for actors, whether they are institutional, associative or industrial, producer, distributor or consumer; in order to help them to understand energy issues on their territory, and then to decide and act. In this paper, we chose to focus on fuelwood sector and its modalities of integration in our tool. This communication will be presented in three parts. First, we will explain the concept of decentralized energy planning, and the place of the tool in this context. We will clarify the philosophy of the project (territorial approach of energy) and expectation of actors towards the tool. Secondly, we will focus on the fuelwood sector, on its functioning and its links with territory. Thirdly, we will wonder on the best way to master the complexity inhere in the fuelwood system in a decision support system. I. Decentralized Energy Planning and Decision Support System Awareness of the environmental issues, and its corollary, emergence of decentralized and local energy planning, had lead to increase local actors involvement into land planning and energy sector. This observation has been underlined in the report of Grenelle Environnement (France), which have brought together actors of sustainable development during the year 2007: Whether energy policy has been until now essentially formed at a national level, we need to involve local governments in struggling against global warming, by giving them technical, juridical and financial tools. A climatic and energetic revolution cannot be the only implement of State. Local characteristics (climate, resources, housing, planning), lead us to think that same purposes cannot be accomplished by the same ways everywhere on territory. Thus, local governments competences have to be clarified or even consolidated* (Grenelle de l'Environnement, 2007). This is clearly visible in France, in which State has traditionally an important role in definition of energy policies, and has to give up some competences to local governments. Indeed, in the synthesis report Perspectives nergtiques de la France lhorizon 2020-20503 (Centre d'Analyse stratgique, 2007) analyses the importance of local governments, pretending that they are some major actors of energy policy and that many measures [] henceforth lie within competences of local governments*. In this regard, Figure 1 is particularly eloquent and presents the international energy context and its consequences on local policies. Local actors role is to carry out regional energy planning, in order to match potential (supply) and demand on a territory (Ramanchandra, 2008). According to the definition given by (International Energy Agency, 1994) quoted in (Troche, 1996), local energy planning consists in formalizing and defining modalities for carrying out some favourable solutions to environment and energy saving at the level of energy distribution, linked with demand on a specific territory administrated by a local government". (Lacassagne and Schilken, 2003) adds that the main purpose of local energy planning is to suggest strategic energy plans on a specific territory, promoting an optimal use of local resources*. Moreover, each territory being specific, it justifies that decentralized energy planning [have to] recognize the variation of energy situations in the different sub-national areas. Planning has to be area-based to recognise these variations and the local specificities of the energy situation. Decentralized energy planning is a synonymous with area-based planning, local energy planning, and rural energy planning (Food and Agriculture Organization, 1995). In this context, local actors need decision support systems4 to help them to understand structure and dynamics linked to energy field on their territories in order to carry out effective energy policies, trying to conciliate both economic development and preservation of natural environment. A decision support system (DSS) is a coherent system of computer-based technology (hardware, software and supporting documentation) (Ramanchandra et al., 2004) used by energy planner, policy maker or other decision maker to make more balanced choices (Beck et al., 2008), (Clarke and Grant, 1996). A DSS has to be enable to take into account specificities of a territory and different
2. Territorial Energy Observation and Prospective at Regional Scale. 3. Energy perspectives in France until 2020-2050. 4. We prefer the term of decision support system (DSS) proposed by (RAM, 2008), to the term decision support tool that can be found in the scientist literature, because it better express the complexity inhere in energy sector.
February 2009, 28th
102 / 653
parameters such as economic, technologic, social, environmental (Finon, 2003). Indeed, carrying out an approach of local energy planning cannot be considered without thinking about two essential points (Troche, 1996): - Purposes of energy planning must be integrated in the global planning on the territory, - Tools and models have to be adapted to the local context in order to make simulations and then to test some possible scenarios. Figure 1: Decision support system in a changing energy context
II. Fuelwood and Territory According to the encyclopaedia on line techno-sciences5, fuelwood (or dendroenergy) can be defined as the type of bioenergy using the part of biomass constituted by wood and also refers to all the applications of wood as a fuel*. The choice of fuelwood sector to test and develop our DSS tool can be explained by several reasons: - On the one hand, several actors of the sector and financial partners show a real interest to involve themselves in the creation of the tool. Moreover, local authorities have to reconsider fuelwood sector as a strategic component from an alternative energy system in which renewable energies would have more importance. As soon as we cope with a subject of study, which needs knowledge and innovation, we can justify the relevance of such tool. - On the other hand, in a perspective of sustainable development, national governments promote alternative energies to fossil fuels and particularly fuelwood. In France, the Department of Industry supported by ADEME6 have carried out two fuelwood plans since 1994. Their goals is to
5. www.techno-science.net, consulted the 4th July 2008. 6. ADEME: Agence de lEnvironnement et de la Matrise de lEnergie/Environment and Energy Saving Agency.
February 2009, 28th
103 / 653
structure the fuelwood sector considering sustainable criteria, at supplying level as well as boilers building in residential, industrial or tertiary sectors* (Agence de l'Environnement et de la matrise de l'Energie, 2006). Although the domestic sector is accounting for 78, 7% of global fuelwood consumption (DGEMP 7), it is characterized by a multitude of small consumption units that make very difficult the comprehension of supplying processes. On the opposite, collective/tertiary and industrial sectors, characterized by bigger units of consumption, have respectively increased their consumption of 235 % and 20 % during the period 1985-2005 (Agence de l'Environnement et de la matrise de l'Energie, 2006). Since the mass of these big consumption units has suddenly increased, supply has to be structured. Resources and potentials must be inventoried in order to define favourable sites for the installation of renewable energies production units* (Dlgation de l'Amnagement du Territoire et l'Action rgionale, 2002), including fuelwood. - Finally, fuelwood sector undergoes important mutations, but is still considered through a very sectorial and fragmented way. There is neither global approach nor really coordination between actors of the sector. Fuelwood sector is characterised by a multitude of actors, public organisms, professionals and professional groups, cooperatives, forest owners [and managers]. All of them are involved into their speciality, without coordinated actions. So they dont have any global and shared vision of the problems and stakes of the sector*8. Moreover territorial dimension is often scarcely considered. The main argument of planners to promote these forms of energy is based on principles of local development: promotion of local resources, increased implication of local actors, economic and social development (Greffe, 2002). Although these arguments in favour of fuelwood seem to be praiseworthy, they are not always taken into account. For example, interviews with boilers backers points out that economic criteria prevail over arguments in favour of local development. Thus, we have to ensure that the wood energy sector is getting structured locally, based on the territorial available potentials. DATAR9 reminds that fuelwood consumption development at a regional level strongly depends on availability of resources on the territory. Such an approach involves disposing of an efficient quantity of wood in time and closed to consumption centres* (Dlgation de l'Amnagement du Territoire et l'Action rgionale, 2002). Nowadays, the fuelwood sector is getting structured considering an approach based on satisfaction of demand. In order to satisfy principles of local development, we propose an integrated structuring of the sector at a local scale, focusing on potentials offered by territory. These potentials can be divided into two categories: natural and industrial. Valuating natural potentials involves considering the complexity inherent in the resources system such as spatial fragmentation of forests, diversity of ways of production, multiplicity of forest owners and juridical statutes, heterogeneity of species, for example. Industrial potentials are even more difficult to valuate since we have to consider use conflicts. Indeed, they are constituted by wastes of wood industry (barks and sawdust) that can both be used for energy or other applications such as paper, timber and lumber industries. Although potential studies are made to confirm projects, territory is usually not considered as a specific frame for supply structuring. De facto, it implies to define and characterize precisely wood potentials available for an energy use in order to match it with consumption units on a specific territory. This territorial approach differs from the classical projects approach generally used. Whereas projects approach is based on the exploitation of wood resources according to the boilers powers (beforehand defined), territorial approach estimates potentials and then structures supplies considering territorys constraints and amenities. Figure 2 sums-up the links between fuelwood sector and territory, considering constraints, amenities and actors needs; and thus clarify stakes inherent in a territorial structuring of fuelwood supplies. Considering the problem of resources management and particularly fuelwood supply, a territorial approach seems more appropriated. In the current context of decentralized energy planning, local actors needs for DSS which would give them opportunities to understand energy issues on their territories: which is one of major OPTEERs goals.
7. DGEMP: Direction Gnrale des Matires Premires et de lEnergie. http://www.industrie.gouv.fr/energie/sommaire.html. 8. www.netbois.com, consulted the 4th July 2008. 9. DATAR:Dlgation lAmnagement du Territoire et lAction Rgionale/French land planning delegation.
February 2009, 28th
104 / 653
Figure 2: Stakes linked to fuelwood supplies
III. Reflection on the integration of fuelwood complexity in a DSS One of the biggest difficulty in the conception of a DSS is to organize and integrate the complexity inhere in the fuelwood sector, due to the organization of supply in one hand, and to the multiplicity of actors and uses of wood resource on the other hand. The solution arrested is to propose three complementary and transversal incoming: a first access by territorial context, a second one by sector and third one by energy chain. These information are available on administrative territory (region, department, county, commune) or on a territory built by the user (also called work territory). Whereas the territorial incoming presents general information on the territory, the other ones give specific indicators in energy field: - We demonstrated previously that fuelwood sector is strongly linked with territory. Indeed potential evaluation, supply structuring and consumptions depend on territorial characteristics. Moreover, using fuelwood engages local actors and contributes to forest management and exploitation, which is one of the major aims of land planning. Thus, territorial context constitutes one of the three entrances of the tool. We can find on this part, information relative to themes more and less linked with energy field (population, activities, transport, environment). Such data enables us to understand energy structure and functioning on the territory. For example, data on land cover can give us a first estimation of the natural fuelwood potential (global quantity and location). - The second incoming leads users to study a specific energy sector (fossil fuels, hydraulic, geothermal biofuel, biogas, fuelwood, wastes, solar, wind, hydrogen) on the territory. The aim of this incoming is to have a global view on the sector from potential to consumption, through production and distribution.
February 2009, 28th
105 / 653
Figure 3:
- The incoming by energy chain can lead to the same results than the sector access, but presents data and indicator by stocks and process. Users can find information about potential, production, consumption and uses for the entirety of the sectors. Figure 4:
February 2009, 28th
106 / 653
Conclusion In a context of decentralized energy planning, local actors have more and more responsibilities and prerogatives. In order to carry out energy policies and planning, they must understand how the energy sector is organized. In case of fuelwood, actors have to know where are potentials localised, what is the power of consumption units, how much wood collective and industrial boilers use, what kind of substructures and where are they localised etc. These questions underline the complexity inherent in the fuelwood sector, and its dependence on local specificities. The team of the research program OPTEER, who is working on territorial approaches of energy problem, develops a DSS enables to take into account local specificities. The aim of the tool is to purpose to actors an access to data depending on their interests. Thus, two incomings can be used: by sector or by energy chain. Moreover, this tool will be available on line and will permit actors to integrate their data themselves in order to realise analysis and share it with their partners. Acknowledgments This research program is financed by the Region of Franche-Comt, the ADEME, and the Communaut dagglomration du Grand Dole. Bibliography AGENCE DE L'ENVIRONNEMENT ET DE LA MAITRISE DE L'ENERGIE, 2006. Programme national boisnergie- Rapports dactivits 2000-2006.Collection Connatre pour agir. 118 p. ARNOLD M., KHLIN G. PERSSON R., S HEPHERD G., 2003. Fuelwood revisited, what has changed in the last decade? CIFOR, Occasional paper n39. 47 p. ARNOLD M., KHLIN G. P ERSSON R., 2003.Woodfuels, livelihoods, and policy interventions: changing perspectives. World Development 34 (2006). pp. 596611. BECK J., KEMPENER R., COHEN B., PETRIE J., 2008. A complex systems approach to planning, optimization and decision making for energy networks. Energy policy 36 (2008). pp. 2795-2805 CENTRE DANALYSE STRATEGIQUE, 2007. Perspectives nergtiques de la France lhorizon 2020-2050. Rapport de synthse, ralis par SYROTA J., commandit par le gouvernement. Paris : Imprimerie Nationale. 162 p. Available on the web: www.strategie.gouv.fr, Consulted the 9/01/2008. CLARKE J.A., GRANT A.D., 1996. Planning support tools for the integration of renewable energies at the regional level. World Renewable Energy Congress 1996. pp. 1090-1093. DELEGATION A L'AMENAGEMENT DU TERRITOIRE ET A L'ACTION REGIONALE, 2002. Schma de services collectifs de lnergie. Paris : les journaux officiels. 233 p. INTERNATIONAL ENERGY AGENCY, 1994. Annex 22 Energy efficient communities Final report. July 1994. 132 p. FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION, 1995. Wood Energy Planning, Wood Energy News. Vol 10n4. 20p. Available on the web: www.rwedp.org/acrobat/wen10-4.pdf Consulted the 29/02/2007 FINON D., 2003. Prospective nergtique et modlisation. Identification de pistes de progression mthodologique. Note au Conseil Scientifique de lInstitut Franais de lEnergie. 38 p. FLETY Y., 2007. lments danalyse des modles nergtiques. Document de travail. Laboratoire ThMA. 32 p. GREFFE X. 2002. Le dveloppement local. Ed. De lAube. 199p. GRENELLE DE LENVIRONNEMENT, 2007. Lutter contre les changements climatiques et matriser la demande dnergie. Rapport du groupe 1. 108 p. LACASSAGNE S., SCHILKEN P., 2003. Les outils de planification nergtique territoriale. Bonnes pratiques de villes europennes. Energie-Cits, ADEME. 54 p. RAMANCHANDRA TV., KUMAR U., VAISHNAV B., PRASAD SN., 2004. Geographic resources decisions support system: an open source GIS. Geospatial today. 3(3) : 52-9.
February 2009, 28th
107 / 653
RAMANCHANDRA TV., 2008. RIEP: Regional integrated energy plan. Renewable and sustainable energy reviews. (article in press). 33 p. TROCHE J-P., 1996. Planification nergtique locale. Quelles applications dans le contexte franais ? Outils, mthodes, et applications possibles des acquis de lannexe 22 de lAgence Internationale de lEnergie. ADEME. 81 p.
February 2009, 28th
108 / 653
12
Transitions towards capable territories. Community development and Social development
Andrea BARBIERI Researcher of Cnrs-IRPPS (Institute of Research on Population and Social Policies) University of Salerno, Italy a.barbieri@irpps.cnr.it
Good governance at the local level produce territories, that are socially cohesive and ecologically sound. Territories are endowed, with different potentials vis--vis the dilemmas and challenges of the transition imposed by the global change. It is very important to build up the capacity of any territory to struggle with new opportunities and risks. An elementary analytics for discussing about territorial capabilities is exposed together with arguments intended to criticize reductionist approaches to the governance of territories. Most people who at one time or another have been involved in community development projects are apt to think back and try to discover the meaning of such an experience, particularly as for many of them it was a time for a special moral and professional commitment, and for some it represented a real turning point in their personal development. Some ambivalence is unavoidable in considerations of this kind, as the history of the projects is not such as to leave room for great self-satisfaction, when one tries to assess results and failures; but at the same time, even the most critical person cannot help feeling that it was worth while, and that something useful could still be learnt from these experiences. It is quite possible, of course, that the underlying reason for this feeling lies in the natural tendency to justify ones past whit a vague quand mme. I feel however that is has some objective grounds and that even a completely neutral observer would find in the history of the projects some concrete teachings on the problems of social development, far beyond any vindication or justification for the existence and history of the projects themselves. Our real aim is to define the terms for an objective and realistic assessment of what has been left of the community projects; of their positive and negative teachings, without indulging in any nostalgic wish to repeat today the same experiences in the same form. If this scrutiny does non spring from the hope of a possible resurrection of community development at a local level, one may wonder whether its only interest may non be an historical one. The answer is probably to be found in the fact that both at a theoretical and at an operational level, specialist seem to suffer from a loss of perspective in the field of socio-economic development of backward areas, in Italy as well as elsewhere. Most development seems to have been marked by a technocratic empiricism, a lack of ideological framework, and a compulsory optimism on the part of those in charge, while the gap between rich and poor areas has remained the same, or even increased: this has created a widespread impatience and lack of interest for problems that appear to persist in spite of every effort to solve them. Thos impatience felt by the public, and the lack of commitment of politicians cannot be overcome by appeals to brotherly love; action in needed to help people feel that backwardness is not a tumour in the body social, to be eliminated by surgery, but rather the symptom of a malfunction of the whole organism; and that it is not only exceptional measures of a material nature that are called for, but in the first place a clearer setting of goals and a greater precision in the intervention methodology. The example of Southern Italy, which we can quote more easily, shows us how our anxiety to foster faith in an impeding solution of the remaining problems has in fact created a form of exasperation, expresses in a distrust of the organizations in charge, or even worse, in a return to a fatalistic attitude, based on racist considerations. These attitudes can undermine new development initiatives in the backward areas before they get started, and because they exist it is necessary to confirm the value of all experiences capable of enlarging our conceptions of these problems. However, the need to mobilize public opinion would not be by itself reason enough to reconsider the community development experiences. In the special after-war atmosphere and during the fifties, the desired goals was that the State, under pressure from qualified public opinion, should commit itself to the amelioration of the depressed areas. Today, the problem is not to stimulate such intervention, but rather to support and qualify an existing one, in the various field of socio-economic development, and in particular, to avoid that such efforts be distorted or nullified by a bureaucratic and technocratic conditioning.
February 2009, 28th
109 / 653
Today, more than ever, politicians, scientists, intellectuals in general ought to be on the alert, to see that such interventions do not become a perquisite of same, to the exclusion of all others. The only guarantee that this laborious transformation of our society will not proceed haphazardly, as it tends to do, is to be found in a continuing discussion on goals and methods of socio-economic development. I. The Teachings of the Projects We have now reached a point where at least one of the major premises of any community development project has been generally accepted: the essential role of the social aspects both of backwardness and development has now been recognized. Even law-makers have acknowledged this, more and more explicitly, and have provided for specific interventions in this sector, in order to condition societys development. Hence, several of the problems that community development projects tried to solve in an experimental way in their limited areas of operations, are now considered again at a national level, as the subject matter of long-term reforms and legislative measures: education and occupational training, local authorities functions in the educational and social fields, administrative decentralization, urban planning, social security, mass communication media ad educational tools, etc. However, these measures still have a diffusive character, because what is lacking in really an overall conception of the goals to be reached by an improvement in social services and institutes; that is, a social development policy. Though both the National Economic Plan and the new Law for special interventions in Southern Italy contain generic statements on the social objectives of these plans in the end these general proposal are translated into operational directive bearing on very limited areas (social security and social welfare measures; specific interventions in the cultural and educational field) while the desirable coordination with more substantial measures (where these prospects of social development would have found a more concrete expression) as e.g. school reform, public administration reform, institution of the Regions, etc. was conspicuously lacking. At first sight, one might think that this increased presence of the State in the field of social problems renders any further discussion on community projects (or other private projects) useless. At most, one might say, the community approach might be of interest to public agencies in Southern Italy, as a contribution to the operational stage of the socio-economic programs now existing. This level, however, is neither the only one, nor the most important at which one can profit from the community projects experiences; at this level it would just mean a resumption of approaches and methods which have already been widely experimented with at a local level, both by the projects and by several agencies working in the socio-educational field, and which can easily be reproduced in the same form. This is particularly true if State intervention is going to be limited to a cultural action in the backward areas: the cumulative experiences of private agencies will have some guiding influence on public administrators, bur most of all in the sense of reminding them of the very little usefulness of such actions, unless they are supported by different interventions of more direct impact. Rather than attempting to extract from previous experiences such as the c.d. projects only methodological indications, it would be much more urgent to use them to clarify the problem which has always been the key one for the success of such initiatives: the relationship between development activities and the political and administrative set-up at regional and local levels. The isolation in which, for various reasons, most community projects had to live cannot be reproduced in the public agencies interventions. It is easy to foresee that even though public action (because of its more authoritative position and fewer financial worries) will not meet whit the same difficulties, it will still have to face the usual tendency of some local communities to reject or at least accept with great difficulties the new contents of the socioeducational activities. This more or less open resistance must be foreseen and faced as a normal obstacle to any valid innovation. The main point is not to avoid the issue by the simple expedient of rendering the content of the innovation as harmless and undebatable as possible. We will deal with this problem more concretely towards the end of this paper, as it is one of the many examples of what we can learn, in a positive or a negative way, from the, community projects, though indeed it was one of the key problems for the success of the projects at the practical stage; but what it is really essential is to come to appreciate the absolute need for any intervention aiming at social development to be planned and carried on in an organic context, never to remain an isolated action. First and foremost what is needed is a clear perception of the problems to be faced, and an equally clear conception of the goals to be reached, with what means, at what costs: in short, a development policy. The broad outline of this sort of problems, regarding not the details of intervention in a specific area or field, but the aims and perspectives of social development, the possibility of stimulating it with specific initiatives, are really the central concern of development planners, quite independently of the methods and organizational form one may use. Our aim is to show that the experiences of the community projects, however much they may have been linked to an historical period now past, and to operational instruments which today may appear outdated, retains its validity in respect to this order of problems. It may seem a paradoxical statement and a sad one for those of us who believed in their direct usefulness - but the projects are perhaps more relevant today then at the time of their heyday. Maybe now the conditions exist for some of their teachings to, be acceptable at the decision making level of the higher public authorities - at least as warnings not to underestimate the complexity of the problems, and to indicate how easy it is to do, and how difficult to do well in this field. Today perhaps there is a hope, which the projects always saw as a receding one, that it may be possible to graft some of the principles of community development onto larger and more massive programs than the projects ever were. It is still a distant hope, but the converging consensus on the
February 2009, 28th
110 / 653
importance of social factors in the development processes opens up the possibility of a dialogue, so that these private experiences may be of value to those engaged in public programs for socio-economic development. II. Development and Change In recent times especially on the occasion of the new programs of the Intervento Straordinario per il Mezzogiorno, and the discussions on the results of its first fifteen years of special intervention in Southern Italy it has often been emphasized how, due to this same intervention, and due also to some spontaneous phenomena that have taken place in the meantime (e.g. emigration), social conditions in Southern Italy, and in general in depressed areas have undergone a change. Economic growth, with its attending phenomena of industrialization and emigration states the Coordination Plan have induced a series of innovating factors in the social and cultural structures of Southern Italy, some of them in mutual contradiction, that have all helped to break up the old and traditional patterns of social relationships. This statement, per se, is quite correct and unquestionable: it is not even necessary to have a direct knowledge of the conditions mentioned, to accept intuitively that twenty years of history could hardly have passed without leaving some trace, especially in problem areas, being parts of a nation in rapid economic development. We can, on the other band, feel more doubtful about the uses to which this kind of statement can be put, especially on the issue of further direct interventions on social reality. It is necessary to distinguish between the two elements of which this statement is composed. The first consists in affirming that some socio-cultural changes are in fact taking place even in the most backward areas of the country; the second in attributing a positive value to the effects of these changes, which are then receiving the connotation of progress rather than of simple change. The first statement is so obvious, that nobody would have needed to emphasize it without a specific reason. We might surmise that this reason might be to contradict some other interpretation, which starts from the assumption of such static conditions of the social and cultural system, that each registered change appears as a remarkable fact. No doubt there have been some tendencies to interpret the reality of Southern Italy in this way, especially by anthropologists and sociologists. But it looks rather unlikely that this accent on change is due only to the wish to contradict such marginal interpretation. We feel, rather, that this emphasis on the fact that "something" is changing is to be put in relationship to the second element: having made a rather obvious fact appear as a remarkable event, our attention is drawn away from the really debatable point whether or not the changes that are taking place ought to be considered as positive; as facts showing a social progress or a social disgregation. It is too easy to pass on from this interpretation which we find in almost every statement concerning the socio-educational intervention in backward areas to the conclusion that, as a process of "social development is already taking place, public action should simply follow its course, without worrying unduly about guiding this process or defining its aims. On the whole this is a laissez-faire interpretation of social development, based on the idea of an invisible hand which guides both spontaneous and induced changes in the right direction. Arguments of this type are responsible for keeping up a dangerous optimism about the beneficial effects of development interventions; and as it becomes more and more evident that these beneficial effects are far from automatic, this attitude becomes more and more harmful. At the same time this way of considering problems prevents an objective comparison between what the State now aims at, and what others have already experienced in similar situations. Public intervention appears as if it were simply geared on to a process of social transformation whose direction is known, and whose desirability has been assessed: only a modest encouragement on the part of the State, and a lot of patience on the part of the people involved are needed, for solving everything in a natural way. The fault of community projects and other private interventions in this field would then be that they were utopian, based on contesting the natural order' of things and on wishful thinking; therefore, even if they had had those resources (to, the lack of which they attribute their failure) they couldn't in any case have been successful. This appears then as a different approach not only in its form and dimensions, but in actual essence. The truth of the matter is quite different. Knowledge of what the projects really were about, and of their mode of action has always been restricted to small groups of supporters. Only some of the more picturesque episodes of their life history are known: of course the projects were talked about only when they happened to swim against the tide. But none of the projects from the ones most based on contestation to the most conventional ones ever attributed an absolute value to the fact of following the natural trends or going against them. One tried to act on the basis of a realistic evaluation of the available facts, quite prepared, if necessary, to go against some trends, or to follow them, according to the situation. Any pre-established formula like the one of supporting emerging trends, would condemn the intervention to remain at the margin of reality, as it would be based on the utopia of a progress somehow guaranteed by the nature of things. III. Progress is not Automatic Public intervention will have to face fundamentally the same problems as the projects had to face, but on a larger scale. The projects were concerned with supporting only those spontaneous social processes that were thought valid within the developmental aims: they wanted to carry out a qualitative change, that might really become development. The issue of participation' shows quite clearly how well founded was this concern. The projects did not intend to create substantially new social facts, but to qualify the gradual immission of people into social life, so that the traditional life patterns in backward
February 2009, 28th
111 / 653
areas clientelism, familism, the interplay of friendships and influential relationships should not corrupt public life as well. Participation was never meant to be an end in itself, never conceived, of as an absolute value, but should have been instrumental for the building up of new forms of social interaction. Its validity would entirely depend on how, and particularly on why people participated in the life of their society. The events of the last few years show us that, though the attempts made by the projects to initiate new participation patterns did fail, this problem is still very much with us. It appears that the greater participation of people in the life of the nation, which now exists in comparison to ten years ago, might be due to a greater need of the power centre to reach some general consensus about their decisions, rather than to a greater sensitivity of people about their duty and rights to participate. It is enough to consider the gradual involution in the relationship between the electorate and the political power centre, even within those political parties democratically oriented by tradition, to see the outlines of a process which may have been inevitable, but can hardly be considered to be a factor of progress in social life. The development policy of the community projects was based on two main assumptions: a lack of faith in the automatic nature of progress, and a consequent concern for methods and contents of the intervention, that would guarantee a certain quality to the induced changes. True enough, sometimes this concern risked transforming itself into a contemplative involution, paralyzing concrete action. There have also been phases in some projects, during which the anxiety to do something overrode any concern about the general aims of the intervention, and, temporarily, a frantic activity developed, with a corresponding decline in quality. These two extremes luckily they only happened in a few instances can illustrate the risks to which all interventions in backward areas are exposed. Where public activities are concerned, however, it is easier to draw some teachings from the second case than from the first. The lack of theoretical and ideological elaboration of concepts related to development problems, and the dearth of appropriate administrative structures, free from political and bureaucratic conditioning, and free to plan their work having regard only to the objective needs of society, involve a permanent risk of having the socio-economic initiatives insufficiently related to development aims. This myth of progressive dynamics taking place of their own accord, which only need some incentives to accelerate their own pace, can easily make one forget how the traditional socio-economic and cultural system of this country is capable of absorbing and neutralizing even massive stimuli toward innovation. We should remember, on this score, a few examples of incomplete and diffusive initiatives, or problems still unsolved though they are essential to the creation of a more civilized society: the agrarian reform, which proved such an unsuccessful instrument for social change in rural life; the industrialization of the South, with methods akin, sometimes, to those of neocolonialism; the 'development of cultural services and structures without the necessary accompaniment of equally substantial interventions to facilitate the influx of newly trained people in the production cycle; the total absence of any policy directed to such a dramatic problem as emigration; the maintenance of a fiscal system which inevitably condemns local authorities to paralysis. The common denominator to these deficiencies is the lack of an overall vision of the needs to be satisfied and of their interrelationships, so that even had the political and administrative structures been there, stronger and less prone to compromise than they are, it would not have been possible to ensure an organic and reasonably rapid development of society. In the meantime, the current opinion is that recent Italian policy in the field of economic planning and intervention in backward areas is a distinct improvement on previous attempts, because the main issues to be solved have been defined and a development policy bas been formulated, providing for a concentration of efforts in the more productive sectors and in the more industrialized areas. The State, in other words, intervenes where public investment has a better chance to accelerate the expansion already taking place. There is also, it is true, an intervention policy in the underprivileged sectors and areas, but these interventions have a different nature, and the quantitative proportion between the latter and what is given (directly or indirectly) to the more advanced areas, is deliberately different. It cannot be denied that the adoption of selective criteria, if compared to the diffusive character that State action has often had in this field, must be considered a step forward. But is should be equally clear that we have here not a reasoned out choice of a different set of criteria considered more valid than the previous ones, but rather the belated adoption of a development policy where before there was none. The striking fact, however, which looks very significant, is the great similarity between some of the ideas now considered outdated, and some of the principles of community development. It rather looks as if the ideas on which the projects were based and that at the time were considered too eccentric to be seriously taken into consideration, are now being used as landmarks to point out the advance implied by the choice of selective criteria for public intervention. We certainly do not want to attribute the sole paternity of some ideas to certain people or groups, nor do we want to fight to the bitter end for approaches which were valuable in a given historical period and in a given context, but may not be equally valid today. Many of the principles on which the projects were based were imported goods, not always so easily adjustable, to the Italian situation as one believed at first. Many of them are probably superseded or at least would require deep modifications off content and applicability, if they had to be experimented with again in the present situation. Still, they were principles and ideas which deserved a better fate: they could be used as guideposts in the difficult process of elaborating a development policy, and they could certainly contribute to public intervention at least some of that earnestness of purpose and intent, with which even the less successful of the projects was pervaded. There is in fact reason for concern about the superficiality with which some essential problems of development are treated, particularly in the form of arguing about words, theories and schemes rather than about facts and realities. We will deal with some of these schemes, because we want to suggest that
February 2009, 28th
112 / 653
once one has been able to do away with the slogan aspect (which really makes any discussion impossible) what remains is really a further and necessary elaboration of those principles of social development which were at the basis of the community projects. Once this point reached, a real dialogue becomes possible about the use of our previous experiences in today's reality. IV. Vertical and Horizontal Development Criteria The two theoretical schemes we want to deal with, concerning the dynamics of socio-economic development, are the ones usually referred to by the terms verticality of intervention and unbalanced growth. These schemes have not yet been dignified by the name of principles of the official development policies, but there is a risk that they might appeal to politicians, just because they are a simplified interpretation of problems, and seem to offer the line of least resistance for their solution. In the first place, the fact of concentrating efforts and funds in the more advanced sectors corresponds to a vertical conception of development dynamics, as opposed to the outdated horizontal criteria that guided previous private and public efforts. According to the latter, the object of the intervention is a social entity, within a given territorial extension: a community, a group of comuni, the region, or even a whole area like Southern Italy. Vertical criteria on the other hand consider the social and territorial dimension as an adjunct to the definition of the object of intervention, which is the sum total of the socio-economic and cultural institutions operating in the country. This sharp contrast between the two approaches is really overemphasized because of conceptual misunderstandings and factual confusions: it ought to be clear that a development process cannot be conceived of cither in purely 44 vertical or in purely horizontal dimensions. We should not forget for instance that: a vertical factor like State education is not an abstract entity, but in actual fact it consists of definite structures, habits and behaviours which are conditioned by the social context, and are modifiable only in that context. Any reform. will have to concern itself with those schools, operating in that society: state education like any other social, institution does not exist in a vacuum, and cannot be changed as such. On the other hand no social entity in its totality can be by itself the object of development. Even the most static and traditional rural community is too complex a phenomenon to be conditioned in a global and uniform way by outside interventions. This statement may seem to be in conflict with some of the theoretical tenets of community development, but is borne out by the realities of field work where it has always been necessary to formulate a selective strategy, directed to those phenomena which looked more relevant for a gradual process of change of the total community. It is therefore nonsense to speak of vertical and horizontal strategies as if they were two separate development hypotheses. Any intervention must perforce take place in definite vertical structures (like the school, the public administration, the production system, the legislative system) and at the same time in the horizontal context of the society where those structures operate. It is of course possible to give a different weight to one or the other dimension according to the different angle from which development is viewed. It is quite natural that the field worker may attribute more importance to the way in which a given measure of reform will be put into practical operation in the community he is interested in, and will judge its results in terms of the social reality in which he works; while the expert or the politician is more likely to consider the same factors as they relate to different sectors: so many schools built, so many acres of land distributed etc. But these different angles do not prevent a substantive agreement on aims and methods of the reform. V. States of Imbalance This concept of unbalanced growth induced by development processes is a recent conquest of some sociological theories, in contrast with previous static or organicistic conceptions. Social change is seen as an event disturbing the balance that any society tries to keep within its body; consequently, induced development will necessarily lead to a breaking up of equilibrium patterns, which must be foreseen, and the cost of which must be reckoned when evaluating the total cost of progress. Obviously this is an interpretative theory, with no direct bearing on normative indications for development. But while it is undeniable that for instance, the economic progress in a rural and overpopulated community is linked to a substantial diminution in the rural labour force, and this process can hardly take place without some temporary social imbalance we must not infer from this statement that a particular type of imbalance is necessarily inevitable or, even less, desirable. The diminution in the rural labour force can happen through a number of mechanisms, according to what is done or not done to modify the process with specific means; the imbalance theory can only give an indication of what will probably happen in a given society if the process is left untouched, while it cannot logically come to any conclusion on whether or not corrective interventions are possible or appropriate. Of course, even if quite a number of measures had been taken to counterbalance the effects of emigration out of rural areas creating more opportunities for extra-rural work in the receiving areas, offering a better qualification to emigrants, helping them to adjust to industrial society conditions etc. these same measures would have created some imbalance elsewhere. This simply means that there is a definite cost attached to progress, which is rather a platitude. The problem is rather which costs society is prepared to, pay in order to arrive to given goals, and even more important, who is going to pay for it. When we say that any change, spontaneous or induced, has a social or a psychological cost, we really mean to remind ourselves that there is no invisible hand to restore the equilibrium once we have created, or allowed to happen, a state of imbalance in our society. If, in order to keep up a certain rythm of economic growth in the more advanced sectors, we have avoided investing in those sectors giving a delayed return schools, housing, new industries in the developing areas, etc. and we have allowed mas-
February 2009, 28th
113 / 653
sive migration of labour from one area into another, we have not been obeying a law of nature: we have made a political choice. The fact is that the costs, the unbalancing effects of progress in this case are not felt by the production system, nor by those who profit from progress, but mostly by the areas and populations affected by emigration. The most dramatic example, which fortunately docs not concern Italy, is the effect of massive intervention in the medical field in underdeveloped countries. As is well known, the use of antibiotics and other cheap measures for the reduction of endemic illnesses and premature mortality has suddenly increased the population's life expectation, and has largely contributed to the population explosion, which in turn has made it extremely difficult to raise the life standards in these countries. The fact that this action was undoubtedly inspired by noble humanitarian feelings does not do away with the other fact that this was a selective intervention, and that there has been a lack of equally massive efforts to balance the situation: the total value of this medical intervention is therefore rather doubtful for humanity as a whole (though not of course for the people whose life has been prolonged). It is not possible, confronted with examples such as this, to continue to talk in a fatalistic fashion of the unbalancing effects of any intervention, as if they were a necessary adjunct to action: this would really mean that the fight the world has been waging in the last twenty years to solve the problems of backwardness is a lost battle, from the start, as each problem solved creates a new and perhaps more serious problem again. What can really be inferred from the examples quoted is rather that a lack of accurate forecasting and a lack of will and/or means to counterbalance the negative effects of rural migration or medical progress in short a lack of a development strategy are really responsible for the fact that such necessary and desirable actions have, in the long run, left the total situation unchanged, though they may have solved some serious sectorial problems. It is therefore absolutely necessary to ensure that any development policy be based on clear strategic choices, in order to restore conditions temporarily thrown out of balance: for instance, it will be necessary to plan an expanding economy in such a way that the increases in income will be distributed according to justice rather than allowing them to further enlarge the gaps already existing in the economic system. This was the fundamental outlook of the community projects (of course with different emphasis according to different cases): they first defined as their object the social entity in its totality first the local community, than the more comprehensive group of comuni, then the homogenous area and then they directed their efforts to groups and institutions that constituted the texture of that society, with the final aim of guaranteeing an organic development and of counterbalancing the ill effects i.e. the injustices that could accompany an unguided development process. VI. Integration of the Approaches The two theories outlined here are not necessarily mutually exclusive, nor is it too difficult to imagine a theory including the most valid elements of both, as a basis to an effective development strategy. The theory of the essential organicity of every social system, which often inspired the initiatives in the community development field, should be differentiated from the ideological superstructure which attributes a special value to the harmony and social integration characteristic of more archaic communities (and which in fact would prevent any successful attempt to influence their socio-economic processes). The imbalance theory on the other hand, should be freed from the tendency to justify any negative effect indifferently as a necessary cost of progress. In short the whole question, should be faced in political terms, with full awareness of the costs and benefits involved in the development of backward areas, as well as of the possibility of choosing different strategies, on the basis of definite normative criteria responsibly adopted. The responsibility for the theoretical elaboration and gradual formulation of a development policy belongs not only to the experts and the professional politicians but also to all of those who have had experience and knowledge of this field. One of the mistakes of the people who worked in the community projects was perhaps to have restricted their field of communication to a limited group of people who were following their efforts with interest, without having been able to find the subjects, the arguments, and even the language for capturing the interest of a larger audience. There is still a lot to be done to overcome the marginal position taken for various reasons by the community projects, as if they refused the dialogue with the other forces operating for society's development, and had allowed some misunderstandings to remain. On the other hand it would also be wiser to do away, in a new dialogue, with the superficial and technocratic approaches which characterize some international experts in the development field. Often the importance of the social aspects of development is given a formal acknowledgement, and is affirmed in some initial statements, but very little interest is shown in the deeper theoretical and operational issues deriving from them. Thus we find suggestions and proposals apparently based on the assumption that intervention in sectors defined as. social, (schools, occupational training, social security and social welfare) will imply a guaranteed progress of society as a whole. This is a new version of some of the utopias that have always made it extremely difficult to debate in a realistic way major Italian problems, from the "southern question" to economic planning. Perhaps what the community projects (and the other experiences in direct contact with social realities) have left us could also be put to use here: to gauge the extreme complexity of the social problems still unsolved, and the commitment necessary to overcome them.
VII. The Projects and their Counterparts
February 2009, 28th
114 / 653
If we maintain that something, whether positive or negative, can be learnt from the community projects, this must also mean that though the projects had correctly interpreted the objective development needs of the country, they had undervaluated the obstacles put up by those same forces they had counted upon as natural allies. It is probably wrong to accuse the projects of scarce realism about the fundamental development problems, as nobody really believed that much could be done with such limited resources; but it would be right to attribute the projects' failures to an exaggerated faith in the willingness of other forces in society to cooperate with and support them. The projects were conceived as exceptional outside agents, who would define the most urgent needs in the operation areas and the most appropriate means of intervention, and would then undertake the task of stimulating the indispensable participation of other forces, public and private; in other words, they would act as catalysts in a development process whose major actors ought to have been the State and the public agencies on one side, and the local population on the other. On the whole the actors missed their cues, and so did other forces generally considered potential development agents. This was the major mistake, and also the most important teaching of the projects: in such a complex reality as the one we find in Italy, it is not possible to make such a distinction between the problems to be solved and the instruments with which to solve them, because the problems are so deeply embedded in the texture of society itself, that they condition even the potentially available instruments. For instance, the issue of participation has often been conceived of exclusively as a problem of involving the population as such in the various processes taking place, as if one could have relied implicitly on the support of all the other forces allegedly aiming at the same objectives. On the contrary, while people in general were usually available it was these forces that were missing: the raw materials were there, but the tools to work them were lacking. A remarkable instance is the total absence of the trade union movement in the problems dealt with by the community projects. While it is true that some of the projects bent over backwards to avoid any political involvement, and therefore cautiously refrained from involving the trade unions in their work, it is also true that when such attempts were made, for various reasons they were always unsuccessful. Even a problem of obvious common concern like the formation of cooperatives, never succeeded in breaking through the initial diffidence against initiatives which could not easily be described in political terms. Another major support, which might have qualified and sharpened the planning and the operational activities was found lacking: the support from the academic world. Except for a few individual cases, experts and research workers in this field only occasionally paid any attention to the work being done by the projects. It is clear that in order to avoid the amateurism always present in this type of work, the participation and support of the most qualified economists, sociologists and paedagogists would have been invaluable. Even more serious was the absenteeism and sometimes the deliberate obstruction of those public institutions that ought to have been the main allies of the private agencies concerned in the development programs. The byzantine slowness of public administrations, the insensitiveness of civil servants to any social problem not already laid down in the regulations, the impossibility of getting the political forces interested in anything that was not of direct electoral concern, the clumsiness of the public development interventions, that tended to mortify local initiative rather than to stimulate it, are issues well known to everybody, and particularly exasperating because they seemed to concern the instruments to solve the problems rather than the problems themselves. This absence of one of the major actors had as a consequence that many initiatives that could have been brought to a conclusion never were, as they really implied a process of structural reform of public life. And the same fact also invalidated the relationship with the other necessary participant: the population and the local agencies. This was not due to a lack of the security and prestige that always go with authoritative backing from central authorities, but rather because the participation offered to the local forces could not be properly called public participation. As the State was absent, the implication was that the problems with which the projects were concerned were not really public, i.e. problems in which everybody should be interested. The local agencies, already in a very difficult position, both for financial and jurisdictional reasons, and the population itself, could not consider the community projects as valid participants in a dialogue, as they were felt to speak only in their own name, and to represent nothing but their good intentions. We must keep all this i n mind when we think of the rather poor response of the population to the opportunity offered by the projects to participate in local affairs and of the little reaction they showed to changes of policy, or even to the actual end of the activities, even when they had been directly interested in the projects objectives. It would not be true to say that there was no participation, as some have said. In fact, at times it was even too zestful, especially in isolated areas where people are curious about any unusual activity. But very often it was participation at a very elementary level, as people seemed to realize that the various actions suggested would eventually come to nothing, as they were not supported appropriately. It was more leisure time activities than true civic commitment. If the community projects had devoted the same attention they gave to the problems to be solved, to the forces which constituted a logical first step in their solution and had they recognized that public agencies, trade unions, political, academic and professional groups were all showing the same resistance to change that had been foreseen in the local population resistance which needed to be dealt with the same patience perhaps the projects might well have represented that bridge between the two, according to the basic principles of community development. A significant fact was that the relationship with local authorities and agencies, who should have been the natural partners as they operated at the same level, half-way between the population and the central administration, was always a laborious and discontinuous one. It is possible that this was not due to unwillingness on their part, or to lack of common interests, but to the fact that local agencies suffered
February 2009, 28th
115 / 653
from the same insecurity and doubts about their own identity in backward areas, concerning their proper sphere of activity, as the projects did. Local administrations, school authorities, health and social services are strictly controlled from above and traditionally find it difficult to be open to the few demands coming from the population therefore they cannot usually participate in exceptional initiatives, lacking in formal authority, and needing a different relationship from the usual one with population and central State authorities. It is also significant that where it bas been possible to establish a beginning cooperation with public agencies, as for instance with school authorities in some areas, this was with a structure that was in fact looking for new orientations and methods of operation. The local school authorities that were more sensitive to the reform tendency shown by the higher structures, felt entitled to start a cooperation with external forces appearing to have similar aims and objectives. But even these approaches, because unforeseen by current regulations, were cautious and subject to conditions. Even if today it is possible to make an effort towards greater clarity about defining the problems to be solved and the development strategies needed to solve them, this issue of a dialogue between the different partners is still quite open, in the same terms in which the projects should have faced it. The State is no longer uninterested in starting development initiatives in socio-educational and cultural sectors, and people will be available as long as it will be possible to offer them real opportunities of civic progress provided they are not intended as instruments of diversion, or of passive adjustment to the social processes under way. But if the structures represented by agencies and institutions guided from above, by the traditional rules of the normal public administration, remain intact, even State intervention in this field will not be successful, and will repeat on a larger scale one of the major deficiencies of community development projects.
February 2009, 28th
116 / 653
13
Social economy (non-profit sector, co-operative and mutual organisations): Identity, dynamics and objectives of the observation
Franois BAULARD Managing director, CRESS of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France francois.baulard@cress-fc.org
Abstract Social economy (non profit sector, co-operative and mutual organisations) represents 10% of the economy in France. It is a specific model of company gouvernance. It can considerably contribute to a more sustainable development. But the contribution of this kind of economy strongly depends on its ability to grow on in the social and political dialog, as well as on its ability to back its own development. It mainly consists in the production of a socio-economic information/data that would integrate a wider range of criteria than the classical ones. This information would also be used as a tool to rally for the projects. Keywords Social economy, non profit sector, co-operative and mutual organisations, associations, sustainable development, socio-economic statistics, information/data, company
The objective of this paper is to contribute to a better understanding of the social economy. It is about identifying a specific kind of company management and economic governance that is emerging and which objectives, principles and way of functioning are, at first sight, close to the concepts of territorial governance. The aim is also to point out the need of a new unit of measurement, in order to report on this reality and its impact on the territories. I. Identity and dynamics 1. The basis: definition and criteria Social economy includes co-operatives, mutual organisations, associations, as well as foundations. Solidarity-based economy, considered as one of the most recent form of social economy, is based on initiatives such as local development, reintegration, fight against exclusion (integration through economic activity, solidarity-based finance, fair trade) Companies belonging to the social economy follow four principles: - Freedom of membership. - No individual profit making, the surplus is not redistributed as payment related to a capital contribution. - Democratic management according to the "one person, one vote" principle. - Independence towards public authorities. An expression says that companies run according to the social economy principles are companies, like the others, but they are not like the other companies. Indeed, they are different from the individual companies because of their collective aspect. They are not based on capital but on people. They are different from public companies because they are private.
February 2009, 28th
117 / 653
Social companies can present different kind of organisation and structure. Members can either be individual or corporate bodies, employees, entrepreneurs or people benefiting from the activity. It can either be run by employees or by volunteers. The resources can be commercial or not, private or public. If they are public they can result from orders, public markets or subventions. And in most cases, resources are mixed. Finally, a wide range of fiscal status can be found in social economy. It is a mistake to assimilate this new form of economy with one of its aspects only, as for example when we assimilate it with one sector only. It is not always due to a lack of knowledge; it can also come from the will to understate its reality or to deny its quality of economic actor producing wealth. Its principles gather all the quoted "families" and really define social economy as a mode of conduct or governance of the company and not as a sector. Like in general economy, we can find micro-businesses, small and medium-sized company as well as multinationals in social economy. Even if social economy is more spread among the services, it is not forbidden in any other sectors. Moreover, while it can regroup entrepreneurs or profit-making companies, it also has the ability to structure sectors, like agriculture via cooperation. The complexity due to the links with profit-making companies (nature of the members or possession of subsidiaries, etc.) or the choices made by the members towards the options of activity can lead to questions and induce major debates on the real belonging of a company or another to social economy. In that case, this criterion can be used as a benchmark: the double quality of member and beneficiary of the activity. Another benchmark can be also set up when the company considers its social, economic and environmental environment in the perspective of a sustainable development. 2. The reality: a history, families in every sectors Social economy has a long history. The first (written) elements found in Franche-Comt date from the 13th century, with the first dairy co-operatives: the cheese dairies. It is during the 19th century that the co-operative movement asserted itself and that the mutual organisations emerged. The 20th century was also the one where the associative movement was created and further developed. The first structures promoting integration through economic activity, the solidarity-based funds and fair trade were established during the 1970s and the 1980s. If we consider the number of companies and the number of jobs, the dimensioning of social economy is considerable. Indeed, there are more than two millions employees or an equivalent of 1,8 millions full-time employees in more than 200,000 establishments. This represents almost 10% of the employed population for 10% of the GDP. Moreover, it has an impact on almost the whole population. We therefore group the following elements into families: The individual and familial co-operatives regroup almost 1.2 million members, including 1 million in agriculture and 120,000 in retailing. The housing co-operatives regroup 60,000 members; the consumers co-operatives regroup 2.8 millions people. The production co-operatives regroup 21,000 employees/members. The financial co-operatives (banks) regroup 17.5 millions members. Health and contingency mutual insurances regroup 18 millions members out of 36 millions insured people. One car out of two and two houses out of three are insured by mutual organisations. Associations represent almost 80% of the employment in the social economy. They represent a wide range of activities with almost 20 millions members and 7 to 8 millions voluntary workers. We find them in the fields of education, health, home help, help and centre for disabled, retirement homes, infancy, social action, sport, culture, tourism, environment, training, services for companies, local development as well as in the field of trade and industry. 3. The dynamic: assets and stakes Even if social economy has the possibility to be an economic actor in every different sector, it has specific assets related to its functioning and structuring principles. It therefore has the ability to anchorage companies because its status is an obstacle to outsourcing. Social economy can contribute to the organisation and the support of economic sectors through the financing of the economy and through the support of the creation of new activities via banking activity and solidarity-based financing, especially regarding the importance of the co-operation in the maintaining of small agricultural and commercial companies network. The social economy
February 2009, 28th
118 / 653
has the ability to create activity and jobs where profit-making companies fail (because of the low financing results), especially in rural areas and disadvantaged urban districts. Social economy brings an answer to local needs, takes care of public with difficulties, carries out public policies and shows an important ability for innovation. On the whole, it has an impact on social cohesion. The continuous increase of its activities development and of the employment since 30 years proves the dynamic showed by the social economy. But this reality remains almost invisible, as well as its role in term of employment. This is mainly due to a lack of collective structuring, of cohesion and of feeling of belonging to a specific model, even from the actors of the social economy themselves. However, those stakes of readability, of recognition and of promotion of another economy are starting to be taken by the development of new organisations and by a (partial) public recognition. The social economy had found legal recognition with the establishment of an interministerial delegation in 1981 but the existence of this delegation is being reconsidered. To the first regional cooperation and mutual groupings followed (through free membership) the regional chambers of the social and solidarity-based economy (CRES or CRESS) with their National Council in 2004. Their vocation is the promotion and the development of the social economy. Employers unions issued from social economy are being built up along that. The objective is for them to be recognised and considered in the social dialogue, like other employers unions or movements. II. Stakes of the observation 1. A primary stake: the identification of the social economy existence Since their establishment, the regional chambers of the social and solidarity-based economy (CRES) have to face the lack of statistical information concerning social economy, the basic elements that are needed to understand and to analyse the main impacts in terms of employment and companies. The objective is first to show that social economy really concerns full sections of the economy, before going too far into qualitative aspects, and to prove that social economy is not anecdotal. The before-mentioned data come from the INSEE (National Institute for statistics and economic studies) statistics. After several years of production in the regions, many methodological questions and problems arose. The National Council of the CRES, with the help of some academics and the national direction of the INSEE, therefore started to technically delimit the field of investigation A kit or "INSEE investment" was created out of this work in July 2008; its production of national statistics (France and regions) can be consulted on the INSEE website. It illustrates the beginning of a permanent partnership, supported by the interministerial delegation for innovation, social experimentation and social economy (DIIESES) and the Association of the French Regions (ARF), as well as the progressive setting up of national and regional observatories of the social economy. It is interesting in the way that nationally homogenous statistics are permanently produced, like for the other companies. It also helps becoming aware of the fact that social economy basically covers 10% of the classical economy, before any other comment. We keep in mind that the stake is that social economy takes a place as an actor of the social dialogue and as a partner for the setting up of new public policies. The continuity of the work will allow a more accurate production of information, especially concerning the quality of the employment, the place and role of the different fields, etc. 2. A complementary stake: the promotion of the social economy specificities For all that, social economy should avoid the obstacle of being identified by criteria that would only be partial and that are used to see the economy from one single point of view, according to several authors. Concerning the constituent elements of the identity and dynamic of social economy, there is still a lack of thorough statistical information on elements such as the participation of volunteer workers in the projects, the nature of the members, the contribution made to the beneficiaries of the activity, the analyse of the financing structure of the activities without redistributions of the profits, the question of the resources structuring, the question of the financially supported activities (although it is not specific to social economy), etc. We then come to the notion of indicators used to identify and quantify the creation of wealth.
February 2009, 28th
119 / 653
How can we measure the impact of a non discriminating access to the services (no health questionnaire in the mutual organisations, home help wherever it is, etc) and the costs saved by the community thanks to this solidarity between users. We come close here to the concerns of sustainable development with the notion of social, economic and environmental saved costs. In addition, it is also a production of territorial wealth through citizens mobilisation for collective projects adapted to local needs that tends to diminish the distance between human and social capital. We must find appropriate tools and methods for activities whose objective is not to make profits but is determined by the companys social project. The way of measuring the production of wealth, through the classical financial indicators (GDP and growth) only and without considering the indicators of human development, is to be reconsidered. That is why social economy needs to set up new information and analysing tools that would include factors concerning the company, the sector, as well as the territory. Conclusion The emergence and the development of the social economy bring a different vision of the economy that differs from the prevailing scheme. Social economy can bring a fundamental contribution to sustainable development. But this contribution depends on its ability to establish itself in the social and political dialogue and to support its own development. To that end, it is essential to produce socioeconomic information that takes more various criteria than the classical indicators into account and that integrates the ones issued from territorial and sustainable development. The question of the dissemination of the computer tools as well as their appropriation and legitimization by a larger public remains a complementary stake. Bibliography DEMOUSTIER D., 2003, Lconomie sociale et solidaire, sassocier pour entreprendre autrement, Paris, La Dcouverte. DEMOUSTIER D., 2005, Economie sociale et dveloppement local, Paris, lHarmattan. DRAPERI J.-Fr., 2007, Comprendre lconomie sociale, fondements et enjeux, Paris, Dunod. JEANTET Th., 2008, Lconomie sociale, une alternative au capitalisme, Paris, Economica. VIVERET P., 2003, Reconsidrer la richesse, La Tour dAigues, Editions de lAube.
February 2009, 28th
120 / 653
14
Gironas permanent immigration observatory (territorial views and partnership dynamisation)
utale BENABID ACCEM, Girona, Spain catalunya@accem.es
Abstract: Description of the territory and population of Girona and Salt. The importance of the creation of the Permanent Observatory of Immigration for the realisation of a study on the population of Girona and Salt, as well as the creation and development of the territorial partnership. The article also reflects the impact of the joint action of different actors in the urban area of Girona. Keywords: Territory, Girona, Salt, Population, Observatory, Partnership, Workshops. I. Territorial context from Gironas county Gironas county is situated in the North East part of the autonomous region of Catalonia (part of the Spanish State). The Southern part bordering Barcelonas county, the Western one bordering Lleidas county and to the North bordering with the Principality of Andorra and with France. On the East we find the Mediterranean Sea. 1. Historical description and urban reality of Girona The annexations of a group of municipalities to the city of Girona had been created in two stages: - The first one in 1963 where the municipalities of Sant Daniel, Palau-Sacosta and Santa Eugnia have been joined. - The second one in 1974 took together the municipalities of Salt, Sarri de Ter, a part of Sant Gregori and Celr. In 1983 Salt and Sarri de Ter , after many claims reached their independence from the rest of Girona city. Nowadays Girona comprises the ancient municipalities of Girona, Santa Eugnia de Ter neighbourhood, and a part of the municipality of the villages of Celr and Sant Gregori. The municipalities of Salt and Sarri de Ter are not to be identified with the city of Girona as they obtained their own independence from Girona. The result of all said is a territory with a well-defined character, organised from the Administration around the city of Girona, that uses its equipments of the municipalities located in the surrounding area, and offers the possibility of creating a space for the different localizations and urban functions. Inside this territory we share services with the rest
February 2009, 28th
121 / 653
2. Current territorial context of Girona Gironas urban sector is made up by the municipalities of Girona, Salt and Sarri de Ter. The perimeter of this urban sector has an extension of 49.9 km2 (Girona has 38.7 km2, Salt 6.6 km2 and Sarri de Ter has 4.6 km). Gironas urban sector is a physically united space, economically integrated that forms part of an employment market in which is remarkable its high internal mobility. This mobility obligated by work reasons situates the city of Girona as an attracting point about work places. The urban centre of Girona has 118,078 inhabitants where the 73% live in Girona, 23% live in Salt and the rest 4% reside in Sarri de Ter. Here we have to point out that the city of Salt not being among the most populated area, is the one with the major density: 4121.4 inhab/km2. The existence of foreigner population in the urban sector is about the highest one in Spain , with a present index of 13.5% in Girona and 16.4% of the whole population, below the average of Catalonia (11.4% between 2000 and 2005 for example, the immigrated population in Girona went from 8.2% to 13.5%. Special mention to the municipality of Salt in which the growing of its migrating population went from 6.1% in the year 2000 to 37.55% in 2007, without counting with around 1,500 to 2,000 non registered in Salt. The total population will be 29,351 where 37.55% are foreigners (Salt town census in the 31st May 2007). On the other hand the employment of foreigners in the urban sector was in the former year 2005 of 23% on the total of the employment lists made. By areas the contracts made by foreigners represented the 68.3% of all the contracts made within the primary sector (first sector of production), 18.5% in the industry, 47% in the building area and 19.2% in services. Relating to those data, according to with the different studies, investigations and queries together with information from the social agents that work in the immigration context, nearly 50% of the unemployed migrant population is not registered. We have to note that the majority of this migrant population in Girona and in Salt is formed by foreigners from Africa. A group that represents the 8.5% being the second main group followed by the Latin American with a 3.1%. Regarding the economical tissue, most of the companies are PYMES (firms with strong character local and family ones, made up by micro firms that play a decisive role). Within this economical tissue, it coexists a model of traditional shops with the model of the large shopping centres. By production sectors is remarkable the services sector which attracts the 85% of the workers from the area. The industry, in recent years had a lack of importance comparing to the rest of sectors. The industry sector comprises the 7% of the workers compared to the main sector in 2007 that was the building one and has now 17% of the active population where nearly half of it is foreigner population. Considering the first sector, the decreasing continuous in a testimonial role in the 1% economy of the area. It is also necessary to underline that the productive structure of the city has particularities. The own municipality of Girona is specialising in the service sector while in the rest of the urban area is the industry that has a major importance (this circumstance is due to the replacement process of the industrial production that started in the 80s). II. The permanent Immigration Observatory of Girona (OPIG) The articulation of a permanent immigration observatory in Girona became a need from the fact that the decisions within the frame of social and economical politics must be founded on the deep and dynamic knowledge of the social reality and the economical surroundings. So the knowledge of the territory is necessary to confirm and to verify the viability of this and of the proposals made: programmes and projects of social intervention, and also for its adaptation to the groups to which those are addressed. In this context was born the need to create a structure as this of the cooperative observation and participative evaluation device (between all the social and institutional actors from the territory). This structure will allow the reality observation and analysis in a scientific way as well as the setting up of intervention strategies. Always in accordance with the social problems and needs in where the immigrating population is immersed. One of the difficulties that this process has to face is the scattering of the information, that in many cases does exist but that is not easily reached. So it would be useful to count with: data, information and indicators well interrelated and ready to use in the precise moment of making a previous analysis before to undertake action.
February 2009, 28th
122 / 653
Diane group from the immigrant permanent observatory in Girona is constituted by the immigrated population that lives in the city of Girona and Salt that is been given to the different organizations that constitute the operational partnership in Girona and Salt. The implementation and creation of OPIG comes from the clear and defined premises mentioned up here. III. The OPIGs introduction and the partnership development During 2006 we established some contacts with the European initiative members (2006) and made a partnership. To do so we identified the EQUAL.ADAUG members. Once the resource was established we presented the contents and methods to the AD plenary meeting. From 2007 we established contacts with the institutional referents from agents participating in the European initiative and we have different engagements on population grounds on which each agent works (2007). We also established an agreement of further participation with the agents working on a transversal way with immigration that relate to the economical area of the University of Girona. In December 2007 the results were presented within the frame of the Day of the Immigrated. The diagnosis made is been conceptualized as a pre enquiry that can reinforce certain elements from the observatory and that brought information for the future setting of workshops divided in different work sectors. Some of the most significant information that define the profile from the group object of analysis that were shown in December 2007 were: Mainly males groups (67%) 26% of the interviewees were between 25 and 29 years old The interviewees come mainly from Morocco (62%), from black Africa (22%) and from South American countries (12%) 51% is unemployed Most of the people are distributed in the three activity sectors: 28% has experience in building, 28% in the tourism sector and 26% in agriculture. Nowadays we reinforced and made formal the OPIGs coordination process related to quality control, technicians formation, the handling of data base, the diagnosis, the cartographic representation and the workshops. From 2008 the OPIG extended its territory of analysis to Girona and Salt. In 2008 this Observatory approached the socio cultural reality of the whole Catalan territory. The tools used in this method being adapted to the given data. The PRAGMA computers programme is used to analyse, diagnose and to evaluate data. This programme and the interviews handbook (that could be also in paper version for interviews that later on are registered in the computer) have been translated to Catalan. At present the partnerships of the observation device are setting up the future working lines to analyse the reality of young immigrated people in Salt and in Girona. The target of this study is to give an answer to the difficulties and needs of this group through the intake of data and its posterior analysis. 1. Structure of the OPIGs net The local observation group is composed by a range of organisations that conform an heterogeneous group. The OPIGs partnerships are: - Accem: Organisation that works with immigrants and refugees within the Spanish State frame. Is the promoter of the OPIG (Permanent Immigration Observatory in Girona). - Age: Gironas Association of Entrepreneurs, promotes the womans business development in her condition of businesswoman and professional. - Chamber of Commerce, Industry and navigation of Girona: represents and promotes the defence of the general interests that generates the trade, the industry and the navigation in its delimitation. - Crites Girona: It offers support to people willing to overcome their poverty and marginality state where they live. - CC.OO. Girona: Is a stable organisation next to the workers which are united on their own will to defend their interest from a point of view that includes the working and the social aspect. - Creu Roja Girona: The Red Cross offers its services to the most vulnerable. - Town Council of Girona (work and formation): The device called DIE promotes the concentration of social and economical agents and offers a special attention to the unemployed people.
February 2009, 28th
123 / 653
- FOEG Girona: It represents 14,000 companies from the Girons area. Its main goal is to represent all its members (companies, union trades, etc.) in front of all the government organs. It also offers them all the assistance and advice corresponding to its demands and needs. - DRISSA Girona: To get better live conditions to mentally ill people. - Ramn Noguera Girona Foundation: It works for the insertion of physically disabled people and for children with development troubles. - PIMEC Girona: Employers Association (medium and small companies) whose goal is to represent them and to defend its interests. - MIFAS: Offers support to people affected by physical disabilities to give an answer to their difficulties. - UGT Girona: Trade union gives advice on working issues. - University of Girona: Its department of cooperation gives support to the PRAGMA programme. - Consortium of linguistic restoring: Created by many Catalan public administrations to procure the knowledge and the divulgation of Catalan language among the foreigners. - Catalan Government Local office of Education: Public Administration appertaining to the Generalitat of Catalonia with its specific jurisdictions in education. - Adults School of Girona and Salt: Centres Baked by the Catalan Administration that offer the possibility to adults to acquire, improve and perfectionate its abilities. 2. OPIG Workshops The creation of three working groups allows to know the immigrated population reality in depth and also to be able to concentrate in the aspects that the observation group considers a priority. Through those aspects we can plan joined actions both on the territory or on an specific workshop: a. Young Immigrants Workshop Concerning to the in taking of information about the working situation, formation of youth in Salt and Girona and the participation of young people from 16 to 25 years old in the associative net (activities, associations, etc) from the territorial activity (see the Attached 1. questionnaire). b. Literacy and Language Workshop This workshop focuses on the prospecting of the immigrant populations from Girona and Salt learning needs, analysing the recent newcomers profiles. This recent arrived people are connected to resources existing to accomplish with their level of needs in literacy and learning of the vehicular language. That is why we join in, for instance, two cities or villages and we propose to create new nets. c. Housing Workshop This workshop is an axis of transversal activity. We pretend to take action on the accommodation conditions that goes through the working group. 3. OPIGs Action and Activity a. Young Immigrants workshop We have been following an evaluation of the local youth plans. On the other hand we have made a query to be able to make up the studies on young people from Girona and Salt. b. Literacy and Language Learning Workshop We elaborated a proposal for 5 students on practice in the Pedagogy Department in the University of Girona and the UNED (Distant University courses) as well as for the University of Girona Professors. It is been accorded a collaboration with the Adult Schools from Girona and Salt and the CNL (Consortium of Linguistic Restoring), the University of Girona and the Local Education Office from Gironas County. c. Housing Workshop We elaborated a handbook about the accommodation. This talking document will be translated to different languages. We are now working on the edition of an informative CD about the rights and
February 2009, 28th
124 / 653
owes of people renting a room. The CD will be translated to many languages to make it accessible to as much people as possible. Ii is been accorded to have the collaboration of a professional specialised in the purchase and renting of accommodation to supervise the elaboration of this material. Figure 1: Board on Foreigner Residents in Girona County in 2008, by nationality and continent
European Union Outside European Union Maghreb Black Africa Centre America North America South America Asia Oceania Stateless persons Totals 45.515 8.944 36.663 14.028 8.270 361 26.521 7.860 45 23 148.230
Source: I.N.S National Institute of Statistics. Provisional data by January the first.
Bibliography BATALL I TREMOLEDA, D., 1985, Consideracions prvies a lorganitzaci territorial de la ciutat de Girona en districtes . Documents dAnlisis geogrgrfica n 7, pp.: 12-13. CHAMPOLLION P., 2006, Territory and territorialization: present stat of the CAENTI thougth, International conference pof territorial intelligence Alba Iulia 2006, Vol.II. pp.: 51-58. MAHIA CORDERO F. J., 2006, Accem experience in the implementtation of a territorial managment system of social and professional skills since immigrant labour insertion and social integration processes in Spain International conference pof territorial intelligence Alba Iulia 2006, Vol.II. pp.: 137-144. MIEDES UGARTE B., 2006, Analysis of the aplication of the governance principales of sustainable development to territorial research-action International conference pof territorial intelligence Alba Iulia 2006, Vol.II. pp.: 69. VV. A., 2007, El comer a lrea urbana de Girona, Salt i Sarri de Ter i les seves conseqencies en el Mercat laboral. Ed. Cambra de comer de Girona.
February 2009, 28th
125 / 653
February 2009, 28th
126 / 653
15
Private life protection, intellectual rights protection and tools dissemination
Amlie BICHET-MINARO Manager and Innovation and Dissemination Manager of the caENTI project University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France amelie.bichet@mshe.univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: This article aims at presenting the work performed by the caENTI Innovation and Dissemination Manager at the beginning of the project third reporting period. Indeed, the first part of the article presents the reflections we led about the most efficient way to protect individual data whilst creating, managing and analysing data bases in a research-action prospect. In a second part, we explain our suggestions regarding the most appropriate way to protect the caENTI intellectual creations, on the one hand the data bases and on the other hand all the other documents the consortium has designed for more than two years. Lastly, we briefly describe the tools the caENTI consortium has created and implemented to disseminate the results of its activities. Keywords: Data-bases, personal data, software, licence, dissemination.
During the year 2008, the caENTI Innovation and Dissemination Manager mainly worked on two dimensions of this issue: on the one hand, the protection of private life while creating and working on data bases including personal data, and on the other hand the protection of the intellectual creations designed by the caENTI consortium, and especially of software and data bases. I. The protection of private life whilst creating and managing data bases Regarding the protection of private life while creating and working on data bases that include individual data, we paid much attention to the evolution of the European and national legal frameworks on this issue. This study showed there have been three main chronological steps in this legal evolution at the European scale. First of all, the French law n 78-17 voted in 1978 and called Data processing and liberties law (Informatique et Liberts in French) is one of the very first laws adopted in this field at the world level. As the European earliest and more complete text regarding this issue, this law n 78-17 became the main reference of the fundamental European text on this subject that was voted in 1995. The latter corresponds to the second step of the European legal frameworks evolution on the relations between protection of private life and work with data bases. Indeed, the directive 95/46/EC concerning personal data protection and free movement of such data, voted on October, 24th 1995, is presently the fundamental European text. It aims at harmonizing the European legislations about protection of data, private life and individual liberties. At the time of transposing this voted directive, many countries belonging to the European Union modified their internal legislation, in order it respect the directive content. To study this third step of the European legal frameworks evolution regarding private life protection, we drafted a table of the present legislation in each of the European country where there is at least one caENTI member, and we got the following result.
February 2009, 28th
127 / 653
Amlie Bichet-Minaro
State Belgium
Laws in force Transposition law of the directive 95/46/EC: December, 11th 1998 Additional dispositions in a law of February, 26th 2003 Transposition law of the directive 95/46/EC: August, 6th 2004 (law n 2004-801) Law of November, 17th 1992 about protection of personal data
Control authority Commission of private life protection
France Hungary Italy
French National Commission Data Processing and Liberties (CNIL) Parliamentary Commissioner for data protection and freedom of information
Transposition law of the directive 95/46/EC: Responsible for Data protection laws n 675 and 676 of December, 31st 1996 about protection of personal data A new code of data protection became valid on January, 1st 2004 Transposition law of the European Union acquis (represented by the directive 95/46/EC): law n 677-2001 about people's protection vis--vis the processing of personal data Creation of the control authority by the law n 102-2005 Law of July, 23rd 1999 about protection of personal data Transposition law of the directive 95/46/EC: Organic law of December, 13th 1999 (n 15/1999) that became valid on January, 14th 2000 National Control Authority of the processing of personal data
Romania
Slovenia Spain
Information Commissioner Agency for the data protection
After having focused on the chronology of the personal data protection texts in Europe, we started studying in detail three dimensions of this issue on the one hand at the European level, and on the other hand in each of the caENTI country. We chose these dimensions because they seemed especially important in the context of the caENTI activities and consequently we wanted to make sure our procedures of data processing respect them. They are firstly the user's access to the data that concern him/her, secondly the access of other people to the user's personal data. These other people especially refer to social workers, in particular specialized educators and caseworkers, who intervene with the user. The third dimension we decided to emphasize is the authorised way of using personal data in order to make scientific surveys and needs evaluation. Concerning the user's access to the data that concern him/her at the European level, the main principles about the protection of personal data and free movement of such data were defined by the directive n 95/46/EC of October, 24th 1995. These key-elements consist in giving access to the user to all the information that concern him/her and imposing to the organization that gathers and processes personal data to explain the planned use of these gathered data to the user. Nevertheless, this legal text does not specify the way this right can be concretely implemented. Indeed, it does not indicate if the user can be accompanied whilst consulting the gathered data, and in this case by which kind of people (family members, lawyers,...). These precisions should be given by each of the European countries legislation, that should not only be adapted so as to respect the European directives but also specify the way people can concretely enjoy the rights created by the European right. The obligation to transpose directives in national legislations and to vote national legal texts that respect European right is based on the recognized and accepted superiority of European right on national European ones. We are also presently studying the access of other people than the user (in particular social workers and medical staff) to his/her personal data and preparing a synthesis of this issue state, firstly at the European caENTI members level and then at the international level. On this point, we already noticed there are sharp differences from a European country to another one. Indeed, this access possibility depends on many factors, and firstly on each European Union member legislation philosophy (Welfare State versus neo-liberalism). This possibility also depends on the kinds of people who intervene with the user. They can belong to a broad spectrum, from the social workers working in the public sector to the voluntaries involved in non-governmental organizations. The access to users' personal data also varies according to the professional sector, either medical or social. Lastly, the kind of organization in which the user is received (that can be for example an hospital, a public social service devoted to help unemployed people to find a job, a non-governmental organization helping handicapped people to develop their relationships with able-bodied people or a non-
February 2009, 28th
128 / 653
governmental organization helping immigrants to integrate in the society of the country where they settle) also influences the possibility for the staff members to have access to the users' personal data. As far as the respect of personal data confidentiality when they are used to meet survey and evaluation needs is concerned, two main options are presented in the directive n 95/46/EC. Under the terms of this legal text, the organization that needs personal data to make a diagnosis or an evaluation can apply for a preliminary authorization by its national control authority. The dossier must be submitted before starting the processing when the latter is or can be considered as able to generate risks of people's rights and liberties violation. The European Union determined this general principle and gave to the European States the competence to precisely define what a processing generating risks of people's rights and liberties violation is. The second option consists in the possibility for the organization which needs to use personal data within its activity framework, to make a simplified declaration. This option can be chosen when the processing the organization should make is not considered as representing any risk of people's rights and liberties violation. In this case, it is even sometimes possible to be exempted from legal steps, when the national control authority regards the processing as particularly innocuous. II. The protection of intellectual creations 1. The protection of free software Regarding the software that were already created by some members of the caENTI consortium, we wondered how to protect them from undesired use, whilst giving access to them to a broad users' community. To do so, we thought about applying the free software regime to them. Indeed, this regime allows the users to run, distribute, study, change and improve the software. Among the free software, we should distinguish on the one hand, the open source ones which use conditions are quite restrictive and on the other hand, the shareware and freeware which execution is free and which logic is generally commercial. Consequently, the source codes of the latter are not accessible. One of the main free software common points is the fact they emphasize their authors' will to limit -but not abandon, it is a capital point- their prerogatives in a collaborative prospect. As the number of free software has increased much during the latest years, many licenses were created to meet the specific legal needs of their different categories. As Innovation and Dissemination Manager, we had to suggest to the consortium the adoption of the free software license most appropriate to the caENTI needs, in particular at the software dissemination time. In this prospect, we first listed the indispensable characteristics we wanted to find in the license we will adopt to protect the free software the caENTI designs. We considered the adopted license had to allow diffusing the created software in order that a worldwide users' community could take advantage of them, had to forbid any commercial use of the software, had to impose a diffusion with a sources quotation (as on the Philcarto website) and had to apply diffusion norms compatible with the European right. After having drafted this list, we looked for licenses respecting at least most of its criteria and we found two: the CeCILL license and the EUPL one. As regards the CeCILL license, its main advantages are its compatibility with many important elements of the law and data-processing fields. Indeed, this license is compatible with the European legal terminology, with the French law which is much more protective for the authors than the common law regime and with many free software licenses. It is in particular compatible with the GNU-GPL one, which is the free software license most used in the world. Besides, the CeCILL license imposes to quote the sources of the disseminated documents, it is quite easy to adapt to the needs and use context of a free software and it is very complete. Nevertheless, the CeCILL license has two main disadvantages. Indeed, it is sometimes incompatible with the European right and it is especially designed for the free software, what means that it imposes to communicate the source codes and it allows a commercial use of the software. Moreover, the CeCILL license is only available in French and English. Concerning the EUPL license, its main advantage is its global compatibility with the European orientations and law. Indeed, it is officially developed and approved by the European Commission, it is completely complying with the European right and it is translated and valid in all the languages of the European Union countries. In addition, it also takes into account the national laws of the European Union countries. Regarding the data-processing field, it is compatible with most of the significant free software licenses. Lastly, it is very easy to use and it imposes to quote the sources when a document is disseminated. The disadvantages of this license are quite similar to the CeCILL license ones. Indeed,
February 2009, 28th
129 / 653
Amlie Bichet-Minaro
both are especially designed for the free software, what means it is possible to make a commercial use of the software and it is imperative to communicate the source codes. After having made this study about the protection by licenses of the free software caENTI designs, we made some suggestions to the caENTI representatives. As their reactions were fairly positive, we asked the Steering Committee members to validate them during its meeting that took place during the conference of Territorial Intelligence of Besanon on October, 15th 2008. Our propositions included two main points. Firstly, we suggested adopting the EUPL license for the free software that precisely correspond to this definition. The concerned software are those that aim at making collaborative improvements, that are based on the idea to communicate the sources and that are designed to allow using them in a commercial prospect. Then, for the software we want to better protect, we suggest drafting a specific license inspired by the EUPL principles but in which we would make fundamental adaptations according to the caENTI project specific needs. Thus, in the created license, we could forbid the software commercial use and foresee several protection degrees regarding the source codes communication we would like to make (from the choice to oblige ourselves communicating them to the total prohibition of communication). 2. The protection of other intellectual creations We also focused our attention on the way to protect the other caENTI intellectual creations. To do it, we studied the different existing licenses that have this objective. It quickly appeared that the most efficient one is Creative commons. Indeed, it can be used for almost all the intellectual creations except for software, and in particular for the ones we produce much: scientific articles, maps and data bases. As a consequence, I consider Creative commons fairly corresponds to the caENTI present needs. Besides, it was though adopting the philosophy to share knowledge within the scientific community. At the same time, this license allows the rights' holder indicating to his/her audience or partners, the use conditions of his/her creations he/she authorizes, and it allows him/her choosing the law to be applied to the dissemination contract. Vis--vis the caENTI needs, the Creative commons license has not only the advantage to protect many kinds of creations, but also to be complying with the international private law and to be available in many associated countries. We should specify that among them there are all the countries members of the caENTI. Besides, the Creative commons license is translated into all the caENTI languages. It is a very adaptable license, which is very easy to implement and use. Lastly, the Creative commons license has recently received positive echoes in case laws, for example in Spain in February 2006. However, this license has two disadvantages as regards the caENTI consortium needs. Indeed, we noticed the absence of an international harmonised version of the license. Nevertheless, the most serious problem is this license only allows protecting the conditioning of the intellectual creation. It does not allow an intellectual creation's author protecting the concept he/she designed and on which is based the creation. However, when we made the balance of the advantages and disadvantages of this license, we concluded it is rather well-adapted to the caENTI needs in terms of scientific articles, data bases and maps protection. Consequently, during the Steering Committee organised on October, 15th 2008, on the first day of the international conference of Territorial Intelligence of Besanon, we presented this license and asked the meeting participants to validate its use to protect most of the caENTI intellectual creations. Convinced of this license qualities, they unanimously declared themselves in favour of the adoption of the Creative Commons solution. III. The dissemination tools of the caENTI activities and results Since the launching of the caENTI project on March, the 1st 2006, the consortium has used two main instruments to communicate on its activities and disseminate their results towards a wide audience, and also to jointly work on coordinated research-action activities in a remote way. The first of these instruments is the Internet portal, which is a public dissemination tool. Its first version was implemented at the very beginning of the Coordination Action and the second improved one was presented during the international conference of Territorial Intelligence of Huelva in October 2007. This second version of the portal focuses on territorial intelligence, and not only on the caENTI project anymore. This portal has presently a satellite website, called Catalyse community, that allows downloading documentation on the Catalyse method and tools, for example pragma and anaconda. This website design results from our strategy to add to the caENTI main portal satellites concerning specific thematics, such as the Catalyse toolkit and the international conferences, as we will explain it below. The second dissemination instrument of the caENTI project is CooSpace, which is a coope-
February 2009, 28th
130 / 653
rative workspace opened to all the caENTI members and also to the associated researchers. Its main characteristic is to be quite similar to a virtual laboratory. In addition to these two instruments that have existed since the very beginning of the caENTI project and that have a daily functioning, we should also present other three important communication instruments that were designed, or at least implemented, in the course of the caENTI project. The first of them is the international annual conferences of territorial intelligence. The first one was organised in Alba Iulia (Romania) in September 2006, the second one in Huelva (Spain) in October 2007 and the third one in Besanon (France) in October 2008. The target of these annual events that gathered members of the caENTI project and other researchers and actors interested by the territorial intelligence problematics was to favour regular communication and exchange among the caENTI community and with people working on connate issues. Each year, we improved the conference communication cover so as to online attract a broader audience than the consortium members. Thus, during the conference of Huelva we implemented a blog website and during the conference of Besanon we put on it live videos of some special moments, for example the presentation of the territorial intelligence network prospects by Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT and the invited conferences. As regards the International Journal of Territorial Intelligence, its first issue should be edited in the next weeks following the international conference of Territorial Intelligence of Besanon. This journal aims at disseminating the best works performed in the territorial intelligence field at the world scale, not only by members of the caENTI network but also by all the researchers and actors working about these issues. The caENTI network is also creating an international master of territorial intelligence with an Erasmus Mundus certification. This project, led by the universities of France-Comt, Huelva, Liege, Pecs, Alba Iulia and Salerno, received the requested national approvals in 2008. Consequently, it will be implemented in these six universities for the first time during the academic year 2009-2010.
February 2009, 28th
131 / 653
February 2009, 28th
132 / 653
16
Sustainable development assessment tools dedicated to territorial collectivities: GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division expertise
Amlie BONARD GDF SUEZ, Research and Innovation Division, Paris, France amelie.bonard@gdfsuez.com Amlie LAFRAGETTE GDF SUEZ, Research and Innovation Division, Paris, France amelie.lafragette@gdfsuez.com milie DRIDI-DASTREVIGNE GDF SUEZ, Research and Innovation Division, Paris, France emilie.dridi-dastrevigne@gdfsuez.com
Abstract: This paper presents in a first part GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division works on different sustainable development assessment tools (especially Material and Energy Flow Analysis (MEFA), Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), Carbon Balance and Ecological Footprint). The following part is focused on a Material and Energy Flow Analysis Project on the scale of a city: the example of Lille. Keywords: Sustainable development, assessment tools, material and energy flow analysis, territorial ecology.
I. GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Expertise on sustainable development assessment tools GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division has been working on different sustainable development assessment tools for many years, especially Material and Energy Flow Analysis (MEFA), Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), Carbon Balance and Ecological Footprint. Its role is first to identify and analyse the most interesting tools which are available, second to qualify them and to contribute to the development of innovative methods. Its aim is to evaluate and improve GDF SUEZ systems (energy generation, transport, supply) as well as its customers systems (industrial corporations). It is also an opportunity for GDF SUEZ to support local authorities in their sustainable development projects. 1. Life Cycle Assessment: a very comprehensive tool, taking into account the environmental impacts as a whole Life cycle assessment is a tool to assess the potential environmental impacts (greenhouse effect, acidification, resource depletion) of products systems or services at all stages in their life cycle, from extraction of resources, through the production and use of the product, to reuse, recycling or final disposal. The procedures of life cycle assessment are part of the ISO 14000 environmental management standards: in ISO 14040:2006 and 14044:2006. This tool is usually applied to products or services but can also be adapted to territorial collectivities, in order to assess the impact of buildings or city districts (Popovici, 2006). GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division is involved in various LCA projects such as the assessment of renewable energies (biogas) (Wenisch et al., 2007) and buildings. GDF SUEZ Research
February 2009, 28th
133 / 653
and Innovation Division is also involved in the life cycle assessment for the whole European gas chain (GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division is leading a working group on life cycle assessment for Marcogaz, the Technical Association of the European Natural Gas Industry). 2. Material and Energy Flow Analysis: an innovative tool dedicated to territorial or industrial ecology projects Material and Energy Flow Analysis is a tool to count the flows that enter or get out of a territory (defined by its boundary) by type of activities (industry, transport, service, household) and by type of flows (energy, water, building materials, plastics, metals, textile, paper and board, wood and foodstuffs). This is a useful tool for territorial or industrial ecology projects aiming at optimizing resource use and resource efficiency at a local level. GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division recent work is for example the development of an innovative Material and Energy Flow Analysis tool on the scale of a city, tested on Lille City (see part II below). GDF SUEZ is also involved in industrial ecology projects through its participation to ECOPAL association (the first association dedicated to industrial ecology in France) and DK6 power plant in Dunkirk (a power plant that burns steelworks gases with natural gas). 3. Ecological footprint: a tool dedicated to population awareness Ecological footprint analysis is a measure of human demand on the Earths ecosystems and natural resources. It compares human consumption of natural resources (ecological footprint) with planet Earths ecological capacity to regenerate them (biocapacity). Using this assessment, it is possible to estimate how many planet Earths it would take to support humanity if everybody lived a given lifestyle. Figure 1 below compares ecological footprint with total biocapacity. As an example, GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division calculated last year the ecological footprint of a tertiary building in the suburb of Paris. Figure 1: Ecological footprint compared to total biocapacity
Source: Wackernagel et al., 2002.
4. Carbon Balance: a focus on greenhouse gases Carbon balance (Bilan Carbone ) is a tool proposed by ADEME (the French Environment and Energy Management Agency) in 2002-2003. This tool aims at giving an estimate for any greenhouse gas emission linked to a given activity whether these emissions physically happen within the boundaries of the activity or not. Results are expressed in ton of carbon equivalent. Two different versions exist: a version dedicated to industrial or office activities (2003-2004) and a newer version dedicated to
February 2009, 28th
134 / 653
local authorities (2007). GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division uses more particularly Bilan Carbone emission factors in its MEFA projects. II. Material energy flow analysis project on the scale of a city: the example of Lille city 1. Strong expectations on local authorities to include sustainable development into their policies Sustainable development awareness of local authorities is increasing. New environmental projects are launched everyday (local Agenda 21, sustainable city districts, industrial ecology initiatives, renewable energy projects, territorial climate plans), contributing to an obvious need for sustainable development assessment tools. 2. An innovative project designed for Lille City, requiring methodological developments GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division, in partnership with Lille City and Auxilia Association, decided to initiate an ambitious territorial ecology project based on a Material and Energy Flow Analysis (MEFA). This R&D project (June 2005-December 2007) was launched thanks to the strong political support from Lille City and the involvement of key actors such as the Regional Authority (Rgion Nord-Pas-de-Calais), the French Agency for Environment and Energy Management (ADEME) and the Water Agency Artois Picardie. The objectives of the project were to count the flows that enter or get out of Lille City and two smaller cities associated to Lille (Lomme and Hellemmes), to optimize resource use and resource efficiency at a local level and to involve local stakeholders (local chambers, urban development agencies, businesses, associations). Figure 2: Studied territory: Cities of Lille, Lomme and Hellemmes (35 km2 and 226 800 inhabitants)
Source: Ville de Lille, 12 mars 2008.
3. EUROSTAT: a European reference methodology for MEFA, that had to be adapted to local level The reference methodology selected for the Lille MEFA project is proposed by EUROSTAT (Statistical Office of the European Communities) in its methodological guide published in 2001 (EUROSTAT, 2001). This guide offers methodological guidance and practical suggestions to establish national material flow account (MFA) and material balances. This methodology (presented in figure 3
February 2009, 28th
135 / 653
below) is quite simple (only four types of inputs and outputs are considered) and can be adapted depending on the context. As the methodology proposed by EUROSTAT is dedicated to national levels, the research team proposed an adaptation to the local level. A simplified methodology adapted to Lille City was developed that could be in the future transposed onto other territories. Such tools for data collection and analysis have undergone very little development at the local level. This is mainly true in France, where these initiatives are marginal and pioneering. There is only one another project of this type in France at the moment: a project conducted on the Ile-de-France region by the French University Paris 8 (Barles, 2007). Figure 3: Economy-wide material balance
Source: EUROSTAT, 2001.
4. Main results: MEFA for nine type of flows gives the picture of the consumption dependence of Lille City The flows included in this study are: energy, water, building materials, plastics, metals, textile, paper and board, wood and foodstuffs. As an example, the figure 4 below presents the energy balance scheme of Lille City for the year 2005. Energy flows considered are: fossil fuels (natural gas, oil and coal), renewable energies (biomass, solar power) and electricity (energy carrier). The energy balance scheme for Lille City shows an energy consumption (sum of imports and recycling) of 524 ktoe 1. It represents a consumption of 2.3 toe per inhabitant, slightly low compared to the French average: 2.6 toe (Observatoire de lnergie, 2006). The results highlight a very small proportion of energy produced by the city (less than 4%). Most of this is produced by energy recovery from waste incineration or electricity production by cogeneration power plants fuelled with natural gas. The outputs considered in this energy balance scheme are air emissions (NOx, SO2, CO, VOC, dust), waste and greenhouse gases. The latter has been quantified using emission factors proposed by the French Agency for Environment and Energy Management in its Bilan Carbone methodology (ADEME, 2006). Recommendations for future energy projects focus on increasing local energy generation (energy recovery from waste incineration, electricity production by CHP plants (fuelled with natural gas or wood), district heating and renewable energy) and energy savings (reducing transport).
1.
Toe: ton of oil equivalent.
February 2009, 28th
136 / 653
Figure 4: Energy balance scheme, year 2005 (EUROSTAT representation)
Source: EUROSTAT.
5. Recommendations to optimize resources consumption oriented Lille City for future projects Results of this work support Lille City in managing the territory resources on a better way and in implementing its sustainable development policy. Examples of projects are the creation of new fields of recycling wastes (textile as an insulating material) and improvement of recycling building materials by encouraging a building demolition policy. 6. Lessons for future sustainability assessment projects with local authorities Key success factors of this project are the strong political support of Lille City and the involvement of local stakeholders (local chambers, urban development agencies, businesses, associations) as well as flow data collection: the research team met difficulties in obtaining accurate flow mass balances in some cases (foodstuffs, paper and board). Conclusion GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division expertise on sustainable development assessment tools is an opportunity for the recently created Group GDF SUEZ to support local authorities in their sustainable development projects. GDF SUEZ Research and Innovation Division future works will contribute to develop new hybrid tools dedicated to different types of territory (cities, regions, city districts, industrial or business park) that could combine the advantages of the existing tools, especially MEFA, ecological footprint and carbon balance, and also the advantages of new LCA tools dedicated to buildings and city districts which are under development at the moment. Bibliography ADEME (Agence de l'Environnement et de la Matrise de l'nergie), 2006, Bilan Carbone Calcul des facteurs dmissions et sources bibliographiques utilises, ADEME report.
February 2009, 28th
137 / 653
BARLES S., 2007, A material flow analysis of Paris and its Region, Renewables in a Changing Climate Innovation in the Built Environment, proceedings of the International Conference CISBAT, Lausanne, 4th-5th sept. 2007, p. 582. EUROSTAT, 2001, Economy-wide material flow accounts and derived indicators, a methodological guide, Luxembourg, Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. OBSERVATOIRE DE LNERGIE, 2006, Bilan nergtique de lanne 2005 en France, Report of the French Ministry of Economy, Industry and employment. POPOVICI E., 2006, Contribution lanalyse de cycle de vie des quartiers, thse de doctorat, Paris, cole des Mines. WACKERNAGEL M., SCHULZ N., DEUMLING D., CALLEJAS LINARES A., JENKINS M., KAPOS V., MONFREDA C., LOH J., MYERS N., NORGAARD R. and RANDERS J., 2002, Tracking the ecological overshoot of the human economy, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science vol. 99, n 14, p. 9266 9271. WENISCH S., MONIER E., 2007, Life Cycle Assessment of different uses of biogas from anaerobic digestion of separately collected biodegradable waste in France, ADEME report.
February 2009, 28th
138 / 653
17
New pays (little countries) as local level of the process of Territorial Intelligence in France. Comparative study of the Pays Basque and the Couserans
Christian BOURRET Senior lecturer in information and communication sciences, University of Paris Est, Marne-la-Valle, France bourret@univ-mlv.fr Eguzki URTEAGA Professor in Sociology, University of Pas Vasco, Vitoria, Spain eguzki.urteaga@ehu.es
Abstract: The laws of 1995 and 1999 on planning and development of territory, extended in 2003, allowed the assertion of the pays (local countries) which constitute territories having a geographical, cultural, economic and social cohesion carrying joint projects (territories of projects). They met certain success. On January 1st, 2007 France counted 334 recognized pays. The pays are in the heart of the policies of sustainable development of the territory. However, this common denomination hides realities very different, so much on the level of the political situations, cultural, economic and social and on the level of the projects of territory which approach varied fields. They have different competences, various resources and very different budgets. The examples of the Pays Basque in Aquitaine and Couserans in the Midi-Pyrnes region offer significant illustration. These two examples are used to analyze the pays within a process of Proximity Territorial Intelligence centred on the identity, the construction of the convergence of the actors representations, the social networks, the projects culture within the framework of the new uses of ICT and the economy of the immaterial. Keywords: Neighbouring territory, territorial intelligence, project, network, representations, identity.
Territorial intelligence develops gradually in France, in particular following the key points of Carayons report about Economic Intelligence, competitiveness and social cohesion (2003) which highlighted the importance of the regional level. Significantly, in 2006, the DATAR (Dlgation pour lAmnagement du Territoire et lAction Rgionale), created in 1963 at the time of voluntarism of general de Gaulles government, became the DIACT (Dlgation Interministrielle lAmnagement et la Comptitivit des Territoires). The laws of 1995, 1999 and 2003 defined a new local framework of country planning: that of the pays (local countries). In this paper, we propose to study the assertion of this new level of proximity then to illustrate its diversity by the comparative study of the Pays Basque (Aquitaine) and Couserans (Midi-Pyrnes). We wonder about the future of these pays before analyzing the way in which they can constitute the local level of a regionalized process of Territorial Intelligence. I. A new territorial level of proximity 1. The assertion of a new territorial level As soon as the 1970s, contracts of country development were concluded between the regional level and proximity territories of variable size, especially in the West of France. Then, during the following decade, tourist countries were constituted to develop the tourist economy and to organize the offer and the promotion. The law of February 4th, 1995 of orientation for the development of territory
February 2009, 28th
139 / 653
(LOADT), known as law Pasqua, considers the pays as an organization of the territory based on the concepts of basins of life, organized in specific territory, and of networks of cities. The law does not impose any obligation of legal structuring of the territory to respect the diversity of the local forms of cooperation. Nearly 120 initiatives of pays existed in 1999. The law of June 25th, 1999 of orientation for the sustainable development of territory (LOADDT), known as law Voynet, constitutes a determining step in the organization of the pays as territories of projects. It reaffirms the pays by redefining its scale (that of the basin of employment), by pointing out its role of reinforcement of solidarity between cities and rural areas and by specifying the goals and the methods of development of its joint project of sustainable development which must be formalized in a charter. In order to organize the participation of the actors, it envisages the creation of the Council of Development with representatives of the economic, social, cultural and associative levels. In spite of the late publication of the decree about pays (in September 2000), the law Voynet starts again the dynamics of creation of the pays which had been blown after 1995. After the legislative elections of 2002 and the change of parliamentary majority, the policy of the pays knows a certain undulation. We must wait until the law of July 2nd, 2003, about Urbanism and Housing operating a synthesis between the law Pasqua and the law Voynet for a revival of the policy of the pays with a procedure of simplified constitution. The pays defined in 2003 is a local territory having a cohesion geographical, cultural, economic or social on a basin scale of life. It expresses the community of economic interests, cultural and social of its members. It constitutes the framework of the development of a joint project of sustainable development intended to develop the assets of a territory and to reinforce reciprocal solidarity between urban and rural spaces. It does not have vocation to constitute a specific administrative level but is an actor for dialog with the municipalities and the groups of municipalities (communauts de communes) which compose it. The programs carried by the pays have different goals linked with sustainable development with other administrative levels (European Union, National State, Region, Department) and can be implemented within the framework of multiannual contracts. 2. A rebirth of a strongly identity territory Actually the development of the pays corresponds to a rebirth. The word corresponds, before 1789, at the zone of life of a rural population. At the beginnings of the French Revolution, in 1790, the representatives, who wanted to break the politico-administrative organization of the Ancien Rgime, deleted its territorial frameworks (provinces, communities of valleys, etc.) to create new ones in a levelling point of view (abolishment of specificities or privilges and imposition of the same law and legal competences on all the national territory) in dividing the national territory in new administrative frameworks: communes or municipalities (36,000) and dpartements (83 on all the national territory). The concept of pays then takes an other meaning: a national one, becoming the territorial framework of the sovereignty of the Nation-State which had gradually developed since the 13th century. With the wars of the Revolution and the First Empire, the fatherland is the territory of sovereignty of the Nation-State with a strong policy about linguistic unification (French language against regional ones). At the end of the 19th century, the word pays meets again a local meaning, in particular through works of geographers like P. Vidal de la Blache. So the rebirth of the pays can be regarded as a revenge of the history and geography on the administrative egalitarianism of the political Jacobinism. II. An extreme diversity illustrated by the case of the Pays Basque and Couserans On January 1st, 2007, France counted 334 recognized pays. But they are very different. Their diversity is illustrated by the case of Pays Basque and Couserans. The Pays Basque and the Couserans constitute interesting examples because they represent legible pays: their limits do not overlap with those of communities of municipalities (communauts de communes) or urban communities. The communities of municipalities are all included in the pays of Couserans and all the urban community Bayonne-Anglet-Biarritz in the French Pays Basque. 1. The French Pays Basque The Pays Basque was recognized as pays in January 1997. It covers 2995 km. The employment level is better than in other French areas, because of a demographic and economic dynamism. Its growth in population (+10,8% between 1982 and 1999) is due to migratory balance. The creation of
February 2009, 28th
140 / 653
new companies illustrates the economic development: rates of creation of companies are higher at the Pays Basque than in the Hexagon: 55 companies created for 10,000 inhabitants in Pays Basque against 45 companies created in France between 2001 and 2004. Consequently, 13,500 jobs were created between 1994 and 2004. The companies of the service sector are majority (63%). The 2/3 are located on the littoral zone where the population and the infrastructures concentrate. They are above all small units, the companies of more than 100 employees are few: 102 out of 26,400. In the field of higher education, the Pays Basque counted 4,506 students in 2003, including 2,445 at the University of Pau and the Countries of Adour (UPPA). This territory is characterized by the dynamism of its culture. The 1990s corresponded to two major tendencies: the assertion of the Basque cultural expression in the local cultural landscape and the taking into account of the cultural fact as factor of development. That in particular resulted in the constitution of an intercommunity association of support for the Basque culture and the installation of many cultural operators. The Basque identity rests largely on a very specific language, which is not an indo-european one, unlike French or Castilian. The situation is contrasted enough. The increase in the number of children provided education in bilingual teaching do not balance the loss generated by the decline of the family transmission. However, the Basque language is very strong in the audio-visual media, public education, especially in the primary and secondary education, the public and associative spaces, through the information panels near the roads and that of public services and companies. The Pays Basque is characterized by its strong local identity and the revival of political claims. Since 40 years, the nationalist parties became the third political one with 15% of the votes, which enables them to have representatives in the municipal councils and playing a part of referee in second turns of elections. The claims of creation of a department Pays Basque, of a University of full exercise or development of bilingual teaching became a majority in the population. The Pays Basque is also characterized by its frontier situation which favours the exchanges and the cooperation between French and Spanish sides, cooperation resting on a common mentality and linked story. The will of the local actors to create a European metropolis (project of Eurocit BayonneSan Sebastian) and, beyond, a Basque Euroregion implies to build a common project based on a shared history and a shared identity. 2. Pays of Couserans The pays of Couserans counts 27,980 inhabitants divided in 95 municipalities and 7 cantons, on a surface of 1,639 km. Couserans corresponds to the basin of river Salat (tributary of the Garonne) with the convergence of 18 valleys (which constitute specific identity territories) on two towns distant of 2 km: Saint-Lizier, capital of the Gallo-Roman city and bishopric until 1790, and Saint-Girons, seat of a viscounty, then sub-prefecture, important economic and trade centre. The pays of Couserans was recognized in April 2002 and a contract of pays was firmed in January 2004. It is coordinated by an association (syndicat de pays) with an executive team of 10 permanent employees. There exists a Council of Development. A diagnosis of territory has been carried out for the project of Regional Natural Park (PNR) of the Pyrnes Arigeoises. Its area, larger than that of pays of Couserans is centred on Couserans. It covers 2,468 km and concerns 42,000 inhabitants. This diagnosis of the territory (2006) insists on the assets: an exceptional natural heritage with the presence of emblematic species (isards or Pyrenean ibexes), water quality of the rivers, quality of the life. With also an interesting cultural heritage (churches particularly roman, castles), the specificity of the ancestral relations with near Spain, and an industrial inheritance (mines). The main economic activities are the building (23%), the trade (22%), the activities of manufacture (18%), the hotels and restaurants (10%), the services to companies (9%), agriculture and wood (5%), the services to population (5%) and transport (3%). If there exists since ten years a certain stability of the population, the ageing and the depopulation of the mountain areas near the frontier zone are very alarming. Unemployment rate is higher than the levels national and regional. The weakness of the financial means is shouting. Couserans is the poorest district of Arige, department which counts the strongest proportion of recipients of the RMI (revenu minimum dinsertion). The rate of non-taxable families is roughly 60% (49% in average in France). In spite of the efforts of many associations, are also underlined the weakening of the local culture, the difficulties of communication and in particular the absence of connection towards Spain, public services with uncertain future, conservatism, even sectarianism against non natives inhabitants, the need for injecting elixir of will to them; without omitting the problems of disagreement between the municipalities and the self-centredness. In housing, the second home (rsidences secondaires) accounts for 39% of the dwellings of this territory project and more still in mountainous area.
February 2009, 28th
141 / 653
The positive aspects are the strong mountain identity and the relations between the generations, strong community life, sport, social or cultural field, which can make it possible to maintain or develop services, the proximity of Toulouse and Spain as well as the strong potential in terms of formation-teaching: 64 schools, 4 colleges, 1 lyce, 2 LEP, 1 university centre in Foix specialized in tourism and rural development. The diagnosis also insists on fears: on change and about the uncertainties of the future with the risk of reinforcement of territorial oppositions and the exclusion of most fragile people. 3. Common points Pays Basque and Couserans constitute frontier zones with Spain. The two pays corresponded to areas of dissidence, in particular with smuggling. But the evolution was very different. In Couserans, with the depopulation of the high valleys, accentuated by the arrival of the railroad, the mountain became a hard barrier with Spanish Catalonia whereas Bidassoa, if it marks the limits of the national territories, does not separate from an economic point of view and daily relations the two Pays Basque (Spanish and French). In a similar way, the two areas enjoy a strong collective identity (cultural and linguistic). But in Couserans, the Gascon (dialect of the Occitan) is hardly spoken by elder people while the French Pays Basque population continues to speak the Basque, although to a lesser extent that in the close Basque autonomous Community. 4. Many differences The comparison of the Pays Basque and Couserans illustrates especially the very important heterogeneity of the 334 countries. Indeed, there is few in common between a Pays Basque, strong of its 260,000 inhabitants, in full economic dynamism and which should be a department if French representatives of 1,790 had not been opposed, and Couserans and its 27,000 inhabitants. If the district of Bayonne counted 114,000 inhabitants in 1901 and that of Saint-Girons counted 83,000 in 1880 (95,000 in 1846), the evolutions were radically different, the rural migration and economic development having played in favour of the Pays Basque and against the Couserans. The difference also is very marked in terms of dynamics of projects. The Pays Basque is helped by a federator project of territory which began in 1992 with the project Pays Basque 2010, continued in 1997 with the Plan of Development of the Pays Basque, to concretize in 2000 with the adoption of Specific Convention Pays Basque 2001-2006. Thus, the Plan Development of the Pays Basque presented to the CIADT on December 15th, 1997, gave place, on behalf of the State to a Convention of Development to initiate and support operations in waiting of the Plan contract State-Region 2000-2006. On the other hand, apart from the project of regional natural park which exceeds the area of the pays, Couserans does not have a federator project. In the past, Couserans lacked many appointments: the railway tunnel of Salau towards Spain at the end of the 19th century, the thermal baths of Audinac in the years 1945-1950, a service of the National Library in Saint-Lizier in 1980-1981, and, always in 1980-1981, a project of National Park. In the framework of the dynamics of the Healthcare Networks with the law of 2002, Echo-Sant is a Healthcare Network dedicated to the elderly who gathers within an association, with cooperation public-private, located in the hospital of Saint-Girons, with the role of General Practitioners and liberal nurses. The buildings of the old hospital become thus a gathering centre of associations of service to the person like the Healthcare Network Echo-Sant or the associations of assistance to home (ACMAD and Arige Assistance). The municipality of Saint-Lizier supplied agricultural grounds to the CIDEL (centre of the initiatives and the local development). It is the first site in Arige approved as activity of social utility and about insertion by the economic. It adhered to the network of 100 Gardens (Jardins) of Cocagne, developed from an initiative near Besanon. It is a question at the same moment of reinserting by the work in the field of the organic farming of the persons in big difficulty but also of developing the solidarity with the population by the weekly delivery (by membership subscription) products of the organic farming. Seeking to give more legibility to its actions and to support the cooperations between the territorial actors, the syndicat de pays de Couserans, after the diffusion of a newspaper, booklets, logically came to a project of Internet site. The ICT can constitute (Bertacchini, Dumas) a lever of territorial development which supports the construction of the territorial capital. This meeting of the territory of proximity and the ICT concerns the economy of immaterial (Levy-Jouyet, 2007). But Couserans is far from the interactions and the collaborative exchanges which make the force of the Pays Basque or
February 2009, 28th
142 / 653
areas like Sophia-Antipolis. The construction of the territorial immaterial capital is there only at its beginnings. III. Which future for the Pays? 1. A limited success Pays do not cover all the national territory (only 73%). They are numerous in the North-Western quarter of France (Poitou-Charentes, Basse-Normandie, Brittany, Picardy, Nord-Pas-de-Calais and Pays-de-la-Loire) but do not exist in the Paris basin. They are above all rural territories gathering only 41% of the national population. The pays must also face the strong competition of the communities of municipalities and the federative initiatives which come from them (SIVOM). The communities of municipalities born in February 1992, that is to say three years before the law Pasqua which correspond to the official rebirth of the pays, in the prolongation of the laws of decentralization of 1982. The defenders of the pays insist on the contrary on their complementarities, presenting the pays as a federation of communities of municipalities, which is the case in Couserans. We must also wonder about the too great diversity of the territorial levels in France: municipalities, cantons, pays, arrondissements, departments, regions. 2. A too strong heterogeneity...? A pays counts on average 79 municipalities and 74,300 inhabitants. The differences are very important: number of municipalities, inhabitants concerned and covered surface. The pays less populated, Vsubie (close to Nice), accounts 5,103 inhabitants, whereas the population of the pays of Rennes (Brittany) is of 419,559 inhabitants. There also exist important disparities in terms of policy, economic, demographic and cultural situations, as in the Pays Basque and Couserans cases. The reaffirmation of the pays also concerns Spain and in particular Spanish Catalonia. In 1987, Generalitat made of the 41 comarques the basic cells of its provincial administration. Their heterogeneity is even stronger than in France: Barcelons is at the same time the more populated comarca (2,216,000 inhabitants) and the smallest (145 km). The less populated comarca is the Alta Ribagorza, around Pont of Suert (4,431 inhabitants for 427 km ), and the largest Noguera, around Balaguer (1,784 km with 37 565 inhabitants). 3. or a privileged framework of an identity of proximity? In a world in full upheaval, with European construction, the opening of the borders, the globalization of the exchanges, the increasing mobility of the people, the acceleration of time and the diffusion of information thanks to ICT, the people search for reference marks and belonging to a community. The local territory answers this anguish and this search for meaning. The pays constitute strong identity markers. They are the land of the ancestors, the place where much of exiled come during the holidays and where they will return to finish their days when retired. The emotional attachment can even grow with the distance. The Basque identity remains very strong, even if it must integrate newcomers more and more. The Gascon identity of Couserans, although it is more difficult to materialize within a precise geographical framework, is also marked. The evolutions different from the Pays Basque and Couserans show nevertheless that if the identity constitutes an important asset, a necessary condition for the development, it is far from being sufficient. IV. The local level of a regionalized process of territorial intelligence? 1. Territorial Intelligence within a regional framework The Carayons report (2003) showed the importance of policies of Economic Intelligence within a territorial framework (the region level) to ensure competitiveness of companies and social cohesion. These stakes join those of the economy of immaterial (Levy, Jouyet, 2007) and of sustainable development in a context of proximity and territorial networks. In the Territorial Intelligence process the participation of all the actors and especially population is very important to build share representations and contextualized data.
February 2009, 28th
143 / 653
2. Territory construction by the convergence of the concepts of projects and networks accelerated by new uses of the ICT We share the assumption of B. Pecqueur and J.-B. Zimmermann (2004). According to them the territory must be regarded as construction, a result of the practices and representations of the agents. G. Colletis and M. Salles work in particular on the stakes of the convergence of the representations actors in Midi-Pyrnes region. The concern is increasing the interactions between all the actors of the territory, to learn how to appreciate themselves for better working together for the construction of collective intelligence of the territory, the pays constituting a possible privileged territorial level for these goals. The ICT can be used as lever for the meeting of the identity and economic development by creating the conditions of the development of a formal territorial capital. Newcomers can also give dynamics to the areas with loss of economic and demographic vitality. We must also be aware about the potential of the diasporas. In this field as in much of others, Couserans has to learn much from the Pays Basque (solidarity). With the municipalities, the new pays are territories with strong identity which can find its place in the new territorial grid which is constituted gradually in a regionalized European Union. Conclusion The laws of 1995, 1999 and 2003 allowed the development of the pays as territories having a geographical cohesion, cultural, economic and social, while being carrying federator projects. However, this common denomination hides very different realities, so much on the level of the situations policy, cultural and socio-economic that on the level of the projects of the territory, about the competences and financial resources. The examples of the Pays Basque in Aquitaine region and Couserans in the Midi-Pyrnes illustrate this extreme diversity. The rise of the pays is hindered by various obstacles and competition with other local territories. The comparison between the French Pays Basque and the pays of Couserans has enabled to us to better perceive the extreme diversity of the pays. It also allowed us to better measure the importance of the stakes: vital need of identity, stakes of durable economic development, need for solidarity linked with search for meaning. In a world in full change, the inter-connected people seek reference and identity marks. The pays can provide this. They also constitute a suitable territorial framework to apprehend the networks of actors and the cultures with projects as a first step of Proximity Territorial Intelligence, the new pays being above all defined as territories of local projects. So much tracks for new works. Bibliography BEAUCHARD J., 2000, La bataille du territoire. Mutation spatiale et amnagement du territoire, Paris, LHarmattan. BERTACCHINI Y., GIRARDOT, J.-J. and GRAMACCIA G., 2006, De lintelligence territoriale: thorie, posture, hypothses, dfinition, 5th conference "TIC & Territoire : Quels dveloppements?", Universit de Franche-Comt, Besanon. BOURRET C., 1995, Les Pyrnes centrales du IXe au XIXe sicle. La formation progressive dune frontire, Aspet, Ed. PyrGraph. BOUTINET J.-P., 2006, Psychologie des conduites projet, Paris, PUF. CARAYON B. (ed.), 2003, Intelligence conomique, comptitivit et cohsion sociale, Paris, La Documentation franaise. CONSEIL DE DVELOPPEMENT DU PAYS BASQUE, 2003, Le Pays Basque mi-parcours entre 1992 et 2010. CONVENTION SPCIFIQUE PAYS BASQUE 2001-2006, 2000, Bayonne. LVY M., JOUYET J.-P., 2007, Lconomie de limmatriel. La croissance de demain, rapport de la Commission sur lconomie de limmatriel. PARC NATUREL RGIONAL (PNR) DE LARIGE, 2006, Diagnostic gnral prospectif. PECQUEUR B.and ZIMMERMANN J.-B., 2004, Economie de proximits, Paris, Hermes-Lavoisier.
February 2009, 28th
144 / 653
PORTIER N. and QUIQUERE M., 2002, Les pays, Paris, DATAR La Documentation franaise. SAINSAULIEU R., 2001, Des socits en mouvement. La ressource des institutions intermdiaires, Paris, Descle de Brouwer. SALLES M. and COLLETIS G., 2008, Territorial intelligence systems for decision making, 2nd European Competitive Intelligence Symposium: Comparative Practices (Trends and Evolutions), Lisbon. URTEAGA E., 2004, La question basque en France, Toulouse, Ed. Milan. URTEAGA E. and AHEDO I., 2004, La nouvelle gouvernance en Pays Basque, Paris, LHarmattan.
February 2009, 28th
145 / 653
February 2009, 28th
146 / 653
18
Territorial understanding (entendimiento), participative process and territorial development: experiences in Latin America
The network www.territoriosposibles.org as part of www.territoriesnet.org
Horacio BOZZANO Professor, National University of La Plata, FHCE, Argentina bozzano59@hotmail.com
Abstract: The territorial understanding, the participative processes and the territorial development are three pillars of this new Latin American network, organized on the basis of five specific attachment lines: 1-problems and learnings, 2-concepts and views, 3-works and publications, 4-territorial knowledge, and 5-projects and thesis. Representative cases of forward edge are exposed in order of integrating them to a rising world-wide network taking advantage of the opportunities that Internet offers. Keywords: Territorial understanding, participative process, territorial development, networks, problems, learning.
Nowadays, territorial intelligence in Latin America is referred to the understanding of the territory and its places, with the participation of territorial actors public, private, citizens in order to promote territorial development in micro-regions and other with different problems, some of them urgent. This is the aim of the creation of this network. I. Territorial understanding, participation and territorial development It starts with a principle: concepts, methods and tools orientated to understand real problems expressed by the people. They contributed to clarify theoretical-methodological criteria which, at the same time, allow to define and development projects. In this way, the solution or at least, the search for solutions, are a source of territorial understanding, participation and development. With a short trajectory in Latin America, the concept of territorial intelligence is a priori defined as the articulation of understanding (knowledge) and experience (know-how) in participatory (involving scientists, territorial actors, State, corporations and citizens) problem-solving settings. Somewhat more widespread, the concept of territorial development refers to setting-up actions required to transform awareness, actions and/or objects related to real problems micro or mesoscales places or patterns of territorial occupation and appropriation in given territories. In this research, territorial intelligence means knowledge, awareness and understanding of a territorys problems, processes, places and actors. Territorial development means integrating and applying principles of endogenous development and institutional development at a given place, assuming synergic interactions among all involved stakeholders. The growing network is promoted under principles of transparency and cooperation, through the spreading of criteria, methodology and tools which are easy to use among different actors oriented to the territorial understanding, intelligence and development, as a support for tasks of diagnosis, observation, evaluation, monitoring and research participative action. The perform of collective exercises using these theoretical-methodological tools, applied to different cases, always with
February 2009, 28th
147 / 653
territorial actors, opens the possibility to offer contributions orientated to improve the definitions and extension of the territorial intelligence and the territorial development, and also to systematize experiences with severity and creativity. II. The new network The network www.territoriosposibles.org is a growing Latin America network, which nowadays is joining a worldwide network, www.territoriesnet.org. These networks are trying to assure that each region of the planet keep their specificity, and at the same time, be able to participate in the systematization of projects, problems, methods and tools in order to allow university students and non-university students to understand and make more intelligible the territory, and to be part of its transformation. It is about a network of cooperation and Latin America complementarity which purpose is to reach, from the scientific and academic world, other fields like political-institutional, social organizations, non-profit civic organizations, business chambers, enterprises and citizens in general, concerning a wide range of topics and scientific systematized problems according to different criteria: processes, places, actors, transformation, valorization, appropriation and organization, among others. Since March 2009, the website www.territoriosposibles.org will have five sections problems, concepts, works, knowledge and thesis with systematized activities and results in all cases. Nowadays, the work is being done with other groups of Europe, Africa and North America, forming a network of networks like a cooperative and complementary center of similar activities in the most diverse latitudes. 1. Why a territorial network between universities and other actors? Because the universities and the technological-scientific organizations are in good stand to build a new knowledge starting from the work about concrete problems, projects, programs and actions where other actors who are not from the university are also protagonists. Because knowing, understanding and being more conscious of our territories or terratorium-land which belongs to someone and of our places or stlocus-someones or somethings place will help us make them more understandable, not only with the academic world participation but also with actors from the public and private sectors as well with ordinary citizens. From that on, because making them more understandable will make us offer more tools in order to operate and cooperate in countless transformations on consciences, in actions and objects of very different dimensions, nature and scale, territorial development sceneries in neighbourhoods, towns, municipal governments, rural areas, social groups, institutions and varied organizations. 2. People and territory, in focus Though the network is generated from the universities and from technological-scientific organizations, there will always be people involved in each problem, in each project and in every intervention. Public servants, citizens, businessmen and organizations, are always triggering or trying to trigger a process of change somewhere: a neighbourhood, a school, a club, an agricultural community, a community, a municipal county, a ministry, an organization. Without people there is no change. The territory and the places are born from the existing relationship with the land and objects and someone. There is no territory without someone, and no ones place without someone. The identity is a palimpsest of decades or centuries, which pops up anytime and everywhere. It is necessary to listen to others in order to make better things happen, to promote a territorial intelligence that contributes to give to entity to the territorial development. More than a self-centered university, it has to do with a university opened to people and territories. 3. Which are the pillars? Valuing, ownership, organization, communication and projection, worked and analyzed with scientific rigour, make the fundamental milestones of the network and of every project. It is all about actors of each project praise those things necessary to value through agreements, to take the projects over and where time and resources will be devoted in its organization. Communication as an open discussion-communication with more actors will allow the widening of every project basis. It will be necessary to promote the projection and the vision of future among the actors when needed. Welcome to the Network world of solidarity: lots of nets are working towards this aim, thousands of groups are
February 2009, 28th
148 / 653
working today this way along all the latitudes and thousands of people are conscious that they themselves want to do it. The new world Network www.territorriesnet.org works not only to make those actions come true, but also to create an integrating hub, a big virtual space where every experience is present with its identity, its place, and where each and every one would be able to reach. III. What is it offered? Today www.territoriosposibles.org offers five sections, which are shown in its front page in order to start building and nurturing collectively territorial intelligence, real problems and project developments. Summing up it has to do mainly with three things: 1- problems and learning, 2concepts and views, 3- works and publications, 4- territorial knowledge, and 5- projects and thesis. 1. Problems and learning It deals with portal section, where, systematized, real problems and project development appear within the network framework and also external projects with its institutional and organizational origin. Similarly, results of seminars from different universities and already accomplished are published having in mind those who are interested in them. 2. Concepts and views In this section of the portal results from a first stage of analysis and interpretation of 540 notions about territory and a new stage is opened oriented to systematize four questions: What is understood by territory, by place, by territorial intelligence and development? 3. Works and publications This is a portal section where research and other kind of work related to the topic are being offered with the intention to contribute to the nature of the issue. A systematization of the topics is under consideration to be done in brief. 4. Territorial knowledge Thematic maps are published here. They are classified according to real territories (land use, population, etc.), legal territories (urban and territorial codes), thought-out territories (places, regions) and possible territories (proposals and projects). In each case minimum criteria is recorded about systematization and institutional belonging. 5. Projects and thesis This front page is a more open one, in the sense that criteria to define our thesis are offered, not only territorial ones, but also a wide range of topics. At the same time it is planned to classify the projects of thesis based on area of interest. Results of performed seminars will be documented for those purposes among different universities. How to join us? Territorios Posibles in a Latin American network inter-institutional, inter-group, and inter-actor which tries to put into practice a principle: keep the identity for each institution, organization, group or actor fostering cooperation, complementary and integration. Each one can join the network sending his/her contributions to lugar.innova@presi.unlp.edu.ar or to territoriesnet@mshe.univ-fcomte.fr mentioning any of the five sections from the net portal. Problems, Concepts, Work, Knowledge and Thesis, while respecting the minimum criteria and requirements offered in the website the Internet. IV. Experiences in Latin America Regarding the experiences in Latin America, it has the purpose of knowing how interdisciplinary university groups work with several actors immersed in concrete projects, and also, to recognize problems, learning processes, as well as theoretical methods and tools in each of the projects. As an example four different cases are offered, three of them take place in Argentina and the other one in Guatemala. Due to lack of room only the first data basis is included, which is being at present object of analysis and interpretation together with other projects. Moreover, a more complex second data basis is being done, defining useful criteria with the purpose of replicability with
February 2009, 28th
149 / 653
scientific procedures and creativity in very different projects. It is about systematizing experiences with the aim to evaluate achievements and to improve projects progressively. Within the next moths those work will be available in the network.
Figure 1: National Educational Map

Title of the project or program Main problem to be solved Secondary problems to be solved, between 2 and 4
NATIONAL EDUCATIONAL MAP Create a SIG available on the internet with the georeferentiation of the 43.185 educative institutions in the Republic of Argentina 1. Qualify all the units of educational statistic s of the 24 national jurisdictions in order to get the project to work on its own in the short term, without the help of the University 2. Articulate the work group if the nation with the ones of the provinces 3. Solve the normalization of the cartography-base with the contribution of IGM and the normalization of the cartography-topic with the contribution of the university National University of La Plata (Geography FAHCE)and MECyT Argentina (DiNIECE) The 23 Province of the Autonomous Government of Buenos Aires, el IGM, el INDEC and other institutions 2004 2005 (with the University) In very good progress at the Ministry Country: Argentina Province/State/Department: all Municipality/s-Commune/s: all Aprox. inhabitant: 38.000.000 inhabitant 1. The appropriation of the Project by the national and provincial speakers 2. The training trail related to SIG, cartography and georeferential statistics by the national and provincial speakers 3. The circumstances in which with the decision of the authorities and with the will of the base of the pyramid, can produce transformations in consciences, actions and objects. Mail/s lugar.innova@presi.unlp.edu.ar Phone7s (0054) 11 41291408 / (0054) 221 4212430 Website http://www.mapaeducativo.edu.ar Contact/s Daniel Sticotti, Alejandro Jurado, Horacio Bozzano
Promoted by With the participation of Year of beginning Year ended / in progress Place carrying out the project Which was the main learning from the experience? Mention between 1 and 3 Contact
February 2009, 28th
150 / 653
Figure 2: Territorial development from the reactivation of a train

Title of the project or program Main problem to be solved Secondary problems to be solved, between 2 and 4
TERRITORIAL DEVELOPMENT FROM THE REACTIVATION OF A TRAIN To put in operation a train between seven and 30 places after the National Government decided to close it. 1. Reinstall the topic of the train reactivation after three decades in seven locations 2. To know if the train would be able to operate again: under what form passengers, tourism, cargo and which what management model 3. To strengthen link between communities, in occasions far away because of the reduction of the levels of accessibility and connectivity 4. To be awareness that doing something to put in operation a train could be a starting point to other actions for the territorial development PDL Municipality Villa Elisa (Entre Rios) y Innova Place, National University of La Plata Cooperation Saboya Solidary Country, seven local government, local railway referents, rice cooperatives, actors of the tourist sector, business people, neighbours and recently provincial authorities. 2007 In progress Country: Argentina Province/State/Department: Entre Ros Municipality/s-Commune/s: V.Elisa, S.Salvador, Caseros, La Clarita, Pronunciamiento, Arroyo Bar and 1Mayo Aprox. inhabitant: 30.000 inhabitant 1. To put in operation a train not only depend on a political decision or on a way to assure its economic viability 2. To put in operation a train also means to obtain agreement from the people, built links and trust between communities in order to face the change in the same direction 3. It is so important the endogenous development in the involved communities as the exogenous impulse, in this case of the Province, the Nation and other organizations which decide to impulse the project Mail/s villaeelisaentretodos@gmail.com lugar.innova@presi.unlp.edu.ar Phone/s (0054) 3447 480066 / (0054) 221 4212430 Website Contact/s: Paula Insani, Laura Vergara, Silvio Bornet, Horacio Bozzano
Promoted by With the participation of Year of beginning Year ended / in progress Place carrying out the project
Which was the main learning from the experience? Mention between 1 and 3
Contact
February 2009, 28th
151 / 653
Figure 3: Communication in the Villa Zagala Community

Title of the project or program Main problem to be solved Secondary problems to be solved, between 2 and 4 Promoted by With the participation of Year of beginning Year ended in Place carrying out the project Which was the main learning from the experience? Mention between 1 and 3 Contact COMMUNICATION IN THE VILLA ZAGALA COMMUNITY To improve the inter-neighborhood communication working in the maternal kindergarten and in the child-junior Football Club 1. Prepare and qualify the neighbour working in the formation of a selfmanagement maternal kindergarten 2. Prepare and qualify the neighbour working in the formation of a selfmanagement Football Liguilla (tournament) Teachers and parents of the community Secretary of Culture of the Argentinean Nation and National Council of the Minor and the Family 1986 2002 Country: Argentina Province/State/Department: Buenos Aires Municipality/s-Commune/s: General San Martin, 380.000 inhabitant Aprox. inhabitant: Villa Zagala, 15.000 inhabitant 1. Strategies in the experience planning 2. Application of many techniques to obtain the participation 3. Use of anthropological techniques in the development of the experience Mail/s: Phone/s: Website Contact/s: clarisavoloschin@gmail.com (0054) 11 48312003 Clarisa Voloschin
Figure 4: Urban problems in the ancient Guatemala

Title of the project or program Main problem to be solved Secondary problems to be solved, between 2 and 4 URBAN PROBLEMS IN THE ANCIENT GUATEMALA Recognize and systematize the urban problems of the Ancient Guatemala to offer contributions related to the urban and territorial organization to the Municipal Government 1. Results from the great demographic growing: urban expansion, services insufficiency, incompatibility in the use of the soil, collapsed road network 2. Vulnerability and risk to settle in a volcanic region 3. Insufficient municipal finances for works related to urban development 4. Environmental contamination in particular: visual, vehicle steam, noise, solid waste Municipality of the Ancient Guatemala Civil Association Ixim and CEUR Urban and Regional Study Center of the USAC San Carlos of Guatemala University 2007 2008 Country: GUATEMALA Province/State/Department: Sacatepequez Municipality/s-Commune/s: The Ancient Guatemala Aprox. inhabitant: 47.000 inhabitants 1. The installation of the topic at the Municipality with contributions of he University was a significant factor for the growing approval of the Regulation of the Organizational Planning 2. The necessity of awareness of the insufficient weight assigned to municipal finances to public investment related to the urban development and organization 3. The different result of the link established between the University and the territorial actors, due to the fact that the generation of expectation not always have in the population the correlation with the expected changes Mail/s usacceur@usac.edu.gt Phone/s (00502) 24767701 / (00502) 55624318 Website http://ceur.usac.edu.gt Contact/s Eduardo Velsquez Carrera, Nstor Arrivillaga, Ernesto Sitamul
Promoted by With the participation of Year of beginning Year ended / in progress Place carrying out the project Which was the main learning from the experience? Mention between 1 and 3
Contact
February 2009, 28th
152 / 653
V. How is it planned for the future? Nowadays, the world web is being built www.territoriesnet.org taking advantage of the valuable experiences previous to the caENTI coordination action of the European Network of Territorial intelligence, placed in the University of Franche-Comt in Besanon and also present in other countries: Spain, Belgium, Italy, Rumania, Slovenia, Hungary and Taiwan, as an associated member. With the current caENTI Scientific Coordinator, the PhD Jean-Jacques Girardot and his group the generation of common results is being worked in our networks, as well as in the organization of a new annual get-together (forum) in networks coming from different continents with the purpose of promoting the development and growing of the core of networks within other institutions, groups and countries. In our case, it is taken profit from the last seven years of work experience. Summing up it deals with the Users Club of the Public Administration from the Province of Buenos Aires (2001), the Cooperation and Complementarity network Metropolitan Atlas Buenos Aires (2003), the National Educational Map of the Argentinean Republic (2004), the SIOUT Interactive Place of Urban and Territorial Organization from the Buenos Aires Province (2006) and the RET Net for the Territory Understanding (2007). The new Latin American network Territorios Posibles was formed for the first time by the UdelaR (Republic University of Uruguay) and the UNLP National University of La Plata (Argentina). The established links within the last decade by our team CONICET-UNLP with several South American and Center American universities are used as a means of identifying new actors willing to join this network. VI. Internet, intelligence and creativity It has been recently expressed by Noam Chomsky:
If we dont do anything, within the next ten or fifteen years the Internet and the cable will be monopolized by the megacorporations enterprises. People do not know that it is in their hands the possibility of using the technological instruments instead of leaving them to the big enterprises. For that purpose, group coordination opposed to monopolization is needed by using technology with creativity, intelligence, and initiative to promote education for example.
While facing a world full of uncertainties, we are going through the time of a big opportunity: the chance of getting the University and the Scientific world closer to a very important part of Mankind who has frequently seen us within an academic bubble. Those networks of the internet that promote transformations into conscience, actions and objects will be powerful instruments of cooperation and complementarity for building without bubble distinctions, through little actions, great changes. Bibliography BACHELARD G., 1984, La formacin del espritu cientfico, Mxico, Siglo XXI Editores. BARTOLINI S., 1994, Tiempo e investigacin comparativa, in SARTORI G. (ed.), La comparacin en las ciencias sociales, Madrid, Alianza Editorial. BOZZANO H., 2000a, Territorios reales, territorios pensados, territorios posibles. Aportes para una Teora Territorial del Ambiente, Buenos Aires, Editorial Espacio. BOZZANO H. et al., 2000b, Hiptesis territoriales para Norberto de la Riestra, Pedernales y Ernestina, Veinticinco de Mayo, Buenos Aires, La Plata (unpublished). BOZZANO H., 2002a, Territorios reales, pensados, posibles. Lugares virtuales, lugares verticales. El caso de Colombia, Seminario Internacional Dimensiones Territoriales de la Guerra y la Paz en Colombia, Bogot, Universidad Nacional de Colombia, Red de Estudios de Espacio y Territorio. BOZZANO H., 2002b, Argentina Mestiza y Argentina Europea. Migraciones, capital cultural y capital econmico, in ANTOLN L.J.P. (ed.), Globalizacin y migraciones hoy: diez aos de continuos desafos, Valladolid, Universidad de Valladolid, Centro Buen Da, p. 113-129. BOZZANO H., 2002c, El Cinturn verde platense: Sistemas de objetos, sistemas de acciones, Foro CIVEBA Cinturn Verde Metropolitano Buenos Aires, Jornadas AADER de Argentina y el Mercosur, Facultad de Agronoma UNLP.
February 2009, 28th
153 / 653
BOZZANO H., 2005, Territorio y gestin. Conocimiento, realidad, transformacin: Un crculo virtuoso?, VII Encuentro Internacional Humboldt, Merlo, San Luis. BOZZANO H., 2006a, Procesos, lugares y sujetos, una trada social crtica. I Parte: Aportes a la investigacin cientfica en Ciencias Sociales. Objeto de la geografa? Objeto de quines?, III Jornadas de Docencia e Investigacin, Santa Rosa, Universidad Nacional de La Pampa. BOZZANO H., 2006b, Acotando la investigacin. Objetos de estudio y objetos de intervencin. Reflexiones y aplicaciones, VIII Encuentro Internacional Humboldt, Coln, Entre Ros. BOZZANO H., 2007, Territorio, lugar y gestin en Antigua Guatemala. Co-construyendo aportes para resolver problemticas a partir de la investigacin reciente del Equipo Interdisciplinario del CEUR, Guatemala, Centro de Estudios Urbanos y Regionales, Universidad de San Carlos (unpublished). BOZZANO H., 2008, Territorios posibles. Teora, mtodo, aplicaciones, Buenos Aires, Editorial Lumiere. BOZZANO H., CAVALIERI M. et al., 2006, Agricultura familiar, sujetos, lugares e intervencin. El caso del Programa Pro Huerta, Seminario Casa de Nazareth, Buenos Aires, INTA Instituto Nacional de Tecnologa Agropecuaria. BOZZANO H., JURADO A. et al., 2003, Caminos Rurales Pavimentados en el Agro Argentino, Informe Final, Buenos Aires, ICPA Instituto del Cemento Prtland Argentino (unpublished). BOZZANO H., MAGARIOS N. et al., 2004, Plan Estratgico de Bienes del Estado, Informe Final, Buenos Aires, ONABE Organismo Nacional de Administracin de Bienes del Estado (unpublished). BOZZANO H. and RESA S., 2007, RET: Network for the understanding of the territory. The case of Buenos Aires, Argentina, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, Espaa. BOZZANO H., VOLOSCHIN C. et al., 2004, Puerto Deseado, Santa Cruz: Caracterizacin territorial y socio-econmica-Evaluacin de sitios industriales, Informe Final, Buenos Aires, CFI-Fundacin Iberoamericana (unpublished). CONCEJO D ELIBERANTE DE CHASCOMS-COOPERATIVA TERRATORIUM, 2006, Hiptesis territoriales para Chascoms y Lezama. Evaluacin de prefactibilidad de una posible divisin territorial del Partido de Chascoms en dos nuevos Distritos, Informe Final, La Plata. CONSEJO FEDERAL DE INVERSIONES, 2005, Evaluacin de las condiciones fiscales, jurdicas y urbanas para la movilizacin del suelo urbanizado ocioso, Informe Final, La Plata, Ministerio de Economa, Provincia de Buenos Aires (unpublished). DE FRANCO A., 2000, Por qu precisamos de desenvolvimento local integrado e sustentable, Rio de Janeiro. FERRERO G. and DE LOMA O., 2003, De los proyectos de cooperacin a los procesos de desarrollo a largo plazo, Revista de Fomento Social, n 58, p. 61-103. FIL C., 2006, Territorial competitiveness for territorial intelligence, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, Rumania. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2008, PreNoETI Prfiguration dun rseau dexcellence en intelligence territoriale, Besanon, MSHE, Universit de Franche-Comt. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Tools for territorial intelligence actors. Activities and prospects of research activities concerning tools of territorial intelligence for sustainable development actors, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, Romania. HERBAUX P. and MASSELOT C., 2007, Territorial Intelligence and Governance, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, Spain. LAURELLI E. and BOZZANO H., 1992, Territories of new technologies. The micro-region of the informatic and petrochemical pole of Berisso and Ensenada, Argentina, IV World Congress of the Regional Science Association International, Palma de Mallorca, Universitat de les Illes Baleares.
February 2009, 28th
154 / 653
MADOERY O., 1999, La escala regional del plan: El territorio como factor estratgico de desarrollo. Hacia un espacio de gestin metropolitana en el Gran Rosario, Seminario Ciudad Futura, Nuevas Modalidades en Planificacin y Gestin de Ciudades, Rosario, Argentina. MADOERY O., 2003, La formacin de actores de desarrollo, desde la perspectiva Endgena, Buenos Aires, UNSAM Universidad Nacional de San Martn. MADOERY O., 2005, La primera generacin de polticas locales de desarrollo en Argentina: Contexto, caractersticas y desafos, Buenos Aires, Universidad Nacional de San Martn. MADOERY O., 2006, La formacin de agentes de desarrollo desde la perspectiva endgena, XI Congreso Internacional sobre la Reforma del Estado y de la Administracin Pblica, Centro Latinoamrica de Administracin para el Desarrollo, Guatemala. MATUS C., 1998, Poltica, planificacin y gobierno. El mtodo PES, Caracas, Ed. Altadir. MOINE Alexandre and SIGNORET P., 2007, How the local governance system is influenced by the creation of an observatory: the OSER 70 experiment, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, Spain. MUNICIPALIDAD DE COLN, 2008, Plan de ordenamiento urbano y territorial del Municipio de Coln, Buenos Aires, Convenio Municipalidad-Cooperativa de Profesionales Terratorium, La Plata (unpublished). MUNICIPALIDAD DE GENERAL BELGRANO, 2007, Plan de ordenamiento urbano y territorial del Municipio de General Belgrano, Buenos Aires, Convenio Municipalidad-Cooperativa de Profesionales Terratorium, La Plata (unpublished). ORMAUX S., 2006, Methods for territorial intelligence, Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, Romania. PREZ P., 2001, Cuestin metropolitana y gobernabilidad urbana en la Argentina, IN VZQUEZ BARQUERO A. and MADOERY O. (eds), Transformaciones globales, instituciones y polticas de desarrollo local, Buenos Aires, Editorial Homo Sapiens. ROBIROSA M., 1989, Estrategias para la Viabilizacin Eficiente y Eficaz de Proyectos de Desarrollo Popular, Revista Desarrollo Econmico, vol. 29, n 115, Octubre-Diciembre 1989, Buenos Aires. RODRGUEZ VILLASANTE T., 2007, Una articulacin metodolgica: desde texto del Socio-analisis, I(A)P, F.Praxis, E.F.Keller, Boaventura S.Santos, etc., Poltica y Sociedad, vol. 44, n 1, p. 141-157. ROSALES ORTEGA R., 2006, Interdisciplina y posmodernidad: la relacin espacio, sociedad y poltica, in GUTIRREZ RAMREZ S., ROSALES ORTEGA R., TORRES FRANCO J. and RODRGUEZ AGUILAR E. (eds), La interdisciplina en las ciencias sociales, Mxico, Editorial Anthropos, p. 71-80. SANTOS M., 1996, La naturaleza del espacio. Tcnica y tiempo. Razn y emocin, Barcelona, Editorial Ariel. SANTOS M., 2002, Testamento intelectual, Sao Paulo, Editora Unesp. SAUT R., BONIOLO P., DALLE P. and ELBERT R. (eds), 2005, Manual de metodologa. Construccin del marco terico, formulacin de los objetivos y eleccin de la metodologa, Buenos Aires, Clacso Libros. SCHUSTER F., 2005, Explicacin y prediccin. La validez del conocimiento en ciencias sociales, Buenos Aires, Clacso Libros. UNLP UNIVERSIDAD NACIONAL DE LA PLATA-DGCYE, 2003, Atlas Escolar Bonaerense, Anlisis Espacial de Establecimientos Educacionales de la Provincia de Buenos Aires, Informe Final, Convenio Depto. Geografa, La Plata, FHCE, UNLP-DGCyE Direccin General de Cultura y Educacin de la Provincia de Buenos Aires (unpublished). UNLP-CONICET, 2004, Atlas Metropolitano Buenos Aires. SIG y Ordenamiento Territorial, Informe de Investigacin, Expte 500-73340/03, La Plata (unpublished).
February 2009, 28th
155 / 653
UNLP-MECyT, 2005, Mapa Educativo Nacional de la Repblica Argentina, Informe Final, Convenio Depto. Geografa, La Plata, FHCE, UNLP-DiNIECE, MECyT Ministerio de Educacin, Ciencia y Tecnologa de la Nacin (unpublished). UNLP-CONICET, 2005, Atlas Metropolitano Buenos Aires. SIG, TIC, Ordenamiento Territorial y Desarrollo Endgeno en Casos Concretos, Informe de Investigacin 2005, La Plata, FHCE, Expte 50073340/03 (unpublished). UNLP-MECyT, 2006, Relevamiento de Escuelas Rurales Aisladas en Provincias Argentinas, Informe Final, Convenio n 141/05, La Plata, DiNIECE, Ministerio de Educacin, Ciencia y Tecnologa de la Nacin. UNLP-CONICET, 2006, Territorio, Lugar y Gestin, Atlas Metropolitano Buenos Aires. SIOUT Sistema de Ordenamiento Urbano y Territorial, Informe de Investigacin, La Plata (unpublished). UNLP, 2008, Desarrollo Territorial a partir de la Reactivacin del Tren. El caso de Villa Elisa, Caseros y San Salvador, Entre Ros, Argentina, Programa Lugar Innova, La Plata. ZEMELMAN H., 1987, Uso crtico de la teora, Mxico, Centro de Estudios Sociolgicos, El Colegio de Mxico. ZEMELMAN H., 1997, Conocimiento y sujetos sociales. Contribucin al estudio del presente, Mxico, Centro de Estudios Sociolgicos, El Colegio de Mxico.
February 2009, 28th
156 / 653
19
Infra-communal level: accessibility and territorial information management
Christophe BREUER Graduate in Geographical Sciences and Master in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium christophe.breuer@ulg.ac.be Gunal DEVILLET Graduate in geographical sciences and Secondary School diploma in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium G.Devillet@ulg.ac.be
Abstract: This article deals with socio-economic and geographical data available for the local actors of the infracommunal level. The statistical data and cuttings are analyzed. Keywords: Statistical cuttings, indicators, territorial data.
Within the framework of the coordination program caENTI (coordination action for European Network of Territorial Intelligence) financed by the European FP6 (Sixth Framework program), researches were carried out about the representation of the contextual data of the territories in support of the method CATALYSE. Research already attempted to isolate territorial information or useful indicators for actors (Devillet and al., 2008), and their implementation on various scales (Breuer and al., 2008). In a specification objective, we were brought to discuss the techniques implemented for cartography (Pehani and al., 2008), and the data relative on data (Damy and al., 2008). It was putted forward that the most relevant contextual data for the local actors, mainly implied in the socio-economic fields, are at the statistical sector scale. The cartographic representation of the contextual data (socio-economic) can have an increased relevance with very fine cuttings. That is particularly true when the actors work on a communal or infra-communal level (district). Consequently, it is possible to highlight disparities within the territory and to refine the comprehension of its dynamic. The reduction in the size of the zones considered also makes it possible to refine the statistics on geographically targeted populations. This article briefly deals with the use of the infracommunal data by the local actors. It puts forward the operational requirements of these data. I. Socio-economic data The socio-economic data, and a fortiori the indicators, make it possible to give an account of the territory conditions. They are the bases of the analysis and, distributed by institutions, avoid having to prospect, carry out investigations or often skewed estimations. 1. Available data The available data at the infra-communal level are very variable according to the country considered. Indeed, the main source of data for this territorial level is the census, whose sets of themes
February 2009, 28th
157 / 653
can vary from one country to another. Other methods can feed these statistics, although the topics are more particular: it is in particular a question of exploiting the data resulting from administrative procedures (imposition, etc). Principal indicators or territorial information (unemployment rate, total population, foreigners rate) are naturally evaluated at the statistical sector level, within the framework of the censuses. Other data are moreover available. Indeed, it is mainly at the time of the censuses that the residences, the structure of the households, etc. are evaluated. Considering the contents, the main variable is thus the schedule of conditions of each country on the matter, although the tendency is at the harmonization of the approached topics. On their side, the methods of calculating and the definitions of the indicators vary between the various countries. Among the traditional indicators, we will retain the unemployment rate or the size of the households whose acceptances can strongly vary from one country to another. Information have thus to be carefully interpreted, in particular by knowing the metadata for each indicator. 2. Accessibility of the data The data resulting from the censuses are primarily distributed by the national statistical institutes, at a price which can be important for the wide geographic coverages or the precise data. Some countries give access to the data of this infra-communal level for free: we will primarily retain the Netherlands which in addition of the data distribution, makes it possible to visualize them in the Google Earth software, what increases its visibility. The statistical data thus generally have a high cost on this level, regularly to expensive for the local actors. After their purchase, the data are available in directly exploitable tabular format. II. Statistical cuttings 1. Methods of cuttings creation The method of creation of statistical cuttings strongly varies from one country to another. In Belgium the division is statistical sectors is primarily based on the morphology of the built spaces, notably by isolating the rural environment in the built-up areas. In France the base of the cutting is the system IRIS 2000, which contain between 1,800 and 5,000 inhabitants by gathering several continuous small islands. Other systems can prevail in certain European countries, in particular based on historical cuttings (old parishes, etc). This variability of the cutting methods, notably considering the population thresholds or the town and country planning morphology, has an influence on the statistics themselves. Indeed, more important population numbers can have moderating effects on the collected data. In addition of the consideration of the absolute surface and thus the spatial precision of the data, these elements must be taken into account for the interpretation. 2. Accessibility of the geographical data The geographical data concerning infracommunal cuttings make it possible to chart the statistics. The mode of presentation is often in the shapefile format of file, owner format but largely widespread in the world of the cartography. Several types of suppliers were noticed in the European Union: - the statistical institutes (or ministries) which sub-contract the digitalization of the entities and resell the finished product; - the institutes of cartography which creates a cartographic product and distributes it such as other products of this kind; - the third companies to which the statistical institutes (or comparable) give the right to sell the cartographic files. The price of these data strongly varies from one country to another, in particular following the precision and the extent of the map. The noted prices are from about several hundred euros to several thousands of euros according to the products. III. Example: the Commune of Seraing (Wallonia Belgium) The commune of Seraing belongs to the urban center of Liege (Belgium) and knows similar problems, related to the strong industry decline in this area (specialization in steel). Although an im-
February 2009, 28th
158 / 653
portant part of the population still lives thanks to this industrial sector, some neighborhoods of Seraing encountered a strong population gentrification. This dynamics is however not spatially continuous, and certain neighborhoods of the Commune accommodate relatively young and dynamic populations, with an unemployment rate lower than the average. In order to fight the social problems generated by this situation, various associations with different objectives work in the Commune. The working scale appreciably differs from one organization to another, it goes from the neighborhood scale to the scale of the Commune, or even more. The territory disparities imply that the analysis on the commune scale is not very relevant. It is for example necessary to be at the statistical sectors level to perceive the neighborhoods the more affected by unemployment. The observation of the poorest populations present in bottom of the valley could also have been noticed on the field, but the situations are not necessarily so clear. The cartography intervenes then as a tool of decision-making aid for the policy and operational options, in particular in terms of public expenditure and/or human means to allocate for the populations. In the long run, this cartography must also show the effect of the policies on the territory within the framework of a control of the effectiveness of the action undertaken. Figure 1:
Conclusion The communal level as a base for the analysis is relevant because it is, in Europe, a democratic level presents in each country, even if the names can differ. However, a finer analysis, in particular the level of the statistical sectors (and related) makes it possible to put in front in a more relevant manner the disparities within the communal territory, and consequently to direct the action as well as possible. The accessibility of these data is however weak. Indeed, if the distributers, for both the socioeconomic and geographical data, are largely identified and known, the cost of acquisition remains prohibitory. This difficulty seems to curb the effective use of the cartographic tool on an adapted scale.
February 2009, 28th
159 / 653
Bibliography BREUER C., D EVILLET G., 2008, Towards a system of territorial intelligence: indicators and geographical data for European actors, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008) paratre. DAMY S., HERRMANN-P HILIPPE B., 2008, Metadata for caENTI, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008) paratre. DEVILLET G., BREUER C., 2008, Contribution to applied territorial intelligence: reasoned catalog of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008) paratre PEHANI P., LANDR M., OSTIR K., 2008, Interactive map for caENTI Application of the web mapping technology, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008) paratre
February 2009, 28th
160 / 653
20
Territorial information, shapefiles and indicators accessible for actors until commune and infra communal levels (Synthesis)
Abstract: This article presents the researches carried out within the framework of the creation of an indicators gate for the local actors. We evaluate in this one the accessible territorial data for the actors, and the cartographic files of the administrative or statistical entities to represent them. We analyze the sources of information, and determine its accessibility in the various countries of the European Union. We moreover deal with the problems of the relevant territorial scales and the cartographic representation of the data. Keywords: Indicators, territorial cutting, accessibility of the data, cartographic representation, gate of territorial data.
The European research program caENTI (coordination action of European Network of Territorial Intelligence) financed by the sixth European framework program (FP6) has an important part devoted to the making of tools for the local actors. The method CATALYSIS makes it possible to confront the needs of the population with the offer of the service, while taking into account the socio-economic environment. This last component was approached during the realization of a gate of territorial information at the European level. Our team takes the realization of the portal prototype of on-line territorial information in charge. This work brings together three university teams which respectively work on the realization of the data representation interface, on the data-gathering (spatial and contextual data), and on the metadata as well as the management style of the indicators. The current work aims at working out a portal of information at the attention of the local actors. The concretization of this project requires many theoretical and technical reflections for the development of the tool, usable on Internet. The essential work phase was focused on the technical and operational approach of the online tool. The research undertaken until now aims at answering the following questions: - how to obtain the contextual data at the communal and infra-communal level; - which are the definitions of the statistics and indicators for each country; - how to obtain the shapefiles to allow a cartographic representation of the data; - how to create a portal of indicators for local actors.
February 2009, 28th
161 / 653
This paper will firstly deal with the inventory of the socio-economic and environmental data in Europe, and of their accessibility. Secondly, we will tackle the question of the selected indicators according to the guide CATALYSE, method which confronts the populations needs with the services offered by taking the environmental context into account. Then, we will discuss the creation of the contextual information portal, for finally concluding our paper. I. Inventory of socio-economic and environmental information available on internet 1. Sources and gathering The information sources available on Internet are very diversified, just as their working. Only a part of the European spatial levels allows an online consultation of their statistical data, and even rarer are those which allow a direct and free access. The data-gathering is naturally a crucial step of the creation procedure of the territorial information portal. Research has been leaded, on the one hand, at the level of EUROSTAT, and on the other hand, at the level of the national suppliers (for the LAU 1-2, and the infra-communal data). The first work has been completed and it putted forward the sources of the data and the bonds to reach them. This collection of information had however not taken the type of information, the structure of their working and the type of file into account. EUROSTAT makes it possible to have statistical data for all the European Union from the Community or national level, until the equivalent of the NUTS 3 for each country. The data are not necessarily available for the past year, it is generally necessary to take 2 years former periods so that the statistical data are available for all the Union countries. The files obtained can take various forms and are displayable in a spreadsheet or a database manager, which makes it possible to have an easy relationship with the spatial entities at the time of the representation of those. At the NUTS 3 level (supra communal), information have to be specifically collected at each national supplier. All the national suppliers of statistical data belong to a ministry or an independent organization of the state taking charge of the data collection and processing. They have each an Internet site at ones disposal on which it is possible to obtain basic information, often at the national scale (economic and social indicators, export figures, etc). The local data are more rarely available, often in direct display or downloading. Within the framework of the portal of the territorial intelligence network, it has to be noted that the useful data are restricted to the data available for downloading in the spreadsheet or database format. The files in a compressed, only reading, or text format are unusable within the framework of an automated treatment of information (for display). An inventory of the data availability was carried out during the year 2007, country by country, by taking down in a database the Internet localization of each file, without prejudging its contents. The posterior analysis of this document shows a strong variability of the Web addressing, a regular incompatibility between the database managers and the files suggested by the suppliers. Finally, it has to be stressed that each national institute sales the files in spreadsheet form with the statistical data by spatial entity. For the data of cuttings LAU 1 and 2, as a precaution, one should treat even the nature of the indicators cautiously so much the definitions can differ, on the one hand between the EUROSTAT data and the data of the national providers, and on the other hand between the national suppliers themselves. It will be necessary to take into account the differences in definition and thus in the statistics calculation, to harmonize (cfr. infra) or to inform the user. In the same way, metadata will be essential to determine the various useful data information (date, origin, margin of error in some cases, etc). The problems are exactly similar for the infra-communal data, which moreover are generally available only for exact dates depending directly on the periods of investigation or census. The available data from the national providers are, on the one hand, national and regional data (often directly accessible, but maybe making redundant use with EUROSTAT), and on the other hand local or infra-communal data (often one has to pay for them, or only available to display). The access to the data is heterogeneous, and the data files are seldom downloadable. The definition of the statistics and indicators is variable according to the country, which is seldom explained on the sites of the suppliers. The map of the collected data can moreover easily be related with the chart of the answers by country. The data are often directly displayed on the screen, or distributed in the form of downloadable pdf files. These documents, although very useful at the local level and for specific projects, cannot
February 2009, 28th
162 / 653
allow a systematic automation of the data processing, and are thus useless for us as it is. A solution could be to recode the information, but that would be time consuming and expensive. For example, if we have access to the statistical data for France at the communal level, for 15 variables, that represents more than 551.745 entries to seize, which is unimaginable within the framework of local actors project, of which it is not the objective. Information has a cost, which we will try to specify on the European scale. 2. Examples of observatories in Europe a. National suppliers of statistical data Each country comprises its own general supplier of statistical data. These structures can be regarded as observatories because they have in certain cases the same structure, and sometimes the same tasks. As mentioned above, each one of these institutes has its own Internet site generally comprising statistics.
Country 1 Austria 2 Belgium 3 Bulgaria 4 Cyprus 5 6 7 8 Czech Republic Denmark Estonia Finland Institution Statistics Austria FPS Economy - Directorate-general Statistics Belgium National Statistical Institute of Bulgaria Statistical Service off Cyprus Czech Statistical Office Statistics Denmark Statistics Estonia Statistics Finland INSEE Statistisches Bundesamt Deutschland General Secretariat off National Statistical Service off Greece Central Hungarian Statistical Office Central Statistics Office Ierland Istituto nazionale di statistica Exchange Statistical Office off Latvia Statistics Lithuania STATEC National Statistics Office Statistics Netherlands Exchange Statistical Office Instituto Nacional de Estatistica National Institutul of Statistica Statistical Office off the SR Statistical Office off the Republic off Slovenia Insitituto Nacional de Estadistica Statistics Sweden Office for National Statistics Website http://www.statistik.at/ http://www.statbel.fgov.be/ http://www.nsi.bg/ http://www.mof.gov.cy/mof/cystat/ http://www.czso.cz/eng/redakce.nsf/i/home http://www.dst.dk/ http://www.stat.ee/ http://www.stat.fi/ http://www.insee.fr http://www.destatis.de/jetspeed/portal/cms/ http://www.statistics.gr/ http://portal.ksh.hu/portal/ http://www.cso.ie/ http://www.istat.it/ http://www.csb.lv/ http://www.stat.gov.lt/ http://www.statec.public.lu/ http://www.nso.gov.mt/ http://www.cbs.nl/ http://www.stat.gov.pl/ http://www.ine.pt/ http://www.insse.ro/ http://portal.statistics.sk/ http://www.stat.si/ http://www.ine.es/ http://www.scb.se/ http://www.statistics.gov.uk/
9 France 10 Germany 11 Greece 12 Hungary 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Ireland Italy Latvia Lithuania Luxembourg Malted Netherlands Poland Portugal Romania
23 Slovakia 24 25 26 27 Slovenia Spain Sweden UK
b. EIS Euregional Information Service The Program EIS depends on European financings. It covers Euregio Meuse-Rhine areas (Netherlands, Belgium, Germany) for which it collects and harmonizes the statistical data. The harmonization must allow interregional comparisons and a setting in prospect for the actors, often involved in international cooperation.
February 2009, 28th
163 / 653
The harmonization of the statistical data and of the indicators is not going without encountering difficulties: the task is long and can go up far in the process of data acquisitions. It is sometimes necessary to take again the base of the statistics itself, which is strongly time consuming and sometimes not very relevant. It is thus appropriate, according to the available time of realization, to wonder about the possibility of eluding the question of the harmonization. c. Atlantic Institute of Town and Country Planning Created in 1994, the main aims of the IAAT are the realization of a mutualisation platform of the statistical data and territorial tools, and to allow the access to documents and studies useful for regional planning. The documents are diversified: working papers, maps, statistic tables, instruments, etc. The topics tackled go from the agriculture to the economy and from the demography to the environment. II. Selection of indicators for the guide CATALYSE CATALYSE is a method who confront the population needs (collected with questionnaire) with services offered to population (based on a list). This method takes account of the environment with various environmental indicators. The selected indicators for the guide CATALYSE were highlighted during previous interdisciplinary work. Those sought the available statistical elements which answer the best to questions of the guide (personal questionnaire). All these indicators are not available for each country, moreover, it will certainly be necessary to consider the aggregation of classes in certain cases to form indicators usable by the actors starting from the statistical data (for example for the age groups). Please find bellow the table of correspondance.
Topic of the guide Territorial ID and information Information initial butt reception Indicator Evolution of population Population by gender Population by old groups Nationality Foreigners leaves off Composition of the household Family nuclei Education Level Activity status Tenure status Health status Personal dated and family links Housing Social Individual and autonomy Marital status Income of the household Area of the dwelling Means of transport of the household
III. Portal of indicators 1. Relevance of cartography for the representation of indicators The cartographic representation of the statistical data is not always the more relevant and the more useful for the actors. When the number of entities represented is too weak, or when the difference between the maximum values is reduced, the reading of the documents will not be easy. For the user, these cases would be better perceived in tables. In addition, some indicators do not allow a representation in the form of uniform ranges (population pyramid). In this case, one has to choose between a system of complex representation (symbols) or a set of maps on the same topic: in these two cases, the reading of the information is made more complex for the actors. However in the majority of the cases, the cartography is very useful to represent indicators. Indeed, it makes it possible to synthesize information and to improve the communication. The
February 2009, 28th
164 / 653
cartography is particularly interesting when the choice of the indicators makes it possible to give an account of a relevant situation. 2. Identification of relevant cuttings Relevant cuttings are relating to the level of cutting which is the more appropriate for the applications which will be given to the portal of the territorial intelligence. It has to be noted within this framework that the majority of the actors are local and that their working scale can be lower than the commune. The basic level that absolutely has to be reached is thus the commune level, moreover it is the lowest level for which the statistical data are regularly available and can be ordered for all the countries. The communal level is in addition a level which can be find everywhere in Europe, it is thus a solid working base. We thus note that the relevant level of representation depends firstly on the uses which are made by it, and in addition on the availability of the information. By considering that the data of the higher spatial entities can be found by the aggregation of the lower spatial levels (what is not always checked, in particular because of the calculating methods), we will thus always seek the data at the lowest level possible 3. Gathering shapefiles The computer data relating to the representation of administrative and statistical cuttings are difficult to obtain. On the one hand, the operators of the statistics are seldom the same ones as the suppliers of geographical data, on the other hand these last regularly work with subcontractors. One will also note that for certain spatial levels (especially infra-communal), in certain countries it is the statistical institutes which remain the holders of the numerical maps and sub-contract the execution of it. Within the framework of the European representation of the spatial data, a major problem comes from the diversity of the reference system and the resolutions of the computer documents. These essential differences interfere at the time of the realization of the visual representation, which can affect the quality of it (distortions, discontinuities of the borders, etc). Finally, some countries do not distribute their shapefiles, as for example Luxembourg which has a sufficiently exiguous territory so that the cartographic representation does not use specific software for the mapping (and thus do not require these files). The separation of the sources, the national traditions and the subcontracting of the realization lead to various problems. Firstly, there exist important differences between the European conventionalism (and the territorial structures which result from this) and the local (national) application of the cuttings. Typology appreciably differs depending on the source, which makes complex the structure and the comprehension. Secondly, the Member States systems of subcontracting third parties generate a cost, which only can moderately be reduced by the public characters of the requests (for example the caENTI project). In order to collect the entirety of the administrative cuttings for the whole of the European Union (27), a personalized contact was carried out with each national statistical institute. The requests related at the same time on the numerical maps (shapefiles) of the statistical cuttings, and on the obtaining of the statistics themselves up to the communal or infra-communal level. The procedure envisaged a first e-mail, followed by a second e-mail of recall. The answers are mainly contrasted: few national institutes could answer our request. Some of them do not have the files (subcontracting of the cartography) and others have to pay for it (at a prohibitory cost). It has to be noted that the countries which have been able to inform us on the obtaining conditions of the shapefiles are very few, and are mainly located in Western Europe. The access terms considerably vary following the countries and the result of the collection is particularly heterogeneous. A big number of the countries reorient the requests to other operators (who do not always answer the information requests). The data are uniformly available up to NUTS 3 level; indeed, EUROSTAT provides shapefiles for levels NUTS 0,1, 2 and 3 on its Internet portal. However the precision of these shapefiles is reduced since the basic scale is the 1: 1.000.000 what is not in adequacy with the local use of the territorial intelligence portal. Considering the NUTS 3 data, little country offers it for free. The Netherlands is the exception, thanks to the easy and didactic data acquisition (possibility of Google Earth compatibility, etc). It
February 2009, 28th
165 / 653
should be noted that all the countries do not have a statistical Internet site with an English translation, which makes the collection of information appreciably more complex. The collection of information via the national providers remains problematic: little country, on the level of the EU27 envisaged procedures to acquire the shapefiles easily and free of charges. A majority of the country does not even sale these data, or at prohibitive prices. In addition, other technical problems reinforce these difficulties of acquisition. Indeed, the format of the files appreciably differs from one country to another, just like the identifiers which make it possible to establish the link between the spatial entities and the assignee base. The reference scales modifications at the borders present main issues of representation in these zones. An important work of standardization of the graphic data and assignees tables are thus necessary downstream from the work of data acquisition. Moreover to require an important time of collection, mainly due to the procedures, the subcontracting and the administrative delays of the organizations having the rights on the files, the passage by each institution separately requires the data processing, which is both time consuming and expensive. The ideal solution would be to find a single supplier, which would have as a principal advantage to facilitate the relation between the assignees bases (especially European) and the spatial entities by standardizing the identifiers. The others advantages of the single supplier are mainly esthetic and practical: better representation, coherence of the minimal and maximal scales, single intermediary, reduced waiting periods and administration expenses. The Eurogeographics company offers various products which cover the entirety of the European Union. Its EuroBoundaryMap file proposes various statistical and administrative cuttings at least up to LAU 2. This side of, the situation is variable according to the countries, but a relation is ensured between the statistical sectors and the higher spatial levels. For this purpose, Eurogeographics has rights over the products of the national suppliers. In parallel, this company receives from EUROSTAT a yearly rental fee for the use of the Eurogeographics files by the European projects for free. This formula seems perfectly appropriate for the portal project of territorial intelligence. The scale of reference of this product is the 1: 100.000, which could be supplemented by national files to have a scale more precise. The whole of the infra-communal data can only be obtained by the national suppliers, or by the Regions (for example in Germany). Only two countries provide the infra-communal data in an entirely free way (at the 28/06/2008): Netherlands and Denmark. 4. Additional work The data-gathering is part of the creation of the gate of territorial information for the actors. Other works are related to those described above. They mainly deal with the data and metadata management, and the constitution of the tool for cartography based on technology webgis. Firstly, the gate must manage a great number of data, which is the result of the multiplication of the number of indicators by the number of entities represented. In order to inform the users on visible information, it is necessary to have data describing the data (date of acquisition, supplier, precision) (Damy et al., 2008). Secondly, the visualization of information by the end user depends on the use of a technology of on-line cartography. This technology webgis makes it possible to the local actors to create interactive charts meeting their needs. These two tasks are carried out by the universities partners of Franche-Comt and Slovenia (ZRC-ZAZU) (Pehani et al., 2008). Conclusion The gate of territorial information for the actors is based on both the technical system of management and representation, and on the data which it contains. The search for these data on a European scale is made more complex by the various data distributers, and the acquisition cost of those. We highlighted the information sources in Europe, and the gaps of the centralized distributers. Moreover, we treated cartographic representation of the data, and thus of the shapefiles of administrative and statistical cuttings. The effective collection of information showed the difficulty of information concentration, and proposes various tracks to success with it.
February 2009, 28th
166 / 653
Bibliography BREUER C., D EVILLET G., 2008, Towards a system of territorial intelligence : indicators and geographical data for European actors, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008). CAENTI, 2006a, List of territorial indicators available on internet for comparison with CATALYSE Guide Data, Deliverable 53, 28p. CAENTI, 2006b, State-of-art about of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, Deliverable 24, 23p. CAENTI, 2006c, European contents specification for a CATALYSE guide for diagnosis and evaluation, Deliverable 51, 155p. CAENTI, 2006d, Guidance notes for the use of CATALYSE information and tools, Deliverable 56, 192p. CAENTI, 2008, Reasoned catalogue of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, Deliverable 29, 83p. CHARLIER J., D EVILLET G., BRUNETTI E., CUSUMANO C., DELVOYE J.-M., DOYEN P., URBAN A., 2007, To a TI Community System : shared diagnostic and territorial animation of a Seraing s area (Belgium), in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007 (caENTI). CHEN D., D EVILLET G., 2006, Territorial information, themes, indicators and sources, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Vol 2 caENTI, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007. DAMY S., HERRMANN-P HILIPPE B., 2008, Metadata for caENTI, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Information 2008, UFC : Besanon. DEVILLET G., BREUER C., 2008, Contribution to applied territorial intelligence : reasoned catalog of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008). GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Activities and prospects of research activities concerning tools of territorial intelligence for sustainable developments actors, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Vol 2 caENTI, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007. JOERIN F., RONDIER P., 2007, Indicateurs et decision territoriale : Pourquoi ? Quand ? Comment ? in Les indicateurs socioterritoriaux et les mtropoles, Snchal G., Laval (Canada), p.9-36. LAZZERY Y., 2006, Les indicateurs territoriaux de dveloppement durable. Questionnement et expriences, LHarmattan, 323p. PEHANI P., LANDRE M., OSTIR K.,, 2008, Interactive map for caENTI Application of the web mapping technology, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Intelligence (Besanon, 2008). SANCHEZ-LOPEZ C., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Specifications of the contents of the european guide of diagnosis and evaluation, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Vol 2 caENTI, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007.
February 2009, 28th
167 / 653
February 2009, 28th
168 / 653
21
Towards a system of territorial intelligence: geographical indicators and data for the European actors
Abstract: This article deals with the realization of a territorial information gate for the European actors. It defines the sources of territorial information and the files allowing the cartography of the administrative and statistical cuttings. The acquisition cost of information is also putted forward. It establishes the link between the technical realization of an interactive interface of webmapping and the problem of the data and metadata management. Keywords: Portal of information, territorial information, indicators, data, metadata.
I. Preamble Within the framework of the CAENTI European project (coordination action of European Network of Territorial Intelligence) of the FP6 (Sixth European framework program), research on the territorial indicators, their treatment and their mode of representation, was undertaken. The objective is to represent, for actors implied in several sectors (in particular social), data which they use for the method CATALYSE. After multiple research on the indicators, their accessibility and their definition in the European Union of twenty-seven (Chen and al., 2006; CAENTI, 2008), it was necessary to treat the problem of the installation of the territorial portal of information for the actors, available on Internet. Concretely, it is a question of allowing the visualization of data characterizing the socio-economic environment of the populations to increase the comprehension of the territories, their dynamic and their problems, and of allowing a prospective view of the data collected by the actors near the populations at a more appropriate scale. The cartographic representation was privileged to allow a better legibility of information, the comprehension of the space disparities and the possibility of comparison with other areas. All in all, although the reading of maps is not acquired for all, it is a powerful communications tools. It was decided that this tool would be available for free on Internet, which generates complex technical and legal constraints, in terms of treatments, of representation and spread of information. Nevertheless, thanks to this free use, this tool will be used by the local actors, often confronted with budgetary and human important restrictions.
February 2009, 28th
169 / 653
Our work was thus focused on the following tasks, in order to emit a list of specification for the creation of a European gate of territorial information, and to improve the current data (offers, distribution): - obtaining the contextual and geographical data (administrative cuttings and statistics); - the study and the implementation of the representation modes of cartographic on-line information; - the study and the implementation of the techniques of information and meta-information storage; This article will initially treat of territorial information and geographical files (shapefiles) 1 collection making it possible together to create cartography of socio-economic and environmental contextual information. This part will take into account the constraints related to the mode of representation selected and will determine the essence of the characterization of this one. The second part will give the broad outlines of the cartographic representations selected for the prototype of the cartographic tool. The third part will treat management of the data and metadata within the system. Then we will conclude. II. Data-gathering The data-gathering is a crucial step in the realization of the gate of territorial information: without those, it is obvious that the project does not have substance. In order to carry out cartography of the indicators or data, two types of files are necessary: on the one hand, data to be represented, and on the other hand a file representing spatial cutting in entities (communes, country). It is within the entities of the latter that the values of the indicators will be represented. 1. Contextual data The contextual data form an integral part of the analysis by the method CATALYSE (CAENTI, 2006c). In order to limit the data retrievals, indicators were selected on the basis of European guide (CAENTI, 2006a). They are 15, and their availability near the European Office of the Statistics (EUROSTAT) and the national suppliers of statistics was studied (CAENTI, 2008). Nevertheless, the creation of a gate of information is not summarized with the simple visualization, new constraints thus appeared. a. Constraints Various constraints quickly emerged: whereas certain sites of statistics provide the data on a tabular format, others allow only one posting and a visualization of information on screen. It is however essential to have a tabular form to allow the introduction of the data into the cartographic software. Certain Internet sites generally force the users to digitalize information, which is a long and expensive operation. The cost of acquisition of the data remains indeed an important problem since it will generally be paid by the end users, what we want to avoid. We thus supported the data obtaining for free on Internet sites. EUROSTAT allows this, and certain national sites also put a broad offer of free socioeconomic data at the users disposal. Nevertheless, the majority of the consulted statistical sites ask money for the most precise or specific data. They are primarily the data at the communal or infra communal level, like the statistical sectors. The collection of information is thus subjected to a double constraint, depending on the format and on the acquisition costs of the data. Concretely, that considerably reduces the data availability for their insertion, whereas the preceding statements brought a very promising vision of the accessibility of the data at the European level (Chen and al., 2006). Moreover, the problem of the data update remains not exhausted today. Indeed, the comparison of the situation statements on Internet between the years 2006, 2007 and 2008 showed a strong variability of the web-addresses giving access to the information sources. It seems complex to consider an automatic update without preliminary convention with the statistical partners.
1.
Shapefiles is a format of file initially implemented by the company ESRI, de facto reference in the software of cartography and geographical information system (GIS). This format is used (and compatible) by a majority of software SIG/cartography. It contains a geographical layer of information being able to be used as support with the cartography of contextual data.
February 2009, 28th
170 / 653
b. Results The difficulty of information collection appeared as of the use of the files resulting from EUROSTAT. As proposed previously (CAENTI, 2008), EUROSTAT mainly collects furnished information with thirds (national institutes), which generates information gaps within the databases. In this case, it is sometimes necessary to use older years under review, by taking into account the dynamics of constitution of the European Union and thus the disparities of information for the countries integrated more recently. Moreover, certain indicators of the European Office of the Statistics are named in an unsuitable way, or by creating a confusion: indicators which one thinks acquired can appear not very relevant according to their method of calculating. On the level of the national suppliers, it is the multitude which increases the difficulty of obtaining the data. Acquisition can moreover be expensive for certain very small spatial levels (for example for the communes in France and for the statistical sectors in Belgium). Major indicators (total population, unemployment rate,) are often free, even for restricted spatial levels. But as soon as the indicators become more complex, they are not free anymore (cost can rapidly increase). It is indeed necessary to take into account the number of countries and the number of entities which gear down the costs of acquisition, without ensuring regular updates for all. Within four pilot countries, we could collect several simple indicators (total population, population density, unemployment rate, and foreigner rate, income of households) in a continuous way, from the NUTS1 until the LAU2/NUTS5. More complex indicators present in a systematic way of the gaps and discontinuities, either verticals (of the space levels low towards highest), or horizontal (between entities of the same administrative level). 2. Geographical data The geographical data constitute the base of the spatial representation of the indicators. Primarily exchanged and distributed in the form of file vector shapefiles, we tried to preserve the homogeneity of the format for the whole of the collected data. The national and international distributors of geographical data propose generally various alternative formats, although the shapefiles are dominant. a. Constraints The cartography of various countries in the same interface and in a continuous way can be confronted with various problems. They primarily result from the methods and characteristic of the various cartographic products. Indeed, the creation of the shapefiles in general, and layers of information on administrative cuttings particularly, underlies a certain number of variables which can differ from a creator of data to the other. Among those, we will retain the reference levels of the digitalization, the basic scale of the cartography, the inaccuracy being able to reach several kilometers or employed projections. Many of these constraints can find an answer by the exploitation of the possibilities of the cartography software, which has function of correction or modification of projections. However, the problems of inaccuracy cannot find an easy solution. The risk of the assembly of shapefiles of different origins for the European countries is thus to create inconsistencies and discontinuities in the cartography. In addition, the constraints related to the cost of the data also remain for geographical information. b. National suppliers Each country has its official supplier of geographical data, even if this one can sub-contract the resale of information as well as their creation. In certain nations, only one institute deals with the digitalization of the administrative limits and their distribution, but this case of figure remains rare. The data generally have a cost, which varies according to the country, the zone which one wishes to acquire and the administrative level of cuttings. The countries which give the geographical data free are a minority in European space. The majority of them require a price growing according to the precision of the data and in certain cases the format (certain data are free in image format but need to be paid in shapefile format). In addition, all the countries do not distribute the geographical files. Certain personally contacted national institutes confirmed that they do not place the data of administrative cuttings at the
February 2009, 28th
171 / 653
disposal of third, not even to have it in formats usable by the software cartography. These answers are certainly debatable, but it illustrates the difficulty of obtaining such information. Our work of collection of information was thus made more complex by the multitude of suppliers, the incompatible data formats with the most widespread software of cartography, and the often prohibitory costs of the data moreover subjected to certain legal restrictions in terms of diffusion. In addition, fears concerning the disparities of resolution, reference frame and projection proved founded. The inconsistencies noted at the borders are consistent and make interpretations of the indicators very difficult. The only official organization providing administrative cuttings for the whole of the European Union at an infra national level is the European Office of the Statistics. Its Internet site places for free at the disposal of all a map of the administrative level divisions NUTS1, NUTS2 and NUTS3. But the precision of these data is poor (scale of reference 1: 1,000,000) and does not resolve the problem of the supra-communal, communal and infra-communal levels, which are the most important levels for the local actors. c. Single supplier No traditional public agency provides data from the level of the countries to the communes. This level is the main objective of our collection of information since the communes 2 are a basic unit present in all the European countries. Our research thus led us to seek private or parapublic distributors for these data. The use of products of a single supplier having in addition harmonized the data makes it possible to be freed from a big number of constraints quoted before. We found only one distributor of data for the whole of the European Union and certain countries partenaires3. This supplier, EuroGeographics, places at the disposal various products at the scale of the Union of which a map of administrative cuttings having for geometrical base the administrative communes or equivalents. Moreover, the base assignee of these files ensures the relation between certain infra-communal entities and the higher entities. The base assignee of this supplier also eludes the question of the diversity of the identifiers (met for national suppliers) since those are harmonized according to European nomenclature NUTS/LAU. Each of the 125,286 entities represented is thus identified by its single code. The company regularly updates the data. Figure 1: National suppliers of statistical data in Europe
Source : EuroGeographics.
2. 3.
Definitions of this level differ however. Nevertheless, the democratic structures are overall similar and correspond to a local basic level. Countries partners are, for example, certain applicant countries at the entry in the European Union or of the frontier countries.
February 2009, 28th
172 / 653
In order to constitute its product, EuroGeographics joined the various national distributors. Those thus remain holders of the copyright but EuroGeographics can diffuse the products of the various countries. The cost of implementation of these data is prohibitory; a license for a single user must be acquired for 15,340 euros for the UE27 and for a two years duration. Additional expenditure must be taken into account for diffusion on Internet. Nevertheless, EuroGeographics has agreements with the European Union: the European research projects can have the EuroGeographics data during the duration of the project and for interns use only. The use of such a product is optimal because it makes it possible to have uniform layers of information whose precision is satisfactory taking into consideration the objective of the tool. Nevertheless its cost in the long term makes its exploitation impossible for a big number of local actors having reduced financial means. It would be interesting to be able to develop in a near future a similar product, of which accessibility would not be subjected to such financial constraints. III. Data and metadata Volumes of data treated by the system of representation of territorial information are considerable: it is a question of distributing data of 27 countries for many indicators. Potentially, taking into account the administrative levels, that represents a number of several million. The preceding studies (CAENTI, 2008) showed in addition that the sources of the indicators are numerous, and that the conditions of obtaining are particularly diversified. In this context, several arguments are in favor of the collection and the aggregation of metadata describing at the same time the data themselves, and the indicators. Firstly, the end users must be able to analyze the data by knowing the methods of calculating of the indicators, the year of the data, their source, etc. In the second place, the metadata are useful within the framework of the updates and the various automatic treatments being able to be carried out on the database. The research undertaken within the framework of program CAENTI (Damy and al., 2008) aims to harmonize the metadata and to adapt them to the geographical data and the indicators. The research undertaken in this direction is based on Dublin Core and the ISO standards. Work led to a proposal of grid for the metadata, which was successfully tested on European and national indicators, like on geographical files. The fields will be validated by the comparison with the conclusions of the project INSPIRE4 which must end in November 2008. IV. Cartographic interface The cartographic interface is the element of the presentation system the most seen by the end users. This one, in its design, must adapt to all data-processing environments in order to have a public potentially more important. Nevertheless, it should be stressed that a good gate of information depends less on its aspect than on what it contains, but its aspect contributes to the visibility and the handiness of the tool. It is about a tool of web mapping making it possible to carry out interactive maps (Pehani and al., 2008). In addition to mapping the values of the indices, the interface also makes it possible to inform the uses of the metadata and the conditions of obtaining and creation of the visible data on the representation. The cartographic interface thus necessarily uses the whole of the previously prepared resources. The prototype fulfills the requirements that we had initially fixed ourselves, while being based on open-source technologies. Conclusion The realization of a European gate of indicators as component of the cognitive process of the territories requires a particularly important basic work. After a selection of the indicators represented on the basis of guide adapted to the method CATALYSE, the relative questions to obtaining the data and the metadata emerged. They highlighted the need for collecting both data simultaneously to inform the end user as well as possible.
4. European project INSPIRE answers the directive 2007/2/CE of the European Parliament which aims to harmonize and improve geographical information spread in the European Union. A specific shutter is devoted to the geographical metadata.
February 2009, 28th
173 / 653
The collection of information was also particularly instructive to show the availability and the cost of acquisition of geographical information or indicators. The disparities of information spread shown during the research also show the difficulties encountered by the actors to obtain abundant and relevant territorial information. The centralization of the information and its standardization seem to be an essential prerequisite for the processes of the territory knowledge, efficient and accessible for the various actors. In parallel, the future developments of the cartographic tool will probably make it possible to permit to introduce their own contextual data meeting their needs specifically: in this case, if the data are actually provided by the end user, the shapefiles will have to be provided by the owner of the platform. The use of an interactive cartographic interface based on technologies of web mapping makes it possible to exploit with relevance the elements implemented before and to widely diffuse near users, whom are sometimes not accustomed with the methods of cartography essential for the comprehension of the territories. The existence of a functional prototype based on real and territorialized data tends to confirm the feasibility of one gate on a European scale, realizing substantial improvements on the level of the accessibility of the data, objective which will probably be achieved thanks to European engagements through the directive INSPIRES. The work undertaken by the caENTI project will make it possible to make recommendations at the European Union to improve the territorial information spreading and to increase the effectiveness of the local actions. Bibliography CAENTI, 2006a, List of territorial indicators available on internet for comparison with CATALYSE Guide Data, Deliverable 53. CAENTI, 2006b, State-of-art about of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, Deliverable 24. CAENTI 2006c, European contents specification for a CATALYSE guide for diagnosis and evaluation, Deliverable 51. CAENTI 2006d, Guidance notes for the use of CATALYSE information and tools, Deliverable 56. CAENTI, 2008, Reasoned catalogue of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, Deliverable 29. CHARLIER J., D EVILLET G., BRUNETTI E., CUSUMANO C., DELVOYE J.-M., D OYEN P. and URBAN A., 2007, To a TI Community System: shared diagnostic and territorial animation of a Seraings area (Belgium), in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva, 2007, caENTI, p. 657-664. CHEN D. and D EVILLET G., 2006, Territorial information, themes, indicators and sources, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007, vol. 2, caENTI, p. 22-37. DAMY S. and HERRMANN-PHILIPPE B., 2009, Metadata for caENTI, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Information, Besanon, 2008, Universit de Franche-Comt, forthcoming. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Activities and prospects of research activities concerning tools of territorial intelligence for sustainable developments actors, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007, vol. 2, caENTI, p. 38-43. LAZZERY Y., 2006, Les indicateurs territoriaux de dveloppement durable. Questionnement et expriences, Paris, LHarmattan. PEHANI P., OSTIR K. and LANDR M., 2009, Interactive Map for caENTi Application of the webmapping technology, in Acts of the International Conference of Territorial Information, Besanon, 2008, Universit de Franche-Comt, forthcoming. SANCHEZ-LOPEZ C. and GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Specifications of the contents of the European guide of diagnosis and evaluation, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007, vol. 2, caENTI, p. 78-101.
February 2009, 28th
174 / 653
VERMEYLEN P., 2006, Amnagement et urbanisme, LAgenda 21 des Communes durables, Namur, CPDT.
February 2009, 28th
175 / 653
February 2009, 28th
176 / 653
22
Emergence of a territory project for the districts of Huy and Waremme (Belgium): tools, participation and construction
Christophe BREUER Graduate in Geographical Sciences and Master in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium christophe.breuer@ulg.ac.be Gunal DEVILLET Graduate in geographical sciences and Secondary School diploma in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium G.Devillet@ulg.ac.be Bernadette MRENNE-SCHOUMAKER Professor, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium B.Merenne@ulg.ac.be
Abstract: The emergence of a territory project built and shared by the actors implies the use of special methods which make it possible to transcend the private interest for the benefit of a territorialized community good. The example of the territorial project for the districts of Huy and Waremme (Belgium, 2007) makes it possible to put forward useful and diversified methods to cause and frame the debates, while taking into account the number, the representativeness and the diversity of the actors in a strongly diversified territory. It deals with the integration of the territorial observation in a territories development process and in the confrontation of the theoretical and pragmatic approaches. Keywords: Participation, territory project, cartographic package, territorialized community good
I. Preamble The concretization of a participative process aiming at the creation of a territory project is not an easy task when because of its numerous actors and complexity. It is nevertheless the mission carried out by the Department of Fundamental and Applied Economic Geography (SEGEFA) of the University of Liege (Belgium) in 2007. The process was initiated by the Employment and Training Subregional Committee of the districts of Huy and Waremme (CSEF-HW), decentralized body having a role of observation, dialog and initiative. This organization, which is composed among others by representatives of the employers and workers, has integrated a maximum of actors in a broad and multisectorial cooperation to effectively direct the Plan of Development Action (PAD) on the period 2007-2014. The PAD had to be based in priority on the axes determined during the participative process. In this way, the project was an exercise of territorial prospective and a traditional project of systemic and participative development alike.
February 2009, 28th
177 / 653
The situation of the districts of Huy and Waremme, transition areas between three important cities (Brussels, Liege and Namur) required a redefinition of the territory and the reinforcement of the identity. This need is mainly due to the weakness of the sub-regional strategic structures in Wallonia and to the vulnerability of the peri-urbanized rural areas, almost absent from the strategies of the big agglomerations. In order to frame the process and to bring a critical view on the current situation, the CSEF-HW called on the SEGEFA which initially carried out a diagnosis en then leaded workshops renamed for the occasion the Tuesday of the development. In a last more strategic phase, priority axes of development have been putted forward to constitute the base of the future action. The diagnosis phase lasted 3 months followed by the phase of cooperation of 2 months and the strategic phase of 1 month. This article presents the experiment undertaken by the districts of Huy and Waremme which made it possible to set up a development strategy. The second chapter will highlight the reflections linked with the shared diagnosis, whereas the third deals with the construction of the project of territory. The fourth chapter will be the occasion to discuss the relations between the territorial intelligence on the one hand and the territorial strategy on the other hand, before concluding. II. Diagnosis and shared analyze The first stage of the process consisted of the realization of a preliminary diagnosis, based on the public statistics and various institutional information sources. This stage required a preliminary reflection concerning the spatial limitation of the analysis or even of the project and of the level of the data accuracy required. This diagnosis was submitted to the actors to give rise to the territorialized reflection and the identification of the local stakes. 1. A tool at the base of the actors reflection: the cartographic package The use of an initial diagnosis to give rise to a justified and coherent reflection requires the use of methods and tools ready to challenge the various actors. The idea is to decrease the blockages of the territory comprehension, in other words, to widen the knowledge of a maximum of the debates recipients. In parallel, the diagnoses are often perceived as unpleasant and incomprehensible, what considerably decreases their effectiveness and give them a secondary formal role. It is obvious that the lack of knowledge of the participants about the statistical data management is an important difficulty, but surmountable, in order to maximize the efficiency of the debates. Within the framework of territorial development study, the cartographic representation makes it possible to overcome these recurring problems. Firstly, the cartography spatializes the information visually, what allows an increased comprehension of the dynamics and disparities of the territory. In the second place, the maps give a thematic synthesis substantially more readable than the data tables. Lastly, although these representations have many other advantages, they are more didactic and better perceived than the raw data. Nevertheless, these qualities should not make forget that the reading of charts is not an innate skill, and that they can be badly interpreted. Others critical can be addressed to the simplicity of the representation masking the complexity of the indicators. These lacks are inevitably and basically related to the definition of the cartography itself, and are abundantly described in various sources (e.g., CAUVIN 2007). Before the roundtables about the development of the Districts of Huy and Waremme, a cartographic package was created and distributed to the participants. It was the synthesis of the pre diagnosis, compiled in 42 thematic cards and maps. Figure 1 represents one of these thematic cards with the cartography of an indicator, a short comment accompanying it and reference data for other spatial entities (higher administrative levels, but also certain similar districts). The comparisons inside and outside the territory gives a clear idea of the district in comparison with its environment. In addition, certain diachronic data give a temporal analysis highlighting the territory dynamics in its environment.
February 2009, 28th
178 / 653
Figure 1:
The participants used the provided maps, which were the support of the identification of certain localizable problems and the vector of complementary analyzes by the actors themselves. To argue their remarks, certain actors asked for additional cartographies notably in the matters related on teaching, or the infrastructures. The schematization realized at different scales made it possible to specify the place of the studied territory in the regional and national contexts: the two districts saw their shared diagnosis influenced by their transition zone location, between major poles. The evaluation of this tool is positive, for the piloting team and for the participants. It allowed to overcome the blockages of the information diffusion, and was really at the basis of the shared accurate analysis. This method of validation and of iterative correction seems to be an effective and interactive mean to build up the shared diagnosis. 2. Relevant territory and territory of action The main participative territorial development projects run up from the start against the difficulty in determining a relevant territory of work to carry out the collective project in the long term. Indeed, it seems that the realization of a participative process within a territory having a strong identity and a feeling of membership supports the emergence of common objectives with a consensual vision of the territory development. This principle was many times confirmed by the field experiments, which confirms it as an unavoidable good practice for any exercise of territorial prospective or development project of the territories. By selecting borders authorizing homogeneity of space and of the individuals practices in society, it is not necessary any more to be focused on complex internal disparities: without gumming spatiality, it is possible to isolate a single spatial system and to decrease the number of variables to be taken into account. In this way, the objectives laid down adapt themselves in a more relevant way to the territory of action and have adaptability to the temporal variations. Moreover, the identity feeling
February 2009, 28th
179 / 653
of the local actors within the perimeter supports the interpersonal contacts and the development of strategies located by the actors. Nevertheless, the relevant territory rarely corresponds to the territory of action: the historical administrative cuttings are far from being superimposed on the current lived or relevant spaces. In addition, one could assert that these territories will evolve and that it will be necessary to modify the paradigm of the territorial organization to be able to relevantly adapt to the changes. The districts of Huy and Waremme do not escape this report in a complex institutional context. They partially contain agro-geographical zones but also strongly differentiated basins of life. It is about an institutional reality which submits the theory to the practice proof: whereas the territories are varied (all things considered), the levers, notably decisional and of financing, have scales and territories superimposed on a previous cutting. In this context, it was thus necessary to take into account a variable of complementary system, taking local specificities into account. A dual reflection results: on the one hand the theoretical reflection often related to the relevant territory, and on the other hand the pragmatic reflection on the conditions of realization, on the silent partners or on the recipients. The participative process confronts the latter with the lived territory, perceived as a concrete (geomorphology, urbanization, etc) or abstracted (basin of life) entity. The research of a point of balance results which cannot completely be freed from the administrative limits, bases of a big number of levers. It is not useless in this context to subdivide the territory in spaces of increased coherence and to apply policies appreciably different to them by increasing their relevance. 3. Selection of the indicators The selected indicators should allow to make a report of the situation of the studied territory the most accurately possible. It was moreover necessary to deal with the information legibility, and thus to limit the volume of information, by carrying out a selection of relevance based amongst other things on the action fields of the local actors, of the spatial level of the information and the representativeness of the indicators. The indicators were distributed according to 6 topics (population, employment, economic activity, territory, tourism, agriculture). Together, they make it possible to get various dimensions of the territory which are conventionally quantified: in this way, they make a report of the socioeconomic state of the districts. Certain data were charted independently of the administrative limits, because they correspond to ad hoc or spatially limited objects (classified buildings, infrastructures, zones of economic activity, etc). This type of representation made it possible to show the spatial relations between the structuring elements of the territory, and to spatially determine with accuracy projects to carry out. III. Construction of the territory project The construction of the territory project was carried out in a collaborative and interactive way, between the various actors directed by the management team. The relations between the actors were planned and channeled during meetings which took various forms according to the successive phases of reflection. 1. Selection of the participants on the roundtable conferences No direct selection was carried out for the participants on the roundtable conferences: the organization of those was publicly mentioned on Internet and in the local press which relayed information on several occasions. Voluntarily, the representation of the various sectors was however supported by invitations targeted on the basis of a local actors listing of the silent partner of the study. It is undeniable that a big part of the present people was justified by the direct invitations. During these roundtable conferences, initiators of local good practices were also invited to present their projects in introduction of each meeting: these people were directly selected on the basis of the known or less known experiments of the area which obtained good results. These initiatives were noticed via networks of actors already present in the districts of Huy and Waremme, or via the media, and more particularly the regional press.
February 2009, 28th
180 / 653
2. Sets of themes approached The topics approached during the participative process were selected on the basis of their coherence, the effective levers at the disposal of the local actors, notably the town and country planning, energy, education sectors, etc. The topics consequently approached during the roundtables were the territorial attractivity, the energy and sustainable development, the companies, the services and trade, the construction sector, the tourism and culture, the agriculture and horticulture, and finally the territorial planning and the infrastructures. These topics were selected in cooperation with the representatives of the local actors and the management team. All in all, they make it possible to perceive in a systemic way the territory dynamics, and to identify the strategic axes which will make it possible to increase the territorial competitiveness. 3. Roundtables sets of themes and transverse conference Two methods were employed to confront the actors with the diagnosis and the actors between them, so that a common vision of the projects to carry out emerges. Those are based on the cooperation and the dialog: - The method employed during the Tuesday of the development consisted in a separation of the reflection in different phases and an orientation of this towards concrete actions to be carried out. All in all, a presentation of the diagnosis intervened at the beginning of the meeting, followed by talks of good practices. Then, the debate started. At the beginning of a phase, the debate generally focused on the critic of the diagnosis and its possible adjustment. In a second part, the actors exposed themselves the tendencies observed in the territory and the axes of development which they wished to develop. - The final conference aimed primarily at validating the strategic axes highlighted before and at specifying the projects to carry out and their coordinators. By small groups, the participants regularly alternated in the workshops which each specifically aimed an axis of development. The organizers brought back the preceding discussions and managed the debate to obtain, by successive adjustments, precise built projects of which the details had been discussed. The representatives of the various organizations (institutions or associations) also could discuss the practical methods of future organization and the follow-up of the actions. The participants were globally satisfied with the roundtables and also with the different activities during the conclusive conference. The questionnaires of satisfaction show that 82% of the participants are said satisfied or very satisfied with the discussion, which should not mask a strong variability: the meetings managed in a more rigorous way were globally more appreciated. The principal criticism was related to the speaking time of the participants (weak limitation) or to the absence of concrete actions emergence in phase of cooperation. At the end of the conclusive conference, this observation was not picked out any more, the objective having been reached. A recurring criticism also came from the representativeness of the participants: a posteriori the diffusion of the roundtables organization was insufficiently followed by the communes and the authorities in general. Although a significant share of the local actors representatives was present (trade union, employers, communal or regional services, etc), the recurring question of the democratic legitimacy was asked. The projects highlighted have to take account of this irrefutable fact while concentrating on fields left vacant by the other actors. The participants permanently underlined the need for ensuring the timelessness of the involved process. One of the major fears was to see the projects stoped because of a lack of regular follow-up and of a permanent dynamism. They thus proposed the implementation of regular meetings, forums, conferences and roundtables conferences, and of tools of permanent follow-up. 4. Territory Project The actors confirmed during the conclusive conference five strategic axes of development. It is the identification and the valorization of a strong image of the territory, the development of specific activities, the legibility and the effectiveness of the actors networks, the formation, and the management of the territory towards the sustainable development.
February 2009, 28th
181 / 653
The various axes are strongly inter-connected and their leading projects accurately identified. One of the major stakes is to ensure the coherence of the territory by affirming its particular characteristics and to thus return an image to it, which remained until now latent. This image is at the same time the trigger element, and the strategy spearhead of the two districts. The second major stake is the networking and the efficiency increase of the strategic information scanning system. As a corollary, the implementation of the management tools and of the information circulation, notably thanks to the new technologies of information and communication, seems to allow a better information circulation. IV. Strategy and territorial intelligence The clarification of the relations between strategic development of the territories and territorial intelligence is, in our opinion, little developed until now, and this essential articulation, appears rejected in second plan. Nevertheless, these links are regularly implied and developed under another term. It is certainly advisable to attach a certain importance to it in order to specify, within the framework of the development of the territories, the possible complementarities of the approaches. In 2006, Philippe Destatte (Destatte, 2006) specified in his guide of the territorial prospective that from this process emanated two products: the first being the constitution of an interactive process of collective intelligence and mobilization of the actors, and in addition a strategic phase which works out precise answers to the stakes of identified long run. The terms are not innocuous, because they make it possible to detect the link between, on the one hand the capacity of adaptation to the environment modifications, and on the other hand the necessary strategic vision which makes it possible to direct the future of the territories. This vision of the intelligence as capacity is also raised by Philippe Dumas (Dumas, 2008) who moreover shows the differences in acceptances of the term intelligence according to the AngloSaxon pole or the Latin view, he also underlines the fact that in the first case the intelligence suggests the exploitation of the data, and in the second case an adaptability and a management facing new situations. In fact, these definitions are not paradoxical and place the territorial intelligence at the same time as produces and bases of strategies. Firstly as substrate, by increasing the network and coherence effects, and by accentuating the positive effects of the strategic information scanning system. This approach is not without link with the economic intelligence. It constitutes a continuous process of evaluation and collection of opportunities in a broad network of actors, institutionalized as well as private. In a way, this concept can be attached to a development strategy only based on the territorial intelligence as a cognitive process. Secondly as produces, being able to be the emanation of a development strategy and set up by it. We note that in the long term, both cases carry out the territorial intelligence to play a collector and treatment role, bases of future strategic actions. Where this cognitive process is not present, it can be the integrated product of a development strategy. The territorial intelligence can thus be an integral part of a permanent strategy in constant renewal. In addition to bringing material, it authorizes corrections by successive adjustments of the policies as well as sectoral or multidisciplinary innovating strategies answering new opportunities. The formatting of the information for the target actors a broad representative panel of the various groups of actors institutionalized or not partially answers the accessibility problems of the new governorship. The study case of the districts of Huy and Waremme also showed that the territorial intelligence and its implications in terms of territorial development are required by a growing number of actors in lack of local information and treatment of those. Conclusion The districts of Huy and Waremme are transition territories slightly structured between the poles of Namur, Liege and Brussels. Having to face the negative externalities of the metropolisation and the challenges of the suburbanization, the territory is devoid of own strategy, capable to register this territory in a prospective process. It is to answer this deficiency that the local actors wished to develop their own strategy to direct the future of the development and to realize the districts at the intern and regional level.
February 2009, 28th
182 / 653
The case study of the districts of Huy and Waremme shows that, unfortunately, the territory of action can strongly differ from the relevant territories, and that it is difficult to deny this irrefutable fact. Indeed, the actors, but also the political and financial levers, are partially structured on obsolete administrative cuttings, considering certain aspects. In this context, it is nevertheless not impossible to carry out a project of territory with the actors. The use of the cartographic package as mode of representation of the diagnosis made it possible for the actors to appropriate this one and to highlight the challenges of the territory. It was the fertile substrate of justificated and coherent discussions taking into consideration field reality. The modes of discussion were also interesting since they made it possible by successive adjustment to determine the strategic axes to develop and the projects to carry out to concretize them. The actors pled for a continuous and iterative approach of the process in order to collect the opportunities and to adapt the strategies in a permanent way. For this purpose, tools must be improved to collect the information, to concentrate it and diffuse it by reinforcing the strategic information scanning system. Bibliography BERTACCHINI Y., GIRARDOT J.J., GRAMACCIA G., 2006, De lintelligence territoriale. Thorie, posture, hypothses, dfinitions, ISDM n26, 7 p. BREUER C., CHEN D. ss dir. MERENNE B. et DEVILLET G., 2008, Recherche-Action sur le dveloppement conomique de la rgion Huy-Waremme : Rapport final, Lige : Universit de Lige, 42 p. CAUVIN C., 2007, Cartographie thmatique, Paris : Lavoisier, Cachan : Hermes Sciences CSEF Huy-Waremme, 2007, Recherche-Action sur le dveloppement conomique de la rgion de HuyWaremme : Analyse spatio-temporelle du territoire, Huy, 48p. DESTATTE P., 2006, Guide pour mener un exercice de prospective territoriale, Institut Destre, 22 p. DUMAS P., 2008, Dfinition de lIntelligence Territoriale, Work Paper caENTI GIRARDOT J.J, 2006, Intelligence territoriale et participation, Vme colloque TIC et Territoires : Quels dveloppements, Besanon, 7 p. MERENNE-SCHOUMAKER B., 2002, Analyser les territoires : savoirs et outils, Rennes : Presses Universitaires, 166 p. PASCARU M., 2006, tat de lart de lintelligence territoriale, Work Paper caENTI, 3p. SAEY P., 2002, Spatial planning as large-scale project : the problem of effective governance, in BELGEO, 2002-3, p. 295-310
February 2009, 28th
183 / 653
February 2009, 28th
184 / 653
23
Approaching the Territory as a Space of the Action. Predictors of the Participation in the Livezile-Rimetea Micro-region (Romania)
Clina-Ana BUIU Lecturer, University 1 Decembrie 1918, Alba Iulia, Romania bcalina@yahoo.co.uk
Abstract: There is an increased interest in community participatory development through the involvement of local social actors. Development through participation has shifted the traditional paradigm by placing emphasis on a diversity of local actors, and has generated mixed results, depending on the socio-cultural context of the development area. This study was designed to examine contribution to community projects, preoccupation for the community problems and mobilisation for action in Livezile-Rimetea micro-region. Predictors as village, age, gender and religious affiliation of the potential participants may provide clues that can prove helpful in optimising the strategy of social intervention. Keywords: Public participation, territorial development, micro-region, community projects, social actor.
During the last decades the problem of territorial development has increasingly been looked upon through a new paradigm, that of participation. Judging by the diversity of forms, one could conclude that there are no legal or institutional barriers to public participations in the political or administrative acts of democratic countries. Although a professional consensus exists on what makes a good public participation, the practice ranges according to local preference, availability of funds, and according to the values as seen by governing officials. Although the principle of public participation is being quasi-unanimously accepted for the purpose of policy making, its practical implementation via local territorial development actors displays particular features that require consideration. Within the framework of local evaluation and development programs, and particularly when it comes to political and administrative decision making, the role templates of the social actors become more fluid and increasingly contextualized. The public in action becomes social actor and the territory becomes the scene with sets that can be reconfigured through collective actions. In recent discussions on development issues the territory is defined as a complex system, which is not reduced to just a natural or geographical space. It is also the space for project and that of action of a community (Girardot, 2007). The sustainable [territorial] development is the requirement that rattled the policies and practice of governance, remarked J.J. Girardot (2005). To the three generally accepted principles (of complete actor involvement, the global and balanced approach and of the actor partnership), Girardot also added three methodological principles. Out of these, the approach of the territory as a space of the action has been the first to be stated. The action and the participation are ontologically related concepts. The current work attempts to identify the predictors of citizens participation to those acts of governance which target territorial development. The methodological principle stated by Girardot has been applied in two neighbouring but slightly contrasting communities of Livezile and Rimetea.
February 2009, 28th
185 / 653
I. Public participation Recent debate Public participation is a process through which the citizens gain influence and actively take part in public policy making. Within Western cultures, the term public participation has strong positive connotations, and is associated with the promotion of democracy. The theoretical literature on public participation is growing rapidly. The need for better conceptual and theoretical understandings of public participation has become clear. Public participation theories have not received great attention, and few have been proposed or tested. Yet theory offers much to practitioners of various interventions. Some examples of fields where public participation often occurs in policy, planning, and development include environmental impact assessment; public health policy; urban, transportation, and energy planning, community economic development; risk management; natural resource management; and democratic reform. But discussion of public participation has lacked a comprehensive framework. As such S.A. Newson (2001) considers the term public participation being poorly defined. Programmes are frequently implemented without suggesting or defining the objectives to be achieved. The key to understanding citizen participation depends largely upon the identification of the explicit and implicit objectives intrinsic to the process. In many circumstances, there has been a gap between the policy for public participation and the implementation strategy or process. More recently, a somewhat different opinion is that of Nancy Glock-Grueneich and Sara Nora Ross who consider that the field of public participation has reached a triple maturity: conceptual, theoretical and institutional. Institutional maturation occurs when the development turns a field of practices into a field of academic study, professional instruction, and required usage in all the institutions where that would be an improvement over current functioning. But before institutionalization can occur theoretical maturation must take place. By this, they mean the stages by which a field of sustained study and practice takes on intellectual tasks of increasing complexity leading to its possessing ever more potent theories for anticipating and handling recurring situations. This process of naming key ideas accompanies theoretical maturation. Conceptual maturation means developing a shared language of terms used with enough consistency and precision, and related to each other in a manner coherent enough, that we actually can understand each other across our diverse practices, settings, cultures and languages. An interesting resurgence of interest over the origin of the term public participation is generated by Ricardo S. Morse (2007), who authors the study, Mary Follett, Prophet of Participation. Mary Follett (1868-1933), a community organiser, scholar, and popular lecturer, became known as one of the seminal thinkers in the fields of public administration and business management. She has been named the prophet of management. Yet it was democracy and public participation that formed the core of her lifes work. The theoretical and practical implications of her writings on public participation have not been adequately explored, said Morse. Folletts work is strong on theory and it is also very much practice-oriented. Her work represents a framework for thinking about democratic governance and points to how that kind of participation can be applied in concrete ways. Follett identifies the neighbourhood as one of the primary vehicles for institutionalizing genuine participation. This is one of the features of her work that distinguishes her from her contemporaries, a feature that requires serious consideration from the public participation community given the rapid growth of so-called neighbourhood programs in communities. The organizing premise of Folletts work lies in her notion of circular response or experience. Human activity is in response to a changing environment. Circular response means that we are making our environment, responding to it, and being recreated by it simultaneously, from moment to moment, our whole lives (Morse, 2007). Notwithstanding the global societal perspective, a simpler and more practical approach may be that of focusing on the intersection between public participation and development projects. For Somesh Kumar for instance, participation takes a central place in development theory and practices:
Governments, financing agencies, donors, civil society actors including the NGOs and multifunctional agents such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund came to the conclusion that development can not be sustainable and long-lasting if only the people participation is part of the development process (Kumar, 2007, p. 23).
Kumars definitions on participation embody a series of common ideas which are underscored by us as follows: 1) participation as a volunteering contribution, 2) participation as involvement in decision making and 3) participation as an active process of influencing the direction and execution of a development project. Kumar also presents in his study a typology of participation taking into account among others its intensity: 1) passive participation (population is informed with no particular
February 2009, 28th
186 / 653
interest in its answers); 2) participation in information giving (for example, in the case of a grassroots inquiry of a development project); 3) participation by consultation (people ask and find solutions together with the specialists involved in the development project); 4) participation for material incentives (people participate by providing non-qualified work in exchange of money, food or other material rewards); 5) functional participation (people participate through groups that meet the objectives associated to projects and that get involved in major decisions making); 6) interactive participation (people participate in common analysis, in the development of the action plans and in the formation and consolidation of local institutions); 7) self-mobilization (people participate by spontaneous initiatives, independently from the external institutions which provide them resources and advice, and without loss of control over the way resources are being used). Taking as a starting point Quakley and his colleagues ideas, Kumar also pinpoints a series of arguments against participation: 1) participation can lead to starting point and project development delays, with direct implications on public and financial resource attraction; 2) participation requires an increased demand for human and material resources if it is to be sustained); 3) resistance will likely be encountered if participation implies decision making empowerment of the people through transfer away from other factors; delegating control has rarely been easy. Although Kumar starts his analysis on participation with enthusiasm, he becomes more realistic and quite critic in the end:
The truth is that due to these reasons, many projects prefer to involve the people only in the implementing stage. But in most of the projects participation proves to remain more illusory than real. That is why participation remains rather rhetorical than a reality. And this despite the general recognition of the fact that participation in its meaning of interactive participation or participation through self-mobilization must be an essential ingredient of development processes (Kumar, 2007, p. 26).
In time, a series of problems noticed here have benefited of coherent solutions from the more generous perspective of partnership. Participation appears beside partnership in its quality of territorial intelligence fundamental principle (Girardot, 2007). Taking into account either the economic intelligence regarded in territorial context, (Bertacchini, 2007; Herbeaux, 2007) or the collective intelligence (Levy, 2007) and its manifestations at territorial level, the territorial intelligence is characterized by the same principles, which represent nowadays the basis of sustainable development (Pascaru, 2006). In terms of public participation in Romania, a recent study (2006) undertaken under the auspices of The Resource Center for Public Participation and coordinated by Mihaela Lambru noticed that the citizens involvement in public policy making is limited to being informed and occasionally consulted but lacking active participation 1. Furthermore, even the public consultation process is not only limited to the activities and situations sanctioned by law, but also poorly managed overall. This is consistent with the excessively legalistic modus operandum of public administration, and not with the more modern understanding of public management. II. The micro-region A possible space of collective action Within the European social development policy and practice the creation of development regions rests on the territorial-projected change rationality derived from the principles of participation and of decentralisation. 1. The function of regional development zones in Romania and micro-regional carving The vision and the ensuing development actions are to be the results of a bottom-up process while the resource distribution being propagated top-down, starting from the higher political and administrative levels. The demarcation of territorial development regions within both the member and the aspiring states of The European Union is one of the conditions imposed for accessing structural funds. Being considered both a European requirement and an internal necessity (Mitroi, 2006), the creation of the eight development regions in Romania has been defined by M. Pascaru (2005) as a politico-economic rationale driven engineered process named regioning (regionare) as opposed to the socio-historically spontaneous process of regionalisation. Dumitru Sandu (1999, p. 168) makes the additional point that the demarcation of the development regions in Romania has been accomplished having in mind both the ideas of development disparity reduction and that of regional competitiveness maximization.
1.
The superior participation level according to OECD.
February 2009, 28th
187 / 653
The Law 151/1998 is the first normative act sanctioning the elements summed up under the aforementioned regionare of Romania and has been followed by Law 315/2004 which preserves a substantial part of the original content. These laws establish the institutional framework consisting of the two principal institutions, The Regional Development Council and the eight Regional Development Agencies, and specify the geographical demarcation of the regions. The development regions are clearly defined by law as of economical type, not administrative and not having any legal power. Their main function is that of designing regional development strategies and of facilitating the implementation of European financed projects. Territorial development disparities are a commonly encountered problem of countries under transition (Mitroi, 2006). For the dual purpose of both regional and local needs, the micro-regional approach could be a viable solution. A good example is Hungary where the constitution of microregions has led to a reduction in economic disparities and to a more efficient absorption of funds, according to the most acute priorities. In Romania also, through the initiative of NGOs and of inspired local leaders, development micro-regions2 have been (more or less formally) created. Their effectiveness could be assessed through local-scope development projects. Development through projects, as a form of social change, is an option with significant implications at the territorial level. The broad development objectives, generously formulated (in terms of social desirability) allow freedom for actively involved local actors to identify their own problems, opportunities and solutions and align them with the development direction set by the financier. Socially and economically, the Apuseni Mountains area (of with the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region belongs to) is considered under-privileged for several reasons. Accessibility to urban and rural centres is hampered by the lack of transport infrastructure. A process of demographic ageing is taking place, which is likely to increase depopulation in the future. The standard of living is low and is accompanied by low purchasing power; the prices tend to be higher that the national average. Local producers face difficulty in marketing their product surplus. Employment rate has increased due to mining and light industry restructuring. The (although high) tourism potential due to rich resources (natural setting, karstic landmarks, cultural customs, specific architecture) is being poorly exploited (Pascaru et al., 2005). Similar research into the public participation issue has been undertaken into another micro-region within the same Apuseni Mountains (the micro-region of Albac-Scarisoara-Grda) (Pascaru, 2004). These relatively recent findings have shown that a regional community development approach becomes more functional if framed within the theory of systems. The territorial separation between systems can be achieved based on the intended objectives. The borders between communities acquire a more administrative and managerial character. The human inter-relationships get more institutionalised due to the individual social actors limitations in their ability to integrate into a wider system. This could partially explain the dissolution of the traditional sense of community. The effectiveness obtained by communitarian development (development driven by external inputs) however is different from that obtained by community development (development from within, through and for the community) (Sandu, 2005). Citizens participation goes beyond the minimal level of electioneering and tax paying, to exchanging information about communitys problems and opportunities and to architecting a common development vision and an active engagement strategy (Buiu, 2006b). 2. The Livezile Rimetea micro-region as a space of the action The subject territory, as a development micro-region and as a possible space of collective action consists of two neighbouring communes, Livezile (including the villages of Livezile, Izvoarele, Poiana Aiudului and Valisoara) and Rimetea (including the villages of Rimetea and Coltesti). The two communes are situated in the northern side of Alba county, at an average distance of 40 km of Alba Iulia, the countys administrative centre. Four of the six villages belong to a distinct geographical region, The Trascau Depression3. There are some significant differences between the two communes as to the local territorial development. The Livezile commune encompasses more villages but with less inhabitants and dwelling
2. 3.
As an example, please refer to http://www.greenagenda.org and http://www.mtmm.ro. As a geographical unit, it is considered as one of the most picturesque and attractive touristy areas in the Carpathian Mountains and having an important natural development potential.
February 2009, 28th
188 / 653
units per village 4 (4 villages with 584 dwellings and 1526 inhabitants as opposed to 2 villages with 496 dwellings and 1213 inhabitants). Ethnically the majority is Romanian in Livezile (98.7%) and Hungarian in Rimetea (87.3%). According to 2003 official statistics, both communes display low employment levels (80 working people in Livezile and 110 in Rimetea respectively). The main source of employment remains agriculture (wheat, rye, corn, fruit and vegetable growing, horticulture and some small-scale cattle growing). People in Rimetea commune however have recently become a lot more involved in agrotourism (40 bed-and-breakfast currently registered) and auxiliary trades (tourist guiding, artisan objects crafting and small commerce). The village of Izvoarele within the commune of Livezile however, although with very similar tourism potential (and notwithstanding a more aged demographic) shows less consistency in generating agro-tourism revenues. The houses in Rimetea are built under a straight unitarian architectural style, remarkable enough to achieve an architectural conservation status and the EUROPA NOSTRA prize for the centre village house restoration in 1999. The road to public participation in community development programs has not been easy in either of the communes, but it is noticeable that people in Rimetea have been more instrumental in attracting private funding (particularly from Hungary, but not only) and more engaged in small business versus those from Livezile who relied more on public funding. The poor condition of the transport infrastructure is a common problem and the main obstacle to further development. The county road Aiud-Buru is the main artery passing through 5 of the 6 villages and is in a state of deterioration. An improvement in its condition, coupled with the proximity to Rimetea village to the Transylvania highway will certainly maximise the development opportunities of the micro-region. Within this context we considered that special attention to the participatory process is warranted. The survey, applied through a questionnaire, had taken place during the month of December 2007. Three hundred and sixty-six respondents have been queried by selecting every 3rd dwelling from 5 out of the 6 villages. The proportion of male/female respondents was fairly equal, ethnically being split 60% Romanian and 40% Hungarian (weights reflecting the actual population distribution). Age wise 20.8% were young respondents (18-34 years), 41% adults (35-59 years) and 38.3% seniors (60+ years). Based on the educational level 44.3% were high-school graduates at best, 41.1% had additional studies and 4.1% had higher education. The sample details are illustrated in Annex 1. The survey aimed at (1) the identification of local problems and communitys future citizens representation, (2) trust in public participation and (3) the relationships within the community. The current study examines the results connected to participation. a. Participation as contribution to community projects During the discussion on development through projects, three methods of social actor engagement were considered: the supply of ideas and solutions as one of the territorial intelligence forms of expression, the material contribution through monies and goods and the labour contribution. On the predefined list of social actors we included the community dwellers, local businessmen and the City Hall, and external actors such as the European Union, the state authorities and foreign investors. The data in Figure 1 dispels the myth that most are expecting EU monies contribution; the European Union is barely ranked 4th, after the central public administration, local administration and foreign investors. Less material contribution is expected from benefiting inhabitants, but more in terms of work effort and ideas. These findings suggest the existence of more favourable premises for those processes of community development relying on local human resources rather than on public financing, those centred on empowerment.
4.
The statistics refer to the last government survey (2002).
February 2009, 28th
189 / 653
Figure 1: Opinions as to the expected social actor contribution to community problem solving (%)
YES it should contribute with Ideas Monies/Goods Work effort The European Union 58.2 77.9 40.4 Foreign Investors 55.7 78.4 45.1 State Authorities 66.7 86.9 50.5 Local businessmen 69.4 73.5 62.8
City Hall 84.4 80.6 71.3
Beneficiaries 81.1 52.2 83.1
It remains to be seen though to what extent are the expressed opinions translated into behaviour, as a step between desirable and realizable. Where the question Do you think a community project like road fixing, school repair or bridge building could be successfully completed in your village? was asked, 79.5% answered YES, arguing 5 that: people would work (25.7%), its in their interest (17.5%), because people are hard-working and committed (16.4%), due to financial resources (15%), because there is interest from local authorities (12%), due to competence of City Hall personnel (11.7%), because other projects have finalized (11.2%), because firms would contribute with monies/goods (9.6%), due to good project management and coordination (5.5%), because people would contribute with monies/goods (3.6%). We are not surprised that hard-workmanship, commitment and money are ranked first and the local financial contribution last. We do notice however some firm denial of some of the arguments on the list and some marginal proportion of those that come up with their own argument (3.3%). That makes us pause for a moment and think of the reasoning behind it. For instance out of those believing in the success of a project, 68.4% do not think it would be due to the hard-workmanship of the people, 78% do not even think that being in their interest would suffice and 81.5% doubt that the financial resources are the key to success. The other arguments are denied in even greater proportions. When analysing the reply distribution across villages, we notice that most of the affirmative answers reflecting high confidence in the success of a community project comes from the Livezile village (92.6%), where a large number of infrastructure projects with a wide spectrum of beneficiaries have recently been completed. From the fact that, except that of Livezile, no other positive recent experience determinants are known, we confirm the fact that there is a lack of active participation to the implementation of community projects. Age-wise the adults display a higher degree of confidence in the success of a project (84.7% from the 35-39 years of age category) than the young (15.8% of the 18-34 years of age category). The more optimistic young however are likely to attribute the success of a project to participants contribution in terms of effort, monies and goods, rather than to the competences of local authorities. Gender-wise the levels of confidence seem close (79.1% of men and 79.9% of women). Women seem less inclined to support any of the pre-defined reasons and refer more frequently to the other category, without being more specific. Significant differences appear in relation to the religious beliefs. The Greek-Orthodox display a majority of confidence in the success of a community project. The non-Orthodox scepticism is based more on a distrust in the interest and in the competence of local authorities. The more optimistic non-Orthodox attribute the success of a project more so than the Orthodox (57.1% v. 42.9%) to the private firms contribution in goods and monies. b. Participation as preoccupation for the community problems Within the micro-region, the proposals, the doubts and misgivings on community problems are discussed mostly with the mayor and vice-mayor (63.9%), followed by the family (38.5%) and then neighbours (37.4%). Only 19.1% state they discuss with local councillors and 9.6% with the priest (Fig. 2). We notice however significant differences between villages, most probably rooted in different cultures, in the position of the authorities and depending on the distance to the administrative centre.
5.
Multiple response to a pre-defined list of reasons given to the consecutive question Why do you think it would succeed?.
February 2009, 28th
190 / 653
Figure 2: When you have a misgiving or a proposal about a community problem, whom are you discussing it with? (%)
Village of the respondent Livezile Poiana Aiudului Izvoarele Rimetea Coleti MICRO-REGION Mayor / ViceMayor 82.7 66.1 68.0 53.7 52.7 63.9 Local Councillor 24.7 12.9 16.0 24.4 15.4 19.1 Neighbours 38.3 33.9 50.0 29.3 39.5 37.4 Family Member 51.9 27.4 26.0 41.5 38.5 38.5 Priest 8.6 14.5 4.0 1.2 17.6 9.6
The peripheral position of the village in relation to the commune administrative centre seems to negatively affect the discussions with councillors and the diversity of sources. The preference for neighbour discussions seems highest in Izvoarele (peripheral village, exclusively inhabited by Romanians and having an ageing demographic) and is minimal in Rimetea (centre of the commune, inhabited mostly by Hungarians). Family members are high on the list also in the villages central to the commune, Livezile and Rimetea, most likely due to the diversity of the sources of information and feedback. The preference for the priest as councillor from the villages of Coltesti and Poiana Aiudului can be explained by the well-known activism of those church figures and their community involvement and not necessarily related to the dominant faith (Unitarian in Coltesti and Christian-Orthodox in Poiana Aiudului). The interest in community problems as manifested through discussions with various actors, peeks with adults and bottoms out with young. Gender-wise males are more likely to discuss the issues with officials, friends and family (differences of 10-20%), as opposed to women who prefer engaging in discussions with the priest and the neighbours (differences of 35% and 10% respectively). Religion-wise the Greek-Orthodox seem more likely to engage a variety of social actors as opposed to the non-Orthodox who prefer the friends (56.1% v. 43.9%). Another aspect that was discussed was that of the feedback given by the villagers to local authorities as to the quality of public works. The results show that the majority of respondents (55.2%) had dissatisfactions with the quality of some works and only 30.1% have voiced it to the authorities. The majority of complaints have been expressed verbally and casually (27.6%) with only 1.4% having requested a formal audience and even less so (1.1%) going to the extent of putting it in writing. Out of the total number of complaints about a quarter have been solved satisfactorily. Overall the method of complaint seems to have a minimal influence over the resolution of the problem. As one Coltesti councillor suggestively explains the small problems are solved in relation to how one can and to how the law allows. Distribution-wise, most of the dissatisfaction with public works manifests in Rimetea and Coltesti, the same villages where trust in mayor and councillors is less. In these villages the general infrastructure problems are compounded by dissatisfaction with the quality of waterworks and with the poorly controlled waste disposal system. Young are most dissatisfied with public works (68.4%) albeit admittedly being the least likely to formally report it (38.2%). Men are more dissatisfied than women (57.8% v. 52.5%); and non-Orthodox more than the Orthodox (65.2% and 47.3% respectively). Gender and religion-wise the same order applies to the propensity to report the dissatisfaction. c. Mobilisation for action Under the Communist regime, a good part of the public works has been undertaken through citizens labour contribution. The apparently volunteer act of patriotic work, which concealed a hidden politically-driven obligativity, has managed to discredit the idea of voluntary participation; community leaders continued to encounter resistance to the idea of participation long after the regime change. After two decades of democratic exercise we notice that territorial affiliation and the level of education being the two most important factors affecting the response behaviour (Figure 3 and Annex 2). At least thats what our survey shows. We remark that in the predominantly Hungarian villages (Rimetea and Coltesti) the influence of territorial affiliation supersedes that of the level of education, even though the community attachment seems more clearly expressed in the predominantly
February 2009, 28th
191 / 653
Romanian villages. Also as stimuli for participation, before political affiliation, what matters more is the neighbourhood and the blood ties. As a matter of fact, within the rural space of Romania, the neighbourhood and blood ties are the main institutions of mutual support (see Butiu 2006a). Otherwise said, if the social networks and the institutional contacts stimulate participation (Marschall, 2004) the leaders prestige and the experience of mutual support are vectors of mobilisation for action as a superior level of participation. Figure 3: When someone is asking you to help with a communal item (ideas, solutions, labour, goods or monies) how much does it matter?
Micro-region Rimetea Commune Livezile Commune Score calculated as an average from 1 (at all) to 4 (very much) 2.57 2.64 2.49 2.46 2.09 1.95 1.66 2.40 2.03 1.90 1.75 2.52 2.15 1.98 1.57
Significant factor The fact that he/she is from the village/commune The fact that he/she is educated The fact that he/she is neighbour The fact that he/she has a prosperous household or business The political party to which he/she belongs Other... Trust, Correctiveness, the interest in village problems etc.
0.2
Score calculated as an average from 0 (NS/NR) to 4 (very much) 0.3 0.1
Analysing the distribution of the significant factors in relation to other characteristics of respondents (Annex 2) we conclude that the level of education matters more for Orthodox than for non-Orthodox (2.53 v. 2.40) while the territorial and political affiliation matter more for non-Orthodox (2.68 v. 2.51 and 1.66 v. 1.59 respectively). Blood ties, neighbourhood and the economic prosperity have equal footings. The young value more the level of education and political affiliation while older people put a higher emphasis on territorial affiliation, blood ties and neighbourhood. Gender-wise women place less importance on all the above factors, except for the political affiliation. Conclusion From the literature review we notice a relatively well structured discourse on public participation, populated by theories, instruments and examples of success. Nevertheless discrepancies exist between discourse typically political and territorial realities. Across the flow of participatory processes one encounters obstacles that have more to do with the profile of the social actors rather than with the territorial configuration. New challenges arrive particularly where there are no instituted governing structures or where they are insufficiently consolidated. It is the case of the development regions and micro-regions where the technocratic component dominates the territorial development projects, but the action and the participatory reflection instruments lack definition. The understanding of the socio-cultural particularities of the population inhabiting a certain territorial contour is a necessary step in the process of stimulation to participate. Our methodological start point was the first principle for accomplishing a sustainable development approaching the territory as a space of the action (Girardot, 2005). We focused on a territorial image made up of two neighbouring communes, Livezile and Rimetea, placed in a relatively unitary geographical framework, and which present quite contrasting socio-cultural characteristics. Out of the set of dimensions the concept of participation can be mapped upon, in the current study we took particular interest in the following: participation as contribution to community projects, participation as preoccupation for the community problems and the mobilisation for the local development actions. On the basis of the questionnaire-based survey carried throughout December 2007, we draw some conclusions which carry some significance for the local participation-based development actions: 1) there is a relatively healthy feedback to local authorities on the quality of the public works projects, but a poor follow-up response in return; 2) the locals consider that many of their ideas and workforce
February 2009, 28th
192 / 653
potential can be used as successful contributions to the resolutions of community problems and 3) there is a relatively high level of confidence in the successful completion of community projects, mostly based on a mutual perception of hard workmanship. Starting from the premise of tourism-based development opportunities (offered by the distinctive location of the two communes) we set to identify the main predictors of local actor participation, in an area with various degrees of tourism potential utilization. Among these, the village, as a territorial entity and the religious affiliation seem to be the most significant predictors of the mobilisation for action response, in association with certain characteristics of the mobilising leader. So it is expected that in the predominantly Hungarian (and religiously Unitarian) villages of Rimetea and Coltesti the response is more positive to the solicitations coming from a higher educated leader who above all is member of the territorial community. In the predominantly Romanian villages (with the exception of Livezile) the prime quality of the leader should be e high level of education, the territorial affiliation falling secondly. For none of the villages the political affiliation matters much. In a nutshell, the leader that who can mobilise towards development actions in the micro-region is one who is well educated and who belongs to the territorial community, regardless of his or her political affiliation. The obstacles to participatory processes may be better mitigated if we consider the profile of the social actors . In the Livezile and Rimetea communes, which are placed in a relatively unitary geographical framework, the participation in micro-regional projects may be enhanced by taking into account such predictors as village, age, gender and religious affiliation of the potential participants. In the studied micro-region, we can draw the following social profiles: 1) the one most confident in the success of community projects is adult, GreekOrthodox, from the village where projects have been developed recently; 2) the one most preoccupied for community problems and who discusses them with officials is male, adult, from central village; 3) the leader who can mobilise towards development actions in the micro-region is well educated and belongs to the territorial community, regardless of his or her political affiliation. Annex Annex 1: Descriptive Characteristics of Sample (%)
Age Group Adults (35-59 years) Young (18-34 years) Seniors (60+ years) Gender Romanian Ethniticity High-school at best Other / Undeclared Hungarian Education Level Higher Eductaion 6.2 3.2 4.0 4.9 2.2 4.1
Medium Eduction
Female
Livezile 23.5 Poiana Aiudului Izvoarele Rimetea Coleti 27.4 4.0 19.5 24.2
49.4 30.6 36.0 37.8 46.2 41.0
27.2 41.9 60.0 42.7 29.7 38.3
44.4 61.3 46.0 50.0 45.1 9
55.6 38.7 54.0 50.0 54.9 51.1
Male
Village
98.8 98.4 100 15.9 7.7 58.1
1.2 1.6 79.3 89.0 40.8
1.2 1.1 0.6
3.6 2.2 1.4
34.6 51.6 68.0 42.7 36.3 44.3
63.2 43.6 28.0 52.4 49.5 41.1
1.6 1.1 0.5
MICRO- 20.8 REGION
February 2009, 28th
193 / 653
Other -
Rrom
Annex 2: The leaders significant characteristics facilitating mobilisation to action for community development
Is member of the territorial community 2.83 2.29 2.38 2.50 2.79 2.49 2.64 2.59 2.51 2.66 2.46 2.70 2.51 2.68 Has a high level of education Is relative or neighbour Is an Entrepreneur Represents a particular political party 1.52 1.74 1.44 1.57 1.78 1.73 1.75 1.80 1.64 1.59 1.67 1.64 1.59 1.75
Predictor
Livezile Poiana Aiudului Izvoarele LIVEZILE COMMUNE Rimetea Coleti RIMETEA COMMUNE 18 34 years 35 59 years 60+ years Women Men Greek-Orthodox Non-Orthodox
Village / commune 2.78 2.05 2.24 1.94 2.54 1.91 2.52 2.49 2.32 2.40 Age 2.57 2.45 2.46 Gender 2.34 2.60 Religion 2.53 2.40 1.97 2.15 1.91 2.03 2.03 1.89 2.14 1.92 2.10 2.00 2.02
1.89 2.19 1.86 1.98 1.89 1.92 1.90 1.96 1.84 2.05 1.93 1.96 1.95 1.94
Bibliography BERTACCHINI Y. (ed.), 2007, Intelligence territoriale. Le Territoire dans tous ses tats, Toulon, Presses Technologiques. BUIU C.-A., 2006, Satul romnesc n spaiul social al srciei. Studiu de caz n comuna Ponor, Alba, Cluj-Napoca, Presa Universitar Clujean. BUIU C.-A., 2006a, Probleme i oportuniti de dezvoltare n Munii Apuseni. Reprezentri comparate n micro-regiunea Albac-Scrioara-Horea (judeul Alba), Studii i cercetri n domeniul tiinelor socio-umane, vol. 15, Cluj-Napoca, Editura Argonaut, p. 147-163. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007, Activities and prospects of CAENTI, International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia, 2006, Alba Iulia, Aeternitas Publishing House, p. 7-18. GLOCK-GRUENEICH N., ROSS S. N., 2008, Growing the Field: The Institutional, Theoretical, and Conceptual Maturation of Public Participation, The International Journal of Public Participation, vol. 2, n 1, http://www.iap2.org/associations/4748/files/Journal_Issue3_EditorialPart1.pdf. HERBEAUX P., 2007, Intelligence territoriale. Repres thoriques, Paris, LHarmattan. KUMAR S., 2007, Methods for Community Participation. A complete Guide for the Practitioners, Bourton on Dunsmore, Rugby, Warwickshire, ITDG Publishing. LAMBRU M. (ed.), 2006, Exist participare public n Romnia?, Bucureti, CeRe. LEVY P., 2001, Collective Intelligence: A Civilisation, Crossings: eJournal of Art and Technology, 1.1., June 2001, http://crossings.tcd.ie/. MARSCHALL M. J., 2004, Citizen Participation and the Neighborhood Context: A New Look at the Coproduction of Local Public Goods, Political Research Quarterly, vol. 57, n. 2, June 2004, p. 231244.
February 2009, 28th
194 / 653
MITROI V., 2006, Politici de dezvoltare regional ntre necesitate i proiect: ce fel de regionalizare?, in ZAMFIR C., STOICA L. (eds.), O nou provocare: dezvoltarea social, Iai, Editura Polirom, p.105122. MORSE R. S., 2007, Mary Follett, Prophet of Participation, The International Journal of Public Participation, vol. 1, n 1, http://www.iap2.org/associations/4748/files/Journal_Issue1_FolletbyMorse. pdf. NEWSON S. A., 2001, "Public Participation in Planning: Correlations between Theory and Objectives", http://www.atlanticplanners.org/THESES/theses84/newson.htm. PASCARU M. (project director), 2004, The Utilisation of Catalyse Method in the study and the dynamization of rural communities. Socio-psicho-pedagogical experimentation in the Albac-Scarisoara-Horea (Apuseni Mountains, Alba), Grant CNCSIS, Cod 678/2004. PASCARU M., 2005, Introducere n sociolologia regional, Cluj-Napoca, Editura Argonaut. PASCARU M., JINGA C. and GAVRILA-PAVEN I., 2005, Rural Entrepreneurship and the need for Foreign Investment. Research in the Apuseni Mountains (Alba County, Romania) ", MicroCAD International Scientific Conference, University of Miskolcs, Hungary, 10-11 March 2005, Section Q, Company competitiveness, p. 185-193. PASCARU M., 2006, Intelligence territoriale et dveloppement locale/Territorial Intelligence and Local Governance, Cluj-Napoca, Presa Universitar Clujean. SANDU D., 1999, Spaiul social al tranziiei, Iai, Editura Polirom. SANDU D., 2005, Dezvoltare comunitar. Cercetare, practic, ideologie, Iai, Editura Polirom.
February 2009, 28th
195 / 653
February 2009, 28th
196 / 653
24
The Observatory of ACCEM in the county of Guadalajara
Braulio Carls BARRIOPEDRO Territorial Manager of Accem en Castilla la Mancha, Guadalajara, Spain castillalamancha@accem.es
Abstract: The Observatories that ACCEM has developed in Castilla la Mancha try to be, in one hand, an observation tool than enables, both in an urban and a rural environment, the analysis of the situation of foreign population, and in the other hand, to promote the partnership between organizations. Keywords: Immigration, participation, partnership, development, organizations.
I. Geopolitical context on Province of Guadalajara, the arrival of foreign population Province of Guadalajara is located on the centre of the Iberian Peninsula, at the Southwest of the Iberian System and the Northeast of the Southern Subsystem, taking up the Tajos basin and forming the Northeast angle of the Autonomous Region of Castilla la Mancha. The capital city of the Province is Guadalajara and is located on the southwest of the territory, at 55 kilometres of Madrid, towards the northeast.
Sierra Alcarria Campia
The Province of Guadalajara is divided on three regions known as Campia, Alcarria and Sierra, even the borders are blurred in some points, they have geological and orographical characters that allow differentiating them. The Province of Guadalajara has 336 municipalities, on an extension of 12.414 square kilometres, with a population density of 19 habitants per square kilometre. The Province of Guadalajara, throughout the XXth Century and during the present XXIth, has had different periods on its demography. The two most emphasized are on the last decade of the XXth Century and the beginning of the XXIth Century when the population decreased more than 50,000 inhabitants in 5 decades and during the last 90s to nowadays it has grown to go beyond the historical amount in more than 30,000 habitants.
February 2009, 28th
197 / 653
Figure 1:
YEAR 1.900 1.910 1.920 1.930 1.940 1.950 TOTAL POPULATION 200.186 209.352 201.444 203.998 205.726 203.278 YEAR 1.960 1.970 1.981 1.991 2.001 2.008
Source: INE. 2008.
TOTAL POPULATION 183.545 147.732 143.246 149.067 174.999 237.849
Figure 2:
1.900 1.910 1.920 1.930 1.940 1.950 1.960 1.970 1.980 1.990 2.000 2.008
Source: INE. 2008.
The foreign population starts to be relevant on the Province of Guadalajara between the years 2000 and 2001, when the growth of the foreign population was a 36% respect the previous period. Figure 3:
Ao Extranjeros 1998 1.839 1999 2.002 2000 2.825 2001 4.452 2002 7.445 2003 10.627 2004 13.504 2005 17.316 2006 20.459 2007 25.647
Source: INE. 2008.
Figure 4:
Poblacin Extranjera. Aos 1998 - 2007 30.000 25.000 20.000 15.000 10.000 5.000 0
1.9981 1.999 2 2.000 3 2.001 4 2.0025 2.003 6 2.004 7 2.005 8 2.006 9 2.007
10
Source: INE. 2008.
February 2009, 28th
198 / 653
Figure 5:
Ao 2000 2008 Total Poblacin 165.347 232.728 Espaoles 162.522 198.429 Porcentaje respecto a total 98 % 85,2 %
Source: INE. 2008.
Extranjeros 2.825 34.299
Porcentaje respecto a total 2% 14,7 %
From the year 2000 until the year 2008, the Province has grown on 67.381 inhabitants, 31.477 of them are foreigners; that supposes a 46% of the total population growth. It is necessary to emphasize that there is an irregularity on the concentration of the foreigner population in some territories of the Province: Sierra Norte, Henares Corridor and Lower Alcarria. II. Current socio-economic context of the Province of Guadalajara The Province of Guadalajara is in the Autonomous Region of Castilla la Mancha, a region which is considered an objective 1 European region, and is therefore entitled to receive Structural Funds from the European Union. Thanks to European initiatives such as Horizon, Integra, Proder, Leader, Leader Plus, Equal and others, today we can say that the Community of Castilla la Mancha and therefore the Province of Guadalajara is in the process to achieve the level of other Spanish and European regions historically more developed. The economic change that this transformation is making possible is framed in two different socio-economical processes that had change the economy, the society and the environment of the province in a short period of time. The first of these processes refers to the creation and in some cases the expansion of important industrial estates, that allowed the settlement of foreign and national investors. These industrial estates are located in the area know as Henares Corridor, an industrial area near Madrid that is today one of the major industrial areas in Spain. These companies had arrive to the region searching strategic points for their investments, such as the proximity to Madrid, the crossroads of commercial routes, cheap industrial soil and also the significant development of communication infrastructures, promoted by the regional, national an European public administrations. A significant number of these companies are logistic companies, an activity that has become one of the most important in investment and in creation of employment during the last years. These industrial corridors have brought good prospects of improvement; the creation of a significant number of new jobs both high and low qualified, population growth in cities and municipalities close to the corridors, development of other economic sectors: The public service sector and the construction sector have grown above the national average in towns and cities close to the industrial corridors during the last decade. But this also has created some imbalances due to the lack of forecast in the need of infrastructures and public services; because the economic, and therefore population, growth of the region has been the most dramatic in the last decades. Some examples of this are the price of housing, both to buy or to rent, or the problems of overcrowding in some public services The second process is the social and economic transformation of the rural world. If we had described how the industrial areas, the cities and municipalities, had developed, we also have to mention the great change that had happened in the smaller municipalities and towns situated far away from this urban development. The rural world is living a process of recovery of its influence in the society of Castilla la Mancha. Although it is true that within the region some rural areas had a significant influence in the economy of the region as for example the wine-making areas some other regions lost that influence because of the depopulation that occurred during the 60s, 70s and 80s. This last one is the case of the rural areas of Guadalajara, where an important number of people who lived in those municipalities and villages emigrated to the cities looking for a job, attracted by a new way of life based on the important industrial development that took place in different areas of Spain. After more than two decades of deep depopulation, and since five years ago, the effort of the
3
Acts of Besanon 2008 February 2009, 28th 199 / 653
inhabitants, together with the beginning of rural development plans by the public administrations and the private investments, made the rural municipalities and villages have prospects of improvement. Therefore we can say that in these moments the rural world is living a process of empowerment that supposes a mayor role generating new employment and, as a consequence of it, a considerable increase in the population. This economic development is based on the increase of rural and environmental tourism, on the different activities of community services, third age residences, home assistance, day care centres, childhood care centres, on the development of renewable energies linked to the natural resources, and also on the transformation in management of agriculture and farming like ecological agriculture or D.O. quality product classification. But this economic development and therefore population increase in the rural world, can bring, as it happened in the urban case, imbalances which can provoke social conflicts. A good integration of the new inhabitants can help solving these imbalances. The foreign population has not been foreign to this process; in fact it has played the main figure in this population growth, being in some rural areas more than the 30% of the population growth, and therefore of the working population. III. Accem observation mechanisims in the province of Guadalajara. The observatories that Accem dynamizes are located in the province of Guadalajara and they give a response to two different realities related to the two different development processes described above: OPASI has its sphere of activity in the rural world, including 138 municipalities and a total of 27,000 people, with a foreign population rate close to the 15% in the whole area subject of the study. OPEGU has its sphere of activity in one of the more dynamic economical corridors of Spain, The Henares corridor. This corridor consists in the capital town of the province, Guadalajara, and the municipalities close to the Autonomous Region of Madrid: in this case the foreign population rate is about 12%. The development of these two observatories is linked to the growth of Accem organization in the province of Guadalajara. Accem organization started to work with foreign population in the province of Guadalajara in 1992, in the village of Sigenza, with the beginning of the Refugee Reception Centre of Sigenza. Since the first moment the goal of this centre was to meet the needs of the foreign people who arrived to live in the area and to collaborate in the socio-economical development of the territory. To achieve this goal, Accem started to work coordinating and invigorating other organizations in the area. This task was materialized in 1999 with the creation of the Permanent Observatory for Immigration of Sigenza, named in the beginning SAVIA Project. The foundation of this observatory was made by the agreement between the Council of Sigenza, the Ministry of Education and Science and ACCEM, with the goal of managing a plan for social and educational intervention with young people of Sigenza. ACCEM started to mange this Project with the development of the Catalyse Methodology. At the same time it created the first partnership groups where more than 15 organizations were represented between associations, public institutions, trade unions and NGOs of the municipality of Sigenza. In the year 2000, the project ends, and the observatory took a new turn, leaving behind the name SAVIA, and beginning to call itself OPASI. ACCEM stars to dynamize this observatory with the aim of extending it to all the rural municipalities of the area. From the year 2000 to the year 2007 OPASI has made several reports of the situation of the foreign population in the area, witnessing and participating in the constant arrival of foreign people to the villages in the area. ACCEM and the different partners that have actively participated in the analysis of the reality of foreign population have arrived to a series of conclusions during these years; here are the most important: We find ourselves in a changing situation; the depopulation of the territories has slow down; there is a slow but constant development that is offering new possibilities to live and to work in the rural areas, and the arrival of foreign population has played a main role in the change of the situation; now our goal is to participate in the integration process of the new inhabitants.
February 2009, 28th
200 / 653
The integration process of the foreign population goes through the participation of these people on equal rights and duties, to achieve so, the public administrations must provide the resources needed to mitigate the impact that supposes the arrival of a high number of people in a short period of time. We must be aware that the situations of the foreign people are not all the same and that they are different depending on their ability to integrate, that is why we must pay a special attention to those groups in risk of exclusion, such as women and young people living in this municipalities. We must carry on working together to achieve an optimization of resources that enables a better attention to people. At the present moment OPASI is working at a very efficient level, OPASI is a powerful observation tool that not only analyses change but participates on it, playing an important role in the socioeconomical development of the rural society of the province of Guadalajara. OPEGU was born because of ACCEM commitment to operate in the industrial and urban area of the Henares Corridor. In the year 2003, ACCEM opened its first office for public attention in Guadalajara Capital town, being aware of the experience the organization had in the development of OPASI, so the people in charge of ACCEM policies determined the goal of creating a new observatory to dynamize and analyse the foreign population in the area of the Henares Corridor. Therefore OPEGU is born from ACCEM experience activating and developing an observatory in the rural world, to become an Observatory for immigration in an industrialized and urban environment. his contrast of experiences is seen as an opportunity in the process of construction and consolidation of both observatories. OPEGU started working on 2003 with eleven partners, among them public administrations, trade unions, associations of contractors, companies foundations, NGOs and professional training centres. One of its first achievements was to see how organizations that never before had worked together, joined to analyse needs and to suggest solutions. From that moment on OPEGU has a place that no one had taken before, being a tool for coordinating and cooperating with different organizations that work with foreign population in the area. The most important conclusions ACCEM and its partners had found in the work frame of OPEGU are: The arrival of high and low qualification workers is needed for the economical development of the area. The demand of workers has caused the arrival of foreign population in difficult situations, without papers, homeless, waiting for an opportunity that may not arrive. Therefore there are different and complex situations that need to be analyzed one at a time in order to give an adequate response. The arrival of new inhabitants to cities and towns has caused and increase in the prices of the housing market, and this rise in rentals had brought new ways of living such as re-rental, shared rental, crowded houses The developed diagnosis are mainly made using the computing tools Pragma and Nuage that allow elaborating quantitative and qualitative analysis of the population subject of the studies. The two observatories were born with the vocation of serving as analysis tools for the society, and also being a dynamizing element and a meeting point for organizations to distribute the information they generate. IV. ACCEM Observatories, a prospect for future At the present moment, the foreign population that has arrived and its arriving to the municipalities means a prospect for the future that has to be understood like a complex and changing phenomenon. All the society must do an effort for building a cohabitation setting that allows the socioeconomic development of the territories. Both Observatories, OPASI and OPEGU, actively participate on the building of this cohabitation setting, but ACCEM, and also the partners, are conscious of the importance that has, at present time, the integration as citizens of the foreign population to achieve this goal.
5
Acts of Besanon 2008 February 2009, 28th 201 / 653
The reality nowadays, that appears with the worldwide scale crisis, with an excluding European Immigration Policy, with the appearance of new forms of marginality and exploitation, made both OPASI and OPEGU, to adopt more specific analyses positions. All these more specific analyses are designed for groups on special risk of exclusion, because faced with the actual situation, it is necessary to deal with them with special dedication. These collectives are unemployed foreigners, women with family responsibilities, young foreigners and undocumented alien. Two examples of these analyses are: the one made by OPEGU about the attention provided by the social organizations that work with immigrants in the Henares Corridor. According to this analysis, the group of attention has changed. Currently, people who was working is now unemployed and therefore they are the main users of the training and labour integration services. The content of the analysis has been communicated to the competent authorities. The other example is the analysis of the young foreigner population on the rural area that OPASI has done this year with young people on school age studying on the educational institutions. These analyses have been presented to the educational and social authorities of the province. The experience and the vision that both OPASI from the rural world, and OPEGU from the urban area, have of the situation of the immigrant population in the Province of Guadalajara has been recognized by the provincial, regional and national authorities, providing both observatories with economical resources so that they can keep on being a social transformation element looking for the socio-economical development of the territories.
February 2009, 28th
202 / 653
25
Permanent Observatory of Guadalajara OPEGU
Braulio Carls BARRIOPEDRO Territorial Manager of Accem Castilla la Mancha, Guadalajara, Spain castillalamancha@accem.es Pilar Carls BARRIOPEDRO Manager of Accem Guadalajara, Spain David Mrquez SAN PEDRO Technical Referent of OPEGU, Guadalajara, Spain guadalajara@accem.es
Abstract: OPEGU is one of the observatories ACCEM for immigration. Be treated a device that works in the collection and analysis of data on the phenomenon of immigration in a specific territory, the Henares corridor in the province of Guadalajara characterized by strong economic activity in industrial growth. Keywords: Observation, analysis, territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development.
I. Territorial Context of Guadalajara The city of Guadalajara is the capital of the province bearing the same name and is located in the northeast of the autonomous community of Castilla-La Mancha, and has around 78,000 inhabitants. Guadalajara is located in the northeast of the autonomous community of Castilla-La Mancha to be its capital. Castilla-La Mancha is the second autonomous region which has grown over the number of foreign citizens registered to January 1 2008, with a rise of 27.7% over the previous year. The province of Guadalajara is bordered by the provinces of Cuenca, Madrid, Segovia, Soria, Zaragoza and Teruel with 237,759 inhabitants. The 51.45% of men compared to a 48.55% women (INE 2008) and a density of 19 , 54 inhabitants/km of which 35% of them live in the capital. The province has a total of 288 municipalities of which three quarters are towns with fewer than 200 inhabitants. The largest population after the capital is Guadalajara Benalla with approximately 30,000 inhabitants. The province of Guadalajara has grown over the past 15 years in 67,912 inhabitants of whom 20,076 were foreigners, up 30% of the total growth. The foreign population is 10.8% of the total population in the area of the corridor from Bangalore, above the regional average (7%) and national (9%) but lower than the provincial (12%). In recent data published by the National Institute of Statistics, drawn from data from the census to January 1 2008, listed 13,000 new residents arrived in the province over the past year. The province reached a total of 237,000 inhabitants, which represents a growth of 5.7%. This figure puts Guadalajara at the head of population growth throughout the region Castilian-La Mancha and the provinces with the highest number of foreign hosts.
February 2009, 28th
203 / 653
Figure 1: Foreign Residents in Guadalajara 2008 by nationality continent

European Union Europe not Community Maghreb Rest of Africa Central America North America South America Asia Oceania Stateless Total 18,162 852 4,663 1,136 1,152 179 7,681 452 6 16 34,299
Source: INE Preliminary results of the Municipal to January 1, 2008. Provisional data. This is an environment of economic growth, the so-called Corridor of Bangalore, is now one of the areas with greater business development in Spain. The economy is based on three sectors, which is experiencing increased growth is the service sector, namely logistics activity is the main engine along with the economic construction and job creation. The construction sector maintained a growth rate above the national average, thanks to demand for housing from first occupation from Madrid and, finally, the industrial sector, which leads from the 70s to be a cornerstone in the economy of this territory. II. Permanent Observatory of Guadalajara OPEGU The OPEGU is created in 2003, based on the experience it had been since ACCEM SIGENZA with OPASI. It is developed through an agreement that the entity signing with the Department of Social Welfare, and where it is decided, at the request of a majority of members, work only with immigrant population in the municipality of Guadalajara. In 2005, and by the growth of immigrant population in the territory and the interest of some members who are present in the rest of the territory, it is decided to extend the Henares Corridor, thus analyzing the reality of migration which is concentrated around the industrial belt of territory. The device Observer born with the intention of creating an active partnership group bringing together agencies, both public and private work for the integration of the immigrant population in the territory of the Henares Corridor. So the main objectives pursued by OPEGU are: - Promote the integration of immigrants into society and, responding to individuals and groups at risk of social exclusion, - Enhance coordination between the various entities and institutions that are present in the territory. - Conduct needs assessments of the different groups - Participate in social and economic development of the territory. Currently, the municipalities that make up OPEGU are 17, specifically Alovera, Benalla, Cabanillas del Campo, El Casar, Chiloeches, Fontana, Galapagos, Guadalajara, Marchamalo, Pozo de Guadalajara, Quer, Torrejon del Rey, Tortola de Henares, Valdeaveruelo, Villanueva de la Torre, Yebes, Yunquera de Henares. Total population (Spanish and foreign) in the territory is Opegu of 158,382 inhabitants, of which 18,755 (a 11.84%) are foreigners. There are 82 different nationalities present in this territory, the most represented are Romania (32%), Morocco (19%), Ecuador (14%), Colombia (9%), Bulgaria (7%) and Peru (5%). The final diagnosis was made was submitted in December of 2007, through the study that developed among immigrants from Guadalajara and Azuqueca fundamentally, and with the collaboration of a large group of partners in the provision of the scripts. Besides leading the effort was developed to exploit data on foreigners in the Municipal Guadalajara.
February 2009, 28th
204 / 653
According to the latest diagnosis made by the network OPEGU on a base of 400 scripts interview collected the profile of the group of foreigners interviewed by the partners is: a-) Mostly women, namely 62% vs. 38% of men. b-) 31% are between 30 and 39 years of age c-) The major countries of origin are Romania (19%), Morocco (17%) and Ecuador and Peru (10%). d-) 69% develops its activity in the services sector. III. OPEGU structure of the network. Currently the network partners OPEGU make up a diverse group ACCEM Social Services Benalla Service Mediation and Intercultural (SAMI) Guadalajara. Association Welcomes Guada Spanish Red Cross Association AISSMI Project Man Delegation of Social Welfare. JCCM Foundation Leonardo Murialdo Young Entrepreneurs Association (AJE) General Union of Workers (UGT) Bureau of Local Employment and Development (Guadalajara) CEOE CEPYME Adult School in Guadalajara Rio Sorbe Territorial Center of Resources for Orientation and Focus on Diversity (CTROADI)
IV. Workshops/Shares OPEGU As with other observatories, it was decided to create a job for workshops: 1. Social Workshop Actions that develop awareness, promotion of participation, creation of self-help groups, intervention with women in situations of social exclusion, promoting solidarity, publishing information materials on the reality of immigration, analysis of the situation. There has been a diptych take care very much with general information for foreign women working in prostitution. 2. Education Workshop Who shares mediation companies, analysis of skills, talks about payroll, edition of informational materials on the prevention of occupational hazards, social skills workshops, training on payroll and contracts, participation in business seminars explaining the reality of migration. 3. Awareness Workshop Has emerged as the latest action following diagnosis presented the data collected in 2007. The final diagnosis that was developed by the OPEGU is presented in the month of December 2006, through the study that developed among immigrants from Guadalajara and Azuqueca fundamentally, and with the collaboration of a large group of partners in the provision of the scripts. Besides leading the effort was developed by the exploitation of the data obtained on foreigners in the Municipal Guadalajara.
February 2009, 28th
205 / 653
February 2009, 28th
206 / 653
26
Permanent Observatory of Sigenza OPASI
Braulio Carls BARRIOPEDRO Territorial Manager of Accem Castilla la Mancha, Sigenza (Guadalajara), Spain castillalamancha@accem.es Oscar Hernando SANZ and Alejandro Moreno YAGE Technical Referent of OPASI, Sigenza (Guadalajara), Spain sigenza@accem.es
Abstract: The Permanent Immigration Observatory in Siguenza, OPASI is structured in a partnership that includes institutions and public and private entities that are involved directly or transversely to work with the migrant population of the area covered by the Social Services Alcolea del Pinar, Brihuega Jadraque and, in the province of Guadalajara. Keywords: Observation, analysis, territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development.
I. Territorial Context of Guadalajara The Permanent Observatory OPASI intervenes in the town of Siguenza and three areas of social services in the province of Guadalajara: Alcolea del Pinar, and Brihuega Jadraque. It is situated between the area of the Sierra Norte de Guadalajara and the beginnings of the district of the province Alcarria. It stretches along 7,000 km2. The number of counties in which it operates the device are 138 in the observation that there are a total of 27,559 inhabitants, of which 53.14% are men compared to a 46.86% of women. Only one municipality, Siguenza, is more than 5,000 inhabitants and 20 municipalities exceed the 1000 population. Thus, the population density of 2.9 inhabitants per square kilometer, puts this among the most unpopulated area of Europe. 10.1% of the total population in which it operates OPASI is foreign, namely 2798 of which 1548 are male (55.33%) and 1,250 women (44.67%). OPASI the territory of what is going through a strategic two-way communication between Madrid and Barcelona, the A2 and the railway line both conventional and high speed, providing a service development environment for these two lines of communication. The economy is mainly based on the primary sector (agriculture extension of cereal and sheep and cattle ranching, logging) in the construction sector (residential housing 2nd), the services sector, with a clear dominance of rural tourism and gastronomy And the development of an industrial fabric based on the transformation of raw materials from the territory, wood, and meat. The emergence of the immigrant population goes back to the mid-90s, founded mainly by the appearance of the Refugee Reception Center ACCEM Siguenza. The creation of such a center arose from the need to experience another kind of integration of immigrants in rural areas who had suffered
February 2009, 28th
207 / 653
a great depopulation in the 70s and 80s. As early as the beginning of this decade, there is a growing immigrant population, which exceed the rate of the immigrant population in their total population, by 2 points over the provincial average, 4 points over the national average and 6 in the regional, reaching values in some towns close to 20%. In this territory are represented more than 40 nationalities. The nationalities most representative of these municipalities is the Romanian, followed by Moroccan and Latin America: Ecuador and Colombia fundamentally, it is also important to the percentage of sub-Saharan and nationalities of eastern Europe. Although the percentage of men is greater, women, from 5 years ago, have begun to arrive at values that are close to that of men, age between 18 and 45 years, is predominant, which makes them people in working age or active population. The under-18 population is smaller, but is helping to keep the devices for education, meaning some schools in more than 30% of total students. The final diagnosis developed by the OPASI has been developing throughout the school year 2007/08, which consisted of a study of youth through the Centers of Secondary Education (3rd and 4th of Secondary Education, 1st and 2nd Baccalaureate) in the scope of the Observatory. Areas of study were: Health, tolerance, gender, social and family relations, and Leisure Participation, Future expectations Diagnosis of the Study of the Immigrant Population of Siguenza and PRAS Areas of Social Services Alcolea del Pinar, and Brihuega Jadraque emerge the following data: a) The population of males represents a 57% to 43% of women. b) The more representative age group was 25 to 29 years (21%) and from 30 to 34 years (18%). c) The nationalities were the most representative Romanian (31%), Colombia (11%) and SubSaharan Africa (19%). II. Permanent Observatory Sigenza OPASI The OPASI is created in November of 1999 through an agreement between the Ministry of Education and Culture, the City Council and Sigenza ACCEM with the goal of creating a study on the situation of children and young people in the town. From there was an observation that in 2005 took a new direction, as the new reality of migration in the territory required the expansion to the territory in which it currently works. Network structure OPASI: The entities that belong to OPASI are the agents of Employment and Local Development, the classrooms of adults, Animadoras Socio-Cultural municipalities, the Association of Mothers and Fathers of the Student Educational Centers, Libraries Municipal Health Centers, the Educational Centers (Primary Schools and Institutes of Secondary Education), the Network of Cities and Towns Sustainable Resource Center and Counseling of Rural School, the Center for Young Siguenza, the Centers for Women, the agents EQUAL In key Cultures, the equipment and municipal Social Services, the Workshop School of Siguenza, the formation of private entities, the Technical Community Services, Public Employment Services and groups in rural development programs that manage Leadery Prod. The entities involved in OPASI are as follows: 1. Premises Ayto of Jadraque. Department of Social Services. Ayto. of Brihuega. Agent Employment and Local Development. Ayto. of Cifuentes. Agent Employment and Local Development. Ayto. of Jadraque. Adult classroom. Ayto. of Jadraque. Municipal Library. Ayto. of Jadraque. Municipal sports. Ayto. of Siguenza. Agent Employment and Local Development. Ayto. of Siguenza. Social and Cultural animator. Ayto. of Siguenza. Municipal Library. Ayto. of Siguenza. Youth Center Siguenza. Ayto. of Siguenza. Workshop School. Ayto. of Trijueque. Agent Employment and Local Development.
February 2009, 28th
208 / 653
2. District Area PRAS of Social Services Alcolea del Pinar. Area PRAS Brihuega of Social Services. Area PRAS Jadraque of Social Services. Center for Women. Cifuentes. Center for Women. Siguenza. Resource Center and Counseling of Rural School. CRAER. Siguenza. Health Center. Jadraque. Health Center. Siguenza. Holy Family Catholic Bishops College. Siguenza. College of Public Romualdo Toledo. Jadraque. San Antonio College of Public Portaceli. Siguenza. San Francisco Public School. Cifuentes. Team of Women and Children. EMUME. Guardia Civil. Siguenza. Institute of Secondary Education D. John Maule. Institute of Secondary Education Martin Vazquez de Arce. Siguenza. Institute of Secondary Education Martin Vazquez de Arce. Siguenza. Institute of Secondary Education Valle del Henares. Jadraque. Technical Teacher of Community Services. PTSC. Siguenza. Public Employment Service of Castilla la Mancha. SEPECAM. Cifuentes. Public Employment Service of Castilla la Mancha. SEPECAM. Siguenza.
3. Provincials Provincial Council. AEDL Cifuentes. Provincial Council. AEDL Cogolludo. Provincial Council. AEDL Siguenza. Provincial Council. Network of Sustainable Cities and Towns. Siguenza.
4. Private Entities ADEL Sierra Norte de Guadalajara. Audience AMPA College St. Antonio de Portaceli. AMPA. Holy Family Catholic Bishops College. AMPA. Institute of Secondary Education Martin Vazquez de Arce. Association Abriendo Camino de Siguenza. Association of Siguenza. TARGETS Association. Apostolic School San Jose. Josefinos of Murialdo. Siguenza.
5. Parishes - St. Juna de Dios Parish. Jadraque. 6. Unions
- General Union of Workers. Siguenza.

III. Workshops/Action OPASI To make it simple methodology of partnership, there are two types of workshops: 1-job training workshop, dealing with topics related training and employment: joint call for training, lectures on payroll, training for self-employment, mediation companies, analysis of skills, prevention of occupational hazards. 2-partner educational workshop, which deal with issues related to education and social intervention: social skills, training courses for teachers, raising in tutoring, activities for children and youth, promoting solidarity, meetings with immigrant families.
February 2009, 28th
209 / 653
The final diagnosis developed by the OPASI was submitted in May 2007, the most important findings were: the lack of participation of the immigrant population in community life, the precariousness immigrant women on the job, the reconciliation of working life and family. Besides leading the effort was developed by the exploitation of the data obtained on foreigners in the various municipal censuses of the most important municipalities.
February 2009, 28th
210 / 653
27
Observation: Concepts and Implications
Marie-Hlne de SEDE-MARCEAU Professor in Geography, ThMA, UMR CNRS 6049, University of Franche-Comt, France marie.desede@wanadoo.fr Alexandre MOINE Professor in Geography, ThMA, UMR CNRS 6049, University of Franche-Comt, France alexandre.moine@univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: The professions associated to the analysis of territorial dynamics have evolved together with the technique and in particular The Technologies of Information and Communication. (TIC). If the research and the interpretation of the types of space organization is a major task of the geographers (Sde, 2002), it is equally important that the comprehension of these spatial organizations should go through the identification and comprehension of the performance of the actors who are upstream, the latter ones being strongly defined by their institutional position or not, as well as by the resources or constraints they are associated to (Jeannot, 2003). At the same time, the methods of analysis, which have continuously evolved as well, are nowadays reinforced because they dispose of more and more information (Moine, Sde, 2001) and it is now possible by means of certain observation tools to carry out in-depth analysis of certain geographic spaces (Moine, 2007), although without being able to correctly reproduce, by means of the same tools, the action logics that prevail and that make territories out of them. And even when dealt with spatial analysis (without considering the actors logics), there are often some difficulties to overcome in order to mobilize reliable and comparable information updated on a regular basis. In this way, the observation tools grow in number, the informatics developments allow it, but very often they are not conceived in a general perspective which could allow in the same time the representation of the territories, their observation, helping in making decisions and support the local governance. We are actually dealing with understanding how a range of measures could be developed around the interaction among actors, but also between actors and data, which they possess and/or make use of, in order to develop a local territorial intelligence.
We wish to structure again a range of concepts, in order to enlighten the basis of decision-making in land settlement, taking into account the new technologies of information which are nowadays applied. Therefore, several concepts are structured around the question of observation within the framework of land settlement and action, no matter what the approached thematic might be; these concepts determine the action: - the first concept is of course that of territory, it represents the methodological pedestal of our reflections and of the tools which result from it, and reveals the strong interaction which bounds the actors and the geographic space that they use, settle and organize; - the second concept, that of observation, deals with the actions which will allow to follow the territories evolution; how we represent this complex system and how we interpret the information which describe it; - the third, that of governance, questions us upon the means of supporting the reflection of territorial actors, no matter who they might be, through a better help to a coordinated decision;
February 2009, 28th
211 / 653
Once these concepts and their reciprocal relations are defined, we should ask ourselves what connects them and allows by means of a general approach to speak about territorial intelligence, by referring to the question of interaction between actors, information and the tools at their disposal.
I. Structured concepts for a better decision-making 1. The territory is a complex system The territory is a system, for that it takes on the range of properties specific to the complex systems (Moine, 2006), in terms of structure and dynamic, which rises up the question of times irreversibility and the fact that it has to be taken into account. This system is made out of two sub-systems absolutely inseparable: on the one hand, the actors, reunited by their mutual performances which lead to using, settling and administrating the second sub-system which is the geographic space, made out of places and objects which interact by the will of their location and especially through the facilities and restrictions that they provide to the actors (Fig. 1). Figure 1: The loop of feedback in land settlement
Note: Sous-systme acteurs = actors sub-system Acteurs et rseaux dacteurs = actors and networks of actors Acteur isol = Isolated actor Lien inter-rseau = Inter-network connection Acteur appartenant a plusieurs rseaux = Actor belonging to several networks Peru-vcu = Perceived-experienced Amnager, utiliser, grer = Land settle, use, administrate Sous-systme de lespace gographique = Sub-system of geographic space Conditions de vie = Living conditions Climat = climate Lieu = Place Milieu naturel = Natural environment Milieu physique = Physical environment Habiter = Live Changer = Change Sapproprier = Appropriate Exploiter = Exploit Filtre personnel, idologique, socital = Personal, ideological, societall filter
February 2009, 28th
212 / 653
The loop of feedback in land settlement, from a general point of view, is born out of this interaction; it represents in fact the combination between infinity of loops of positive and/or negative feedback which put the territorial systems under pressure, meaning in a more or less stable balance. There results a territorial complexity built out of multiple memberships and intersected networks, due mostly to the labyrinth of socio-spatial mechanisms and to territorial coalitions, encouraged by the States, as emphasized by Cox (1998). We rely here mainly on the principles specific to the complex systems, based mostly on the notion of dynamic, very well organized and strongly interactive.
Such systems, whose organization is made out of hyper cycles (several loops of feedback, closed one into another), can difficultly be made subject of an analysis which consists of reducing them to little isolated units. The presence of loops of positive and negative feedback provides them with a great sensitivity to outside conditions, even to oscillations, as well as with a certain degree of autonomy, which makes them non-predictable hence non-controllable (Swartz, 1994).
Therefore, the geographic space exists for a long time which can overtake the time of existence of the territory. Actually while the spatial structure is made durable in time, the systems of actors and the performances that result from them seem more fluctuant. If we consider the three major temporalities of a spatial system:
The fast dynamics (), the slower ones of the succession of states of the system () and those of the longest time which determine the existence of systems (Durand- Dasts, 1999),
we can say that the long time is that of the existence of the geographic space and, in some cases, it can also be the one of the territory. The territory system has the capacity () to integrate in its functioning a disruption without modifying its qualitative structure (Holling, 1973). Thanks to this, the system is maintained while evolving and if the geographic space presents a growing complexity provoked especially by the multiplication of anthropogenic objects, by their frequent transfers and relocations, the systems of actors assist to the growth of their own complexity as well. There are witnesses of the phenomenon, especially
a wave unknown until then of new cuttings associated to politics of decentralization and an abundance of intervention and mobilization areas established by the new territorialized actors called of the civil society (NGO, associations, groups of entrepreneurs etc) and their international partners (Antheaume et al., 2005).
Hence, there is absolutely necessary to keep an eye on the geographic space, in order to guarantee a certain continuity between the decisions that will be made by the actors who will follow concerning a reference geographic space, with more reason because one organization (actors) could disappear, but the started project is kept. Therefore, the territories, considered as complex systems, are in permanent evolution, which introduces a second concept strongly bound to the first one: the observation. 2. which needs the creation of observation tools The observation does not exist without its actors, so without observers, it refers to time within the specific geographic framework, it places space at the core of its preoccupations. The observation is defined as the action of observing, of attentively consider the nature, the man, the society, in order to know better1. This definition gets a totally different meaning of we refer to the territories specific issue, this being related to the complexity of the examined system. The observation integrates the notion of time and that of irreversibility; hence we deal with observing in time phenomena characterized by their possibility of evolution (Casanova, 2008). Or, these phenomena must be described very precisely so as to present exactly their evolution, with no ambiguity. When we deal with complex systems whose behavior is particularly unpredictable this happens with the socio-spatial systems , the observation has to be based on reliable data which describe in a coordinated way these systems. The observation consists then of an eye kept for a long period of time on a given system, described by a range of a gross data, which can be combined to produce indicators shared by a community. This is synthetic information, fruit of choices and interpretations. Among others, this brings about the question of indicators, which, starting with multiple and varied data, allow representing the consequences of the use, land settlement and administration of the geographic space by the man.
1. Action of scientifically observe (a recorder, described, measured phenomenon). Attentive surveillance to which a being, a phenomenon or a system is subject (Le Robert, 1992).
February 2009, 28th
213 / 653
The indicators come out of several different logics, describing the condition of the system (diagnosis), the impact of the settlement policies (evaluation), or the possible evolutions of the system (prospective). Moreover, according to their organization within the observation tools, they will allow either approaching some themes (population, accommodation, employment etc.) or some issues, these ones being situated at the interface between different themes (insecurity, for instance). Finally, the observation implies a double share of information, upstream so as to supply the observatory, downstream so as to exploit it in a reasonable manner. The data and the indicators will influence the perception that we have on the observed systems and determine our look and our selective attention. Here, an important loop of feedback connects perception and observation. This puts again the observation tools at the core of the systems of actors under pressure on a given territory, meaning at the core of governance. 3. which support the local governance The governance is a relatively ambiguous concept. It suggests in some cases the power that certain actors put up in order to counterbalance the traditional action and the relative lack of commitment from the part of governments and institutions which control the State. The term refers as well to the interactions between the State and the society, i.e. the coalition systems of public and private actors, who, by means of coordination measures, have as purpose to make the public action more effective and the societies more easily governable. This goes for all levels. We consider that governance approaches the second definition and is based on the complexity of relations which join the actors of a territorial system, with the purpose of maintaining its stability on the basis of contradictory relationships which need at a certain moment an agreement, within a continuous process of cooperation and composition between different and conflicting interests (Smouts, 1995). It is not only about the sphere of particular interests, as defined by Hegel in opposition with the State: In the civil society, each member is an end to himself/herself, all the rest is nothing for him/her, but a combination of interests which in a general approach and thanks to a set of rules and/or contracts do not go against the general interest. Hence, the governance has to bring together the range of actors grouped within a territorial system. We actually deal with a process of coordination of actors, of social groups and institutions, so as to fulfill proper purposes collectively discussed and defined in fragmented and uncertain environments (Bagnasco, 1997). It highlights the variety of actors who interfere or who can interfere in the administration of public businesses and, as for what we are interested in, in a territorialized framework, situating the governance at the interface between sociology, political science and of course geography. It is in this context of contradictory relations that the observation gets all its meaning, around the shared data, collectively validated so as to establish diagnosis and carry out studies which allow guiding the action. The territorial intelligence relies therefore on these three concepts by mobilizing the new technologies of information. Its base relies on the notion of territory as proposed, the actors performances producing the organization of the geographic space according to many constraints, physical as well as organizational and which are materialized especially in many planning, orientation or territorial coherence documents currently requested. The territorial intelligence is hence described as follows: the organization of the set of used and shared knowledge by a set of actors in the framework of a given territory, so as to collectively observer in the purpose of a better governance. The territorial intelligence passes through a reciprocal organization realized within a network, so as to support the citizens participation, to enable the partnership among territorial actors for a general and balanced approach on territories2. However, territorial intelligence will not be formalized without the adherence to a shared vision of territory and especially on common goals. We are now trying to concretely illustrate the problems which arise in the framework of observation and which could influence the quality of governance through the performance of the tools set for helping the decision-making. The territorial intelligence depends directly on the observation and influences in this way the evolution of territories through the knowledge about actors, meant to be helpful in making decisions. We therefore find a well-defined structure of the geographic space, the actors and the governance which connects them mainly by means of observation tools.
2. ENTI: European Network of Territorial Intelligence.
February 2009, 28th
214 / 653
II. At the core of each concept we find datum 1. Observation and observatories, at the border between real and knowledge The development of observatories, whether we deal with observation of territories, observation of sociologic phenomena or economic or environmental ones, is strongly connected to three phenomena: - the growing availability of data; - the growing complexity of actors performances and of the used, settled and administrated geographic space; - the growth in the expectations concerning knowledge and evaluation of actions. In this way, from a cognitive point of view, the availability of data, together with an easier spread of information, enabled by the Technologies of Information and Communication (TIC), situate the observation issue in a context that we now have to define. The cognitive approach leading to the production of knowledge can be illustrated under the shape of a continuum starting from what is real (whose signals we perceive) getting to knowledge and even beyond it, to the establishment of a pattern3. The acquisition of knowledge related to territory, major objective prevailing over the decisionmaking, can be assimilated to a learning operation, i.e. a change in the capacity of thinking, representing and building the examined object under the effect of data. The researches conducted in cognitive sciences and in informatics reveal the fact that knowledge is the result of the data outside the learner, of the interactions with its environment and lastly the inside information tools, especially the memory tools. As emphasized by Piaget (Piaget, 75) quoted by Noucher (Noucher, 07), the intelligence is only a more elaborated form of the biological adaptation. Hence, the processes through which learners build their own mental structures are realized in interaction with the environment. The observation is therefore part of this paradigm4 of knowledge. In order to better determine the issues of the observation, its relevance within the territorial approaches aiming the description, the analysis beyond the help in decision-making, it is important to place it within his continuum. Formally, the observation, considered as a constant attention over a subject but also as a tool for collecting data. (National Institute of Telecommunications) is situated upstream the process of generating knowledge. Integrating the reception of signals coming from the real world and the production of data, it very much influences knowledge, since it is this first step that will determine the set of properties and specific traits of data supplying the decision-making. This obvious fact for everybody seems to be quickly forgotten when the observation projects are actually embodied. In fact, how many decision-makers or studies conductors, technical experts, or even researchers actually reflect upon the question of quality of this transmutation which makes the transfer from the level of perceptions to a more formal one, that of data? By definition, the observation implies the logic of description. So, in its widest acceptance, the description means gathering the observation carried out upon a certain phenomenon so as to provide its coherent and complete image. For the territorial observatories, we deal with representing the geographic space in connection with the users, settlers or administrators. The description has to lead to a representation of reality as exact as possible. It is an important step which results from the observation and prepares the analysis. The quality of the description determines the quality of the analysis results and the established policies of land settlement or administration. There is however a distortion between the observation, as defined and used by the sciences (sociologic observation as well as observation of physical and biological phenomena) and the observation initiated and performed by the territorial actors on the territory as object. This distinction refers firstly to the object of observation. While the scientific observation appears actually as an approach exterior to the object itself, the territorial observation proves to be a lot more complex, since the observers are at the same observed. Actually there are many observatories set up by institutions, territorial collectivities that after all are watching themselves, through the territorial mutations that they have more or less directly initiated!
3. Establishing patterns, so formalized representations of the reality whose objective is to explain the phenomena and the relations between them. This purpose involves implicitly knowing this reality. 4. A paradigm designs the range of issues proper to an object of study and the techniques of this study.
February 2009, 28th
215 / 653
In terms of objectives another distinction has to be made. Whereas the scientific observation wants more a first decoding of the object for its description and then its understanding, the territorial observation aims, by means of reciprocal knowledge, at providing the interpretation keys for the complex systems territories are. As emphasized by Christian Estrosi in his short speech of presentation of the observatory of territories from DATAR (today DIACT),
By issuing its first report , the observatory of territories meets many expectation and especially that of better sharing, starting now, the available knowledge on territories, too often scattered or known only by specialists (http://www.premierministre.gouv.fr/information/actualites_20/presentation_rapport_observatoire _territoires_54646.html, December 2005).
In this context, we deal more with knowing in order to understand but also with knowing in order to take action, to decide, to evaluate. As far as methods are concerned, the observatories development does not always meet a formalized and validated approach. The projects sometimes rely on essentially organizational approaches whose objectives consist in enabling partnerships around the themes of the observations. We can therefore associate the observatory to an organizational device of the type studies department, divided between different organizations and whose objectives are to regularly produce knowledge upon the territory and/or the analyzed theme. In some other cases the projects explicitly rely on the creation of a computerized tool, such as shared database, upon which a set of synthetic data, a base for territories knowledge, will be produced. No matter what, the observation as carried out within the orchestrated or not observatories can be assimilated o the creation of information and knowledge. However, in all situations, the objective is to produce together what would be impossible to produce separately. It is actually through the integration of multi- sources and multi-thematic data that revelatory processes and characters of the complexity come out. Referring to that, we can mention the interest of the combination of socio-economical data and technical data on the buildings in order to develop behavior indicators for energy-consuming (Ibrahim et al., 2007). Another example, the use of a combination of financial data, of mobility data, as well as more classical data defining the profile of households (data of INSEE National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies) allowing the evaluation of indicators of the cost of disaffection for the suburbs households5. Therefore, the objectives of the observation of territories are similar in a way to a certain kind of data coproduction, whose mechanisms were identified by Noucher (Noucher, 2007). This connection between observatories and coproduction allows us to point out the favourable conditions for a development of the essential participative logics in the framework of such projects. As for every socio- cognitive mechanism, the stakes are then to fulfil understanding among actors of different cultures and professions and very often of different strategies. In this way governance will be set up on the basis of data sharing and reflections upon shared indicators. 2. The indicators, revealing the quality of collaboration On the background of assimilation of the observation to the data coproduction on the territory, it is essential to come back to the concept of indicator, which is at the core of the observation development. In the regular vocabulary, an indicator is a datum which provides an indication (Le Petit Robert). For instance, the INSEE defines the concept of economic indicator as follows:
An indicator is a measuring instrument for an economic activity (or a range of activities) allowing observing on a regular basis the economic evolution generally on an infra-annual basis, as the real GNP, the industrial production, the prices level, the unemployment rate, the households confidence indicator, (INSEE, http://www.insee.fr).
In the more and more complex framework of the administration and planning of territories, the public and/or private decision-makers ask for objective data in order to get to know and understand their competences territories and to evaluate the impact of the policies they initiated by their decisions. Apart from providing raw data, the conception of indicators appears therefore as a privileged means of transmitting synthetic information and the indicators become in this way also a key-element of reflection
5. This study is currently conducted by The Urbanism Agency of the Besanon Agglomeration, in collaboration with the County Agency of Information on Accommodation in Doubs (France).
February 2009, 28th
216 / 653
(Espacetemps.net, http://espaceTemps.net/document1708.html) and, beyond decision, even of evaluation. In this way the notion of indicator would contain that of objectivity. This leads us to the descriptive dimension of the observation, whose objectives are to reflect the reality as objectively as possible. Hence, there is a strong connection between the objectivity of the description, the observation and the indicators, no matter what the established goals might be. However, this analysis has to be detailed. In fact, regardless of the considered themes or the reference scales, the produced data are far from being objective. As pointed out by Claramunt (Claramunt, 2007) or Joliveau (Joliveau, 2004), the reality is orchestrated. In fact, regardless of the interests, passing from the intention of the observation to the establishment of the tool meant to provide descriptive elements of reality is always object to instrumentation, whether of topographical issues, or collectors, surveys etc. Very often, the geographer as well as the land settler or the decision-maker will be directly confronted to the data most often located without having had access to the codification of the initial information, not controlling any of the choices preceding the acquisition or the methods of acquisition. Besides, even if he/she controlled this dimension having therefore the opportunity to acquire data by himself/herself, these would be the result of the choice influencing the whole life cycle of the data, the tools and the techniques used for their collection in the choice of representation, passing through the used sampling patterns. Moreover, an indicator, as suggested by the INSEE in its definition of economic indicators, has to provide on a regular basis knowledge elements allowing a constant view over phenomena. Introducing the periodicity brings us to specify the temporal implication of the indicator, allowing a real surveillance of the observed territories. We are then dealing with monitoring indicators. The questions are then raised upon the temporal monitoring granularity, taking into account the material contingencies (very often materialized in terms of cost) as well as the dynamics specific to systems under observation. Finally, in the field of territories observation and we are now dealing with the geographers actual activities an indicator, as emphasized by (Joerin et al., 2001) must enable the perception of the heterogeneity and the spatial variable of the phenomena within the territory. This ability can simply be acquired by means of simple cartographic approaches based on putting thematic data in a certain spatial context. But it might be necessary to develop more complex indicators, providing information about the shape, the structure and the organization of phenomena. We are dealing here with the spatial dimension of the indicators (location, representations, relevance scale), a dimension exploited in contexts of observation of mobility for instance (we can think of accessibility indicators (Sde et al., 2008), built on the basis of location, distance/time, services level) and very much in demand nowadays, mainly in connection to the complexity of individuals peregrinations and to the needs of fulfilling their demands. An indicator appears therefore as an indicating variable, significant for a state or even an evolution (variation rate for example) to a given perception level and whose interpretation is generally conducted according to norms or comparisons. Hence, it is included in the framework of defined spatial and temporal scales, adapted to the objectives it has to meet. So, an indicator refers generally to observation zoning and frequencies which can differ depending on the observers. It is therefore essential to reflect upon the relevance of indicators according to the involved analysis scales. This last comment brings us to questions such as: who observes what and at what level of time and space scales?, inferring that the indicators produced in a built-up area around a city can only be complementary to those produced in a Region. On the basis of states synthesis, the indicators can though meet different objectives, from the diagnosis to the evaluation and prospection. The indicator makes perfect sense within the observatories which allow by definition mutualising and integrating data of multiple proveniences (Sde et al., 2008). Its relevance, its synthesis qualities as well as the evaluation potential they contain are functions of the level of quality and collaboration developed by the partners reunited around the observatory projects. Hence, a great number of observation systems do not go beyond provision of basic descriptive indicators and provide very few indicators resulting from the coproduction of data, made out of a range of combined variables (for instance IDH) taking into account the time, the space, or the two of them and being based on common objectives of the actors.
February 2009, 28th
217 / 653
3. The observatories: an application of the territorial information systems The territorial observation creates information by means of indicators production. Analysing closer the generation of these synthesis information, it is possible to detail the process. The observation can actually be discriminated into four different phases which do not result from the same logic: - Collecting data - Storing and organizing data - Processing data for producing synthetic information - Disseminating synthetic information under an adjusted shape, aiming at different targets (decision-makers, administrators, citizens) This analysis determines several commentaries. - Firstly, the observation cannot be assimilated to a simple function. - Secondly, each identified phase is essentially different and in the view of observation computerization, they do not result from the same logic. Storing results clearly from the database logic where the application frameworks belong to the middle/long term from a temporal point of view, to the multiscales from a spatial point of view and to a multi-partners dimension from an organizational and thematic point of view (Mennis et al., 2002). This brings us down to the notion of territorial complexity and introduces the establishment of hybrid solutions, specific to sciences and technologies of geographic information for monitoring the spatial dimension, more classical when we get down to monitoring thematic data. Processing deals clearly with an applicative logic-this evolves according to the spatial, thematic and organizational mutations specific to territories. - Finally, at the extremities of the process, the entrances/exits around which the information flow is structured appear as Achilles heel of the device. Firstly, at the source, since the whole structure relies on supplying the data system6. Afterwards, at the exits, because the observatories are essentially conceived to produce information and must meet this expectation. In this context, the observation tools belong to the logic of information systems, defined as a range of elements participating at administrating, processing, transporting and disseminating information. The instrumented observatory can therefore be considered as an application fuelled by the Territorial System of Information, just like other kind of applications of more targeted professions (Fig. 2). In the companys world, these systems are clearly identified as an interface between the piloting system (hence, the decision one) and the operating system that can therefore be assimilated to administrators and other actors having a direct impact on the territorial system (Fig. 3). Hence, the information flows circulating in the information system have a vital character. They will allow decision-makers to keep in touch with the field, which is, in our context, the reality of the territory, materialized in structures and operating modes. On the other hand, the actors will also need to exploit the information flows coming from the observatories, in order to gauge their interventions, but especially to optimize their operating mode. For instance, we can mention the importance of characterizing spaces in terms of land costs to advise and orient the private individuals within the purchase projects. In other words, in the logic of the systems of information, the observatories must allow, in the framework of the issues they have been initiated for, to all the actors in the territory acquiring the information and knowledge they need in order to make decisions and take actions (Fig. 4).
6. We can here think of H. Pornons commentaries on the empty shells, expression referring to the observatories empty of their substance because of the lack of data! (Pornon, 2007a).
February 2009, 28th
218 / 653
Figure 2: The concept of Territorial System of Information (TSI)
Note: Applications Transport = Transport Applications Observatoires = Obervatories Applications Logement = Accommodation Applications Requtes spatio-thmatico-temporelles = Spatial-thematic-temporal requests Cartographie = Cartography Analyse spatiale = Spatial analysis Mtadonnes = Metadata Analyses statistiques = Statictic analysis Importation/Exportation = Import/Export Donnes et documents = Data and documents
Figure 3: The concept of system of information at the interface between decision and action
Note: Contraintes = Constraints Systme de pilotage = Piloting system Systme dinformation = Information system Systme oprant = Operating system Source: GET/INT/DSI S. Assar.
February 2009, 28th
219 / 653
Figure 9: The strategic position of the SI
Note: Rel = Reality Action = Action Connaissance = Knowledge Dcision = Decision
Conclusion: The observation, at the core of the territorial intelligence for better governance It appears today that several actors interfere on the geographic space and that the help in making a decision goes through mutualising many data, multi-sources, multi-thematic, multi-scales. It is actually essential, in order to improve the comprehension of the territories functioning, not to focus only upon the exploit of business data, but to mix them with more synthetic data which allow a general view over the approached issues. However, it appears that exchanging data is technically difficult, in spite of the efforts made in this field, especially in terms of standards (Pornon, 2007 a, b et c). They are time-consuming and because of the lack of time they are neglected, which involves more superficial analysis, without setting common references among different actors in charge with the land settlement. As a final result the governance is weak, because the different views of the actors do not go together, the actions are scattered, little appropriated by all the participants. It appears therefore essential to set the establishment of observation tools on two approaches: - identifying the professions of actors sharing a tool; - placing the secured datum at the core of the approach. Establishing observation tools involves being very much aware of the needs of the different actors who will use it. It is consequently essential to gather information concerning their practices, their intervention or administration territory and their prerogatives. These data are the ones enabling to determine better the needs of the future users. On this background it is essential to carry out qualitative surveys (by means of interviews) in order to get thorough knowledge of the professions and competences of different actors, to identify precisely the data that they mobilize in their professional activity as well as the administration and exploitation of these data; this allows identifying precisely their needs of information (data, indicators). These interviews have to emphasize the necessity to enable the meeting between the technicians and decision-makers around the centres of interest shared by different organisms throughout networks more or less formalized. Most often confined to approaches connected to the exercised profession, the actors rarely have a general perspective on the territorial operation mode and this happens even if they express their need to broaden their knowledge area. Collecting data does not have to represent a juxtaposition of several individual redundant activities through which the spatial and temporal dimension of the problems is not taken into account. Actually the question of data is crucial, sharing and using them have the role of some bolts which we simply have to remove. In order to mobilize a great number and to embody the knowledge commu-
February 2009, 28th
220 / 653
nity gathered by the observatory, it is important for the project holders to be completely aware of these bolts and to mobilize the necessary energy and methods so as to turn these obstacles into operational objectives which could strengthen the tool appropriation and exploit by means of: - Mutualising the standardized data easily exploitable by means of fast and efficient functionalities, strengthening in this way the basis of knowledge of the territory actors thanks to information (data, documents, maps) until then kept only for a restraint circle and thanks to shared indicators which come out of it; - Securing the transmissions and the storing place; - The statistic secret. If the partners adherence to the suggested device is decisive for the usefulness of the observatory, the core of the observatory is the data and they constitute the major point of the stumbling block. It is therefore important to show that the technology is totally under control and that the risks run by the suppliers are taken into account. Bibliography ANTHEAUME B. and GIRAUT F., 2005, Le territoire est mort, vive les territoires: une (re)fabrication au nom du dveloppement, Paris, IRD. ATLAN H., 1979, Entre le cristal et la fume, Paris, Seuil. AURIAC F., 1984, Systme conomique et espace, Paris, Economica. BAGNASCO A. and LE GALES P., 1997, Les villes europennes comme socit et comme acteur, in BAGNASCO A. (ed.), Villes en Europe, Paris, d. La Dcouverte, p. 38. CARROU L., 2004, Gographie de la mondialisation, Paris, Armand Colin. CASANOVA L., 2008, Proposition pour une approche renouvele de lvaluation territoriale, Actes du colloque Tho Quant, 10-12 janvier 2007, Besanon, Universit de Franche-Comt, forthcoming. CASSEN B., 2001, Le pige de la gouvernance, Le monde Diplomatique, juin 2001, p. 28. CLARAMUNT C., COULONDRE S. and LIBOUREL T., 1997, Autour des mthodes orientes objet pour la conception des SIG, Revue Internationale de Gomatique, vol. 7, no 3-4, dcembre 1997, p. 233-257. COX K., 1998, Spaces of dependence, spaces of engagement and the politics of scale, or: looking for local politics, Political geography, vol. 17, n 1, p. 1-23. CREVOISIER O., MOINE A., QUIQUEREZ F. and SIGNORET P., 2005, Impact de laccord bilatral relatif la libre circulation des personnes sur la rgion transfrontalire du canton de Neuchtel et du dpartement du Doubs, rapport final, Neuchtel/Besanon, Universit de Neuchtel (GRET) et Universit de Franche-Comt (ThMA). CROZIER M., 1981, Lacteur et le systme: les contraintes de laction collective, Paris, ditions du Seuil. DAUPHIN A., 2003, Les thories de la complexit chez les gographes, Paris, d. conomica, p. 41-52. DELVAUX M. and NYS C., 2002, Gographie: lire le monde, Paris, ditions De Boeck. DURAND D., 2002, La systmique, Paris, PUF. ESPACETEMPS.NET, 2005, Indicateurs territoriaux du dveloppement durable, available at http://espace Temps.net/document1708.html. ELISSALDE B., 2000, Gographie, temps et changement, LEspace Gographique, n3-2000, p. 224-236. FRIEDBERG E., 1993, Le pouvoir et la rgle, Paris, d. Seuil. HOLLING C. S., 1973, Resilience and stability of ecological systems, Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics, n 4, p. 1-23.
February 2009, 28th
221 / 653
IBRAHIM K. and SDE-MARCEAU M-H. (de), 2006, Fondements et mthodologie pour une modlisation dynamique des systmes nergtiques territoriaux, Paper presented at the XLIIth Conference of the ASRDLF (Association of Regional Science of French Language) XIIth Conference of GRERBAM (research Group on the Spaces and Network of the Mediteranean basin), on the theme: local development, competitiveness and attractiveness of territories, SFAX, Tunisia, 4th, 5th and 6th September, 2006. JEANNOT G., 2003, Diagnostic territoriaux en DDE, in BION J.-Y. (ed.), Le diagnostic territorial: un outil de l'action publique, vol. 4, Lyon, CERTU, p. 15-22. JOERIN F., NEMBRINI A., REY M.-C. and D ESTHIEUX G., 2001, Information et participation pour lamnagement du territoire; Rle des instruments daide la dcision, Revue Internationale de Gomatique, spcial SIG et dveloppement du territoire, vol. 11, n 3-4, Paris, ditions Herms, p. 309-332. JOLIVEAU T., 2004, Gomatique et gestion environnementale du territoire. Recherches sur un usage gographique des SIG, Mmoire d'Habilitation Diriger des Recherches en Sciences Humaines, Rouen, Universit de Rouen. LE BERRE M., 1988, Dbat autour de larticulation des diffrents niveaux danalyse, Gopoint 88, Avignon, p. 153-155. LVY J., 1994, Lespace lgitime sur la dimension gographique de la fonction politique, Paris, Presses de la FNSP. MARCHAND J.-P., 1990, Structures spatiales irlandaises et contraintes historiques, Actes du Colloque Gopoint, Avignon, p. 197-200. MENNIS J. L. et PEUQUET D. J., 2000, A conceptual framework for incorporating cognitive principles into geographical database representation, International Journal of Geographical Information Science, vol. 14, n 6, p. 501-520. MOINE A. and SDE-MARCEAU (de) M.-H., 2001, Systmique et bases de donnes territoriales : des concepts et des outils pour une gestion raisonne des territoires, Revue Internationale de Gomatique, Paris, d. Herms, vol. 11, n 3-4, p. 333-358. MOINE A., 2003a, volution dun espace transfrontalier: le territoire horloger franco-suisse de larc jurassien, LInformation Gographique, vol. 67, n 1, Paris, d. Sedes, p. 21-34. MOINE A., 2003b, Reprsentation et comprhension de la systmogense dun espace de production transfrontalier, Mappemonde, n 69, Paris, d. Belin-Reclus. MOINE A., 2006, Le territoire comme un systme complexe : un concept opratoire pour lamnagement et la gographie, LEspace Gographique, 2006-2, p. 115-132. MOINE A., 2007, Le territoire, comment observer un systme complexe?, Paris, LHarmattan. MORIN E. (ed.), 1999, Le dfi du XXIe sicle. Relier les connaissances, Paris, Seuil. NOUCHER M., 2007, Coproduction de donnes gographiques : pourquoi, comment et avec qui? Pourquoi coproduire, avec quelles dmarches participatives et en mettant qui autour de la table?, Actes du colloque SAGEO CQFD-Go, Clermont-Ferrand, juin 2007. PEGUY C.-P., 2001, Espace, temps, complexit, vers une mta-gographie, Paris, Belin. PIAGET J., 1975, Lquilibration des structures cognitives, Paris, PUF. ROSNAY J. (de), 2002, Le macroscope. Vers une vision globale, Paris, Seuil. SAINT-JULIEN T., 2000, Quantitatif et qualitatif dans lapproche gographique: la modlisation en question, in LVY J. and LUSSAULT M., Logiques de lespace, esprit des lieux. Gographies Cerisy, Paris, Belin, p. 141-152.
February 2009, 28th
222 / 653
PORNON H., 2007, Bilan et perspectives de 20 annes de Gomatique, Gomatique Expert, n 57, juin-juil. 2007, p. 36-46. PORNON H and NOUCHER M., 2007, Bilan et perspectives de 20 annes de Gomatique; Vers des SIG plus collaboratifs. Les communauts de pratique, Gomatique Expert, n 59, oct.-nov. 2007, p. 54-60. SCHWARZ E., 1994, Crise conjoncturelle ou changement de paradigme?, Les Cahiers du CIES, vortex n 1, Centre Interfacultaire dtudes systmiques, Universit de Neuchtel, available at http://www. autogenesis.ch/crisconj.htm. SDE-MARCEAU M-H. (de), 2002, Gographie, territoires et instrumentation: tat des lieux, rflexions pistmologiques et perspectives de recherche, Habilitation Diriger des Recherches, Universit de FrancheComt. SDE-MARCEAU M-H. (de), GILLON P., MOINE A. and THIAM S., 2008, Laccessibilit aux quipements collectifs de pratique sportive: mthodologie pour leur observation dans le dpartement du Jura, in THRIAULT M. et DES ROSIERS F. (eds), Information gographique et dynamiques urbaines 2: Accessibilit, paysage, environnement et valeur foncire, Trait IGAT, Paris, Lavoisier. SMOUTS M.-C., 1998, Du bon usage de la gouvernance en relations internationales, Revue internationale des sciences sociales, n 155, mars 1998, p. 88.
February 2009, 28th
223 / 653
February 2009, 28th
224 / 653
28
Contribution to the applied territorial intelligence: reasoned catalog of territorial information available on Internet and sources in Europe
Gunal DEVILLET Graduate in geographical sciences and Secondary School diploma in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium G.Devillet@ulg.ac.be Christophe BREUER Graduate in Geographical Sciences and Master in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium christophe.breuer@ulg.ac.be
Abstract: This article gives a report on the territorial collection of information for the local actors in the whole of Europe (EU 27). It deals with various sources available in Europe in a centralized and decentralized way. An inventory was carried out for indicators selected within the framework of the method CATALYSE of confrontation of the populations needs with the services available to answer it. Various examples of information sources for the territories (observatories) are also putted forward. The reasoned catalog treats methods of cartographic representation for the various indicators. It also highlights the variability of the indicators definitions according to the European suppliers, and the difficulties of harmonization and use. Keywords: Indicators, territorial information, Internet sources of information, definition of the indicators.
I. Preamble The use of contextual territorial information constitutes an important precondition to the implementation of certain projects. This production run of the existing data makes it possible to direct the strategies and contributes to bring coherence to the actions. It puts forward certain difficulties encountered within the territory, and thus makes it possible to act consequently. All the good practices concerning the installation of social or economic development strategies preach moreover a preliminary phase of diagnosis to identify with relevance the fields in which to act. In order to conclude this big step, the actors of the development, and more particularly the local actors, are constrained to collect information near various suppliers. Their use depends largely on their accessibility, which includes the visibility of the data and their cost. On a European scale, obtaining territorial information is confronted with the multiplicity of the suppliers of data. Each country has its national institute and at several government departments, regional or parapublic organizations, which increases, in the European Union containing twenty-seven countries, the difficulty of information spread. This multitude of distributers of data increases the complexity of the comprehension of the territories and of their dynamic. The collection of statistics is also less efficient and consequently more expensive for the users because of the multiple interlocutors. The research undertaken between 2006 and 2008 concerning the European contextual indicators aims to inventory those and characterize their accessibility. The problems were treated under the angle of the complementarities of the method CATALYSE, which makes it possible to confront the
February 2009, 28th
225 / 653
needs of the populations with the offer of the proposed services, by taking into account the socio-economic environment (CAENTI, 2006d). To reach this aim, the method uses three types of data: the data concerning the needs for the populations obtained via a questionnaire, the offer of services (via lists) and finally the socio-economic data and contextual environments in order to describe the environment. This paper contributes to the use of the indicators at the European level and to their treatment within the framework of their use by local territorial actors. The basic tool for the selection of the indicators is the European guide (CAENTI, 2006c). This paper also treats protocols of treatment and the relevant scale of representation of the indicators. It respects the calendar of research program CAENTI, carried out within the framework of the sixth European outline program (FP6). After a development concerning the accessibility of the statistical and geographical data, we will deal with their scale of representation. Lastly, we will discuss the protocols of treatment of the various selected indicators, and we will conclude. II. Sources of the contextual data 1 Territorial information and indicators It is probably advisable and before any discussion about the sources of information to specify the meaning and the acceptance of the terms territorial information and indicators. Territorial information is information for which the space component is important, it is possible to underline a covariance of the values of this information according to the position. Territorial information thus has a broad field of acceptance, a contrario of the term of indicator which gives specifically, and by definition, an indication. However, the majority of the actors use these two terms indistinctly, which does not prevent at all that they determine implicitly what is an indicator and what is territorial information. The indicator is generally used to inform on a situation of development considered as positive or negative. For example, unemployment rates, access to the health care, level of teaching (etc.) will generally be regarded as indicators, whereas the population by entity, the population by age (etc.) are territorial information which can difficultly been positively or negatively interpreted Within the framework of our project, we were brought to make a selection of statistical data (territorial information) of which some can be regarded as indicators. By convention, we used the term indicator to speak about all this group of information. 2 Sources of the socio-economic and environmental data The contextual data sources are very diversified. They are mainly function of the organizations of collection and information circulation set up by the States of the European Union, or the international institutions. Each State indeed has its own supplier of national data (statistical institutes or government departments), and many international institutions have their own office of statistics. In the framework of the CAENTI project, information must necessarily be available for spatial entities at a lower level than the countries. Statistically, that corresponds to the European levels from NUTS 2 to LAU 1. The information distributed by the international agencies, limited to level NUTS 0 (country) is thus not very relevant for a later use, although the data can be used as comparative values (Chen and al., 2006). The only supracommunal institution disseminating contextual information with regional or infraregional scales is the Office of the Statistics of the European Union (EUROSTAT), which diffuses data for territorial cuttings from NUTS 1 to NUTS 3 widely and for free. No data can be obtained via this site for smaller administrative cuttings or more precise statistics. EUROSTAT collects, harmonizes, assembles and distributes the information collected mainly by other actors, in particular the national institutes of statistics. This platform is however confronted with various problems. Our research (CAENTI, 2006b) showed that the availability of the data is variable according to the country considered and the required year. This irrefutable fact makes complex the comparative analyzes and makes null and void any certainty about the data availability. Moreover, if the major indicators are indeed present on EUROSTAT (population by entity, rate of unemployment), others are lacking or need to be calculated. The exploitation of the national statistical sites is thus necessary, on the one hand, to have the data at the local level (for example communes), and on the other hand, to supplement the offer of service proposed by the European Office of statistics. It has to be noted that the local actors cannot do
February 2009, 28th
226 / 653
without the national distributers in the local data retrieval. At most can they be helped by public, parapublic or associative observatories, which also collect data. These sources asked the question of the harmonization of the protocols of data processing between statistical levels on the one hand, and contiguous space entities having different statistical organizations on the other hand. The definition of the indicators differs between certain countries, although within the same entity the definitions are generally similar. 3 Examples of observatories in Europe The data can also be gathered by a territorial observatory. These observatories are generally publics and works on the territorial development. They gather the statistical data for determined territories, analyze them and chart the results. They are important information sources for the local actors. a. Institutional suppliers A majority of the institutional suppliers of data also collect and manage information. Each country of the European Union has its own statistical institution, although those can take different forms. In certain countries, they act as an independent organism, in others it is a departments attached to a ministry. The data are classified by topics, from the economy to the population, and passing by the environment, health, etc. The heading of the indicators available are mainly similar from one country to another (CAENTI, 2006a), but the definition of the data can differ. For the simplest indicators, an homogeneity of calculation exists, but this one is not more valid for the complex indicators. There exists also a great variability of the data presentation mode. Few statistical websites propose cartographic interfaces of data presentation, on the other hand many institutes present their data in non downloadable tabular form. The heterogeneity of the acquisition costs can also be underlined, since any data acquisition requires an investment in time and/or money. In a general way, more precise and particular are de data, the higher is the cost. Some countries make exception, for example the Netherlands or Denmark, where close to the entirety of the information is placed at disposal for free. b. EIS EIS is a European program partially financed by the program Interreg Euregio Meuse-Rhin. It covers the areas of Eurgio Meuse-Rhin (Netherlands, Belgium, Germany) for which it collects and harmonizes the statistical data. The harmonization must allow interregional comparisons and a setting in prospect for the actors, often involved in international cooperation. The harmonization of the statistical data and the indicators is not going without problem: the task is long and can go up far in the process of data acquisitions (method of calculation, method of census). It is sometimes necessary to take again even the base of the statistics, which take a lot of time and which is sometimes not very relevant. It is thus appropriate, according to the available time of realization, to wonder about the possibility of eluding the question of the harmonization. c. IAAT Created in 1994 in France, the main aims of the IAAT (Atlantic Institute of Town and country planning) are the realization of a mutualisation platform of the statistical data and territorial tools, and to allow the access to documents and studies useful for regional planning. The documents are diversified: statistic tables, chart, working papers, instruments, etc. The topics approached go from the agriculture to the economy and from the demography to the environment. III. Indicators for analysis and diagnosis: protocol of treatment The indicators are virtually infinite: innumerable elements can be highlighted thanks to the construction of indicators based on population statistics. Their role is to give an account of a situation and to simplify the information by synthesizing it, by allowing a better communication and by authorizing cartographic comparisons. The guides treating the indicators underlines that those have to show the facts, and not to be an end in itself (VERMEYLEN, 2006). The selection operated in the indicators within the framework of the CAENTI project meets these objectives while taking into account the indicators flexibility constraints, their ability to be transposable, to adapt themselves to the inconsistencies and lacks of the data at the European level.
February 2009, 28th
227 / 653
1. Correspondence between available indicators and the questions of the European guide The experiment of the European data-gathering showed that it is not very probable to obtain indicators with a single definition for the Europeans countries. The generic terms of the indicators can induce in error by showing an apparent homogeneity of information, and thus comparability (Chen et al., 2006). It is thus necessary to carefully consider the statistical data resulting from the actions zones of different institutions. The indicators were selected thanks to the intervention of territorial actors and of a multidisciplinary team taking care to take the work undertaken on the European guide into account. On the basis of a selection of 44 questions of the evaluation and diagnosis guide, 15 territorial indicators were highlighted. They can illustrate 20 selected questions of the guide.
Topic of the guide ID and territorial information Information about initial reception Indicator Evolution of population Population by gender Population by ages groups Nationality Part of foreigners Composition of the household Family nuclei Education Level Activity status Tenure status Health status Marital status Income of the household Area of the dwelling Means of transport of the household
Personal data and family unit Housing Individual and social autonomy
The local accessibility of these indicators was analyzed during preceding research (CAENTI, 2006a). 2. Relevance of the cartography for the representation of the indicators The cartographic representation effectively answers many constraints of the information diffusion. Nevertheless, this mode of representation can be irrelevant in a certain number of cases. We distinguish from them two cases: - When the number of entities represented is too weak or too important: in the first case, the reading of the chart does not allow an optimal legibility of the disparities, and in the second case, the abundance of information makes this one not very comprehensible. - When the indicators have close and constant values, their cartography is obsolete and does not bring any appreciation to the visibility of information. These reports have nevertheless to be moderated considering local specificities: certain very stable values in addition (for example population by sex) can vary in certain specific places. Another problem can emerge from the contextual data which are carried out on the basis of classes (population pyramid). Those can only be represented thanks to one deck of card representing each one a class, or pie-chart. The use of these processes tends to slow down the reading of information, or even to make those not very clear (in particular if the number of classes is important). 3. Identification of the relevant scale of the indicators representation As highlighted (cf. infra), the cartographic representation of the indicators needs a relevant territorial scale to spatialize the collected data. It is important to recall that the great diversity of the actors being able to use the method CATALYSE inevitably makes the search for a relevant territory particularly complex. The relevant territories can have different sizes and structures according to the type of actor to which one addresses oneself. Certain associations using the method CATALYSE deal with restricted districts whereas others work with the national or regional scales. It is obvious that their territories are different and that consequently the scale of represented indicators is also strongly variable. Moreover, each relevant territory for an actor will require a higher reference level allowing the comparisons for example with the regional, national or European levels.
February 2009, 28th
228 / 653
These reports highlight the difficulty in finding a relevant and consensual territorial level which can be used by all the actors taking into account their own specificities. Divisions by statistical sectors are very heterogeneous following the countries and depend on different procedures of cuttings, which makes the transnational comparisons difficult, in particular because of the structural differences related to the representativeness of the populations included in each sector. Certain countries choose cuttings so that each zone contains a similar number of persons, whereas other countries define cuttings thanks to the morphology of the urbanization zones. In addition, the data concerning these cuttings are rarely of easy access. To illustrate the difficulty inherent in the smallest statistical cuttings, we can compare three European countries: - Belgium has for smaller statistical division the statistical sector. This one contains from 0 to 6438 inhabitants. The sectors are primarily based on morphological limits of the urbanization, whereas some of them contain only unbuildable zones. - In France, it is in fact the communes which form the basic statistical cutting if those have less than 10.000 inhabitants. The communes of more than 10.000 inhabitants are cut in IRIS sectors, which contain from 1.800 to 5.000 inhabitants. The IRIS sections are created on the basis of contiguous settlements with similar residences or characteristics function. - In Spain, it is the sections, the rural districts and the districts which are on the basis of the statistical cartography. We can add that certain countries have very few statistics on levels lower than the commune (or its equivalent). The communal level seems to be a basic level both for the administrative and statistical data. At the communal level, the majority of the European countries have statistics for the various indicators. The definition of the communes through the countries of the European Union seems to be compatible with the research of a basic level, although this one is not perfect. This basic level should not make forget that the majority of the actors, in particular those which work on a city or district scale, must have data more precise than those on a communal scale to highlight in a relevant and dynamic way, disparities or priority areas of actions. 4. Protocols of treatment and reasoned catalog Various treatments and protocols of comparisons of the territorial indicators are used by the actors in very different situations and contexts. Some general remarks can be made concerning the mode of representation of the territorial indicators (CAENTI, 2008). It is not an easy task to collect the same indicator characterizing a single topic in various countries. That is particularly true for the indicators relating to health, the teaching or the legal statute of the people belonging to the same group (households, cohabiting) (CAENTI, 2006b). Nevertheless, these indicators remain in their compositions mainly close. They can thus be mapped on a single principle. In order to avoid the user errors, it is necessary to refer to the metadata during the information diffusion: each user must have the calculating methods and the terms definitions for each indicator and each country. The experiments (European projects) show that the harmonization of the data between the countries is a task which cannot be done by a project such CAENTI. Concerning the representation of the indicators, it is proposed to the actors to establish their representations on the usually accepted standards. - Representation of the relative shares (pourcents, for thousand) or of the composite indicators (indicator 1/indicator 2) via color areas. Those are preferably of two different colors to distinguish the negative and positive values, or of the indices around a pivot value. - Representation of the absolute values (units) by proportional circles. - Representation of the categories by the use of proportional circles (pie-chart) and divided according to the relative representations of the categories. - Representation of the categories by cartographies by areas, for each category (or for only one if there are only two categories). - Representation of the continuous indicators by graduated areas of color It is preferable to propose the user reference values with the higher spatial entities. These values can be given via a table associated with the chart.
February 2009, 28th
229 / 653
Conclusions and prospects Territorial information or indicators have to give an account of an aspect of the territory which it is relevant to underline. The analysis of the questions of the European guide made it possible to select among the multitude of indicators those which authorize a characterization of the socio-economic environment within the framework of the method CATALYSE, and which are moreover available near the traditional data suppliers. The selection of 15 indicators representing 20 questions of the guide was followed by the search of the data characteristics. They show the necessary prudence which must be taken to treat and represent the data. Indeed, beyond the protocols of treatments, those can be built in various manners according to the countries. Only the European Office for the Statistics harmonizes its statistics for the whole of the data. The lack of relevant indicators for local actors is underlined in our research. It refreshes certainly the question of the offer in terms of territorial information in the national or international institutes. The variability of the definitions is vertical and horizontal. Vertical because the EUROSTAT methods of calculating can differ from the national institutes, and horizontal because the methods and definitions appreciably differ from one country to another. For its part, the observatories are an auxiliary data source, but which does not bring an appreciation for the selected indicators. Bibliography CAENTI, 2006a, List of territorial indicators available on internet for comparison with CATALYSE Guide Data, Deliverable 53, 28p. CAENTI, 2006b, State-of-art about of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, Deliverable 24, 23p. CAENTI 2006c, European contents specification for a CATALYSE guide for diagnosis and evaluation, Deliverable 51, 155p. CAENTI 2006d, Guidance notes for the use of CATALYSE information and tools, Deliverable 56, 192p. CAENTI 2008, Reasoned catalogue of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, Deliverable 29, 83p. CHARLIER J., D EVILLET G., BRUNETTI E., CUSUMANO C., DELVOYE J.-M., DOYEN P., URBAIN A. 2007, To a TI Community System : shared diagnostic and territorial animation of a Seraings area (Belgium), in Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007 (caENTI) CHEN D., D EVILLET G., 2006, Territorial information, themes, indicators and sources, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Vol 2 caENTI, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007 GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Activities and prospects of research activities concerning tools of territorial intelligence for sustainable developments actors, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Vol 2 caENTI, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007 JOERIN F., RONDIER P., 2007, Indicateurs et decision territoriale : Pourquoi ? Quand ? Comment ?, in Les indicateurs socioterritoriaux et les mtropoles, Snchal G., Laval (Canada), p.9-36 LAZZERY Y., 2006, Les indicateurs territoriaux de dveloppement durable. Questionnement et expriences, LHarmattan, 323p. SANCHEZ-LOPEZ C., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006, Specifications of the contents of the european guide of diagnosis and evaluation, in Acts of the international Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Vol 2 caENTI, Alba Iulia, October 21st-22nd, 2007 VERMEYLEN P., 2006, Amnagement et urbanisme, LAgenda 21 des Communes durables, Namur , CPDT, 97p.
February 2009, 28th
230 / 653
29
Towards a Participative Tool of Decision-Making Aid as Regards Retail Location
Gunal DEVILLET Graduate in geographical sciences and Secondary School diploma in Town and Country Planning, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium G.Devillet@ulg.ac.be Jaspard MATHIEU Graduate in Geographical Sciences, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium mathieu.jaspard@ulg.ac.be Franois LAPLANCHE Graduate in Geographical Sciences, Geomatics and Geometrology F.Laplanche@ulg.ac.be Bernadette MERENNE-SCHOUMAKER Professor, SEGEFA, University of Lige, Belgium B.Merenne@ulg.ac.be
Abstract: Retail activities are more and more regulated. This regulation requires efficient management and decision support tools. In this framework, the University of Lige, in Belgium, work to implement this kind of tool on the Walloon Region. In this tool, a cartographic interface allows to locate, analyse and quantify retail supply. The interactive and multidimensional tool makes the diagnosis of a reference territory (the market area of a retail project) while permitting the implementation of a participative space regrouping the actors at least at two scales: intra communal and supra communal improving the governance in this sector. Keywords: Retail, decision making aid, participation, Web GIS, management, Open Source.
The Department of Economic Geography of the University of Liege (SEGEFA), carried out, in 2007, at the request of the Walloon Minister for Economy, a research in order to install a tool of decision-making aid as regards retail establishment for the communes. This tool has to make it possible to realise a clear diagnosis and to facilitate the analysis work of each new project being the subject of a request for establishment. I. Context: a simplified legislative framework In many countries, the success of some foreign retailers led to the implementation of more strict regulation frameworks within the host countries. These restrictions relate the most often to the types of internal investment, the legislation of town and country planning, the competition, the imports (N. Wrigley and al., 2005, p.449). The impact on the local market job can also be important (see S. Christopherson, 2005, about the practices of Wal-Mart and Ikea which establishes standards at the global level). In a mature context of market, certain authors commented on the regulation impacts of the entry of great groups on the European (S. Burt and L. Sparks, 2001; S. Christopherson, 2002; A. Hallsworth and D. Evers, 2002) or Asian markets (A.M. Mutebi, 2003).
February 2009, 28th
231 / 653
Having to face the progression of big retailers, in particular in the suburbs, the Belgian legislation governed the opening of all new commercial establishment of more than 400 m of net sales area. The authorization of exploitation is determined by the socio-economic license. The regulation policy of the commercial establishments in Belgium can be divided into 4 phases marked out by the laws of 1975, 1994 and 2004. In a general way, the legislations aimed at slowing down the establishments out of the cities. Since 2004, this license is delivered at the communal level and the communal authorities are from now on the only qualified of the subject (law of August 13rd, 2004 M.B. October 5th, 2004). A single procedure of appeal is nevertheless envisaged near an inter-ministerial committee. The licensing or not is done on the basis of a socio-economic file given by the applicant to the communal authorities concerned and built on the basis of the 4 following criteria (criteria specified by the royal Decree of February 22nd, 2005 M.B. February 28th, 2005): - Spatial localization of the establishment: the insertion of the establishment in the local development projects or in the framework of the urban model, the impact of the establishment as regards sustainable mobility, in notably the use of space and the road safety; - Consumers interests: demographic dynamics, the description of the contribution of the new establishment in term of set and level of price, the targeted market area, the accessibility by public transport and by individual transport, the durable influence on the prices, the widening of the consumer choice; - Influence of the project on the employment: forecasts of rough creation of job, by category, in the short, medium and long term, the net final balance of employment in the short-term, the quality of this employment; - Effects of the project on the existing trade: the position on the market in terms of market areas, the loss or the reinforcement of the attractivity of the urban core, the effect possibly structuring or undermining for the existing retail cores in the vicinity, the balance and the complementarity between the small and large distribution. This new legal device has been integrated within the framework of the administrative simplification and the modernization of the procedures implemented for a few years by the federal authorities. It has for principal effect to transfer the main part of the responsibility towards the local authorities (communes). However, these new competences were not accompanied by new means so that the majority of the communes find themselves deprived when they have to face the applicants. Indeed, except for the very large communes, the local administrative services generally do not have a resource person at ones disposal in order to deal with this type of file in an optimal way. Moreover, since this transfer of competence from the federal level too the communal level, a certain competition between communes has been created because a file refused in a commune can be accepted by its neighbour. II. Objective: a Help with decision making In this context, the will of the cabinet of the Walloon Minister for the economy was to give the communes a tool facilitating the analysis and the treatment of a request for socio-economic license. It was more particularly a question of providing a help in the step of decision making. This help must in notably answer the following objectives: to facilitate the comprehension of the socio-economic files of the applicants; to objectify and validate the socio-economic files; to standardize the socio-economic files; to provide the elements of a relevant diagnosis during their process of decision making; to introduce a constructive dialog between all the actors concerned with the same project: the commune of establishment, the communes bordering, the applicants and a socio-economic national committee bringing together the different lobbies on the matter (Middle-classes, representatives of the consumers). The aim is thus not to complete the work instead of the communal agent but rather to frame him in his process of analysis and decision. The tool is an adaptable support which makes it possible to discuss about the choices to operate. At the end, the decision remains the responsibility of the communal authorities and corresponds to the result of a participative process, within the commune and with the neighbours communes. III. Design of the tool: a systemic approach From a theoretical point of view, the establishment of retailing need a series scientific concepts allowing to characterize it and to measure the impact of it (see for example B. Mrenne-Schoumaker,
February 2009, 28th
232 / 653
2008). The tool has for its part to consider the establishment of a retail business on the basis of legal text (including notably the four criteria). The objective thus consists in adapting the theory to the legal texts while preserving the scientific character of the method and its contents. It is the systemic approach which made it possible to achieve this goal. A project of a new retail establishment is thus approached as a more or less complex system made up of various components. 1. Comprehension and theorization In an economic context, a commercial establishment can be seen, in a simplified way, as a project taking place on a territory and generating a certain employment number. The environment in which the project must put down roots is influenced by this latest and, on the contrary, has a strong influence on its characteristics. In addition, the impact of the project in terms of employment will depend on the one hand on its characteristics and, on the other hand, on those of the close territory. This simplified system strongly approaches the legal texts to the law and its 4 criteria. By refining the reflection and by detailing the two principal components of the system (project and territory), it is possible to conceive the system commercial establishment on the basis of a more scientific approach. This adaptation, developed on figure 1, approaches in a dynamic way the various theoretical concepts related to the retail business. Thus, the project is composed, on the one hand, of the actors intervening in his realization (developers, investors, real estate agents, tenants) and, on the other hand, the outlet which, itself, is composed of a container (real estate) and a content (products sold). The territory, as for it, is a complex subsystem in which consumers interact with their environment. The whole of the components and under-components of this system interact directly or indirectly. These interactions imply dependences which are at the base of the analysis of a project of new commercial establishment. Figure 1: Schematization of the system retail establishment
2. Organization and structuring More or less strong dependences thus exist between the various components of the system retail establishment. Those were classified on the basis of the 4 legal criteria (figure 2). For example, the dependence outlet consumer corresponds to the influence (positive or negative) that a new outlet could have on the consumers of its market area and was classified, on the one hand, considering the criterion the interests of the consumers (direct effect) and, on the other hand, considering the criterion effects on the existing trade. This particular organization must make it possible to put forward a series of questions (or arguments) about a retail establishment project structured on the basis of the legal criteria. These questions will have to find an adapted answer for each case (see point 4).
February 2009, 28th
233 / 653
Figure 2: Organization of the system components Retail establishment on the basis of the 4 legal criteria
3. Implementation a. Logical implementation Each component of the system described on figure 1 corresponds, within the tool, to an encoding card. In addition to the identification card of the project, the user is thus confronted with a series of 8 cards (see functionalities). This structure in cards must notably make it possible for the communes to break down a project of retail establishment into its various components in order to facilitate the comprehension and the analysis of it. The encoded information is stored within tables whose attributes correspond to the encoding fields filled in by the user. Each card corresponds to a table and each line of the table to a encod project. The tables as a whole are included in a database and are connected by a common identifier, the identifier of the project encoded by the user in the first card. b. Physical implementation The tool takes the form of a Web site whose main advantage is to be able to centralize the information what facilitates, on the one hand, the updates and, on the other hand, the data and files processing. It is consequently a traditional 3-third architecture (figure 3) made up of a customer layer (level 1), an application server (level 2) and of a data server (level 3). The software infrastructure selected for the project is exclusively Open Source. The application server combines the use of a Web server Apache coupled with the language PHP (PHP 2008) allowing to interact with the databases, as well as the MapServer application and its bookshop PhpMapScript (MapServer 2008) which allow the realization of cartographic interfaces. These tools do not require any specific installation for the customer, a Web browser is sufficient to use the application. The data handled by the application are at the same time spatial and not spatial. It was thus necessary to select a management system of databases supporting the spatialization of the tables. It is PostgreSQL (PostgreSQL 2008) and its extension PostGIS (PostGIS 2008) which were selected. The spatialization of the tables with PostGIS is in conformity with the recommendations of the Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC 1999). The data and application servers are gathered on the same machine turning with Linux.
February 2009, 28th
234 / 653
Figure 3: Structure 3-third of the tool
IV. Functionalities: a step by step process The philosophy of the project is to bring a help and a method of analysis to the communes without forcing them in their process of decision making. The suggested functioning is a step by step process where the user breaks down the project and analyzes the whole of its components and gradually built his file. 1. Global Function The analysis of a retail establishment file is structured in 3 phases: 1. Cards: the user encodes the information relating to the project structured in 8 topics (a card = a topic). The following topics are approached: the actors of the project, the products sold, the commercial and urban environments, the accessibility, the market area, the competition and the employment. The encoding is made through fields to fill, some are obligatory and others optional. The cards are consulted in a predetermined order. Throughout the process, an on line help is putted at the disposal of the user (see next phase). 2. The synthesis: the tool processes the data and returns a quantified synthesis summarizing the stakes of the project to the user. To do it, it uses, on the one hand, the data encoded by the user and, on the other hand, its own databases (socio-economic data, cadastre, market area) 3. The sales leaflet: the user has to work out an outline of formal motivation about the project for the communal decision that has to be taken. It is a question of evaluating the project on various questionings in order to identify some favourable or unfavourable arguments of the project. The tool helps the user to build an opinion about the project structured according to the 4 legal criteria. It does not appear like a block box and proposes the user to choose the scores of each indicator. 2. Supports and assistances Throughout the process, a help is placed at the disposal of the user. It is either a specific help appearing in a relevant way during the various stages or a permanent help presents in the menu. a. The cartographic application Among the various supports placed at the disposal of the user, the cartographic application is certainly the most important and strategic. This one makes it possible to have a global and synoptic view of the retail context in which the future project must take place. In a more detailed way, the cartographic application produces, on a given territory, the retail establishments of more than 400 m as a whole and meets the following needs. - To allow to precisely locate any retail establishment of more than 400 m on various scales and thus to identify certain retail concentrations. - To characterize the state of the retail business at various spatial levels. To determine the retail structure of a commune or of a supra communal territory. - To take note of the potentially concurrent retail offer for the future project on various scales. On the one hand, at the local scale (which are the retail trade of my commune directly concerned with the project?) and, on the other hand, at the scale of the project market area (a widened retail context and often ignored by the communal agent in load of the files).
February 2009, 28th
235 / 653
- To identify the networks of certain big signs and thus to partly include/understand their strategy of development and expansion. The cartography module of Web2GIS was used as a basis for the realization of this application (Laplanche 2006) with an adapted interface (figure 7). In the centre of this one is the cartographic field. It is possible to directly interact with him thanks to the zoom, displacement and identification tools. The various levels of zoom were reduced to four in order to always produce information on a relevant scale. The result returned by the identification tool, the available layers and their legend depends on the zoom level. Information is read in real-time in order to directly generate the chart using the PhpMapScript bookstore. Figure 4: Interface of the cartographic application
The cartographic interface is based on a client-server Web architecture and only uses Open Source software. Moreover, updates and upgrades of the application are provided by authorized users. b. Various assistances In addition of the cartographic application, the user can permanently have a series of supports and documents at his disposal, allowing him to conclude his analysis. Among those, the most relevant are the following: - a complete lexicon of all the terms and concepts used as regards retail business; - an identification of the various polarities and their respective market area within the studied area (Province of Namur); - a consultation of the socio demographic data of a requested administrative territory; - an employment evaluation within a requested administrative territory; - a method of on field retail survey. Conclusion Research has provided a tool of decision-making aid, in the form of a Web site entirely based on Open Source products, as regards retail establishment for the communes. It pursues four goals: - to objectify or even reinforce the opinions of the communal authorities which have the possibility of discussing about the choices to carry out to fill the tool; - to facilitate the work of certain communes with modest means, notably in terms of diagnosis of the territory thanks to the online information directly available for the user; - to standardize the advices of the communes submitted to the qualified federal authorities
February 2009, 28th
236 / 653
- to establish a constructive dialog between all the actors concerned with the same project: the commune of establishment, the bordering communes, the applicants and a national socio-economic committee gathering the different lobbies on the matter (Middle-classes, representatives of the consumers). At the end, the Commune has an opinion allowing it to take its decision in an objective way concerning a new retail establishment project. All in all, the multidimensional tool elaborated facilitates the diagnosis of a reference territory (the market area of a retail project) while allowing the installation of a participative space gathering the actors at least at two scales: intra-communal and supra communal. In the long term, the information suggested by the tool and more particularly its cartographic module will be able to become richer with the integration of socio demographic data and additional market areas, or even isochronous curves, that is to say as many useful information for the treatment of the retail establishment difficulties. Bibliography BURT S.L. and SPARKS L., 2001, The implications of Wal-Marts takeover of Asda. Environment and Planning A 33, 146387. CHRISTOPHERSON S., 2002, Limits to Walmartization: lean retailing in merchant and coordinated economies. Department of City and Regional Planning, Cornell University, USA (manuscript available from author). CHRISTOPHERSON S., 2005, Neither global nor standard: corporate strategies in the new era of labor standards. Environment and Planning A 37, in press. A VERIF NOW VOIR CHANTAL GUY C., 2000, From crinkly sheds to fashion parks: the role of financial investment in the transformation of retail parks, International Review of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, 10, pp. 389400. HALLSWORTH A.G. et EVERS D., 2002, The steady advance of Wal-Mart across Europe and changing government attitudes towards planning and competition. Environment and Planning C: Government and Policy 20, 297309. LAPLANCHE F., Environnement de conception de bases de donnes spatiales sur Internet, Thse de doctorat en Sciences, Gographie, Universit de Lige, 2006. MapServer. 2008. MapServer. http://mapserver.gis.umn.edu/ MERENNE-S CHOUMAKER B., 1998,"Impacts des mutations du commerce sur la hirarchie des polarits commerciales, l'exemple de la Belgique", Hommes et Terres du Nord, Vol. 4, 217-224. MERENNE-S CHOUMAKER B., 2000, LInternationalisation des entreprises de distribution. Quelques observations au dpart du cas europen, Bulletin de lAssociation de Gographes franais, Vol. 1, 6673. MERENNE-S CHOUMAKER B., 2008, Gographie des services et des commerces, Presses universitaires de Rennes, 2e dition, Rennes. MERENNE-S CHOUMAKER B., Browet A., Bruck, L., Van Overbeke, M., 2004, Localisation du magasin: guide pratique, 4e dition, Bruxelles, Comit belge de la distribution, 188p. METTON A. (diteur.), 2002, Commerces et espaces fragiles, Angers : Collection Commerce et socit. MOATI P., MEUBLOT O., 2005, Comportements et attitudes l'gard du commerce alimentaire, Cahier de Recherche du CREDOC, n 211. MUTEBI A.M., 2003, Hypermarket regulation in Indonesia, Malaysia and Thailand: causes, forms and directions. Research Working Paper SPP-3703. Singapore School of Public Policy, National University of Singapore. OPEN GEOSPATIAL CONSORTIUM, Inc. (OGC), 1999, OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL version 1.1. http://www.opengeospatial.org/specs/ PHP., 2008, PHP: Hypertext Preprocessor. http://www.php.net/
February 2009, 28th
237 / 653
PostGIS., 2008, http://postgis.refractions.net/ PostgreSQL., 2008, PostgreSQL: The world's most advanced open source database. http://www.postgresql.org THOMAS C., BROMLEY R. & TALLON A., 2006, New High Streets in the Suburbs? The Growing Competitive Impact of Evolving Retail Parks, International Revue of Retail, Distribution and Consumer Research, Vol. 16 (1), pp. 43 68 WRIGLEY N., COE N., CURRAH A., 2005, Globalizing retail: conceptualizing the distribution-based transnational corporation (TNC), Progress in Human Geography Vol. 29, n4, pp. 437457.
February 2009, 28th
238 / 653
30
Indicators of territorial competitiveness
Csilla FIL Assistant Professor PhD in Geography, University of Pcs, Hungary fcsilla@gamma.ttk.pte.hu
The 21st century sees changes in modern society, social structure, territorial policy, public administration and other fields, generated by the European Union, which have a significant impact on the functioning and efficiency of society. For real competences to find their appropriate places and levels, a mature society are required as well as the investigation and improvement of the maturity of territorial levels prior to implementing any measures. To be able to induce these improvements, we first need to define the territorial unit where the process is to be launched. The broadest definition: A territorial unit is a (socio) geographical integration marked by a huge internal cohesion, a fundamental entity of our days. It is a socio-economic geographical unit based on the close co-operation and shared interests of its constituting parts, which cannot, however, always be defined by geographical boundaries. The resulting definition of the improvable unit (region): A region is the functional connection and integration of geographically close urban areas, agglomerations, settlement units, and infrastructural networks characterized by the gradually growing importance of neighbourhood contacts. The basis of the creation of a region is the territorial blending of society and economy, and an awareness of close interrelatedness between local communities, based on historical grounds. To reveal the development potentials of a given territory, we need to determine the measurement units relating to the processes we are observing. This unit cannot be but the competitiveness of each area. I. The regional competitiveness To approach the notion of competitiveness from a regional perspective has become productive in many ways recently. On the one hand, as a consequence of developing in a globalized environment, it has become necessary for theories relating to the region to introduce an umbrella term, and on the other hand, the previous use of the term on the macro- and micro-level lacked the intermediary level that, as a localised level, could refer to an economic field for developments and investments. Competitiveness is often viewed as a key indicator of the success or failure of policy. The concept of competitiveness, however, while relatively clear when applied to enterprises, is more difficult to define and measure when applied to regions or countries. An industrial region, for example, is not directly competing against a predominantly agricultural region or a financial centre, so the measurement of its relative competitiveness is problematic. Moreover, the term itself tends to convey the impression of a win/lose situation, in which regions can improve their position only at the expense of others, whereas, in practice, there are mutual gains to be achieved from individual regions becoming more competitive.
February 2009, 28th
239 / 653
II. Understanding regional competitiveness in the EU The concept of competitiveness, as seen in the EU, could be summarised as high and rising standards of living and high rates of employment on sustainable basis. The traditional measure of competitiveness/standards of living is generally calculated by the GDP per head, despite the fact that some other indicators should be defined in order to integrate the social, environmental, health and well-being dimensions. GDP per head can be broken into two main components: employment rate (proportion of working age population in work) and productivity (GDP per person employed).-Productivity is considered to be a good indicator of competitiveness following the assumption that productivity growth will increase competitiveness, which will in turn favour a higher growth of GDP. The growth of GDP will boost employment. Employment rate and productivity are closely linked to one another but they should be considered separately. Indeed, high level of one does not necessarily go with a high level of the other. For example, one can remind the period of jobless growth which struck the EU in the-80s, and which was characterised by high gains in productivity and poor gains in employment creation. Nevertheless, achievement of high employment growth and high productivity are not necessarily in conflict with one another. Indeed, if an economy growth above a given threshold- (2% for the EU) and this level is maintained over the longterm, there will always be net creation of employment. Therefore, we can say that in the long-term, there is always a positive relationship between productivity and employment creation. Lagging regions in Europe have always productivity below average while employment is most of the time (but not always) less important. Actually, in the EU, there are two types of lagging regions: - regions with employment rates similar to the average but with lower productivity; - regions lagging in both productivity and employment. The challenge for lagging regions is to increase/boost productivity by a mix policy without having adverse effect on employment. The policy of the EU regarding competitiveness is to practice a non-price competitiveness in order to keep and improve the leaving standards, the social and the moral values/models of its societies as a whole. Consequently, the EU places emphasis on structural factors underlying competitiveness which determine the long-term growth, in particular research and innovation, information technology and human capital. This commitment was confirmed by the ultimate objective of the Lisbon European Council, which has stated that the EU becomes the most competitive and dynamic knowledge-based economy in the world over the decade, capable of sustainable economic growth with more and better jobs and greater social cohesion. There is a clear relationship between innovation, human capital and information technology when it comes to competitiveness. Indeed, the capacity to innovate is perceived as the best answer to global competition, the needs to adapt to technological changes and to constantly produce new products, which are elements characterizing the post-Fordist production system. The capacity to constantly innovate and to absorb innovations is directly linked to the level of education of the population. Information technology is a key element when it comes to knowledge development and policy. In summary, in the EU, developing regional competitiveness depends on modernizing and diversifying the productive structure (by developing knowledge-based economic activities and innovation) once a sufficient endowment of physical infrastructure and human capital is attained. This has to be achieved respecting a horizontal condition, which consists in achieving a sustainable development in environmental terms. According to the Sixth Periodic Report on the Social and Economic Situation and Development of Regions in the European Union, the main determinants influencing the competitiveness of regions are the following: - research and technological development - small and medium-sized enterprises - direct foreign capital investments - infrastructure and human capital - institutions and social capital The sixth regional report also includes the principal factors that usually characterize successful regions, namely, high rate of employment in business services and in the processing industry, the extent of innovative activities, favourable conditions of regional accessibility, skills of the workforce and a high proportion of university/college graduates. - the capacity for economic structural change, especially the emergence of value-adding industries with multiplicative effect
February 2009, 28th
240 / 653
- high proportion of value-generating service sector (business services, research and development, higher education, culture) - typically knowledge-based production - strong innovative skills - the decision-making takes place in the successful region - a strong and thriving middle class - valuable settlement environment, an urban policy of high standards, and the availability of good quality public utilities and municipal services - successful conflict management - significant external (international) relations, integration into the system of towns and relations of an international region - increasing income and employment Measuring regional competitiveness has been traced back to four related economic categories: income generated in the region, labour productivity, employment rate and the openness. The notion of competitiveness obtained in this way cannot be used, however, to identify factors responsible for regional competitiveness or areas which are to be strengthened or developed by regional development policies and programmes for improved competitiveness. The pyramidal model of regional competitiveness seeks to provide a systematic account of these means and to describe the basic aspects of improved competitiveness (Gardiner-Martin-Tyler, 2004; Lengyel, 2000, 2004). Factors influencing regional competitiveness can be divided into two groups of direct and indirect components. Of particular importance are programming factors with a direct and short-term influence on economic output, profitability, labour productivity and employment rate. But social, economic, environmental and cultural processes and parameters, the so-called success determinants, with an indirect, long-term impact on competitiveness are also to be taken into account (Jensen-Butler 1996). Three levels can be distinguished with regard to the objectives of regional development programming and the various characteristics and factors influencing competitiveness: - Basic categories of regional competitiveness (ex post indicators; revealed competitiveness): these categories measure competitiveness and include income, labour productivity, employment and openness. - Development (programming) factors of regional competitiveness (ex ante factors; improving competitiveness): factors with an immediate impact on basic categories. These can be used to improve regional competitiveness by means of institutions in short-term programming periods. - Success determinants of regional competitiveness (social and environmental conditions; sources of competitiveness): determinants with an indirect impact on basic categories and development (programming) factors. These determinants take shape over a longer period of time and their significance reaches beyond economic policymaking. Figure 1: The pyramid model of regional competitiveness
Source: Based on Lengyel (2003), Begg (1999), EC (1999), Jensen-Butler (1996).
When characteristics determining competitiveness are placed on a chart one obtains the pyramidal model of regional competitiveness (Fig. 1): the components of long-term success are to be
February 2009, 28th
241 / 653
found in the base, the middle layer is constituted by the development (programming) factors, the basic categories included in the standard definition of revealed competitiveness are located one level higher, while the standard of living and welfare of the regions population, the ultimate objective, forms the peak of the pyramid. Competitiveness depends on a wide range of factors and conditions. The five programming factors (priorities of the regional development strategy) of pyramidal model underlying competitiveness included in the Sixth Periodic Regional Report of the EU (EC, 1999), however, exceptionally significant (Lengyel, 2003, 2004). These development factors shape, to varying extent, economic output, labour productivity as well as employment. Improving individual programming factors forms the object of regional policies. They are likely to improve the competitiveness of regions directly and in the short run by means of regional partners, local institutions. The social and economic factors essential for long-term successfulness form the base of the model, the determining factors are in the middle and the ultimate goal of higher standards of living and better quality of life for the population of the region is at the top. - Economic structure: in successful regions most of the people employed work in business services and the processing industry, which are characterised by high added value, intensive multiplicative effects and great flexibility. - Innovation culture: successful regions are characterised by extensive innovative activities, the effective diffusion of innovation, and a large number of patents. It should manifest itself not only in research and development institutions and universities; adequate business capacities and well-prepared, innovative small and medium-sized enterprises are equally important. - Regional accessibility: successful regions are easy to access, with convenient transport connections and geographical location. Supplemented by the transport - and communications infrastructure, these form an integral whole. - Skills of workforce: in successful regions the proportion of qualified labour within the workforce is relatively high, which obviously requires an effective education system focussing on the actual demands of the labour market. - Social structure: in successful regions a strong and thriving middle class emerges, which helps the region develop by virtue of its discerning demand and higher income. - Centres of decision: successful regions are the regional bases of companies, they are units that undertake important activities of the enterprises operating there, and have decision-making competencies. New, innovative, strategic units are typically developed in the region or town where the company headquarters are found. - Quality of the environment: successful regions possess high-standard settlement environment (public safety, pleasing urban architecture, good quality accommodation, efficient public transport etc.) and healthy natural environment. - Social cohesion of the region: successful regions have an ability to manage conflicts, no matter whether they arise from economic structural change, dynamic economic growth or from inequalities among areas or communities within the region. The municipalities aim at cooperation and regional identity and local pride become stronger. The indirect factors can be divided into two groups, one including those that determine shortterm economic output (economic structure, innovation culture, regional accessibility, skills of work force) and the other including those that show their influence only in the long run (social structure, centres of decision, quality of environment, social cohesion of the region). Following a different classification, we can put the indirect factors of the pyramid into five groups: - a group of socio-economic activity (which includes the factors best expressing the economy and income potential of town): economic aspect, regional accessibility - a group of functional and organisational innovation: innovation culture, - a group referring to employment, intellectual resources and skills of the work force: skills of work force a group relating to demographic factors and to the traditional and new functions of centres: centres of decision, social structure, social cohesion, - and treating quality of environment as a separate category, as it does not fit into any of the previous groups clearly Regional competition can be seen as a process in which certain groups try to influence the development of regional or local economy through local policies, in explicit or often implicit ways, in
February 2009, 28th
242 / 653
competition with other regions. Consequently, competitiveness of a region is made up of several components, which can be described with various indicators. III. Concept of territorial competitiveness This concept of competitiveness aims to achieve a local specialization that enables different territories to cooperate in a context of general development. Territorial competitiveness means: taking the areas resources into account in a bid for overall coherence; involving different players and institutions; integrating business sectors into an innovation dynamic; cooperating with other areas and linking up with regional, national and European policies as well as with the global context. Our concept of territorial competitiveness has gained ground in academic, policy and practitioner circles. In particular, regional competitiveness has generated a large literature. These are described formerly. But the territorial competitiveness differs to regional competitiveness. This difference offers to approach. According to dynamism and spatial analyzing the territorial determination oversteps on the regional competitiveness. The base of regional competitiveness is the incoming and the product contrary with territorial competitiveness where the base is the innovate process in sustainable development. Sum up, the territorial competitiveness diverges from regional competitiveness so that applies the methods of analysing but it considers in process the information concern this information will be jointed to challenge sustainable development. Territorial competitiveness is an integrated and proactive approach to shaping the future of territories, regions and larger geographies to some degree it can also be referred to as spatial planning. It goes beyond traditional regional policy as it brings together economic, social and environment opportunities and concerns as well as other factors which influence where activities takes place, how different places function and are connected, and what conditions are offered for living and doing business. Territorial competitiveness strategies can help exploring potentials for economic growth and jobs and at the same time support an enhanced quality of life by helping to meet the challenge of sustainable development. IV. Challenge of territorial competitiveness in sustainable development Sustainable development is a socio-ecological process characterized by the fulfillment of human needs while maintaining the quality of the natural environment indefinitely. The linkage between environment and development was globally recognized in 1980, when the International Union for the Conservation of Nature published the World Conservation Strategy and used the term sustainable development. The concept came into general usage following publication of the 1987 report of the Brundtland Commission formally, the World Commission on Environment and Development. Set up by the United Nations General Assembly, the Brundtland Commission coined what was to become the most often-quoted definition of sustainable development as development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. Although commendable, this definition is not operational and has created much antagonism and cognitive dissonance. The field of sustainable development can be conceptually broken into three constituent parts: environmental sustainability, economic sustainability and social-political sustainability. Sustainable development policies encompass three general policy areas: economic, environmental and social. Conclusion The competitiveness territories have the high rate of qualify labour in the group of able to works. The education system is efficient because on the one part it fits for the creative and innovative activities the younger, on the other hand it follows the demand of labour market in flexibility. The successful and competitiveness regions have the level of knowledge base level and the labour culture,
February 2009, 28th
243 / 653
in additional the labour forces able to adapt plainly to changes (in trainings and courses the active labour force retrain able), ambitious with their environment. In successful and competitiveness regions the new economic structure the knowledge base economical activities and the recovery of economic services enhance the social cohesion. Unschooleds are crowded out from labour market and the local society polarizes. The active gentility animates the regional development with utilize of higher incoming. To sum up we can enhance the territorial development process with complex human resource survey. We can open up the social disadvantages in additional can find solution to this problem if we can survey the complex problems. Bibliography BADDELEY M., MARTIN R.-L., TYLER P., 1998, European regional unemployment disparities: Convergence or persistence?, European Urban and Regional Studies, 5, 3, pp.195-215. CAMAGNI R., 2002, On the Concept of Territorial Competitiveness: Sound or Misleading? Urban Studies, 13, pp. 2395-2411. EUROPEAN COMMISSION, 2004, A new partnership for cohesion Third Report on Economic and Social Cohesion, European Commission, Brussels. EUROPEAN COMMISSION, 1999, Sixth Periodic Report on the Social and Economic EVANS P., 2000, Income dynamics in countries and regions, in HESS G.D. and VAN WINCOOP E. (eds), Intra-national Macro-economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 131-155. FUJITA M., THISSE J-F., 2002, Economics of Agglomeration: Cities, Industrial Location and Regional Growth, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. FUJITA M., KRUGMAN P., VENABLES A., 1999, The Spatial Economy: Cities, Regions and International Trade, Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. GARDINER B., MARTIN R., TYLER P., 2004, Competitiveness, Productivity and Economic Growth across the European Regions, University of Cambridge, Cambridge. JENSEN-BUTLER C., 1996, Competition between cities, Urban performance and the role of urban policy: A Theoretical Framework, in JENSEN-BUTLER C., S CHACHER A. and VAN WEESEP J. van (eds), European Cities in Competition, Aldershot: Avebury, pp. 3-42. KOVCS P., LUKOVICS M., Classifying Hungarian Sub-regions by their competitiveness 12. KOVCS P., P ETRES T., TTH L., 2005, A New Measure of Multicollinearity in Linear Regression Models, International Statistical Review (ISR), Volume 73 Number 3, International Statistical Institute, Voorburg, The Netherlands, pp 405-412. KRUGMAN P., 1994, Competitiveness: A Dangerous Obsession, Foreign Affairs, 73, 2, pp. 28-44. KRUGMAN P., VENABLES A., 1996, Integration, specialisation and adjustment, European Economic Review, 40, pp. 959967. LENGYEL I., 2004, The Pyramid Model: Enhancing Regional Competitiveness in Hungary, Acta Oeconomica, Vol. 54 (3) pp. 323-342. LENGYEL I., 2000, A regionalis versenykepessegrol (Regional Competitiveness), Kozgazdasagi Szemle, 47, pp. 962-987. LENGYEL I., 2005, On the interpretation of territorial competition and competitiveness, in HORVTH GY. (ed), Competitiveness of the Hungarian Regions and Places in the European Economic Space. Centre for Regional Studies, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Pcs, p. 37. (forthcoming) OECD (1999a) The OECD Territorial Reviews: a conceptual framework. Territorial Development Service, DTPC, November. PORTER M.-E., SCHWAB K., 2003, Global Competitiveness Report 2002-2003. World Economic Forum, Geneva, Switzerland.
February 2009, 28th
244 / 653
PORTER M.-E., 2000, Location, competition and economic development: local clusters in the global economy, Economic Development Quarterly, 14, 1, pp. 15-31. PORTER M.-E., 2003, The economic performance of regions, Regional Studies, 37, 6/7, pp. 549578.
February 2009, 28th
245 / 653
February 2009, 28th
246 / 653
31
Toward an objective understanding of spatial dynamics: Description of a methodology and two case studies in Quebec
Serge GAGNON Ph D Geography, Senior Professor in Regional Development, LabMIT, University of Qubec, Outaouais, Canada serge.gagnon@uqo.ca
Abstract: Although territories are currently transforming, the changes are not homogeneous. Territories are in the throes of profound change, hastened by technology, the heightened mobility of goods and services, neo-liberalism and so on. As a result, they must reinvent their identity, but which direction should they take: production, multi-purpose or recreational? With deep, anthropological roots, this dilemma transcends administrative boundaries. Furthermore, the traditional rural and urban divide is slowly giving way to a new configuration of the relationship between human beings and the land. We are now confronted with variable territorial geometry in which economic and ecological discourse stand on opposite sides. Traditional models offer little insight into this new problem. Territorial transformation therefore dictates that we re-examine the traditional tools of observation and analysis. This paper forms part of this perspective and ultimately aims to describe a tool for assessing the spatialization of development to better understand the internal and external factors affecting the spatial dynamics of territorial construction or deconstruction, especially in terms of city/country relationships. Based on a structural geography approach, this paper endeavours to describe the application of a multi-level decision-support mapping tool. The main objective of this new explanatory and prescriptive model is to generate a better understanding of the constraints and success factors facing national, regional and local territories. Keywords: Spatial dynamics, development, structural geography, rural/urban relationship, territorial construction, geomatic application.
Although territories are currently transforming, the changes are not homogeneous. A series of events is causing upheaval: in some places, the industrialization of agricultural practices is threatening local heritage; in others, the forestry crisis is sending local communities into a tailspin. These are only two examples of radical changes sweeping through regional economies. Territories are in the throes of profound change, hastened by technology, the heightened mobility of goods and services, neo-liberalism and so on. As a result, they must reinvent their identity, but which direction should they take: production, multi-purpose or recreational? With deep, anthropological roots, this dilemma transcends administrative boundaries. Furthermore, the traditional rural and urban divide is slowly giving way to a new configuration of the relationship between human beings and the land. We are now confronted with variable territorial geometry in which economic and ecological discourse stand on opposite sides. Traditional models offer little insight into this new problem. Territorial transformation therefore dictates that we re-examine the traditional tools of observation and analysis.
February 2009, 28th
247 / 653
This paper forms part of this perspective and ultimately aims to describe a tool for assessing the spatialization of development to better understand the internal and external factors affecting the spatial dynamics of territorial construction or deconstruction, especially in terms of city/country relationships. Based on a structural geography approach (Desmarais and Ritchot, 2000; Gagnon, 2003), this paper endeavours to describe the application of a multi-level (macro, meso and micro-geographic) decision-support mapping tool. The main objective of this new explanatory and prescriptive model is to generate a better understanding of the constraints and success factors facing national, regional and local territories, with the recent appropriation of the greater rural environment by urban stakeholders since the 1980s constituting a spatial-temporal marker. To better understand spatial dynamics and territorial affiliation, this method was applied in 2006 and 2007 to two studies on designated spaces: Dynamique spatiale des espaces ruraux de lOutaouais et de lEst ontarien: tude de cas comparative and Dynamique spatiale et appartenance territoriale: tude de cas de la Ville de Bromont. The method was used to explain the socio-economic disparities evident in rural areas located at equal distances from the Ottawa-Gatineau urban centre; it was also used to describe the fundamental components of one municipality's territorial affiliation: the City of Bromont. After forty years of regional development policies in Canada and in Quebec, major socio-economic disparities persist to this day among the so-called outlying and central regions, and within the territories, between rural and urban environments. What accounts for these differences? Traditional regional economic theory informs us that income is uniformly distributed over a radius of 100 to 150 km around urban centres of development (Desjardins, 2005; Joanis and Martin, 2005; Polse and Shearmur, 2002, 2005). These same studies also tell us that in rural spaces, generally declining levels of income and demography usually become apparent as we move away from the urban centre to outlying areas (urban rural axis). However, even far away from urban centres, we see significant income differences among various contiguous rural areas (such as popular resort areas/devitalized villages). In answer to this kind of phenomena, the generally accepted models of regional economics offer no explanation. How, then, do we explain such qualitative swings so far from urban centres? While the metropolization phenomenon may certainly account for the rural urban divide, what about the internal (rural rural) differentiation mechanism? Although the rise of the service-sector economy over the past forty years has certainly encouraged the rural exodus and a degree of socio-economic segregation in geographic space, can it explain the intrinsic difference observed in the rural environment? According to the traditional approach dating back to the 1960s, developing the economic potential of a territory is less a matter of site characteristics than the presence of facilities. In terms of the various analytical scales (local, regional, etc.), land planning and development strategies are associated with potential or even circumstance: uniqueness, accessibility, position in relation to other territories, facilities, planning, local support capabilities, the availability of services, etc. The economic success of a territory therefore is therefore grounded in the organization of space, in what allows for the fulfillment of content previously identified to represent potential, regardless of the location or its natural or anthropic features. In terms of the land planners typology, satisfying the demands of various markets, especially metropolitan markets, are basic parameters along with equitable service and investment. Two major categories of equipment are considered: that dependent on the presence of resources (forest, ore, fast-flowing water, land, etc.) and that related to market proximity (tourism sites, shopping centres, etc.). The plans of land planning and development agencies (CLD, DEC, CR, MRC, ATR, etc.) attest to this type of voluntarist approach. For supporters of this approach, the territory is essentially perceived as a resource and a platform, a usable substrate for meeting society's needs. The mere presence of a resource or nearby market is enough to justify the planning and deployment of equipment. From this perspective, the value of the location is the product of its development, and not of the location as such. Equipment is therefore carefully standardized and normalized to ensure a degree of equity in its distribution and size. This voluntarist method affords little recognition to the role of spatiality in territorial organization. It views the space as a platform for an activity, not as something of intrinsic value. Based on this approach, socio-economic features evolve of their own volition in a homogeneous space, with characteristics (demography, activities, etc.) projected onto a spatial substrate: this operation is called "decree of value."
February 2009, 28th
248 / 653
The rural world has traditionally defined itself in contrast to the city, at least in relation to low population density. This essentially quantitative definition is clearly inadequate in describing the recent spatial dynamics rocking the countryside. Not only is it static, it fails to account for the diverse trajectories running through urban environments, which do not form a homogeneous whole (Roy, Paquet and Domon, 2005; Donadieu, 1999). The rural environment is heterogeneous. While rural spaces may have specific characteristics, though not necessary shared by all, we observe the coexistence of rural/urban categories in one territory (Fortin, 2006; Gagnon, 2003; Ritchot, 1999; Thomsin, 2001). Thus, a quantitative definition does not account for the heterogeneity of existing positions. Research must endeavour to meet precisely these requirements. The hastening pace of change, exacerbated by the mobility of goods and services and the volatility of technology, dictates a new reading. A new power relationship has taken hold and the stakeholders involved are not adequately equipped to address this new issue. An understanding of the rural environment therefore required new tools for observation and analysis. This paper advances a new method for examining society's relationship to its environment that allows for an assessment of the relationship between environmental concerns and the needs of socio-economic development. I. For an Intelligent Reading of Territory Between the descriptive level (phenomena socio-economic development) and the epistemological level (object), the structural geography methodology admits the objective existence of an anthropological and geo-political organization underlying the socio-economic level, surface occupations and concrete manifestations: a black box that mediates the relationship between society and the environment. From this perspective, the spatial dynamics of a territory are linked to the meaning that this underlying (internal) structure actualizes, and that concrete facilities (external) cause to appear on the surface of things, on the land. Using three theories combined into one in Morphognse de Paris, Desmarais laid the methodological groundwork for understanding the organization of territory (1995). These three theories form part of the general field of dynamic structuralism. One of them, the theory of urban form, first developed by Gilles Ritchot in 1976, generated a number of premises (Ritchot, 1985, p. 23-45). In addition to clarifying the premises of the theory of urban form, Gatan Desmarais reinvented them as a multi-level engenderment path: le parcours morphogntique de ltablissement humain (1992, p. 251-273; 1995, p. 49-95; Desmarais and Ritchot, 2000, p. 61-86). Combining historical, cultural, social, political and economic factors, this path crosses the identified levels at three layers of spatiality (structural levels). Let us now examine how the theoretical formulation and conceptual construct proposed under the structural geography approach can be used to prove the relevance of this outlook in interpreting and evaluating the spatialization of development. II. Spatialization of Development and strategic management Space is not created but rather engendered by a series of actions driven by internal spatial dynamics with an observable outcome on the land. These actions, and the attendant generating dynamics, are summarized in the diagram name: PARCOURS. This diagram shows the stages of geographic space engenderment from a dual point of view: sequential and dynamic. Between each structural level also called strata of spatialization are conversion operators that allow the transition from one level to another. The PARCOURS includes three times that pertain more to an order of priority than a chronological period. The order of the levels deep (landscape), intermediate (territory), surface (facility) reflects the emergential nature of the interpretation of spatial dynamics (read down-up: t1 t2 t3). Grouped into three families of strategic spatial management parameters, the levels of analysis are: t1- anthropological (imagination), t2- geopolitical (governance) and t3- socio-economic (development). This process specifies that the occupation of a visible surface space (t3), essentially socio-economic in nature and called development, depends on an underlying, geopolitical level (t2). This level includes a series of rules and influences that govern the appropriation and use of space, as well as the autonomy of territorial stakeholders. This level may be called governance. Territorial governance, in turn, depends on another, deeper layer (t1) of an anthropological nature called imagination, which pertains to the meanings or valuations of the landscapes, whether aesthetic, cultural or utilitarian.
February 2009, 28th
249 / 653
Figure 1: The Territorial Generation Path (PARCOURS) Structural levels (analytical level) time 3 co time 2 co time 1 co ANTHROPOLOGICAL GEOPOLITICAL SOCIO-ECONOMIC Spatialization Strata Surface FACILITIES Situation rent (SR) Intermediate TERRITORY of appropriation (governance) of valuation (imagination) Generating Dynamics of land use (development)
Political control of mobility (PCM) Deep LANDSCAPE Artializaton process (ART)

Note: co = conversion operator Source: Desmarais, 1995; Gagnon, 2003.
The PARCOURS therefore begins at the deepest, anthropological level and moves upward to the surface or socio-economic level from landscape to facilities. To understand and interpret any observed disparities, it is therefore necessary to analyze the coherence among the three layers of spatiality (imagination landscape, governance territory and development land facilities). An alignment among these three levels of analysis indicates spatial coherence (SCI) conducive to a corresponding economic activity. We therefore discern three types of space: exploitation (intensive economic production), consecration (symbolic reserved space) and cohabitation (shared by production and reserved space). Therefore, a location equipped with known aesthetic landscape characteristics t1- anthropological the subject of representation over a long period of time (in paintings, photographs, post cards) with a strong capacity to mobilize territorial stakeholders t2- geopolitical and developed for recreational or conservation purposes t3- socio-economic would be a coherent place of consecration. The parameters for strategic management of the location are somehow aligned. We may therefore speak of spatial coherence. Opposition to any plan to alter the value of such a coherent engenderment path would come as no surprise. We might also consider coherent any facility constructed for intensive development purposes at a location with a highly utilitarian landscape in t1, and where the rules of territorial appropriation and development are geared to production (t2 + t3). This was the case of the agricultural plain in the Rouville MRC of the Montrgie area. In this kind of location, a consensus exists concerning production-oriented uses, in this case, agriculture; it would therefore be described as a exploitation location. Between the two types of space presented above a host of combinations exist. With their multi-purpose uses, such locations are referred to as cohabitations. They can also be coherent if the strategic parameters are aligned: the Dunham area of the Eastern Townships is one example. Combinations of nonaligned strategic parameters indicate a need to examine space management. Locations confronting spatial incoherence would include, for example, those with imaginary attributes of an aesthetic nature, but that stakeholders would like to use for intensive economic development. A statistical analysis of data on coherence among strategic parameters (structural levels) allows the identification of spaces subject to extreme variability among the levels of analysis: anthropological (imagination), geopolitical (governance) and socio-economic (development). It also allows for a diagnosis of the possible causes of strategic misalignment and suggests appropriate courses of remedial action. The following table illustrates the types of actions advisable in specific cases of spatial incoherence.
February 2009, 28th
250 / 653
III. Generating Dynamics and Spatial Indicators Each level of analysis (structural levels) of space corresponds to a specific generating dynamic revealed by indicators selected from geographic data banks. The indicators are instruments used for describing or measuring a reality according to a scale of reference; the reality in question is the reality of the location, hence the use of spatial reference data bases. In accordance with the theoretical and methodological framework, to obtain a cartographic and spatialized reading of development requires performing a sequential analysis of the spatialization: landscape valuation (time 1), territorial appropriation methods (time 2) and development occupations (time 3). Because the inventory data must include spatial references called LOCI (or LOCUS in the singular) they are compiled into a series of inventories and specific mapping (see table below). Using a geographic information system (GIS ARCview), the various contents inventoried, shared and grouped by structural level are classified according to a series of spatial indicators as shown above. The PARCOURS (stratigraphic, in three times) makes it possible to distribute the inventories by spatialization strata (down-up), thus giving meaning to the data and allowing for a theoretically relevant mapping application. This emergential methodology thus forces the GIS to provide an assessment of the positions (LOCI) for each of the inventories processed. From this perspective, we note that the GIS is not an end in itself, but rather an interpretative tool that works effectively with the three structural level model (PARCOURS) and allows an evaluation of the strategic alignment and spatial coherence of positions. To summarize, based on structural geographic theory, the form of settlement emerges from an engenderment process (PARCOURS). Briefly, the meanings associated with the locations, once acknowledged (deep level t1- anthropological), create a desire for appropriation that leads to the establishment of territorial governance mechanisms (intermediate level t2- geopolitical) suited to these meanings. This impetus creates a situation rent redeemed through economic activity (surface level t3 socio-economic), with the term economic used in its broad sense. This process is termed coherent to the extent that the spatial indicators at each level are aligned with the same reality (internal and external strategic alignment). The problem at the land planning level therefore concerns modelling spatial aspects of the phenomenon, where spatial inscription of the phenomenon comes first. Thus, all space is organized around locations with characteristics that must be identified and external and internal dynamics that must be understood (system/structure complementarity). Spatialized development assumes that the geographic space is approached using a responsible and applicable theoretical construct. Under the structural analysis approach proposed, space is geographically defined by evaluating the relationship between the valuation of a territory and the socio-economic wealth generated. To complete our demonstration of a methodology for interpreting the spatialization of development, we must therefore clarify the value/wealth relationship. IV. Cartographic Processing of Structural Levels We must now explore the characteristics of each of the structural levels anthropological, geopolitical and socio-economic and how to sequentially analyze the spatialization of valuations (imagination landscape), appropriations (governance territory) and occupations (development land planning). As already stated, the structural levels (level of analysis) are processed in three times, each corresponding to strategic parameters of spatial management. We will now examine how cartographically process each. 1. Spatialization of Valuations or Localization of Anthropological Imagination Anthropological time is the stage at which stakeholders form a vision based on images shared and information received about the space, and their specific points of reference or values. This step highlights the objectivity inherent in the landscape concept and space valuation assessment (cf. value/wealth infra). For example, depending on the imagination of a stakeholder, a mature forest on a hillside may signify development and economic benefits. From this stakeholder's perception, the landscape has a function and a utilitarian quality. For another, a wooded hillside may be a source of inspiration to the artistic soul, and if there happens to be a waterway nearby, he might take out his easel and start painting. The second stakeholder therefore perceives the location to have aesthetic value. In both cases, the landscapes are
February 2009, 28th
251 / 653
artialized to various degrees (Beaudet, 1999; Domon, Beaudet and Joly, 2000; Roger, 1998). Between these two extremes, the utilitarian and the aesthetic, exists a range of values applicable to every location. The analytical tools developed in this regard can clarify how these values or the localized imagination, comprising content highly significant to the populations concerned, can play a decisive role in the emergence and survival of spaces that are vital to solid social ties. The mapping tool developed makes it possible to understand the complex relationships between geographic space and the anthropological representations that guide the behaviour of social stakeholders at the next level (t2- geopolitical). 2. Spatialization of the Capacity for Action or Degree of Geopolitical Governance Land governance has been the focus of extensive study. It is described as a process of coordinating the stakeholders in an area to achieve commonly held goals that favorisent ensemble la capacit dagir(Ayeva, 2003). The geopolitical spatialization stratum intermediate is engendered precisely by the capacity of group or individual stakeholders to take action in an area. Geopolitical time applies to all mechanisms that regulate the allocation of land and the degree of autonomy of the stakeholders called political control of mobility (PCM). It highlights the many organizations that affect space at every level, whether in the private or public sectors (federal, provincial and municipal). In an ideal world, coherence exists in the geopolitical action taken by stakeholders and the values invested in the space at the previous level (t1- anthropological), and in the planning efforts of all stakeholders in a given space (next level t3socio-economic). Obviously, the reality is quite different. Discrepancies between our vision of a location and the actions that follow are the daily lot of organizations called upon to administer lands. In this regard, spatial coherence in the planning and development process is the exception, not the rule. Land is managed through a series of authorizations and prohibitions. Geopolitical tools of analysis therefore provide an understanding of the intrinsic relationships linking geographic space to the movement of stakeholders and to the appropriations that occur through political control of mobility (PCM). They offer rigorous content on actions by social stakeholders to acquire, hold on to and organize places amongst themselves. 3. Spatialization of Enhancements or Type of Socio-Economic Development Lastly, the socio-economic time reflects the true value of geographic space occupation (cf. value/wealth relationship infra), as should be observable in the field and as understood through relevant data on population and economy. However, caution is necessary whenever numbers are interpreted. The socio-economic spatialization stratum at the surface level is therefore engendered by the spatial occupation process deployed through the situation rent (Ritchot, 1981). The tools developed at this level make it possible to show how tangible facilities and activities are subject to the constraints of the spatial structure inherent in the geopolitical and anthropological positions established at the two previous levels (time 1 and 2). These constraints concern the way that positions are valued following variations in the situation rent (SR). An intrinsic relationship between geography and economics ensues, showing that economic factors related to valuation by the rent depend on the artialization process (ART: operator from time 1- imagination) and political control of mobility (PCM: operator from time 2- capacity for action). Spatialized development, such as development of a settlement that account for specific local features in relation to the whole, is therefore incorporated into the appropriation process, not only private and individual (t2), but sometimes through pre-emptive rights that allow for the collective defence of basic values (t1). The spatialization of socio-economic content therefore involves developing a typology of uses and developments in which human settlements are characterized by the predominant economic activities. By interrelating artialization (valuation), political control of mobility (appropriation) and situation rent (occupation) processes, we can develop a map that synthesizes the engenderment path of a geographic space. The correspondence among the various structural levels anthropological (t1), geopolitical (t2) and socio-economic (t3) thus leads to an interpretation of the development spatialization that subsumes administrative boundaries and borders between States.
February 2009, 28th
252 / 653
V. Toward a Geographic Definition of Territorial Reality Geography centred on understanding and interpreting the spatialization of development requires specific knowledge of spatial organization at three levels: micro, meso and macro-geographical. Such geography formulates an analysis of space-generating dynamics dependent on: a) an objective definition of development; b) a theoretically constructed model of interpretation; c) an operational classification of inventory data. Developing a geography of territorial reality is therefore not limited to listing or describing the sensitive manifestations associated with a given number of identified economic activities. The purpose of geography that explains and interprets economic activity is to recognize the vital structuring role that geographic space plays in the organization and operation of these activities. The PARCOURS therefore acknowledges three levels of spatiality conveying different content: the socio-economic level, called development planning assumes engenderment of the geopolitical level, called governance territory, which in turn assumes the investment of deep value (anthropological level, called "imagination landscape"). The categorization arising from this PARCOURS thus organizes space according to the levels produced by generating dynamics: valuation (time 1), appropriation (time 2) and occupation (time 3) programs. Typology development is performed individually for each of the structural levels traversed by the PARCOURS. Using this theoretical and methodological framework, we hoped to propose new contributions concerning the three main problems of land planning and development, and thus reconstitute the various phases involved in geographic space engenderment. To do so, we had to turn to fundamental categories in geography such as landscape, territory, planning, valuation, appropriation and occupation. The geographic characterization of space and the analytical tools proposed the anthropological, geopolitical and socio-economic structural levels provide a methodological framework for reporting and explaining the evolution of economic land uses. To summarize: 1. The development of a space results from an emergential process; 2. Landscapes are signifiers whose value is invested and subjectively understood by populations; 3. The investment of value, landscape emergence, later translates into actions that generate landscape by shaping the land; 4. Underlying economic interests conceal an anthropological meaning related to the deep value of a location; 5. Pioneer value then reflects what once was, which allows for the generation of wealth a posteriori; 6. The level of development of forms of occupation is associated with the alignment between planning practices and the initial value of a space; 7. Socio-economic gains presume an acknowledgement of this pioneer value. In the field of development, the structural method makes it possible to meet the analytical challenges just described. What is involved? 1) How do we approach complex phenomenon while avoiding the pitfall of merely describing empirical diversity? 2) How do we move from the diversity of facts and events to an object of knowledge that not only describes this diversity, but also allows for subsequent generalization? To clarify the emergence of the geographic spaces that give structure to economic activities in general, the structural geography method has the advantage of showing that diverse facts can nevertheless relate to an object of general and universal knowledge (Desmarais, 1995, 1998a, 1998b; Desmarais and Ritchot, 2000; Ritchot, 1999). In addition to offering firm internal and external coherence, the structural geography methodological framework offers an original and effective theoretical frame of reference for analyzing regional disparities and spatial dynamics. This methodology gives meaning to the statistics, something beyond the reach of traditional analyses of data gathered from administrative divisions. Structural methodology therefore allows for a more accurate geographic interpretation of human settlement.
February 2009, 28th
253 / 653
What is new, and of interest for the interpretation of planning and development actions, is that this reading will cast new light on the processes underlying the complex organization of a region, and lead to a more accurate understanding of city/country relationships. It also takes account of spaces with variable geometry. The spatialization of development also makes it possible to view the current territorial transformations from a fresh angle by drawing attention to the similarities and contractions among existing or planned land uses, and a spatial dynamic that variously constrains land uses and their economic performance, an asset of lasting value in guiding territorial development activity. Bibliography AYEVA T., 2003, Gouvernance locale et renforcement des capacits. Quelques pistes de rflexion pour un dveloppement territorial durable des collectivits rurales, Initiative sur la nouvelle conomie rurale, Centre de recherche sur la gouvernance rurale, Rapport de recherche n 3, Rimouski, CRDT, available at: http://www.a21l.qc.ca/web/document/ayeva_gouvernance.pdf. BEAUDET G., 1999, Paysages et investissement de valeur, in POULLAOUEC-GONIDEC P., GARLPY M. and LASSUS B. (eds), Le paysage, territoire dintentions, Paris, LHarmattan, p. 35-54. BEAUDET G., 2000, Le pays rel sacrifi: la mise en tutelle de l'urbanisme au Qubec, Montral, ditions Nota bene. DESJARDINS P.-M., 2005, Un profil socioconomique du Canada Atlantique: les caractristiques des rgions rurales et urbaines et leurs implications pour les politiques publiques, Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency, Canadian Institute for Research on Regional Development, University of Moncton. DESMARAIS G., 1986, Notes de recherche; pour une dfinition opratoire de laction, Montral, University of Montral. DESMARAIS G., 1992, Des prmisses de la thorie de la forme urbaine au parcours morphogntique de ltablissement humain, Cahiers de gographie du Qubec, vol. 36, n 98, p. 251-273. DESMARAIS G., 1995, La morphogense de Paris, des origines la Rvolution, Paris/Qubec, LHarmattan/CLAT. DESMARAIS G., 1998a, Dynamique du sens, Qubec, Septentrion and CELAT. DESMARAIS G., 1998b, Trois concepts-cls pour les modles morphodynamique de la ville, Cahier de gographie du Qubec, vol. 42, n 117, p. 399-419. DESMARAIS G. and RITCHOT G., 2000, La Gographie Structurale, Paris, LHarmattan. DOMON G., BEAUDET G. and JOLY M., 2000, volution du territoire laurentidien: caractrisation et gestion des paysages, Montral, I.Q. DONADIEU P., 1999, Campagnes urbaines: de la ralit aux symboles, in POULLAOUEC-GONIDEC P., GARLPY M. and LASSUS B. (eds), Paysage, territoire dintentions, Paris, LHarmattan, p. 79-93. FORTIN A., 2006, Rural/urbain; allers-retours, in ROBITAILLE M., CHIASSON G. and SIMARD J.-F. (eds), LOutaouais au carrefour des modles de dveloppement, Qubec, CRDT/CRDC/UQO, p. 119-132. GAGNON S., 2003, Lchiquier touristique qubcois, Qubec, Presses de lUniversit du Qubec. GAGNON S., 2005a, Le modle de dveloppement touristique des paysages qubcois et lidentit dune nation dans la logique dune approche gographique intgrative, in BOUCHER J. L. and THRIAULT J.-Y. (eds), Petites socits et minorits nationales: enjeux politiques et perspectives compares, Qubec, Presses de lUniversit du Qubec, p. 335-350. GAGNON S., 2005b, Les conflits dutilisation du territoire dans les milieux ruraux: un problme fondamental de diffrenciation rgionale li loccupation oisive du territoire, in LAFONTAINE B. and JEAN D. (eds), Territoires et fonctions, t. 2, Rimouski, ditions du GRIDEQ et du CRDT, p. 205-216.
February 2009, 28th
254 / 653
JOANIS M. and MARTIN F., 2005, Rapport Bourgogne: La dimension territoriale des politiques de dveloppement conomique au Qubec: enjeux contemporains, Montral, Centre interuniversitaire de recherche en analyse des organisations (CIRANO). POLSE M. and S HEARMUR R., 2002, La priphrie face lconomie du savoir: la dynamique spatiale de lconomie canadienne et lavenir des rgions non mtropolitaines du Qubec et des provinces de lAtlantique, Moncton, INRS-Urbanisation, Culture et Socit/Institut canadien de recherche sur le dveloppement rgional. POLSE M. and S HEARMUR R., 2005, conomie urbaine et rgionale (2ime dition): introduction la gographie conomique, Paris, conomica. ROGER A., 1998, Court trait du paysage, Paris, Gallimard. RITCHOT G., 1981, Environnement de qualit et rente foncire, vol. 2, C.R.A.D files, University of Laval. RITCHOT G., 1992, La valorisation conomique de lespace gographique, Cahiers de Gographie du Qubec, vol. 36, n 98, p. 175-214. RITCHOT G., 1999, Qubec, forme dtablissement: tude de gographie rgionale structurale, Paris, LHarmattan. RITCHOT G. and FELTZ C., 1985, Forme urbaine et pratique sociale, Montral/Louvain-la-Neuve, Le Prambule/CIACO. ROY L., PAQUETTE S. and DOMON G., 2005, La campagne des noruraux: motifs de migration, territoires valoriss et usages de lespace domestique, Recherches sociographiques, vol. 60, n 1, p. 35-65. THOMSIN L., 2001, Un concept pour le dcrire: lespace rural rurbanis, Ruralia, n 09, p. 2-19.
February 2009, 28th
255 / 653
February 2009, 28th
256 / 653
32
Len Observation Group. Monitoring and evaluation device for the integration of immigrant population
M-Lourdes GARCA FUERTES Len Observatory Technician, Len, Spain leon@accem.es
Abstract: GOL is an open and voluntary participation group of entities and institutions from quite different sectors, who works both in a direct and cross way with immigrant population, with the aim of creating a membership in order to analyze and gain knowledge on the socio-economic situation of immigrants, so as to plan and develop combined actions that tend to promote the insertion of immigrant people at all levels in their host communities, from the perspective of local, community and sustained development. Keywords: Diversity of sectors, membership, common language/code, quality control, needs searching, combined actions.
I. Len territorial context The community of Castile and Leon is a region made up of 9 provinces, which makes it the largest region in Spain, with little industry and strong depopulation in rural areas. The number of immigrants with residence permit was 156,530 on 31 March 2008. (Source: Permanent Immigration Observatory. Ministry of Labour and Immigration) Leon is one of the mining tradition provinces, now in decline, which received immigration in the 70s and now lives a new immigration process that has increased as from 2000. According to data from the National Statistics Institute (January 2007), the total population of the province is 497,387 inhabitants, of whom 51.1% are women and 48.8% are men. According to data published on March 31th 2008, the number of immigrants in Len with residence permit was 24,815, amount that means a 4.9% over the total population. (Source: Permanent Immigration Observatory. Ministry of Labour and Immigration) The municipalities covered in this study are the capital of the province and two neighbouring areas. Here is the largest number of immigrants from across the province. Thus, one of the network richness is that members of the Leon Observation Group belong to these three municipalities. The province of Len is not noted for being one of the areas with a high rate of immigration in Spain but, since the late 90s, existing traditional immigration (miners from different backgrounds living in some areas like Bierzo and Villablino) has been enhanced by the new trend of economic immigrants who settle in the whole territory, mostly in the larger population areas. The arrival of these new neighbours to our communities require the entities and organizations working directly with them to carry out a study on their profiles and needs, aiming to devise better strategies to influence the present and future social policy.
February 2009, 28th
257 / 653
II. First steps The first element needed for the implementation of the Observatory is an organized membership, where all parts involved could see the benefits of working together, without jeopardizing their interests. Previously, Accem, with the technical support from Besanon University, from other colleagues in Accem observatories in Spain, and from the management of our Association, took into account: - Objectives - Membership - Resources - Starting strategies The second step is calling for a public presentation of the proposed launch of the Observatory on May 30th, 2006. Managers and technicians from all sectors attend this meeting, from which a number of 15 public and private entities decide to join the starting Observation Group: 3 Municipal Centres for Training and Employment, 4 Associations, 4 Schools, 2 Unions, 1 Business Federation and an Entity in charge of different Health Centers. Once confirmed the involvement of members and, after receiving training in the use and handling tools and adapting them to our territory, the members are informed and trained in the installation, setting and methodology of the data collected through the Pragma software program. Until late 2006 Accem keeps on supporting the group, having a coordinating and energizing role, that helps to reach 701 data collected in December. 2007 begins with the analysis of this data collection and the internal presentation of results. Given the shortage of responses in some indicators, we see that there are difficulties in the interpretation or different ways of understanding the concepts by the technicians implicated. The different backgrounds of the group (social, trade union, business, health and education) determine the initial different interpretations and the lack of a common language/code: Therefore, throughout 2007 working meetings for all members are scheduled in order to clarify and standardize terminology and thereby collect the information with a common approach. In these meetings all the members worked on the preparation of a document reflecting every agreement reached with one accord after a practical work (data collection simulation) that happened to create, for all the items, a common language/code. Each partner, individually, made a daily note with the doubts that arose and the suggestions for the improvement. The document has been modified including every new contribution. The group worked together in the design of a logo identifying our Observation Group, appearing the initials GOL, immigration, keeping it simple, and with no more than two colors, trying to represent the human nature of our work. Each partner proposed various logos and suggestions and, after several meetings, it was decided with one accord to choose the one that we currently have and represents us. At the end of this year a new partner joined the initial group. A system for quality control of data collected was established, and Accem arranged visits to every technician to analyze the formularies. We collected 787 data all through this year and 2007 ended with the members suggestion to make a press conference to publicize the quantitative analysis of these data, so that the study were given in the territory the necessary diffusion and impact. We emphasize in this year the involvement of two local entities: CEMAI, the Office for Immigrant Information of Leon City Council (new partner), and the formalization of a collaboration agreement with the City Council of Villaquilambre for the insertion of immigrant population. In 2008 the group keeps on consolidating thanks to different actions, as well as the final validation of the logo, the internal study and presentation of data collected in 2007, the calendar of activities for this year and the approval of new inclusions: two schools and a new association. In 2008 we have to emphasize the better quality of data collected, which allow us to make a more accurate and quantitative balance to begin with the qualitative study. After an internal presentation of quantitative data to the members, the public presentation of these results was arranged for the next working meetings: an Observatory overview and 2007 methodology and results. This presentation took place on May 29th, with a wide response on the media. The actions more widely requested to the observation group were:
February 2009, 28th
258 / 653
- Information and social orientation for the registration in the city hall, for the knowledge of resources and services in the area. - Improvement of coexistence, reception centres and advice for rental housing. - Information to handle the health card and to know about the Spanish health system. - Information for the processing of work and residence permits, as well as the regularization, asylum and monitoring of the dossiers. - Information for access to the formal and occupational training, as well as to the language and to the general services. - Information/pre-employment training formation in Spain: context knowledge, employment guidance, active job search, labour exchange, employment training devices. 1. Summary of needs identified by GOL after analyzing 2007 data - The growing number of cases with more than four people sharing accommodation - Growing also, with regard to 2006, number of illiterate in their native language or with a very low level of education - The very low percentage of people with authorized qualifications - The growing number of immigrants with work permit searching for a job - It highlights problems of lack of information on health and on processing or renewing the health card. It was decided to lend the summary presented at the press conference to the Leon Immigration City Council (being members of GOL 6 of them). This Council is made up of 32 entities from different sectors, both public and private, and a wide representation of immigrant associations. One of these associations show interest and asked for being included in the Observatory. In order to combine these actions to improve their impact, the Len Observation Group has launched two working groups that discussed the results achieved in the year, so they can establish and define lines of action that can contribute to the social insertion of the studied collective in specific areas for each group: 2. Social Inclusion working party a. General objective - The needs of results are studied in depth. - The integration of the immigrant population is promoted, providing access to both public and private resources in the host society, and planning combined actions. b. Specific objectives - Housing: to block the barriers that prevent or hinder immigrant population from accessing to housing, as well as to raise awareness to prevent abuse and racist and xenophobic attitudes - Education: to inform and guide on the Spanish educational system, together with the alternatives available after completing compulsory education, trying to promote equal opportunities in education - Health: to guide and inform the handling of the health card and the national health system, to develop activities that can promote access to health benefits - For immigrant women: to inform and guide women on their rights and duties, to guide and support to prevent gender-based violence and access to health benefits - General: to raise awareness about the reality of immigration in all areas: education, health, administration, housing... 3. Training and Employment working party a. General objective Coordination of the actions necessary to ensure the improvement of the employment rate and quality, all along the process of immigrants social insertion b. Specific objectives - Establish common standards in training and employment guidance with immigrant population.
February 2009, 28th
259 / 653
-To promote access to training in those occupations most demanded by the employment market by removing administrative obstacles if any - To provide the technical staff who advice the immigrants with the necessary information about the official approval or validation of qualifications or degrees. - To sensitize the business network for hiring immigrants. - To promote self-employment actions Currently the groups are in the designing actions phase, taking as reference the needs identified in 2007 data results. III. Future actions To provide with technical training on the Spanish health care system to all members of the observatory (administrative documents, obtaining of health insurance card: requirements and expiry). Social workers from the health centres taking part in the membership will be teaching this aspects. To design, working out and translation into several languages of an explanatory booklet on the Spanish health care system (administrative documents, obtaining of health insurance card, requirements and expiry). Awareness and information for all immigrants who come to our institutions about the Spanish health care system (administrative documents, obtaining of health insurance card, and expiration requirements). Gathering information on official approval or validation of qualifications or degrees. To search for alternatives to obtain a certificate for the accreditation of studies and/or skills for immigrants who have no way to get an accreditation from their country of origin, cause now they cannot access to certain educational training in our country. 1. Updated list of Len observation group members a. Local Government - Ildefe (Municipal Center for Training and Employment of Leon City Council) - CEPM (Municipal Center of Training and Employment of San Andrs del Rabanedo City Council) - CIAMI (Municipal Center for Information and Advice for Women and Equality of Villaquilambre City Council) - CEMAI (Municipal Center for Immigrant Care of Leon City Council) b. Associations - Accem - Adavas (Association who works with women victims of assault and domestic violence) - Leon Charity Association (Association who works with passersby and women with dependent relatives) - Isadora Duncan (Association for Single Mothers) - Aldaba (Association for school support to immigrant children) c. Unions - Workers' Commissions (Information Center for Foreign Workers) - Forem (Center for Training and Employment) d. Schools - La Granja Public Primary School - Palomera Public Primary School - Quevedo Public Primary School - San Isidoro Public Primary School - Gonzalez de Lama Public Primary School - Ordoo II Public Secondary School e. Health Centres 17 Health Centers: 6 in Leon and 11 all along the province.
February 2009, 28th
260 / 653
f. Employers Federations Len Business Circle. g. Strengths - Networking: Combined methodology, cooperation, exchange of information, good practices - Complementarity, maximizing and optimizing resources, interventions and actions - Social resources available in the territory has acquired an accurate, dynamic and optimized visibility - Involvement and professionalism - Better knowledge of local real phenomenon of immigration - Interdisciplinary approach - Combined planning - Results from all real and present areas h. Opportunities Experienced methodology Optimization of resources Prospective detection of needs Combined search for solutions Institutionalized coordination Innovative and necessary project Participate and influence the design and implementation of social policies.
2. Important - GOL is an open and voluntary participation group, made up of entities and institutions working in a direct or cross way with immigrant population in which all members are directly involved. - Diversity. - Regular meetings of all group members. - Making decisions with one accord. - The operational group has consolidated working on the interpretation of the concepts and the common language/ code, for a uniform understanding of the meaning of the data for all those involved in the analysis, thereby improving the quality of data collected over the first year. - Periodic quality control for improving the quality of results and the results. - Accompaniment and training to the newly incorporated entities in the use and handling of the device observational tools. - Continuous training, monitoring and evaluation. - Direct and continuous collection by technicians throughout the year. - Furthermore, Accem keeps on boosting the group through monitoring, quality control, doubts resolution and new members training.
February 2009, 28th
261 / 653
February 2009, 28th
262 / 653
33
Device for Observation of Len
Encarna GARCA SAN MARTN Territorial Manager of Accem, Len, Spain Carmen GARCA SAN MARTN and Lourdes GARCA FUERTES Technical manager of Len Observatory Group (GOL), Len, Spain leon@accem.es
Abstract: The Observer Group of Len, GOL is one of the devices on the network of observatories that have ACCEM State. Studies the socio-economic situation of migrants in a particular territory, in this particular Leon. With the diagnosis is going to plan and develop policies aimed at fostering social inclusion of this group in their communities, from the perspective of local development, sustainable and community. Keywords: Observation, analysis, territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development.
I. Context of territorial Len Autonomous Community: Castile and Leon. Autonomous Region in 9 provinces, the largest in Spain, with little industry and strong depopulation in rural areas. The number of immigrants with residence permit Municipalities: Leon, Mount Isa and Villaquilambre. Three municipalities in the metropolitan area of the province's capital. Here is the largest number of immigrants from across the province .. Thus, one of the riches of the network is that members of the Group of Observation Leon belonging to these three counties. Figure 1: Foreign Residents in 2008 by Leon nationality continent
European Union Europe not Community Maghreb Rest of Africa Central America North America South America Asia Oceania Stateless Total 9.124 640 2.934 819 2.002 142 6.193 950 13 2 22.819
Source: INE Preliminary results of the Municipal to January 1, 2008. Provisional data.
February 2009, 28th
263 / 653
II. Len Observatory Group (GOL) With respect to the evolution of the Monitoring Group of Leo, in May 2006, the Panel comes Observer Leon with the goal of creating a partnership structure (the third sector entities, institutions of government, unions and empresarial31 world of March 2008 was 156,530. (Source: Permanent Immigration Observatory. Ministry of Labor and Immigration) Leon is one of the provinces of mining tradition, now in decline, which received immigration in the'70s and now lives a new immigration process that has increased from the year 2000. According to data from the National Statistics Institute (January 2007), the total population of the province is 497,387 inhabitants of whom 51.1% are women and 48.8% are men. According to data published on March 31, 2008, the number of immigrants in Leon with a residence permit was 24,815. (Source: Permanent Immigration Observatory. Ministry of Manpower and Immigration)) to analyze and gain knowledge on the socio-economic situation of the immigrant population so as to plan and develop joint actions that promote the insertion of this group to all levels in their host communities, from the perspective of local development, community and sustainable. At the beginning, the network had 15 members, two centers of Training and Employment, an office of attention to the immigrant, four schools, management of primary care primary, two unions and an association of entrepreneurs and five associations. In 2006, the observation group collected a total of 734 questionnaires in April 2007 made the first presentation of quantitative data. Since then it has conducted the second operation quantitative data from 787 observations in 2008. In parallel, the group has consolidated its operational work on understanding the concepts and the common language, thereby improving the quality of data collected over the first year. Furthermore, the partner network has been expanded considerably. 35 partners make up the existing network partnership. Among them are 4 Local Authorities, 5 Non-governmental organizations, associations and foundations, 2 Unions, Federations 1/Business Associations, 6 Educational Centers and 17 health centers belonging to the Primary Care Management of Leon. At the end of May 2008 held a press conference in which he presented the results of the diagnosis in 2007. Network structure GOL: The partnership structure of GOL is set for 35 partners consisting of: local government, NGOs, associations and foundations, unions, schools, 17 health centers belonging to the Division of Primary Care and Leon Federations/Business Partnerships. The following are the entities that make up the group Comment: - Ildefe (Instituto Leons de Desarrollo Econmico, Formacin y Empleo), del Ayuntamiento de Len - Cemfe (Centro de Formacin y Empleo), del Ayuntamiento de San Andrs del Rabanedo - Ciami (Centro de Informacin y Asesoramiento a la Mujer e Igualdad), del Ayuntamiento de Villaquilambre - Cemai (Centro Municipal de Atencin al Inmigrante), del Ayuntamiento de Len - Accem (Asociacin Comisin Catlica Espaola de Migracin) - Adavas (Asociacin de Ayuda a Vctimas de Agresiones Sexuales y Violencia Domstica) - Asociacin Leonesa de Caridad - Asociacin de Madres Solteras Isadora Duncan - Asociacin Aldaba - CITE - CCOO - FOREM - CCOO - Colegio Pblico La Granja - Colegio Pblico La Palomera - Colegio Pblico Quevedo - Colegio Pblico San Isidoro - Colegio Pblico Antonio Gonzlez de Lama - I.E.S Ordoo II - C. S. Cistierna - C.S. Condesa - C.S. El Crucero - C.S. Armunia - C.S. Jos Aguado - C.S. La Palomera
February 2009, 28th
264 / 653
- C.S. Eras de Renueva - C.S. La Baeza - C.S. San Andrs del Rabanedo - C.S. Ribera de Orbigo - C.S. Valencia de Don Juan - C.S. Valderas - C.S. Astorga - C.S. Cuenca del Bernesga - C.S. La Magdalena - C.S. La Pola de Gordn - C.S. Santa Maria del Pramo - CEL (Crculo Empresarial Leons) The final diagnosis has been made on the basis of information collected on the immigrant population served by members of Gol during the year 2007 is for a total of 787 points. Of those interviewed with the script (56%) were women compared to one (44%) of men. The predominant age bracket between 25 and 45, has not heeded any person over 65 years Some notable results of the diagnosis had been that the highest percentage resides in District 7 of Leon (the Cruise-Vega) with 29% of observations, followed by District 2 of Mount Isa (Trobajo del Camino) with 13%. A high proportion (28%) of people served are of Moroccan origin, followed by a (15%) of Colombians and 12% of Dominican Republic. As for the distribution by country and gender, highlights the men to Morocco, Senegal and Algeria and the female for countries like Colombia, Ecuador, Dominican Republic and Brazil. The handling of health care is a requirement that satisfies the majority, but we found 11% of the population under study that has not been processed. Only 35 people currently suffer from being manifested any illness, with 33 cases in physical and mental state at 2. Workshops/GOL Actions: The final quantitative analysis of data has yielded information on the situation in which there is the group of people met and addressed by the task force observation. It is also important to note that the information has been recorded by technical personnel of entities working on the ground which allows access to relevant information (health, housing, education, employment ...) on the collective attention. Moreover, the actions planned from the reflection is done on the diagnosis obtained, may be developed by the institutions belonging to the device observation optimizing network resources. Finally, to say that this work attempts to initiate proceedings of the group, but also influence the actions that are launched, the level of administration, to improve the economic, social and labor of the immigrant population living in Leon. The shares more defendants to the observation group were: - Information and social orientation, for the registration, to the knowledge of resources and services in the area. Improved coexistence, shelters and counseling for the rental of housing. - Details for handling the health insurance card and the health system to learn Spanish. - Information for the processing of work permits and residence, as well as the roots, and monitoring of asylum cases. - Access to Information and are occupational training, as well as the language and services. - Information/pre-employment training in Spain: understanding the context, employmentoriented, active job search, job, training arrangements for employment. In order to combine these actions to maximize their impact, the Monitoring Group of Leon plans to launch a series of groups trabjo in which the results will be analyzed in the year so they can establish and define lines of action encourage the inclusion of collective social-studies in specific areas of each group. So, initially, have been identified two major areas of work: - Have defined the working group's operating observational lion goal. - In 2008 has changed the diagnostic tool and Assessment, "Pragma". Therefore, once developed and adapted the screenplay to electronically "Pragma", has been installing the new tool in each of the entities of different devices observational, accompanying and advising those concerning technical modifications and sifting through the use and management for all of us an adequate data collection.
February 2009, 28th
265 / 653
- Accompaniment and training to the newly incorporated entities in the use and handling of the device Observational tools. - The operational group has consolidated working on the understanding of the concepts and the common language for a uniform understanding of the meaning of the data for all those involved in analyzing and improving the quality of data collected over the first year. - Quality control and cleanup of locating data and comments from the questionnaires if there are incomplete, with many gaps and unanswered. Error correction with regards - Discussion Group for the analysis of results of 2007 data. Identification of needs through the results obtained during the year 2007 for the best knowledge of the socio-economic situation of immigrants and working on possible future actions. - Working to prepare the press conference for the presentation of the data from the 2007 diagnosis. - It was decided to continue the scheme during the press conference, the data will be delivered to the press, place, preparation of local broadcasting, alerting the media, image, people will speak and development of the press conference. - Working Group of Social Integration: This workshop is organized into four specific areas: Education of Children, Women, Health and Housing. The main objectives pursued by each of the areas of interventions in the workshop of Social are: - Housing: blocking barriers that prevent or hinder access to housing for the immigrant population, as well as raise awareness to prevent abuse and racist and xenophobic attitudes - Education: to inform and guide on the Spanish educational system and the alternatives available after completing compulsory education, promoting equal opportunities in education - Health: to guide and inform the handling of the health card and the national health system, to develop activities to promote access to health benefits - Immigrant women: to inform and guide women on their rights and duties, reporting and support to prevent gender-based violence and access to health benefits. - Immigrant women: to inform and guide women on their rights and duties, reporting and support to prevent gender-based violence and access to health benefits. - Raising awareness about the reality of immigration in all areas: education, health, administration, housing. - Working Group on Training and Employment: aiming to coordinate the work between the entities to address the different needs identified after the diagnosis related to employment and training. - Discussion groups with immigrants and immigrant associations. - Through the contact addresses of the various schools participating in the Observation Group Leon. - Contact with immigrant associations. - Throughout the year 2007 was the Municipal Council of Immigration Town Hall Leon of which are part of the six partners Observation Group Leon: ACCEM, Adavas, CEL, Isadora Duncan, ELCI and CITE. It was agreed at a meeting of all partners of GOL pass to all members of the Municipal Board of Immigration Leon a summary of the project, background, objectives and a summary of the data from the 2007 diagnosis. - Collaboration with the City of Villaquilambre to launch joint actions to the insertion of the group of immigrants through the CIAMI and especially with women. (Point of information gathering) - Signing of agreement with the Diputacin de Len to give information and guidance for the integration of asylum seekers and immigrants in municipalities in the province. . (Point of information gathering) - Collaboration with Diputacin de Len - Castilla y Leon in conducting activities to promote health in relation to the immigrant population in the province. (Point of information gathering)
February 2009, 28th
266 / 653
34
Multimodality and Intermodality in Bordeaux Sustainable orientations and technological choices
Elizabeth GARDERE Lecturer of information and communication sciences University of Bordeaux 4, Gradignan, France elizabeth.gardere@u-bordeaux4.fr Jean-Philippe GARDERE Director of public spaces and urban mobility and Doctor in information and communication sciences Town Council of Bordeaux, Bordeaux, France jp.gardere@mairie-bordeaux.fr
Abstract: In a political context favourable to public transport and urban planning proactive, development of the transport lanes is central. The multimodal and intermodal are implemented and are based here around the tram network. Keywords: Multimodality, intermodality, networks, participation, sustainable city.
The sustainable development in the urban environment is the object of many projects (Chart, Agenda 21). This article recounts the evolution of urban transports which leads to new political orientations and more sustainable behaviours: The reflection upon the sustainable development was included from the very beginning in the framework of the planets ecologic regulations (think globally) and has afterwards tried to territorialize the action principles that it defined (act globally) (Torrs, 2005).Environmental problems can come from the malfunctioning of the urban space too often built and constantly reconverted according to patterns for whose implementation the local societies do not have the possibilities (Couret, Oualet, Tamru, 2005). However, Will cities policies be modified by the sustainable development i.e. that of a thinking trend breaking with the productivity and technique thinking? (Loget, 2005). One of the elements of the answer is that modifying the citizens habits involves political risks which should be considered on short, middle and long term. In a political context favourable to public transport and urban planning proactive, development of an own public transport network is essential. Reaching a sustainable and of proximity city while the cities and their suburbs are at the same time more spread and more compact, more integrating and more discriminated (Ascher, 1995: 24) is the challenge for Bordeaux. Since the arrival of Alain Jupp at the City Hall in 1995, the city of Bordeaux is constantly changing. The urban project, whose central element is the tram from a perspective of transport rationalization, aims at compensating for the car pollution by decreasing the traffic. The reflection carried out since 1995 upon the transports and ways of travelling in Bordeaux and its suburbs caused starting with 1996 the design of the directing plan for building the community urban transports. This reflection concluded upon the necessity to get equipped with an own public transport. Among the hypothesis was kept that of the tram associated to a reorganization of the bus network, in a logic of network and multimodality.
February 2009, 28th
267 / 653
These choices take into account the studies carried out upon the transportation at spatial level according to the distribution of the types of transportation for the inhabitants. For instance, a previous study has allowed showing the transportation in Bordeaux, divided into 60 areas of analysis for the study (Muller, 1993). The criteria used for the inquiry on the daily mobility and the structure of the city are connected to the socio-demographic database such as the characteristics of the population (socio- professional categories, motorization rate, household size) and allow designing a cartography of the populations transportation. The crossed sorting and the segmentation do not allow obtaining satisfactory result unlike the factorial analysis and the classification (Muller, 1995: 59). This kind of inquiry identifies the means of transportation more or less used, according to the itinerary, to the number of travels and to the average time of the travels. We have to keep in mind that certain areas, according to the national average, are the object of travelling by foot at 30% (Muller, 1993: 19) which questions the accessibility. The flow towards the city centre is measured according to two indicators which allow measuring the exchanges suburbs- hyper centre: the degree of attraction and the degree of autonomy. Whereas motorization, or even multi motorization are constantly increasing, its corollary, the daily mobility, is equally speeded, generating negative effects such as pollution, traffic congestion, increased transportation time, the causes of the lack of safety, or even lack of civic spirit. A terminological parenthesis clarifies two close notions, often mixed up, but which are actually different: the multimodality and the intermodality. These notions cover the political orientations and their establishment. In fact, the orientation law for sustainable building and development of the territory considers multimodal plans for public transport services where different chains of transport can be used in the same time. On the one hand, the multimodality characterizes the presence of different means of transportation which allow connecting one point to another, one place to another. These means of transportation are parallel and are differently used for covering the same itinerary. However, they can be associated. A previous choice is therefore necessary among the means of transportation. For instance, we can use the highway or the railway for connecting two cities. The multimodality is a large notion used for people transportation as well as for merchandise transportation. Faced with the interest in ecology and sustainable orientations of the transport policies, this notion migrates towards that of comodality whose aim is to reduce the environmental impact of transports. Several conceptions of the multimodality can be underlined: for the client of public transportation, the possibility to use freely the set of means of transportation at his disposal over a given region, - for the organizing authorities, the use of tools allowing them best piloting their policy in terms of transport, -for the operators, a greater cooperation and synergy between them so as they offer either a real alternative, or a complementary offer to the individual vehicle (Pinson, 1999). At the core of the multimodality, the electronic or plastic tickets are the unifier element of the system. We deal with a global approach where the price setting, the information, the fidelity, as well as the range of elements which contribute to the varied offer of transport at the disposal of the user-client: In the field of persons transportation, the multimodality allows establishing simultaneously different transport channels. In this way, in the interurban transports we deal with multimodality to consider in parallel car transportation, the railway network and the air system. It is in this way that the orientation law for building and sustainable development of the territory considers multimodal plans for services of persons public transportation (Wikipdia). On the other hand, the intermodality is the combination of a range of means of transportation (bus, tram, and car) within the same travel. This term is used particularly for persons transportation. People use several transports to reach a point within the same travel. It is the principle of the complementary means of transportation: The intermodality is a concept which allows using several means of transportation within the same travel. This definition can be applied to peoples transportation as well as freight transportation where we find the notion of intermodal transport. We use the term multimodality for planning several travels or different transport channels; each of them uses a means or combination of different means (Wikipdia). As for the networks, in theory they mesh the territory. They are defined as a range of crossed lines and points, forming knots. More the meshes are tight more the territory is precisely served. Two notions are associated: the connexion that characterizes the offer of a road between two points; and the connectivity which offers several possibilities to the itineraries. The public spaces combines different networks, may they be infrastructural (tram) or not (walking), which contributes to turning urban territories into exchange places through which the production of a city and its functioning are in accordance with the networks() that allow it (Offner, Pumain, 1996: 73).
February 2009, 28th
268 / 653
Applied to the city of Bordeaux, the purpose is to enhance the radial mesh by means of transversal in order to improve the offer of public transportation limiting at the same time the impact of the car in the suburbs and the lack of spatial balance between the centre, the right bank and the left board due to a radio concentric development (Bernard, 1997: 17). In this perspective, the choice of the tram offers an answer for the centre and its close suburbs and ensures the prolonging of the suburbs spaces appropriate for the car. The parks are the illustration of the transition between these means of transportation. I. The Tram: from multimodality to intermodality The city of Bordeaux has about 500 kilometres of public roads which constitutes a network of public roads superior of almost 30% to the average of the French cities in terms of linear space by inhabitant (Delaloy, 1990: 11). This trait motivates even more the purposes of accessibility to the centre become a complex urban space more and more difficult to define. Similar to all the suburbs confronted to the choice of a public transport that has a reserved space, the choice between the tram and the subway was mentioned. During the mandate of Jacques Chaban-Delmas, the subway was the preferred choice for a long time and the old tram network was closed, because it was judged obsolete face to the democratization of the car. Apart from the technical constraints inherent to a city build on marshes, it is a question of transport philosophy that determined the eventual choice of the tram during the mandate of Alain Jupp. We deal with emphasizing an urban travel policy reducing the use of cars in the city. Dimensioning the urban public roads in relation to the traffic during the rush hours comes to sterilize the public roads spaces the rest of the day in detriment of the pedestrians. Or they are at present at the core of the reflections, especially round the reserved spaces. Unlike the subway and its galleries network, the tram circulates at the surface. There is one tool left for the complete rebuilding of the space. The works carried out in Bordeaux these latest years do not concern only the tube constituted by the tram rails. In fact, a global reflection of rebuilding the public spaces and of travel organization takes into account as well the following issues: - Modification of the traffic plan in the city so as to protect the hyper-centre; - Restructuring the bus network giving priority to the profit of the tram stations; - Control of access to the hyper-centre allowing access to the rails exclusively to residents; - Getting the boulevards beltway safe; - Get the belt two ways; - Rebuilding the rails and the places used by the tram from faade to faade; - Rebuilding the platforms of Bordeaux into promenade platforms. This reflection goes through taking into account the set of means of transportation and their inter connexions. The intermodality which was insufficient up to that moment for reasons of lack of harmonization of the price setting and of bad structuring of transports appears nowadays as one of the answers to the evolution of the classical pattern centre/suburbs which is now obsolete. In the field of transport, the increased mobility, the saturation of the major road and the environmental degradation determine, among other institutional reasons, the establishment of modal chains for effective transportation: on the radial major roads, the public transports offer sometimes a reliable alternative to the car, especially if they have a reserved space (tram), but not on the transversal connections, whose development would though allow a mesh of transport networks more competitive and in accordance to the reality of urban transportation (Boutmy, 2003: 3). The purpose is to compensate for the lacks of balance between the private and public transportation and the central and periphery spaces. The increase in the number of exchange poles has the advantage of creating certain complementarities between networks whose reorganization has to answer to the urban organizational orientations. The tram constitutes the central piece of the public transportation network in the cities and their suburbs. Conceived as a global system of transportation, it includes three elements: - Tram - Bus - Park-and-ride This network is deployed with different means of transportation around an offer of different transports benefiting from a unique system of tickets. The same ticket is used for the access to the tram and to the bus and it allows leaving ones car in a park-and-ride Associated to other means of trans-
February 2009, 28th
269 / 653
portation (private or public), the combination of the tram and the bus enables transport towards the city and its suburbs in the best conditions in terms of travel, prices and comfort. Besides, the price integration allows since 2004 using the same ticket in the bus of the interurban network or in the regional trains. This constitutes a large network for the users in Gironde and Aquitaine. The Tram is more competitive within the radial networks when the intermodality is competitive, offers the possibility to choose ones means of transportation but also to combine several means with simplicity and comfort. With the Tram everyone discovers the advantages of associating several means of transportation or to choose the most appropriate to ones needs during a certain itinerary. In order to facilitate this structure of the means of transportation, several complementarities are established: - Complementarity Tram/bus The exchange poles will be platform to platform between urban tram and bus. The bus network will be reshaped so as to complete the tram lines. - Complementarity Tram/train Five stations are in direct connection with the train network. - Complementarity Tram/interurban buses Efficient correspondence between interurban cars and Tram: Road station at St Jean, Road station Quinconces, Road station Buttinire. - Complementarity Tram/bicycles All the park-and-ride will be equipped with parks for two wheels vehicles which will be under surveillance and will have anti theft materials. Besides, it will be possible to take ones bicycle on the tram at the time of normal traffic conditions. - Complementarity Tram/car Park-and-ride under surveillance will be set in the suburbs for parking. They will be located immediately close to the tram rails. Their principle is free parking if ticket is shown. Therefore, the user who came into town by car and looked for a long time for a parking place, often paid and who, when returning, found his vehicle scratched will today be able to leave his car in a park-and-ride, under surveillance and for free. He will have direct access to the city without facing traffic jams and will be sure to find his car in the same condition when returning. - Complementarity Tram/pietons The main walking areas for access to the stations will guarantee a better accessibility, including for persons with reduced mobility. This transports offer has four main aims: - A political aim which introduces the project of sustainable and intermodal territory; - An economical aim: enabling access to the centre means enabling access to trade and other social and cultural activities; - A financial aim: generalize the unique ticket to several networks; - An environmental aim: reduce the harmful effects of traffic. Apart from this engine means of transportation, the soft means have been privileged for instance within the framework of complementary development between bicycles and public transportation (Jacob, 2000: 81): - The network of bicycle tracks has been extended and secured; - Bicycles are lent for free to people living in Bordeaux; - The pavements are enlarged and reserved to pedestrians through an urban piece of furniture protection to compensate for the use of the public space. Completed with highways and a policy of sustainable transportation, this plan is thought with the bicycle and access control. Therefore, the territorial conception of such a project is wider than the simple technical choice. It takes into account the whole range of means of transportation in the city, the price setting, the problem of parking places and accessibility to the centre. This strategy of the urban transportation plan is based on the consideration of the malfunctions concerning the objectives of the law about the air. There are several objectives: - Growing the attractiveness of the public transportation by acquiring safety, flexibility, accessibility especially for the persons with reduced mobility, quality and service amplitude, frequency, price setting; - Improving quality of transportation in terms of time and itinerary optimization; - Going towards an urbanity which privileges sharing the public space for the benefit of the soft means of transportation (bicycles, walking) so as to improve the local life;
February 2009, 28th
270 / 653
- Organizing hierarchic and complementary networks within the plan of urban development; - Rebuilding the administration of the urban logistics within the framework of regulations, cooperation III. Looking for the sustainable citizen The new image of living in the city is the object of cooperation among residents. The information determines the citizen to use softer means than the car. In this way, the project consists in: - Constraining the car so as to diminish the nuisances and the accidents; - Render the means safer, more attractive and more pleasant. The city of Bordeaux pays a lot of importance to the democratic dimension of its urban projects. The tram project had as consequence the balance between the share of the road between the cars, the bicycles and walkers. The residents were strongly associated to different steps, from the conception to the realization. Apart from the inquiry of compulsory public utility, cooperation meetings allowed associating the residents to leading the change. Cooperation meetings were organized and their outlines were established previously. The presented objective was not to exchange upon the opportunity to modify the means of transportation in Bordeaux, but to share experiences around the theme of constraints specific to the neighbourhood so as to determine the evolution of the project according to the commentaries of the main people involved. Therefore, the cooperation has become a participative debate during which the residents proposed improvement projects (Gardre, 2008). This has allowed specifying elements of the file. The theme of this transportation policy was the sustainable development. However, the resident sometimes found himself confronted to his own contradictions in this field. In fact, the behaviour of the latter determines, sometimes without even being aware of it, actions against the sustainable development. Simply the fact of complaining when the leaves fall on the road or of refusing permeable land settlements for the reason that this disturbs the walk generates a technical process from the part of the municipality that will consume a great deal of energy and determine the establishment of a process going against the sustainable development. That is why The reflection upon the sustainable development was included from the very beginning in the framework of the planetary ecological regulations (think globally) and has afterwards sought to territorialize the action principles it defined (act globally) (Torrs, 2005). The law about the air and the rational use of energy is significant for the policies of improvement of life environment and concerns especially the transportation policies by obliging the French cities and their suburbs to purchase a plan of urban transportation which follows the law of orientation of interior transports from 1982. It is about guaranteeing a sustainable balance between the needs of enabling the access on the one hand and the protection of the environment and health on the other hand (CUB, 2005: 3). The Law of orientation for the land settlement and the sustainable development of the territory follows since 1999 and revises the previous law by completing the notion of sustainability, more commonly called sustainable city by the local community. Such an action cannot simply satisfy the urban with the risk that many land settlements go against the action itself. Many environmental problems can come out of malfunctions of the urban spaces too often built and constantly reconverted according to patterns for whose implementation the local societies do not have the possibilities (Couret, Oualet, Tamru, 2005). Let us take the example of the bus. If the citizen is aware of its utility and wants a dense and meshed network, his certitudes will disappear if the station is set in front of his house. This example shows that the urban ecology does not have to deal only with technical adaptations. However, will the cities policies be modified by the sustainable development i.e. that of a thinking trend breaking with the productive and technical trend? (Loget, 2005). It is in fact a strong political risk since modifying citizens habits is not lacked of importance. Conclusion Information, consulting, cooperation, participation are levels of proximity communication and they connect politics to the citizen: An instructed people, that debates and discusses; a people enlightened by the specialists, by its representatives, but not governed by them; not self-governed: this is the ideal Alain, 1906: 47). In spite of the laws and rules by right which guarantee the existence of cooperation, there are certain limits that get out of the political and administrative framework. We have to look into the administrated side. The citizen says he is interested in participating at the local
February 2009, 28th
271 / 653
business; or he little participates (Rasra, 2002: 138). The real aim is therefore to communicate to the citizen a relevant amount of information, so that he can get actively involved in a global reflection upon the City. Does such a project go through the training in urban settlement or the definition of representation in the neighbourhood as a whole? The application of the new legislation for Bordeaux leads to a logic planned according to a pattern created for the respect of a community policy. The plan of local urbanism is therefore elaborated at the community scale and the tram is its illustration. The elected people, engineers, architects and town planner contribute to a city with sustainable transportation. Reorganized in favour of the expectations gathered by inquiries and emergent uses, this city supported with tools and means is administrated on middle and ling term with the ambition of a citizen project for the adaptation to the reality of transportation in the city and its suburbs. Bibliography ASCHER F., 1995, Metapolis ou lavenir des villes, Editions Odile Jacob, Paris
ALAIN, 1906, Propos, Seuil, Paris. BERNARD P., 1997, Limiter ltalement urbain, le cas bordelais, Universit Bordeaux 3. BOUTMY E., 2003, La mise en place dun rseau intermodal de transports collectifs pour rquilibrer lagglomration bordelaise. Vers la valorisation du chemin de fer de ceinture ? Institut de gographie, Universit Bordeaux 3, Bordeaux. COURET D., OUALET A., TAMRU B., 2005, Lintrouvable ville durable, La Ville Durable, du politique au scientifique, Indisciplines, Nancy. MATHIEU N. et al.,
CUB., 2000, Plan des Dplacements Urbains 2000-2005, document de synthse, CUB, Bordeaux.
DELALOY C., 1990, Bordeaux, ses dplacements et son trafic, Comit dExpansion Aquitaine, Bordeaux.
GARDERE E. and J-P., 2008, Dmocratie participative et communication territoriale, LHarmattan,

Paris.
JACOB C., 2000, Le dveloppement de la complmentarit entre le vlo et le transport collectif, in Les cahiers de lInstitut damnagement et durbanisme de la rgion dIle de France, 128, IAURIF, Paris, p. 80-81. LOGET P., 2005, Croissance contre dveloppement durable, in MATHIEU N., La Ville Durable, du politique au scientifique, Indisciplines, Nancy. MULLER M., 1993, Mobilit quotidienne et structure spatiale de la ville. Toulouse et Bordeaux, Ministre de lquipement, des transports et du tourisme, CETUR, Paris. OFFNER J.M., lAube, Paris.
Paris.
PUMAIN D. (eds), 1996, Rseaux et territoires ; significations croises, Editions de
PINSON D. J., 1999, Les enjeux de la multimodalit, Revue gnrale des chemins de fer, Delville, RASERA M., 2002, La dmocratie locale, d. L.G.D.J. Collectivits locales, Paris. TORRES E., 2005, La ville durable: quelques enjeux thoriques et pratiques, in et al., La Ville Durable, du politique au scientifique, Indisciplines, Nancy. MATHIEU N.
February 2009, 28th
272 / 653
35
Specifications for the Territorial Intelligence Community Systems (TICS)
Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT Lecturer in Economics and Scientif ic Coordinator of caENTI, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France jjg@mti.univ-fcomte.fr Cyril MASSELOT Lecturer in Information and Communication Sciences University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France cyril.masselot@mshe.univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: This paper presents the progress of the drafting of specifications regarding the design of the Territorial Intelligence Community System, a concept that emerged within the caENTI coordination research activities framework from the Catalyse method. After a presentation of the TICS global design we will present the research about specifications according to the TICS four axis: - Integration of the data processing software - Online editorial process from data gathering to results publishing - Data processing protocols for statistic and spatial analysis - Integration of actors uses Keywords: Territorial intelligence, territorial information system, partnership, sustainable development, data analysis, participation
At the beginning of caENTI, Catalyse was the starting point of the work on TICS. We essentially take consider Catalyse as a set of tools. Consequently, caENTI aims at integrating the present research projects on territorial intelligence tools, so as to give them a European dimension and the main objective of the work package 6 was to design tools for territorial actors. I. From Catalyse to TICS 1. Harmonisation of Catalyse Tools Catalyse essentially articulates three kinds of tools: - The tools for diagnostic and evaluation, an individual multi-sector guide, Pragma for quantitative analysis and Anaconda for qualitative analysis (profiles of needs) - The repertory that publishes on line the available services - Territorial indicators mapping We consider then two additional specifications sets: - The Catalyse toolkit harmonizes and updates the tools, improves their accessibility and completes their documentation.
February 2009, 28th
273 / 653
- The integration of the Catalyse tools within a territorial information system linking quantitative analysis, qualitative analysis and spatial analysis in order to determine and compare people's needs profiles and services profiles within a context defined by territorial indicators. In the initial project, the specifications of such a territorial information system mostly depend on a methodological and technical logic. Statistic analysis, data analysis and spatial analysis have their own generic process. They are integrated within an information system that also has a broader generic process, from data gathering to information publication, via cooperative space for analysis. These generic processes can also be defined step by step, independently from their application field and uses. During the first period of caENTI, common specifications were drafted for information contents: guide, repertory and territorial indicators; as for the data processing tools: Pragma, Anaconda, Nuage and Sitra for mapping (see deliverables 51 to 56). The definition of harmonized information contents and tools specifications, on the basis of observatories experiences and respecting European standards, strongly mobilized actors and researchers at the European scale. Figure 1: Harmonisation of Catalyse tools
Source: J-J. Girardot, ThMA.
New experimentations quickly started with the updated contents and tools. 2. Transition towards TICS concept The modelling of the Catalyse method made decisive progress: - The information contents became at least as important as the data processing tools. - The specifications for uses became more important than the technical guidance note. Data analysis protocols were drafted to define the data processing and the analysis process for each question of the guide. These protocols were deduced from the generic analysis process on one hand, and from actors needs and uses on the other hand. A diagram describes the Catalyse governance integrated within territorial cooperative observation tools used by participative territorial partnerships.
February 2009, 28th
274 / 653
Figure 2: Scheme of Catalyse governance
During the second period, two coordination groups drafted specifications for: - The integration of the guide within the European online Inclusion Itinerary Accompaniment File, which computerises a traditional professional tool of the medical and social sector (see deliverable 57). - The generic processing and editorial chain from territorial data to results publication. An unplanned coordination group was created during Huelva conference on October 2007 in order to study the uses of associated observatories, follow the caENTI experimentations and make a repertory of territorial actors (see deliverable 58). 3. Definition of TICS concept During the first two periods of caENTI, we progressively define the territorial intelligence community system (TICS) as a territorial information system (TIS) designed on the basis of actors use and specifically uses within territorial development partnerships. Its governance in the observation field was illustrated within the Catalyse method framework. Our first objective was to integrate the fundamental analysis tools Pragma, Anaconda, Nuage and Sitra as modules of a Territorial Information system. This software only allowed beeing used on a working station. As their main users were distant partners from different bodies and worked in network, the need to integrate this software and to make the output and input files compatible and available at distance quickly appeared. In the TIS, we designed the information concerned a territory, that is to say a geographic space and its community. They are referenced in space and time. The aim of the statistical and spatial analysis functions was to help territory actors, by producing knowledge about the territory. We considered the functions from the technical point of view of an editorial chain: - Gathering information - Analyzing them according to scientific protocols, especially in a spatial prospect - Interpreting these analyses results - Representing the information and the results - Drafting decision-making scenarios Managing and evaluating policies, programs, devices, projects and actions that result from these decisions.
February 2009, 28th
275 / 653
Figure 3: Integration of basic modules
When we paid interest in uses, we referred to the following definition that focuses more on the uses than on the functions: A TICS is a TIS addressed to a territorial community, or to a partnership of territorial actors who want to develop democratic governance according to sustainable development principles. - It favours information sharing within a territorial development partnership; - It instruments the data cooperative analysis and the participative interpretation of the results; - It introduces citizens participation in the decision-making process; - It provides to the actors useful information in order to draft projects, and then to manage and to evaluate them; - It gives to the community all the useful information. It exploits the potential offered by computer science for gathering information, sharing it, favouring the actors partnership in the information cooperative analysis, and increasing citizens participation, by improving their information and their access to information. It respects the constraints that sustainable development, particularly participation and partnership, imposes to information processing and publication protocols. The next diagram shows four research axes: Figure 4: Territorial Intelligence Community System
February 2009, 28th
276 / 653
Before considering the results in each axis, we will quote the research actions on transversal specifications about the overall design of TICS initiated last year (see deliverable 57 and 58) - Computer science specifications, coordinated with Sylvie DAMY and Bndicte HERMANN of the Laboratoire dInformatique de lUniversit de Franche-Comt (LIFC) - Energy consumption and ecological use (it is new) - Ethics and law, mainly about the respect of private life - Information and communication sciences coordinated by Cyril MASSELOT II. Tools Integration The tools integration is the starting point and the most advanced axis of the TICS. Its work was preceded by the creation of specifications regarding the software Pragma (deliverable 54), its integration with Anaconda (deliverable 55), the territorial indicators System (deliverable 56), then the analytic and editorial chain of territorial information from gathering to online publication (deliverable 58). This part aims at showing the progress in the development of the software and in the design of their integration. Before the CAENTI project, we began to develop new stand-alone cross platform version of software and to integrate data and spatial analysis software. These first steps were quickly joined and enlarged with the design of the TICS during caENTI, in two directions: - Firstly we wanted to gather the tools in a Catalyse Toolkit for personal computers. - Then we pursued a better integration of the tools in a unique database within the TICS. We followed the first schema of integration of the catalyse software (diagram 3) and upgraded pragma classic, developed a version in Java jPragma and an ePragma online version and integrated Nuage in Anaconda. During the last period of caENTI, the software and their integration made important progress with: - The java version of Pragma, ready for a daily use. It has the same function of Pragma classic and new functionalities, as the multilingual management. Figure 5: Cross-platform version of Pragma
Source: J. Bnilan, ThMA.
February 2009, 28th
277 / 653
- A new version (2) of ePragma: Figure 6: New epragma version 2
Source: R. Thomas, ThMA.
- Anaconda has been entirely rebuilt with a new graphical user interface, more ergonomic and easier to use. Figure 7: New beta version of Anaconda 3 software
Source: Cross-platform and online, M-E. Ramage, ThMA.
February 2009, 28th
278 / 653
- A first webmapping was done to represent data at the communal level and we initiated regional experiences at infracommunal level. Figure 8: European web mapping of territorial indicators (unemployment) at communal level
Source: P. Pehani, ZRC ZAZU.
These tools will be presented in the workshop Catalyse tools integration and European portal of territorial indicators. In this workshop we will debate of: - The CATALYSE Content Management System, which prefigures a more ambitious TICS. It suggests to Catalyse old and new observatories a website ready to go, based on the Catalyse method, multi-language, low cost, robust and reliable - The Catalyse community, which allows downloading free updated and gives a multilingual documentation at conceptual, methodological, technical and operational levels. Figure 9: Catalyse community
Source: C. Masselot, Laseldi.
February 2009, 28th
279 / 653
1. Editorial and documentary process This research axis considers the TICS as an editorial process, from data collection to results publication. We essentially designed the documentary process of the TICS. Firstly, we updated specifications about the input documents: the guide for diagnosis and evaluation, the repertory of services, the territorial indicators, the file, the questionnaire as a model for the previous documents and the links between these documents Figure 10: Hamonization between input documents of the TICS
Then, we completed the specification of the intermediary documents: Global qualitative balance, Cross plan, Boolean data sheet, codes list and the results file of Anaconda with a proposal for a new classes profiles file We will debate of the data modelling and of the topic of Mtadata that were both coordinated by Sylvie DAMY and Bndicte HERMANN. The report on data modelling was published on Coospace and a paper on metadata will be presented. 2. Analytical protocols By working on analytical chain, we became aware of the matter of its editorial function, directed towards online edition of data analysis results. Last year, we drafted a first scheme of the main phases and stages, according to the technical protocols of data analysis, and we initiated to define with the actors the specific protocol for each question of the guide in the framework of experimentations. Celia SANCHEZ LOPEZ and Antonio MORENO MORENO, Universidad de Huelva, Spain will be present a paper on protocols. 3. Integration of uses When we were working on data analysis protocols and the use of Catalyse tools, we decided to enlarge the topic of the collective use of Pragma to the use of territorial intelligence by a development partnership, and above all, beyond it, by a community (deliverable 56). In the context of the current evolution of Internet towards social use, we bridged Internet community and community development, as a group of people gathered by a common project. It allowed clearly introducing the uses of a community, in the design of the system, in accordance with the modelling of the Catalyse governance (deliverable 56).
February 2009, 28th
280 / 653
In territorial intelligence and TICS, the word community does not refer to the biological, historical or religious dimension. It refers to a group of people united by a common project. It is also the meaning that is used in computer science to refer to a users community. This meaning covering will allow studying the conditions in which territorial community can constitute the TICS users community. We should also take into account the fact that if the information analysis can constitute a project for the TICS, it is an intermediary step at the service of an objective of sustainable development for the territorial community, or more simply for the local actors who want to plan, lead and evaluate actions of local development. This orientation implies the categorization of the TICS users a priori; experts, actors, partners and community, and the study of their uses: - Which functions do need an expertise? - Which functions are transferable to the users? - According to which pedagogy and with which accompaniment? - How to organize the sharing of territorial information, and then the cooperation at the level of their analysis and their edition? - Which are the actors, partnership, and territorial community functions? - How to associate the community by the means of the participative interactive systems? This modelling implies an adaptation of data analysis steps and of the results interpretation, as well as of the editorial flow, to the communication, the animation objectives of the partnership, the participation and of governance of the territorial community. We lead comparative analysis on the uses with the caENTI observatories and the four experimentations: Accem (Spain), Integra Plus (Belgium), Adapei (France) and Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont. We joined the WP6 (on methodological and technical aspects) and the WP5 (on sustainability principles) efforts. They organized together during the third period three coordination meetings in order to: - Evaluate the Catalyse method from the point of view of the uses and of the users, with a first short evaluation form (Liege, February 2008). ). Jean-Marie DELVOYE, Christiane RULOT MARCHAL and Guenal DEVILLET coordinated this evaluation. They will present a paper on preconisation for Catalyse use. - Draft a form that allows describing, then analysing, the uses of territorial intelligence tools within development partnerships in order to make territorial diagnoses, to evaluate action, to observe, to elaborate projects, etc. (Huelva, May 2008). Maria Jose ASENSIO COTE coordinated the form drafting. - Feed the form in order to draft papers that present the uses of territorial intelligence tools according to their action objectives and their principal approach in the domain of observation, and present a first version of their paper for internal discussion (Besanon, June 2008). Celia SANCHEZ LOPEZ and Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT animated the feeding and the papers drafting. - These papers will be presented in the two workshops on The uses of territorial intelligence tools. Celia SANCHEZ will animate the workshops and Blanca MIEDES UGARTE will make a synthesis. The led experimentation fed the research activities that were made. The workshop members should now identify all the meetings devoted to observation activities within the partnerships. Conclusion and Prospects The draft of specifications for the TICS is a very important work we initiated in caENTI. It needs to be completed in all axes and will not be finished with caENTI. However, we recently drafted sufficient specification to begin experimentation of TICS. Numerous topics are linked between documents, protocols and uses. It is often difficult to progress in an axis until we end another. Documents cannot evolve before protocols are sufficiently advanced and the latter depends on use analysis. Research and action are also closely associated in this domain. Each tool, document or protocol need to be experimented before making a new step. We can consider the work is now well advanced and will go on. The tools have been presented in a demonstration workshop, with the first prototype of online documentation managed by a wiki tool.
February 2009, 28th
281 / 653
They can be downloaded on the Catalyse community website (http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/catalyse/). Each version of these tools is available in a good and stable version. Meanwhile, they can be improved, and some points have to be finalized for a public use. The Catalyse Community gives a first online version of the Catalyse toolkit. The integration of the software progressed much. The website ready to use Catalyses Contents Management System is a first simple TICS. We have strongly initiated the specifications of the documentary and editorial chain with several approaches: documents, data modelling, and metadata. Analysis of uses has mobilized all the caENTI territorial actors to elaborate a first set of recommendations on uses in the framework of participative partnership. The actors also initiated the constitution of a portal of territorial intelligence actors. They are now engaged in the specifications of the observation meetings in development partnerships. Bibliography FERNNDEZ QUINTANILLA J., MAHIA CORDERO J., GIRARDOT J.J., MASSELOT C., 2007. ACCEM observation strategy. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 151-158. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Fernandez>. FERNNDEZ QUINTANILLA J., MAHIA CORDERO J., MIEDES B., 2008. Strategic Observation and Partnership. The case of ACCEM Observatories. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 665-671. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Fernandez>. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2008. CAENTI, Activities and prospects. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 39-52. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Girardot1>. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2008. Advertisement and call for papers of the Annual International Conference BESANON 2008, deliverable 15 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 26 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable15>. GIRARDOT J.J., 2007. Activities and prospects of CAENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 39-47. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/ Girardot1>. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007. Mid-term progress Report (March-August 2007), deliverable 4 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 68 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable4>. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007. The editorial function of the territorial intelligence systems. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 255-265. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Girardot2>. GIRARDOT J.J., 2007. Tools for territorial intelligence actors. Activities and prospects of research activities concerning tools of territorial intelligence for sustainable development actors. Work Package 6 Tools for Actors of CAENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 76-88. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/alba06/Girardot4>. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006. First midterm progress activity report (March - August 2006), deliverable 1 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 82 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable1>.
February 2009, 28th
282 / 653
GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006. Specifications for the software PRAGMA of quantitative collection and treatment software, deliverable 54 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 53 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable54>. GIRARDOT J.J., BICHET A., 2007. Evaluation of projects funded by the European Commission and of the existing information of the GDs that might be relevant in the territorial intelligence field. Coordination group wp4p Projects of CAENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 46-51. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Girardot3>. GIRARDOT J.J., BICHET A., 2007. Evaluation report on EC relevant projects and GD information (March-December 2007), deliverable 30 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 34 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable30>. GIRARDOT J.J., BICHET A., 2006. Evaluation of projects funded by the European Commission and of existing information in the GDs that might be relevant in the field of territorial intelligence, deliverable 25 of CAENTI project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 27 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable25>. GIRARDOT J.-J., CHEN D., 2006. List of territorial indicators available on internet for comparison with CATALYSE Data, deliverable 53 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 28 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable53>. GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., DAMY S., HERRMANN B., JACQUES I., SANCHEZ C., ASENSIO M. J., 2008. Progress and prospects of the wp6 tools for actors. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 81-104. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php:huelva07/Girardot2>. GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2008. CATALYSE Toolkit. Specifications for the processing and editorial chain from territorial data to results, deliverable 58 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 251 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ caenti/deliverable58>. GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2006. Conceptual and methodological specifications for a Territorial Information Community System, including technical specifications for integration of PRAGMA with the software of qualitative data analysis ANACONDA, deliverable 55 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 24 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable55> GIRARDOT J.-J., MIEDES-UGARTE B., 2008. International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development (deliverable 14 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union), Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, 699 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable14>. GIRARDOT J.-J., PASCARU M., ILEANA I., 2007. International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development (deliverable 12 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union), Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, 280 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable12a>. GIRARDOT J.-J., PASCARU M., ILEANA I., 2007. International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence (deliverable 12 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union), Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, 113 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable12b>. GIRARDOT J.-J., SANCHEZ C., ASENSIO M.J., 2007. Specifications for a European on-line Inclusion Itinerary Accompaniment File, deliverable 57 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the
February 2009, 28th
283 / 653
European Union, 515 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable57>. GIRARDOT J.-J., SANCHEZ C., ASENSIO M.J., 2006. Guidance notes for the use of CATALYSE information and tools (3 parts), deliverable 56 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 192 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable56>. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2000. Principes, Mthodes et outils dintelligence territoriale. valuation participative et observation cooprative, in Conhecer melhor para agir melhor, sminaire europen de la Direction Gnrale de l'Action Sociale du Portugal, Evora (mai 2000), Dcembre 2000, Lisbonne, DGAS, p. 7-17. MAHIA CORDERO F.-J., 2007. ACCEM experience in the implementation of a territorial management system of social and professional skills since immigrant labour insertion and social integration processes in Spain. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 137-144. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Mahia>. MASSELOT C., PETIT E., 2006. Intra-consortium web site, deliverable 17 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 12 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable17>. MASSELOT C., ACS P., PETIT E., 2006. Cooperative workspace, deliverable 18 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 28 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable18>. MASSELOT C., ACS P., PIPONNIER A., PETIT E., 2008. Second periodic portal editorial report, deliverable 20 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 81 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable20>.
February 2009, 28th
284 / 653
36
Manual for Use of the Accems Observatories
Isabel Gonzalez MAH Technical referring of the Observatory Network ACCEM, Madrid, Spain observatorios@accem.es
Abstract: The Manual of the devices for observing ACCEM has been elaborated for all those who use the technical tools and methodologies for diagnosis of needs. The main objective of this document is to make the use and understanding of the tools for data collection and diagnosis easier, making them more approachable to junior technicians and promoting the empowerment of those most experienced. Keywords : Observation, analysis, territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development.
This document has been prepared with the purpose of making the tools for collecting and treating data, more accessible for the technicians of Accem and the associate organisations who perform these actions for the diagnosis. The quick growth of the network is due to the creation of new devices on the one hand and the growth experienced in the first network devices on the other. This has led to a remarkable increase of demands in technicians concerning both the use of tools as the development of the Methodology in their devices. So, the Manual of the Observatories of ACCEM constitutes a reference for technicians and observatories that use the same methodology of observation. I. Evolution of the Manual In 2006 the first ACCEM Catalyse Manual was presented setting out general procedures to make a diagnostic quantitative and qualitative data analysis. As it has been said, in 2007 there was an increase of ACCEMs network of observatories and the creation of new devices in territories where the organization works. As a result, there was an increase of demands and needs of the Observatory technicians that lead us re-do the paper adapting the content of the paper including the demands the technicians had transmitted. The development of the Manual of Catalyse observatories ACCEM started with an initial phase in which all the documents to the observatories where included. These documents, of a descriptive nature, were prepared by ACCEMs technicians and presented their first contributions to the observatory. This was a first that brought together the information provided by the technicians of the territories in which diagnoses were made: Asturias and Guadalajara. On the other hand, the experiences of processing data for the diagnoses of the different observatories in 2007 and the experience of training and support received from the department of the CENTER MTI @ SHS of the University Francht-Comt (Besancon, France) specialized in methodologies and information technology, applied to the social sciences and humanities. With these elements, updating the contents of the manual was possible. Since then, the contents of the document are constantly updated by the Reference Technician that collects all the demands the technicians from different observatories make. Specially all the para-
February 2009, 28th
285 / 653
graphs dealing with the definition of questions and modalities of answer that reflect ACCEMs Cathalyse Guide. The document also gives information about specific technical aspects for the use of PRAGMA-Collection and PRAGMA-treatment that are reviewed and to show all the needs identified. The guide has visual information and very practical advices to make technicians job easies, either they are familiar to the methodology or not. On the other hand, the sharing of the latest treatments in the network devices, showed the most frequent actions technicians performed for each question referred to the stages of coding, re-coding and selection. The balance sheets drawn from the different statistics obtained by the technicians of the different observatories supervised by the department, reflect each of the actions given to each question and their respective modes of response. From this information protocols could be established where the treatment for each question was shown and there where recommendations for every stage of diagnosis. Each of these phases involves not only the technical use of the tool, but it is thought necessary to make decisions about the type of information that may be more relevant in the diagnosis and make the best and most relevant technical action of PRAGMA. For example, making a group of variables with different information or selecting some and not other variables, will have consequences on the factorial analysis and the information we obtain from the diagnosis, however, this involves very simple actions in PRAGMA. Although the Manual for Accems observatories was presented in December 2007, the document has been improved by including information in the existing sections to make further understanding of its contents easier. In the latest document an introduction was included, introduction where the observatories where formally presented. However, the most of the work developed along this period has been the adaptation to the new Harmonized Guide of Questions 2008 which was created in January of this year. Specifically, the parts dedicated to the definition of questions and modalities, and the protocol for the treatment of questions, where revised thoroughly and are the parts that have suffered the most significant changes. Since the Manual was introduced to the network in December 2007, the network technicians consider that it has helped their work in the observatories. For technicians from observatories with a broad background and knowledge of the methodology, the manual of the Observatories has empowered them and given them more independence. The supervision when doing the data analysis has been reduced considerably. On the other hand, the quality of data collecting has improved. As data collecting is the basis of diagnosis, having a solid database, even if it is not numerous, gives a intermediate but reliable diagnosis. However, it is difficult to make any judgment about a diagnosis when it is based on poor quality data. There is no doubt that efficiency in the processes of statistical treatment has been one of the main challenges pursued in the development of the Manual. With the feedback provided by different technicians who have worked in the treatment taking the manual as a reference, we know the mistakes have been reduced and the time invested in the different phases of the treatment of phrases have been optimized thanks to the establishment of protocols. This Manual, as a document that contains all the information generated by different observation devices, the training given to the technicians of ACCEMs network and processes done during the treatments, is a reference tool for technicians to consult. On the other hand, this document makes the information flow easily and transforms al the information in a teaching material. The Uses Manualof the Observatories of ACCEM has been developed taking into account the target group, adapting its content to them: - Technicians from the Local Observation Group using the tools of information gathering. Both the work done by ACCEMs technicians as those belonging to organizations that use the Guide, are supported by this document. The manual includes a section to make understanding of all those questions and modes of response from the Script easier, the use of PRAGMA data-collecting and measuring techniques are also included in the guide. - Technicians who are going to undertake the treatment for the analysis of data. These technicians, that are not necessarily ACCEM workers but these workers do have the responsibility of the data collecting from partnerships. However, for future treatments, the process of interpreting of intermediate results could be enriched by the involvement of other institutions. - Accems Referents Technicians of the observatories for the development and implementa-
February 2009, 28th
286 / 653
tion of their devices. If it where necessary to define the most important task of this document, it would be to make the work easier for implementation and development of observation devices that the organisation has. In this regard, the contents of the manual referred to the use of a methodology: reobservation, coordination of collection of partnership data, interpretation of data tables to give feedback to the members and preparing the results for further presentations that should have the greatest impact possible, are elements that support the technicians and that are far beyond the use of the PRAGMA tool. II. Chapters and basic contents of Accems Observatories Manual 1. Description of ACCEMs Observing Systems and Catalyse Methodology This section has the purpose of providing a comprehensive background of the reason why the implementation of the observatories and the Catalyse methodology is so important for our organization. The main reason is the quick growth of foreign population in Spain and specifically in the territories where observatory devices have been established. The second reason is the need to establish plans and actions that respond to the needs collected during the observation process. The explanation of the organization as a network of observatories ACCEM and detailed descriptions of each device for observing the entity is another important bloc, which describes the geographical, economic and social development of the territory, the structure and organization of the device and its evolution and the results obtained. Finally, a section on Governance: the strategy of partnership in the implementation of ACCEMs observing systems" which deal with the strategies for the establishment and consolidation of the partnership network. This aspect has been clarified because of the experience of ACCEM. 2. Conceptual questions of the Manual and Patterns of the Script This section is directly linked with the use of the Guide and its main aim is that in the use the Script we can establish a framework and a common language for observation. This section follows the structure of the Guide: First Interview: Welcome. Identification of a partner, date of beginning of migratory itinerary, users address, data related to the description of the user (marital status, children, nationality,etc.). Following interviews: Project. Guidance, dependant children in Spain, Resources, Education, Training, Employment, Housing, Health, Autonomy. Diagnosis and Evaluation. Structured in: Social Welcome Living Health Legal aspects Education and Training-Employment. Diagnosis (activities to do) includes all the information related to the socio-economic situation of the user: the economic situation, health, education, housing, employment ... extending the description of their social characteristics. Evaluation (activities and status of the user). Moreover, this section shows how to register information related to the question or mode. Depending on the nature of questions, whether they are open or closed, they should be registered a certain way. In case the modality is exclusive the only way of response is the one selected, while the single modality rate can be selected along with other forms of the same question. This is an innovative element in comparison to previous documents that where presented in the 2006 Guide. This element not only provides the user of a tool to understand the questions, but it also shows how to fill-in properly each question in paper format and PRAGMA. 3. Technical specifications for the data collection in PRAGMA This section contains all the steps needed for the use of the data-collection tool. The first part, gives specific details on the way to prepare the tool for the data collection which is to download and install PRAGMA program, the preparation of graphics and the export and import of the PRAGMA program. The program is also presented defining both the basic functions of PRAGMA as it is location so the user comes familiar with the tool and make it possible by separating the two tools: PRAGMA data collecting and PRAGMA Data-treatment. Finally, there is a section which presents a proposal of how to the collection of scripts with the different members of the observatories. This section was elaborated in 2006 by technicians from the observatories of ACCEM with experience dynamizing the partnerships.
February 2009, 28th
287 / 653
Figure 1: Extract of the Presentation of PRAGMA's Manual for Use of the Accems Observatories
4. Technical specifications for the quantitative treatment of PRAGMA. The preparation of the tool for the treatment is the first point of this section. It the section there is detailed information of all actions necessary to perform data processing in PRAGMA-treatment (exportation of variables and observations to define the project, etc). On the other hand, the Quality Control refers to the number of non-answered questions of the questionnaire that have to be controlled as well as a control of those questionnaires that are empty or have a rate of unanswered questions that is too high which reflects the questions that are not useful and helps technicians to take the decision of deleting questionnaires or questions with little information. Description of the four phases of treatment: Cleaning, Coding, Re-coding and selection. Each of these phases has been developed in the manual to provide technical understanding of each of them and the reasons to carry them out. By using screens of PRAGMA, there is a description of all those functions of the tool that are related to treatment and the technical actions that involve each of the stages in which it is divided, as described above. Finally, the preparation of data for quality analysis is explained. Collection and Interpretation of documents generated by the tool (General Balance Sheets and specific balances, Cross variables and AD documents) 5. Protocol for the Treatment of each question The protocol has been established from an analysis of the data processing action in each stage and for each observatory. As explained above, it was on data graphics (reports) extracted in each of the 4 stages during the treatment of each observatory. This was how Treatment Protocols were defined, from the actions that are always performed in the same way or very similarily by technicians. This way, the protocol has all the questions of the Guide included. In the protocol there is some specific information of the treatment each one needs in each phase: codification, re-codification and selection. We have used color codes for each of the following cases: 1- Internal question without treatment. 2- Codification of an open question 3- Re-encoding of a closed Question.
February 2009, 28th
288 / 653
4- Selected question Asked for the quantitative analysis 5- Selected character for the qualitative analysis 6- Deleted Character for quality analysis 7- Questions and/or character pending of decision. The Protocol of Treatment that was shown in the Manual of 2007 was created by the treatments done by the technicians. Once the guide was checked some new questions where created, others eliminated and some corrections where done. Because there are no recent diagnosis with the Guide so we can establish a new protocol, there are still some characters that have not been treated. 8- These are the most appropriate graphs to show clearly the information on a particular question. Figure 2: Extract from the protocol treatment for each question your Use of the Accems Observatories
With the manual, our purpose is to provide useful and practical information to improve the quality of the communication of results evolving into professional presentations. So in that sense some proposals have been included in the protocols for each question on how they can submit the information to that question. With the same aim of making some presentations more professional, a section in the Manual has been presented about cartographic post-programs Philcato and Phildigit as to use it there has already been published by its creator, a manual for the use of the tool. 6. Qualitative analysis of data for the interpretation of diagnostis of results This section lists all kinds of contents that can make the preparation of the data in PRAGMA easier for interpretation of Factorial Analysis of Correspondances in the cloud form. To obtain a Factor Analysis of Correspondence that facilitates the interpretation the defining characteristics of the studied colective must be clearly identifiable, it is necessary to work with a limited number of characters. The decision making about the selection or group of characters must be done using data files that are automatically generated by the tools of Catalyse Methodology (PRAMA, ANACONDA and NUAGE). Therefore, most of the content of this section focuses on the description and interpretation of data files. On the other hand, the three-dimensional representation of data through the program ANACONDA, gives a lot of useful information about the profiles of the collective. Even if it gives a lot of information, the interpretation of the cloud, not easy, this section focuses on the understanding of
February 2009, 28th
289 / 653
the dispersion and correlation of the points of the cloud and its translation for the establishment of profiles and categories. Figure 3: Extract from the Qualitative Analysis of the Manual for Use of the Observatories Accem
7. Communication of results, using contextual data and software for the development of cartography (Philcarto and Phildigit) In this section of the manual we present a proposal on how the presentation should be presented in its structure and content for each block. We also have the aim of developing a communication of results systems that should be organized by matter. Finally, it describes the types of graphs and charts that are more frequently used for presentations of data, graphics types and charts used for each question. Using the contextual data. In the line with the main areas of the Catalyse Methodology, the presentation of results must be supported with data provided by different and diverse government agencies or official sources of information. This is why the manual lists the most reliable sources of statistical data on demographic information, employment, training, education on regional and provincial level. Finally the cartography has been included as part of the presentation of the Public Communication of results. In this past year, the presentation of data in a graphical form and with information of the territories has been a main matter. To do this, the Manual reflects how these maps can be done and what are the elements needed for this. Data used, types of maps and management of specific cartography software: Philcarto 5.xx version and Phildigit version 2.xx are explained in the cartography section.
February 2009, 28th
290 / 653
37
Territoriality and Territorial Intelligence Devices: A functional investigation from Intelligence management and territory notions
Stphane GORIA Lecturer in Information and Comunication Sciences, SITE-LORIA, Vanduvre-ls-Nancy, France goria@loria.fr
Abstract: Generally Territorial Intelligence is understood with a geographic referent. In this paper, we try to propose another alternative. It considers Territory as an intellectual construction which has a sense only in relation with others territories. These can be connected with it, affected it or superposed. In this manner, we present an interpretation of Territorial Intelligence Market in France with help of a comparison between Territorial Intelligence Devices and consulting company services in domain of Economic intelligence or Knowledge Management. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, territory, consulting company, cluster of competitiveness, enterprise cluster, knowledge management.
This paper proposes a complementary interpretation of Territorial Intelligence from exploration of Territory concept when Intelligence is considered as a tool to support economic development of a territory. It is linked to another concept called: Territorial Intelligence Device (TID). The principal objective is to understand in terms of territories, the occupation of Territorial Intelligence Market in France with help of comparison between TID and consulting company services. This give us a support to propose a schema to consider territory and territoriality with a perception not only geographic. Also, we present in this paper, at first, our first hypothesis linked to what we define shortly a priori like TID from Economic Intelligence (EI) and Knowledge Management (KM) notions. Thus, we present shortly ours first works about French TID, what they are and their characteristics. From conclusions of these works, we present a manner to differentiate at the conceptual and functional level an EI or KM consulting company. Our principal question is about territory of a TID and its customers and we study some of them in parallel with some consulting companies. Because it seems that in same perspective, a TID and a consultant company are either competitors or collaborators. This is linked to our second point: the concept of territory with a non administrative point of view. For this, we refer to biological metaphor about territory and territoriality. We justify the possibility of this metaphorical transfer from biology to Territorial Intelligence with help of Economic Sciences and competitive strategy. In relation with military metaphor employed in Marketing Warfare, we propose two possibilities to consider a territory. It can be the space land where it evolves or just facet to understand its actions in terms of position or movement. Thirdly, we present our investigation about territorial actions of a set of consulting companies working in France in domain of Economic Intelligence or Knowledge Management. Then, we make a comparison with some French TID. We show that in terms of functions, consulting companies are not really different from TID. We also present some connected functions that these companies propose. And at this level, we ask for what a TID is in terms of intelligent functions. Lastly, we pose the problem of territory definition with an intellectual point of view in order to differentiate and oppose one structure to the others. From this we take on a biological work a
February 2009, 28th
291 / 653
conceptual presentation of territory and territoriality. This affords us the possibilities to study territories from their intelligence functions. I. TID and Territorial Intelligence interpretation In some precedent works, we have developed a conception that Territorial Intelligence can be understand as a combination of Economic Intelligence (EI) and Knowledge Management (KM) actions developed on a territory and for a territory. This conception constitutes a strong hypothesis for the study of TID. It has been elaborated in three steps. First, we have realized a state of the EI and KM definitions. We have reviewed around two hundred definitions of EI and KM conceptions and their possibilities to understand them (Goria, 2006b). Notably, we have shown that EI and KM notions according to the authors could be complementary or synonymous. Secondly, because in France it exists some structure which some people qualified as Territorial EI devices, we have looked for some examples of EI and KM devices. We have observed some of them that we put together with the expression: Territorial Intelligence Device (TID) (Goria, 2006a). Then TID and EI and KM conception are very linked in ours works. Thirdly, to better understand what is a TID, we have study nine French TID in terms of functions (Goria and Knauf, 2007). In this context a Device of Territorial Intelligence could be an enterprise cluster in Porter acceptation (Porter, 1998), a cluster of competitiveness (the French ple de comptitivit) or a EI or KM devices initiated by an institution (region, town, metropolitan,) and dedicated to a set of enterprises as for principal property to be on the same geographic or administrative land. In extension of this last work, we propose to define a TID as an organization which employs some people to realize some intelligence functions such as EI, KM or others connected like Innovation or Prospective (future studies) to assist some people (in general decision makers) living on the same territory. With this point of view, TID definition depends on functional interpretation of Intelligence management on a territory. In addition, we have observed that some of these TID has been developed in collaboration with a consulting company. In this case TID is a product proposed by the consulting company. TID and consulting company can be considered as collaborators. But once the TID is in operation its team works like subcontractor in EI or KM for a set of customers. Then the TID and the EI or KM companies in the TID geographic zone are competitors. This remark can assist to show territory can be understood as competition and collaboration relations space. Ditto for Territorial Intelligence which can be understood in term of territoriality, ie. as manner for an organization or a set of organization to evolve on the territory on the bases of EI and KM actions. II. The question of territory from the biological metaphor To respond to the question above, it is necessary to consider the territory definition in the context of collaboration and competition. Definitions about territory dont miss. So, (Champolion, 2006) proposed a review of this concept in Geography, Education Sciences, Information and Communication Sciences and Sociology. From these definitions and some others issued from a collective thinking, he presents five first key-elements about territory concept: territory is a set of resources, territory is a construction, territory looks towards future, territory can produce specific effects, on the territory there are no tensions between the local and the global which produces multiple memberships. In addition to these key-elements Dumas has proposed a sixth: a territory is a system can only be defined with the respect to point of view of the inquirer (Dumas et al, 2007). From ours precedent works and others reflections about Territorial Intelligence, it seems to us that territory problematic, notably, asks the question of virtual worlds, scientific or sectorial activities shields and markets. These visions of territory are related to collaboration, cooperation and competition strategies on the territory. Then, we believed that biological metaphor could propose a solution to this problem. Fortunately, the biological metaphor can be related without difficulties to Economic or Competitive Intelligence theories and consequently to theories of competitive strategy. In fact, to say that, we refer to work of (Hunt, Menon, 1995). These authors from another work (Arndt, 1985) keep five metaphors that dont present a priori a problem for the transfer knowledge from their original domain to competitive strategy domain. These five are: warfare, organism, spaceship earth, game and marriage. We can consider above definition of concept territory as related by their source of inspiration to spaceship earth (geography), game and marriage (sociology). We have chosen in this work as interest particularly to organism metaphor and its biological source and also, a little bit the warfare metaphor and its military science source.
February 2009, 28th
292 / 653
In this point of view, we have found from the Harraps Chambers dictionary that a territory can been defined as: an area which a bird or animal treats as its own and defends against others of the same species. In biology sciences many others authors as (Klopfer, 1969), (Hllodber and Lumdsen, 1980), (Ridley, 1995), (Blondel, 1995) or (Schradin, 2004) propose a similar definition of it. With this kind of definition, it is possible to consider a territory in opposition with others territories and using the notion of dominant species. With the above notion of biological metaphor, in analogy with our TID, species are companies or other organizations. Territory is an intellectual building that it represents on the space of organization nutrition and development. In relation with territoriality strategies or conquest of territory, we can consider biological definition of territory as compatible with its definition in economics sciences and especially where military metaphor is employed. For example in Marketing, territory can be considered as customers brain (Band, 1985), (Swiners, Briet, 1987), (Ries, Trout, 2000). Thus, these elements of territory definition gives us two possibilities, but with different consequences in the representation of territory. In the first case, it is a space where an organization evolved and territoriality refers to the manner to use this space in function of component of its territory and adjacent territories. In the second case, an organization owns several territories; each one is just a part of a set depending on all of organization action fields. Then territoriality is equivalent to strategy to conquer or preserve one of its territories. III. Functional territories of TID and EI or KM consulting companies in France In the past, we have studied different devices of Territorial Intelligence in France (Goria, Knauf 2007). For this we supposed Territorial Intelligence could be founded on the acknowledgement of territory from geographic zone where a strategy of Economic Intelligence, Knowledge Management or Innovation is developed by or for a set of companies which are in the territory. With this hypothesis, we tried to understand what the principal functions of a Territorial Intelligence Device (TID) are. From this study, we posed the question of particular personnel required by them. Now, we take a new look at this question from functions of TID to better understand the term territorial in this expression. We ask the question: are there some differences in terms of functions between a TID and an EI or KM consulting company? In fact, fundamentally, all TID leans on a team of specialists to pilot and applies the devices functions. In addition, some TID 1 were having consulting company as project manager. The gain of this question assists to extend the potential functions of Territorial Intelligence. In fact, we try to recognize what are the functions shared by consulting company having participated or not in a TID foundation and functioning of TID. With this questioning, we consider the territory from a biology point of view. 1. Investigation methodology and data panel To limit the shield of our investigations, we consider only the French space as plan to identify the territory differentiation. Our method is composed of three steps. First, from an a priori classification of TID coming from previous works, we proposed a survey of a panel of these TIDs and their functions. These functions are a functions presented like fundamental element of Economic Intelligence or Knowledge Management. Indeed, from a glance through the definitions of EI and KM, we could observe for EI these functions: Watch (and others kind of systematic or recurrent information retrieval), Protection and Security, Influence and Networking. For KM, we have also noted these functions: Knowledge Mapping, Knowledge Capitalization, Communities of practice development, Training (and others kind of interpersonal knowledge transfer). Second on the base of functions identified, we look for a set of Economic Intelligence or Knowledge Management consulting company and observe what their functions with some others not very present in the first panel of TIDs. These others principal functions are: Crisis management (including crisis communication), Elearning, Innovation help and Prospective. At last we dispose of eleven functions to characterize a functional space to understand Territorial Intelligence in its French TID applications. On this basis, we looked for a panel of EI companies. For this we have chosen to take the set of consulting companies identified by (Intelligence Online, 2006) excluding just three companies are too much physical security oriented. Then we have kept eighteen societies interested in EI French market.
1. For example, CEIS (http://www.ceis-strat.com/) was been project manager of DECiLOR device (http://www.decilor.org/).
February 2009, 28th
293 / 653
For KM consulting company panel, without a tool like above, we use google to look for eighteen companies of an equivalent panel as in EI. These companies must highlight KM (or a French synonym of gestion des connaissances) in their abilities. For the TID, we have kept our first panel of nine and added nine others that we could obtain some information about their EI or KM assistances and for which we can easily associate to a geographic territory. For this, geographic territory of TID has a meaning close to (Knauf, 2007): a geographic zone with a size between town and nation which has a reality historical, cultural and if possible administrative. Thus, the TID panel includes in italics the French administrative regions associated to it: - 6 Regional Economic Intelligence Devices: Bourgogne Rseau/Innovation (Network/Innovation Bourgogne) Bourgogne, COGITO Alsace, DECiLOR Lorraine, IAAT2 PoitouCharente, Limousin expansion Limousin, Rseau IE Basse Normandie (Basse Normandie EI Network) Basse Normandie. - 8 clusters of competitiveness: Arospace-Valley Midi-Pyrennes & Aquitaine, IAR3 Champagne-Ardenne & Picardie, Imaginove Rhne Alpes, iTrans Nord Pas de Calais & Picardie, Ple productique - Rhne Alpes, Ple SCS4 Nord Pas de Calais, System@tic Ile de France, Vhicule du futur Alsace. - 4 entreprise clusters: Ariades Lorraine, Cluster Beaujolais for Beaujolais wine territory, Cluster bois lorrain (lorrain wood cluster) Lorraine, Organics cluster Rhne Alpes. At last, we have questioned these three sets of potential service providers in EI or KM on a regional geographic zone to realize a mapping of their respective action territory (fig. 1 and 2). Moreover, a data was added for the representation and comparison of KM and EI territories of consulting companies (fig. 2). It is about the positioning of consulting companies to propose a help to TID development. This information can be presented as a specific service proposed or deducted from previous customers as TID, Cluster of competitiveness or enterprises clusters.
Figure 1: Territorial intelligence functional territories in France
Figure 2: Functional complementarities between EI and KM consulting companies on the French territory
2. Institut Atlantique dAmnagement du Territoire (http://www.iaat.org). 3. Industries et Agro-Ressources (http://www.iar-pole.com). 4. Solutions Communicantes Scurises (http://www.pole-scs.org).
February 2009, 28th
294 / 653
Coordination Action (CA) 029127
- CAENTI
caENTI Coordination action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence

www.territorial-intelligence.eu/caenti/
Acts of Besanon 2008 October 2008, 15th to 18th Deliverable No 16
Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT Scientific coordinator Universit de Franche-Comt February 2009, 28th
February 2009, 28th
295 / 653
4.2. Observations and first hypothesis. EI and KM consulting companies propose a set of actions are relatively distinct and complementary. Only watch action is a little redundant. With regard to Training and Mapping actions, it seems that their interpretation is very dependent to application domain (KM or EI). Three actions proposed by consulting companies are not or rarely employed by TID. There is Prospective (but we can suppose this action is developed before the TID creation at a macro territorial level). We have E-learning that is sub employed by TID. For Crisis management action, this function seems not to be a present need for TID. We can note that, Information Protection and Security and Knowledge Capitalization functions are a little bit neglected by most of TID. To make durable is possibly not the principal current preoccupation of TID. Innovation and Communities of practice development are two actions present in TID but lesser proposed by consulting companies. This can imply that other consulting companies could be take place in the market of TID development. At the level of help to TID development, we can remark that density of consulting present on this particular sector is not very important. On a total of 36 companies studied, only 7 propose an experience in this activity sector. In relation with the study of Territorial intelligence territory of TID and consulting companies, we can interpret, for example, help to TID development has not a big population density in France. Ditto for aggressiveness which seems not very hard interpretation in terms of territories. Consulting companies share themselves repartition of Territorial Intelligence functionalities. IV. Territorial Intelligence and territoriality Territorial Intelligence can be understood in term of process (Bertacchini, 2004), (Girardot, 2004), but with our perspective, we consider it as a zone that can be identified, delimited (more or less precisely) and on which EI, KM, Innovation and others connected action can be understood in terms of positioning or strategy. With the Territory definition of (Dumas et al, 2007), Territory respond principally to a question. With Biological metaphor, we can respond to a question in term of evolution, population density, competition, defence and aggressiveness. From military metaphor, Territorial Intelligence comportments can be understood in terms of conquest, best position, movement and alliances. Then, the manner to evolve on a territory is to us synonymous to territoriality which defines a kind of occupation strategy of territory. It is also a question of occupation variation into a territory between two moments. As all others concept we can consider the Territory, with three perspectives: a temporal perspective because a territory has a reality only for a limited period, an objective perspective that we can linked to (Dumas et al, 2007) territory definition, a space perspective because this dimension is intrinsically included in territory conception and, a perception scale perspective because measure scale affects on thing perception. Therefore, we can propose a schema inspired by one in biological sciences (Brown, 1964) and ours works on concept representation (Goria, 2006a) which is presented in figure 3. With the schema of fig. 3, we consider a Territory as a point of an inquirer which depends of four conceptual dimensions: objective, time, space and perception scale. With regards to biological works, Territory can be represented by two factors: requisites for development and population density. In function of characteristics of these two factors the degree of competition varies. If population density increase or resources requisites for development turn down, competition increase and three elementary comportment strategies can be employed. In fact, combination of two or three strategies can generated many types of territorialities. In relation with the study of Territorial intelligence territory of TID and consulting companies, we can interpret, for example, help to TID development has not a big population density in France. Ditto for aggressiveness which seems not very hard interpretation in terms of territories. Consulting companies share themselves repartition of Territorial Intelligence functionalities. For economic defendability, it can be translated in term of cluster strategy for classical companies or in terms of cooperation between some consulting companies and/or TID for some extraterritorial intervention. We can exemplify this solution with the European STRATINC project (Passas et al, 2006). Transformation or differentiation strategies refer to need to innovate for companies in international context. In this point of view the French national strategy of cluster of competitiveness development can be understand as a combination of economic defendability and transformation-differentiation strategies.
February 2009, 28th
296 / 653
Figure 3: Form Territory representation to Territoriality interpretation
V. Conclusion and limitations of this study If TID can depend on a territory like a geographic zone with a physical reality, territories of consulting companies have a fuzzier outlines. However, a territory can be interpreted as an action shield with which we can mark the limits. With this notion and from biological metaphor we can try to understand strategies of territoriality chosen by set of actors on a particular perception space. In this work, considering from the basis French territory of EI, KM and TID, we have proposed a study of respective functional territories of TID and consulting companies in the domain of Territorial Intelligence. Finally, we have developed a schema to understand Territoriality from a territorial question. This proposition and study can be extended to understand, for example, the European territory of Territorial Intelligence or to make a comparison between country practices of it. Another element in this work is about Innovation help function. Indeed, we have seen that this action is proposed by half of TID, but very little by consulting companies. This has led us to suppose that this action is the speciality of others consulting companies. In fact, from a little bit of investigation on Innovation help, we can imagine that others functions are included into Territorial Intelligence considerations. Among them, for the moment, we can advance some helps to: Creativity, Technology transfer, Elaboration of Business plan. It seems this kind of consulting to be considered as EI and KM consulting companies. In addition, this analysis could extend our perception of intelligence territorial TID territory itself. Thus, Territorial Intelligence as a research object could concern new KM and EI territories or, application of usual territorial intelligence functions to other kinds of territories as new territories of art (Fortin, 2000). About limitations of this study, we emphasize its dependence on our first TID hypothesis from EI and KM conception. Considering KM and EI hypothesis to define TID, we have concluded with this work that it is necessary to extend functional definition of TID to Innovation functions. Nevertheless, it is preferable to have a more social conception of Territorial Intelligence, for example to propose others functional definition of TID. Another dependence is linked to the studied panels. Even if EI and KM contribution of TID is kept, in others countries than France, consulting company conception of these two notions can be different for other market than France. In addition, in this paper investigation about French clusters of competitiveness is very limited. Only 8 out of 71 are considered to not reduce this study to this only TID type. With an European TID perception, in place of a set of three panels of 18 TID, EI and KM consulting companies, we can suppose that it will be better to understand functional territories of this entities to study at least 10 set of 3 or 4 panels (with Innovation consulting companies).Many works about TID consideration can be realized again. Bibliography ARNDT J., 1985, On Marketing Science More Scientific: Role of Orientations, Paradigms, Metaphors, and Puzzle Solving, in Journal of Marketing, (49), p. 11-23.
February 2009, 28th
297 / 653
BAND W., 1985, Four Strategies for Attacking the Competition, Sales and Marketing Management in Canada, June. BERTACCHINI Y., 2004, Entre information & processus : lintelligence territoriale, Revue Les Cahiers du Centre d'tudes et de Recherche, Humanisme et Entreprise, (267). BLONDEL J., 1995, Biogographie: approche cologique et volutive, Masson, Paris. CHAMPOLION P., 2006, Territory and territorialisation: present state of the Caenti thought, in proceedings of the 4th annual International Conference of Territorial Intelligence CAENTI ALBA IULIA, (2) p. 52- 59. DUMAS P., 2007, Contribution of socio-technical systems theory concepts to a framework of territorial Intelligence, in proceedings of the 5 th annual International Conference of Territorial Intelligence CAENTI HUELVA, p. 92- 105. DUMAS P., 2004, Intelligence, Territoire, Dcentralisation ou la rgion franaise, in Intelligence Territoriale : Le Territoire dans tous ses tats, Presses Technologiques, Toulon. FORTIN A., 2000, Nouveaux territoires de lart. Rseaux, rgions, place publique, Qubec, Nota Bene. GIRARDOT J.J., 2004, Intelligence Territoriale et participation, in Revue ISDM ((Information Sciences for Decision Making), (16). GORIA S., 2006a, L'Expression du problme dans la Recherche d'Informations : Application un contexte d'Intermdiation Territoriale, Doctoral Thesis, Nancy 2 University. GORIA S., 2006b, Knowledge Management et Intelligence Economique : deux notions aux passs proches et aux futurs complmentaires, in Revue ISDM ((Information Sciences for Decision Making), (27). GORIA S., K NAUF A., 2007, Composite picture to help to study and to define a Regional Economic Intelligence Device, in proceedings of the 5th annual International Conference of Territorial Intelligence CAENTI HUELVA, p. 148- 164. HLLDOBLER B., LUMBSDEN C., 1980, Territorial strategies in ants, Science, (210) p 732-739. HUNT S.D., MENON A., 1995, Metaphors and Competitive advantage: Evaluating the Use of Metaphors in Competitive Strategy, in Journal of Business Research 33, p. 81-90. Intelligence Online, 2006, Le Top 100 de lintelligence conomique, Indigo Publications, Paris. KLOPFER H., 1969, Habitats and territories: a study of the use of space by animals, Basic Books Publishers, New York: London. KNAUF A., 2007, Caractrisation des rles du coordinateur animateur : mergence dun acteur ncessaire la mise en pratique dun dispositif rgional dintelligence conomique, Doctoral Thesis, Nancy 2 University. PASSAS I., SEFERTZI E., KOMNINOS N., GUTH M., PELAYO E., AROCA J.A., HALVORSEN K., K ROGH A.C., KOMENDANTOVA M., LIEN EGERUND M., 2006, Strategic Intelligence and Innovative Cluster: a regional policy blueprint highlighting the uses of strategic intelligence in cluster policy, Interreg IIIC PORTER M. E., 1998, Clusters and the New Economics of Competition, Harvard Business Review, November December 1998, p. 77-90 RIDLEY M., 1995, Animal Behavior, Blackwelle Science, Maleden. RIES A., TROUT J., 2000, Positioning the battle for your mind, McGraw Hill Company, New York. SCHRADIN C., 2004, Territorial defence in a group-living solidarity forager: who, where, against whom?, in Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology Review, (55) 5, p 439-446. SWINERS J.L., BRIET J.M., 1987, Warketing : une autre vision de la stratgie, ESF, Paris.
February 2009, 28th
298 / 653
38
Claude Nicolas Ledoux, visionary architecture et social utopia
Luc GRUSON Associated Professor, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France Former Manager of the Claude Nicolas Ledoux Foundation, Arc-et-Senans, France Assistant general Manager of the public Institution of Porte Dore, Paris, France luc.gruson@histoire-immigration.fr
Abstract: Claude Nicolas Ledoux is not only the famous French utopian architect from the 18th century. He had also some very modern ideas about industrial production, urban planning, and territorial intelligence. The project of the royal salt works (1775-79) was an opportunity to apply several very innovating ideas about economical organisation and social living. After the French Revolution, Ledoux planned an ideal city which continues to fascinate by its revolutionary vision of the future. Keywords: Ledoux, Arc-et-Senans, architecture, utopia.
Warning: this text is the developed and enlarged transcription of the conference-visit at the Royal Salt works in Arc-et-Senans, provided by the author during the sixth annual conference on Territorial Intelligence, held in Besancon (France), from 15th to 18th October 2008, on the theme Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence. When we talk about Claude Nicolas Ledoux work, we are either tempted to reduce it to a utopialiterarily a dismissal- either to reveal its concentration universe, whether we refer to the panoptic plan of the Royal Salt works or to the Paris barriers. But his work involves many other things as well, from Ledoux first accomplishments as an architect, in the 1760s, to its treaty of architecture, published in 1804. This prominent architect from the Age of Enlightenment, sometimes called cursed 1, has generally been neglected or even forgotten until his rediscovery, first in the United States and in Japan, afterwards in France, mainly since the 80s. The kings architect, even if converted to the Republic, Ledoux will however meet the prison. Most of his buildings will be demolished during the 19th century, because they fitted very little the current romantic tastes. His treaty of architecture, never entirely published, has ruined him and has not found too many readers, so neither his sentences nor even the shape of his writing will be decrypted.
1.
L'Architecte maudit: Claude Nicolas Ledoux (Ledoux, a cursed architect) the first film on Ledoux and the Salt works, shot in 1953 by Pierre Kast (we can see an abandoned monument, wrapped in vegetation and inhabited and cultivated by peasants). See by the same author the fiction La morte saison des amours (Death season of loves), shot in 1960 in the same place. See also the television film Dom Juan by Marcel Bluwal (1965), with Michel Piccoli and Claude Brasseur.
February 2009, 28th
299 / 653
Breaking off with the baroque that preceded him, Ledoux has invented an architectural writing without any concession, whose modernism will only be acknowledged in the 20th century firstly by Emil Kaufmann2, who designates him the father of modern architecture. Ledoux would therefore be the predecessor of Le Corbusier, who happened to be born on the other side of Jura Mountains. Categorized by Michel Foucault among the totalitarians, he will however be little by little recognized by the most of the architecture theorists and two hundred years after the French Revolution the revolutionary architects: Ledoux, Lequeu and Boulle are put in the spotlight. Despite all that, Ledoux work has kept some ambiguities. The difficulty comes in the first place out of the character himself, because the man had a restless public life. A cunning young man with the women from the court, who launched him in a dazzling career, this ambitious man who became the Kings architect got revolutionary in order to uselessly try to escape prison. From that moment on, he dedicated himself to his masterpiece, a literary-philosophical text and a set of engravings of his art, whose depth and inspiration will have contributed to the thickness of the mystery shrouding his author. It is true that few readers will have got the chance to read this arduous text, less often reedited than the actual graphics of the treaty of Architecture considre sous le rapport de l'art, des moeurs et de la legislation, (Architecture considered in relation to art, morals and legislation) 3. But Ledouxs modernism is found in his relationship with the world as well as with what was not yet known in the 17th century as the economy. The conference on the territorial intelligence organized at the University of Besancon in October 2008 is an opportunity to remind to what extent Ledoux was also a visionary in his approach to economy, to its territory, to the interpersonal relations and to peoples relations with this territory. I. Ledoux and the territory In times when the physiocrats dominate on a large scale the French economical thinking, Ledoux starts in his own way an industrial revolution before the one of the steam engine, by suggesting settling a new salt manufacture in Arc-et-Senans. Indeed, these two agricultural villages do not dispose of any salt resource and they are situated at about 20 km away from Salins-les-Bains, where the salt exploitation began in the Romans time. A subterranean factory, under some impressive stone vaults, extracts the valuable salt, following an industrial procedure set up back in the Middle Age. In this Piranesian (Fig. 1) scenery that Ledoux compares to hell, liquid brine is pumped before having it boiled in giant pans from which the workers get the salt which is then dried on the fireplace and afterwards sent across all the eastern part of the kingdom. At the foot of the Jura Mountain, in this narrow water-soak of the river pertinently called Furious, the steams make the work even more difficult and the wood exploitation for the households gets more and more troublesome. Ledoux, recently promoted as inspector of salt works considers that these systems are dangerous and uncoordinated. The architect, in a hygienist way that foresees Pasteurs century, decides to propose to the king to build up a new wellventilated factory. To this end, he chooses an open and windy space, a virgin field like a white sheet of paper where the imagination of an architect could be freely expressed. Above all, he uses a land settlement idea which is totally innovative: he will locate his site not next to the salted water springs, but next to the fuel, the wood. Or, Arc-et-Senans is situated on the side of one of the largest timberlands of the region, the Chaux massif; it would therefore be easier to get the brine down in water pipes following the rivers course: It was easier to control the water flow than to transport a whole forest writes the architect (Vidler, 1987). This idea of settlement right next to the main production factor is really astonishing, especially because Ledoux does exactly as it would be done in an industrial area nowadays: he chooses a flat, empty and clear field, where he will be able to let his imagination free. Without realizing it, Claude-Nicolas Ledoux has taken the salt production out of the primary sector, which in economy corresponds to extractions from nature and introduced it in the secondary sector, that
2. 3. Emil Kaufmann (1891-1953) art historian of the Vienna school, refugee afterwards in the USA, see bibliography. Published partially in 1804, then reedited several times in limited editions, until the recent republishing available for everybody at Hermann (1997), see Bibliography. An original copy of the 1804 edition is available at the French National Library and another one is kept at Art-et-Senans. Digital version on Gallica.fr
February 2009, 28th
300 / 653
of the industrial production, in an age where some of the economists still doubt that any other source of richness besides the nature itself could exist. Figure 1: The Arch with a Shell Ornament, plate 11 from the series The Imaginary Prisons
Source: Piranesi, 1761.
Besides, Ledoux marks the border between rough nature and the emerging industrial civilization through the wonderful entrance building and its cave, in Italian style which symbolizes the transition from the natural condition to that of a city. Moreover, the entire entrance building functions as a transition ritual. Ledoux wanted the Doric columns with no base to give the impression, when seen from the road, that the Salt works emerge from the ground Then again, through the cave, one can catch a glimpse of the imposing house of the manager (Fig. 2), whose colonnade is also designed to be visible from a distance. In this way, the entrance in the Salt works looks like a gate to another world wanted perfect by Ledoux. This cosmic idea is to be found in a restrained shape in the cemetery of the city of Chaux which Ledoux imagined for his ideal city. In this utopian cemetery, the relation with death is a purely poetic one, since the centre of the whole cemetery is an immense round empty room, symbolizing the absolute void. This room has only one zenithal circular gap, which allows imitating by reflection the Suns itinerary on the walls of the sphere. On the outside, the cemetery is invisible, being built underground and having only one semicircle emerging similarly to a floating planet in the clouds: it is under this allegorical shape that Ledoux actually presents his work in an engraving of his treaty of architecture (Ledoux, 1804, plate 100). The fact is that the two successive plans which he shows to the king for the Salt works are the result of an unlimited vision, where the shape is not explained by the morphological constraints of the territory, but only by the function. The two projects are alike in terms of their care to organize the industrial functions, to enable the flow, while guaranteeing hygiene and safety. The buildings are ventilated and spacious in order to prevent fires and to protect health; even vegetable gardens for the workers are calculated. In the 2nd project, created starting with 1775, Ledoux provides an almost promethean vision of the industrial age which is supposed to bring about wealth and harmony. In this way, he opposes to the pure
February 2009, 28th
301 / 653
and uncontrolled nature a universe (out of which he will make an ideal city later on), where each thing has its own place, in harmony with the outer space. Figure 2: The Royal Salt works seen from the entrance building, or the guards building
Source : Photography: L. Gruson.
This harmony lies firstly in the air and the sun. The cosmic vision is provided by the shape of the Salt works, which looks like a sundial. The shape must be pure as the one of the Sun during its journey says the architect. But the radiant organization allows also the functional distribution, each building trade owning a building and an equal part of the sun and of the public and private space (especially the gardens). The obsession for meaning characterizing Ledoux work determines him to explain even that the building situated at the most western point will be appointed to the clerk who will be the last ones to work every day, writing down in the books the daily production At midday, the Sun is of course at its height on the top of the directors house, which also stands for the justice palace and the church In one of Ledoux engravings we can even see the sun crossing over the building and illuminating the priest, who is on the top of the stairs, where everything converges. We obviously think of Tommaso Campanellas Cit du Soleil (City of the Sun) (Campanella, 1972) The feeling that the Royal Salt works have a secret connection with the outer space is still present nowadays: the strength and the balance which come out of this architectural composition determine a feeling in between trouble and fullness: there are some who leave it serene, there are others who leave it panicked. Conductor Emmanuel Krivine, who would spend many summers at the Royal Salt works with the French Youth Orchestra, used to say that inside the salt works one has to face oneself Those who have spent some time there know at what extent this could be a good or a bad experience
February 2009, 28th
302 / 653
II. The architects eye The second compositional element is the reference which Ledoux explicitly makes to the ancient theatre. In the opinion of Anthony Vidler (1987, p. 49)4, we literarily have to interpret the Salt works as a theatre, since it follows the lines of the ancient amphitheatre as described by Vitruve and illustrated by Perrault (in the work published in 1673, that Ledoux thoroughly examined). Just like the theatre of Besanon, whose revolutionary auditorium breaks with the Italian model of theatre and becomes the prototype of the modern auditorium, the shape of the Salt works represents the social and political ideal of the City of Chaux. We can also call theatrical in the Salt works the combination of abstract elements and dramatic motifs, whether we refer to the colonnade of the directors house, which has to play with the sun, or to the salt urns, or to the imitating rustic roofing. It is the talking architecture, with its production and strength symbolism. Finally, the third approach to the plan of the Salt works is that of the eye. We have insisted a lot in our comments on the ideology of social control exercised by the Salt works, where, Ledoux says, nothing escapes the supervision. Michel Foucault (1975) has even compared it to a watching machine which announces the concentration universes. Figure 3: The eye of the member of the audience reflecting the theatre of Besanon
Source: Ledoux, 1847, plate 113.
But for Ledoux the power is exercised in a more abstract way. The Directors house represents the power; it is not an observation tower but a temple and the oculus of its eardrum, described by certain guides as the pyramids eye, has only a symbolic function. Like in the theatre auditorium in Besanon, where the members of the audience are equal before the show and where each of them can have a view over the entire stage and the entire room, as proved by the very famous engraving (Fig. 3), the Salt works organizes the look: the power supervises and commands, but in a symmetric way everybody sees the centre of the circle, sees his own place and understands the whole. It is what we would call nowadays a transparent organization, whose efficiency is the result of the fact that everybody has understood the role hes playing in a larger entity. Here is another example of modernism in Ledoux way of thinking, which the recent popularity of networks can only highlight. To those who consider Ledoux as a predeAnthony Vidler is generally considered one of the best specialists in Ledoux. UCLA professor, he was in charge with the scientific design of the Ledoux museum in Arc-et-Senans.
4.
February 2009, 28th
303 / 653
cessor of the concentration architects in the Bentham5 style, it can be objected that the original Salt works was hedged. Moreover, Ledoux will add to his urban composition some metaphorical headlights in subsequent engravings. On the other hand, each building has one public faade, center- oriented, and a private faade, hidden from the watchers, where the workers had bathrooms, which was rare for that age, and vegetable gardens. We are therefore dealing more with a communitarian system rather than a totalitarian one, even if history has proved ever since that communitarian ideologies have often turned into totalitarian ones The communitarian vision is strengthened when we understand that each building corresponding to each building trade has common places organized around the hearth, where workers will be supposed to share a harmonious life and where from Fourier will certainly find inspiration in imagining his phalanstery. Finally, the eye represents for Ledoux a hint to the Masonic imagery as well as many other forms that he uses. III. The Salt works, real building and embryo of utopia The royal Salt works built between 1775 and 1779, 20 years before the French Revolution, does not represent a utopia in itself, but rather a vision of the future. Maybe we should not forget to mention that two centuries later some intellectuals had the idea of setting up there a foundation, in charge with creating an international centre of reflection upon the future. Nevertheless, Ledoux utopia is The city of Chaux, an ideal city whose plans he will constantly improve, especially after the Revolution In this way, until the 1980s, the tourist guides mentioned the Salt works as an old country house or an unfinished ideal city. These rough guesses spread by a popular mythology are very far from the historical reality. Ledoux has really built a salt manufacture at the kings request. This salt works has been desired and built in semicircle. Figure 4: General view over the city of Chaux
5.
Jeremy Bentham (London 1748-1832), inventor in Panopticon of the ideal prison that will be severely criticized by Michel Foucault.
February 2009, 28th
304 / 653
It is only during the Revolution and particularly during his imprisonment that Ledoux will conceive the work of his life: the plans of an ideal city which he will describe in his treaty of architecture. But contrary to what some people have written, Ledoux ideal city is not the result of an opportunist appropriation by the former kings architect of his work in a revolutionary light. It is likely that Ledoux had from the very beginning in his mind this project of an ideal city, the public order giving him the opportunity to test some ideas before their development in his writings. The ideal City is hence conceived twenty years after the building of the Salt works, in a totally different political context. It is the result of both social and architectural utopia... Ledoux extends there the theories which explained the choices made for the Royal Salt works. But what is intriguing is that this utopia is not one without a site, since it is situated exactly on the place of he Salt works, the latter being its centre. In the famous engraving of the ideal City of Chaux (Fig. 4), we clearly recognize the Salt works, but also Loues valley, in the place where it meets the Jura Bresse, having in the background the Chaux forest Massif, which names the imaginary city. We are now aware that there was no clear-cut distinction between the Salt works project and that of the city of Chaux, it is even likely that Ledoux has thought from the very beginning to set up a new industrial City in Franche-Comt. Vidler reminds in this way that at that age the region constituted the object of many projects of economical development. In particular, there was built the channel from the Rhone to the Rhine, which still exists nowadays. It is likely, as this author believed, that Ledoux had tried to convince Turgots entourage to build at the borders of the kingdom a city in a new style, for which he made several successive plans. In these urban fictions Ledoux closes the Salt works circle and he makes the centre of an imaginary city out of it. We encounter there the idea of a community life following J. J. Rousseaus model, but also the idea of a new industrial urbanism. Ledoux enhances gradually his great urban project through other buildings, explaining their functioning, designing their catalogue, and setting up their plan. To his mind, these ones should be engraved by better artists and afterwards published in his treaty of architecture, which will partially be made in 1804. Figure 5: The house of the farm guard
Some of these buildings are really confusing: apart from the cemetery, mentioned above, we definitely need to indicate the farm buildings, kind of talking collections about the professions in the Loue valley. These buildings are inspired by the physiocrats and by the first agronomic discoveries of the 18th century. For instance, we can think of the circles workshop, which has recently been created in natural
February 2009, 28th
305 / 653
size in the Jura highway area 6 or of the house of the farm guards, designed not for Chaux, but for a model village in Maupertuis (Fig. 5); the geode in Paris looks like its modern pastiche Some other remarkable buildings are the temples with social virtues, very famous at the French Revolution. But Ledoux will turn them into little masterpieces, between factories and lodges. The memorys temple (Fig. 6), with its oriental minarets is likewise particularly remarkable. Finally, we have got to mention the oikema, a temple in the shape of a phallus, which is not an ideal brothel, but a temple of passions regulation. In the end, Ledouxutopia is in the first place a social one. Just like Rousseau, he dreams about an ideal society where relations would be peaceful and in harmony with natureBut the evenings round the fire, in the common reunion halls, where certainly less delightful for the saline workers than Ledoux had thought them to be His great project of achieving the happiness of the most (Vidler, 1987) by means of architecture stays literarily an utopia. Figure 6: Country house, or memorys temple
6.
A39 between Dole and Bourg en Bresse.
February 2009, 28th
306 / 653
IV. Ledoux spirit The ideal city has never existed, but the salt works almost disappeared: abandoned after a hundred years of functioning, it will become a ruin at a moment where Ledoux work had also been forgotten. Saved from destruction in extremis, it was restored for the first time in 1936, before being abandoned again. The joyful utopia of the 68s and the intelligence of some enthusiasts for the salt works were needed to get it back to life out of its ashes, starting with 1971 and to turn it again, under the management of Serge Antoine, in an internationally acknowledged place. The Foundation Claude Nicolas Ledoux, created in order to administrate the monument which was restored by the State and conceded by its owner, the Doubs County, will contribute essentially to the acknowledgement of this patrimony, but also to its creator rediscovery. The international centre of reflection upon the future created in Arc-et-Senans will get the support of the biggest French companies. A kind of French Palo Alto, it will host the greatest scientific conferences during the 70s and the 80s. Become meeting cultural centre, the Foundation C. N. Ledoux will make Ledoux work known to the great public by developing there an original cultural program and artists residences. The predecessor of the European Cultural Networks, Arc-et-Senans will host the first European forums of the cultural networks starting with 1978. Gradually expanded to the architecture and to the city, the project of the foundation will lead as well to a new campaign for restoring the monument, which will allow the creation in 1990 of a Ledoux museum. This museum, containing one collection of architectural scale-models representing works accomplished or imagined by C. N. Ledoux, was designed by Anthony Vidler, who reminds us that Ledoux dreamt of turning his encyclopedic treaty into a real museum. The local authority that owned the walls put an end to the convention of 35 years that conceded the monument to the private foundation until 2006, the same year as the death of its creator and that of the bicentenary of the architects death. A new history page is opened for the monument, which is declared world patrimony since 1983. Lets just hope that the Royal Saline will continue to be this free port, both far from and opened to the world, where imagination flows in the air. It would be paying a tribute to Claude Nicolas Ledoux putting there territorial intelligence! Bibliography BENTHAM J., 1791, Panoptique ou Maison d'inspection, Paris, Imprimerie nationale, available at http://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/bpt6k114009x.r=panoptique.langFR. CAMPANELLA T. and FIRPO L. (ed. and intr.), 1972 (1623), La Cit du Soleil, Grenve, Droz. FOUCAULT M., 1975, Surveiller et punir. Naissance de la prison, Paris, Gallimard. GALLET M., 1999, Claude Nicolas Ledoux, Paris, Picard. GALLET M. and LEDOUX C. N., 1991, Architecture de Ledoux: indits pour un tome 3, Paris, ditions du demi-cercle. KAUFMANN E., 1933 (1981), Von Ledoux bis Le Corbusier, Vienna. LEDOUX C. N., 1804, L'Architecture considre sous le rapport de l'art, des moeurs et de la lgislation, Paris, L. Perronneau, available at http://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/bpt6k857284.r=Ledoux.langFR. LEDOUX C. N., 1847, L'Architecture considre sous le rapport de l'art, des moeurs et de la lgislation, Paris, D. Rame. LEDOUX C. N., 1997, L'Architecture considre sous le rapport de l'art, des moeurs et de la lgislation, Paris, Hermann. PIRANESI G. B., 1761 (1745), Le Carceri d'Invenzione (The Imaginary Prisons), Rome. VIDLER A., 1987, Ledoux, Paris, Hazan. VITRUVE, 2006 (1673), Les dix livres d'Architecture: De Architectura, traduit par C. Perrault, Paris, ditions Errance.
February 2009, 28th
307 / 653
February 2009, 28th
308 / 653
39
Anticipation and Territory: Does collecting information need citizens?
Philippe HERBAUX Doctor in Information and Communication Sciences, University of Lille, France philippe.herbaux@univ-lille2.fr
Abstract: Anticipating unbalances and threats within a territory most often lies in an ensemble of indicators. A sometimes basic system of information provides the decision-makers with warnings. Yet, a number of risks, either rapid deflagration ones or from quite scattered origins, cannot rely on a symptomatic treatment only but requests collecting from multiple sources beforehand and aiming at a semiological treatment of information evolution. Part of our study on territorial intelligence leads us to think that the processes of anticipation of outbreaks within the territory will tend to be based on collecting methodologies encompassing the participation of ordinary individual. Two observations on air surveillance on the one hand and on biodiversity seasonal evolutions in France on the other show these new enterprises and collective methods of mutualisation of information within the territory in an actors-oriented paradigm. Keywords: Mutualisation, semiology, sustainable development, anticipation.
If, according to Gaston Berger, prospective is an analysis tool of potential futures, its complex use is left to the discretion of scientists. If territory needs to enlighten its possibilities, it also benefits from preserving its patrimonial, economic or non-material capital. The convergence principle does not spare competition from NationStates which cannot translate into Regions nowadays and, eventually, within soil zones industrial, touristy routes, theme parks etc. Thus, information and its treatment are at the centre of anticipation forces for risks and outbreaks in a collective posture termed territorial intelligence. From Latin inter (between) and ligere (link with), the word intelligence does not deny its Indo-European etymological root, leg (gather together) which de facto provides us with its meaning. Applied locally, it thus encourages the demand the link has for creating or developing within territorial information mechanisms. For the past few years, in information transmission processes and in order to get rid of the frame of the user-oriented paradigm (Polity 2000), it has become important that the very nature of information is not seen like a data what is given only, which the user spots in a document or a corpus. Information can also be apprehended like an interpretation process; it then turns into an individual construction within cognitive appropriation, which, in the case of territorial intelligence, gradually shifts into collective construction. Isnt it a translation of another paradigm? actor-oriented paradigm like? In such a case, how is the process to be analysed? For each individual in the group, one may undertake to understand the nature of the transformation of those signs or of spotted clues and mechanisms which can turn it into a conjecture. The latter, subjected to appropriation and validation by the community, would constitute the pillars of a collective construction. Another plausible hypothesis is that information mutualisation activity achieved with the project's partners, takes informational mechanisms into account. In this type of paradigm and in order to
February 2009, 28th
309 / 653
act, the social actor needs to interact with the group, backed by the use of information systems to that end. Nevertheless, both hypotheses constitute the two focals of a same landscape. That of understanding individual mechanisms of translating information to forces of the mediological sort participating in their transmissions. We offer to confront these propositions with the contents of an explorative work led during the first half of 2008, within two local associations with a national audience. These actions combine the tools for scientific research with collecting data realised by the ordinary individual 1. The first one looks at air surveillance in the regions of France and more particularly inside controversial zones within those regions. On top of the existing technological process, it makes sure a number of inhabitants called noses participate in the process of collecting and identifying unpleasant smells within a definite environment. The second one is about all volunteers identified on a national collaborative platform observing plants, trees, birds and insects phenology. To study phenology means to study seasonal rhythms of plant or animal life according to the weather. The results of the collection of such data participate in a large survey on climatic changes led by various groups Tela botanica 2, Crea 3 and the CNRS and INRAs participation. I. Methodology 1. Presentation This work was realised between the second quarter of 2007 and the end of the first half of 2008. Collecting those data required the involvement of individuals and it also benefited from complimentary inputs on websites, blogs and fora dealing with this issue. Two observations made locally spotted the founding elements of those actions and accompanying means. A set of measures taken by the participating members, their geographical origins and their selected favourite topics was enforced. Two interviews with semi-directive dialogues took place with pilots for such actions, on the basis of an interview guide elaborated on the object of the research. A phone survey using the method of questionnaire was also led on nine participants chosen at random. II. TheorETiCAL AND methodologiCAL ASPECTs 1. Epistemological tie They are set into a rather classical triangulation space-actors-time in an evolution perspective of user-oriented paradigm towards a territorial actor-oriented paradigm. Through his notion of public space, Habermas provides the first term; not in his 1962 postulate, now drained to its foundations4, but in an updated declention of this public pace starring the virtual and new implicit cooperations. Wolton (1996) had given a new perspective backing up his articulation with political space and Charaudeau (2005) had specified its discursive evolutions noticed in its new uses. In his proposal for dynamic representations, Lvy (1997) presents a second pressure point by means of his collective intelligence protoparadigm now noticed by Noubel (2007) in the migration of collective intelligences towards one collective intelligence. That is to say the conjunction of knowledge distributed within multiple collectivities and in that environment, the ordering of new technopolitical steps for training, apprenticeship, assessment of knowledge and skills. These proposals are to be coupled with the practice of the grouped putting into speech process as described by Wenger (2002), viz. knowing the actors capacity to mutualise and capitalise their knowledge.
1. 2. 3. 4.
The phrase ordinary individual means any individual randomly chosen from within a population. A network of Francophone botanists grouped together within the Tela Botanica organisation, www.tela-botanica.org. Centre de recherche sur les cosystmes daltitude (Centre for Research on altitude ecosystems, non-profit organisation) http://www.crea.hautesavoie.net. i.e. in the tidal bore place of bourgeois expression meeting civil society expression.
February 2009, 28th
310 / 653
2. Methodology This study was realised between the second quarter of 2007 and the end of the first half of 2008. The data collection benefited from individual interviews as well as from further input that websites, blogs and fora linked with these topics constitute. Two observations managed to single out the founding elements for these actions and the means accompanying them. A set of measures related to the audience involved, of their geographical origin and the chosen favourite themes was implemented. Two interviews with semi directive dialogues were led with these actions pilots on the basis of an interview guide woven on the object of the research. A phone survey using the questionnaire method was realised on nine participants randomly selected. IV. FROM sign TO decision 1. Signs and time-space Signs get particular attention from De Saussure (1922) in the field of linguistics, particularly in societal situations and he says: semiology studies the life of signs within social life. Barthes had illustrated a few dimensions of the sign that constitutes information. As soon as he returned from Japan, his work, Lempire des signes (Empire of Signs, 1970), was about to give a new impulse to semiology and fertilise the previously ploughed fields of research anew. The sign is only a sign as long as there is an agent, i.e. someone interpreting it and considered an information-bearer, De Saussure says. Signs are sometimes mistaken for the signified according to the structural translation which can be made in linguistics; as it happens, in that field, it constitutes one of the main contributions Peirces pragmatic semiotics. Most often, the interpretation of signs is personal and varied, except when it is the attribute of a shared culture (religious, Masonic, technical, philosophical signs etc.). As an example and in a more prosaic manner, the symbols expressing the recommendations of the highway code are the signs of a culture shared by drivers and road users. Here, the signifying sign and the matching decision kin are a prerequisite for entry in that community (the highway code examination). If information is necessary to the decision peculiar to anticipation, one may wonder if the decision-maker must satisfy him-/herself waiting for validated, formalised and public information in order to make his/her decision; in such a case, it will provide him/her with precise information but in a fashion dramatically too late. Therefore, action at news, and even sign, level is necessary in order to hope to participate in the elaboration of that information. Time and the construction of information are correlated. If information formally manifests itself, the price to pay is tragic time for maturation for the judicious decision most of the time (see Fig. 1). Figure 1: Construction of information
DU SIGNE l INFORMATION
FORT
Information tablie
Information
EMERGENT
nouvelle Signe/ indice
FAIBLE Prsent Pass formalis Pass rcent
TEMPS
Futur proche
Fig 2 : Gense de linformation
Source: P. Herbaux, 2007.
Making signs stand out is a constant glance on the insignificant, but what is the insignificant? Insignificant: that which does not mean anything says the dictionary (Robert, 2001). Senses are not
February 2009, 28th
311 / 653
resorted to by any signifier. Yet, the object, be it sign or symbol, may acquire meaning; it then becomes the indication of an individual representation. The insignificant has relative value in regards to the individual charge it is given, says Barthes. In terms of perceived risk, the uninformed inhabitant of the territory turns into a passive observer of the insignificant. A territorial intelligence system can thus make the actor of the local evolve from a function of receptacle to that of recipient. Thus, the interpretation of a signs possibilities starts as closely as possible to reception. Given the importance of the population concerned, visual angles and individual experiences a reduced sign treatment exists such as shared resolution programmes confided to thousands of inviduals computers throughout the world can be. The territory endows itself with a mechanism of sustainable anticipation thanks to a continuous mutualisation system of the insignificant as information between inhabitants. This is an evolution of the culture of organisations. 2. From the technocratic concept to the collaborative concept In its administrative dimension, the territory is most often subjected to a political decision forced to proposed orientations by numerous partners (elected representatives, communities, social agents, media or even groups with various interests). Conjecture and therefore opinion construction modalities yet rely on a collection of multiple data from which a few main pressure points can be spotted: - territorial databases - statistics treatment - GIS (geographical information system) - media production - computerised management system - Etc. All of that information abound or refute hypotheses which provide with one or more conjectures necessary for the decision (see Fig. 2). Figure 2: Emergence of the territorial decision
Decision Conjectures Hypotheses Data collection
Database Statistics GIS Management Media Etc.
Source: P. Herbaux.
Most of the time, the latter then establishes itself on the priority conjecture affected by surrounding constraints pressures caused by personalities pressure groups. Can it be said that the decision then made is the best answer to conservation, if not extension, of territorial heritage? Authorisations to build in areas subjected to floods, which used to be given by some elected officials, show the opposite. If the technocratic construction of conjectures is being subjected to further input made up of a continuous collection of signs and indicators, we introduce a crossing made up of the individual input of the ordinary individuals observations. Thus, the hypothesis is shaped by the conjunction of par-
February 2009, 28th
312 / 653
ticipation between formal information and signs, between established data and indicators (see Fig. 3), thus establishing a sort of diachronic grammar of the upcoming event. This cross-over characteristic may constitute further interference, i.e. a piling up of each piece of information but turns into the consultant of all the data offered by the afore-mentioned pressure points being put into perspective. Our statement is illustrated by reporting about two budding achievements attaching itself to develop the notion of anticipation and proactivity, resorting to the ordinary individual. Both these devices have authority to association and to national audience and they combine tools for scientific research with a vast data collection realised by what I would term the ordinary individual. The former looks at air surveillance and its unpleasant drifis by a group of local volunteers. The second device, a partner of GIEC (Intergovernmental Group on Climate Evolution) is of interest for the observation by all citizens, thanks to a national collaborative platform for plant, tree, bird and insect phenology5. Figure 3: Collaborative emergence of the territorial decision
Decision Conjectures Hypotheses Data collection Ordinary individual Datab ase
Statistics GIS
Media Manage ment
Source: P. Herbaux.
V. Observations 1. Atmo Picardie In France, Atmo Picardie is a structure in charge of the surveillance of air quality for the Picardie region, encompassing the dpartements (or counties) of Somme (Amiens), Aisne (Chauny, St Quentin) and Oise (Creil). This structure gives out an indicator of air quality for the towns concerned. Three codes of colours, ranging from green, for a satisfying air quality, to orange, for mediocre air quality, and red for a bad air quality, present a indicating scale from 1 to 10 broadcasted daily to the public. Apart from ozone, hydrogen dioxide concentration and polluting particles concentration (< 10 micrometres) are particularly sought. The drift in the rates leads the Prfet (or chief of police) to take conservatory measures upon still or mobile sources (reducing traffic, actions upon emission origins, public information etc.). To this day, despite many existing captors, there is no measuring device capable of following certain smelly molecules in the environment, considered unpleasant by residents of the emission zones (e.g. industrial zones). Please notice that the notion of toxic risk is limited since polluting and dangerous products forbidden by law are already spotted by electronic captors; nevertheless, the permanence of undesirable smells may be considered a threat to indivudal well-being. Following Atmo Picardies initiative, a network of volunteer captor citizens, whom journalists nicknamed northern noses, set itself up as an olfactory watchdog system. According to our data collection, the presence of a few company officials among the fifty or so registered volunteers is evidence of the interest they feel as citizens and their care to act in an anticipative way within their framework.
5.
The study of phenology is the study seasonal rhythms in the life of a plant or an animal according to climate.
February 2009, 28th
313 / 653
During the last quarter of 2007 and the first of 2008, a biweekly training aimed at learning and spotting fifty or so isolated smells and their multiple combinations. The typology of this field of odours is established in a way specific to the environment in order to watch and to potential pollution sources. It is implemented under a referent laboratory control6. Thus, five poles of odours have been defined in a virtual space limited by five families of molecules (amines7, pinene, citral8, pyrazine and DMDS 9) As soon as they start training, each volunteer takes daily data collection in specific field of odours within n urban or suburban zone. This does not prevent from occasionally multiply notes in moves outside the collection zones. The results expected through that watch by the ordinary individual should allow to establish a cartography of polluting emissions and their evolution over time, thanks to a GIS 10. The transmission of information usually happens under several modes: meetings, text messages, fax and phone. An interactive platform, accessible on the net and over the phone (voice mail) is currently being studied. In this example, the data collection phase only is solicited. Information being put into perspective depends on the institution which has the last say on a return to volunteers conclusions. Access to maps and pollution evolutions make up a sort of virtual appointment of individual investment, according to some participants. Nevertheless, it can be observed that so far this device limits the notion of coaction (collection, mutualisation, treatment, transmission). Involve citizens in data interpretation constitutes a second step according to the action pilot. Yet, the difficulty of the device seems to lie in the durability of the volunteers action. The construction of a mutualised management of knowledge seems slowed down by the turn over noticed by participants (30% over 6 months); the main reasons evoked for these abandonments are the lack of availability related to the training follow-up mainly11; the difficulty of the training is put forward as the second reason. Moreover, that community of practices usually dislikes being subjected into a system of formal functioning, excessively organised in favour of a liberty process otherwise of lesser constraint. The observation of the construction communities of knowledge by Wenger had headed towards a dynamic process of the group, those hesitations he considers necessary and constitute compulsory evolutions of that construction to him. Among others, he reduced these steps down to seven progressive phases (Wenger, 2002). We think that fitting this experiment into a quadrennial programme would allow to progressively set up the hard core of volunteers and to establish a regional network fully using the resources of a TIS (territorial information system). Reactive, proactive and anticipative logics then could fully express themselves according to the following triptych (Fig. 4): Figure 4: Action states facing rupture
Event
Anticipative state
Proactif state
Reactive state
Mutualisation ordinary individual + experts
Collection Experts + technology.
Fireman effect
Source: P. Herbaux.
IAP SENTIC research department in Evreux, specialised in olfactory expertise (environment, food industry, perfumery etc.). 7. Among which the rotten egg odour hydrogen sulphide. 8. Among which limonen with a citrus smell (citral and pinene family). 9. Dimethyl sulphide with a carrion smell (fertiliser). 10. GIS: geographic information system which can be seen by cartography most of the time multilayered. 11. Each participant lives less than 10 minutes away from the training centre; this constitutes one of the selection criteria for selecting volunteers. 6.
February 2009, 28th
314 / 653
2. Seasonal observatory The field of environment is not left out. The CNRS (National Centre for Scientific Research), the INRA (National Institute for Agronomical Research) and a few associative structures implemented the ODS 12 (Seasonal Observatory). This operation occurs throughout the year and offers anyone in France to take part in a scientific research programme. These works are based on the alarm climatologists pulled about ten years ago concerning climate change on global scale. The analyses produced contribute to feed the IPCC (intergovernmental panel on climate change)13. Each volunteers contribution may be slightly time-consuming and forces him/her to a regular and precise commitment. By joining the electronic platform, the citizen commits to observe and report on-line all of these observations of the evolution of wildlife and flora over the seasons. The method is ancient; as early as the mid-19th century, a sort of phenological observation norm in each county, piloted by what was then called the Ministry of Public Instruction. In the present instance of the Seasonal Observatory, a simple protocol established by scientists allows everyone to collect an ensemble of signs which will be analysed and put into perspective by laboratories. From North to South and East to West, the quest for evolution modifying signs is done by hundreds of volunteers in real time (Fig. 5). The observatory then exchange with different researchers who can then refine the field of research. Figure 5: Mashup of participants in 2008
Source: ODS.
When asked about their motivations for joining this network, some contributors mainly mention their care for curiosity, alterity and pride to participate in this programme with a globaphobe essence. Attendance is a constant put forward by participants over a quarter of whom also take part in other data-collection networks. Curiosity and attendance themes may be put together with the sought after return on investment issue. It seems that frequent reports given to participants, whose conclusive content is submitted to the IPCC, participate in an effective recognition of their on-site collection. That would constitute some sort of symbolical remuneration for provided commitments. Through our surveys, it appears that this form of cyberculture catches an audience yearning to get out of the conventional work group frame. Levy (1997a, p. 154) says that typology of public expresses the aspiration to constructing a social link not founded on institutional or power relationships but in association centred round common interests. Beyond this collectively completed data collection, we observe a cohabitation and crossing of various expertises: - individual and collective,
12. ODS: http://www.obs-saisons.fr as of 05/06/08. 13. GIEC (Groupe Inter-gouvernemental dExperts sur le Changement climatique): http://www.ipcc.ch/.
February 2009, 28th
315 / 653
- beginner and asserted, - profane and scientific It is not a question of mistaking genres but, postulating, rather of the aptitude to consider the other, the ordinary individual, like a potential actor in a local or extended process. In the case of the Seasonal Observatory and whereas the territorial field of observation is pushed to national limits, we may state that this mutualisation of information participate in a process of territorial intelligence. Lvy (1997a) says there is no transcending knowledge tank and knowledge is nothing more than what people know. Among the few volunteers who were asked, a great interest for knowledge capitalisation offered by the Seasonal Observatory programme is observed. It appears that this possibility to access knowledge offers actors a baggage or some sort of seed apt to favour new fields of curiosity14 and in the present case, more particularly in the sustainable development (observation of the transformation of organic waste, of selected waste habits, of supposed and verified performances of the habitat declared in high environmental quality). In this collective operation, together with Noubel (2004), we notice that there is a migration of collective intelligences towards a collective intelligence; not in the fusion of individual intelligences but in the recognition of singularities a few attributes of which can be distinguished within the Seasonal Obervatory operation: a) autonomy of individuals, creators of meaning, b) emancipation of a subjective space freed from state and economic constraints, c) decentralisation of knowledge and powers, d) aggregation of small exchange units. The logic of sign mutualisation which presides over the functioning of the Seasonal Observatory system exists in other countries too: blossom operation in New Brunswick, apfelbltenland (apple tree blossom) operation in Germany and more recently in 2008 in Sweden, Svenska fenologintverket operation (Swedish phenological research). Yet, this rationalisation of information mutualisation usually is correlated to internet usage; but the equipment rate in France and in Europe, still fluctuating still, puts even more limits to a balance representativity. The extension of public equipments and emerging years and generations will gradually erase this technological entry pass to turn sign mutualisation into one of the tools of territorial anticipation. Conclusion Beyond technical experiments led by experts and specialists, the territory develops new approaches of knowledge management. Among other things, they are based on the multiplication of information collection and its display to ordinary individual. If the programmes frame and protocols naturally belong to the scientific domain, mixing scientists and territorys inhabitants to data interpretation is a way to develop. Participating in mutualised data collection makes inhabitants go from a passive state to that of judge voter, actor of local governance. Citizens ought to be further associated to collected signs being put into perspective and thus give them back their part in the local orchestra. This collaborative concept, a tool for governance, lifts citizens Von Reibnitz says from an ignoring certainty to a thought uncertainty. Bibliography BERTACCHINI Y., GIRARDOT J.-J. et GRAMACCIA G., 2006, De lintelligence territoriale, thorie, posture, hypothse et dfinition, Actes du Ve colloque TIC et territoire, 9 et 10 juin 2006, Besanon, Laboratoire Thma, Universit de Besanon. BARTHES R., 1970, LEmpire des signes, Genve, Skira. CHARAUDEAU P., 2005, Les discours politiques, les masques du pouvoir, Paris, d. Vuibert. GARDRE E et GARDRE J.-P., 2008, Dmocratie participative et communication territoriale, Paris, LHarmattan. GNREUX J., 2006, La dissocit, Paris, ditions du Seuil. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2004, Intelligence Territoriale et participation, ISDM, n 16, art. n 161. LE COADIC Y., 1997, Usages et usagers de l'information, Paris, A. Colin.
14. The correlation between events requires an exploring investigation founded on a representative sample.
February 2009, 28th
316 / 653
PAILLIART I., 1993, Les territoires de la communication, Grenoble, Presse universitaire de Grenoble. POLITY Y., 2000, L'volution des paradigmes dans le domaine de la recherche d'information, Communication au groupe de travail, Thories et Pratiques scientifiques (TPS) de la SFSIC, le 3 mars 2000, http://www.iut2.upmf-grenoble.fr/RI3/TPS_paradigmes.htm. PROULX S. and VITALIS A., 1999, Vers Une Citoyennet simule. Mdias, rseaux et mondialisation. Rennes, ditions Apoge. TTU J.-F., 1995, Lespace public et ses mdiations, Herms, n 17, Paris, Editions du CNRS, p. 287-298. LVY P., 1997a, Cyberculture, Paris, d. O. Jacob. LVY P., 1997b, Lintelligence collective, pour une anthropologie du cyberespace, Ivry-sur-Seine, La Dcouverte. MASSELOT C., 2006, Systmes d'information territoriaux et politiques sociales: quand l'observation territoriale s'empare du net, Actes du 15e Colloque de la Socit Franaise des Sciences de l'Information et de la Communication, Bordeaux, mai 2006. MUSSO P., 2005, Relation entre conomie de la connaissance et territoire, Sminaire de la Datar (dlgation lamnagement du territoire et laction rgionale), Lille. NOUBEL J.-F., 2004, Intelligence collective, la rvolution invisible, available at www.the transitionner.org, accessed June 2008. WENGER E., 2002, Knowledge Management Takes Community Spirit, Revue CIA Insight, n 47, 15 mai 2002, p. 44. WOLTON D., 1996, Espace public, un concept retravailler, Revue tudes, fvrier 1996, p.187198.
February 2009, 28th
317 / 653
February 2009, 28th
318 / 653
40
Concept of Territorial Intelligence: Contributions of the Council of Europe (47 member states, Strasbourg)
Territorial Intelligence should integrate global Public Goods (UN/UNDP) and Cultural Objectives(council of Europe) 1
Annie HUMBERT-DROZ SWEZEY Lecturer in Information and Communication Sciences, nuclear physicist CERN Geneva, Expert with the Council of Europe, Territorial Collectivities Laboratory, University of Orlans, France annie.humbert-droz-swezey@univ-orleans.fr
Abstract: The question here is to see how the concept of territorial intelligence may change in light of ideas put into practice in recent years by international organizations, and now constantly evolving by their application in various European or global territorialisation processes (social and economic, environmental, strategic, virtual, etc.). These new fundamental concepts are recognized in common by the Council of Europe, the United Nations and UNESCO in the writing of Conventions or common Directives, and in territorialisation processes: based on territorial economic intelligence, first example, by putting the economy of the territories into networks by putting forward the concept of Global Public Good (UN/UNDP) that gives priority to Global Public Goods according to the Millennium Development Objectives (MDO) a United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), priorities to fighting poverty and famine or fighting inequalities of sex and resources, priorities to education, health networks, priorities to environmental preservation, employment, equitable trade, democratic governance, etc. or based on strategic intelligence, second example, in management and prevention of conflicts in Europe, by putting forward the concept of cultural democracy that maintains the cultural diversity of the populations, the intercultural and inter-religious dialogue, according to the principles of the European Council. These concepts impact territorial development, in particular the Regions. These recent ideas provide a common basis for thought on a new concept of territorial intelligence for which we will try to give a definition, a concept already entered into application by the Regions of Europe and the world through reinforcement of their ties with the UN/UNDP since 2007. Territorial intelligence is analyzed in light of the four founding principles of the Council of Europe (the Great Europe of 47 member States), which are the Human Rights (concept of Global Public Good) and democracy (Democratic Governance); social cohesion; intercultural and inter-religious dialogue (concept of Cultural Democracy); the European peace and security space (Culture of Peace). Here, the question is Global Public Good (origin: UN/UNDP), Cultural Democracy (origin: Council of Europe); but also the ideas of Ethical Economics and Nethics ethics of the Net (origins: UNESCO). Keywords: Cultural Democracy (origin: Council of Europe), cultural diversity (origin: UNESCO & Council of Europe), cultural rights (origin: Council of Europe), Culture of Peace (origin: Council of Europe), Democratic Governance (origin: UN), economic intelligence, Ethical Economics (origin: UNESCO), GPG Global Public Good (origin: UN/UNDP), intercultural and inter-faith dialogue (origin: UNESCO & Council of Europe), MDGs Millennium Development Goals (origin: UN/UNDP), Nethics (origin: UNESCO), territorial intelligence.
1. Copyright: Council of Europe and author. Intellectual property of concepts developed by the author recognized by Council of Europe contract n 176/03 in October 2003.
February 2009, 28th
319 / 653
The question here is to see how the concept of territorial intelligence may change in light of ideas put into practice in recent years by international organizations, and now constantly evolving by their application in various European or global territorialisation processes (social and economic, environmental, strategic, virtual, etc.). These new fundamental concepts are recognized in common by the Council of Europe, the United Nations and UNESCO in the writing of Conventions or common Directives, and in territorialisation processes: - based on territorial economic intelligence, first example, by putting the economy of the territories into networks by putting forward the concept of Global Public Good (UN/UNDP) that gives priority to Global Public Goods like drinking water networks, health and primary education networks, UN and UNESCO programmes, etc. - or based on strategic intelligence, second example, in management and prevention of conflicts in Europe, by putting forward the concept of Cultural Democracy that maintains the cultural diversity of the populations, a programme of the Council of Europe. These recent concepts impact the European Union and territorial intelligence, in particular. They provide a common basis for thought to the concept of territorial intelligence, for which we will attempt to give a new definition. Territorial intelligence is analyzed in light of the four founding principles of the Council of Europe, that is based on : 1) Human Rights (concept of "Global Public Good") and democracy ; 2) "social cohesion ; 3) intercultural and inter-religious dialogue (concept of Cultural Democracy); 4) European Security and Peace Space attached to a new idea of Culture of Peace.The question here is thus "global public good" (UN/UNDP origin) and "cultural democracy" (Council of Europe origin), but also the ideas of "Ethical Economics" and "Nethics", ethics of the Net (UNESCO origins). I. UN/UNDP Origin of GPG, Global Public Good To define the idea of Global Public Good, the UN first defined what public good is in economics, and then what a global public is, this latter concept being where the Council of Europe made its contribution. Global Public Goods were defined at the turn of the Millennium in 2000 when the UN set the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) for the Planet. 1. Public Good according to the UN Public Good, as opposed to Private Good, can be consumed and used simultaneously by a great many people. These goods are characterized by non-rivalry the consumption of a good by an individual does not prevent its consumption by another and by non-exclusion no one can be excluded from the consumption of this good, according to Inge KAUL, head of the GPG dossier at the UN for the United Nations Development Programmes (UNDP) (see 1. single bibliographic UN-UNDP reference, 1999, KAUL I., GRUNBERG I. & STERN M.A., Global Public Goods). 2. Global Public according to the UN and the Council of Europe Global Public encompasses States, national populations and local players (see 1. KAUL I., GRUNBERG I. & STERN M.A., 1999, Global Public Goods). It is thus primordial to associate nations with non-governmental non-profit local players and the populations, in a spirit of social cohesion principle no. 2 of the Council of Europe to be reinforced for better democratic governance of the territory; and in a spirit of intercultural and inter-faith dialogue principle no. 3 of the Council of Europe, for a territorial strategy leading to a Culture of Peace principle no. 4. 3. Concept of Global Public Good according to the UN and the Council of Europe Global Public Goods principle no. 1 of the Council of Europe belongs to the domain of ethical economics and thus joins the question of Human Rights (see 2. UNITED NATIONS ORGANISATION, 1948), a priority question at the UN and the Council of Europe. It is not a matter of inventing a new term, but of defining the priorities in matters of citizens rights, for the purpose of founding a territorial intelligence and strategy on ethical bases. UNESCO, a branch of the UN (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization), sees GPG as humanization of globalization and of the Information Society with a view toward sustainable development integrating preservation of the environment, with Mankind being at the centre of this arrangement. So for the UN, it is a matter of preserving both Mankind and its natural environment, a prime element of a strategy of local, regional, and international territories.
February 2009, 28th
320 / 653
II. Millenium Goals for enriched development by intercultural dialogue According to the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), the UN laid down in 2000 at the turn of the Millennium in its United Nations Development Programmes (see 3. UNDP Website), the first thing is to satisfy the primary needs of Humanity in order to take better account of Human Dignity (UN, UNESCO & Council of Europe). Taking care of vital needs is not enough to ensure social cohesion and social and national peace. We must also be concerned for peoples and individuals cultures and keep up an intercultural and inter-faith dialogue respecting their rights and integrating them into a policy of Cultural Democracy in Europe (Council of Europe), to avoid the clash of civilizations (see 4. HUNTINGTON S. P., The clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order, 1996). 1. Millennium goals becoming Global Public Goods The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) correspond to some ten priorities, among which are primary needs such as: 1) reducing extreme poverty, famine and malnutrition in the world. "On the horizon of 2015 and beyond, there is no doubt that we can achieve the ultimate objective: we can eliminate poverty. But that calls for an unswerving, collective and long-term effort" (see 3. UNDP Website, Declaration of September 25th, 2008 at the UN in New York by BAN KI-Moon, Secretary General of the United Nations, 2008 Report on the Millennium Goals for Development on line); 2) ensure primary education for all; 3) tend toward equality of the sexes and autonomy of women; 4) 5) 6) achieve health goals by reducing infant mortality, improving maternal health, fighting malaria and HIV of AIDS and other diseases; 7) preserving a sustainable environment (air, water, fauna, flora, earth, landscape) by fighting climatic change without mentioning environmental standards of rich countries that cost a great deal; establish a global partnership for drinking water distribution, etc. 8) institute a global partnership for development with the priority of fighting unemployment among youth; developing international trade and non-discriminatory financial systems; 9) advance democratic governance of the territories, etc. These nine goals (see 3. UNDP Website, 2008 Report on Millennium Goals for development on line), covering the primary needs of Mankind: nutrition, primary education, equality and autonomy of women, health, fighting climatic change and drinking water, global partnership for development with the priority of fighting unemployment among youth, developing international trade and non-discriminatory financial systems, democratic governance, were declared Global Public Goods for the centuries to come, as long as they are not resolved. The first GPG that the UN will consider is primary education and its large scale implementation on the horizon of 2015. 2. Necessary intercultural and inter-faith dialogue UNESCO and the Council of Europe are endeavoring by all means to establish the dialogue among cultures, if possible to avoid the clash of civilizations, as we have already said (see 4. Huntington S. P., The clash of civilizations and the remaking of world order, 1996). Because cultural rights are still lagging behind and are poorly defended. All that exists today, beyond the Universal Declaration of Human Rights on the international level are the Declaration on Cultural Diversity of UNESCO/Council of Europe (see 5. UNESCO/Council of Europe, 2001) and the Convention for the promotion and protection of cultural expressions (see 6. UNESCO, 2005). According to the Council of Europe in its Declaration of OPATIJA in October 2003, ratified in Strasbourg by the 47 Ministers of Culture of the Greater Europe, cultural diversity is at two levels: 1. intra-state diversity, which refers to respect for cultural rights, tolerance, political and cultural pluralism and the acceptance of otherness; and 2. inter-state diversity that corresponds to the principle of equality between otherwise dignified cultures. Cultural divergences amongst individuals of various communities should not be considered as harmful to the construction of a collective project that requires on the contrary considering the differences and respect of otherness. Cultural diversity, synonym for exchanges, makes it possible to combat autarky generating closure and xenophobia (see 7. Council of Europe, Declaration of OPATIJA, 2003).
February 2009, 28th
321 / 653
European citizens should thus be made aware of the wealth of diversity, all the more so as the globalization of exchanges is inconceivable without respecting it (see 7.). Cultural diversity integrates the complementary existence between the universal and the singular, for the intercultural dialogue to be lived as an enrichment. It produces not only new types of social relations nourished by migrations and reinforced by exchange processes, but also new forms of multicultural identity (Council of Europe). The expression intercultural dialogue can be defined as the instruments used to promote and protect cultural democracy (idea of the Council of Europe) and also as the tangible and intangible elements that can favor cultural diversity, which are the individual or collective identities and the new forms of multi-cultural identity. 3. Instituting a "Cultural Democracy" (Council of Europe) and a "Culture of Peace For the Council of Europe, the intercultural dialogue is necessarily part of the principles of freedom of thought, of conscience, of religion, of expression, of meeting, of association and of nondiscrimination, principles defined in articles 9, 10, 11 and 14 of the European Convention of Human Rights (see 8. Council of Europe, 1950). The intercultural dialogue goes in the fundamental sense of social cohesion. The citizens of the 47 member States of the Greater Europe live in a cultural democracy where we try to respect their cultural rights, which are those stated previously. At this beginning of the Third Millennium, the multiplication of social and political conflicts in Europe, exacerbated in recent years by putting forward cultural differences, illustrates the urgency of a Culture of Peace in the terms of the Council of Europe. III. The new concept of Territorial Intelligence proposed integrates the millennium goals (UN/GPG) and cultural goals(Council of Europe) Because of the trend in the worlds economic and strategic data, because of globalization, of the Information Society and changes in economic, social, strategic practices notably to e-commerce and the Net economy, the UN, UNESCO and the Council of Europe are working ceaselessly together on new concepts to face a world in perpetual motion facing the 2008 International Financial Crisis. The meeting of September 25th, 2008 on The Millennium Development Goals (MDG) at the UN in New York was the time to announce at the highest political level that governments are determined to strengthen the world partnership for development according to the Millennium Goals for development. The first step is the International Conference on Tracking the Financing of Development (see 3. UNDP Website) of Doha November 29th to December 2nd, 2008. So it goes without saying that, starting in 2008, any territory development enterprise calling upon economic intelligence and strategic intelligence must integrate the Global Public Goods that are the MDGs, according to the UN/UNDP, and must take into consideration cultural diversity and intercultural and inter-faith dialogue, according to the Council of Europe. Such is the new concept of territorial intelligence that I propose. 1. Territorial intelligence and GDG/GPG: reinforcement of ties between Regions of Europe and the world and UN/UNDP since 2007 More than a thousand delegates from the five continents met in Marseille on March 6th, 2007 for the first International Convention for a Territorial Approach to Development. The goal was to bring out the synergy that results from the expert assessment of the Regions of Europe and the world in matters of development, and that of the United Nations. It is thus a matter of tying territorial intelligence and strategic intelligence in with the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and with Global Public Goods through reinforcement of the ties between regional and local powers of the Regions of Europe and the world and UN/UNDP, and through various levels of institutional, international, governmental, national, regional and local interventions. Fighting poverty and gender and resource inequalities in poor or emerging countries, better preserving the environment, health, education, employment, equitable trade, democratic governance, etc. by energizing by innovative international cooperation the land development on the economic, social, environmental and institutional levels taken in their fullness, such are the stakes of this new cooperation. By this fact, several partnership agreements were signed been the UN/UNDP and various European, Latin American, African and Mediterranean Regions. According to Bruce Jenks, Under-Secretary General of the United Na-
February 2009, 28th
322 / 653
tions, Assistant Administrator of the UNDP (see 3.),The Regions have a major role to play to meet these challenges In a globalized world, the Regions must establish a dialogue amongst themselves, but they must also work in concert with the United Nations. Regional policy in Europe has become an engine for development and the UNDP would like to transfer this experience to the scale of developing countries. 2. Territorial intelligence: the new concept integrates cultural diversity and relies on Cultural Democracy" and Culture of Peace" (Council of Europe) On the level of territorial intelligence, to comply with a certain ethics of the economy (ethical economics UNESCO origin, equitable trade, non-discriminatory international trade and financial systems UN/UNDP/GPG) and a certain Internet ethics in a globalized economy (Nethics UNESCO origin), one of the founding principles of the Council of Europe should be implemented, which is cultural diversity and intercultural and inter-faith dialogue. Cultural diversity is, moreover, an enrichment of economic practices. On the level of strategic intelligence, this is also primordial, and cultural, inter-cultural and inter-faith diversity to prevent and avoid conflicts. Taking Cultural Democracy as a foundation that respects the cultural rights of each individual or population or ethnic group, and on a "Culture of Peace" if possible, according to the very terms of the Council of Europe, remains vital to the whole process of territorial intelligence and strategic intelligence. Conclusion In conclusion, the concepts of territorial intelligence and strategic intelligence must change to anticipate the change and integrate the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) as Global Public Goods (GPG) and the cultural diversity of the populations. In particular, the vision of new generations to come must be taken into account. New generations must have priority treatment according to the Millennium Goals on the levels of poverty and gender and resource inequalities, environment, health, education and employment, since Youth is the future of Humanity Bibliography KAUL I., GRUNBERG I. & S TERN M.A., 1999, Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century, New York, United Nations Development Programmes, Oxford University Press. KAUL I, ONU/PNUD (Every two months in Paris/UNESCO). Director Office of Development Studies UNDP United Nations Development Programme 336 East 45th Street, UH-401, NEW YORK, NY 10017; Phone: 212 906 5064 ; Fax. : 212 906 5657; Mail: inge.kaul@undp.org; Website: www.undp.org/ods UNITED NATIONS ORGANISATION, U.N.O., (1948), Universal Declaration of Human Rights, New York, U.N. Publications, http://www.undp.org, Millennium Development Goals & Global Public Goods; french version also. HUNTINGTON Samuel P., 1997, The Clash of Civilizations and the Remaking of World Order, New York, Simon & Schuster, 1996. UNESCO & COUNCIL OF EUROPE/CONSEIL de lEUROPE, 2001, Declaration on Cultural Diversity/ Dclaration sur la diversit culturelle, Paris & Strasbourg, UNESCO Publications/Council of Europe Publications. UNESCO, 2005, Convention on the Promotion and Protection of the Diversity of Cultural Expressions/ Convention sur la promotion et la protection de la diversit des expressions culturelles, Paris, UNESCO Publications. COUNCIL OF EUROPE/ CONSEIL DE LEUROPE, 2003, Opatija Declaration on Intercultural Dialogue and Conflict Prevention/ Dclaration sur le dialogue interculturel et la prvention des conflits, OPATIJA, Republic of Croatia, October 22nd, 2003, Referential texts OPATIJA: European Convention on Human Rights/ Convention europenne des Droits de lHomme (Articles numbers 9, 10, 11 et 14), Roma, November 4th, 1950, Strasbourg, Council of Europe Publications. European Cultural Convention/Convention culturelle europenne, 1954, Paris, Council of Europe Publications, December 19th, 1954. European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages/ Charte europenne des langues rgionales et minoritai-
February 2009, 28th
323 / 653
res, 1992, Strasbourg, November 5th, 1992, Council of Europe Publications. Framework Convention for the Protection of National Minorities Convention cadre pour la protection des minorits nationales, (1995), Strasbourg, February 1st, 1995, Council of Europe Publications. European Social Charter/Charte sociale europenne, (1996, 1961) Torino, May 3rd, 1996 & October 18th, 1961, Council of Europe Publications. Declaration on Cultural Diversity of Council of Europe/Dclaration du Conseil de lEurope sur la diversit culturelle, (2000) Strasbourg, December 7th, 2000, Council of Europe Publications. Final Declaration 3rd Ministerial Conference on Francophonys Culture/Dclaration finale 3e Confrence ministrielle sur la culture de la Francophonie, (2001), Cotonou, June 15th, 2001. Olympias Charter/Charte dOlympie, 2001, Refounding Culture Conference, Athens, Sept. 23rd 2001. Declaration on Cultural Diversity/ Dclaration sur la diversit culturelle, (2001), Paris & Strasbourg, November 2nd, 2001, Council of Europe & UNESCO Publications. COUNCIL OF EUROPE/ CONSEIL de lEUROPE, 1950, European Convention on Human Rights/ Convention europenne des Droits de lHomme (Articles numbers 9, 10, 11 et 14), Roma, November 4th, 1950, Strasbourg, Council of Europe Publications.
February 2009, 28th
324 / 653
41
Industrial Ecology, an Innovative Approach serving Spatial Planning: the Example of the Tool PRESTEO (A Program to Research Synergies on a Territory)
Florian JULIEN-SAINT-AMAND PhD student in Geography and Town and Country Planning CIFRE, University of Toulouse-Le Mirail, France florian.julien-saint-amand@systemes-durables.com Patricia LE MONNER Research and Development Scientist in industrial Ecology, Systmes durables, Auterive, France patricia.le-moenner@systemes-durables.com
Abstract: Industrial ecology is an interdisciplinary framework for designing and operating industrial systems as living systems interdependent with natural systems. This paper presents industrial ecology and its relevant territorial echoes. Our goal is to take advantage of these through the development of PRESTEO and the exploration of the cross-over between industrial ecology and social sciences such as spatial planning and territorial intelligence. Keywords: Industrial ecology, territory, territorial metabolism, spatial planning, sustainable development, tool.
This paper aims at presenting the researches conducted by the company Systmes Durables and the University of Toulouse II-Le Mirail in the field of Industrial Ecology and Territorial Sciences. Industrial ecology is an interdisciplinary framework for designing and operating industrial systems as living systems interdependent with natural systems. The word industrial does not only refer to industrial complexes but more generally to how humans use natural resources in the production of goods and services. This article deals with the genesis of the concept of industrial ecology and with how industrial ecology leads to the central concept of territory. Then it focuses on two particular means offered by industrial ecology that fits territorial needs. A conclusion and perspectives of future works end this paper. I. Genesis of the industrial ecology concept One of the central principles of industrial ecology is the view that societal and technological systems are bounded within the biosphere, and do not exist outside of it. Ecology is used as a metaphor due to the observation that natural systems reuse materials and have a largely closed loop cycling of nutrients. Industrial ecology approaches problems with the hypothesis that by using similar principles as natural systems, industrial systems can be improved to reduce their impact on the natural environment as well. If individual industrial ecology acts had always been practiced as a result of common sense decisions, in the 1970s; a conceptualization of industrial ecology started to emerge. Erkman (Erkman, 1997) helps us to understand the construction of this notion during the last 40 years.
February 2009, 28th
325 / 653
This author describes the most important movements he noticed in his historical exploration of industrial ecology. 1. The 70s original soup A first boiling point happens in the 1970s during which a few approaches developed concurrently and rather independently. In the theoretical field, systems ecologists were naturally among the first ones to perceive industrial systems as ecosystems. Studies of biogeochemical cycles, of regulation and interaction mechanisms with biosphere could clearly be pursued on these particular sets of living beings. In a more public intellectual field, the 1972 United Nations Conference on Human Environment started stimulating various organizations and persons. Among them was Robert Frosh, then a collaborator of United Nations Environment Program (UNEP) director. The main concerns here were practical and society oriented such as waste management, pollution control and material values. During these years natural world became a preoccupation and a topic of discussion. Coupling the environmental management questions of UNEP to this ambient context turned also into a path to industrial ecology. The last significant movement of the 1970s happened in Japan. It had a very pragmatic and economy driven approach. Alerted by the huge cost of industrialization on the environment, the Ministry of International Trade and Industry (MITI), set up in the late 1960s an independent group to tackle this problem. Gathering experts of various domains, including consumer organization representatives, the mission was clearly to come up with alternatives to an economy dependant on physical resources. One main idea was to further develop the role of information and knowledge as wealth. A working group entitled industry-ecology was created after a first global state of the art. Though considered intellectually interesting the results of this group were not extended after 1973. Nevertheless basis of ecology were retained by MITI, with special emphasis on energy. Japan started big technological projects in the field of renewable energy. It was also the start of technological dynamics as grounding of Japanese approach. 2. The crystallization into industrial ecology In the 1980s another, yet isolated, movement of industrial ecology occurred in Belgium. Inspired after The Limits to Growth (the Medows report to the Club of Rome), a group of six individuals with mixed backgrounds (biology, chemistry, economy) conducted a free-time collective work called Lcosystme Belgique. Their thinking was published under the title Essai dcologie industrielle. One author said that this name had naturally inferred from their work. Their approach was to create a representation of Belgian economy in which the usual abstract money would be abandoned at the profit of materials and energy flows. Besides this the study was relying on the usual industrial production statistics. The team made very important observations. First one regarded the disconnection that had been introduced between potentially complementary or contiguous economic sectors. The typical example was steel production whose exportation outside Belgium was strongly encouraged without consideration for building more elaborated objects that could relate to metal-construction industry. It then became extremely dependant of the global market and did not serve domestic industry demands. A second case dealt with the evolution of agriculture. It had quitted the traditional model of integrated farming and feeding where harvest by-products fed animals whose dejections in return nurtured soils. In this pattern animal headcount keeps low, opposite to modern agriculture configuration. Authors observed that modernization had disconnected farming and feeding, having livestock fed by industrial products prepared from abroad raw materials, whilst handling of the excrements becoming a waste management issue due to their accumulation at a single farm. The authors pointed that raw materials and waste were significant when circulation of materials in a system was not closed. Finally the authors concluded that the economic opening of Belgium had come in company of the ecological opening of physical resources cycles, had led to huge energy consumption mainly due to its inner organization and had caused pollution as a consequence of the new materials circulation. Unfortunately in the 1980s there was no interest in the messages of this group that later split apart. The revival of the concept of industrial ecology happened in the early 1990s through two seniors of General Motors, Robert Frosh and Nicholas Gallopoulos. They are often referred to as the fathers of modern industrial ecology. In 1989 they were asked by the magazine Scientific American to contribute to a special issue on Planet Earth with an article on manufacturing. They looked at several thoughts about the consequences of technology on industry and society, keeping unsatisfied (Gallopoulos,
February 2009, 28th
326 / 653
2006). They wanted to go beyond the concept of industrial metabolism of Robert Ayres that was not taking into account that each process and network of processes must be viewed as a dependant and interrelated part of a large whole (Frosh, Gallopoulos, 1992). Their 1989 paper suffered some editorial constraints cutting part of their text and changing the title of the paper from Towards an Industrial Ecosystem to Strategies for Manufacturing. And thus their second paper of 1992 is more often quoted. Their focus was clearly on manufacturing embedded in an economic and competitive world whilst stating that it exists more or less apparent opportunities to environmentally improve in that context. Industrial ecology was considered as an appropriate empirical framework to help internalize externalities. If the authors insisted on the analogy with natural food webs they also clearly stated that this analogy is not perfect, but that much could be gained if the industrial systems were to mimic the best features of the biological analog (Frosh, Gallopoulos, 1992). Encouraging the use of recycled materials, energy and products from mining to end of manufacturing chain, the authors asserted that this would decrease harmful emissions and wastes. However, (Gallopoulos, 2006) stresses the difficulty to integrate and seamlessly close materials and energy loops at the inter-firm, inter-industry or intereconomy levels. The reason why Frosh and Gallopoulos contribution raised interest was mainly due to the recognition of the two authors in business, engineering and even governmental audience. In addition, it was taken a step further and translated into business language by Hardin Tibbs. This person, contributed to spread a short business oriented version stamped by the very recognized business consultancy firms he worked for. Other persons started to write about the proposition of Frosh and Gallopoulos, starting a movement that is still ongoing today. II. From industrial ecology to territories 1. Industrial ecology: various spatial and organizational levels Nowadays, industrial ecology is mainly asked to concretely and pragmatically help solving problems in the domain of environmental management, production rationalization and spatial planning with often associated local work challenges. Application of industrial ecology concept ranges from a facility to a global scale. Marian Chertow (Chertow, 2000) had well depicted the services provided by industrial ecology according to the level at which it is used, as represented in Figure 1. Figure 1: Industrial ecology operates at three levels
Sustainability
Industrial Ecology
Facility or Firm design for environment pollution prevention green accounting
Inter-Firm industrial symbiosis (ecoindustrial parks) product-life cycle industrial sector initiatives
Source: Chertow, 2000.
Regional/Global Budgets and cycles Materials and energy flow studies (industrial metabolism)
Facility or firm level is out of our consideration in this paper, whilst the regional and global aspects will be evoked in section 3. Industrial symbiosis and eco-industrial parks are the most popular case of industrial ecology at the inter-firm level. Typical cases of industrial symbiosis are substitution of a raw material with a waste/by-product generated at another firm or mutualisation of firm efforts around a material or energy flow. Information about implementing such industrial ecology is available in (Adoue, 2007). It is interesting to remark that eco-industrial park is itself a multiple levels notion and not only the case of municipal working areas. According to the famous taxonomy proposed by Chertow (Chertow, 2000), five types of material exchanges can be distinguished, among
February 2009, 28th
327 / 653
which the last types refer respectively to among local firms that are not collocated and to among firms organized virtually across a broader region. Indeed, opportunities of industrial symbiosis had been researched and implemented with success at the regional level in locations such as the RhineNeckar region, Germany and the district of Orange, US (Duret, 2004) and in the broad regions of Kwinana and Gladstone, Australia (van Berkel et al., 2006). The work conducted in these cases is firms centric. It means that it focuses on voluntary companies and their good will to provide information that is often considered business critical by convenience. This is a first type of difficulty. The primary step is thus creating interest and confidence from enterprises to have them collaborate. Then the materials and energy flows information is gathered in a database that is exploited in order to figure out potential exchanges of interest for the engaged parties. Note that some regions or countries also offer waste exchange site without necessarily being part of any industrial ecology broader initiative (CCIP et al. or CTTI, 2008). Nevertheless the habit of using and trading substances that had once been called waste is not yet installed in mentalities. In both the American and Australian above cases, authors mentioned that interesting environmental and economic benefits occurred. However, the economic gain is also a pervert friend. The Australian authors point well the fact that despite being in desert area reuse of industrial water in place of drinking water isnt popular among industrials due to the low price of network water. It appears that industrial ecology has mainly been considered in practice through these various levels as physical resources flows optimization succeeding to accounting of materials. The accounting uses from facility bookkeeping to global statistics (see industrial metabolism section) according to the level at which it is needed and the available information. On another side efforts are also punctually put on developing technologies supporting by-product reuse in the field of waste science. The accounting, though essential to capture the way the system works, is a bit restrictive of the numerous dimensions of industrial ecology. This leads us to the questions of what is needed to properly handle industrial ecology complexity. 2. Industrial ecology: a multidisciplinary approach Industrial ecology as a scientific field has the ambition of understanding how an industrial society functions in relation to its natural surrounding. Biosphere is then recognized as the essential substrate of most human activities. The methodology derives from the studies of ecosystems and strongly relies on the systemic approach. Dealing with human society industrial ecology needs also to integrate human sciences to reach comprehension, pertinence and tools to drive industrial ecosystems towards sustainable balance within the existing biosphere limits. Though some works exist industrial ecology is not yet spread within all the appropriate fields. This is what we would like to contribute to change in showing the potential mutual benefits between industrial ecology and territorial intelligence. So far the main pillars of industrial ecology have been the principles of Ecology of ecosystems, the knowledge of biosphere provided by the science of Nature and the technology skills of Engineering to transform waste into reusable by-products or to optimize for environment chains of production and chains of supply (of energy and physical resources). When having an industrial symbiosis idea, the actors also need to check its robustness towards existing regulation, logistics, economic viability, population acceptance. This is usually done on case by case basis. Little works exist in these domains though they are concerned. Nevertheless this is slowly changing and some references can be found in (Diemer and Labrune, 2007) or in the sources quoted in the next paragraph. Industrial ecology impacts Economy with its challenge of activity relocalization, of new cooperation model between firms and change in the value of waste. Economy can also bring nutrients to industrial ecology with its understanding of scaling factors or competing style for instance. Management theories handling aspects of coordination, networking and supply chain is surely valuable too. Social sciences could be used to catch industrial ecology as a cultural phenomenon as some suggested. Other authors such as (Ashton, 2008) mobilize sociology to study new interaction schemes between actors and how it impacts industrial symbiosis. Philosophers are also interested in industrial symbiosis and the paradigms it brings or what it means to take Nature as a model for human societies. Even Law starts to know industrial ecology through its industrial platform consequences (GautierSicari, 2006). Finally the paper Uncovering Industrial Ecology (Chertow, 2007) evokes a clear benefit of industrial ecology from territorial intelligence. Indeed, after studying cases of eco-industrial parks, the author exhibits the stronger correlation between success and self-organized systems. From this, raise the idea that uncovering industrial symbiosis, kernels or precursors could help addressing the
February 2009, 28th
328 / 653
right targets. Territorial intelligence may have the tools to spot them and the available competences on a given territory. Integration of these many dimensions in scientific projects is less common. The French Agence Nationale de la Recherche sponsors a multidisciplinary project since 2008 (Comethe, 2008) but the most frequent situation addresses only part of these dimensions. This is typically the case of the research we have started by reciprocally stimulating industrial ecology and territorial sciences. We envision that it is not only a mandatory crossing but also that it is going to be a fruitful operation for both domains. 3. Industrial ecology and territory Initially, the word territory means two things: a legal and administrative reality, as in national and regional development, or it refers to the concept of territoriality, which has been very used in the social sciences for twenty years. Environment, experiences, representations and social-politicoorganizations compose a system whose parts are interdependent (Gumuchian, 2001). This shows that the territory is a complex system. As much as natural reality and social reality, the territory is not easy to break up. At the same time, nowadays, territory is the new buzzword called on to provide solutions for socio-economic development, sustainability or a coherent image of the places they encompass. The concept is extremely popular: everything is a territory, and concepts that reflect other realities tend to slip imperceptibly into that holdall (Moine, 2007). The popularity of the word also shows that the territory embodies a quotidian reality as much as an aspiration for the actors of the modern society. Taking this into account, developing new approaches and tools to fathom and manage the complexity of the territory is a major issue. From this point of view industrial ecology could be of great assistance as it helps to revisit the concept of territory from a systemic point of view, with the objective of producing an operational definition that could be used to put the territory back into the context of sustainable development. In fact geographical and territorial systems are not very different from natural ecosystems; links can easily be made between the particular functioning of natural ecosystems and the interactions between firms, actors, territory portion, geographical area etc... taking place within territories. Considering territories as complex but coherent specific case of ecosystems in interaction with other natural and/or artificial ecosystems, industrial ecology provides new guidelines to break into the territories complexity and to help them to evolve towards sustainability by seeking global balance between territories and the biosphere. In return, such innovative approaches would enhance industrial ecology intelligence since it still lacks the methods and knowledge coming from the sciences for which territories and its components is a main item of studies (such as social science, spatial planning, territorial intelligence etc...). Today, most of projects of industrial ecology are developed at a territorial scale. Thus a major issue is the understanding of the interactions between the industrial ecologys paradigm and the reality of the territories functioning because they are not always cohesive. For instance an important part of the emerging field of industrial ecology is the development of industrial symbiosis. Symbiosis means co-existence between diverse organisms in which each may benefit from the other. In the context of industrial ecology, the term is applied to the industrial cooperation between a number of companies and municipalities when they exploit each others residual or by-products or when they operate mutually. Some examples of industrial symbiosis already exist around the world. It engages traditionally separate firm and/or communities in a collective approach to gain competitive advantage involving physical exchange of materials, energy, water, and/or byproducts. In most projects of industrial ecology potential cost-effective eco-industrial synergies are often found between firms and/or communities, but they become less often a reality despite the economic rationality. This shows that more complex phenomenon such as confidence between economical actors, culture aspects, political strategies... are at work. Taking this into account, we are trying to build bridges between industrial ecology and social sciences, since it is a crucial issue to improve industrial ecology methods and tools. III. Focus on few methods and tools for industrial 1. Territorial metabolism Metabolism is a term inherited from the study of living organisms. It is an accounting of what they ingest and reject in order to grow, exist and reproduce. The concept of metabolism can be applied to any system that exhibits some of these functionalities. Metabolism reports materials in mass unity
February 2009, 28th
329 / 653
(e.g. ton) and energy in joule (or in mass equivalent of fuel oil). The mass conservation principle is respected such that input, output and internal stocks are balanced. Territorial metabolism is nothing much than this principle applied to a territory. The expressions industrial metabolism, economic activities metabolism and regional metabolism are also encountered depending on the focus of the study. Even though such systems do not reproduce similarly to natural organism, the use of metabolism has proven to make sense. Indeed, territorial metabolism is a useful tool for public decision maker. It is essential to understand the physical flows that constitute the basis of the economy of their territory (see the pioneer Belgian work described in the Genesis section). It can reveal potential for new economic activities or confirm or suggest strategic directions. It is remarkable that territorial metabolism, once decisions are taken, is also a tool allowing public institutions to monitor and track progress all along the implementation of their decisions. The ultimate goal is to enhance the quality of the local economy in terms of viability, strength and competiveness whilst improving its environmental performances. Figure 2: Representation of the metabolism of the Canton of Geneva
Source: GEDEC, 2005.
For instance, territorial metabolism successfully served the Genevan State in the context of its Law on public action for sustainable development, voted in 2001. Industrial ecology was stated in one of the article of this text, as a mean to accompany the Agenda 21 of the canton of Geneva. A preliminary phase was to make a diagnosis of the resources consumed by the canton. They include not only industrial or commerce activities but also daily life of inhabitants. The seven most significant resources going through the canton were selected (see Figure 2). The metabolism revealed that water (62 millions of tons) was largely the biggest resource consumed in the canton. Building construction materials (1.3 millions of tons) and food goods (300,000 tons) followed. All of them were first consumed by inhabitants. The resource flows were also transformed into their ton-equivalent CO2 to explore contribution to greenhouse effect. Energy, first consumed by inhabitants, was the main contributor (2.8 millions of tons-equivalent CO2 of which a third was due to energy production and the rest resulted from its use). Second was food (with about 600,000 tons-equivalent CO2) whose contribution laid in its production. Finally the respective importance of the economic sectors was observed and showed that household was the greatest resources consumer in the canton, followed by tertiary sector. These data and more information are available in (GEDEC, 2005). Based on the findings recommendations were drawn and submitted to the Genevan State to help making decisions regarding priority domains and pertinent actions (for instance this situation is likely to require individual and punctual actions to reach household).
February 2009, 28th
330 / 653
1. PRESTEO: a Program to Research Synergies on a Territory The identification of industrial symbiosis and synergies demands resolute attention to the flows of materials and energy through local and regional economies. It also supposes a constant circulation of information on the consumed and rejected flows by each entity. For those reasons, the collection and the processing of these data require a methodological and technical support. An input-output matching appears to be a useful tool in eco-industrial development. That is the purpose of PRESTEO. PRESTEO software helps to collect and exploit data from the industrial metabolism of the different economic entities within a territorial system. In fact, stakeholders of a territory enter their inputoutput table in the software. Those information are stored in databases and matched, such that users of PRESTEO can conduct studies to find relevant synergies of substitution (an output becomes one others input) and/or synergies of mutualization (two entities with the same input or the same output cooperate in order to optimize their supply or waste processing). Beyond a simple data-processing tool, PRESTEO includes several methodological tools: a data collection method, a formalization method of flows and components and a processing method to filter the results obtained. This tool is initially developed in French and then translated to other languages (its first version is available in English). It is almost without any equivalent in the world, and perhaps the only one accessible on the market. It is the result of 5 years of research begun at the Technology of Troyes and then continued by the company Systmes Durables. PRESTEO has already been used with success in Switzerland by the state of Geneva and in France by The Club of Industrial Ecology of Troyes. Currently PRESTEO is used by the firms association Ecopal in Dunkerque and by the Communaut dagglomration de Marne-et-Gondoire (77, France) to assist them in improving or reshaping two working areas. The use of PRESTEO in Geneva came in the second phase of their Agenda 21, as a complement to the first territorial metabolism. Indeed, territorial metabolism has shown limits to suggest concrete synergetic actions to parties. This is where a methodology and tool such as PRESTEO come in the picture to improve the action on the territory. In the context, a sample of about twenty enterprises representative of the economic activities of the canton was created. A particular focus was put on construction area given the territorial metabolism findings. PRESTEO was not fully operational at that time, so only the methodology and algorithms were applied on paper. For instance, they allowed identify potential sources and a receiver for a recycling platform of construction materials. This was a wish of the government and administration. First results were so interesting that the canton of Geneva bought PRESTEO as soon as the software was available and started to fill in the collected data. Since then it has kept adding new enterprises to the database and seeking new synergies to explore with economic actors. These experiences have produced important feedbacks on the actual limits of the projects of industrial ecology as they are conducted today and of the software PRESTEO. The principal conclusion is that social aspects are not enough taken into account in all these approaches. For instance, PRESTEO has no link to economic information about the territories, nor to the available job competencies. The integration of knowledge and methods coming from social sciences appears to be a critical issue to improve industrial ecology intelligence. This is the purpose of the researches we are conducting today. Conclusion The main principle of industrial ecology is the view that societal and technological systems are bounded within the biosphere, and do not exist outside of it. Ecology is used as a metaphor due to the observation that natural systems reuse materials and have a largely closed loop cycling of nutrients. Industrial ecology approaches problems with the hypothesis that by using similar principles as natural systems, industrial systems can be improved to reduce their impact on the natural environment as well. Through this holistic view, industrial ecology recognizes that solving problems must involve understanding of the connections that exist between these systems; various aspects cannot be viewed in isolation. Based on this framework, industrial ecology looks at environmental issues with a systems thinking approach. From those points of view, links can easily be found between this innovative approach and territorial intelligence. Industrial ecology projects require accounting of the flow of materials and energy passing through local and regional economies (also called territorial metabolism). The collection and the processing of these data require a methodological and technical support and input-output matching appears to be a useful tool in eco-industrial development. That is the purpose of the software
February 2009, 28th
331 / 653
PRESTEO. This software can be use to find potential eco-industrial synergies between firm and or communities on a given territories. Actual experiments tend to show that the keys to industrial symbiosis are collaboration and the synergistic possibilities offered by geographic proximity. From this point of view, territories seem the perfect scale to develop projects of industrial ecology. Consequently a great understanding of the territorial systems and integrated approach of the territories is critical to enhance industrial ecologys tools and methods. Thus, bridge-building between industrial ecology and other fields such as territorial intelligence and social science is a major stake. Taking this into account, new researches involving Systmes Durables and the University of Toulouse II-Le Mirail started on April 2008. Their goal is to have a fresh look at the concept of territory from the angle of industrial ecology in order to reach an operational definition that resituates territory inside the biospheres bounds. The objective is to reinforce the methods used in PRESTEO and the understanding of territorial systems. This will lead to a third version of the software. The cross-over between industrial ecology and social sciences such as spatial planning will also create new knowledge and open innovative perspectives of research in both disciplines. Bibliography ADOUE C., 2007, Mettre en uvre lcologie industrielle, Lausanne, Presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes. ASHTON W., 2008, Understanding the Organization of Industrial Ecosystems. A Social Network Approach, Journal of Industrial Ecology, vol. 12, n 1, p. 34-51. CCIP (Chambre de commerce et d'industrie de Paris) et al., 2008, Bourse des dchets, available at http://www.bourse-des-dechets.fr, (last visit on April 23, 2008). CHERTOW M., 2000, Industrial Symbiosis: Litterature and Taxonomy, Annual Review of Energy and the Environment, vol. 25, p. 313-337. CHERTOW M., 2007, Uncovering Industrial Symbiosis, Journal of Industrial Ecology, vol. 11, n 1, p. 11-30. COMETHE, 2008, Conception doutils mthodologiques et dvaluation pour lcologie industrielle, available at www.comethe.org, (last visit on August 29, 2008). CTTI (Centre de transfert technologique en cologie industrielle), 2008, Bourse des rsidus industriels du Qubec (BRIQ), available at http://www.briq.ca, (last visit on April 23, 2008). DIEMER A. and LABRUNE S., 2007, Lcologie industrielle : quand lcosystme industriel devient un vecteur du dveloppement durable, Dveloppement durable et territoire, Varia, online on August 30, 2007, available at http://developpementdurable.revues.org/document4121.html, (last visit on August 26, 2008). DURET B., 2004, Pratiques internationales dcologie industrielle: retour dexprience, rapport de projet dtude, EDF R&D, CREIDD, ICAST and Auxilia. ERKMAN S., 1997, Industrial ecology: an historical view, Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 5, n 1-2, p. 1-10. FROSH R. A. and GALLOPOULOS N. E., 1992, Towards an industrial ecology, in BRADSHAW A. D., SOUTHWOOD R. and WARNER F. (eds), The treatment and Handling of Wastes, London, Chapman and Hall for the Royal Society, p. 269-292. GALLOPOULOS N. E., 2006, Industrial ecology: an overview, Journal of Cleaner Production, vol. 3, n 1-2, p. 10-27. GAUTIER-SICARI M.-A., 2006, Les plates-formes industrielles et le droit de l'environnement: contradictions et avances juridiques, PhD Dissertation (Law studies), Nantes, Facult de droit et des sciences politiques. GEDEC (Service cantonal de gestion des dchets), 2005, cologie industrielle Genve: premiers rsultats et perspectives, Rpublique et Canton de Genve.
February 2009, 28th
332 / 653
GUMUCHIAN H., 2001, cole, territoire et dveloppement durable, in ALPE Y., CHAMPOLLION P., FROMAJOUX R.-C. and POIREY J.-L., LEnseignement scolaire en milieu rural et montagnard, t. 1, Besanon, Presses universitaires franc-comtoises, p. 43-46. MOINE A., 2007, Le territoire: comment observer un systme complexe, Paris, Harmattan. VAN BERKEL R., BOSSILKOV A. and HARRIS S., 2006, Opportunities and Constraints for Regional Resource Synergies in Minerals Processing Regions, Green Processing Conference, Newcastle, p. 113122.
February 2009, 28th
333 / 653
February 2009, 28th
334 / 653
42
The complexity of the production of information in a step of territorial intelligence in a sector where sources are pluri-disciplinary and of multi-sector information. The example of performing heritage
Sophie LACOUR PhD Student in, information and communication sciences, University of eastern Paris, IFIS, Serris, France sophie.lacour@univ-mlv.fr
Abstract: In this particular sector of performance heritage, the principal distribution supports on Internet are without unicity, without informative standards. The consequence is incomplete information and thus a fragmentary knowledge from this sector. It is necessary to normalize information circulation in this field and to support an immaterial territorial grid by the creation of links between websites with the same information category. Keywords: Tools, heritage, territorial intelligence, local development, cultural tourism.
Factor of territorial dynamics under constant development, essential communication process for territorial collectivities, performance heritage is a local identities construction tool and became one of the essential components for territorial intelligence. However, in this field, the decision-making assistance for territorial actors is very complex. Indeed if we have to collect, gather, share, analyze [] pluri-disciplinary knowledge and multisector information(Girardot, 2008) to make adapted diagnoses, force is to note that because it is resulting from several fields of competence and activities, this sector is particularly confused and not easily identifiable. We found quite naturally this complexity in information sources that are devoted to. Moreover, these sources are generally published from a commercial point of view, and thus without objective and scientific base, or from an often abstract informational point of view and do not allow to carry out this balance between information and communication (Bougnoux, 2001). Finally, indicators and markers proposed are unadapted or inadequate and thus not easily exploitable in a step of territorial intelligence. This study proposes to observe sources at the disposal of territories actors, to structure, to qualify and to validate them. We will study in this article according to a semiotic and systemic angle, resources, collecting methods, and information structures that exist in this field. This study is about one of the stages of tool creation carrying information and structuring elements for identification, qualification, quantification and analysis of performance heritage. The purpose of this step is to take care to develop, according to the Catalyse method, a tool of action assistance for territorial actors(Girardot, 2002), which could be used as a basis for systems and products production for sustainable development territories actors. First, we will present the corpus then we will define information type required by territory actors and finally we will describe the protocol used for this work. In a second time, we will evaluate these sources with a reference database. Then in a third part, we will study thanks to our research results, various sources at a territory actor disposal, we will observe limits and advantages of these sources, and finally we will deduce from this work some recommendations. In conclusion, we will reveal some reflections pointed by these results.
February 2009, 28th
335 / 653
I. Corpus and protocol 1. Reference source - Started in 2003, this source is a database of historical heritage performances, and used as anchoring point for thesis work we are realizing. - We consulted more than 10,000 specialized websites in this field for our 5 years of research. We studied 880 animations and found 77% of them on Internet. This figure enables us to advance that Internet is an efficient information source and for a first territory approach, this information vector is pertinent. However it does not avoid a study work and information research on paper production and to telephone for the 23% that we did not find on Internet. 2. Study field In performance heritage field, our study object will be more specifically: festival, son et lumire, spectacle, animation, animated visit, reconstitution and traditional festival. All these animation forms, most of the time, are considered as pertaining to the same kind by Internet websites and actors specialized in this field (Lacour, 2004). 3. Required informations We took the point of view of a territory actor who wants to know what existing heritage performances on a given territory are. This is why we will not speak here about performances dedicated websites, nor of commune websites, which presuppose that we already know the performance. These websites which intervene in a second research time and which deliver different and more provided information will be evaluated in another article. We defined a certain number of useful information for heritage actors regarding knowledge of territory potentialities: - what performances exist? (dates, places) - in what forms? (spectacle, festival, son et lumire) - tariff, paying or free - what contents? (program, participants) - address, - links with an Internet website (dedicated) 4. Protocol We conceived our research protocol as follows: - 4 departments taken randomly - study of these departments in a list of standard websites - data-gathering in a matrix - results evaluation with reference source a. Period choice August is the period when we wrote the article. Our experiment proved us that outside performances dates, many websites do not announce it any more. b. Websites choices We have collected all these resource websites during our research. We selected from this practice, what we will call reference websites because they appear in a systematic way as soon as we are making a research on a given thematic or an area or a particular department. We defined four websites categories where a territorial actor have chance to find relative information about these performances: - General websites (tourist general websites, cultural general websites) - OT (Tourist office) website of selected department prefecture - CG (departmental council), CDT (Departmental committee of Tourism), CR (Regional Council) or CRT (Regional committee of Tourism) websites - Performances lists websites, by territory (department, area,), by epoch, by thematic, by intellectual or folk affinity.
February 2009, 28th
336 / 653
c. Matrix To collect the results we built two matrixes: Matrix 1: for general websites + specialized websites - General websites: department + one of the nearest words in suggested key words + august 2008 - Specialized websites: department + one of the nearest words in suggested key words + august 2008 Matrix 2: - More located websites (department, country, community of communes,): one of the nearest words in suggested key words + august 2008 II. Evaluation with reference source We evaluated these sources with our own collection work. We compared each result in matrices to reference database results and then gave two evaluations: - a note on 7 regarding number of delivered information - % for number of performances suggested (reference source being base 100). We tested 28 reference websites. 1. Existing performances number Regarding performances number in our reference source compared to performances number quoted by these websites, there is among our examples taken randomly a great disparity of results. - In our reference source, we count 36 performances for the four departments constituting the sample of our study. - Concerning the Meuse department, our reference source had only two entries that are both quoted on all sites of the Meuse, whereas for the Vende there were 13 entries, for the Seine et Marne 11 and 10 for Arige. If we exclude the Meuse example, for the three other departments we find a percentage that does not exceed 34%. In viafrance for example, we find 36.36% of good answers for Vende, 7.69% for Seine et Marne, but 0% for Meuse and Arige, whereas total scores regarding to performances number suggested are for Vende 15.66%, then for Seine et Marne 24.61%, Arige 34% and finally Meuse with 70%. 2. Delivered information number Concerning the note of delivered information number, we find a average note of 4.52/7. The C.R of Ile de France, the C.G of Seine et Marne, the C.R of Pays de la Loire, the CRT of Midi Pyrnes and the CRT of Ile de France are those which deliver less information (note between 0 and 3). Vaguest are the CG of Seine et Marne which indicates one imprecise period (first week of August), the title and the place, but which proposes neither bond nor address, and the C.R. of Ile de France which is just more precise on the date. We have to note that if we consider that we are in presence of institutional websites, of reference websites regarding territories, the quantity of delivered information is far from being exhaustive. III. Sources Study: Disparity, confusion and inadequacy 1. Disparity We can note a great disparity in delivered information sum and in organization of this information. a. Information General websites which could appear highly reliable like the Ministry of Culture website or the CRT are those which paradoxically proposed less animation (6% for the ministry, 0% for the CRT of Arige, 15% for the Vende one for example). CG websites obtained between them very different results, from the 70% of the CG of Arige to the 0% of the Seine et Marne one, we note an enormous difference in information diffusion for the same type of public agency. We cannot even say that public agencies work better or less than private. Indeed, we found the same disparity between private websites like viafrance which gives a little more than 10% of entries
February 2009, 28th
337 / 653
and a very specialized website like adagionline which proposes 60% of performances whereas it is however limited by epochs that it treats (Middle Ages and Renaissance). b. Organization Some websites propose varied under categories like the CR of Lorraine (festival/traditional festivals/son et lumire, fireworks/spectacles/guided visits), others do not propose any under category like event in France or the CRT of Vende which do classify their performances only per month. On the contrary, it is not possible to choose the date on the CDT of Vende what makes research longer and complicated. The too large events categorization leads on viafrance to a long and unsuccessful research because only a festival category is proposed, and in this category, we find answers like exhibition or sightseeing. 2. Confusion a. Terms confusion Terms confusion is very clearly appeared all along this study. Search engines proposed by websites have all their own terminology and we can find information under very different names. That adds to the identification difficulty of these performances because in addition to a great number of qualifiers, historical celebration, historical animation historical festival, historical reconstitution, historical demonstration, they are classified in very dissimilar larger categories.1 b. Thumb index and qualifiers waltz Our sample gathers according to our reference source 36 different performances. However, during our research, we pointed 37 terms to indicate them (the same performance could sometimes be classified in two different categories.) On these 37 names used to classify this kind of performances, we count: - 17 in the category spectacle, animation, festival. - 3 times the category manifestation and 3 times the category event. - The 13 remaining categories, so nearly a third, are indicated by a term that we find only onetime: Historical animation, traditional performance, historical spectacle, traditional and popular performances, On the CG of Arige we find these performances either with performance or with spectacle, but we find also a medieval performance with tradition (with another "mycologic outing entry!) It is very rare to find, like on the CDT of Arige website, research choices like historical performance, medieval performance or like on the CDT of Seine et Marne website, the entries historical reconstitution/son et lumire/spectacle. However, it should be noted that if the CDT of Seine et Marne proposes two specific qualifiers historical reconstitution and spectacle, information given is exactly the same in the two thumb index. On two institutional websites of Arige we find the term of historical but on the CDT it is accompanied by the term performance and on the CR it is the term spectacle. It is thus a long research, made even more difficult by websites disparity, by their classification system, by the complexity and the no standardization of their internal search engine, by the presence or not of precise categories and under categories. In addition to the great disparity noted as well on the information organization level as of its quantity, we are also confronted to a meaning confusion. Indeed, research still becomes more and more complex when for a performance in identical matter, research must be done considering and using various terminologies. If the evolution of communication method implies the need of a permanent meaning control (Masselot, 2005), an information referencing rationalization of performance heritage is then necessary. This is why it would be advisable to establish a coherent enunciative isotopic universe and a shared semantics. 3. Information source limits a. Geographical restriction OT of prefectures do not give us any information if required performance is not in the city. What is very representative of all our research. This geographical restriction of information is very frequent,
1. Thesis in progress.
February 2009, 28th
338 / 653
we do not even find a link towards other cities or other performances. There exists an exception in our sample, it is the OT of Foix which, gives a link on the CG of Arige website if we are looking for information outside the city. A way to do rarely met, in spite of the fact that strategy favours networking. Of course these websites are specialized and deliver only sectorized information, but it would be relevant to propose links and thus to support the development of a territorial immaterial grid. b. Epoch restriction Certain reference websites are limited by the epoch in which they chose to specialize. In our sample, we used a specialized site in medieval and Renaissance performances and a specialized one exclusively about Middle Ages. However, there exist also websites devoted to very specific periods (Napoleonic or cathare) which deliver very complete information because provided by fanatic volunteers who have a passion for it and have only these ways (free) of diffusion. These specialized websites are very suitable in this type of research, and results obtained are quasi exhaustive, their only failing, concerning our study, is their historical limitation. c. Subjective choice restriction We also find limits in selections made by the websites themselves according to subjective criteria of quality or interest. It is the case for histariege website, which proposes a rubric performances selected by histariege where we find very diverse performances, and which account for 40% of entries compared to the reference source. This criterion is never clearly announced like on this website but we can wonder about the other websites, institutional or not, when we compare for example the referencing of a performance like the Cinscnie of Puy du Fou. The Vende belonging to the departments sample, so we followed the referencing of this spectacle in our research for this article. On the Ministry of Culture website, research Puy du Fou is associated exclusively with a collection concerning les Beaux Arts. If the address is well quoted, there is no mention of a spectacle or a park. On the La Roche sur Yon OT website, Vende prefecture, there is no mention any more of Puy du Fou. On the other hand, on the CDT of Vende website there is a special thumb index Cinscnie. On the opposite, on the CG of Vende website, we do not find any information on Puy du Fou. The CRT of "Pays de la Loire exclusively quotes the Cinscnie of Puy du Fou when we have 13 entries for the same period in our reference source. Finally on a local website chouan.com no allusion to Puy du Fou! Delivered information is often compartmental, limited by one epoch, by an area, or by a subjective choice. In all cases, only certain performances are proposed according to criteria defined by sites themselves, whatever public or private they are. Performances are lacking and often information is too much limited to be satisfied with only one source. These lacks are not necessarily deliberate and must generally be ignorance. We cannot unfortunately estimate precisely to what point. 4. Obsolescence and parasitism A growing number of sites is created each day, but a lot of them are quickly disused. Information we can find there risk to be out-of-date (Zellouf and Girardot, 2000), or as the INSA of Lyon formulates it What is the freshness of information suggested? (INSA, 2004). It is a recurrent problem for information research on this subject. Many websites are made and remade several times and we still find links on tourist websites or on general websites and these links are no more active. A website like the CDT of Vende, specialized in tourism, proposes a spectacle that is over for two years. Another general website, found in second occurrence on the Google first page, announces a castle where is given each summer a son et lumire, the source is quoted, it is from 2005 and coming from an encyclopaedia but the spectacle is finished since 19982. As underlines Y. Zellouf It is very important to know the validity and the reliability of information before using it, to quote it or diffuse it (Zellouf and Girardot, 2000), particularly with information as volatile as those. Subjected to seasons this information has one very short life and must be regularly updated. Force is to note that the difficulty related to information research increases when we consider the superabundance of obsolete information, which multiply the research time necessary to obtain desired
2. Website: partir-en-france.com, the source is l'Encyclopdie Hachette Multimdia, 2005.
February 2009, 28th
339 / 653
information. Worse, it can so cause errors by inadvertency if we have considered obsolete information as always valid. Another main problem is the one of adaptation or re-creation of information sources, established in administrative, political or individual units at a given moment. A way to escape it is for example with the OT of Foix, which gives a link to the CRT of Arige for performances apart from the commune. This is a good example of setting in network websites rather than to choose to build another one as CR of Pays de la Loire, which gives a link on a specialized site culture.paysdelaloire.fr which, according to our evaluation, obtains a score of 0% and a note of 0/7. All these examples are component of this infopollution stigmatized by Y. Zellouf and J.J. Girardot (Zellouf and Girardot, 2000), which limits considerably any research efficiency. 5. Complementary and challenge territories We saw that there is a true geographical restriction of information inside the same department. On certain institutional websites, we do not even find a link towards other cities, other performances, or other regions: do we have to conclude an absence of territorial conscience on a department scale or region or is it only competition, race to notoriety and/or attempts for profit market shares? This study leads us to think on advantages for a more total territory apprehension regarding to performance heritage specific sector. A widened perception, beyond commune territory, would allow a broader communication, in a purpose of cultural and tourist activities of a territory global development. Concerning more precisely actions that would support, development of a departmental or even regional coherence, which while supporting specificities of each performance would also allow to build a territory brand image at a broader level (department, region), and consequently a homogeneous territorial identity. Finally, if territory actors decide to apprehend in a more total way this sector, it could allow developing a policy of temporally coherent projects, geographically homogeneous and locally diversified. IV. Research recommendations It is difficult to establish a category of relevant websites because they are very different to each other. We saw it, OT websites are not always complete, and it is the same for municipal or regional sites. We also could note the great disparity for the same type of website according to regions. Finally, we could observe that the difference between public and private is not convincing. At best, we can recommend two complementary steps: - before any collection work, to do a sampling of websites and to test them with already known performances to be able to select reliable sources for the level of information number delivered but also for quality of those. - to use several websites to have valid and complete information. Conclusions At the end of this study, we are confronted with many problems. Indeed, because of these performances profusion, of their local nature, of multiple production possibilities, of means divergences at their disposal, of their capacity to communicate effectively or not, of competition between them, we pointed out that information that it is possible to collect is disparate. - We saw that principal diffusion supports on Internet are without unicity, without informative standard. From this, follows incomplete information and thus a fragmentary knowledge from this sector. - The terminology and the categorization of these animations block information diffusion and allow only one compartmental vision of these products. - Moreover, this information is limited by individual, local, historical or subjective considerations. - Advertisement of these performances and relative information that we can find are very different according to supports and it is impossible to say that it exists a quality difference between public/private or local/national. In fact, possible and complete knowledge of their existence by the territorial actor is impossible. If Internet websites allow, in theory, to structure information and territorial actions, and are consequently, factors of local development, the too important disparity of contents, the lack of setting in network seem to reveal a territorial competition which we could qualify in this precise case of unproductive. Indeed, if territories are in competition, they are also (and above all) complementary and are composed and recomposed on various scales with image and information that they convey. This is why
February 2009, 28th
340 / 653
it is necessary to support the territorial grid by links creation between websites carrying the same category of information and to unify referencing. This work shows that it is necessary to define indicators and to normalize collection, treatment and information diffusion in this field. Such standardization is essential because to aim at a space dynamization of their contents, local government agencies must detect then to combine available competences, localised and/or mobile (Bertacchini, 2006), and only a categorization, classification and taxonomy work will allow this detection. Moreover, diffusion of certified information while improving communication quality, would allow establishing adapted diagnoses and would support dynamic territorial comparability. This is an essential step in this field where the pluri-disciplinary and multipolar nature reveals so many identification and qualification problems.
February 2009, 28th
341 / 653
February 2009, 28th
342 / 653
43
Software Tools developed and employed for Survey on central Taiwan Science Park and Data Analyses
Fang-Yie LEU and Yao-Tien HUANG Dept. of Computer Science and Information Engineering, Tunghai University, Taiwan leufy@thu.edu.tw
Abstract: In this paper, we would like to study environmental change and living impacts on resident lives before and after Central Taiwan Science Park (CTSP) started its construction in 2003. To collect the information of concern, we interviewed people who live around the CTSP, including Situn District and Daya Township, by dispatching students who brought questionnaires designed in this study to visit the residents home by home. The surveyed data are recorded in a database and analyzed by using two software tools, iData Analyzer and ESIR ArcGIS which are data mining tool and GIS packages, respectively. The former is used to find out the connotative information embedded in raw data so users can catch the deep knowledge from what we have collected, whereas the latter is employed to spatially present the raw data and analyzed data on an electronic map from which users can realize how the data are spatially distributed and what their spatial semantics are. After mining the data, we found that people living in Daya Township have no significant changes on their everyday lives. But Situn District has been quickly developing. Most employees of the CTSP and their families come to live in Situn since this district is located on the side near Taichung city which is a huge modern city with plenty of people and living facilities, e.g., restaurants, supermarkets, hotels and others, which have been prosperously constructed in the past few years in Situn District. Even this, from some special viewpoints, we can see that Situns development will soon approach to a bottleneck due to its limited hinterland. The consequence is many people will move to Daya which will then migrate to a busy and business town from a current quiet agricultural town. During the interview, we did not record the interviewed peoples GIS positions. Thereafter, we spent a lot of time to locate their addresses one by one on the electronic map. In fact, if we can develop a software tool to automatically record the position, including longitude and latitude, for each interviewed home/resident, it would be easier for us to show up the addresses by sending the position information to a GIS system. Therefore, in this research, we develop a positioning system by employing a GPS. When a visitor finishes his/her interview to a person and steps out the house, what he/she needs to do is pressing a few key buttons on his/her notebook computer. This will record the geographical position of the house to the corresponding record in the database. The tool can also transform the latitude and longitude to TM2 which is the format that our GIS system provides. Besides, for the team members convenience, the tool saves the data/file in TXT format so the data can be conveniently invoked by Microsoft Office, ESRI ArcGIS and other software tools without any transformation. To further the utilization of the positioning and GIS tools, operation guides for them have been written. Keywords: GPS, GIS, Central Taiwan Science Park, environmental change, impacts on resident people.
The main objective of this study is to provide software tools for territorial intelligence (Mitchell, 1997; Breiger, 1990, Camagni, 1991; Florida, 1995; Sassen, 1994; Wellman and Wortley, 1990; Western and Wright, 1994; Harris et al., 2001, Redcliff, 1987; WCED, 1987) analysis. Territorial knowledge, territorial methods and tools, and territorial governance are three main research topics concerning territorial intelligence analysis. Among them, territorial knowledge is the one that emphasizes spatial analysis. In this study, we combined different disciplines to develop a new analytical tool, and made use of several existing tools. However, to successfully study territorial
February 2009, 28th
343 / 653
intelligence, in addition to basic tools, communication and coordination among government, organizations and citizens are very important in territorial development and management. An academic cross-discipline research center, named Methodologies and Technologies of Information Applied to the Human and Social Sciences (Centre MTI@SHS), led by Dr. Jean-Jacques Girardot, University of Franche-Comte, comprises members from different departments. One of the main goals of the center is analyzing territorial intelligence by using information technology and geographical information system. They have successfully applied computer technology to assist to social scientists to do society research, and created several systems to help governments and organizations to plan and evaluate social policies. Of course, the system can also be used to control and prevent regional disasters. The center has developed a system, called Catalyse which integrating fundamental notions, information technologies and applications, consists of four subsystems, PRAGMA, ANACONDA, NUAGE and SITRA. Several European nations and non-profit organizations have used the Catalyse to control and balance their regional development. The center also requests all its researchers learning essential information technology, e.g., geographical information systems and data analysis techniques, etc, so they can continue developing and improving the Catalyse. Dr. Jean-Jacques also welcomes anyone and any non-profit organizations to use the freeware tool to develop their territorial management systems. Territorial methods and tools are used to diagnose and analyze territorial intelligence. Its objectives focus on serving citizen requests, promoting society development, and solving territorial disputes by using specific approaches. It emphasizes how to attract users to participate in territorial activities and what territorial actors should behave. They share data with regional organizations. The target is to encourage territorial administrators and actors to analyze data with Catalyse tools. Now, for each local government and nation, territorial development has been a basic standard. Government officers often follow the standard to manage their territory. Previous territorial governance experience has proved that territorial knowledge has a strong influence on democracy progress and citizen society activities. In Centre MTI@SHS, territorial knowledge is continuously accumulated and developed. The researchers of this center have proposed a new management method which is developed under citizen participation. This method can effectively improve the communication between government and citizens, and guarantee balanced development between the democracy and territory. To achieve the goal, the research method tries to popularize computer technology, which can further show up how territorial intelligence influences citizen societies, a nations territorial policies, and society culture, and how it affects the development and evolution of specialized aspects particularly in social science. Centre MTI@SHS analyzes territorial intelligence variables and individuals, through which they can understand behaviors of a society and its members. After that, researchers can find out the phenomenon and process about territory, so they can apply social welfare to target societies, and let government officers who are authorized to make policy decision (Klijn, 1997; Rhodes, 1997) realize how to assist specific groups that need help. This can also promote territorial administrators to find out factors that cause specific problems and troubles. Thereafter, they can make right decision to solve the problems and troubles then. An important way to do territorial intelligence research is collecting more information and observing society behavior on territory. However, quantity of territorial historical data is huger day by day. This implies that researchers will face a very large database from which they can retrieve much more data and many more samples. Now, how to analyze the huge amount of data is quite a problem. The simplest way is using software tools, i.e., information technologies. We hope that information technologies can not only be popularly used by people who take part in citizen activities, but also be promoted to territorial globalization and balance, so all conflicts of interests and cooperation can be soon solved. In this study, several software tools have been employed and developed as a basis of an established analytic platform for territorial intelligence. The platform provides territorial intelligence actors and other users with powerful analytical tools to process and analyze data. For example, researchers can input data to database, and invoke a data mining tool (McCarthy, 1997; Baltazar, 2000; Garcia-Holina et al., 2000; Roiger and Geatz, 2003; Adriaans and Zantinge, 1996; Fayyad and al., 2002) to find out deep knowledge. A GIS system ( O'Looney, 2000; Hariharan et al., 2005; Reibel, 2007; Constantin and Radu, 2008; Karadimas and Loumos, 2008; Hillier, 2007) is also provided to present relations between/among results generated by executing different policies made by a government. GIS can also assist users to monitor and prevent disasters. We introduce them as follows.
February 2009, 28th
344 / 653
II. A data mining tool and analysis results We used a data mining tool, iData Analyzer, to analyze question 34 to question 38 in the questionnaires designed for survey on people who live in Situn District and Daya Township. Question 34: About 4 to 5 years ago (before CTSP started its construction), where had you gone shopping? Question 35: In the passed one year, where have you gone shopping? Question 36: About 4 to 5 years ago (before CTSP started its construction), where had you eaten out? Question 36a: In the passed one year, where have you eaten out? Question 37: About 4 to 5 years ago (before CTSP started its construction), where had you gone to spend your leisure time? Question 37a: In the passed one year, where have you gone to spend your leisure time? Question 38: About 4 to 5 years ago (before CTSP started its construction), where was your office or business location? Question 38a: In the passed one year, where was your office or business location? After using the data mining tool, we found some interesting phenomena. The analysis results show that after Central Taiwan Science Park started its construction in 2003, 86.67% of Situn District people have changed their jobs, and 92.86% of people still work in Great Taichung region, including Taichung county and Taichung city. In Daya Township, the analyses are as follows. (1) 75.68% of interviewed residents had no job. We analyzed the reason, and found that visitors visited these residents in business/working hours. People who earn money for families have gone to work. So most interviewed residents are housewives or farmers. Questions 36 and 36a focus on peoples eating-out area, whereas questions 37 and 37a concern peoples leisure area. (2) The analyses results of questions 36 and 36a are: (2.1) Eating-out areas for no-job interviewed residents are 100% in Daya Township. (2.2) 64.66% of working residents whose working areas are in Daya Township. (3) Analysis results concerning leisure area for Daya Township people are: (3.1) 75.68 of no-job interviewed residents have not changed their leisure areas after CTSP started its construction. (3.2) 88.72% of working interviewed resident did not change their leisure areas after CTSP started its construction. (4) There is another interesting analysis result, which is 75.68% of no-job interviewed residents have not changed their eating-out area and leisure area after CTSP started its construction. The result represents that most Daya Township residents did not change their eating-out and leisure areas since 2003. We bring up three issues to explain these phenomena and reasons: 1) Buildings for office and living (e.g., apartments) have not been sufficiently constructed around CTSP; 2) Educational level of Situn District residents is higher than that of Daya Township people; 3) CTSP was started its construction in 2003, but we visited CTSP in July 2006. Living change takes time. So the Daya Township residents have not significantly changed their living habits yet. In Situn District, the places around CTSP have been well constructed to support CTSPs running, and a lot of buildings are now under construction or has been finished its construction. Today, CTSP is almost completely constructed. But both Situn District and Daya Township residents have not shown big changes on their living habits. We believe and predict that the residents, due the trend of science park development, will change surrounding environments and habits several years later. II. Application of ARCGIS We keyed in surveyed data to database whose database management system is MySQL, and classified data into two categories, according to where interviewed residents live, i.e., Situn District and Daya Township. After that, we used ArcGIS (ESRI) to spatially present the surveyed data collected for question 34 to question 38 of the questionnaires, and plot the regions that residents eat out, shop, and spend leisure time. Finally, we showed the regions on two maps, one for Situn District and the other for Daya Township.
February 2009, 28th
345 / 653
We calculated statistic data, including maximum, minimum, and average values of question 34 for Daya Township, and as shown in Figure 1 displayed the data on an electronic map in which light green means that no resident was interviewed in this village. Figure 1: The surveyed data concerning question 34 for each Daya village includes its maximum, minimum, and average values which are shown by an GIS system
Figure 2 shows the similar results of the same question concerning Situn District. The light blue, light green and pink bars, respectively, represent average, maximum, and minimum values. The shadowed villages represent their minimum value is 0, i.e., no resident is interviewed. On the other hand, when visitors visited residents, they did not gather and record the residents GPS information. To show up the information on an electronic map, we must manually estimate each interviewed residents location by using inner interpolation method, and then key in the data one by one, resulting in poor data collection efficiency. To solve this problem, we developed a positioning tool that can not only gather GPS information, but also read GPS files and import them into ArcGIS all automatically with very few human interference. Figure 2: Maximum, minimum, and average values of question 34 for each town in Situn District (max: blue; min: pink; avg: green).
February 2009, 28th
346 / 653
III. A positioning Tool Figure 3: The positioning interface of our GPS tool
Figure 3 shows the tools interface. After a user clicks down GPS (reading GPS signal), it starts receiving GPS signal and decoding the signal. GPS signal consists of interviewed residents home longitude and latitude which will be sent to ESRI ArcGIS. So, the signal should be transformed to X-Y coordinates which are shown on X (transformed X coordinate) and Y (transformed Y coordinate). We should also key in residents ID to (record information). Then, after the user clicks down (save the record) the tool will record the ID with its corresponding X-Y coordinates in a database file. In order to make the data of concern readable to Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) devices, we save the resident ID and X-Y coordinates in TXT format. Users can then easily use or edit this data by using Microsoft Excel and other software packages. IV. Conclusions and future work In this paper, we used a data mining tool, iData Analyzer, to analyze questionnaires concerning Situn District and Daya Township, and mine interesting features that are hidden in questionnaires. ArcGIS is employed to show analyzed results concerning question 34 to question 38 for Situn District and Daya Township on electronic maps. When visitors visited these residents, they did not record their GPS information immediately since at the beginning of the interview there is no tool can help them to do that. So we developed a positioning tool to record GPS information, which provides TXT format and is able to import GPS files into ArcGIS automatically to show up interviewed residents positions. In the future, we will develop and integrate some required software packages, including a data mining tool, a decision support system, SPSS, a data classification tool (e.g., K-means algorithm), and an GIS system. The data mining tool as stated above is iData Analyzer developed by information Acumen Corporation. The classification tool is a decision tree which organizes and orders important attributes that are used to classify data. Entropy will be the factor to determine which level an attribute should be located. K-means algorithm can cluster existing objects into K groups. It is a useful clustering tool. The GIS system as stated above is ArcGIS which provides spatial vision with maps, such as buffering, geographic statistic distinction, etc.
February 2009, 28th
347 / 653
Bibliography ADRIAANS P. and ZANTINGE D., 1996, Data Mining, Addison Wesley. BALTAZAR H., 2000, NBA Coaches Latest Weapon: Data Mining, PC Week, pp.69-69. BREIGER R.L. (ed.), 1990, Social Mobility and Social Structure, Cambridge, University of Cambridge Press. CAMAGNI R., 1991, Innovation Networks: Spatial Perspectives. London, BelhavenPress. CONSTANTIN D.L. and RADU L.N., 2008, Location and networking: Neural network-based models and geographic information systems, ECONOMIC COMPUTATION AND ECONOMIC CYBERNETICS STUDIES AND RESEARCH, vol. 42, issue 1-2, pp.131-142. ESRI The GIS Software Leader, http://www.esri.com/. FAYYAD U., GRINSTEIN G.G. and WIERSE A., 2002, Information Visualization in Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, Morgan Kaufmann. FLORIDA R., 1995, Toward the Learning Region, Futures, 27(5): 527-536. GARCIA-HOLINA H., ULLMAN J.D. and WIDOMA J., 2000, Database System Implementation, Prentice Hall. HARIHARAN R., SHMUELI-SCHEUER M., LI C., and MEHROTRA S., 2005, Quality-driven approximate methods for integrating GIS data, Proceedings of the 13th annual ACM international workshop on Geographic information systems, p.p. 97-104. HARRIS J.M., TIMOTHY A.W., K EVIN P.G.., and NEVA R.G. (ed.), 2001, A Survey of Sustainable Development: Social and Economic Dimensions. Washington, DC, Island Press. HILLIER A.E., 2007, WHY SOCIAL WORK NEEDS MAPPING, Journal of Social Work Education, vol. 43, issue 2, pp. 205-221. KARADIMAS N.V. and LOUMOS V.G., 2008, GIS-based modeling for the estimation of municipal solid waste generation and collection, WASTE MANAGEMENT & RESEARCH, vol. 26, issue 4, pp. 337-346. KLIJN E., 1997, Policy Networks: an Overview, in Kickert, W.J., E. Klijin, and J. Koppenjan (eds.), Managing Complex Network: Strategies for the Public Sector. London, Sage Publications. MCCARTHY V., 1997, Strike It Rich, Datamation, vol.43, no.2, pp.44-50. MITCHELL T.M., 1997, Does Machine Learning Really Work? AI Magazine, vol.18, no.3, pp.1120. OLOONEY J., 2000, Beyond Maps: GIS and Decision Making in Local Government, Redlands, CA, ESRI Press. REDCLIFT M., 1987, Sustainable Development: Exploring the Contradictions. London, Routledge. REIBEL M., 2007, Geographic Information Systems and Spatial Data Processing in Demography: a Review, Population Research & Policy Review, vol. 26, issue 5/6, pp. 601-618. RHODES R.A.W., 1997, Understanding Governance: Policy Networks, Governance Reflexivity and Accountability. Buckingham, Open University Press. ROIGER R.J. and GEATZ M.W., 2003, Data Mining: A Tutorial-Based Primer, AddisonWesley. SASSEN S., 1994, Cities in a World Economy. Thousand Oaks, CA, Pine Forge Press. WELLMAN B. and WORTLEY S., 1990, Different Strokes From Different Folks: Community Ties and Social Support, American Journal of Sociology, 96: 558-88. WESTERN M. and WRIGHT E.O., 1994, The Permeability of Class Boundaries to Intergenerational Mobility among Men in the United States, Canada, Norway and Sweden, American Journal of Sociology 59: 606-629.
February 2009, 28th
348 / 653
WORLD COMMISSION ON ENVIRONMENT AND D EVELOPMENT (WCED), 1987, Our Common Future. Oxford, Oxford University Press.
February 2009, 28th
349 / 653
February 2009, 28th
350 / 653
44
Socio-economic permanent observatory of immigration in Asturias: ODINA
Fco. Javier MAHIA CORDERO Regional Director, Accem Asturias, Gijn, Spain asturias@accem.es Raquel PALACIO TORRE Director, Accem Oviedo Office, Gijn, Spain oviedo@accem.es Marisa MARTINEZ GONZALEZ Director, Accem Oviedo Office, Gijn, Spain gijon@accem.es
Abstract: ODINA, is a group made up of different entities and institutions (public, private, NGO, s, unions, associations) which are directly and cross with the College of immigrants, on issues related to integration and social advancement of this group on Asturias (health, education, employment, housing, training, etc.). One of the main objectives pursued by ODINA is to analyze and proactively assess the socio-economic context in which people live/as immigrants in Spain. Keywords: Observation, analysis, territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development.
I. Context of territorial Asturias Figure 1: Table Foreign Residents in 2008 by nationality continent Asturias
EU No European Community Maghreb Rest of Africa Central America North America South America Asia Oceania Stateless Total 14.346 1.375 2.011 1.727 2.886 772 15.677 1.340 33 4 40.171
Source: INE Preliminary results of the Municipal to January 1, 2008. Provisional data.
February 2009, 28th
351 / 653
Asturias is a single-autonomous region of northern Spain, consisting of 78 municipalities. According to the latest data from Census 2008 Revision of Asturias has 1,079,215 inhabitants, which represents a population growth of 0.4% over the previous year, including more than 4353 people in 2007. Of the total population, to Jan. 1, 2008, 561,354 were women (equivalent to 52%) and 517,861 men (equivalent to 48%), a fact attributable to the life expectancy of these, eight years now. Noted here that a demographic characteristics of our community is declining and aging population. The number of immigrants living in Asturias, according to the latest revision of the census of 2008 by the National Institute of Statistics is 40,171 people (3.7% of the population), being the fifth largest Spanish community that increasing immigrant population has recorded since 2007 (22.8%). On the other hand, the number of workers were foreigners registered for social security in Asturias was placed on May 31, 2008 at 16,550 people of whom 68.43% are seconded to the general scheme, followed by a 13.31% for self-employed workers and a 12.90% assigned to the special scheme for employees of Household. Figure 2: Foreign table/as affiliated to social security in Asturias to 30.03.07
Foreigners/affiliates as Social Security Asturias General 30.03.2007 General 8.575 Autonomous 1.411 Agrarian 297 Trab.Mar. 220 Minera Carbn 338 Emp.Hogar Total 2.014 12.885
Source: Source Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs
According to data provided by INE in the Active Population Survey, Asturias counted early in the first quarter of 2008 with a workforce of about 471,500 people, of whom some 444,500 were occupied, representing an unemployment rate of 8.49% (equivalent to about 41,200 unemployed). The services sector concentrates the higher levels of employment (65%), compared to the primary sector which stands at 4.3%. The industrial sector occupies 14.9% and construction 11.7%. With regard to the economic structure of the territory, it is a region of industrial tradition in decline (mining, steel, shipbuilding), which has suffered successive restructuring and adjustments. But the weight of the industrial sector in the structure of production on the regional continues to be important (higher than the industry in the national context). The territory is characterized by a private company structure, framed primarily in small and medium enterprises. From the perspective of social cohesion, Asturias is a community with a good level of coordination of the network of associations and trade unions. II. The Permanent Immigration Observatory of Asturias-ODINA The Permanent Immigration Observatory of Asturias (ODINA) is part of a pilot project promoted by ACCEM and funded by the Department of Housing and Social Welfare of the Government of the Principality of Asturias since 2000, with the aim of structuring and developing a permanent observation cooperative and participatory assessment on the socio-economic group of immigrants living in Asturias. During 1999, under the EU initiative "Integrated Resources plural for employment" developed by ACCEM through funding from the Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs (IMSERSO) and the European Social Fund, was launched brief comments Experimentation device. At present, ODINA, is one Observatory Network and local autonomous character, consisting of two groups Local Observation (Gijon and Oviedo), and by seven points Observer municipal level (Candamo, Grado, Langreo, ditches, Navia, Valdes and Villaviciosa). The collective target of the observatory is made up of the population of immigrants, refugees and asylum seekers living in the Principality of Asturias. The main objectives pursued with the implantation of this device are the following observation: - Analyze and evaluate a dynamic socio-economic context in which the immigrants live in Asturias - Establish processes for cooperation between different actors operating in the territory. - Establish processes for participation and accessibility of immigrants in the formulation, planning and development of the operations Plan and develop joint actions.
February 2009, 28th
352 / 653
- Develop tools for the design of agreed indicators on the socio-economic group and the territory. Provide information to analyze in more concrete and updated immigration In the same way that the migratory phenomenon in general tends to have a certain profile, in migration for employment purposes in Asturias, a profile has been marked by the following aspects, according to the Diagnostic Quantitative produced 31% by the Permanent Immigration Observatory Asturias-ODINA for 2007 on a sample of 2451 immigrants: a)-mostly women (54%) b)-with an age ranging from 25-29 years c)-mainly from Latin America (Ecuador (9%), Colombia (6%), Brazil (10%)) and East Europe (Romania, 12%) d)-geographically concentrated primarily in Oviedo, Gijon and Aviles. e)-distributed mainly in the services sector (58%) and construction (8%). The ODINAs Network structure. The partnership network of ODINA is configured by 37 partners consisting of: - Government of the Principality of Asturias (Department of Social Welfare) - City Council Candamo - Main page - City Council Grao - The City Council Ditches - City Council Navia - Municipality of Oviedo - City Council Valdes (Luarca). - City Council Villaviciosa - Municipality of Oviedo - Public entities (social services, schools, health centers.) - NGOs and associations in support of immigrants. - Unions Figure 3:
GRUPO LOCAL DE OBSERVACIN GIJN ESTRUCTURA PARTENARIAL 24 SOCIOS (Admnistracin Local y Autonmica, ONG y Sindicatos)
GRUPO LOCAL DE OBSERVACIN OVIEDO ESTRUCTURA PARTENARIAL: 6 SOCIOS (Admnistracin Local y Autonmica, ONG y Sindicatos)
PUNTOS DE OBSERVACIN (MUNCIPIOS/ CONCEJOS) CANDAMO, GRADO, LANGREO LAS REGUERAS, NAVIA, VLDES VILLAVICIOSA
TALLERES-ACCIONES ODINA(GRUPO DE ANIMACIN) TALLER DE ACOMPAAMIENTO SOCIOECONMICO (EMPLEO Y FORMACIN) TALLER DE EDUCACIN III. Workshops/Shares ODINA The objective of the Workshop ODINA, is to deepen the diagnoses made for the design and implementation of specific actions in relation to the needs identified and diagnostics. The topics of the TALLER DE EXCLUSIN workshops have been organized in accordance with the diagnoses made over the existence of ODINA, being constituted in general the following;
February 2009, 28th
353 / 653
- Education workshop on the socio-educational situation of immigrant students and their families in the educational community host. - Workshop on socio-economic matters concerning the strengthening of the processes of training and job placement for immigrants from a vision of openness to the general population unemployed. - Workshop exclusion on the precarious situations and exclusion linked to immigration (housing, health, equal treatment, gender, status, etc.). Acting Workshops have been articulated in an Entertainment Group, formed by entities and institutions of the Local Observation Groups, who participated in the planning and execution of actions. Among the most prominent carried out in 2006-2007 include: 1. Workshop on Education's Center for Immigration Asturias (ODINA) The main lines of action that are the Workshop on Education are: Compensatory outsourcing; Awareness in schools; Transition from school to adult life. Priority has been given the third axis, with the other two as transverse and permanent workshop. Within this core area of activity has been organized and developed a seminar under the title Youth and immigration: new educational and social challenges. As for information actions, in conjunction with the seminar on youth and immigration, was the spread of 2 to the Bulletin of the workshop equation, and is currently working on the issue of the number 3. 2. Workshop "Exclusion of the Center for Immigration Asturias (ODINA) Has been conducted in collaboration with the Municipal Housing Authority of the City Council of Gijon and VIPASA (Department of Housing and Social Welfare of Asturias), an awareness campaign aimed at people owning homes empty, to encourage the hiring of these housing, through different devices for the promotion of existing housing from the central government (Public Company of Rent), regional and local levels. This campaign has been the development of leaflets and posters which are reported on the advantages of the different programs for the Promotion of rental housing for owners. The motto of the campaign is "An empty house does not produce anything, get your house to produce, put it in rent." The campaign officially presented to the media in Gijon. Have edited the n 1 and 2 of the Bulletin of the Workshop of precariousness and exclusion, and is currently working on publishing a guide Access to Housing, addressed to owners and tenants. 3. Up Workshop Socioeconmico (Employment and Training) of the Immigration Observatory of Asturias (ODINA) Actions undertaken during the year 2006. Since this workshop has been carried out a campaign of "Fighting discrimination in the job market for people seeking asylum, refugee and immigrant." With the launch of this campaign, has tried on the one hand help overcome prejudice and resistance to hiring older, and secondly, to promote equal treatment at work between the indigenous and migrant population. The campaign involves the development of a book of photographs, which show some of the occupations of migrants in Spain. They also participate in the same companies from different sectors of economic activity, which on a voluntary basis have been involved in the content and development of this campaign. The campaign will be officially presented to the presence of representatives of the autonomous administration, the local, associations, unions and the media in Gijon and Oviedo. In April 2007, was brought No.1 Bulletin of the workshop. In addition to the diagnoses that are made from the observatory, and publications that are carried out from each workshop were also made from ODINA, publications, studies and research monograph on the demand for regional and local administration. Bibliography DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND SOCIAL WELFARE OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PRINCIPALITY OF ASTURIAS, 2003, "Immigrants in Asturias; Guide to the socio-oriented policy", Investigations. MAIN PAGE, 2001, "Training Needs of immigrants".
February 2009, 28th
354 / 653
MAIN PAGE, 2005, "Research-Action on the situation of Ethnic Minorities in Eastern Europe in the town of Gijon". ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE PRINCIPALITY OF ASTURIAS, 2007, "The Management of Cultural Diversity in Business Asturianas".
February 2009, 28th
355 / 653
February 2009, 28th
356 / 653
45
Permanent Observatory of Immigration in Asturias: ODINA
Fco. Javier MAHA CORDERO Regional Director, Accem Asturias, Gijn, Spain asturias@accem.es Marisa MARTNEZ GNZALEZ Director, Accem Gijn Office, Gijn, Spain gijon@accem.es Raquel PALACIO TORRE Director, Accem Oviedo Office, Gijn, Spain oviedo@accem.es Isabel HEVIA ARTIME Staff, Accem Asturias Dept. of Investigation, Gijn, Spain asturias.investigacion@accem.es
Abstract: The Permanent Observatory of Immigration in Asturias (ODINA) is a group formed by entities and institutions (government agencies, private, NGOs, trade unions, associations) that work in the region, directly and also crosswise with the immigrant community with the aim to integrate and to promote immigrants social welfare (through Health, Training, Education, Employment, Housing...). One of the ODINA main targets is making a dynamic study and assessment of the Immigrants socio-economic background. This group deals of starting and developing the Observatory through cooperative survey and participative evaluation methodology (Catalyse), territorial diagnoses, territorial indicators, and agents repertoire. ODINA promoters are Accem and the Social Affairs Council of the Government of the Principality of Asturias. ODINA is framed within an Accem Observatories Network. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, sustainable development, networks, learning, immigration, local development, observation, cohesion.
I. Territorial context in Asturias Asturias is an Autonomous community on the northern coast of Spain formed by 78 municipalities. According to population data from the municipal census of January 1st, 2008, Asturias has 1,079,215 inhabitants, which means 0.4% growth with respect to the previous year, equivalent to 4,353 more people than in 2007. Of the total inhabitants of 1/1/2008, 561,354 are women (equivalent to 52%) and 517,861 are men (equivalent to 48%), fact attributable to womens life expectancy eight years longer than men. To indicate, in this regard, that one of the demographic characteristics of our community is the decrease and aging of the population. According to the latest Municipal Census of the National Institute of Statistics, there are 40,171 Immigrants residing in Asturias (equal to 3.7% of total population). Making Asturias the fifth Community as far as immigrants added to the census (22.8%).
February 2009, 28th
357 / 653
Figure 1: Foreigners living in Asturias in 2008 according to continent of nationality

European Union Non EU Africa Central America North America South America Asia Oceania Stateless Total 14.346 1.375 3.738 2.886 772 15.677 1.340 33 4 40.171
Source: Municipal Census Projection, 1/1/2008, Provisional Data, National Institute of Statistics (INE).
On the other hand, the number of foreigners registered in the Asturian Social Security System on 05/31/2008 was 16,550, of which 68.43% are under the General Plan, followed by 13.31% under Special Plan for self-employed and a 12.90% under the Special Plan for domestic service. Just as the migration phenomenon tends to have a certain profile, job migration in Asturias has a profile with the following characteristics, according to the quantitative diagnosis made by the Permanent Observatory of Immigration in Asturias ODINA in 2007 with a population sample of 2,451 immigrants: - Mostly women (58%) - Aged between 25-29 (56%) - Come mainly from Rumania (15%), Ecuador (12%) & Brazil (11%). - Geographically concentrated in Oviedo, Gijn & Avils. - People searching for a job, especially in Services Scheme (45%) and Construction Scheme (10%). According to INE data from the Survey of Active Population, in the 1st quarter of 2008 Asturias had a working population of about 471,000 people, of which 444,500 were employed, meaning an unemployment rate of 8.49% (equivalent to 41,200 unemployed people). The Service Sector, with 65%, has the highest employment rates, and the Primary Sector the lowest, with 4.3%. The Industrial Sector has a rate of 14.9%, and Construction a rate of 11.7%. In terms of economic structure, Asturias is a region with an industrial tradition in decline (mining, iron and steel industry, naval industry), which has suffered several restructurings and adjustments. Nevertheless, the importance of the industrial sector in the regional production system is still strong (greater than the national average). The region is characterized by a structure of private businesses, functioning fundamentally in small and medium sized companies. From the perspective of social cohesion, Asturias is a community with a high level of social organization and effective trade unions. II. Background The Permanent Observatory of the Immigration in Asturias (ODINA) is framed within a pilot project promoted by ACCEM and financed since 2000 by the Social Affairs Council of the Government of the Principality of Asturias, with the purpose of forming and developing a permanent mechanism for cooperative observation and shared evaluation of the socio-economic situation of the immigrant community in Asturias. A brief trial of the observational mechanism was instituted 1999 within the framework of the community initiative Integra plural resources for employment developed by ACCEM and financed by the Ministry of Work and Social Affairs (IMSERSO) and the European Social Fund. At present ODINA functions in a regional and local observation network made up of two Local Observation Groups (Gijn and Oviedo) and by eight Municipal Observation Points (Avils, Candamo, Grado, Langreo, Las Regueras, Navia, Valds and Villaviciosa).
February 2009, 28th
358 / 653
III. Analyzed population Refugees, Immigrants and Asylum Seekers in Asturias. IV. Observational structure targets - Dynamic study and assessment of the Immigrants socio-economic background. - To establish co-operation processes among the different social agents operating within the territory. - To establish immigrant participation and accessibility processes at the definition, planning and development of the different action programmes. - To design and develop common actions. - To create tools for the commonly agreed design of indicators on the group and territory socioeconomic situation. - To provide information that allows analysing in a more specific and updated point of view the immigrant community situation. V. ODINA Network Structure The observational ODINA Network structured is made up by entities and institutions (government agencies, private, NGOs, trade unions, associations) that work in the region, directly and also crosswise with the immigrant community with the aim to integrate and to promote immigrants social welfare (through Health, Training, Education, Employment, Housing...). This network develops the Permanent Observatory of Immigration in Asturias, methodology, diagnoses, territorial indicators, agents' repertoire and starting integration actions. At present ODINA functions in a regional and local observation network made up of two Local Observation Groups (Gijn and Oviedo) and by eight Municipal Observation Points (Avils, Candamo, Grado, Langreo, Las Regueras, Navia, Valds, and Villaviciosa). 1. ODINA Network configuration a. Local Observation Groups The Local Observation Groups have a local network structured and are formed by entities and institutions that make the survey in a particular place, they take charge of dealing with their clients accompaniment and diagnoses (people who come to their offices, an also gather information from the accompaniment and test activities). They also check the local diagnoses (related to the obtained information from the territorial observational context of each group) and the regional diagnoses (related to the information from the different observational context of the local groups and observational points). b. Observation Points They do not have a local network structure and they are constituted by an institution that works in a specific territorial context. They observe and gather information from their clients. c. Action workshops: Formed by the ODINA Network entities and institution that belong to any of the three workshops (Education Workshop, Socio-economic guidance Workshop and Social Marginalization Workshop). This group has to analyze in depth the diagnoses (groups, trends, profiles) and to propose concrete actions related to the needs and diagnoses realized (local and regional). 2. ODINA Partnership structure is formed by 47 associates Social Affairs Council of the Goverment of the Principality of Asturias (Sponsor associate) Education and Science Council of the Principality of Asturias (collaborator associate) Town hall of Gijn (Municipal Foundation of Social Affairs) Town hall of Oviedo (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Avils (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Candamo (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Grado (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Las Regueras (Social Affairs Council)
February 2009, 28th
359 / 653
Town hall of Villaviciosa (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Valds (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Grado (Social Affairs Council) Town hall of Navia (Social Affairs Council)
b. Associations/NGOs: 10 Accem (NGO) Asociacin Pro Inmigrantes de Asturias (APIA) (NGO) Asturias Acoge (NGO) Asociacin Pro inmigrantes Intervalo (NGO) Centro de Iniciativas, Solidaridad y Empleo-CISE (NGO) Cruz Roja Asamblea Local de Gijn (Red Cross ) Cruz Roja Asamblea Autonmica de Asturias (Red Cross) Fundacin Albergue Covadonga (Shelter) Movimiento por la Paz Asturias (MPA) (NGO) Proyecto SICAR-Hermanas Adoratrices (Catholic organization)
c. Trade Unions: 2 - Unin General de Trabajadores (U.G.T.) - Unin Sindical Obrera (U.S.O.) d. Education Institutions: 15 dance) Los Campos (Gijn) (School) Ramn de Campoamor (Gijn) (School) San Lorenzo (Gijn) (School) San Miguel (Gijn) (School) Ursulinas de Jess (Gijn) (School) Caldern de la Barca (Gijn) (High School) Rosario Acua (Gijn) (High School) El Llano (Gijn) (School) Menndez Pidal(Gijn) (School) EOEP de Atencin Temprana de Gijn (Team of Educational and Psycho-pedagogical guiSagrada Familia (Oviedo) (School) Amor de Dios (Oviedo) (School) Pando (Oviedo) (High School) Prez de Ayala (Oviedo) (High School) Llanes (High School)
e. Health Centres: 8 SESPA: Primary Asistancy Management, Gijn (rea V) Health Centre of Contrueces Health Centre of Coto Health Centre of El Llano Health Centre of Laviada Health Centre of Natahoyo Health Centre of Parque-Somi Health Centre of Puerta la Villa Health Centre of Zarracina
VI. ODINA Network workshops and actions (2006-2007) ODINA Network target is getting through the diagnoses in order to start on specific actions related to the identified needs and diagnoses. The workshops matters depend on the diagnoses and they are the following: 1. ODINA Education Workshop
February 2009, 28th
360 / 653
The action axes are: external compensatory; awareness raising in the school environment and transition from school life to mature life. The third axe has been prioritized, crosswise and permanently maintaining the others. A Seminar called Youth and immigration: new educational and social challenges was organized into this action axe. As for spreading actions, at the same time as the Seminar on youth and immigration, the diffusion fulfilled of the second Education Workshop Bulletin, and at present they are working on the third. 2. ODINA Social Marginalization Workshop An awareness campaign has been raised in cooperation with the Town Hall of Gijn (Housing Council) and VIPASA (the Housing and Social Affairs Council of the Government of the Principality of Asturias). The campaign is aimed to owners of empty housing. It is focused on encouraging renting this housing through different Central Administration housing devices (Public Society of Renting), local and autonomous. This campaign has consisted in making leaflets and posters reporting on the advantages of the different programmes of the Rent of Housings Promotion for owners. The motto of the campaign is An empty housing does not produce anything, set your housing to produce, set it in rent. The campaign was officially presented to the media in Gijn. There have been printed numbers 1 and 2 of the Bulletin of the Social Marginalization Workshop, and at present they are working on the edition of a Guide of Access to the Housing aimed at owners and tenants. 3. ODINA Socio Economic guidance Workshop (training and employment) This workshop has developed a campaign called Fight against asylum seekers, refugees and immigrants discrimination in the labour market. Campaign aimed, on one hand, at overcoming the prejudices and reticences for the contracting of these people, and on the other hand, at promoting the equality of treatment in the work among the migrant population and the autochthonous one. This campaign has consisted in making a photo-booklet showing immigrants professional occupations in Asturias and several companies of different sectors of economic activity, which in a voluntary way have been involved in the content and development of this campaign. The campaign was officially presented with the representatives' presence of the autonomous, local administration, associations, unions and mass media in Gijn and Oviedo in April, 2007. The Workshop has also edited its first Bulletin. VII. Obtained outcomes 1. Strengths a. Related to observation - A more concrete and dynamic knowledge of the needs and problematic identified and felt by the group of immigrants and their socio-economic background. - A better knowledge (quantitative and qualitative) of the phenomenon of the immigration from an integral and cooperative perspective, and from a territorial and local boarding. - A more precise, dynamic and optimized visibility of the social available resources in the territory to attend to the needs of the group. b. Related to partnership - A reinforcement in the processes of development of the partnership between public, private institutions/entities, social and economic agents, for the mobilization of all the available resources, which facilitate dynamics of social and labour insertion for the group of migrants and in a crosswise way for the autochthonous group. - A joint planning of the actions aimed at improving integration processes of the group, from a cooperative diagnosis between the entities and institutions involved in the Observatonal Device. - An improvement of information exchange processes, data, surveys, and publications on the knowledge of the group, between different agents of the research area. 2. Weaknesses a. Related to observation
February 2009, 28th
361 / 653
- The limits of the secondary information sources. - The information management from the cartographic dimension. - The information management related to the territory organization. b. Related to partnership - Lack of cooperative work culture, networking, distrust, suspicion, fear feelings between the agents. - The plurality of the individual agents interests. - The context (social, political, economic...) relevancy to promote the partnership building up; time needs and search for the right time to start the process. - The adequacy to the different paces and resources of the agents involved in the process for the joint of the partnership. - The reorganization of the human, technical and material resources. - The precedents of conflict between the different actors. VIII. ODINA network and its methodology added value - The enhance of resources and actions between the public entities and the third sector. - Accessibility of the information to immigrants and general public. - The improvement of the participation processes and decision-making of the immigrants in programmes and projects planning and development for social integration in the host society. - The reinforcement of the living together between the foreign population and the host society, through mechanisms and mixed spaces of participation. - The integral and collective management of the problems and answers (reinforcement of the solidarity and participation mechanisms between the agents/spaces of responsibility and power distribution and strengthening of the social territorial cohesion) - Bridge/mediation effect in dialogue processes, conflicts negotiation and agents relationships. - Action crosswise opposite to the compartmentalization of the social policies. - The complementarity and optimization of the resources (human, economic, technological) of the territory. - The improvement of the participation processes and decision making of the different agents in the planning and development of the actions (equality reinforcement between the agents). - Provides the construction of a common language and target between the agents on different aspects (social, economic). IX. ODINA network publications and monographic researches Besides Observatory diagnoses and Workshop publications, there have been also made publications, surveys and monographic researches where asked for local and autonomous Administration. 1. Publications - Immigrants in Asturias; associate Guides for the community orientation, 2003 (made for the Housing and Social Affairs Council of the Government of the Principality of Asturias). 2. Researches - Immigrants Training Needs, 2001 (made for the Town hall of Gijn) - Action-Research on the situation of the Ethnic Minorities of Eastern Europe's Countries in the municipality of Gijn, 2005 (made for the Town hall of Gijn). - The Management of the Cultural Diversity in the Asturian Companies, 2007-2008 (Attorney General of the Principality of Asturias).
February 2009, 28th
362 / 653
46
The Community and the Communitarian Development Models
Emiliana MANGONE Researcher in Sociology of cultural and communicational processes University of Palerno, Fisciano, Italy emangone@unisa.it
Abstract: The concept of community, which seemed to be abandoned, is greatly being revived as regards to the possibility of explaining the changes and the interventions in a territory. Nowadays we have to formulate a new concept of community, as a collective intelligence, if we want to identify development models to realize the sustainability and the integration of individuals and territories. Keywords: Community, collective intelligence, territorial development, identity.
I. The concept of community The contradictions more and more stressed in development, in economic growth, in the processes of institutional change are the product of changes in the financial and economic system of the western world. In this context, the way react different groups and cultures seem generally created by the autonomy of its actors that have their own specific resources and capacities. But the latter are destined to collective provisional action. In this way, even if we consider global society as being very important, the analysis of theories, experiences and the individual everyday life in a community have often re-evaluated community as only ways to organize people (Saccheri, 2005). The community seems the only way to be able to read social problems and to define the actions to take. In general, we define community a collective nature in which the members operate with reciprocity and they oppose everyone outside the community with their values, laws, traditions and collective interests. The term community is ambiguous: when we talk of community, on the one hand, we refer to it as an element of dichotomy community-society, on the other hand, nowadays we must consider the concept of community as a social practice and collective phenomena. For these reasons, before we continue, it is best to briefly present the theory about community. In the history of sociological thought the changes of social interactions is the starting point at which one gets an evolutionary view of society. The passage from community to society in XIXth and XXth century was very important. The first scholar that proposed the dichotomy community-society was Tnnies (1887). He defined the two concepts attributing to the first of two characteristics of living organism in which several forms (family, neighbour, relation, etc.) present a face to face interaction and sharing opinions typical of primary sociability. Community is a system of characterized relationship by a high degree of personal intimacy, emotions and social cohesion and stability. Society instead is a mechanical aggregate in which a relationship is possible only thanks to several tools as money or power, furthermore society is a particular type of human relationship characterized by a high degree of individualism and contractualism. Society creates a new way for human relations which are characterized by liberal rational choices, which reduce knowledge about others and the relationship becomes instrumental.
February 2009, 28th
363 / 653
Another scholar that studied dichotomy is Durkheim (1893). According to this author, to community corresponds the mechanical solidarity that consists of common values and laws, it permits all individual to stay in a society without conflicts because the intensity of common ideas and beliefs are stronger than everyones personal ideas. It is typical of traditional society. On the contrary in mechanical solidarity there is organic solidarity that is typical of a society in which the work division (functional differentiation) exists. In this kind of society the values and laws are less important. People act on the basis of their individual consciousness. There are many other scholars that have studied these concepts (Weber, Parsons, etc.) but in this paper we cannot mention them all because we have very little time, we advice the lectors to read the literature available to improve his/her knowledge. The passage from traditional society to modern society was intended as the transition from community to society. But at this moment, the reality that we observe is different. The societary relations are increasing, they are spreading and have changed our way of life, therefore communitarian forms still exist. In recent years, we have discovered that modern society consists of a mix between different forms of communities. Modern society seems to be characterized by integration of models of community and society which reproduce themselves and they leave open the possibility of interactions between themselves. There are two reason for this condition: one, the passage from tradition to modernity is seen as a process that looks for different ways to establish it, and the second is the type of social relationship that origins in particular context. Finally, the term community includes both the political community (in global sense) and ethnic, cultural, religious subcommunity (Pesenti, 2001). In simple words, community is then a peoples integrated system that linked by common customs, usages and existential situations, in this way the people speak and take common decisions. The members of a community actively participate in the decision making about community problems because they are a part of it. The community is a real example of a natural context in which there is a democratic process that is founded on the principle of participation and the building of local public spaces. On this thought, the New Communitarian 1 does not re-evaluate the term of community in the sense of anti-modernity or nostalgic, but they re-evaluate it in the sense of new form to manifest the fundamental principle of participatory democracy in the process of decision making about common goods2. The individuals that do not have a social tie, are not able to act freely, instead the individuals that have strong social ties are to be able to act and, in total liberty, make reasonable choices and give moral judgements. The cooperation between all individuals is very important for the life of everyone, because the responsibility of everyone towards the community does not come back on the underground of individual rights but only a balancing of individual interests to increase collective interests. On these basis, the Communitarian want to promote a strong democracy in which the participatory principle is the best way to obtain social cohesion and sustainable territorial development. Thus, the concept of community, which seemed to be abandoned, is being greatly revived as regards the possibility to explain the changes and the interventions in a territory. II. The community as expression of territorial development Nowadays we have to formulate a new concept of community, as a collective intelligence, if we want to identify development models to realize the sustainability and the integration of individuals and territories. Collective intelligence (Lvy, 1994) has to be intended as a form of intelligence distributed everywhere, constantly improved and coordinated in real time, leading to a real mobilization of resources and competences of a specific context. It is based on peoples acknowledgment and mutual enrichment, not on the worship of fetished communities. The Policy makers who really aim to start a territorial sustainable development have to facilitate and enhance the creation of communities, as they
1. Communitarians Group (New Communitarian), founded in 1990 by Amitai Etzioni, sees in it famous names, McIntyre, Sandel, Taylor, Bellah e Selznick, only to mention some. The original idea of this network is that possible an moral rebirth without to fall into Puritanism, they hope a strong and participated democracy in which the upper principle socio-political is the subsidiarity. 2. The concept of common good is typical of Catholics thought and social doctrine of Church. It is best to explain the difference between common good and public good (Matteucci, 1983): the first is a good of singles that are member of state and that the individuals can to obtain it only by solidarity; the second is a good of everyone in whom united.
February 2009, 28th
364 / 653
are fundamental structures in which it is important to think about: they represent the factory of a territorial human and social capital (territorial intelligence). The word community in a global society does not have a negative sense, as the community considers individuals in their plenitude and not in one of the roles they have to play in the society. It is a whole of experiences and thoughts, tradition and engagement, participation and willingness, and at the same time it enhances the social dimension of the existence, the sense of belonging to a common destiny. The keystone of a community representing the main resource and a representation of a territorial area, and expression of intelligences existing in that area, is included in the concept of the Communitarian Network, who assert that the condition of social animal is constitutive of men. This condition links men of different social status to their kindred in a context of rules and culture leading to the recognition of the concept of common good which gives a sense to human behaviour. This theory does not oppose liberalism neither the centrality of the individual, considering individuals as embedded in the territory, producing the sense of identity and the creation of protection and sustainable development networks (Etzioni, 1995). Through the community we can affirm the social engagement, the respect of mutual rights and freedoms, the balance between needs and responsibilities, the reconstruction of satisfying relations among individuals, and the strengthening of the social capital, as a form of civil and free development, based on the cooperation of all the individuals within a territory. Contemporary society has strong territorial and social differentiations to be decreased or totally removed. Cities (in many cases metropolis) are deeply fragmented, divided into neighbourhoods and suburbs, strongly differentiated per typology of inhabitants, presence of services and comfort of houses. These aspects of social differentiations cause a feeling of unequal and discriminated use of resources and services, increasing the perception of marginality. They cause the exclusion of adults, provoking an identity crisis, while the non places (Aug, 1993), where the new generations meet, often become the only place of expression, fostering the sense of uneasiness and alienation. On the other hand, small rural or mountain villages continue depopulating, loosing the strong social and identity bonds which allowed them to survive wars and catastrophes in the past: in this case the sense of marginality affects young people who do not have the certainly of finding a job and abandon their original territories, along with the adults who do not recognize themselves and do not feel as if they belong to the territories whose policies often imitate the urbanization processes, importing only negative aspects. These characteristics in the South of Italy have increased with experience the modernization processes of 1950s of last century: in fact, the southern communities subjected to these processes have been deprived without opposing a strength that develop the processes of empowerment. The cause of this condition is weak identity. In all cases, it should be very important to work, all together, to rebuild our community to be able to face up to the comparison inside and outside of them (DAgostino, 2002). Due to these characteristics and conditions, the community is the most appropriate instrument to defend the territory from exclusion processes and to enhance the implementation of communitarian development models. It has to be considered as an open space in which environment and social networks find their best interrelation, in the way of sustainability of development and social protection activities, mixing environment, social and economic aspects. Territorial development projects do not have to improve the lifestyle of a few people, but of the whole community. To do community means to valorise the differences to contribute to the construction of development models oriented to the preservation of a human dimension of life, starting from the feeling of identity and the embedding to the territory that each individual express when improving social forms of life. The community is not only a form of territorial expression revealing itself, through consolidated identity equipment and shared traditions (Magnier, Russo 2002). It is the main resource, since is the unique form of social organisation focused on individuals capable of facing and overcoming social pathologies (overcrowding, depopulation, depression, identity crisis, etc.). Therefore, the community should start promotion, participation and therapy actions, leading to the assurance, especially for new generations, of life conditions enabling an itinerary of complete and integrated development.
February 2009, 28th
365 / 653
III. Is it still possible for territorial protagonism to exist ? The concept of community, with globalization processes, was one of the aspects of dichotomy local-global. In this paper we must underline the importance of the term local, thus it is necessary to explain and define both the spatial or contextual aspects and relationship aspects. The last form is well described by Appadurai (1996) when he defines locality as a phenomenology of social life, a structure of emotions made by particular forms of intentional activity that produce typical material effects. It is clear that both aspects must be considered when we think of realizing patterns of territorial development, one does not exclude another, they are integrated. At this point of our thought, we ask ourselves some questions: What is the dimension of local that can implement territorial development policy? Is only an univocal definition of local possible that integrates relationship and spatial aspects, and that consents to sharing perception between all disciplines that must intervene in the planning of a territorial development? Certainly it is not possible for anymore to equate the local with the administrative boundaries of a territory, especially after the progress of the process of European integration, that appears or is increasingly perceived as the place at which two structures intersect: a formal one, resulting from the vertical and horizontal relationships among institutional subjects, that is legitimate but slow in acting, and an informal and spontaneous one, made up of open relations networks that offer the advantage of swiftness and flexibility, but it is limited by absence or by lack of legitimacy. So recognizing each other beyond the boundary means, for those who choose to venture onto the path of shared administration, to approach complex relationships that on the one hand, at the informal level, pose the existence of a community of destiny that can be actively involved in the new opportunities for movement and reciprocity, and on the other hand reaffirm the conditions resulting from the legitimate administrative territorial jurisdiction, its allocating power, the distribution of goods, the positioning of its government and representative powers (Mangone, 2001: 26). A real and correct integration of these two structures is empowering the role of local territory that on the one hand, guarantees the principle of solidarity between among all citizens, it supports the civil society to exercise public responsibility and, on the other hand, that look for a right control on the complex offer of system with guarantees of impartiality and completely of the networks services on the territory. Different subjects, with particular and specific interests, should organize to make an organic policy of territorial development and to answer its needs and demands of territory. Development policies must try to make the most of territorial resources, by directly choosing the most suitable strategies and the management of their output: the territory must behave like a private actor within a market-driven logic, becoming a competitive actor able to grasp the best opportunities and the most adequate resources, without impairing local characteristics and peculiarities. In line with this logic, local government bodies must play a key role as helmsmen steering development, placing the emphasis on growth and enhancement of some aspects that are crucial for the effective implementation of interventions: integration and coordination of interventions; networking through; stimulating role and advocacy and consciousness-raising activities (Mangone 2008). Regarding this last aspect (advocacy and consciousness-raising activities) a short analysis of it is necessary, because for the growth of a territory territorial marketing has a relevant position (Caroli 1999). Territorial marketing is the complex of techniques, processing and the tools that permit to establish the markets objects with the attraction of several resources (financial, touristic, meetings, etc.). Territorial marketing is the planning and establishing of inventions, promoting and distributing ideas, goods and services to create exchange to establish objects of organizations and individuals: in this way, communication takes a fundamental role. The establishment of a territorial marketing system, that is constituted by the individuation of territory image and its subsequent diffusion and marketing of product-territory, should work out the problems related to communication and implementation of information network to promoting the territory and its development. In territorial marketing all actions that are directed to develop the territory attraction to re-evaluate the specificity of territory both for the internal individual or the external individual. In the determining of marketing strategy is priority the concept of territory vocation has a priority. Vocation is the result of mix territory intangible and not tangible resources: vocation represents the natural habits to attract typical demands and to efficiently satisfy expectations. The implementation of the territorial marketing system must be characterized by the capacity to re-evaluate and to exalt territory characteristics promoting and making them attractive to the public.
February 2009, 28th
366 / 653
Conclusion In the light of what we have discussed above, we can say that the territory can still be the centre of attention even in a global society, instead of just the global society that determines some things that can favour the growth of territory consciousness respect to the opportunities of development that can be linked to utilizing and improving resources and characteristics that a community expresses. Thus, the centre of attention for the territory is confirmed with development policies that are not residual, but they have been built on participatory citizenship of all its members, which the horizontal and vertical subsidiarity principle has considered as a support to spread the sense of responsibility and it has not denied the public part to take care of governed territorial development. This last, is the expression of a promoting dimension of new interventions and mobilizing community resources with a greater introduction of participatory planning that must involve the institutional actors (Municipalities, Health Systems, Schools, etc.) and civil society actors (associations, syndicates, the voluntary, third sector, etc.) and it must not favour the private subjects that work in the community. Bibliography APPADURAI A., 1996, Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization, University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis-London. AUGE M., 1992, Non-lieux. Introducion une antropologie de la surmodernit, Seiul, Paris. CAROLI M.G., 1999, Il marketing territoriale, Franco Angeli, Milano. DAGOSTINO G., 2002, Fare comunit, in Documento di sintesi of laboratory Principi e strumenti dellagire locale per uno sviluppo inclusivo promoted by network Meridione and from network SLST, Napoli. DURKHEIM E., 1893, De la division du travail social, Alcan, Paris. ETZIONI A. (eds), 1995, The New Communitarian Thinking: Persons, Virtues, Institutions and Communities, University Press of Virginia, Charlottesville-London. LEVY P., 1994, Lintelligence collective. Pour une antropologie du cyberspace, ditions La Dcouverte, Paris. MAGNIER A., RUSSO P., 2002, Sociologia dei sistemi urbani, il Mulino, Bologna. MANGONE E., 2001, Lazione politica dellEnte e il welfare locale, in Qualit sociale, 17: 26-34. MANGONE E., 2008, Territorial Development and Governance: Third Sector Organizations, in Acts of International conference of Territorial intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 24-27 October 2007. URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Mangonehuelva07-Mangone.pdf MATTEUCCI N., 1983, Bene comune, in Bobbio N., Matteucci N., Pasquino G. (1983) (a cura di), Dizionario di politica, Utet, Torino. PESENTI L., 2001, Il ritorno della comunit, in Kiron, 6, 1: 134-141. SACCHERI T., 2005, Sviluppo e trasformazione della comunit, Napoli, Liguori. TNNIES F., 1887, Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft, Reisland, Leipzig.
February 2009, 28th
367 / 653
February 2009, 28th
368 / 653
47
Including the Inhabitants Options in a Process of Territory Regeneration for the Vauban-type Fortress in Alba Iulia, Romania
Lucian MARINA Senior Lecturer, University 1 Decembrie 1918, Alba Iulia, Romania marinafrds@yahoo.com Nicusor MOLDOVAN Director of the Projects Division, Alba Iulia City Hall nmodovan@apulum.ro
Abstract: Our study presents a methodology of including the inhabitants options in urban regeneration, based on the direct involvement of University 1 Decembrie 1918 Alba Iulia in the sociological research on the inhabitants options and in designing a marketing plan for the Vauban-style Fortress in Alba Iulia, not for suburbs (as urban regeneration generally refers to) but for a city centre hosting cultural and historical vestiges of world value. Keywords: Urban regeneration, methodology, inhabitants options, governance, integrative project.
Including the inhabitants options in regeneration processes can be generally seen as a community development action, of the type bottom-up, through which the needs expressed by the population of a given territory are used as a basis for urban development projects. If the city encompasses valuable sites, which can act as poles of urban growth, expressing needs becomes a more complicated process which requires a systematic and methodological effort. From August 2007 to May 2008, the University 1 Decembrie 1918 carried out two projects at the request of the local administration in Alba Iulia, namely a sociological research and a Marketing Plan for the Vauban-style Fortress. In the case of the Vauban-type Fortress in Alba Iulia, archaeological research has brought to light the remnants of old medieval settlements and especially vestiges of the period of the Roman Empire. As a result of its studies conducted between 2007 and 2008, the University has suggested the local administration to consider the inhabitants options when deciding the ways in which the Vauban-style Fortress can be regenerated. Thus, the following stages have been completed: 1) discussion panels with young architects and experts in sociology that identified the main ideas which could be developed within the historical Fortress site (the project was designed as a summer camp for young urban planners and was not organized by the University), 2) experts at the University identified the possible regeneration directions of the Fortress and defined a sociological framework of investigating the inhabitants options, 3) the opinions of inhabitants interested in the issue of regeneration were gathered (among other methods, a questionnaire with more than 400 questions was used for more than 1200 people) 4) opinions were
February 2009, 28th
369 / 653
processed and conclusions to the sociological study were drawn 5) a marketing study was carried out for the first urban regeneration project, to be funded through national or European schemes 6) an integrative project has been outlined for urban regeneration efforts, designed as a type of Fortress Governance and the idea was discussed with the citizens, experts and the local administration. Further on, we shall present this methodology and its results in the case of the Vauban Alba Iulia Fortress. I. Stage 1. The discussion group with the young people experts in architecture and sociology (local people, but also foreigners attached to the town) The first stage of integrating the inhabitants options was done as a summer camp, where everybody worked according to a qualitative methodology. There were themes, directions, projects that were tested in the following stages. We are showing some of the working methods: the organisers put together five teams of young experts, who debated on the regeneration alternatives, talked to the local people and even suggested architectural projects. In this stage, the Universitys involvement was reduced only at the level of coordinating some sociological activities, of gathering the qualitative data. II. Stage 2. Inventorying the possible directions of regenerating the Fortress by the experts at the University and defining a sociological context of investigating the inhabitants options. The initiative group at the University of Alba Iulia, formed of sociologists, economists, people working in the computer science field and historians made a pilot study in June-August 2007, through which the following needs of the population in Alba Iulia and of the local responsibles regarding the touristic promotion of the Fortress were identified: a) At the level of the local authorities in Alba Iulia, there is a development strategy that says that tourism in the historical Fortress was declared a strategic priority. Nevertheless, there is no study of proportion that could offer a clear image on the populations options regarding the strategic importance of the touristic objectives in the town, a few years after approving and making the strategy popular. b)The studies done by the Sociology Department at the 1 Decembrie 1918 University between 1999-2005, at the level of Alba Iulia they showed the high interest of the citizens of this town in the touristic promotion of the monuments in town. The sociological investigations show that between 1999-2006 the citizens of Alba Iulia manifest an increasing satisfaction regarding the development of the town, believing at the same time that the touristic resources of the town are not considered valuable enough at their potential. Projects financed by the local budget, such as The urban camp 2007 (the young experts, stage 1) have succeeded in bringing into discussion some possible promotion options. The local publics sustaining degree for the potential projects of superior quality of the historical Fortress was not known though. The experts diagnosed that the triple historical value of the Fortress (ancient, medieval and modern), that has some architectonical and historical monuments of national and international importance (The Roman Fortress with its vestiges, the bastion-like Fortress of Vauban type, the Batthyaneum Library, the Roman Catholic Cathedral, the Union Museum and the Academic College, the present headquarters of the 1 Decembrie 1918 University, etc.) increase the necessity of defining a promotion strategy for the Fortress, based on the opinions of the citizens of this town. Thus, an evaluation programme of the inhabitants options was suggested, meant to clarify the strategic directions. In the research programme the following objectives (the questions of the research) were defined: 1.Which is the present state of the touristic product of the historical Fortress and which are the steps to follow in order to develop it? 2.Which is the degree of interest and possible involvement of the citizens of this town in developing the touristic product of the historical Fortress? 3.Which is the relative competitiveness of the objectives constituting the historical product (visiting, promotion preference, putting to good use)? 4.How much can the Fortress and the objectives on its land be promoted while promoting the major touristic objectives in town?
February 2009, 28th
370 / 653
5.How informed are the citizens of Alba Iulia, where does he get tourist information on the historical Fortress, how attractive was this information according to the source type? 6.What kind of messages should be used in promoting the Fortress? 7.What major actions would be necessary for the touristic promotion strategy and who should aim at promoting the Fortress? 8.Which would be the potential involvement degree of the general population within interactive tourism offers that are characteristic to the present cultural and historical tourism? 9.Which should be the percentage of the local budget dedicated to developing and promoting sightseeing attractions in the Fortress? 10.Which would be the populations major options regarding the lines of development for the Alba Iulia Fortress? In order to address these objectives, a quantitative methodology focussed on two methods has been finalized and tested: diagnosis analysis of the touristic market, sociological analysis and marketing analysis of the inhabitants options. III. Stages 3-4. Diagnosis analysis of the touristic market collecting and analysing the opinions of the inhabitants interested in regeneration (a questionnaire with over 400 questions was used and data from 1200 people interested was collected 1. The diagnosis analysis of the tourism market for the historical Fortress of Alba Iulia revealed the following: a. At present, the main source of request for accommodation services in the city comes from the business or conference sector. On the other hand, there are few catering services and leisure time activities providers, which are not very diversified. Considering the diversity of foreigners visiting the city, highly qualified hotel and restaurant staff is a must, so as to meet the most demanding tastes (special menus for tourists from Italy, Germany and the Asian countries) b. Specific touristic activities, touristic circuits, organized events are few if we consider the demand and the pressure of competition. Complete touristic products must be designed, which address tourists differently, depending on all the social and motivational elements characterizing them. c. The main categories of touristic resources of Alba Iulia generate tourism forms such as cultural tourism and business and conference tourism. Most tourists visiting Alba Iulia and staying at the main hotels in the city are Romanians. However, there is a significant percentage of foreign visitors. Despite the fact that the number of tourists accommodated at the Cetate and Parc hotels in the city, and the level of indicators of tourist circulation (total number of days per tourist and the average period of stay) has a slightly decreasing tendency as compared to the previous years, the number of people visiting the Unification Museum or the Unification Hall has slightly increased during 2005 and 2006 as compared to the previous years. d. With no alternative accommodation sites built, no improved quality of tourist services and classical forms of tourist offers, exceeded by the competition of modern means of attraction specific to world cultural and historical tourism, we arrive at the conclusion that there is a slight tendency to keep tourism inside the historical Fortress to short visiting forms with a lower possibility to obtain consistent profits. Following the analysis of the data obtained from the inquiry on the inhabitants options, the University experts have formulated a series of recommendations that the local administration has adopted and included in the Marketing Plan. 2. The recommendations included in the Marketing Plan were the following: a.The strategic development plan proposed by the citizens of Alba Iulia for the Fortress is that of the exceptional development of cultural and historical tourism and not of a common development. 82.8% of the citizens choose the purpose of the area to be visiting monuments, exhibits and historical buildings, 74.5% as an area of daily tourist attractions, by organizing many open air events in a medieval atmosphere, 50.2% as an area where conferences and cultural events could be organized and only 24.2 % as a trading area (grocers, shops, etc.) and 12% as an area with many offices.... As a result, the
February 2009, 28th
371 / 653
recommended management structure should be able to satisfy the citizens option for an exceptional cultural-historical product. b. Two important local brands are certified based on the results of the population study: the symbolic capital of Romania and Original and impressive fortifications marking many historical moments. The proposal of the study, formulated based on the analysis of statistical correlations between the option of the supporters for the two brands s one to promote and valuate an integrated brand synthesized as follows: the Alba Iulia Fortress A Romania symbolic capital with two-millennium old fortifications. The brand has an extensive support in the case of 90% of the people investigated in the sociological inquiry, which means at least 65% of all the citys inhabitants (including the outskirts). The error for this support base is +/- 2,8% (this is the error margin for the batch). In fact, the adhesion percentage can be by at least 16 percentages higher, to a total of 81% (as not all who refused to answer the inquiry reject this brand, but 50% at the most). c. The citizens believe that developing and promoting the Fortress is a budget priority. Over three fourths of the citizens would approve of funds being directed towards this area (17% say that most of the budget should go there and 67% support the idea of sharing an important sum to this and other priorities). d. The Fortress should be valued by its inclusion in well known cultural and historical tourism circuits. The promotion plan for the integrated brand of the historical Fortress should include solutions to draw foreign tourists to the well known routes (itineraries) to which the Fortress already belongs within the offer of tourism operators, for which it does not yet have a powerful marketing profile. The next marketing step is encouraging the inclusion of the Fortress into the tourism agencies and tourism operators plans, which promotes objectives that have similar or complementary profiles to the Fortress brand. Such a marketing method has paid spectacular results in the American-European programme Routes to the roots, a project coordinated by American Research Centre and University of Oldenburg from Germany. The programme has mainly aimed at inviting American citizens to visit Germany, with 64 US target cities. Tourists were invited to examine the culture of the region that their ancestors had emigrated to and to study the emigration cases on site. The destination network (tourist destinations) included cites such as Rotterdam, Bremen, Hamburg, Liverpool, etc. (G. Richards; C. Bonink, 1995). Thus, we can mention several routes resulting from diagnosis analysis and from the evaluation of offers for the main tourism operators: a.The Romanian spirituality route (exists in the plan of Romanian operators as the main source of Romanian tourists) includes museums, traditional churches and monasteries of Romania, in a non-structured manner; b.The route of the medieval German State of Transylvania (exists in the plan of Romanian tour operators) includes objectives from medieval Transylvania: Sebe, Sibiu, Media, Sighioara, etc.; c.The Latin route (exists in the Plan of Italian and French operators, less in Romania) contains Fortresss on the itinerary of the Roman entrance in Dacia starting from the south of Danube (in Romania, another objective is found in the Ortie Mountains); d.The military Christian route (does not exist in the tour operators plans) can address Fortresss from Hungary and Transylvania that the Austrians built to chase the Turks from Central Europe; e.The Jewish culture route (the programme exists within itineraries of European Jews) 1 and can include other cities from Alba county where there are still traces of Jewish culture; f.Festival routes (we have the Wine route, but we encourage other initiatives); g.Routes of cultural events (in the hypothesis that open-air cultural events can be developed to cover most of the year). e. If we want to value the Fortress, we cannot neglect the endeavour to identify witnesses of the citys multiethnic and multi-religious profile, now of the past. Among these historical traces we have to mention first the Germans and the Jews (practically, they no longer live in the city, but we still have traces of their culture left and they are still searched for by tourists from these countries. The proof is a constant
1. http://www.judaica.ro/
February 2009, 28th
372 / 653
tourist flux from Germany, Austria and Israel, as the diagnosis analysis shows). A special interest is paid to the Protestant and Catholic vestiges from the Vauban Fortress. f. The study underlines the citizens option in favour of a modern cultural and historical tourism creating many events in a historical ambiance and by city planning in a monumental style that can draw tourists from inside and outside the country. The most important visions extracted from the citizens options are medieval atmosphere (with carriages, costumes but also contemporary music events) and historical monument planning of the Fortress (such as a medieval tower with a panoramic view, a Roman amphitheatre or a medieval inn). The citizens claim as necessary conditions for tourism development the green space cleaning, well signalled alleys and routes, and limiting the access of cars in the area. The option for commerce aims at the cultural-historical commerce. Those who accept other types of commerce are in minority. A real estate development of the Fortress on a modern line is not very much accepted (offices for firms or local institutions). Opinions are different on this subject and they depend on the subjects status. g. In order to value the historical site, spectacular modalities were identified and put into practice (medieval costumes, permanent lightening, canon fire shots, etc). All of these, among others, which do not exist but which are desirable for citizens (holographic projections on the Fortress walls, projectors, medieval carriages) must be developed and promoted with the promotion of the Fortress, in order to attract tourists (to accompany objective presentations and add value). h. Vauban is an international brand. Thus, the Development strategy of Alba Iulia proposes measures to integrate the medieval Fortress into the European Network of Vauban Fortresss. At the moment, the existing network of Vauban Fortresss contains French Fortresss2 that applied for admission at UNESCO. A collaboration on the line of extending this network should have a new objective and it should be supported by concrete measures on this line. Therefore, the organization of medieval events is agreed by most of the population. Vauban does not have the same symbolic meaning as medieval from the viewpoints of the promotion message agreed by the citizens. The organization within the Fortresss perimeter of a Vauban-Visconti 3 area can be a measure supporting an enriched integrated brand and it can help use the meaning of the word Vauban into the local identity. IV. Stage5. Designing the Marketing plan for the first project of urban regeneration and the search for financial resources. The main recommendations of the marketing plan approved by the municipality endorses the product strategy and the strategy for promoting the tourist offer. The product strategy takes into consideration the release of a tourist offer, containing products and tourist tracks, an offer issued for the local market (the inhabitants of the city) but also for the national and international market. An important component of the marketing strategy is represented by the promoting strategy of the tourist offer, which endorses the use of some promoting techniques (advertising, public relations, and attendance to tourism fairs) adequate to all categories of tourists taken into consideration. The marketing plan was completely included in a financial project with European funds (ORP-The Operational Regional Plan). In this moment the project was declared a winner and it will have a total budget of 12 million Euros. The project will be implemented by the local administration with the collaboration of the University and by periodic consulting of the inhabitants.
Arras (Pas-de-Calais), Bazoches (Nivre), Besanon (Doubs), Blaye/Cussac-Fort-Mdoc (Gironde), Brianon (Hautes-Alpes), Camaret-sur-Mer (Finistre), deux ouvrages du canal du Midi (la vote des Cammazes et l'aqueduc de la Cesse), Palais Belle-le-en mer (Morbihan), Longwy (Meurthe et Moselle), Mont-Dauphin (Hautes-Alpes), Mont-Louis (Pyrnes orientales) Neuf-Brisach/ Breisach-am-Rhein (Haut-Rhin et Allemagne), Saint-Martin-de-R (Charente-Maritime), Saint-Vaast-la-Hougue (Manche) Villefranche-de-Conflent (Pyrnes Orientales) 3 Why Vauban-Visconti and not Vauban? First of all because it would better define the architectural hallmark of the city, by expanding the reference area. Second of all, it would pay homage to the designer of the Fortresss architecture. Thirdly, a certain brand can only exist when there is a connection between the tourists identity and the brands identity. From this point of view, Italian visitors (according to the diagnosis analysis, they form the majority) would have something to identify with. This space can receive a more spectacular name which could again extend its attraction area, such as: The imperial Vauban-Visconti area (the aim is to make a better cultural and hitorical definition, to improve tourism marketing and to open to new categories of tourists).
February 2009, 28th
373 / 653
V. Stage 6.Outlining an integrated project for the urban regeneration efforts as a Governance of the Fortress and its discussion with the inhabitants, the experts and the administration. In the last stage of the integration project for the inhabitants` opinions, the University, by the help of the project team, used a quality intercession based on the interview method of return of results. Local leaders were interviewed and an integration project was sketched and it was called, temporary, (we are still in the testing stage of the local leaders cohesion): The Governance of the Fortress. The administration is a public private partnership, having as a constituent factor the local public administration to which the organizations implied in the management of the cultural-historical patrimony of the Fortress participate. Everything should be fulfilled by the help of the inhabitants, their consulting and their involvement in the processes of informing and tourist orientation. This last aspect should be planned and evaluated by the University by the help of the sociology and marketing department. VI. Final Considerations In the plans of the urban regeneration, they tend to limit the public involvement and the community groups (Brindley, Rydin, Stoker, 2005), no matter the used combination of the management. A formula of private management of the regeneration can reduce even more this involvement, the architectural details and the aesthetic criteria being established entirely by specialists. This thing can take to debates and conflicts. A solution can be a corporatist formula, coordinated by the local administration. The popular participation consists of implying the public too, in the small decisions from the regeneration processes, tested successfully in some cases (the Belfast situation, analyzed in Hughes, Carmichael, 1998), it necessitates a detailed organization of the public informing, based on a direct communication. The urban regeneration processes are often stages of a larger process of urban transformation where it endorses, in the first stages, the reorganization of the urban mobility by investments in the infrastructure and the revival of some industrial areas. The regeneration of the Torino suburbs, described by Elissa Roso, a strategic plan of the city hall (2004), could not have been fulfilled but only after the forming of the networks of connection and urban integration. In other recent processes of urban transformation (for example, the case of Detroit), sports and culture are also mentioned as key elements in the reconstruction of some peripheral areas. In what concerns Alba Iulia, the particularity is that the regeneration concerns a central area, situated in the city centre, but where the level of investments in the infrastructure was low. The aspect of the area is one of a deserted suburb, where the former warehouses of the army and the catacombs used by it were overlapped with the depopulation of the area and the chaotic constructions nearby. The development of a methodology for integrating the inhabitants` options had as a consequence the elucidation of the strategy directions of the tourist product, the draw of a marketing plan for promoting the Vauban Fortress and the connected vestiges and the development of a corporative formula for the administration of the urban regeneration where the interests of the many groups are negotiated in the limits of the general directions established by the inhabitants. Bibliography BRINDLEY T., RYDIN Y., STOKER G., 2005, The politics of urban change, Taylor&Francis, e-Library HUGHES J., CARMICHEL P., 1998, Building, partnerships in urban regeneration: A case study from Belfast, in Community Development Journal and Oxford University Press, 33, pp. 205-225 RICHARDS G. and BONINK C., 1995, Marketing cultural tourism in Europe in Journal of Vacation Marketing, pp. 1, 172
February 2009, 28th
374 / 653
48
Conception, Representation and Mediation in Participatory Land Planning Projects: 3D Physical Models Artefacts
Pierre MAUREL PhD Student, Cemagref UMR TETIS, Montpellier, France pierre.maurel@teledetection.fr Yann BERTACCHINI I3M Laboratory, University of southern Toulon Var, France
The concept of sustainable development and its related principles, in particular public participation, changed dramatically in France the way of developing and implementing public policies for spatial planning. It progressively shifted from sectorial, technical and centralized approaches to more holistic, participatory and deliberative approaches. Individual citizens and social groups in interaction are becoming more numerous and diversified, as well as the habitus and social representations. Thus, getting mutual understanding and a share vision of the territory becomes longer and more complex. In this context, the informational and communicational dimension of these widened socio-technical processes turns to play a central role (Bertacchini et al 2006). The emergence of a process of territorial intelligence requires more fluent exchanges of information between the participants and greater confidence in the information exchanged. To face such a challenge, one of the possible solutions is to introduce mediating objects (Vinck 2006) able to help formulating and making understandable by other participants different perspectives and kinds of knowledge available among the actors network. But the introduction of innovations in normative territorial planning processes is already in itself a challenge. Relying on the Diffusion of Innovations (DoI) Theory (Rogers, 2003) and an Information and Communication Tools (IC-tools) uses theory (Proulx 2005), this paper aims to focus on the 3D physical models that have been used to support a participatory land planning project for the Thau territory. This paper will describe how this innovation has been introduced into the territorial intelligence process, the making process itself and the characteristics of the models, the uses initially planned as well as the observed uses and effects (cognitive, procedural, relational, local capacities). I. Case Study Application: a Territorial Intelligence Process in Action An experiment has been launched in the framework of an operational research study integrated in the participatory spatial planning process of the Thau territory. This territory is situated in the Hrault department in the south of France, near the city of Montpellier, the regional capital. To reinforce integrated coastal zone management (Vallega, 1999), the local authorities have decided in 2005 to implement simultaneously two new planning tools, a SCOT (territorial dimension) and a SAGE (water dimension). These public policies instruments are driven by the Syndicat Mixte du Bassin de Thau (SMBT) which acts on behalf of the two intercommunal cooperation structures (EPCI) that represent all the municipalities of the territory. In order to anticipate the implementation of the SAGE and the SCOT instruments, the SMBT is also encouraging local stakeholders to translate sustainability principles into action in their professional practices. For instance, the Villeveyrac council
February 2009, 28th
375 / 653
situated in the northern part of the Thau territory has decided in 2007 to develop a local agenda 21 in order to reinforce its rural identity in a peri-urban context. A detailed description of the Thau territory, its governance system and the participatory process has already been presented (Maurel 2008). To support this approach, different animation and facilitation methods combined with several information and communication tools have been used or are still under development (Maurel and Roussillon, 2007). Some of these tools, based on Internet technologies, are particularly sophisticated. Others remain extremely rudimentary from a technical perspective but are equally useful and effective in the emergence of a process of territorial intelligence. We will focus in this paper on one of these rudimentary tools, the 3D physical scale model. Figure 1: Location of the Thau territory
II. The 3D Physical Scale-Model as Communicational Artefact: Towards a Revival? A comparative analysis of various spatial representations shown that 3D physical scale-models were presenting intrinsic properties suitable for synchronous, face to face and bidirectional communicational processes and were not requiring heavy decoding tasks (Maurel 2001). 3D models turn out to be very powerful and user-friendly communication tools. They can support a variety of collaborative processes that are extremely interactive (free expression of local knowledge, results communication, scenario building, etc.) and multi-sensory (vision, hearing, sense of touch). That kind of artefacts has been widely used in the past centuries, in particular by military to prepare the defence or the siege of strategic sites (Warmoes 1997). It is currently also used in developing countries to support participatory development projects with local people. Very detailed methodologies are now available to make and to use such models (Rambaldi, 2002). There is, however, in France at this time a clear preference for the use of digital or virtual representations. Physical 3D scale-models are rarely used, except for urban or large infrastructures planning projects, but more as marketing tools than for participatory design.
February 2009, 28th
376 / 653
III. Diffusion of 3D Physical Scale-Models in the Thau Territory Planning Process Several actors have contributed to introduce 3D physical scale-models in the participatory planning process of the Thau territory and other related activities (Fig. 2). Figure 2: Actors network involved in the 3D scale-models innovation process.
Fondation de France (2) Fu Conseil Gnral 34 (1) Fu SMBT (1) Fu, D, F Villeveyrac council (1) Fu, D, F, U
Schoolmasters (6) U Cemagref (5) D, M, F, A
3D scale models
Manufacture Paysages (3) D, F, U Mediaqua (4) D, M,
APBT (3) D, M, F
Note: Type of actor: (1) Local authority, (2) Foundation, (3) NGO, (4) Private Cie, (5) Research, (6) Education Role in the process: Fu: Funding, D: Design, M: Making, F: Facilitation, U: Use, A: Assessment.
To date, four different scale-models have already been manufactured. These models have been used during different events (SCOT technical group workshops and public meetings, educative sessions) with various audiences (elected officials, professional representatives, NGOs, public at large, schoolboys). Their main characteristics are described in the following table. Figure 3: Main characteristics of the 3D scale-models
N Scale 1 1:25 000 2 3 1:25 000 1:50 000 Size (m) 1,6 m x 0,8 1,6 m x 0,8 0,8 m x 0,5 Area Thau territory Thau territory Generic river basin Layout White magnetic paint Coloured geographical features (administrative limits, land use, roads, rivers) Coloured land use areas Accessories - Vertical support - Coded small items for individual real life places and activities - Filling up bulb - Small coloured items for components of urban water system (aqueduc, tank, intake, treatment plant, ) Horizontal support Transparent plastic sheet with land use
1:5 000
1,6 m x 1,6
Villeveyrac district
Coloured geographical features (administrative limits, land use, roads, rivers, irrigation network)
February 2009, 28th
377 / 653
The following timeline provides an overview of the different phases as well as the concerned actors for the design, the making and different uses of these four 3D scale-models. Figure 4: Timeline describing the 3D scale-models development process
Thau festival
Model 4
(1, 8, 2,10) Models making *** (3, 2, 8) Local event (8, 3,10)
Thau Days (1,3,10)
Agenda 21 Model 3
Preliminary project
(3, 9) Educational exercises (50 pupils) Models making *** (3, 2)
!!
Ste Sustainable Development week (1,3,10)
SAGE Models 1 & 2

Technical feasability 1st use cases (2, 3, 4) Proposal for fund finding (2, 3, 4, 5) 1st test of model making ***** (3, 2, 8) Models making *************** (3, 2, 4) SCOT mayors seminar (40 participants) (1, 2, 6) Educational exercises (50 pupils)
Diagnosis
!!!
(3, 9) Ste Sustainable Development week Educational exercises (15 students) (2, 9) (1,3,10) Thau Days (1, 3, 10)
Initial idea (1, 2, 3)
SCOT Open-House exhibition (1300 visitors) (1, 3, 2, 10, 6, 7)
!!!
Thau festival (1, 8, 2, 10)
SCOT 2006
Diagnosis
2007
Project
2008
Note: 1: SMBT; 2: Cemagref; 3: NGO (Galapians, CPIE, Mediaqua); 4: NGO Manufacture des Paysages; 6: Mayors; 7: Local stakeholders; 8: Villeveyrac council; 9: Education (scholar students, teachers); 10: Public at large. ----- Preliminary phases ***** Making phases Use phases
If we analyse the diffusion process from the Diffusion of Innovations theory, Rogers distinguishes five stages through which an innovation passes: knowledge, persuasion, decision, implementation and confirmation (Rogers 2003). Knowledge phase: In our particular case, three actors were knowing the potential of 3D scalemodels and understanding their functions. They played the role of change agents defined by Rogers. These agents were: 1- A local NGO leader who was already using basic 3D models for educational purposes in the Thau territory. 2- Another NGO, situated closed to the Thau territory, familiar with the use of 3D objects to raise public awareness of urban planning challenges. 3- The Cemagref researcher involved in the design of the Thau participatory process, who was aware of the experiences carried out in developing countries (Rambaldi, 2002) and who recently investigated spatial representations properties. Persuasion and decision phase: The SMBT technical agents in charge of the planning project were already favourable to innovative approaches, including public participation, and used to deal with geographical reasoning. Their clearly played the role of initial change aides defined by Rogers as the ones who complement the change agents, by having more intensive contacts and more trustworthiness credibility with decision makers (here, the group of mayors involved in the SCOT process). The SMBT facilitated preliminary meeting between the NGOs and the Cemagref researcher and convinced the mayors about the interest of making 3D scale-models. The three initial technical actors worked together to prepare a proposal for a national call for tender in the field of participatory land management in order to get additional funding. The first proposal was rejected for administrative reasons but the second one submitted in 2008 was successfully accepted. Implementation phase: These three initial actors then cooperated for the design and the making of the models 1 and 2. These two models have been used in 2007 for several events related to the SCOT process (mayors seminar, a two month open house exhibition and a serie of educational activities). The uses of the models during the open house exhibition are detailed later in this paper.
February 2009, 28th
378 / 653
Confirmation phase: Positive feedbacks from these first uses allowed then to pass through the confirmation stage described by Rogers, which corresponds to a reinforcement of the innovation in the social system. Several new actors asked for using these models or for producing new ones for their own activities. For instance, the representatives of Villeveyrac district in the SCOT process appreciated the two first 3D models and decided to contract with the NGOs already mentioned to make another 3D model covering the Villeveyrac district area. This new model will be used to support participatory activities related to the implementation of the local Agenda 21. It has already been displayed in 2008 during three popular events, raising the visibility of the Villeveyrac council initiative towards sustainable development. The SMBT and the local NGO are also benefiting from this visibility. The local NGO also produced a 3rd scale model of a generic river basin with the technical assistance of the Cemagref researcher. To date, this model has been mainly used for several educational activities with local schools to raise awareness in the field of river basin and water management. The SMBT agent responsible for the SAGE process also played the role of change aides for the diffusion of this 3D model since he is very favourable for cooperating locally with the educational system. IV. 3D Scale-Models Making Process Seen as a Socio-Technical Process The design of technical objects is in itself a dynamic socio-technical process in which designers, users and environment interact. Then, cultural norms and conventions that have been incorporated into objects work up to guide their uses (Akrich, 1987). For example, the partners of the first Thau scale-models have contributed with their own ideas, skills and values to co-design these artefacts. From a technical point of view, the making process has been adapted compared to the one described in the manual already mentioned (Rambaldi, 2002): Cork material was preferred to corrugated carton board for ecological considerations, contour lines were directly displayed with a video projector at the right scale on the cork sheets instead of using carbon paper, scale-models were made by local NGOs and a researcher instead of inhabitants for socio-cultural reasons. According to Proulx (2005), designers base their activity on the representations that they have of the virtual users and they translate them into affordances. For instance, in our case, it was considered as fundamental to create an artefact that will encourage the targeted users to think and reason at an inter-district level because they were seen as people who used to think very locally. For that reason, the two first 3D scale-models have been designed to cover the whole Thau territory and the individual districts limits have not been represented on the models. According to the same author, values, moral and political dimensions are also incorporated into the technical objects. In the Thau case study, the innovators were sharing the same values concerning the way of carrying out territorial projects: vision and choices driven by the sustainable development principles, bottom up approach, linking traditional decision and participatory methods involving all stakeholders and ordinary citizens, transparent access to understandable information, mixing expert and local/tacit knowledge, involving the youngest through educational activities, avoiding digital divide between connected people and the others. Within the range of tools used in the Thau planning project, the choice of rudimentary 3D scale-models rather than high-tech digital and dynamic 3D representations of the territory were definitively driven by these values. The same reasons influenced the design of accessories and socio-technical environments of the 3D scale-models. For instance, the 3D models were not placed under a plexiglas protective device but were kept opened and completed by symbolic and movable items for interactive exercises. Another example concerns semiologic choices to represent phenomena on the 3D models. Thau territory is subject to intense demographic pressures leading to rapid urban sprawl and these phenomena are perceived from very different perspectives. If they are seen as positive by some elected people or groups of interest, the designers of the 3D models considered them as dramatic for ecological and social reasons. They decided to represent urban areas in black, as an oil slick, in order to reinforce the negative dimension of urban sprawl phenomenon and to focus participants attention on it. They also used the red color (associated to danger in our society) to produce an interactive map of urban sprawl dynamics between 1944 and 2020 that was displayed on the vertical white 3D model (model n1) and which really caught the attention of participants.
February 2009, 28th
379 / 653
V. Analysis of some Uses of the 3D Scale-Models We have chosen to detail here how the 2nd scale-model has been used during the touring openhouse event designed to present the SCOT diagnosis to the general public from August to October 2007. The two-month exhibition was presented in 7 of the 14 municipalities in the Thau territory, and lasted one or two weeks including the week-end at each location. Each event was preceded by a public meeting chaired by the local mayors assisted by the SCOT project manager. Next, SMBT technicians successively facilitated the open house event. A staff member of the NGO that had made the models organized several visits by schoolchildren. A total of 1 300 people attended the public meetings and the exhibition. Here is a brief description of the informational and communicational support system that has been imagined by the SMBT and the local NGO to present the results of the SCOT diagnosis. The exhibition itself included 25 posters organised around 6 topics, an interactive map of urban sprawl dynamics between 1944 and 2020 displayed on a vertical white 3D model (model n1), a urban planner game to lay out a new plot, a GIS on a laptop to display SMBT geographic data upon request, and at least one interactive exercise with the 2nd 3D scale-model (see below a description of this exercise). Main land use features were already painted on the 3D model: towns, main roads and main rivers, lagoons and the sea, the SCOT and the watershed limits. Small coloured items were also produced to represent several individual real life places or activities such as lodging, work place, shopping centres, sporting and cultural facilities and different means of transport (car, bus, etc.). Visitors to the exhibition were asked to pinpoint these items on the 3D model in order to represent their footprint on the territory in terms of housing, transportation, shopping and leisure (Fig. 5). Figure 5: Use of the 3D scale-model in the open-house exhibition for the SCOT diagnosis
February 2009, 28th
380 / 653
Direct observations made during the exhibition and interviews with the facilitators revealed different uses and effects of this 3D model. Some of these findings were expected by those who produced the 3D models, some other uses emerged during the interactions between the facilitators, the visitors and the physical artefacts of the exhibition. We now present six uses of the models that correspond to our main findings. - Cognitive use: for most of the visitors, Thau territory still was a blurry concept they had heard about through the local media or by listening to the technicians and mayors speeches. The 3D models enabled them to acquire a more accurate representation of the territory, both its natural (perimeter, relief, land use, hydrography) and human dimensions (towns, roads). - Second cognitive use: the interactive exercise that consisted in positioning small coloured items on the 3D models helped the visitors to link their real-life spaces (mainly made up of local places and transportation axes) with the much wider Thau territory. This exercise also enabled them to visualize their footprint on the territory. The accumulation of coloured items pinpointed by previous visitors helped them discover the diversity of real-life spaces and their cumulative effects in terms of housing, transportation and services. A real learning process was going on in their minds: Thau territory not only started to exist, but they also were deeply embedded in it. - Third cognitive use: Several authors have already shown that technical objects with a representational function could act as partners in the cognitive activity of those who used them (Norman 1993, Millerand 2002). They can alleviate the cognitive tasks of attention, reasoning, memory insofar as they take over a part of human cognitive activity. They can also replace different cognitive tasks (involving representations and manipulation of symbols) by a direct perception (Qur 1997). In our case, the 3D scale-models clearly played this role by supporting during the SCOT diagnosis exhibition the process of communication between agents with different frames of reference (i.e. mainly between the SMBT technicians and visitors). By presenting the physical space of the Thau territory, the 3D scale-models were offering visual grasp points in the discourse and gestures of the other person to better locate places and understand territorial phenomena that were verbally expressed. - Relational use: when the 3D model was used at the beginning of the visit, it helped to establish contact between the facilitator and the visitor. During the positioning exercise, the hitherto anonymous visitor revealed to the facilitator his daily life spaces, his practices and his preferences, allowing an interpersonal discussion to start, which helped to create an atmosphere of confidence for the rest of the visit. - Procedural use, this use derived from the previous one: the interaction mediated by the 3D model enabled the facilitator and the visitor to start a discussion about several territorial issues (housing, urban sprawl, employment, traffic jams, sport and cultural facilities, environmental impacts, etc.). In this case, the 3D model was used by the facilitator to direct the visitor to the exhibition panels for an in-depth discussion about these important issues. - Last use, which can be qualified as indirect or secondary, was related to the relational capital of the Thau territory. Indeed, several people from different institutions developed a strong partnership to carry out this project based on 3D models. They worked together as a real team to improve the initial idea, to find technical and procedural ways to make the models themselves, to design interactive exercises and finally, to put all these innovations into practice during the exhibition. These activities enabled a relational network based on trust, reciprocity and specific innovative skills to be extended and strengthened. This latent richness could be reactivated later for the benefit of the territory. VI. Discussion This paper aimed to describe how the 3D scale-models innovation was introduced into the Thau territorial intelligence process, the making process itself and the characteristics of the models, the uses initially planned as well as the observed uses and effects. Results shown that the diffusion process of the 3D scale-models was respecting the Diffusion of Innovation Theory proposed by Rogers. One of the most interesting conclusions to date is that 3D scale-models communicational artefact can definitively help to connect technical representations of the territory with real-life places as perceived by the inhabitants, thus facilitating the dialogue between spatial planners and ordinary citizens. They also helped to strengthen trust between technical staff from the leading institution, local NGOs and the public at large. All these aspects have positive effects on the emergence of a territorial intelligence process.
February 2009, 28th
381 / 653
Numerous studies have shown that even if designers strongly guided uses of communicational artefacts, there could be from users gestures of diversion of these uses originally planned, or even totally new uses (Millerand 2002). In our case, results to date indicate that the observed uses of the 3D scale-models were widely anticipated by the designers, and predetermined through their design itself, their immediate surrounding environment and the instructions of use proposed by the designers or the facilitators. However, some uses originally planned have not been observed yet, especially those imagined to facilitate technical or political meetings of traditional decision makers (mayors, government and local authorities technical staff, stakeholders representatives). During the next stage of the SCOT and SAGE processes, we believe that the 3D scale-models could facilitate the dialogue concerning the territorial political project supported by elected officials. Depending on the intensity of use of these models, they might turn to become widely shared symbolic representations of the Thau territory. All that contributes to a process of gradual emergence of territorial ownership. Bibliography AKRICH M., 1993, Les objets techniques et leurs utilisateurs. De la conception laction, Raisons Pratiques, n 4, p. 35-57. BERTACCHINI Y., GIRARDOT J-J., GRAMACCIA G., 2006, De lintelligence territoriale. Thorie, Posture, Hypothses, Dfinitions. ISDM, juin 2006, n 26. MAUREL P., 2001, Les reprsentations spatiales : concepts de base et lments de typologie. In LARDON S., MAUREL P., PIVETEAU V., Reprsentations spatiales et dveloppement territorial, Paris : Herms, chap. 4, pp 75-108. MAUREL P., 2008, Apprentissage collectif pour dcider de lavenir du territoire de Thau: premiers retours dune approche combinant politique publique et participation. Confrence OPDE 2008 (les Outils Pour Dcider Ensemble), Qubec, 5-6 juin 2008. MILLERAND, F., 2002, La dimension cognitive de lappropriation des artefacts communicationnels. In F. JAUREGUIBERRY & S. PROULX (eds), Internet: nouvel espace citoyen. Paris : L'Harmattan, 181203. NORMAN D. A., 1993, Les artefacts cognitifs, Raisons Pratiques, vol. 4, pp. 15-34. PROULX S., 2005, Penser les usages des technologies de linformation et de la communication aujourdhui : enjeux modles tendances. In Lise VIEIRA et Nathalie PINEDE, ds, Enjeux et usages des TIC: aspects sociaux et culturels, Tome 1, Presses universitaires de Bordeaux, Bordeaux, 2005, p 7-20. QUERE L. (1997), La situation toujours nglige?, Rseaux, n 85, pp. 163-192. RAMBALDI G., CALLOSA-TARR J., 2002, Participatory 3-Dimensional Modelling: guiding principles and applications. Available at http://www.iapad.org/p3dm_guiding_principles.htm. ROGERS E. M., 2003, Diffusion of innovations, (5th Ed). New York: The Free Press. VALLEGA A., 1999, Fundamentals of integrated Coastal Management, The Geo Journal Library, Kluwer Academic Publishers. VINCK D., 2006, Dynamique dinnovation et de conception et rle des objets intermdiaires. Ecole dt du GDR TIC et socit Les supports de la connaissance : technologies, mdiatisation, apprentissage, 11-15 septembre 2006, Autrans, 39 p. WARMOES I., 1997, Le muse des plans-reliefs. Editions du Patrimoine, Paris.
February 2009, 28th
382 / 653
49
Transfer of an exploiting observation according to a European guide: The experiment from Chapelle-Lez-Herlaimont
Laurence MEIRE Project coordinator of the Plan of Prevention of Proximity, Chapelle-Lez-Herlaimont, Belgium asblsymbiose@skynet.be Carine de NOOSE Project coordinator of the Plan of Prevention of Proximity, Chapelle-Lez-Herlaimont, Belgium Jean-Marie D ELVOYE
I. Context of Chapelle-Lez-Herlaimont Located in the Walloon region in the province of Hainaut in Belgium, the rural commune of Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont knows a dazzling economic development with the coal extraction determining a considerable increase of population. It will grow almost seven times in the 19th century1. In the 60s, the decrease in coal activities has determined an economical stagnation with professional, social and cultural repercussions. Nowadays, with a population of 14161 2 inhabitants, the commune has an unemployment rate of 3 19.5% . II. Origin of the project It is in 1988 that started a policy of an integrated social development together with the creation of a solidarity house by the CPAS. In 1995, the commune of Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont, with the support of the Walloon Region, creates a non profit association Symbiose to carry out the fight against the exclusion around which was developed the Integrated Social Plan. The non profit association Symbiose is the base for a range of actions of the ISP. Beyond a methodology, we find in Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont a state of mind whose purpose is to privilege the Social Cohesion. The Integrated Social Plan is now called the Plan of Prevention of Proximity. In 2009, it will be called The Plan of Social Cohesion. The observatory from Chapelle is the base for the future Plan of Social Cohesion. Although the Plan of Prevention of Proximity aims at transversal reflections, it acts upon policies of inter sector insertion supported by the Walloon Region. Our customs of partnership working are connected to the public institutions at several federal, regional, communal institutional levels as well as private organizations and employers. The social actions from Chapelle come out in an intuitive way. Thinking about the place of so-
1. Source Roger Darquenne, Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont, son histoire, ses gens. 1981, Press of the worker cooperative printing. La Louvire page 317-318. 2. Sources: service of the population from the commune Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont the 25/03/08. 3. Emploi du temps : The actuality of the employment and training market in your region in La Louvire Trimestrial n 1 March 2008 Le Forem.
February 2009, 28th
383 / 653
cial services users, the actions are determined by the feeling without any scientific analysis or objective critics. Although this empirical method has positive results, sometimes the expected results are unsatisfactory because of the lack of objective knowledge or of data updated to the real needs of the population. Therefore, we lacked tools to improve the territory knowledge so as to optimize the actions and to advise the decision-making by taking into account better identified needs, for all the actors on the field to the benefit of the whole population from Chapelle. III. Contact In 2003, a delegation from Chapelle among whom our burgomaster went to the university in Huelva. The observatory for employment in Huelva got their full attention. In July 2007, we went to Optim@ in Seraing for a first contact. In September 2007, the analysis of the action as translation area is endorsed by the local political authorities who support the project. However, the impulse comes from the Local Employment Agency (equivalent of ANPE), from the employment area. The guardianship power expresses also its approval. The project will be conducted by the Plan of Prevention of Proximity with the support of structural European Funds (SEF). In October 2007 we participated in an international conference on the territorial intelligence of CAENTI. For this conference we established the modelling of the exploratory observation with JeanMarie Delvoyes team. The interest is in the participative tools of observation being used by local actors to make decisions of social intervention based on contextual, structured and objective information. In this way, the causes for social exclusion are better identified. The idea is to gain some time by modelling taking into account the past mistakes, but especially benefiting from the competences and experiences of the CAENTI network. IV. Procedure Transfer of an exploring observation according to a European guide The information comes from the users of local services based on the ELSA themes. It contains individual situations and subjective perceptions. The whole set allows identifying the main profiles of the users of social services, their needs and to measure the size. The partners are representatives of institutions of CPAS for the services of help for family, emergency accommodation, home nurses, companies of training through work; from the Communal administration for the urbanism services, education, extra school welcome, library, environment, neighbourhood stewards; the non profit organization Symbiose for the services of foreigners integration, specialized in addiction, of socio-professional insertion; the Local Agency for Employment, FOREM, the Employment House, the Observatory of Health of Hainaut, the National Office of Childhood, the House of Youth, the Regional Mission of the Centre, the Walloon Agency of Integration for Handicapped Persons, CERAIC, companies of private insertion Proxemia and a physician. The partners mobilization started with the creation of 4 thematic groups based on employment, accommodation, health and autonomy (ELSA). By themes, they elaborated a part of the guide for data collection, using the European pattern that you realized. Once ended this phase, all the actors from different themes have validated the guide for data collection. The advantage of the inter sectors approach of this project is that it strengthens and enlarges the partnership for the benefit of all the actors for the whole local population. After the phase of digitisation, the operators of first line called editor collect the information from the users individually according to an inter sectors approach. The difficulty at this level is that this represents some extra work and the commitments made at the beginning are not always respected. Also, some questions have a higher degree of difficulty for the interviewer than for the interviewee. At Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont, we have paid a lot of attention to the deontological rules. Also, we have the checking done for the guide of data collecting by a committee of ethics composed of physicians depending on the Hospital Centre of Tivoli at La Louvire so as to guarantee anonymity. They only formulated one comment. It concerns the dates of birth. In order to guarantee anonymity, they advise us to use only the age.
February 2009, 28th
384 / 653
Mobilization
Elaboration of GRD
Digitisation
Editing and capture
Treatments et analysis
Thematic exploitations
17/03/08
24/06/08
31/08
30/11/08
31/01/09
Mars 09
Thematic group + group validation oprationnel
Training + monitoring
Quantitative Qualitative analysis analysis
Presentation resultats
Guide of data collecting
Capture software
Database
Communication of the first results
V. Transfer of competence Within the framework of collaboration at the scale of the Walloon Region, the commune of Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont solicited the non profit organization Optim@ to transfer the observation action conducted in Seraing. In order to support this transfer, Optim@ solicited a partnership with MTI: this project constitutes an opportunity to set up concretely the tools established within the CAENTI. The demand of the local actors is to establish a loop observation- action- evaluation which should be able to produce quickly concrete effects. For this, it is mainly about getting tools for an already existing partnership and getting the results of the first exploring observation within 12 months. The communication will approach the different phases prepared to conduct this transfer dealing mainly with: - the preparation of the transfer : the first contacts, the identification of the demand and of the objectives, understand the local context, the importance of a clear planning, the repartition of roles and responsibilities for each side, - the mobilization of the involved actors: what partners to mobilize and how, which implications for the actors, how to constitute the groups, how to connect the groups and the organizations, - the elaboration of the guide: how to create the framework, which animation based on the European guide, the themes repartition, the intermediary work, - the digitisation of the guide: the technical constraints, - the editing of the local guide: importance of training the editors, deontological framework, The orators will propose a reflection on the effective conditions of the transfer of the Catalyse method by insisting on the parameters such as the costs, the presence of a mobilized partnership, the nature of the necessary support, the temporality, Based on the actors experience, a first modelling of the necessary phases for the transfer process will be presented. Conclusion Its contribution really structures the social work. More precisely it answers the principles of territorial intelligence. The observatory stimulates the voluntary commitment of all the local actors by putting the user at the core of their preoccupations where the territory is a central notion of social connections administration. We can state that, today, it generates a mobilizing effect for the partners, especially through its transversal approach of the territorial problems.
February 2009, 28th
385 / 653
By the time the procedure is conducted, we hope to be able to outline trends based on collected information. The utopia would be to believe that the tool solves the whole range of social problems. We do deal with a tool, a help in decision-making. It is not a decision-making act. This way of acting through the PPP, partnerships, territorial exchanges in Belgium or in Europe, allows showing a territorial intelligence which we will put at the disposal of the local development in Chapelle.
February 2009, 28th
386 / 653
50
Territorial intelligence and the three components of territorial governance
Blanca MIEDES CAENTI WP5 Leader and Lecturer in Economics, Local Employment Observatory, Huelva University, Spain miedes@uhu.es
Abstract: Globalization processes, on the one hand, and political decentralization, on the other, have increased the complexity of decision making processes on a territory, and have demanded updating the three basic components of territorial governance: cognitive, i.e., the way of thinking and understanding the territory and, as a result, territorial development; socio-political, i.e. the way in which abilities, responsibilities and resources are negotiated in the new decentralized political map; and technological-organizational, that is, the networks of actors and tools to act on the territory. This communication considers that the emergence of the concept of territorial intelligence takes place in parallel with these transformations in the different dimensions of territorial governance in the transition from the information society to the knowledge society. In the first section the concept of territorial governance is presented. Its three main components cognitive, socio-political, and organizational-technological are presented in the second section. The third section analyses the way in which these three components of territorial governance are affected by the characteristics of the knowledge society. As a conclusion, in the fourth section it is claimed that the development of territorial intelligence is a consequence of the transformations undergone by the different dimensions of territorial governance in a context of globalization and political decentralization in the current knowledge society. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, territorial governance, knowledge-based society.
I. The concept of territorial governance The economic crises of the 70s and 80s in the last century called into question the ability of nation states to provide effective answers to the economic and social problems these crises were causing. During the same period, analyses on the limitation of fossil fuel reserves and the environmental impact of growth called into question the western economic model itself, in a scenario where less industrialised countries were struggling to imitate it. The sustainability of the growth model shifted the focus a debate which had centred on the fight against poverty during the 70s. Simultaneously, the remarkable increase in capital flows and direct investments in foreign countries, stimulated by the development of the new information and communication technologies, intensified economic transnational integration, favouring what has been later called economic globalization. Neither Keynesian policies nor the neo-liberal alternative managed to provide an escape from economic stagnation, high unemployment rates and the growing volume of people and territories excluded from the new economic growth model within the context of globalization. All this translated into a political crisis of legitimacy for national status and a reconfiguration of those spaces in which power was exerted. The consequences are produced in two directions: upward, in an attempt to regulate more and more globalized flows, supranational decision making structures are reinforced (the European Union is a paradigmatic example, but also the G7-G8, Trade Negotiations, etc.); downward, producing the emergence or resurgence of territorial identities which are regional or local in character in an attempt by
February 2009, 28th
387 / 653
regional and local actors operating in these spaces to design their own strategies to find a way out of the crisis. In this downward direction, the answer to this crisis of legitimacy takes the form of the decentralising processes of state power, which present two distinct dimensions. The first of these, the territorial dimension, confers greater autonomy on regional and local levels for management (decentralisation) or definition of public policies (transfer of responsibilities), accompanied on occasions by the requirement of some degree of financial co-responsibility. The second, the institutional dimension, provides greater political space for private actors, both in the decision-making processes (negotiation) and in their participation in the provision of goods and services (delegation). The strengthening experienced by civil society and particularly the resurgence of organisations in the third sector during the crisis years are to be interpreted in this context. Greater consciousness of mutual dependence and of the need for cooperation among multiple actors and multiple levels to face serious social and economic problems has been translated into greater support for negotiation as a method in decision-making processes relating to territory. From the concept of government, understood simultaneously as an exclusive agent and as the principal result of a top-down decision-making process, we pass to the idea of governance 1 which makes reference to the need for governments to make room for other agents in the decision-making processes and to the need for all levels and areas of governments to be involved in these processes. All this results in horizontal cooperation (among different agents and areas of government) and vertical cooperation (among different levels) which is much more widespread (and also confused) than is produced in the traditional scheme. The result of this greater complexity is a reduction in the regulatory role of the state, with the network of projects by various territorial actors acquiring greater importance. Coherent with this view, the concept of territory which is beginning to prevail in the political and academic media transcends the mere geographical or administrative space to become a space for institutional proximity, which acts as a reference for the actors projects and visions of the future. These projects transform the territory, which is presented as a dynamic reality permanently in progress, continually reaffirming and preserving its identity in the face of its physical, political, economic and cultural surroundings, with which it finds itself in eternal interaction. In this conception, territory is defined, as an intersection of networks (physical, human, formal, informal) of strategies and interdependencies among members who are interlinked, a place for production, for negotiation aimed at sharing a common future. The system is based on the geographical proximity of its actors, but also by the shared dynamic that reflects them, the actions that result from these relations, the rules, norms and principles that appear together (Leloup, Moyart and Pecqueur, 2004, p. 7). Territory appears as a permanent social construct in constant adaptation 2, as a specialised system of actors with a variable strategic capacity margin for its self-production. This capacity does not result exclusively from politics or the economy, but from a systemic behaviour of organised territory. In this context, economic and social development comes to be understood as a virtuous mix of the self-organisational capacity of the whole social organisation3, on the one hand, and of the efficiency of intervention engineering in the territory, on the other (Boisier, 1997, p. 43).
1.
2.
3.
An idea inherited from the approaches of the institutionalist economy of the 1970s, which referred to the development of reconciliation mechanisms and the coordination of actors who are institutionally different in nature in order to achieve economic efficacy and efficiency and which converge with the analysis which was being carried out at the same time by the political sciences, in relation to the problems of governability which appear in modern democratic states, in proportion with the growth of their structural and institutional complexity and which is accentuated by the processes of globalisation (Juregui, 2000). On prend donc ici le parti de considrer le territoire (qui est le rsultat) ou la territorialisation (qui est le processus) comme une forme particulire de coordination par la cration de groupe. Cette forme de coordination est lorigine dune modalit particulire de cration de valeur et dmergence de ressources nouvelles ou latentes. Ces ressources territoriales spcifiques sont plurielles et dbordent dans de nombreux cas la seule sphre productive (Leloup, Moyart and Pecqueur, 2004, p. 7) . During the nineteen-sixties, A. O. Hirschman had noted that the development processes of specific territories do not depend so much on the volume of resources available (capital, natural, human) as on the degree to which they are used. Hence these processes depend to a large extent on the ability (and also on the discretion) of the various actors (public and private) with regard to the mobilisation of these resources (Meldolesi, 1997, p. 108 et seq.). As Perroux would say, the protagonists will be the actors and not the factors, since it is the former who mobilise the latter and not vice versa. It is the former who connect the various material and mental structures through their activity and the latter which, on the basis of these interactions, can give rise to the emergence of new structures that aid and generate development (Perroux, 1984).
February 2009, 28th
388 / 653
It is precisely in this confluence where the concept of territorial governance acquires full meaning and significance, alluding to the set of complex processes through which decisions are made regarding urban or territorial development and which shape the intervention engineering in the territory. In these processes local actors are involved alongside national and global actors present in the territory, whether these are public or private, commercial or social. The relationships between the actors include both relations that are formal and official in nature and informal relations regulated by a local political culture. The participation of multiple actors in territorial development decisions can vary in balance and synergy, based on the actors relative powers, and on the presence or absence of common goals (Bervejillo, 1998, p. 7). In this context, the principal challenge faced by the architects of territorial governance is that of making full use of all the potentiality that present-day society offers to place it at the service of sustainable territorial development and making sure that greater institutional complexity does not hinder but rather stimulates the exercise of democracy. This leaves public authorities with the difficult challenge of making the processes which make up territorial governance at least contribute to a double objective: on one hand, making sure that the solutions adopted mobilise the resources effectively, by providing relevant answers to territorial needs, both in the short and long terms; on the other hand, ensuring that the processes by means of which the solutions are proposed, debated and finally accepted contribute to the development of democracy, in a more complex context in which the traditional systems of representative democracy prove insufficient. Definitively, territorial governance is presented with the challenge of seeing that territorial engineering takes advantage of and effectively stimulates the organisational capacity of the whole of the social organisation in order to manage to provide appropriate answers to the democratically expressed needs of the citizens. II. Components of territorial governance Already at the end of the 1990s it could be glimpsed that in order to confront these challenges to territorial governance it was necessary to carry out significant transformations in at least three dimensions: the cognitive, socio-political and technological-organisational (Bervejillo, 1998). On the cognitive plane, the transformation referred to the need to revise the very concept of territory as well as the approaches used in analysis of territorial transformations. On the socio-political plane, the need to set up new institutional frameworks to promote democratic coordination of actors and their projects on territory was raised. Finally, on the technological-organisational plane, the need was raised to have available new technological and organisational tools for analysis, monitoring, management and communication on territory (Figure 1). Figure 1: Dimensions and new components required for territorial governance
Dimension Cognitive Socio-political Technological Organisational Components Renovation of the paradigms for thinking out territorial development. Renovation of substantive theories on territorial development. Production of new empirical knowledge about contemporary territorial transformations. New forms of vertical and horizontal coordination. New project territories. Territorial forecast and new collective projects. New agencies and institutional networks for territorial management. New tool kit for analysis, monitoring and territorial communication.
Source : Bervejillo, 1998.
Today, a decade later, the decentralising processes which convert territories into the arena of governance have become universal, and these transformations continue on course, but basic contact with the actual experiences that are currently being carried out anywhere in the field of local, social or community development within the European Union reveals that at present, neither knowledge of territory, nor territorial institutional fabrics, nor the tools used for analysis and territorial management appear to be up to the challenges. On occasions, more than governance, we could talk of territorial
February 2009, 28th
389 / 653
misgovernance especially taking into account the miscoordinations and the inefficiency in assigning resources applied to territorial development. We state that we live in the knowledge society, however, the strategic knowledge institutional decision-makers have available to them and, especially the actors who operate directly in the field carrying out their individual or joint territorial projects, continues to be quite wanting. In spite of the scientific and technological advances and despite the amount of energy used in territorial analysis, territorial actors still do not have the type of knowledge available to them to provide them with comprehensive representations of the territorys position in the global context. This prevents them forming a critical vision of the future to reveal their different opportunities for action. Socio-political renovation, according to analyses performed by the OECD (2005), is also proving very complex. Although decentralisation processes are presented in principle as indispensable institutional transformation for socio-economic development and as a reinforcing factor for democracy, their effects do not prove to be automatic. As far as the first point is concerned, economic efficacy and efficiency, decentralisation in itself is not spontaneously producing an increase in administrative flexibility, or greater concentration on the most pressing problems, nor, consequently, the proposal of more pragmatic solutions. Everything seems to depend in each context on the degree of accuracy in the comprehensive diagnostic of territorial problems and on the ability of the politicians in charge to coordinate all the actions in the territory, bringing coherence to global action. As to whether they favour the development of democracy, the empirical evidence is not conclusive. In principle decentralisation appears to give rise to more horizontal, participatory relationships and to favour some down-top processes by empowering the most disadvantaged local groups and the development of public deliberation processes. But they are still modest effects and much more significant on a municipal level than on a regional level 4. The causal link between decentralisation and democratisation appears tenuous in the majority of studies carried out. In reality this depends on the process being accompanied by policies which reinforce compliance with laws, strengthen the development of civil society, ensure equitable investment of resources and which generate effective coordination among levels of government (Tulchin and Selee, 2004), all this by assigning responsibilities among the different levels and agents who are to receive the decentralised power based on the functions, abilities and resources of each actor. To sum up, decentralisation being translated into more suitable solutions for the needs of sustainable territorial development, while at the same time strengthening democracy, depends on the actual form adopted by the processes involved in territorial governance in each case. These processes are affected by a number of factors, among which can be mentioned the territorys position and form of involvement in the global economic and political context; the institutional fabric made up by the formal and informal networks in which the actors from different levels and sectors whose action affects the territory interact; the individual responsibilities, abilities and preferences of these actors, as well as the characteristics of the forums where these actors meet and the methods they use to debate and cooperate, especially as regards the processes of production and exchange of information relating to the territory. From the above it can be deduced that the success of the socio-political component depends to a significant extent on the capacity the territory has to produce a comprehensive, forward-looking vision of the territorys dynamic in the global context (with new paradigms, theories and cognitive component models), but also on the territorys capacity to create institutional agencies and networks for territorial management such as territorial partnerships 5 and new coordination and communication tools which will allow the coherence of strategies and projects in time to be maintained (technological and organisational component). III. Territorial governance in the context of the knowledge society One fact of paramount importance that has not been mentioned more than superficially up until now is that all this discussion of governance is produced in the context of the emergence of what is
4.
5.
In this sense it should be stated that the decentralised state is a tapestry of variable configurations, just like the centralised state. The specific crystallisation of power and influence relations among local actors will depend not only on the resources and the local actors ability in negotiation, but also on the place the local government occupies in a specific institutional space delimited by central-peripheral relationships, or if preferred, the local system of government where they operate (Ramrez-Prez, Navarro-Yez and Clark, 2004). For specific experiences in this field see OECD (2004).
February 2009, 28th
390 / 653
being called the knowledge society 6. In this globalized society, in which the cost of exchanging capital and goods has been reduced to an extraordinary degree, it is originality in the combination of the resources and technological and organisational innovation that confers the competitive advantage, with the result that knowledge, today more than ever, is presented as the principal productive factor, the generator of determinant economic value. Perhaps the most significant expression to summarise the role of knowledge in the world today is that attributed to M. Serres: knowledge is now the infrastructure (Lvy) The knowledge society goes well beyond the concept of the information society. The latter is an instrument of knowledge, but not knowledge itself. The latter would be the result of the interpretation and critical analysis of the former and of the ability to draw useful conclusions, both for its practical application, and for living lives, which in A. Sens familiar expression are worth living (Sen, 1992). It is at this point that the concept of the knowledge society establishes a link with that of human development, with the twin facets of this understood: creation of life opportunities and development of the freedom of choice. Knowledge proves to be of paramount importance as much for one component as for the other. The information society refers to the technological; the knowledge society affects much wider social, ethical and political dimensions. As Pierre Lvy explains (1994), the point is that the principal characteristic of knowledge societies is that we have recognised that knowledge is everywhere and intelligence is distributed universally (no one has all the knowledge and everyone has some): the knowledge society is conceived as a society which is nourished by diversity and ability. Lvy bases the concept of collective intelligence on this characteristic, explaining that we are not dealing with an intelligence which stems from interchangeable subjects in the way that an ant hill could be considered, but rather with an intelligence based on the knowledge of unique, exceptional individuals7. Another distinctive feature of the knowledge society is that scientific and technological advances, increased by the stimulus of value production and the changing needs of modern societies, and amplified by feedback from new information and communication technologies, are causing the available knowledge to evolve very rapidly. As the process becomes universal, a larger and larger percentage of the population is becoming involved in the use and the production of new forms of knowledge, but not all people, groups, territories participate equally in these, nor is their knowledge considered of equal value. This produces differences (the cognitive gap) which reflect each group or territorys degree of integration into this knowledge society based on its economic possibilities and level of education. The report Towards Knowledge Societies, published by UNESCO in 2005, highlights the need for todays societies to work to avoid exclusion or marginal participation of citizens in the production and use of knowledge. This organisation insists that the problem does not only mean facilitating access to infrastructures. It insists on providing basic education and training, developing cognitive abilities and establishing appropriate regulations with regard to access to the contents, but also and principally on contributing to developing the capacity to generate new contents of knowledge. The latter is of paramount importance since peoples abilities are not static, but dynamic, and it is a matter of favouring strategies in which people are protagonists in the changes in knowledge (bringing into play their capacities for diversity, participating in the building of collective knowledge) and not mere adapters of a state of global knowledge, which in any case is vast and permanently evolving. This knowledge society is the breeding ground in which those transformations which affect the components (cognitive, socio-political, technological-organisational) of development of territorial governance are produced. And it is precisely with regard to this last point, the need to promote the ability of individuals to be protagonists in the creation and evolution of knowledge, which permits the
6.
7.
The idea of the "knowledge society" was first used in 1969 by a university member, Peter Drucker, and in the 1990s it was entered into more deeply in a series of detailed studies published by researchers such as Robin Mansell or Nico Stehr. [This idea arose] at almost the same time as the concepts of learning societies and lifelong learning for all, which is not exactly a coincidence (UNESCO, 2005, p. 61). L'intelligence collective n'est pas la fusion des intelligences individuelles dans une sorte de magma communautaire mais, au contraire, la mise en valeur et la relance mutuelle des singularits. Actuellement, non seulement les structures sociales organisent souvent l'ignorance sur les capacits des individus, reconnus par leurs seuls diplmes ou position sociale, mais encore elles bloquent les synergies transversales entre projets, ressources et comptences, elles inhibent les cooprations. Pourtant, la multiplication des intelligences les unes par les autres est la clef du succs conomique. Ce serait galement une des voies du renouveau de la dmocratie. Cest, en dfinitive, le projet dune socit "intelligente partout", plus efficace et vigoureuse qu'une socit intelligemment dirige. On passe du cogito cartsien au cogitamus" (Lvy, 1998).
February 2009, 28th
391 / 653
coordination of these three components, pointing them towards a single concept, namely: territorial intelligence. IV. Territorial intelligence as linking element of the three components of territorial governance The concept of territorial intelligence, like any idea still in progress is a polysemic idea. The approach that we are proposing here is based on different definitions of territorial intelligence which place emphasis on different aspects of knowledge about the territory, whether that be in reference to all forms of knowledge to understand the territory (Girardot, 2002), to the processes of knowledge or self-knowledge of the territory (Dumas, 2004), or to the processes of transfer of knowledge among the actors from a single territory (Bertacchini, 2004) 8. In spite of their different approaches, all these definitions conceive the territory as a selforganisational reality with a capacity for learning (the ability to apply knowledge and expertise and to vary its state or actions in response to different situations based on past experience) hence the reference to territorial intelligence. The territorys capacity for learning resides, primarily, in the actors, who have, on the one hand, different access to information, and on the other, different abilities to convert it into knowledge. But in turn, learning can be thought of as an emerging property of the system, in such a way that territories can be considered intelligent systems (or groups of systems), able to mobilise their knowledge and to adapt their states and actions to new circumstances, on a different plane from individual actors. The interaction of these two levels (individual and collective) of learning is what produces territorial knowledge. This is a holographic connection such as exists between society and the individual (Navarro, 1994). It is important to insist on one point: in the concept of territorial intelligence which is under discussion here, we only refer to intelligent territory in a metaphorical sense; intelligence resides in the territorial actors and individual agents. Territorial intelligence is based on the specific intelligences spread over the territory and which build knowledge in a conscious act of design, creation, collection, analysis and interpretation and mutualisation of the information they have available. It has been said above that territory is a space with actors in which production and appropriation of resources occur. In the knowledge society the first resource that needs to be the object of this production and appropriation is the knowledge that exists throughout the territory, as well as the processes which contribute to its creation. In particular, knowledge of the territory and of the action developed in the territory is converted into knowledge of paramount importance for directing the action in favour of territorial development. Therefore, with regard to territorial governance, territorial intelligence can be defined as all knowledge relating to the understanding of territorial structures and dynamics, as well as the tools used by public and private actors to produce, use and share this knowledge in favour of sustainable territorial development. In this way, territorial intelligence, based on the resources that the information society offers (new information and communication technologies), involves the production of theories and tools to understand the territory (cognitive plane of territorial governance), but also the way in which the members of a society as a whole produce and take in the knowledge available and apply it to solving their problems (technological-organizational plane). As was explained in the previous section, it is these two components which are called on to develop the socio-political component to allow the vertical and horizontal coordination of action on different levels and in different sectors in the territory in favour of sustainable development. Conclusion From this perspective, territorial intelligence is a tool for territorial governance; however both concepts have a complex relationship according to E. Morin (1992), since, in their turn the evolution of territorial governance promotes the development of territorial intelligence. The driving force behind this feedback process is the participation of the actors. The intensity and quality of the participation is what determines the way in which both processes feed off each other. In fact, if territorial governance basically refers to sharing what we jointly know and think as a result of our diversity and then undertaking coordinated, coherent action, territorial intelligence
8. For a more detailed look at this concept see the texts linked to the CAENTI (Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence) project website, http://www.territorial.intelligence.eu.
February 2009, 28th
392 / 653
provides feedback for that process by means of analysis and joint evaluation of the action developed through diversity, resulting in new shared knowledge which allows an improvement in the action. In the knowledge society, where learning is shared, both are faces of the same coin. Nowadays, thanks to the development of new information and communication technologies, there is an enormous amount of information available and a great many very sophisticated tools for collecting, processing and analysing it. The development of territorial intelligence means putting all this potential at the service of territorial action, contributing to the actors involved, not only institutional decision-makers, but the actors most directly involved in the action in the field, incorporating mechanisms in the course of their ordinary activities to facilitate interaction, promoting their individual and joint ability to manage information, to mutualise it and convert it into knowledge which allows them to assess, redirect or design new action. In this sense the design of tools and participatory work methodologies which allow the actors abilities to be developed is of vital importance. Bibliography ANAND S. and SEN A., 1994, Desarrollo Humano Sostenible: Conceptos y Prioridades, available at http://portal.onu.do/contenidos/archivos(%20traducci%C3%B3n)%20Desarollo%20humano/20soste nible.pdf#search=%22Sen%20Anand%20Desarollo%20Humano%20Sostenible%3A%20Conceptos%20 y%20Prioridades%22 ASENSIO M. J., 2004, El modelo de Desarrollo Sostenible, Mdulo Desarrollo Sostenible, Master Universitario Economa Social y Desarrollo Local, Huelva University, Mimeografa. BASKERVILLE R. L., 1999, Investigating information systems with action research, Communications of the association for information systems, vol. 2, Article 19, October 1999, available at http://www. cis.gsu.edu/~rbaskerv/CAIS_2_19/CAIS_2_19.html (accessed: august 2006). BERVEJILLO F., 1998, La reinvencin del territorio. Un desafo para ciudadanos y planificadores, Universidad Catlica de Uruguay, Borrador mimeografiado. BOISIER S., 1997, El vuelo de una cometa. Una metfora para una teora del desarrollo territorial, Estudios Regionales, n 48, p. 41-79. CENTER FOR DEMOCRACY AND GOVERNANCE, Bureau for Global Programs, Field Support, and Research U.S. Agency for International Development, 2000, Decentralization And Democratic Local Governance Programming Handbook, Washington, Technical Publication Series. COGHLAN D. and SHANI A.B., 2005, Roles, Politics, and Ethics in Action research Design, Systemic Practice and Action Research, vol. 18, n 6, December 2005. COMMISSION DES COMMUNAUTS EUROPENNES, 2001, Gouvernance europenne. Un livre blanc, COM(2001) 428 final. FOX N. J., 2003, Practice-Based Evidence: Towards Collaborative and Transgressive Research, Sociology, vol. 37, n 1, p. 81-102. FRANCO P., 1998, Los principios estratgicos: el abordaje multidimensional, el partenariado y la participacin, Polticas sociales en Europa, n 3, Estrategias europeas frente a la exclusin social, p. 35-44, Barcelona, Hacer. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2005, Intelligence territoriale et participation, available at http://labiso.be/ ecolloque/forums/read.php?3,197,197. JUREGUI G., 2000, La democracia planetaria, , Oviedo, ediciones Nobel. JUAN S., 1999, Mthodes de recherche en sciences sociohumaines. Exploration critique des techniques, Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. LELOUP F., MOYART L. and PECQUEUR B., 2004, La gouvernance territoriale comme nouveau mode de coordination territoriale?, Actes des 4e journes de la proximit "Proximit, rseaux et coordinations", 17-18 juin 2004, availaible at http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/publications/documents% 20en%20ligne/pequeur_proximite_04.pdf.
February 2009, 28th
393 / 653
LVY P., 1994a, L'intelligence collective. Pour La Dcouverte.
une anthropologie du cyberespace, Paris,
LVY P., 1994b, Inteligencia Colectiva, Humanidad emergente en el mundo del ciberespacio, available at http://espora.org/biblioweb/cultura/inteligencia1.html. LVY P., 1998, Lintelligence collective, une nouvelle utopie de la communication?, available at http://membres.lycos.fr/natvidal/levy.htm. LUNDY P. and MCGOVERN M., 2006, Participation, Truth and Partiality: Participatory Action Research, Community-based Truth-telling and Post-conflict Transition in Northern Ireland, Sociology, vol. 40, n 1, p. 71-88. MARTNEZ M., 1998, Lo complejo es el contexto. Exploracin participativa, intervencin estratgica y autogestin en el Ecosistema Social, paper submitted in the VIth Spanish Conference of Sociology, September 1998, A Corua (Spain). MELDOLESI L., 1997, En bsqueda de lo posible. El sorprendente mundo de Albert O. Hirschman, Mxico, Fondo de Cultura Econmica. NOFFKE S. E., 1997, Professional, Personal and Political Dimensions of Action Research, Review of Research in Education, n 22, p. 305-343. NUSSBAUM M. and SEN A. (eds.), 1993, The Quality of Life, Oxford, Clarendon Press. PERROUX F., 1984, El desarrollo y la nueva concepcin de la dinmica econmica, Barcelona, Serbal/Unesco. RAMREZ-P REZ M. A., NAVARRO-YNEZ C. J. and CLARK T. N, 2004, Local governance: redes de responsividad en un espacio de multi-governance, IX Congreso Internacional del CLAD sobre la Reforma del Estado y de la Administracin Pblica, Madrid, Espaa, 2-5 Nov. 2004. SEN A., 1992, Inequality Reexamined, Oxford and Cambridge, Clarendon Press and MA Harvard University Press. SHANI A. B. and PASMORE W. A., 1985, Organization inquiry: Towards a new model of the action research process, in WARRICK D. D. (ed.), Contemporary Organization development: Current Thinking and Applications, Glenview, IL., Scott Foresman, p. 438-448. SMALL S. A., 1995, Action-Oriented Research: Models and Methods, Journal of Marriage and the Family, vol. 57, n 4, p. 941-955. SMITH M. K., 2001, Kurt Lewin: Groups, Experiential Learning and Action Research, The Encyclopedia of Informal Education, available at http://www.infed.org/thinkers/et-lewin.htm (accessed: august 2006). SOMEKH B., 1995, The Contributions of Action Research to Development in Social Endeavours: A Position Paper on Action Research Methodology, British Educational Research Journal, vol. 21, n 3, p. 339-355. TRIPP D. H., 1990, Socially Critical Action Research, Theory into Practice, vol. 29, n 3, p. 158166. TULCHIN J. S. and SELEE A., 2004, Decentralization and Democratic Governance in Latin America, Washington, D.C., Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars, www.wilsoncenter.org. UNESCO, 2005, Hacia las sociedades del conocimiento, Paris, available at http://portal.onu.do/ contenidos/archivos(%20traducci%C3%B3n)%20Desarollo%20humano/20sostenible.pdf#search=%22 Sen%20Anand%20Desarollo%20Humano%20Sostenible%3A%20Conceptos%20y%20Prioridades%22. WADSWORTH Y., 2005, Gouldners child? Some reflections on sociology and participatory action research, Journal of Sociology, vol. 41, n 3, p. 267-284.
February 2009, 28th
394 / 653
WILLIAMSON G. R. and P ROSSER S., 2002, Action research: Politics, ethics and participation, j. Adv. Nurs, vol. 40, n 5, p. 587-593.
February 2009, 28th
395 / 653
February 2009, 28th
396 / 653
51
Performing the CAENTI Quality Letter on Action-Research
Abstract: This paper presents an attempt of operativization of the Quality Letter of Action-Research elaborated and discussed within the framework of the WP5 during year 2007. A summary of main elements of this Quality Letter is exposed in the first section. The second section presents some recommendations and an auto-assessment tool to carry out evaluations of the processes of action-research based on the principles of the quality letter. Keywords: Action-research, quality, auto-assessment template.
This deliverable CAENTI Quality Letter for Action-Research favouring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development gathers together the results of the scientific coordination of universities and territorial actors which are members of CAENTI within the framework of WP5 Analysis of the application of the governance principles of sustainable development to territorial action-research during the period from March 2007 to February 2008. WP5s main task for this phase of the project was joint reflection on the main aspects that have influenced improvement of the quality of action-research processes, so that its processes and results favour, to the largest extent, the objectives of sustainable development by promoting territorial governance. In the first phase, the members of WP5 have discussed the concept of quality applied to territorial action-research projects, concluding that it lays basically in the characteristics of the participatory process generated among investigators and territorial actors as projects are implemented, particularly in the capacity that these processes have to promote collective learning dynamics and decisions among the actors based on the mutualisation and joint analysis of the information available in the medium and long terms. Based on this idea, emphasis have been placed on determining the principal conditions (pillars in the terminology of this document) that guarantee the quality of those participatory processes as well as the main objectives to be set up and the means to be used so that these processes can be effectively performed. Given the characteristics of the CAENTI project, special attention has been given to the way in which an appropriate use of the information and communication technologies can promote these processes. This first phase finished with the preparation of the document Proposal of a European Letter of Quality for Action-Research Favouring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development. The Quality Letter has three sections: 1) An introduction explaining the context where reflection on action-research quality came up (the emergence of the problem of territorial governance, the development of the knowledge society, the generalization of the use of the ICTs, and the experience of the members of CAENTI, etc.).
February 2009, 28th
397 / 653
2) A reminder of the principles that inspire action-research within the framework of CAENTI: Transformation, Multidimensionality, Partnership, Participation, Sustainability, Transparency, Coresponsibility, Co-evaluation, Co-learning. 3) The account and justification of what are considered the four pillars for the construction of a durable collaborative participation process: 1. Mobilisation of the territorys actors and resources. 2. Mutualisation of the whole of knowledge and competences. 3. Responsibility of participants and institutions involved. 4. Common ownership of the results of the Action-Research. For each of these pillars, a number of activities were proposed, whose implementation by the participants was considered necessary in order to promote quality of the process and the results of action-research projects. For each of the concerning activities, the added value that they gave to each aim, as well as the role that the ICTs might play in their development, was specified. Figure 1 sums up main elements of this proposal. This letter proposal was presented for validation to the group of investigators and territorial actors at a plenary meeting during the International Conference on Territorial Intelligent held in Huelva in October 2007. In this debate, the main theoretical and practical fundamentals of the quality letter were not questioned, although some substantial critical aspects arose, whose consideration was absolutely necessary with a view to preparing a final version: - Firstly, the idea that the quality letter is a proposal which takes as its reference an ideal model of territorial action-research project was raised. However, experience proves that territorial projects usually originate in a wide range of institutional contexts, trying to respond to specific problems of the territorial actors starting from very specific situations. Hence, most real projects do not have a comprehensive nature, nor are the processes that originate them as linear as the reading of the letter may intend. Thus, the letter is a set of general guidelines and recommendations for actors and investigators to approach participatory processes from a global perspective. Its application must be oriented by the participants in action-research projects to the specific characteristics of each case. - The issue of the application of the letter raises at least two crucial questions: 1) On the one hand, the need to implement the letter, making this set of activities and basic principles go with a methodology by means of which quality may be assessed, giving rise to the corresponding plan of improvements to feedback the process. 2) On the other hand, the appropriateness of specifying the subjects responsible for watching over the quality of action-research projects. The contributions from the audience showed the concern that an instrument thought for the teams internal use, as a reference for self-assessment, might be used in a decontextualised way by external funders. At the Huelva Conference, the WP5 coordination meeting agreed to organize work subgroups to bring together the CAENTI universities and the territorial actors with which they usually work (which could be members of CAENTI or not), to go deeper into the critical analysis of the quality letter and to propose the necessary contributions and comments to draw up the final version of the letter which could be finally validated by all the partners. To make debates more operational, a self-assessment template on the quality of participatory processes in territorial action-research projects was elaborated by the wp5 leader. Each subgroup of WP5 was asked to make criticisms and contributions that they considered relevant to improve this self-assessment instrument. As an external expert, Professor Philippe Dumas of Toulon University (France) also made his contributions to this debate. Here is shown the final version of the template, once the main aspects stated by the participants have been introduced. It also describes a territorial intelligence software available at the web site that allows setting out of a comparative analysis of the quality indicators for different projects or of the evolution of these indicators for a single project at different stages. In order to complete the quality letter presented in Huelva, the final version of this template has been added to the original document presented at the Huelva Conference, and it has been published on Territorial Intelligence website.
February 2009, 28th
398 / 653
Figure 1: CAENTI Letter of Quality main dimensions
Source : CAENTI.
February 2009, 28th
399 / 653
I. Reflection grid about the quality of the participative process in Territorial Action-Research This section presents an instrument which has been created to endow the main proposals of the quality letter with practical applicability. The template has been designed as an internal assessment guide for action-research teams concerned about improving the quality of their participatory processes and, therefore, increasing the chances of success for their projects, both in terms of development and territorial governance. Its application implies the following steps: 1. Choice of work team responsible for work quality and planning The first step for the application of the letter is the creation of a self-assessment team. The members of this work team must be elected by the participants in the project, trying to have the principal disciplines and sectors of the project and the different intervention levels (management, field workers, beneficiaries) well represented in its composition. It must be taken into account that the objective of watching over quality implies the use of material and human resources, especially in terms of work time, which means the need for planning the process and provide it with the necessary resources. 2. Adaptation of the template to the specific features of the action-research project Secondly, both the template and the quality letter take as a reference an ideal type of project where the objectives of the action and the research are proposed in a balanced way, in permanent cooperation between multidisciplinary and multisectoral teams. It has been taken for granted that the project has the appropriate institutional support and funding resources for its implementation, at least in its first phase. These conditions are never given as such when the experience of real projects is more closely analysed. On the one hand, real projects are usually more unbalanced, because either the objective of the research or the purpose of the action prevails over the other. This balance may depend on the stage of the process (a project that starts as a research project or another that starts as an action project may end up turning into genuine action-research projects; and in fact, this is what usually happens). Sometimes, especially when the project depends on external funding, the balance depends on fund availability, according to the speciality, interests and objectives of the organization funding the project. On the other hand, the socioeconomic and institutional context where these projects are implemented is widely varied. The themes considered and the degree of comprehensiveness or multidimensionality with which they are approached may also vary considerably. As a result, although the development of all pillars of quality is, in general, important, not all of them have the same relevance under different circumstances, nor are the added values of their performance the same. Consequently, the correct use of the template implies a second step, which is the adaptation of the template content to the project specific features by the research team. The need for adaptation does not mean that the proposed template is less valuable; on the contrary, it allows action-research projects to be considered from a comprehensive perspective and the setting up of conditions to compare different stages of quality development either in different projects or in different stages of the same project. 3. How to use de grid From a methodological point of view, although logically not in its content, this instrument is inspired in the one used by the Spanish Agency for Quality Assessment and Accreditation (ANECA) in its Institutional Assessment programmes. The template is made up, firstly, of a number of statements related with the achievement of activities performed in the project which are directly involved in quality improvement. The statements have been arranged around the four pillars of the quality letter and, within each of them, they have been classified in relation to the objectives to which the concerned activity contributes and to the kind of means to which each activity may be related. The teams must show to what extent they agree with the statements included in the template, which are always written indicating that each activity has been performed correctly. They can value from 1 (totally disagree with the statement, therefore, the worst with respect to the project quality) to 5 (totally agree with the statement, therefore, the best with respect to the project quality). The valuations can be done either jointly or individually by each member of the team, which will subsequently share and discuss them. What is important is that the final valuation reflected in the template will be the result of agreement. To make the process as objective as possible, it would be
February 2009, 28th
400 / 653
advisable to specify the elements of the judgement that have been taken into account for each assessment. In any case, it should be made clear that this is not an instrument for quantitative but rather for qualitative analysis. As a result, the second element of the template is another box, arranged by pillars. Based on the agreed valuations and the reflections raised when discussing the degree of achievement for each activity, the main strengths and weaknesses of the project with respect to the development of each pillar and the main improvement actions agreed to feedback the quality circle should be stated in this box. Once the self-assessment has been completed, the team may decide to submit the results of the opinion to an external committee which, based on the judgement elements or evidences considered, could contribute with an external point of view. The idea is that the instrument can feed the reflexive process of the action research teams on their own practice. 4. Computer tool for the use of the template in terms of comparison To make the analysis of the results easier for the self-assessment teams, an instrument on the Internet has been designed, which allows the graphic results of the assessment process to be obtained online (see D46). These results are shown in a radial chart reflecting the global valuation obtained for each means within each objective in each pillar. Since the best possible score is always five, the wider the resulting chart with respect to each axis, the better the quality with respect to it; inversely, the closer the figure, the worse the quality assessment. The advantage of this simple tool is that it allows obtaining an image that shows at the same time the state of the project quality with respect to each dimension. It allows global comparisons of the evolutions in time and, provided the adaptation made of the guide is similar, also comparison of the differences in the degree of quality development in different projects. The tool is available at the CAENTI territorial intelligence portal. II. Grid contents and specifications Figure 2: Reflection grid about the participative process on action-research
REFLECTION GRID ABOUT THE PARTICIPATIVE PROCESS IN ACTION-RESEARCH Please, cross the section considering the degree of agreement of the group with each expression. If possible, please, specify the objective elements or circumstances (evidences) that you have considered in your valuation. (5 means we totally agree, 1 means we totally disagree). Pillar 1. Mobilization of the territorial actors and resources. Objective 1.a. Investigation of the target territorys actors and resources. Mean 1.a.1: Compilation and analysis of existing documents and data (scientific and technical, political, legal, etc.) on the target problems. The documentation used to define the project of action-research is sufficient (considering quantity and quality) to give a global initial vision of the target problems. It is based on coherent theoretical grounds. The documentation used to define the project of action-research is sufficient to give an historical perspective of the target problems. The diversity and quality of documentary sources allows the main dimensions of the object of action-research to be considered, and to build a theoretical framework of the links between them. The documentation has been jointly analyzed by all the project promoter team. Mean 1.a.2: Account of existing bodies and actions linked to the general subject of the project. Drawing up of a map of territorial actors involved and of the logics of existing networks. The project promoter team has updated a repertoire or map of territorial actors involved in the problems being tackled. The repertoire or map of territorial actors corresponds with the territorial reality and is adequately updated. The repertoire or map of territorial actors has been jointly analyzed by the project promoter team. It has been taken into account the available evaluations about past actions on the same problem. It has been taken into account main territorial actors and inhabitants mental representations. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
February 2009, 28th
401 / 653
Objective 1.b. Organization of actors/researchers partnerships. Mean 1.b.1: Organisation of work meetings with researchers and actors which can be potentially involved in the action-research at the beginning of the projects. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
The project promoter team has made a wide dissemination of the project to promote the involvement of other actors and researchers that might be concerned in the project. The make up of the final action-research team must come from an open climate and mutual trust between the various actors involved. The final composition of the action-research team ensures that the sectors concerned are adequately represented. The final composition of the action-research team ensures that the disciplines concerned are adequately represented. Mean 1.b.2: Work themes definition with the collaboration of all the participants. 1 The themes of work have been agreed by all participants involved. Participants have jointly developed an action-research project which is accessible for and known by all of them. Topics addressed take in account the responsibility of each participant and of the interest they represent. Pillar 2. Mutualisation of the whole of competences and knowledge. Objective 2.a. Multidimensionality of the action-research. Mean 2.a.1: Drawing up of a synthesis of documents and data (state of the art) accessible to all participants. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
A synthesis document containing the state of the question with regard to the problems being tackled has been jointly elaborated at the origin of the project. This synthesis document is accessible to all the participants. Participants have jointly read, analyzed and agreed the synthesis document. Elements in the territory which are not under the control of the action-research team has been well addressed. Mean 2.a.2 Implication of several research teams of different disciplines or multidisciplinary research teams 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
The final action-research group is made up of actors and researchers from different sectors and disciplines. Team coordination is provided by an expert in the basic thematic field of the project regardless if he/she is an actor or a researcher Mean 2.a.3 Making up multidisciplinary diagnostics articulating quantitative and qualitative methods and considering the notion of territory from a global point of view (historic, geographic, economic, sociological, dimension). They have been employed quantitative and/or qualitative methods which are suitable for the purpose of the action-research. It has been considered the territorial dimension of the problems being dealt, i.e, has been taken into account the effects on individuals and on the territories from a global approach. The specificity and the level of administrative governance in a territorial level were taken into account. Objective 2.b. Co-learning. Mean 2.b.1 Training and awareness-raising by researchers of territorial actors on research methods and tools. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
Territorial actors know and know how to use methods and research tools that will be used in the project. There have been celebrated training sessions on methods and research tools for the territorial actors who need additional training.
February 2009, 28th
402 / 653
Mean 2.b.2 Training and awareness-raising by territorial actors of researchers on specific features of the project target territory and population.
Aspects in which valuation is based
Researchers know the main features of the territory as well as of its population. There have been celebrated training sessions on the main features of the target territory and its population for researchers who need additional training. Mean 2.b.3 Collaborative participation of researchers and territorial actors in the implementation and development of the investigation. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
There have been designed or adapted accessible and friendly computer tools for the pooling of available information or for the collection of new information. The use of these tools is adequate: participants know them and they used them effectively. The use of technologies of information and communication is adequate regarding the needs of communication between participants. There have been designed or adapted other non computer participatory tools enhancing collaborative work. Participants to whom other members can address questions if necessary have been clearly identified. Competences and knowledge is being carried out completely and correctly: actors have appropriated the tools and researchers are aware of territorial dynamics and actors logics of action and constrains. It has been built a system of communication capable of representing to all involved actors, in a complete and coherent manner, both the philosophy of the process of development and the active contents. In general, the communication between participants is sufficient and adequate. Pillar 3. Responsibility of participants and involved institutions. Objective 3.a. Organization of a collaborative management of the project. Mean 3.a.1 Creation of an evolving steering committee gathering the different active participants (researchers and actors). Organization of sub-group teams gathering researchers, involved institutions representatives and territorial actors according to the defined themes. Elaboration of a work programme that defines interim objectives and impacts on the territory. It was created a steering committee in which are represented the active participants of the project. The steering committee has established a work plan that defines intermediate objectives and impacts of the project on the territory and which is accessible to all participants. The steering committee meets regularly to monitor the plan. There have been created working subgroups formed by actors and researchers for the realization of specific tasks. The work subgroups have delineated work plans that define their intermediate objectives and deadlines for implementation. These work plans are accessible to all participants The work subgroups periodically meet to follow up on their work plans. The steering committee manages scientific, action and financial aspects in a well balanced manner. Mean 3.a.2 Creation of an autonomous consultancy ethical council that guarantees a proper implementation of the project. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
It has been established a consultative group on ethical issues that ensures the correct implementation of the project. Genders issues are correctly addressed. Mean 3.a.3 Evolving hierarchy of data access according to the degree of responsibility of each participant. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
It has been established an evolving hierarchical data access system on the basis of the responsibilities of each participant. The access to data is well correlated with the need to provide data from all territorial actors.
February 2009, 28th
403 / 653
Objective 3.b. Deontology and autonomy of participants. Mean 3.b.1 Observation of deontological principles of research in Human and Social Sciences (anonymity of surveyed individuals, observation of rules on statistical secrecy, transparency of the investigation objectives, feed-back of results to participants, and autonomy of territorial actors from the funding bodies). The action-research respects the anonymity of individuals. Action-research objectives have been jointly built, whatever modification has been jointly discussed. The action-research respects the rules of statistical confidentiality. The objectives of the action-research are transparent. Territorial actors and researchers have autonomy from the funding entities. Deliverables (publications, tools, etc.) must be validated by all participants. Written scientific deliverables must respect international formal rules. It has been created a committee of users that validates the ongoing action-research specially the results. Mean 3.b.2 Setting up of a chart, accepted by all participants, that lays down the deontological principles, the collaborative organization of the work to be performed, the degree of autonomy of researchers and actors within the project framework with respect to the institutions for which they work, and transparent use of the results. It has been set up a chart establishing a set of guidelines and general orientations on the deontological principles, the collaborative organization of the work to be performed, the degree of autonomy of researchers and actors within the project framework with respect to the institutions for which they work, and transparent use of the results. Principles of copyright sharing have been clearly set. The chart has a high degree of acceptance by all participants. Pillar 4. Common property of the results of the Action-Research. Objective 4.a. Regular evaluation of the impact on the territory. Mean 4.a.1 Implementation of a Quality Plan, with interim visible objectives to be achieved, allowing the regular measurement of the evolution and impact of the action-research. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
There has been established a Quality Plan of the action-research process. Main assessment indicators have been agreed form the start of the project. Deadlines of the Quality Plan and the financial means to perform it have been jointly negotiated. Eventual consequences for not respecting the quality Plan, has been discusses, agreed and explicitly reflected in the Quality plan. Mean 4.a.2 Communication at different stages of the action-research of interim reports to all participants and the concerned population. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
The work subgroups perform reports to be used as instruments in implementing the consensus of social actors, though a process of negotiation that outlines the goals and provides a transparent account of advantages and disadvantages. The periodic activity reports and they are accessible to all concerned population. The steering committee performs periodic reports on the evolution of the project as well as on their results, and they are accessible to all concerned population. The steering committee carefully and transparently monitors the financial aspects of the project. Mean 4.a.3 Observation of the results of the developed decision making toolkit on the decisions taken in the whole territory. Observation of the dynamics followed by the population to take ownership of the results. It has been established a system for monitoring the impact of the action-research on the territory. The unwanted aspects and the added valued of the project have been anticipated. Considering main populations needs impacts, general results of the territorial project are positive. Considering the empowerment of population, general results of the territorial project are positive. The research-action project contributes to increase scientific knowledge. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
February 2009, 28th
404 / 653
Objective 4.b. Durability of the implemented actions. Mean 4.b.1 Implementation of a specific work group in charge of preparing the continuation of the action-research, both in terms of monitoring the developed actions and in terms of developing new action-research projects, on the basis of the work dynamic established within the work subgroups. There has been constituted a specific work group in charge of preparing the continuation of the action-research. A data base to be used in other territorial projects in the medium and long term has been built. 1 2 3 4 5 Aspects in which valuation is based
Figure 3: Conclusions and autoassessment

CONCLUSIONS and AUTOASSESSMENT Pillar 1. Mobilization of the territorial actors and resources. (Name those aspects of the project which have the better performance) Main Strengths Positive effects of these Strengths Main Weakness Negative effects of these Weakness Improvement Actions Name Action 1. 1 Name Action 1. 2 Name Action 1. 3 . Pillar 2. Mutualisation of the whole of competences and knowledge. (Name those aspects of the project which have the better performance) Main Strengths Positive effects of these Strengths Main Weakness Negative effects of these Weakness Improvement Actions Name Action 2. 1 Objective Responsible Describe (Name those aspects of the project which have the worst performance) Describe Objective Responsible Describe (Name those aspects of the project which have the worst performance) Describe
Deadline
Result indicators
Deadline
Result indicators
February 2009, 28th
405 / 653
Name Action 2. 2 Name Action 2. 3 . Pillar 3. Responsibility of participants and involved institutions. (Name those aspects of the project which have the better performance) Main Strengths Positive effects of these Strengths Main Weakness Negative effects of these Weakness Improvement Actions Name Action 2. 1 Name Action 2. 2 Name Action 2. 3 . Pillar 4. Common property of the results of the Action-Research. (Name those aspects of the project which have the better performance) Main Strengths Positive effects of these Strengths Main Weakness Negative effects of these Weakness Improvement Actions Name Action 2. 1 Name Action 2. 2 Name Action 2. 3 . Objective Responsible Describe (Name those aspects of the project which have the worst performance) Describe Objective Responsible Describe (Name those aspects of the project which have the worst performance) Describe
Deadline
Result indicators
Deadline
Result indicators
February 2009, 28th
406 / 653
Bibliography BRYDON-MILER M., GREENWOOD D. and MAGUIRE P., 2003, Why action research?, Action Research, vol. 1, n 1, p. 9-28, http://arj.sagepub.com. COGHLAN D. and S HANI A.B., 2005, Roles, Politics, and Ethics in Action research Design, Systemic Practice and Action Research, vol. 18, n 6, December 2005. DICK B., 2004, Action research literature 2004-2006: Themes and trends, Action Research, vol. 2, n 4, p. 425-444, http://arj.sagepub.com. DICK B., 2006, Action research literature, Action Research, vol. 4, n 4, p. 439-458, http://arj. sagepub.com. FOX N. J., 2003, Practice-Based Evidence: Towards Collaborative and Transgressive Research, Sociology, vol. 37, n 1, p. 81-102. FRANCO P., 1998, Los principios estratgicos: el abordaje multidimensional, el partenariado y la participacin, Polticas sociales en Europa, n 3, Estrategias europeas frente a la exclusin social, Barcelona, Hacer, p. 35-44. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2005, Intelligence territoriale et participation, available at http://labiso.be/ ecolloque/forums/read.php?3,197,197. JUAN S., 1999, Mthodes de recherche en sciences sociohumaines. Exploration critique des techniques, Paris, Presses Universitaires de France. LVY P. (1998): Lintelligence collective, une nouvelle utopie de la communication? available at http://membres.lycos.fr/natvidal/levy.htm LUNDY P. and MCGOVERN M., 2006, Participation, Truth and Partiality: Participatory Action Research, Community-based Truth-telling and Post-conflict Transition in Northern Ireland, Sociology, vol. 40, n 1, p. 71-88. MARTNEZ M., 1998, Lo complejo es el contexto. Exploracin participativa, intervencin estratgica y autogestin en el Ecosistema Social, paper submitted at the VIth Spanish Conference of Sociology, Septembre 1998, A Corua (Spain). NOFFKE S. E., 1997, Professional, Personal and Political Dimensions of Action Research, Review of Research in Education, n 22, p. 305-343. SHANI A. B. and PASMORE W. A., 1985, Organization inquiry: Towards a new model of the action research process, in WARRICK D. D. (ed.), Contemporary Organization development: Current Thinking and Applications, Glenview, IL., Scott Foresman, p. 438-448. SMALL S. A., 1995, Action-Oriented Research: Models and Methods, Journal of Marriage and the Family, vol. 57, n 4, p. 941-955. SMITH M. K., 2001, Kurt Lewin: Groups, Experiential Learning and Action Research, The Encyclopedia of Informal Education, Available at http://www.infed.org/thinkers/et-lewin.htm (accessed August 2006). SOMEKH B., 1995, The Contributions of Action Research to Development in Social Endeavours: A Position Paper on Action Research Methodology, British Educational Research Journal, vol. 21, n 3, p. 339-355. TRIPP D. H., 1990, Socially Critical Action Research, Theory into Practice, vol. 29, n 3, p. 158166. UNESCO, 2005, Hacia las sociedades del conocimiento, Paris, available at http://portal.onu.do/ contenidos/archivos(%20traducci%C3%B3n)%20Desarollo%20humano/20sostenible.pdf#search=%22 Sen%20Anand%20Desarollo%20Humano%20Sostenible%3A%20Conceptos%20y%20Prioridades%22. WADSWORTH Y., 2005, Gouldners child? Some reflections on sociology and participatory action research, Journal of Sociology, vol. 41, n 3, p. 267-284.
February 2009, 28th
407 / 653
WILLIAMSON G. R. and P ROSSER S., 2002, Action research: Politics, ethics and participation, j. Adv. Nurs, vol. 40, n 5, p. 587-593.
February 2009, 28th
408 / 653
52
Video on Territorial intelligence: action-research for sustainable development
Abstract: This communication presents a proposal of the screenplay of the video on Territorial Intelligence and their uses that CaENTI WP5is carrying out during this last phase of the project. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, territorial governance, knowledge-based society.
OFF-VOICE 1. One of the main challenges faced by current societies is to achieve peoples quality of life through important improvements in human knowledge and scientific development leading to development models, economically sustainable and socially balanced. IMAGES: PEOPLE WALKING IN THE STREET/UNIVERSITIES AND RESEARCH CENTRES/ STREET AGAIN 2. The challenge, but also the responsibility, of properly improve and lead the potential of the Society of Knowledge is even greater when the objective is to solve the problems of the most socially disadvantaged population and most economic and socially vulnerable territories. IMAGES: DEGRADED URBAN AREA/POOR RURAL ENVIRONMENT 3. Facing those challenges, during the last decades, research centres and organisations of CAENTI project have jointly worked in order to strengthen bonds between research and territorial action, experiencing in field and developing the concept and methods of Territorial Intelligence. IMAGES: MAP OF EUROPE WITH EFFECTS, EFFECTS WITH CAENTI LOGO, THE CONCEPT OF TERRITORIAL INTELLIGENCE WRITTEN. 4. Territorial Intelligence refers to the ways in which Information and Communication Technologies could and should be used to convert segmented information of different nature regarding to territory and to territorial projects into useful knowledge to development actors. IMAGES: COMPUTER IMAGES, PEOPLE WORKING WITH POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS, E-MAIL, IMAGES OF PRAGMA, NUAGE, CAENTI WEBSITE, Interview: J.J GIRARDOT, B. MIEDES SHOW AT THIS STAGE THE BASIC CAENTI SKETCH: METHODS / TOOLS / DATA 5. The eight universities and seven territorial actors of CAENTI project have developed main concepts and tools of Territorial Intelligence testing them with the starting up of strategic observation devices and participatory evaluation connected to territorial projects of very different nature.
February 2009, 28th
409 / 653
We will show know the specific circumstances originating these observatories, the essential tools that have been developed and the main achieved results. IMAGES: DIFFERENT PICTURES OF CAENTI OBSERVATORIES, LOGOS, COMPUTERS, PEOPLE IN MEETINGS, MENU TO CHOOSE AMONG SECTIONS. I. What are the needs originating the starting up of observation devices? OFF VOICE INTRODUCING: 6. The origin of main problems affecting the most vulnerable territories and communities is the interconnection of numerous causes. That is why their solutions require integral action taking into account all dimensions. IMAGES: DIFFERENT PICTURES OF PEOPLE, NEIGHBOURHOODS, EMPLOYMENT, IN ORDER TO SHOW MULTIDIMENSIONALITY OF PROBLEMS. HEALTH,
7. However, a great number of actions accomplished on territory usually have sectoral nature, mainly due to the specific approach of policies and administrative inflexibility of projects on field. This leads into a divided action over territory hindering, in many cases, the achievement of objectives and resources optimisation. IMAGES: PICTURES OF DIFFERENT ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDINGS WITH THEIR NAMES IN ORDER TO SHOW SECTORIALISATION. 8. In order to face this sectorialisation, partnerships have been created over the last years to coordinate different actors working on the same problem or territory. IMAGES: DIFFERENT PICTURES OF TERRITORIAL ACTORS WORKING IN ROUNDTABLES, CONFERENCES, PARTICIPATION ROUNDTABLES, CAENTI LOGO ROTATING. 9. But, partnership success is not an automatic process. Those partnerships should become trust networks based on transparency and co-responsibility in which basic method of decision making is negotiation. IMAGES: DIFFERENT PICTURES EVOKING TRANSPARENCY, TRUST, CO-RESPONSIBILITY, WORD IMAGE. 10. The creation of this participation requires the design of participatory methods and tools to provide the shape of common languages to be the base of cooperation and actions coordination in the long run. IMAGES: DIFFERENT PICTURES OF CAENTI MEMBERS, MEETINGS OF PARTICIPNTS AND PROYECT USERS, SEMMINARS Interview: ACCEM explaining the why they chose this way. Interview: Optima explaining the why they chose this way. 11. Therefore, observatories of the European Territorial Intelligence Network constitute meeting points among different actors involved in the solution of the same problem in the same territory. IMAGES: DIFFERENT PICTURES OF OBSERVATORIES, PEOPLE WITH POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS WHITH THE SOFTWARE BACKWARDS, PEOPLE WORKING WITH COMPUTERS II. How do these devices work? What tools? What are the advantages of using them? And the difficulties? OFF VOICE INTRODUCING: 12. Those observation devices develop tools and mechanisms for cooperative work allowing integral and strategic observation of tackled problems and a participatory evaluation of developed actions. This is where cooperation between research assuring the scientific-technical quality of tools and action assuring the adaptation of the tools to territorial actors takes place. CAENTI observatories have developed and tested CATALYSE methodology. IMAGES: SHOW THE IDEA OF COMPUTER NETWORKS, SCREENS OF CATALYSE METHODS AND ITS APPLICATIONS WITHIN DIFFERENT PARTICIPANT ORGANISATIONS, PEOPLE USING IT OR WORKING WITH COMPUTERS.
February 2009, 28th
410 / 653
13. This method is based on the most recent scientific-technical improvements on the field of information and communication technologies applied to territorial analysis and the development of participatory methods. CATALYSE consist, on the one hand, of a set of computer tools for information gathering, management and analysis within cooperative environments and, on the other hand, a set of protocols favouring participation of different involved actors. IMAGES: SHOW THE IDEA OF COMPUTER NETWORKS, SCREENS OF CATALYSE METHODS AND ITS APPLICATIONS WITHIN DIFFERENT PARTICIPANT ORGANISATIONS, PEOPLE USING IT OR WORKING WITH COMPUTERS. Interview: Cyril MASSELOT explaining main contents of Catalyse Tool Interview: INTEGRA explaining how they use the Catalyse Tool to itineraries management. Interview: ADAPEI explaining how they use the Catalyse Tool to orgnaizational quality management. Interview: ACCEM how they use the Catalyse Tool for information sharing within their partnerships. 14. The most outstanding potentiality of this tool is its capacity to integrate different information sets needed by territorial actors (regarding to their users, their projects and their territories) within the same system, making also possible to share information with other actors and analyse it in a participative way. IMAGES: CATALYSE CHART 15. CATALYSE generates dynamics of continuous analysis and evaluation and not only facilitates internal coordination of organisations, but also coordination among different actors involved in the solution of the same problem. III. What are the main results achieved? OFF VOICE INTRODUCING: 16. The starting up of CAENTI Observatories has entailed the achievement of important results in multiple dimensions. Results from the perspective of territories and communities where they act; results in the organisations that have fostered them; and results in people benefiting from the developed projects. IMAGES: PEOPLE WORKING TOGETHER IN PROYECTS Interview: BARANYA explaining the results on their rural area. Interview: VALDOCCO explaining the results in their urban area. Interview: ADAPEI explaining the results in the quality management in their organization. Interview: COCAGNE explaining the results on their users. IV. Closing: OFF VOICE 17. Finally, action-research processes in the framework of CAENTI Observatories making use of the tools provided by CATALYSE method: - have contributed to develop trust networks and territorial partnerships providing common languages and integral and multidimensional answers to the specific needs of territories; - have improved effectiveness and efficiency of the organisations that have implemented them, introducing quality and excellence criteria in management; - and, through the continuous interrelation of action and research, have moved forward in the concept and methods of Territorial Intelligence setting the basis for its necessary development in the next future. IMAGES: CAENTI ACTIVITIES, CAENTI LOGO
February 2009, 28th
411 / 653
February 2009, 28th
412 / 653
53
Environmental indicators as contextual information for territorial actors
Olga MNGUEZ MORENO Local Employment Observatory, University of Huelva, Huelva, Spain olga.minguez@dege.uhu.es
Abstract: In the last few decades, a great variety of indicators of sustainable development have been elaborated to feed models or assess strategies in form of macro-indexes or systems of indicators. But, Are the measures found in literature good references to be applied to lower territorial levels? This paper presents the results of CAENTI work in terms of the environmental dimension of sustainable development, since there are many other teams working in the social, institutional and economic dimensions. Therefore, it is just one of the pieces of the puzzle, which needs to be connected to other pieces. Keywords: Sustainable Development, Environmental Indicators, Territory, Policy.
I. Sustainable development and related concepts Important progresses have been accomplished regarding to Sustainable Development (SD) in both, theory and praxis, but there is still a gap between theoretical modelling of SD and measurement initiatives implemented at the territorial level, that is, sustainable development indicators. Despite the fact that different perspectives of SD lead to different models, there are some agreements in its key factors: natural capital maintenance and equity with future and present generations. Both aim at ensuring human welfare through time. Economic literature has generally focused on how to include natural capital preservation within economic models to be passed on to future generations rather than studying intragenerational equity. In this sense, weak and strong sustainability models have been developed and they have been accompanied by measurements of sustainable development. Thus, depending on the chosen model, sustainable development measures may vary. Measurements from the weak sustainability perspective are generally based on income models resulting in concepts as sustainable income, Green Net National Product (GNNP) or wealth-equivalent income (Pezzey and Toman, 2002). Measures developed from the strong sustainability position take into account tighter constrains, rules and principles to guarantee species preservation, minimum standards for impacts on environmental quality and sustainable use of renewable resources, including in their analysis physical measures. None of these measures consider intergenerational equity, which has a spatial dimension. It could be due to the fact that preservation of natural capital is easier to be accepted, modelled and measured than aspects related to equity, particularly intragenerational solidarity. Theoretical foundations have been based at this respect from the development process perspective. Therefore, conceptualisation of sustainable development results on a specific model and moving to action means materialising it into a particular territory through sustainable policy. At this respect, it is very important to delimit a sustainability policy (as a unique policy or as the coordination of every policy implemented in a territory) rather than an environmental policy, establishing the requirements to fulfil not only environmental sustainability but also social sustainability and to be able
February 2009, 28th
413 / 653
to detect global constrains to be implemented at local levels. Good governance, both at the international and the territorial levels, could contribute to raise solutions in order to respect those global restrictions and develop actions to be implemented at local levels since institutional framework, principles and rules regulating relationship among territorial actors and their organisation play a critical role in implementing sustainability values within the territorial development path. In this context, we conceive territory as a complex, socially build and evolving concept (Leloup, Moyart and Pecqueur, 2004). Besides the complexity of variables comprising the concept of sustainable development and its manifold interpretations, theoretical foundations have not always been accompanied by applied developments. Measurement not only entails to determine implications of the concept, but also establishes boundaries related to how it is going to be addressed in praxis. Evaluation has traditionally been the framework for measurements produced at territorial levels. Policies, plans, programs and projects among others are constantly assessed including sectoral, thematic, partnership or even global analysis. Those initiatives implemented at different territorial levels involving different actors are not always based on a common understanding of sustainable development and may not even seek common objectives. The field to which sustainable evaluations are performed is quite broad and experiences are not usually exchanged from different fields. In addition to this, interdisciplinarity is faced as a competition of approaches and methods rather than add value to the process (Martinuzzi, 2006). II. Measures of sustainable development In the last few decades, a great variety of indicators of sustainable development have been elaborated to feed models or assess strategies. They could be classified as macro-indexes and indicator systems. Complex or aggregated indicators are usually elaborated to give information about variables of a model or feed decision making in terms of policies or strategies while indicator systems also respond to a model of sustainability, but are usually designed to monitor the performance of territorial policies at different scales (Mnguez Moreno, 2007). On the one hand, Green GDP, Genuine Savings or ISEW (Index of Sustainable Economic Welfare or GPI, Genuine Progress Indicator as an updated version) are examples of macroeconomic measures adjusted by environmental and social information. Based on National Accounting, there are also some attempts to measure wellbeing. The most well-known composite quality of life indicator is the Human Development Index and its associated ones, the Human Poverty Index and the Gender Related Development Index. There are also attempts of sustainable indicators more focused on the environmental sphere than the economic or the social ones, for instance, Ecological Footprint; Environmental Sustainability Index (or its two associates: Environmental Performance Index and Environmental Vulnerability Index); or energy indicators such as National Energy Surplus; Available Energy Surplus; Total Exosomatic Production, Endosomatic Energy Consumption; or dematerialisation indicators such as Factor X. On the other hand, systems of sustainable development indicators have also been generated and greatly improved since the Ro Conference. Instead of aggregating separate components into a single index, one way of addressing the multiplicity of factors and dimensions of sustainable development is to generate a system. At an international level, United Nations has made an outstanding effort to reach consensus on the implementation of an indicator system to measure national progress towards sustainable development. World Bank and OECD have also developed systems and gather data related to indicators of sustainable development. The European Union, apart from its Structural Indicators, has accomplished a system of sustainable development indicators to measure progress in terms of political priorities. The work of the European Environmental Agency regarding to environmental indicators systems based on DPSIR Framework is a very rigorous reference. III. The contribution of Caenti to the environmental dimension of sustainable developemnt. But, Are these examples good references to be applied to lower territorial levels? How are the processes of modelling and measuring SD at the local level? What elements need to be considered to guarantee sustainability in a territory? What kind of information do different territorial actors need? Where could they find it? These questions should be answered from different viewpoints: theory and praxis.
February 2009, 28th
414 / 653
From a theoretical perspective and focusing on a specific territory, we should study ecosystems, not only those located in the municipal territory, but also the ones located in surrounding areas in order to find out what is the natural capital to be preserved at the local level. Besides this, policies with impact on territory should be studied and the model guiding local development determined. Reality becomes complex when numerous administrations have different competences managing sustainability principles. Moreover, actors (enterprises, associations, scientific community, etc.) not always operating in the same territory are also involved in their implementation. Institutional dimension plays a key role in territorial management. Equity application as second sustainability key factor is a twofold dimension. Intergenerational equity is raised by preserving natural capital, among others, as a bequest to future generations. Intragenerational equity is suggested from universalism, focusing on peoples ability to generate opportunities to live worthy lives. At a global scale, consumption decisions and development aid influence global consequences of local decisions, from the social sustainability point of view. At a local scale, attention must be put on satisfactors. Culture by values, environmental and sustainability education and transparency in information; induce responsibleness in consumption and production patterns; which could be fostered by administration. In summary and based on a theoretical perspective, policy coordination and introducing sustainability as a transversal factor in every policy implemented in the territory are the key elements to connect natural capital and equity in the local area. At this respect, a territorial information system should be the common framework to include information regarding to the progress made by a territory in terms of sustainability (for more information, please see the contribution of WP3 and WP6 of CAENTI). But, what about applications of all that? What has been the contribution of CAENTI to praxis? The questions related to processes of modelling and measuring SD at the local level or the elements to assure sustainability in a territory could be answered better from a theoretical perspective. But questions related to the information needed by territorial actors or where could they find it should be faced from praxis. In order to answer these questions according to the work done by other teams and workpackages inside CAENTI, we have centred on European territories where CAENTI partners operate. This paper presents the results of CAENTI work in terms of the environmental dimension of sustainable development, since there are many other teams working in the social, institutional and economic dimensions. Therefore, it is just one of the pieces of the puzzle, which needs to be connected to other pieces. First of all, we have focused on finding out what should be studied or measured according to the theory of sustainable development. At this respect, theory focuses on natural capital and equity; that is, one of the basic things to do is to study ecosystems sustaining those particular human settlements or communities to focus on. But unfortunately, CAENTIs objective is not to study ecosystems of the territories where its partners are located, for the time being. As one of CAENTI products has been to define territory, one of the future steps will be to include the natural delimitation of the territories in which CAENTI partners are operating in order to see the natural boundaries that should be respected in each particular territory. The next step theory has shown as important is to consider policies implemented in each territory and analyze their connections. As sustainable development embraces a great variety of aspects and links, which usually differ in each territory; and this is a first attempt to include the environmental dimension into CAENTI work; we have decided to focus on the policy boosted at an European level: the European Strategy of Sustainable Development (ESSD). The ESSD has focused on ten main themes to measure its progress to sustainability. Those are: i) socio-economic development, ii) climate change and energy; iii) sustainable transport; iv) sustainable consumption and production; v) natural resources; vi) public health; vii) social inclusion; viii) demographic changes; ix) global partnership; and x) good governance. The next step has a twofold dimension. On the one hand it is necessary to detect the information needs of territorial actors in environmental aspects and to what extend are they fulfilled by the work of other teams of CAENTI. On the other hand, it is essential to examine the availability of the information gathered for measuring the progresses of the European Strategy of Sustainable Development; the methodology, protocols, and levels to which information is computed. As a result of this, and as themes related to socio-economic development, social inclusion, demographic changes and public health, are widely covered by the socioeconomic indicators developed by WP4 and WP6, we have decided to focus on sustainable consumption and production,
February 2009, 28th
415 / 653
climate change and energy and natural resources; choosing five indicators from the wide battery provided by the European Union (EUROSTAT). Those are: - Municipal waste generated. - Electricity consumption by households. - Greenhouse gas emissions. - Modal split of passenger transport. - Built up areas. Those indicators are calculated for the member states of the European Union, at a NUTS 1 level and are made comparable from one to other territories. But, what happens if we try to deep on lower levels to the national one? We usually find out that the information behind the equally called indicator in one or other territory is not gathered in the same way. For instance, the indicator municipal waste generated is computed by EUROSTAT through the EUROSTAT-OECD Joint Questionnaire for the NUTS 1 level, while the Spanish Statistics Institute applies a survey on collected and treated urban waste for the NUTS 1 and NUTS 2 levels; or the Statistical Office of the Republic of Slovenia, using a different methodology, gathers information related to urban waste for the NUTS 3 level. But it still becomes more difficult if one goes deep into the local level. In one country lets choose Spain as an example although every municipality should have information related to waste generated within the territory, this information is not gathered the same way and by the same institutions or organisms. For instance, in Huelva province (NUTS 3), there are two different administrations dealing with waste, both using different methodologies. For this specific case, the Local Employment Observatory has gathered all the information and it is available at http://www.ole.uhu.es/ for LAU 2 level. It is likely that those municipalities with Local Agenda 21 may have collected some information related to waste. For the other four indicators chosen, the situation is very similar. Conclusions We have started from analyzing the several theories elaborated for the concept of sustainable development. After that we have deepen on the various measurements of sustainable development built on and calculated through specific literature. Having realized this wide scanning, some questions arise: Are the measures found in literature good references to be applied to lower territorial levels? How are the processes of modelling and measuring SD at the local level? What elements need to be considered to guarantee sustainability in a territory? What kind of information do different territorial actors need? Where could they find it? Some restrictions arose in our way of answering these questions. For instance, theory recommends focusing on natural capital; therefore ecosystems sustaining those particular human settlements in which CAENTI partner operates should be delimited and investigated in order to see the natural boundaries that should be respected in each particular territory to assure physical limits of sustainable development. Unfortunately, this is still not an objective for CAENTIs work. After considering the European Strategy of Sustainable Development and the main themes in which it is focused, we approach to the environmental dimension of sustainable development from a twofold dimension: needs of territorial actors regarding to environmental aspects and the availability of environmental information from the European to the local level. At this respect, restrictions related to information availability are still really hard. Finally, as a first step in CAENTIs work related to the environmental dimension, five indicators are chosen for the national level: municipal waste generated, electricity consumption by households, greenhouse gas emissions, modal split of passenger transport, built up areas. Bibliography EEA, 2005, The European Environment State and Outlook 2005. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. Luxembourg. EUROPEAN COMMISSION, 2000, Hacia un perfil de la sostenibilidad local. Indicadores comunes europeos. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. Luxembourg. EUROPEAN COMMISSION, 2001, Desarrollo sostenible en Europa para un mundo mejor: Estrategia de la Unin Europea para un desarrollo sostenible. COM (2001) 264 final may, 15th. Brussels.
February 2009, 28th
416 / 653
EUROPEAN COMMISSION, 2005, Revisin en 2005 de la Estrategia de la Unin Europea para un desarrollo sostenible: Primer balance y orientaciones futuras. COM (2005) 37 final February, 9th. SEC(2005) 225. EUROSTAT, 2004, EU Member State Experiences with Sustainable Development Indicators. Comisin Europea. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. Luxembourg. EUROSTAT, 2005, Measuring Progress Towards a More Sustainable Europe. Sustainable Development Indicators for the European Union. Data 1990-2005. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. Luxembourg. EUROSTAT, 2007, Measuring Progress towards a more Sustainable Europe. Statisticalbooks 2007 monitoring report of the EU sustainable development strategy. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. Luxembourg. LELOUP F. ; MOYART L. Y PECQUEUR B., 2004, La gouvernance territoriale comme nouveau mode de coordination territoriale ?, IV Workshop on Proximit, rseaux et coordinations, held in June, 17th and 18th, 2004, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/publications/documents% 20en%20ligne/pequeur_proximite_04.pdf (February, 25th, 2007). MARTINUZZI A., HARDI P., 2006, Understanding Sustainable Development and Fields of Application. Evaluation of Sustainability, European Conferences and Training Courses. Core Course 1 held in Szentendre, Hungary in January, 2006. Mimeo. MINGUEZ MORENO O., 2007 La medicin del desarrollo sostenible. Una reflexin sobre su aplicacin en el mbito local. University of Huelva. Huelva. Mimeo. MINGUEZ MORENO O., ASENSIO COTO M.J., 2005, Sistemas de Indicadores de Sostenibilidad, instrumentos tiles en la toma de decisiones? Paper presented to the Third International Conference of the Territorial Intelligence Network Territoire, Bien-tre et inclusion sociale hola in Liege, Belgium, October, 20th to 22nd 2005. Available at http://mti.univ-fcomte.fr/reit/REITDoc/docs/CotoLiege 2005.pdf. March, 15th, 2006. OECD, 2004, OECD Key Environmental Indicators 2004. OCDE. Paris. OSE, 2006, Sostenibilidad en Espaa 2006. Evaluacin Integrada. Mundiprensa. Madrid. PEZZEY J., TOMAN M., 2002, Progress and Problems in the Economics of Sustainability, in TIETENBERG T., FOLMER H. (eds.), International Yearbook of Environmental and Resource Economics 2002/3. Edward Elgar. Cheltenham. UNITED NATIONS, 2005, Indicators of Sustainable Develoment. Review and Assessment. Background paper. Sustainable Development Commission. New York. WORLD BANK, 2006, World Development Indicators. World Bank. Washington.
February 2009, 28th
417 / 653
February 2009, 28th
418 / 653
54
The Survey on Territory Research in Europe
Monica MOLLO PhD, Department of Science of Education, University of Salerno, Fisciano, Italy mmollo@unisa.it
Abstract: The work aims to identify all the research groups in Europe have studied the concept of territory and literature produced on this subject. This research is part of the work of WP4 responsible for the design and the territorial spread of the methods and tools available to the territorial actors. This report aims to present an analysis on the data collected in recent months on the "concept of territorial-territorial intelligence" This research work can be summarized in five phases, which are aimed to analyze: 1) how the concept of territory has been studied over the years, from the first to research 2) the main theoretical perspectives have studied the territory 2) the methodology used in these studies; 3) the concept of territory that those searches have produced 4) the bibliography produced Keywords: Territorial research, sustainable development, methods, bibliography.
I. Framework The meaning of this reconnaissance work is to understand how these studies have contributed to the development of "territory" (in all its aspects), drawing a "map" of research in Europe, with the main purpose of identifying and planning scenarios possible for the analysis and development of territory. The report is divided into a first theoretical part where they are described: a) the objectives that have caused us to undertake this type of work b) the methodology used; and a second part where we present the empirical work, in particular, contents of data: a) tables of frequencies to all variables identified b) crossings tables between European states and all variables. Also in the third and fourth parts of the report, are presented: 1) the analysis and classification of literature available on the general concept of territory, and 2) the presentation of a cartography of distribution in Europe of institutions that have studied/analyzed the territory, the concept of territory and territorial intelligence. The research report concludes with a reflection on the concept of territory and its possible developments or lines of research. 1. Objectives The main purpose of this work is an empirical study on the state of art of the concept of territory, through a survey of all research/studies that are present in Europe. The identification of state of art of the concept of territory has a double objective: The creation of a database on territory that contains all information on projects in Europe (later in the future in other parts of the world) available to those (persons or institutions) who intend to study the "territory" and that they need to find information. Also, this research enables us not only to observe, through various studies, the evolution of the concept of territory, but represents a good basis for planning future studies on territory which constitute a link with the past. Moreover, this research contributes to the synthesis of
February 2009, 28th
419 / 653
WP4 "Fundamental Generic Tools and Methods for the Analysis of Territorial Information" that seeks to analyze the state of methods and tools in the study of territory, with particular attention to indicators of competitiveness and the concept of territory and territorial intelligence. This last point is one of the reasons that led us to conduct exploration in Europe, of all the research groups that have taken as an object of research, primary or secondary, the concept of territory and or territorial intelligence. Our attention, as already mentioned above, it is centered on the definition of territory produced by these projects, the methodology that these groups have used in the studies, and all possible information related to the projects. Another important objective of this work is to develop a definition of territory that is a sort of liaisons of all the research/project that until now were interested in this concept. The research, therefore, directly affects the concept of territory and, indirectly, the concept of territorial intelligence. 2. Method This research begins with identification in Europe of all laboratory/research centre that has studied the concept of "territory". For this work has been used a qualitative methodology. The reconnaissance of the laboratory/research centre has followed precise criteria: a) give priority to European Countries, b) identify the types of financing (European or not) used for research, c) indicate, if present, any collaborations (European or not) d) select projects with theoretical approach: economic, sociological, education, geography, information and communication sciences. All data collected were fed into a grid (see Figure 1). The research was developed in three phases: 1) Research project and bibliography (creation of database) 2) Contents of Data collected 3) Analysis of Bibliography II. Phases of the Research 1. The database The creation of a database is a means to identify, within the various studies identified on the concept of territory, the common elements and differences. These similarities/differences are analyzed by comparing those studies, initially through the theoretical approaches and, subsequently, through the comparison between European Countries. This collection of data is an attempt not only unite the various studies on the territories (with different approaches theoretical and methodological), but also as a basis for planning and implementation of future studies. As mentioned earlier, this data collection represents an opportunity to acquire information on the development of studies on the territory for anyone (person or institution), of different nationalities, it is interested in start, finish and promote research and studies on the territory. For the first phase of work was carried out a search internet on of projects on the "territory". The Institution has been contacted using internet and then directly (mail or phone). 2. Description of database All data collection during the research were included in a grid (the first version in Excel format, the second version in PDF format), it consists of 22 boxes of information (Figure. 1). Figure 1: Description of grid
N. 1 INFORMATION Acronyms DESCRIPTION This is the first information in this database, in here is indicated the acronym of the Institution that has studied the territory, for example DISAT (Department of Studies on the Environment and Territory) In this cell is present, in full, the name of Institution. This information concern the type of research group (research center, universities, associations, department; This information concern if it is part (section) of an Institute (eg the Department of Territory is one section of the University of Salerno) In this cell is shown (if identified) the code of the working group In this cell shows the location (or locations) of the working group.
2 3 4 5 6
Title Relocation Relocation other Unit Code City
February 2009, 28th
420 / 653
7 8
Country Theoretical app.
In this cell shows the Nation of the working group. This cell show the type of the theoretical approach that dominates the project (sociological, economic, geographic, educational, informatics) In this cell indicating the title of project This cell contains information on how the project was financed (with European Union funds, private funds, public funds, regional fund, state fund etc.). In to this cell is indicated the methodology and tools used in the project for the study of the territory. It is the definition of territory emerged from the project and drafted by the working group. It indicates, in general, the main lines of research of the working group we have identified. It indicates the name of the project coordinator. It is the website where you can see the project or the bibliography generated from this study. It is indicated the website of the working group. It indicates whether in the project there are collaborations with institutions of the same nation. It indicates whether in the project there are collaborations with European Institutions It indicates whether in the project there are collaborations with Institutions outside Europe. It indicates whether this cooperation has created a network of studies on territory and the type of the network. It indicated how to contact the group: phone number and email address. It indicated the address of the Institution.
9 10
Studies / Projects Financing
11 12 13 14 15
Methods / tools Definitions Topic Study Responsible Bibliography
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Web Sites National Collaborations European collaborations Collaborations Europe Network Contact Address outside
From stress that the information contained in the database are public information, published on the Internet, are partial information, in this first phase of the project, our objective is to give visibility to research on the territory on the Europe. Indeed, in the future we intend to broaden the search with other methods such as telephone survey, questionnaires to be sent directly to institutions or to be published on the website of CAENTI. 3. Contents of Data In this phase, was done a contents of data collected. In particular, it has set it self the objective to describe and summarize the data collected from studies on the territory. The Appendix B shows the first version of the data contents, in this report will be presented a second and more detailed contents of the data. In the second phase, after the approval of experts, the data have been analyzed. It 'been carried on the concepts of territory an analysis of the contents (ADC) (Berelson, 1954; Blanchet, 1985). This procedure provides for the segmentation of the body of data into semantic units - Main Themes. Through data analysis has been represented in Europe, a map of the major laboratories that were interested in the concept of territory. It has been possible through ADC, finding a common definition of "territory". Contents of the data is divided into two parts: 1. Tables of frequency for each variable 2. Cross Table between European countries and the variables. 4. The Bibliography On this phase of work was carried the reconnaissance, European and interdisciplinary level, on the bibliography produced on the concept of territory.
February 2009, 28th
421 / 653
This collection bibliographic had a dual purpose: 1) to analyze how the concept of territory has been studied (for example, that aspect of the territory has been studied; 2) in different European countries and in different theoretical approaches, identify, through analysis of literature most important, the development of this concept. III. Presentation of data Data were collected through a search using the Internet, any data was collected and summarized in a grid (Appendix A) made up of 22 cells of information. The projects have found 420 distributed over 36 countries of Europe. It 'been carried on the all data an analysis of the contents (ADC) (Berelson, 1954; Blanchet, 1985). This procedure provides for the segmentation of the body of data into semantic units - Main Themes. Through data analysis has been represented in Europe, a map of the major laboratories that were interested in the concept of territory. It has been possible through ADC, finding a common definition of "territory". The data were analyzed by 3 independent judges. Cases of doubt, was discussed to reach a full agreement. The counting of the data was made using a program called SPSS (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences), were taken into consideration the following variables: Type of Institution, Main Theoretical Approach, Territory for the Implementation Project, Source Financing, the Main Objective of the Project, Type Methodology, Definition of the Territory, Interest Research (Topic), Cooperation, European Countries. Have been taken into account such variables, because they represent, in our view, the extraction of information in the database. As described in the first part each variable is the result of careful analysis of the information contained in the database composed of 22 boxes (Appendix A), the information was analyzed and categorized. We made an analysis on each category. Were performed 2 types of contents data: tables of frequencies, crossings tables and multicriteria analysis. The first analysis focuses only the distribution of the data while the second, more specific, refers to the relationship between variables. Below will be presented before the general frequency, then the crossings between variables. And finally, the crossings table detailed country by country. 1. Table of Frequencies This section presents the overall frequency distributions of data collected. The distribution of frequencies has allowed us to conduct a first classification of data. As has been mentioned in the introductory phase, the database of this contents is the reconnaissance of laboratories, as you will notice some information are not present, because data collection was done with the use of the Internet, and therefore not all information was available. a. Description of Categories and Submission of Tables Figure 2: Type of Institution (1) and Main Theoretical Approaches (2)
Main Theoretical Approaches Count % 151 36,0% 107 25,5% 92 21,9% 42 10,0% 20 8 420 4,8% 1,9% 100,0%
University / Departments Research Centres Centers for Education and Research Companies / Associations Research labs Total
Type of Institution Count % 243 57,9% 149 35,5% 10 9 9 420 2,4% 2,1% 2,1% 100,0%
Economy Geography Sociology Science of Education Information and Communication Science Multidisciplinary Total
We present in this section, tables of frequencies for each variable and detailed descriptions of the categories that emerged from analysis of the information in the database. The Figure 2, table 1 presents the distribution of frequency of Types of Institutions that have developed in Europe a research/study/project on the territory. Were identified, as can be seen, 5 types of institutions that we classified as: 1) University/Departments in this category include research groups that are part of public universities, the department is a university. The research in the territory were promoted by the Universities and realized by research groups in this institution. 2) Research Centres: this category
February 2009, 28th
422 / 653
includes institutions, public or private, undertaking research (social, economic, scientific, geographic etc.) 3) Centres for Education and Research: this category includes institutions, public or private, undertaking research and education. They are similar to schools, this institution training young and at the same time undertaking research (social, economic, scientific, geographic, etc.), for these institutions the research is part of teaching 4) Companies/Associations: This category includes all private institutions involved in research and in other activities (trade, sale, purchase etc) 5) Research Laboratories: this category includes all private institutions that deal is only for research. The distribution of frequencies (table 1) of these groups indicate that between 420 research projects identified is the 57.9% achieved of the Universities, while 35.5% from Research Centres. With 10% are Centres for Education and Research, followed by Research Laboratories (9%). The categories presented in table 2 shows the categories of Main Theoretical Approaches that dominate the projects identified. For this category a fraction of the projects found 1.9% (8 out of 420) have a multidisciplinary approach. It should be noted that most projects have a multidisciplinary approach, even though it was possible, find an approach t. dominant. In contrast to the latter category where it was not possible to identify the approach t. dominant. The main theoretical approaches are in total 6: 1) in which Economic type approaches as: economic policy, ec. social, ec. urban etc 2) Geography, this approach also includes geographical and geological 3) Sociological this approach include the political sciences 4) Science of Education that includes: approaches psychology, pedagogy, philosophic 5) Information and Communication sciences 6) Multidisciplinary that includes all approach. The theoretical approach that dominates in the projects is the economy with 36%, followed by two other approaches as shown table 2 geographic (25%) and sociological (21.9%). The following Figure is presented the Main Methods used in the study of the territory. The methods identified refer to 365 over 420, in fact, for 66 projects was impossible to trace method. They were identified in. 6 methodologies.1) Exploratory Method: this approach can be applied from raw data or can be considered as a step following a factor analysis. The objective is to summarize the information, by describing spatial units with a simple set of categories. Such an approach is then focused on the observation of spatial units and spatial zoning more than processes and relationships between variables. Principal methods used are k-means and hierarchical classification (Ormaux, 2007) 2) Inferential Method: This approach leads to compute estimated values of the variable of interest and to extract residual values by comparing reality and the model. These residues are extremely important because they show the local specificities of each spatial unit. If these residues constitute spatial aggregates, it means there is a geographical effect, for example a structural opposition between two different cultural regions, or located into different physical contexts. (Ormaux, 2007) 3) Statistical Method of Quantitative and Qualitative analysis is the systematic scientific investigation of quantitative properties and phenomena and their relationships. The objective of quantitative research is to develop and employ mathematical models, theories and/or hypotheses pertaining to natural phenomena. The process of measurement is central to quantitative research because it provides the fundamental connection between empirical observation and mathematical expression of quantitative relationships. Qualitative research is also highly useful in policy and evaluation research, where understanding why and how certain outcomes were achieved is as important as establishing what those outcomes were. A specialized form of qualitative research is cognitive testing, used to develop survey items. Survey items are piloted on study participants to see what reactions they elicit. Another specialized method is focus groups, often used in market research but also in other contexts where a range of responses from a target group is useful. 4) Geographic Information System (GIS): is a system for capturing, storing, analyzing and managing data and associated attributes which are spatially referenced to the earth. In the strictest sense, it is a computer system capable of integrating, storing, editing, analyzing, sharing, and displaying geographically-referenced information. In a more generic sense, GIS is a tool that allows users to create interactive queries (user created searches), analyze the spatial information, edit data, and present the results of all these operations. (Ormaux, 2007) 5) Socio Economic Analysis A participatory process to integrate economic, sectoral, spatial, social, institutional, environmental and fiscal strategies in order to support the optimal allocation of scarce resources between sectors and geographical areas and across the population, in a manner that provides sustainable growth, equity and the empowerment of the poor and marginalized. The success of development planning therefore dependents on the quality of analysis of all the elements contributing to development. 6) Dynamic and Systemic Approaches: the value of dynamical systems principles for
February 2009, 28th
423 / 653
solving the enduring puzzles of development, including the ultimate source of change, the problems of continuity and discontinuities, and nonlinear outcomes and individual differences. 6) Regional Information System. is used especially for the preparation of strategic documents in regional development funded from national resources and the EU funds. Regarding information introduces new features especially data on regional disparities, statistics of districts, municipalities etc. Figure 3: Main Methods (1) and Main Definition (2)
Type of Methodology Count % 130 31,0% 72 52 49 33 13 5 66 420 17,1% 12,4% 11,7% 7,9% 3,1% 1,2% 15,7% 100,0%
Inferential Method Geographic Information System (GIS) Exploratory Method Statistical Methods of Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis Socio-economic Analysis and SWOT Analysis Dynamic and Systemic Approaches Regional Information System Unidentified Total
Definition of Territory Count % T. as sustainable economic development (nat. and inter.) T. as sustainable development (social, cultural, economic) T. as identity cultural social and political T. known as geological and geographical space Territory as territorial intelligence Total 102 26,6%
105 66 59 51 383
27,4% 17,2% 15,4% 13,3% 100,0%
The table n. 3 shows that in about 365 projects prevail a methodology type Inferential 31%, GIS (72%), Exploratory (52%) and Statistical Method (49%). It should be noted that GIS is a particular tool geographic of analysis and its presence in the projects is so strong because even where other methods were used GIS is a tool almost always present in the study of the territory. The Figure 3, table 2 present the distribution of frequency of Main Definition. These definition are the product of the Content Analysis (AdC) of projects. Were identified, as can be seen, 5 Definition that we classified as: 1) Territory as sustainable economic development (national and international): this definition includes all those projects that consider the territory in terms of "economic development" both nationally and internationally. Economic development is understood in terms of benefits for the entire population, also referred to economic development regional. The economic development is equivalent to the total well-being. The projects from which it was possible to extract this definition have conducted an analysis of the territory (in terms of resources) and implemented solutions "economic" problem. Economic development is also understood in terms of promoting tourism. But they have shown the concept of "sustainable development". In conclusion, there can be no development if there is adequate support. This definition has a theoretical approaches type of economic and sociological 2) Territory as sustainable development (social, cultural, economic) This definition focuses on the idea that the territorial's development is development, not only economic but also social, political. The territory is considered in relation to its microcontest (school, family, ethnic groups) and its macrocontest (society, politics, culture). You can not territorial development if we do not consider these elements. Again, this definition is the concept of "sustainable" which has the same sense of the definition n. 1. This definition has a theoretical approaches type of sociological, economic and educational. 3) Territory as identity cultural social and political. This definition refers to the social aspect of the territory. The territory is considered as safeguarding the social and cultural of its citizens. One development in social and political aims in respect and promotion of the different identity and the culture. This definition has a theoretical approaches type of sociological and political 4) Territory know as geological and geographical space. This definition considers the territory in terms of "territorial space. This concept includes all the elements: land, sea, mountains, lakes and so on. You can not think of a development if you do not know the natural resources of territory. Knowing the resources of a territory and then promote and protect these resources. This is a concept developed in geography, geology and so on. 5) Territory as territorial intelligence. This concept considers the territory in terms of governance. As defined by Girardot (2007) Territorial Intelligence provides the technologies of the knowledge-based society at the service of the territorial sustainable development. Figure 4, table 2 highlights the main categories emerged AdC. Through this analysis that we could develop a definition
February 2009, 28th
424 / 653
of territory. The analysis was conducted on the definitions of territory reported in various projects, as shown by the table, the most common definitions is the concept of territory as sustainable development (27%) and 27% economic development (national and international). The Figure 4, table 1, presents the relative frequency to the overall Objectives identified in the projects. The main objectives identified in the projects are 4: 1) Analyze and study the social and economic aspects of the territory 2) Analyze and develop the economy of the territory (national o international) This objective is close to definitions n. 1 and 2 of territory. Analyzing the economic resources of a territory to schedule development national and or international. 3) Analysis and Research on the territory (geographic and geologic) This objective is close to definition n. 4 territory. Studying to know the territory in all its "natural" elements/resources for a planned development. 4) Preparation for territorial management. This objective is close to the definition no 3 and 5 of the territory. Organize a good territorial management (social and political). Figure 4: Objective of Project (1) and Cooperation (2)
Cooperation Count % 208 49,5% 58 13,8% 58 11 6 5 74 420 13,8% 2,6% 1,4% 1,2% 17,6% 100,0%
The Main Objective of the Project Count % Analyze and study the social and economic aspects of the ter Analyze and develop the economy of the Ter. (nat. o inter.) Analysis and Research on the territory (geograph and geolo) Preparation for territorial management Total 187 47,9%
117
30,0%
72 14 390
18,5% 3,6% 100,0%
National Cooperation European Cooperation Collaborations national and European Three collaborations (national,EU,outside Euro) Cooperation outside Europe Collaborations collaborations European and outside Europe Nothing identified Collaboration Total
The table 5 below the main objectives identified projects. The analysis of data shows that 47.9% of the projects identified as the main objective economic and social development of the area, while 30% intended to develop the territory in economic terms. The Figure 4, table 2, describes Cooperation in identified projects. We analyzed the projects in terms of cooperation. The intention is to see if there were partnerships for the development of the territory. We found collaboration between institutes of the same nation, including institutes of different countries (in Europe and outside Europe) and wider collaboration between National Institutes and of different Nationality (in Europe and outside Europe). We are divided this collaborations into: 1) National Cooperation 2) European Cooperation 3) Collaborations national and European 4) Three collaborations (national, EU, outside Europe) 5) Cooperation outside Europe 6) Collaborations European and outside Europe 7) Nothing identified Collaboration. Figure 5, tables 1 and 2 show cooperation identified in various projects. Figure 5, table 1, shows that 49% of cooperation identified is among national institutions and 13.8% are European and mixed National and European. But in 17.6% of the projects we have not identified cooperation. The Figure 5, table 1 present the distribution of frequency of Main Topic. In this section we have analyzed the research objectives of the institution. What he studied, what kind of searches conducted. The idea was to see whether studies on territory were held only by institutions dealing with this topic, or even other types of institutions studying principality other topics and secondly the territory. Were identified, as can be seen, 4 topic that we classified as: 1) Territorial Dynamics (social, economic, political) These institutions dealing with territorial dynamics, as a study and promotion of social, cultural, political and economic 2) The Economic and Social Development These institutions are concerned with economy and society. Are private or public institutions. Do business in the economic/social services, promote research and studies for development. 3) Geographical and geological studies These institutions (public or private) are involved in studying the earth and space. Research conducted mainly in the field of geography, geology, marine, space etc 4) Professional Education Are institutions (public or private) that deal with training and education. The objective is to do research to apply it to education and to train new generations and professional updates.
February 2009, 28th
425 / 653
Figure 5: Main Topic (1) and Source of Funding (2)

Interest Research (Topic) Count % Territorial Dynamics (social, economic, political) The Economic and Social Development Geographical and geological studies Professional Education Total 169 111 74 21 375 45,1% 29,6% 19,7% 5,6% 100,0%
Source of Funding Count % Funded by National Public Funds for Research Funded by the EU Structural Funds Funded by the National Pub. Funds and the EU Str. Funds Not Identified Total 288 95 20 17 420 68,6% 22,6% 4,8% 4,0% 100,0%
The Figure 5, table 1 shows the main objectives of the institutions identified as we noted, 45% of the institutions dealing with spatial dynamics in terms of both social, economic and political. The Figure 5, table 2 is presented the Source of Funding used for the study. We analyzed the structural aspects of projects the type of economic support for implementing the project. They were identified various types of funding. Funding from public funds National or Regional for the promotion of research, financing of the European Union for research (the famous structural funds) for private companies the project was funded with private funds without any public support. In some cases, we identified also formulas double funding (Public/European private/public etc.). The main financing identified in the projects are: 1) Funded by National Public Funds for Research 2) Funded by the EU Structural Funds 3) Funded by the National Pub. Funds and the EU Str. Funds 4) Not Identified. The Figure 4, table 2 shows the nature of the financing, as project and/study was financed. As you can see 68% of the projects were financed with public funds for research while 22,2% of the projects were financed with European Union structural funds. IV. The Bibliography As described in the first part of the report, there were two types of research: the first focusing on a reconnaissance-level European research institutes that have studied the concept of "territory" (Section I and II), the second focusing on a collection in Europe of bibliographic production, at different levels of analysis, on "territory". The research was conducted with the use of the Internet. As shown in Figure 6 have been collected a total of 996 texts. Figure 6: General Frequencies
Tab. 1 General Frequencies
Theoretical Approaches N Valid Missing Publications (range of years)
States
996 0
996 0
996 0
Figure 7: Frequencies Theoretical Approaches
February 2009, 28th
426 / 653
Tab. 2 Frequencies Theoretical Approaches

Frequency 296 309 60 13 317 1 996 Percent 29,7 31,0 6,0 1,3 31,8 ,1 100,0 Valid Percent 29,7 31,0 6,0 1,3 31,8 ,1 100,0 Cumulative Percent 29,7 60,7 66,8 68,1 99,9 100,0
Valid
Economy Sociology Information and Communication Science Science of Education Geography Multidisciplinary Total
Of these 996 (as shown in the figure 7) 296 belong to a theoretical approach economic, 309 sociological approach, 60 close approach to science communication and information, 13 Science Education and 317 geographic. On texts found there were two types of analysis: qualitative and quantitative. The first took in analyzing the issue addressed in the text, then the texts were collected in macro categories with the same theme, and then the texts were grouped by country of publication. The Second, a quantitative analysis, focused on a classification of texts collected on the basis of the country, of the theoretical and year of publication. As shown in figure 8 for the latter were created the "range of years" of ten years to analyze the development in the production of literature on this subject. If there has been over the years an increase or decrease production of literature in the study of the territory. Figure 8: Frequencies Publications (range of years)
Tab. 3 Frequencies Publications (range of years)
Frequency 3 13 102 419 275 184 996 Percent Valid Percent ,3 ,3 1,3 1,3 10,2 10,2 42,1 42,1 27,6 27,6 18,5 18,5 100,0 100,0 Cumulative Percent ,3 1,6 11,8 53,9 81,5 100,0
Valid
from 1960 to 1970 from 1971 to 1980 from 1981 to 1990 from 1991 to 2000 from 2001 to 2006 from 2007 to 2008 Total
The purpose of this analysis is not just a collection of texts but analysis of evolution (if there were) in the study of the territory. Furthermore, this collection is a bibliographic resource for those interested in studying in the various theoretical approaches, the territory. 1. Qualitative analysis: interpretation Figure 9: Frequencies of States
February 2009, 28th
427 / 653
Tab. 1 Frequencies of States

Frequency 37 1 207 169 40 273 1 11 4 100 16 44 50 5 16 15 1 6 996 Percent Valid Percent 3,7 3,7 ,1 20,8 17,0 4,0 27,4 ,1 1,1 ,4 10,0 1,6 4,4 5,0 ,5 1,6 1,5 ,1 ,6 100,0 ,1 20,8 17,0 4,0 27,4 ,1 1,1 ,4 10,0 1,6 4,4 5,0 ,5 1,6 1,5 ,1 ,6 100,0 Cumulative Percent 3,7 3,8 24,6 41,6 45,6 73,0 73,1 74,2 74,6 84,6 86,2 90,7 95,7 96,2 97,8 99,3 99,4 100,0
Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany Italy Netherlands Poland Pourtugal Valid United Kingdom Czech Republic Romania Spain Sweden Hungary Slovakia Switzerland Tunis Total
This section presents a analysis qualitative of bibliography on the concept of territory emerged from research. This section is presented the bibliography classified by country. This classification highlights the major theoretical approaches and evolution that we were in the study of territory in different countries in different disciplines. In these pages is a recognition of international publications in various ways and with different matrix approach one another, working on Territory. The bibliography following parallel is organized for macro-categories and theoretical approaches. The use of keywords has allowed the rational classification of material and identification of the main lines of research about the suspect. Figure 9 shows the distributions, in European countries, the books identified in research. The table shows that have been identified texts mostly in Italy (27,4%), Finland (20,%), France (17%), England (10%). The database bibliography (Appendix C) was divided according to a cultural similarity between countries. Following are presented the qualitative analysis of texts grouped by country and divided into sections. a. Section1: Belgium, Netherlands, Luxembourg The texts presented in this section are concentrated mainly in the field of science communication and the object of primary interest is the information society. Starting from technological innovation, the authors considered outline the new organizational form of media and, consequently, new research approaches to be taken. In particular, it refers to studies of Badillo (2008th, b, c, d), which developed the theory of the media as an ecological process, and Basson M. (2008). b. Section2: Germany, Austria and Liechtenstein The texts presented in this section concentrate their attention on the effects that globalization and economic cohesion policy has produced on land use. From these two key issues, it outlines a reflection on possible strategies to promote local economic development (Mayntz R. 1991 and KarlHeinz O. 2007) and studies Ederveen S, Gorter, Joeri (2002) On strategies to reduce disparities between the various regional territories of the countries involved. Among the possible actions to be put in place particular importance is attached to the forms of involvement and participation, including through the establishment of micro-regulation, governance of the territories Drr, K. (1999). c. Section 3: Italy, Cyprus, Greece, Malta, Israel and Turkey
February 2009, 28th
428 / 653
In this section the bibliography focuses on four disciplines: sociology, and Territory Development, Geography and Economics. The studies focus on the territory mainly in the Sociology concern the Development of the territory; regarding the sociological studies investigated the issues most concern the relationship between globalization and territory, the transformations of social structures and the consequences these have on people, forms of governance and new models of citizenship, the possible actions for local development and sustainable. In particular, these issues are investigated in Ammaturo N., Mangone E. (2008), Ammaturo N. (2004), F. Battisti (2007), Donati P. (2004), M. Giardiello (2006). Local development and sustainable, with analysis and territorial planning of infrastructure are the main objects of investigation and also in the development area, which is characterized by its interdisciplinary approach and the variety of contributions. In this sense refers to the work of A Busca (1996, 1998, 2003 a, b), A. Busca, Di Rico B. (2005), Clementi A. (1996, 1998, 1999), G. Dematteis, Governor F. Ticket I. (2003), Magnaghi A. (2000), Savino M. (2003). The economic studies, in addition to local development, concerning the organization of Italian industrial districts and analysis of the processes of integration in the Euro Mediterranean, in particular see Camagni R. (1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004), G. Becattini (2000), G. Becattini Efforts and F. (2002), Becattini G., M. Bellandi, Dei Ottati G., efforts F (2001). The texts relating to an area mainly concern the contrast between urban and rural landscape the size of the territory, tourism and environmental impact produced by socio-economic and productive: Arzeni A., R. Esposti, Sotte F., Francesco Citarella (2003), S. Gaddoni (2002), Governor F. (2000, 2001, 2004). c. Section 4: UK and Ireland The titles in this section relate primarily to the economic and geographic territory. The research interests in the UK concern the changes produced by globalization in urban and rural areas, the processes of privatization of public services and the effects of transnationalization of the corporation, issues raised in particular by Antrop M. (2005), Schmitz, Hubert (2003), K. Cox R. and, (1997), C. Crouch, Le Gales P., C. Trigilia and H. Voelzkow (2002). The local economic planning and strategies for enhancing the territory through sustainable development and eco-compatible represent areas of research studies Blakely, Edward J., & Bradshaw, Ted K. (2002), E. Leff (2000), Schmitz, Hubert (2003), Bernhard Butzin B., Noll HP (2005). e. Section 5: East-Central Europe: Hongrie, Pologne, Rpublique Tchque et Slovaquie The production of literature relating to territory of the countries of East-Central Europe relates primarily to the political-administrative sphere. The transition from totalitarian corporate assets and bureaucratic to democratic forms of organization produced a detailed discussion particularly on regulatory and legislative (Hesse, JJ 1993, 1995). So, the issues investigated relate to the transformation of administrative structures, functions of parliaments, national governments and local elections and interest in organized civil society (AGH, A. and S. Kurtn, 1995). The discussion aims to assess and promote the development of democracy in countries East-Central Europe (Baldersheim, H., M. Illner, A. Offerdal, L. Rose, and P. Swianiewicz 1996). f. Section 6: Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Latvia, Lithuania, Norway, Sweden The vast literary production presented below, while concentrating more in the research group of geography, is characterized by its interdisciplinary study. Issues related to the transformation of areas of interest are then investigated by a sociological point of view and anthropological. The approach Social and Cultural Geography is mainly used to analyze the territory of reference in its cultural, organization of corporate assets and in 'identifying strategies for sustainable regional development, to investigate the processes of social construction of land-related size of region and place. Particular attention is given to internal migration processes to the countries concerned, particularly those affecting the movement from urban to rural areas and vice versa. In this regard it is worth noting the immense contribution made by Anssi Paasio to territory. g. Section 7: France and Switzerland The bibliography presented below relates primarily to three areas: science education, economics and public administration, science communication. In the field of education, literature of the countries in question places the focus on the processes and effects of territorialisation on the education system
February 2009, 28th
429 / 653
and, in particular, analyzes the differences between urban and rural schools and changes in the technological innovation process education. Of particular interest in this sector contributions Alpe Y. (2006), Champollion P. (2005, 2008), Liautard D (2008), F. Lorcerie (2006) and A. Van Zanten (2001). The studies of economics and public administration analyze the effects of the regional policy of the European Union has produced a level of public administration, state and regional authorities. In particular, studies of Bergougnoux J. (2000), Deffigier, Clotilde (2007, 2008), Henry C., M. Matheu, Jeunemaitre A. (2003), Henry C. (1997), Pontier, Jean-Marie (2007) analyze the developments, innovation and economic and social sustainability of public services in post-industrial society. The literature of science communications particularly analyzes the relationship between technological innovation and information society, outlining possible strategies for social communications manager: Bouquillion Philippe (2008), D. Bourgeois, PY Badillo., Lesourd JB. , Schilizzi S. (2008), Bourgeois D. Badillo (2008), Bourgeois D. (2008), Bouquillion, Philippe (2008), Baudouin P. (2005), Mige B. (2007, 2008). h. Section 8: Spain and Portugal The literature presented below focuses on ecological changes, social and cultural rights made by globalization, focusing mainly in the field of social sciences. In particular, Policy Studies (A. Escobar 1995, 1998, 1999, 2001) involving the globalism and the localization strategies, the political ecology and conservation of cultural territories developed and supported by social movements. Similar to these issues is also the studies conducted by A. Amiguinho (1995) and R. Boix (2004), which investigated the change and the role of school and vocational training centers in the global society. 2. General Conclusion The purpose of this work, as amply described in part I, was a research European-wide on the "state of art" on the concept of "territory" through a survey of Institutes that in Europe have produced studies on this subject. For this purpose we started a job search using the Internet channel that has allowed us to collect data and information that were then fed into a grid and then analyzed. The data collected that are public data and sometimes incomplete. Because of the difficulty in finding any information. That is why we stressed that this was a kind of exploratory research, which was intended to collect the first data for the plan future research. As such, the data collected were categorized was made a descriptive analysis that is divided into: Analysis of Frequencies and Crossing Tables. The analysis of frequencies was made on the distribution of categories emerged from the categorization of information contained in the database. The distribution of frequencies showed that in Europe are universities (or internal organs to them) the Research Centres, the Centres for Education, Associations and Research Laboratories that in Europe are interested in the concept of territory, making studies and research, with a higher production of projects from the Universities and Research Centres. An analysis of projects showed that the study of the territory is particularly present in theoretical approaches economic, sociological and geographical. Although there are many projects with a multidisciplinary approach to the study of the territory. The latter aspect a indicates a development on the vision of the territory no longer seen, from a geographical and geological, just as "land" in terms of natural resources but as a context "historical, economic, social, educational which contains itself actors "social" involved in its development. In this there is also a development of the methodology for the study of the territory in fact, alongside the traditional geographic analysis techniques such as GIS are often accompanied by methods of qualitative and quantitative (methods exploratory inferential, regional analysis and so on) belonging to other sciences as the economy , sociology, psychology and so on. This is consistent with the definitions of territory resulting from the analysis of content because the territory is conceived in its entirety, not only in geographic terms but in social, economic and political. It has come to the realization that we must safeguard and promote the territory because it represents the basis for the welfare of all its components. With the concept of sustainable development it was understood that there can be no development if this is not adequately supported or through a search of its resources and is through proper management (territorial intelligence). Thanks to the projects were verify the presence or absence of cooperation between institutions in the study of the territory and has been verified that even if a small percentage, there are Cooperation National and European partnerships. Another important factor is the type of financing that has allowed the implementation of the plan and the data show that the projects are financed by
February 2009, 28th
430 / 653
Public Funds from European funds. This underlines how the study of the territory is becoming an important subject of public interest. In addition, the crossing tables have allowed us to get a first deployment in Europe of the institutions, we found in Germany, Italy, England, Spain, Slovakia and Switzerland are mostly the Universities to have carried out projects in the territory while in France prevail Education Centres in Hungary and Denmark and Belgium are the associations while in the Czech Republic, Sweden, Lithuania, Slovakia, Norway and Turkey are mainly research centres. The other countries are divided, to a lesser extent, among the five institutions. This shows how, at different levels, in almost all of Europe has been achieved at least a study on the territory. The territory is now seen, almost all of Europe, as a resource in all its aspects, there is a lot of attention to this topic because the case has come to understand that sustainable development and lasting a territory represents the overall welfare for all its actors and in its entirety. Of course, these figures are not enough to draw a picture of the study on the territory on European-wide. These figures represent only a small sample. We propose for the second phase of research to extend the study through the use of other methods of investigation such as a first step the development of online questionnaires or sent directly to all research institutions in Europe then followed interview semi-directive. We also propose to form, through the establishment of an annual summer school on the territorial intelligence, all the actors who are interested in deepening the study of the territory. 3. Future Prospects Of course, these figures are not enough to draw a picture of the study on the territory on European-wide. These figures represent only a small sample. We propose for the second phase of research to extend the study through the use of other methods of investigation such as a first step the development of online questionnaires or sent directly to all research institutions in Europe then followed interview semi-directive. We also propose to form, through the establishment of an annual summer school on the territorial intelligence, all the actors who are interested in deepening the study of the territory. Bibliography GIRARDOT, J-J., 2003, Concept, method and tools of territorial intelligence, invited conference in the Social Worker National Training School, Nantau (Taiwan). BERELSON B., 1954, Content analysis In G. Lindsey (Ed.) Handbook of Social Psychology: Theory & Method, Vol. 1, 488-522. Cambridge, Mass: Addison-Wesley BLANCHET, A., 1985, L'entretien dans les sciences sociales : l'coute, la parole et le sens, Paris: Bordas. ORMAUX S., 2008, Inter-visibility a Concept at the Service of Territorial Intelligence, a Tool at the Service ofGovernance. in: Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, HUELVA (Spain), 24-27 October 2007. Available at <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Ormaux>. ORMAUX S., 2007, Methods for territorial intelligence. in: Acts of International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, ALBA IULIA (Romania), September 20th-22nd, 2006. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Ormaux>. ORMAUX S., 2006, State-of-the-art about fundamental methods and tools of spatial analysis and of processing of territorial information within the social sciences and humanities. Deliverable 23 of CAENTI project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable23>. ORMAUX S., MOINE A., De SEDE-MARCEAU M.-H., 2008, Inventory of fundamental methods and tools of spatial analysis and of processing of territorial information within the social sciences and humanities in Europe. Deliverable 28 of CAENTI project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable28>.
February 2009, 28th
431 / 653
February 2009, 28th
432 / 653
55
Fundamental methods and generic tools for Territorial Intelligence
Serge ORMAUX Professor in Geography; ThMA Laboratory, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France serge.ormaux@univ-fcomte.fr Csilla FILO Lecturer in Geography; RT TD&ICT, University of Pcs, Hungary fcsilla@gamma.ttk.pte.hu
Abstract: This paper presents the WP4 Fundamental Methods progress. This WP was made up of five coordination groups in 2006 and 2007 and aimed to prepare their results integration into two syntheses about: - The territory concept and the territories analysis methods - Territorial information and territories competitiveness indicators that were written during the first mid-term period of the third and last caENTI phase. The paper presents the WP4 research actions and suggests orientations for the global synthesis. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, territory, territorial information, territorial competitiveness.
In the 21st century, the local conditions, the local resources appreciated in value, which is manifested in factors of that several economic ones (pl. production traditions, local innovative environment) and not economic (pl. community relations, supports). The homogeneous regions is ended and space networks took shape, and it is necessary to stabilize the situation of the settlements, areas in these networks, concerned the units that were not jointed, significantly the local governance helps to string. I. Social and scientific context All this expresses itself in the development of the competitiveness. The next factors define the regional competitiveness: - Research and technological development: aim the creation of the innovative culture, it the forming of institution environment is necessary to this, - small- and medium-size enterprises' support: the development of enterprises sector, from the local markets in the regional and smaller number managing to get onto the global market, - Infrastructure and human capital: traffic and telecommunication networks the insurance of his development, the availability, The analysis of the territorial effects of the sustainable development it is necessary to exceed the examination of the working capital with a regional level. The possible directions of proceeding the successors: - for the settling of the international networks of the various sectors the continuous measurement of the spread intensity of its analysis, the networks getting to developing;
February 2009, 28th
433 / 653
- the transformation of the construction of the consumption on territorial level; the measurement of the regional consumption and the consumer market demand generated by this - territorial lifestyle and well being examinations. It effects started in the consumption and lifestyle of individuals and the communities for the globalization processes appear in the settlement network, in the restructuring of its functions, the spatial restructuring and the change of the contacts. New developmental junctions come into existence in the space which may become to zones. These zones may be connected to each other, forming specific spatial networks, which practises attraction for the regional characters, it influences its behaviour, let it be started because of the depot choice through the changing of the residence environment entirely until the transformation of the infrastructural systems. The analysis of the new spatial structures is not a simple task. We may do this with concentration examinations significantly, that is with the definition of the settlement thickening of certain phenomena, territorial features. Than for example plain population, migration data, these the index-numbers of the spatial motion of his temporal change, the population, the housing stock the concentration of its change, the intellectual resource (education, qualification), the features of the employment construction, they his change (in a new economy, in the different sectors employed of proportion, the dynamic undertakings, share of employees in economic branches or its specific measure etc.). As an index-number utilizable the features of economy (the measure of investments), the consumption (incomes), but the establishments may express it his appearance (service units, they his construction), the various community activities (non profit organisations), concerned the presence of the special services (the elements of cultural supply) too. The spatial concentration (settlement level) we may illustrate with a map, which is allowed to define the primary zones type. Several indicators were born for the measurement of the information society personifying the new economy in the past period. These indicators all statistical data, all of them imply the results of surveys, questionnaires. The information statistical observe of society signifies a serious challenge, since the informational one and communicational technologies are produced exceptionally quickly and their application expands, what circumscribes the timeliness of the statistical observation significantly. The international practice measures it with multiple variable indicator sets, the training of complex indicators and his analysis composing in generality and it values development state of information society. The compilation of the indicator sets is in a variegated form on a sign in the literature (the actual indicator supply may be different in a smaller bigger measure), at the same time its content all variants the information society tries to concretize its phenomena on the same one, which ones onto the infrastructural conditions, onto the qualification standard, the technological achievements recipient they indicate his tendency or the informational economic activity. The statistics started it to adjust its methods to the information society, true mostly only in the more advanced countries of world. The comparability is a first-rate viewpoint here. The development of the indicator system being used for the measurement of the situation, role and development of information society, it is included in the aims. As what in a regional dimension which can be displayed the new economy and the information society personifying it, how it would be possible to distribute it these his presence and his influence in the regional processes? Not a simple task, this requires complex processing and analyses. In the economy being globalised beside the classic economic centres of gravity, increasingly more new factor groups appear. The feature of these factors, that tall, indeed determining his local bond, from a given settlement, or it is existing one only for it built on his resources. The new forms of the spatial specialisation, conditions that stood for a provision early, but only the lifestyle, the consumption, and the production just activates it, discovers it, and the given settlement, and it begin upswing of area with this. The production and services show modern spatial peculiarities with the local conditions appreciate in value, and according to this area economic, community cooperation like that is a networks, which are able to multiply the knowledge-based resources standing for the provision, take shape. A considerable technical term is at disposal of the territorial development in the different space concepts by today. Onto these concepts the uniform, definition being based on consensus which can-
February 2009, 28th
434 / 653
not be given on the theoretical side, the area of the social sciences, it is necessary to define the territory itself in terms of the territorial development on the practical side. Territorial competitiveness is an integrated and proactive approach that allows shaping the future of territories, regions and larger geographies. As a consequence, to some degree it can also be referred to as spatial planning. Territorial competitiveness strategies can explore the potentials that can favour economic growth and employment. It can also support an enhanced quality of life, by helping to meet the sustainable development challenge. Observation of territorial competitiveness helps revealing vulnerability. The essential problem is that territorially based actors and agencies want to enhance and maintain their regions and sub-regions utility, by making reference to a set of measures and indicators conceptually debatable and often empirically weak. The competition degree of territories depends on a manifold factor set. Within the caENTI project framework, we gathered relevant indicators, which indicate the social changing in territories. The information must necessarily be available for spatial entities at a lower level than countries. It statistically corresponds to the European levels from NUTS 2 to LAU 1. Our research shown that the data availability is variable, depending on the considered country and on the required year. This irrefutable fact makes complex the comparative analyzes and makes null and void any certainty about the data availability. Moreover, if there are the major indicators on EUROSTAT, others are missing or need to be calculated. II. Comparing the territory concept and its analysis methods The synthesis on the territory concept and on the territory analysis methods were fed by the follow-up of the census implemented by Emmanuelle Morant, and then Monica Mollo, on the research activities about territory in Europe, as well as by the follow-up of the reflection about map and geographic information systems. This work aims to identify all the research groups in Europe that study the territory concept and produce scientific documents on this subject. The objective of this identification work is to understand how these studies contribute to the development of the territory concept and to draw a European map of research in this field. This work main purpose consists in identifying and planning possible scenarios of territory analysis and development The main purpose of this work is to make an empirical study on the state of the art of the territory concept, through a census about all the research/studies that are made in Europe. The identification of the state of the art of the territory concept has two objectives: - 1 The creation of a database on territory that includes all the information on the European projects available for the persons or institutions who/that intend to study territory and who/that need information. - 2 This research also enables us to observe the evolution of the territory concept. It also helps us planning future studies on territory. Moreover, this research contributes to the WP4 synthesis that aims to analyse the state of the methods and tools in the territory study. This last point is one of the reasons that led us to explore all the European research groups which research subject is the territory concept. Our attention focuses on the territory definition these projects produce, the methodology these groups have used in their studies and also on all the available information linked to their projects. Another important objective of this work is the development of a territory definition that could be a sort of link and synthesis between all the research and projects that have paid attention to this concept. Therefore, these research directly impact on the territorial intelligence paradigm. This research started by the identification of all the European laboratories that study the territory concept. The laboratories identification depended on precise criteria: a) giving priority to the European countries, b) identifying the various kinds of research funding, c) indicating, the collaborations when possible, d) selecting projects with a theoretical approach: economic, sociological, educational science, geographical, information and communication sciences. The gathered data result from the joint work made by Emmanuelle Morant and Dr Monica Mollo. The creation of a database is a means to identify the similarities and the differences within the various studies on the territory concept that were identified. These similarities and differences are analysed by comparing those studies, initially through the theoretical approaches and then through the concerned European countries. This data gathering is an
February 2009, 28th
435 / 653
attempt to gather the various studies on territory, and also to create a basis that can be used to plan and implement future studies. This data gathering is an opportunity to get information on the studies development on territory for people interested in designing and leading research and studies on territory whatever his/her nationality is. The information gathered in this database especially focus on nation, major research centres, methodology and tools, territory concept produced by these studies and collaborations between laboratories. During the first phase of this work, we carried out a search on Internet about the projects linked to territory. We contacted the institutions firstly by using Internet and then directly by mail or phone. The data contents are divided into two parts: - The frequency tables for each variable - The cross-table with the European countries and the variables The analysis of frequencies was made on the distribution of categories emerged from the categorization of information contained in the database. The distribution of frequencies showed that in Europe are universities (or internal organs to them) the Research Centres, the Centres for Education, Associations and Research Laboratories that in Europe are interested in the concept of territory, making studies and research, with a higher production of projects from the Universities and Research Centres. An analysis of projects showed that the study of the territory is particularly present in theoretical approaches economic, sociological and geographical. Nevertheless, there are many projects with a multidisciplinary approach to the study of the territory. The latter aspect a indicates a development on the vision of the territory no longer seen, from a geographical and geological, just as land in terms of natural resources but as a context historical, economic, social, educational which contains itself actors social involved in its development. In this there is also a development of the methodology for the study of the territory in fact, alongside the traditional geographic analysis techniques such as GIS are often accompanied by methods of qualitative and quantitative (methods exploratory inferential, regional analysis and so on) belonging to other sciences as the economy, sociology, psychology and so on. This is consistent with the definitions of territory resulting from the analysis of content because the territory is conceived in its entirety, not only in geographic terms but in social, economic and political. It has come to the realization that we must safeguard and promote the territory because it represents the basis for the welfare of all its components. With the concept of sustainable development it was understood that there can be no development if this is not adequately supported or through a search of its resources and is through proper management (territorial intelligence). Thanks to the projects were verifying the presence or absence of cooperation between institutions in the study of the territory and has been verified that even if a small percentage, there are Cooperation National and European partnerships. Another important factor is the type of financing that has allowed the implementation of the plan and the data show that the projects are financed by Public Funds from European funds. This underlines how the study of the territory is becoming an important subject of public interest In addition, the crossing tables have allowed us to get a first deployment in Europe of the institutions, we found in Germany, Italy, England, Spain, Slovakia and Switzerland are mostly the Universities to have carried out projects in the territory while in France prevail Education Centres in Hungary and Denmark and Belgium are the associations while in the Czech Republic, Sweden, Lithuania, Slovakia, Norway and Turkey are mainly research centres. The other countries are divided, to a lesser extent, among the five institutions. This shows how, at different levels, in almost all of Europe has been achieved at least a study on the territory. The territory is now seen, almost all of Europe, as a resource in all its aspects, there is a lot of attention to this topic because the case has come to understand that sustainable development and lasting a territory represents the overall welfare for all its actors and in its entirety. Of course, these figures are not enough to draw a picture of the study on the territory on European-wide. These figures represent only a small sample. We propose for the second phase of research to extend the study through the use of other methods of investigation such as a first step the development of online questionnaires or sent directly to all research institutions in Europe then followed interview semi-directive. We also propose to form, through the establishment of an annual summer school on the territorial intelligence, all the actors who are interested in deepening the study of the territory.
February 2009, 28th
436 / 653
III. Map and GIS, Tools of analysis and territory management The interest of tools like GIS overcomes the mere cartography function. Nevertheless, they all have an essential function of spatial representation. Consequently, we chose to present here the bases of map as an analysis method of territories, before making a synthesis about the GIS specificity during the caENTI last period. A geographic map is a representation of a geographic space. It emphasizes this space tract, its localization in relation with the nearby spaces, as well as the localization of the elements it includes 1. There are plenty of ways to produce a map. The used tools can be basic: on the ground with a stick, on a room floor with chalk, with a pen on a mere sheet of paper; they can be very sophistication and combine several methods of data acquisition (aerial pictures or satellites images, ground research), of data compilation, of results processing and validation. Data processing and digital technology allow reducing much the time necessary to produce a map, but important manual phases are still necessary. As regards what is usually called automatic cartography, it is usually limited to the execution of maps with proportional symbols or coloured-area maps, which process was designed by Charles DUPIN at the beginning of the 19th century, that is to say the connection between geometric shapes and digital values. The map content construction also appeals to various expert methods (example: IGN maps) or to participative methods (example: identification of the poorest families that live in a commune, Simanowitz, 2000). In this case, the map is a communication support, a representation mode, a means to gather and share information. The legend2 cannot be dissociated from the map. Indeed, even if many figures have a similar or close representation in various map providers, a geographic map remains a representation for which the used graphic conventions can be adapted to the targeted lectors. Some conventions often guide the choices and, for example, it would probably be a bad idea to symbolize warm weather with blue and cold one with red. Anyway, a map is an image and consequently it should respect the generic rules of graphic semiology (see Jacques Bertin's works). They are rules, and not conventions. They define the possibilities given by various visual variables. The latter belong to two main categories, those that express an order (value and size) and those that express a difference (color, shape, orientation, speck). Besides, according to the information discretisation mode we choose, the map aspect will be different. As a consequence, the got result is the representation of a message the map author expresses through his/her methodological choices. According to D. Retaille and O. Louiset, cartography is not limited to [] figurative representation but concerns the whole languages metaphorical representation, from the natural ones to the scientific languages and the motivations and localization choices are more often located in spontaneous geography than in the scientists one. It is a comment we should keep in mind within the framework of this programme devoted to territorial intelligence. Some elements now about geographic information system (GIS): it is a system for capturing, storing, analyzing and managing data and associated attributes which are spatially referenced to the earth. In the strictest sense, it is a computer system capable of integrating, storing, editing, analyzing, sharing, and displaying geographically-referenced information. In a more generic sense, GIS is a tool that allows users to create interactive queries (user created searches), analyze the spatial information, edit data, and present the results of all these operations. The power of a GIS comes from the ability to relate different information in a spatial context and to reach a conclusion about this relationship. These tools are more and more used by territory sciences, and more particulary within the framework of territorial intelligence and participative governance. That is why we get used to speaking about participative GIS (PPGIS). A PPGIS is an information system coupled with participatory mechanism, mobilizing geographic information and/or geospatial technologies, partly developed by (and for) the public, with the purpose to boost public participation in the context of local land planning and development processes. Public participatory geographic information science is a study of the uses and applications of geographic information and/or geographic information systems tech-
1. Source: Wikipedia. 2. For other less important reasons, the geographical map loses much interest if it does not have enough representation or scale preciseness allowing measuring the size of a real item, on the basis of a representation.
February 2009, 28th
437 / 653
nology used by members of the public, both as individuals and grass-root groups, for participation in the public processes (data collection, mapping, analysis and/or decision-making) affecting their lives.
February 2009, 28th
438 / 653
56
The principles of the territorial intelligence proposals for exploratory operationalisation and researches in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania)
Mihai PASCARU University 1 Decembrie 1918 of Alba Iulia, Romania m_pascaru@yahoo.com
Abstract: The notion of territorial intelligence has known much development lately (Bertacchini, 2007; Dumas, 2003; Girardot, 2005; Girardot, 2007; Herbeaux, 2007; Pascaru, 2006). In this study we have shown a few operationalisation attempts of some principles this notion is associated to: the partnership principle, the project development principle and the fundamental principle of participation. Keywords: Territorial intelligence principles, operationalisation, partnership, participation
The current work proposes an attempt at operationalising some of the territorial intelligence principles, as they are defined by Jean-Jacques Girardot in his works from the later years (Girardot, 2005; Girardot, 2007). We place a high heuristic value on the identification of the (territorial intelligence) ethical principles out of the principles of sustainable development. Sustainable development, as Girardot writes, is placed on three principles recognized in many moral and political forums, on a planetary scale: 1) the participation of all actors in the development first of all, that of the citizens; 2) a global approach of the situations, characterized through an adequate balance between the economic, social and environmental considerations and 3) the actors partnership. To the three ethical principles there are three associated methodological principles guaranteeing their observance: 1) approaching the territory as an action space; 2) generalization of the management through projects and a culture of evaluation; 3) the development of the information society technologies accessibility. Among the principles for which we make proposals of operationalisation, we mention first of all the partnership principle. The openness of the citizens from the micro-region of study is described through the measure to which they are rejecting the dependence on states intervention, accepting instead (i.e. value in a positive manner) the establishment of partnerships. The project development principle is looked at from the point of view of some factors that could influence common action at the community level. The participation principle is described from the perspective of the inhabitants opportunities for involvement into the collection of the type of information that lays the foundation for development through projects. The queried inhabitants were put in the situation of participating in the activity of a local observer, by providing information regarding the following aspects of the local life: a) the family problems of villagers, b) the social problems of the persons from the village, c) the interrelationships between the village families, d) the evolution of the animals from every homestead, e) the changes in demographics from every homestead (births, deaths, marriages, movements in and out of the village), f) violent behaviour in the village, g) church attendance, h) land transfers in the village (through inheritance, sales and purchases, donation, exchange), i) problems regarding environmental pollution, j) the business dealings in the village. Through exploratory research, we came to the conclusion that there is some openness for the information support of a local observer, except in some areas as the one
February 2009, 28th
439 / 653
regarding family problems, relationships between families and the business matters in the village. A series of predictors, such as the gender, age and ethnical affiliation are taken into account for a more profound analysis in this chapter. The methodology of the research was structured around the sociological ad-hoc inquiry and around the result return interviews. Both methodological approaches set the stage for project-based return, employing for the first time in a Romanian rural context, the scenarios method. I. The principles of the territorial intelligence In 2005, Jean-Jacques Girardot presented an ample study under the title Territorial intelligence and participation. Girardot confesses in his study that he himself proposed the term of territorial intelligence in 1999, in tight relation with that of territorial engineering (ingnierie territoriale), territorial intelligence meaning putting the management of projects and technologies of information society in the service of sustainable development. Along the development of several projects coordinated by Girardot, a new methodology suitable for the development of territorial intelligence is shaping, a methodology named Catalyse. Catalyse means methods and instruments which allow the great involvement of territorial actors in the accomplishment of the territorial diagnoses or in the local laboratories in order to elaborate more efficient and pertinent action projects for development (Girardot, 2005). The main characteristic of the Catalyse methodology, according to Girardot, is participation. Actors represent first an informal partnership for the making of a data-collecting guide in order to proceed to a social or territorial diagnosis. Each of the actors collects the data at the level of his or her users (ses usagers). The data is enhanced for analysis, and then the actors participate to the interpretation of data as well. For Girardot, the concept of territorial intelligence means the set of inter-disciplinary knowledge which, on the one hand, contribute to the understanding of the structures and dynamics of the territories, and, on the other hand, intends to be an instrument in the service of the actors of the sustainable territorial development (Girardot, 2005). Territorial intelligence, according to Girardot, relies on six ethical and methodological principles, among which the first is the principle of participation. We consider the identification of the ethical principles of territorial intelligence in the principles of sustainable development of special heuristic value. According to Girardot, sustainable development relies on three principles validated by numerous moral and political instances at world scale: 1) the participation of all actors to development, mainly of the villagers; 2) the global approach of the situations, characterized by a proper balance among the economic, social and environmental considerations; 3) the partnership of the actors. These ethical principles associate with three methodological principles able to guarantee their observance: 1) the approach of the territory as action space; 2) the dissemination of the culture of evaluation and the administration through projects; 3) the development of the accessibility of the technologies of the information society. Girardot states that these principles take into account first that the global approach relies on a both territorial and prospective vision and, second, that participation and partnership define territorial intelligence as an approach mainly focused on actors, and which relies on the accessibility of the information technologies as well as on the cooperation of the actors. Participation. The notion of participation, according to Girardot, does not concern only the operators (les oprateurs) but also the beneficiaries of the action, more precisely, the citizens. Participation involves decision-making as well as the conception, administration and evaluation of action. Participation is based on communication, consequently on information in an interactive context. This means the accessibility of information, the actors capacity of accessing the contents of the information, and thus, the technologies of information. The global and balanced approach. This principle is based on the fact that sustainable development, according to Girardot, tends towards a harmonization of the economic, ecologic, social and cultural objectives. As compared to the centralised (centralise) logic, which is globally translated through a partition of activities, sustainable development is based on an integrated approach of problems at a territorial scale. It is also global in the sense that a territory depends on the world logics. It is also global in the sense that it integrates all the dimensions of the territorial action. Thus, both the social dimension, through the priority given to the meeting of the needs of the deprived, and the ecological dimension in order to preserve the future for the generations forthcoming are taken into account. Territorial intelligence, as Girardot concludes in this chapter, involves numerous fields of knowledge
February 2009, 28th
440 / 653
and action (demography, geography, environment, economy, communication, health, patrimony and institutions) and must involve law, history and culture. Partnership, as Girardot explains, results from the integrated approach which means not only the participation and cooperation of the actors of the territorial action, more generally, of the set of actors in a certain territory. Territorial intelligence, according to Girardot, is characterised by the need to develop the methods and instruments which would facilitate the network action of the partnerships of actors, the partition of information and cooperation. Let us now focus on the methodological principles stated by Girardot. The territory as space of action. The primordial role played by the territory in the governance raises a special interest for the concept of territorial intelligence. The territory is defined as interaction between a geographic space and a human community. Hence results that territorial intelligence means three complementary levels of analysis: 1) the territorial actors game (le jeu), their representations and influential relations, the institutional backgrounds within which they act, as well as the projects and accomplishments which initiate them; 2) the socio-economic dynamics which result from making individual or collective decisions: demographic behaviours, the mobility of goods and individuals, the dynamics of activities etc.; 3) the spatial structures and their evolution which are concrete translations of the actors games and of the socio-economic dynamics: sceneries and environment, exploitation (occupation) of the soil, the urban morphologies and the networks of settlements, equipments, infrastructures etc. As for the territory, we consider it the necessity to identify the territory proper for action in relation to the administrative territories, and the analysis of governing at several levels to be very important (multi-niveaux). The project management and the action evaluation. Participation, according to Girardot, means the capacity to elaborate and manage projects, evaluation being the guarantee of an efficient management. The project elaboration in the context of a global and integrated approach means an important apprehension (apprentissage) effort on the actors behalf. The participation to the collective accomplishment of a territorial diagnosis, then the accomplishment of the system of territorial intelligence inaugurates an apprehension process which continues with the participative evaluation of actions, this signifying the valorisation of good practice and the identification of avoidable errors. The accessibility of the technologies of the information society and of information. The computer networks, according to Girardot, represent the infrastructure of territorial intelligence. The computer-science and telecommunication instruments are indispensable for the exchange organisation and for the exchange of collective work of the numerous, different actors, who are far away from one another and do not synchronise in time. But, as Girardot notices, the information technologies do not necessarily ensure the information dissemination, or the automatic production of new information. II. Proposals for exploratory operationalisation and researches in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania) The micro-region Livezile-Rimetea consisting in those two communes with the same names (Livezile and Rimetea) is geographically situated in the Depression of Trascau, an area with particular landscape in the Apuseni Mountains-Romania. At the last census (2002), 2739 inhabitants were registered of which, 50.97% men and 49.03% women. The micro-regions peculiarity is also given by the long-lasting cohabitation between Romanian people (60.28% in the micro-region and 98.68% in Livezile) and Hungarian people (33.8% in the micro-region and 87.30% in Rimetea). Rimetea the commune encompasses the villages Rimetea, which is the centre village, and Coleti. Livezile commune consists in five villages: Livezile, the centre village, Izvoarele, Poiana Aiudului and Vlioara. Our researches investigated and explored the representations and opinions of 366 inhabitants, aged over 18, from Rimetea, Coleti, Poiana Aiudului, Izvoarele and Livezile. 1. Giving value to the partnership Regarding the factors that could be involved in solving local problems, 83.6% of the respondents agreed totally or partially with the foreign investors exclusive involvement. 86% of the respondents agreed totally or partially with the exclusive involvement of the state. Regarding the town hall, as a unique potential agent of solving local problems, 81.37% agreed totally or partially and 17.2% did not agree. We also focused on businessmen or people with a lot of money. 72% thought that only they could solve the problems of the community (they agreed totally or partially with this). The belief in the opportunity of a partnership among all the factors of the inhabitants of being unique
February 2009, 28th
441 / 653
agents for solving local issues was expressed by 57.7% of the respondents. The partnership idea among all the previously mentioned factors was supported by 87.6% of the respondents. 2. Project based development In our research, the answer given to the help request as a possible indicator of the opportunities to participate in the community development projects was tested by the question: When someone asks you to help them, (ideas, solutions, work or money) how much do the following matter: a) the fact that they have many diplomas, b) the fact that they come from the village/community, c) the political party they belong to, d) the fact that they are a relative or a neighbour, e) the fact that they have a household or a prosperous business, f) anything else? Of our respondents, 51.7% said that school mattered very much and much, 59.1% thought that belonging to a community mattered very much and much. The political party mattered very much and much for 19.9% of the respondents, while being a relative or a neighbour were very much and much appreciated when giving support by 35.2% of the respondents. Finally, what mattered very much and much was the fact that the person who asks for help has a prosperous household for 31.4% of the respondents. 3. Participation and information In the operational definition of territorial intelligence we suggested considering the local actors awareness towards collecting useful information at the level of a local observer in order to correctly ground some development projects. In the research made in the micro-region Livezile-Rimetea, the awareness towards offering information at the village level aimed at the following aspects: a) the villagers family issues; b) the villagers social issues; c) the relationship among the villagers families; d) the evolution of the animals in each household; e) the population changes in each household (births, deaths, marriages, in or out of the village moving); f) the violent behaviour in the village; g) attending a church by the villagers; h) transferring lands in the village (by heritage, selling-buying, donation, exchange); i) environment pollution issues; j) business evolution in the village. The main results are shown in Figures 1 and 2. In the return-of-results interviews with different local leaders from the micro-region, we have shown the following conclusive observations, specific for this theme: Because we wanted to find out if the citizens would contribute with useful information regarding the identification and solving of the village issues, in a local observatory, we found out that almost half or more than half of the respondents agreed to search for and offer different information. Next came the question: what is your comment on this?. Our interlocutors comments are first of all related to the fear to offer information, due to the communist period experience (There is nothing like this because they have been afraid to offer information since the time of the deceased [Ceausescu]), even if it is considered that: It would be useful. It seems that man lived underground until the revolution, now he is not interested anymore, he had a schedule then, he is confused now, he does not know what tomorrow might bring. (53 years old, Livezile counsellor). There were also some records and referrals to the futility of such a step: Who would gather the information? This is not necessary. What good would it do to the mayor thinking that I got 10 bags of concrete or a land? It would not help the community in any way (45 years old, Livezile businessman). Even a mayor kept saying: We are a small enough community and I identify most of the issues in the street, on my way to some work (28 years old, mayor, Livezile). When information supply is supported, the information is especially related to infrastructure issues: I agree with this. There should be a record of all the information concerning road maintenance works, such as weeding or something else (45 years old, Rimetea counsellor). Conclusion First of all, our research from Livezile-Rimetea showed the fact that partnerships were positively evaluated by most of the investigated inhabitants. The idea of the exclusive involvement of the village, which had been very popular in the previous years, was now replaced (Pascaru, 2003). A certain tendency to classify the information seems to work in the studied communities when family and business are discussed. The ones that agreed with supplying information in general were better integrated in the local communication networks and thus they could constitute an important source of better knowledge of the communities in a territorial intelligence system or in a community development project. Nevertheless, the awareness towards supplying information also has an important ethi-
February 2009, 28th
442 / 653
cal side. This side aims both at the relationships among the potential informers and the community at the level until which the researcher can get involved in the secrets of the community. Regarding the relational and trust grounds on which we can build a future community development project, a more direct approach related to the different types of social capital can make the relevance of the dimensions of the community matrix clearer. Beyond this desideratum, we can notice the importance still given to the highly educated inhabitants and to their affiliation to the community, compared to the one given to the political party, for example. Regarding participation with information, in general, we could notice that the number of those saying they would offer information, was smaller only in the case of the family issues in the village, family relationships and when it had to do with the evolution of business in the village. Bibliography BERTACCHINI Y. (ed.), 2007, Intelligence territoriale. Le Territoire dans tous ses tats, collection Les ETIC, Toulon, Presses Technologiques. DUMAS PH., 2003, Entre la cration de contenus et l'intelligence territoriale: la dimension thique http://archivesic.ccsd.cnrs.fr/sic_00000537.en.html. HERBEAUX P., 2007, Intelligence territoriale. Repres thoriques, Paris. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2005, Intelligence territoriale et participation, http://labiso.be/ecolloque/ forums/ read.php?3. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007, Activities and prospects of CAENTI, International Conference of Territorial Intelligence Alba Iulia 2006, Vol 2: Proceedings of CAENTI, Alba Iulia, Aeternitas Publishing House, pp. 7-18 PASCARU M., 2006, Intelligence territoriale et gouvernance locale/Territorial Intelligence and Local Governance, Cluj-Napoca, Presa Universitar Clujean Annex Figure 1: The availability to offer information (I)
Family issues in the village (%) 42.5 56.7 0.8 100.0 Social issues (%) Family relationships (%) 45.2 53.4 1.4 100.0 Animal evolution (%) 51.0 47.4 1.6 100.0 Population change (%)
Availability Rather yes Rather no DK/NA Total
51.5 47.7 0.8 100.0
56.1 43.1 0.8 100.0
Figure 2: The availability to offer information (II)

Attending church (%) 55.6 42.5 1.9 100 Land transfer (%) 54.8 44.7 0.5 100.0 Environment pollution (%) 56.7 42.2 1.1 100.0 Business evolution in the village (%) 45.5 52.9 1.6 100.0 Violent behaviour (%) 51.5 47.7 0.8 100.0
Availability Rather yes Rather no DK/NA Total
February 2009, 28th
443 / 653
February 2009, 28th
444 / 653
57
Interactive Map for caENTI Application of the Web Mapping Technology
Peter PEHANI Research Assistant, Scientific Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts, Ljubljana, Slovenia Peter.Pehani@zrc-sazu.si Marion LANDR Engineer in Human Sciences, MSHE Ledoux, Besanon, France marion.landre@mshe.univ-fcomte.fr Kritof OTIR Professor, Senior Research Fellow Scientific Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts, Ljubljana, Slovenia kristof@zrc-sazu.si
Abstract: Geographical information systems (GIS) are becoming a common tool in applications that involve spatial objects and relations. In the last years the internet technology is moving GIS towards web based applications, simplifying the interaction between users and GIS, and at the same time reducing the ownership and maintenance costs. In the framework of caENTI we are developing a Web Mapping solution to present selected socio-economic indicators of European Union in the form of Interactive map. Indicators will be presented in different levels of detail (from NUTS0 to LAU2). In the time of writing this article Interactive map is in the final stages of development. The development software has been already selected and tested. The selection of data and metadata is completed, however all the data is not processed yet. Map built on Web Mapping software GeoServer and JavaScript web environment (including the Map Tools library OpenLayers) is in the final stage of development, some tools are in preparation, refinements are in progress. Keywords: Web Mapping, Web GIS, cartography, open source software.
I. Introduction to Web Mapping Technology Web mapping technology (also: Web GIS (~ Server); Internet GIS (~ Server); Geospatial server) is a technology that enables the remote delivery of maps on the Internet. It includes several processes: designing, implementing, generating and publishing the map. On the users side web browser is used as a client and usually no software installation is necessary. Maps may be accessed from desktop and portable computers. Web Mapping technology is an important component of a wider system, called Geographic information system (GIS), which is an information system for capturing, storing, analyzing, managing and presenting data which are spatially referenced (i.e. data linked to location).
February 2009, 28th
445 / 653
Web Mapping enables delivery and publication of high-quality interactive maps, data from GIS, and associated metadata, with the ability to query, manipulate, and interact with data. It can display both raster and vector data structures, enabling the dissemination of a wide variety of data types, for example satellite imagery, topographic data, and thematic maps. Maps may also be linked to databases and other information sources, allowing it to be visualized and queried. The system can also be extended to link to other resources and allow multimedia components, like photographs, video, sound etc. to be displayed for particular features of the map. Web mapping technology uses a server-client technology to exchange information trough the HTTP protocol. Client (i.e. web browser on users side) requests the map or other information with certain parameters from the server. The server responds with map data and ancillary information. Figure 1: Web mapping system has very complex architecture. It uses server-client technology to transfer user requests to maps as an output
Web mapping system has very complex architecture. However on conceptual level four basic components are found: - Data: This is essential component of the system! Data can be vector or raster type, stored on dataserver in variety of different formats, organized as files or databases. - Map/Mapping software: Web mapping software is server-side program that can dynamically produce a map out of the Data according to the client's request. Map is composed of data-layers, displayed in selected projection, rendered in defined manner. - Map Tools/Web application: Map Tools contain user tools to manipulate and explore the map as well as to retrieve textual information. Map Tools are delivered in the form of HTML and web-scriptingbased Web application that is used as a wrapper around the Map. - Client/Web browser: On user's side ordinary web browser is used as a client to open the Web application and explore the map. No other additional software is required; some solutions however require download of additional plug-in component for the browser. The first three components are present on the server side and the fourth one on the client side. Interactive map, based on Web Mapping technology, is a very powerful tool. First, it is dynamic tool. End user can interact with it; can speak with it to display the map and also contextual information that he wants. This is the most important advantage compared to the static, pre-prepared maps that are basically static images. Second, it is highly visual tool, and graphical presentation can outperform normal textual or tabular information. Last but not least, it is very simple to use, only basic computer skills are required for the end user to be able to get all the capabilities.
February 2009, 28th
446 / 653
Figure 2: Logical components of Web mapping system
II. Objectives of Web Mapping for caENTI Main objective of the Web Mapping within the caENTI framework was to design an Interactive map of Europe for visual representation of selected caENTI indicators. Interactive map has to be built on standard Web Mapping technology (section 1). The work was divided into four subtasks (which follow the conceptual division of Web Mapping system, described within section 1): - Selection of appropriate software for Web Mapping and for Map Tools (section 3). - Data: Obtaining and processing the geographical and attribute data to be presented together with its metadata (section 4). - Map: Preparation of a Map with the selected Web Mapping software (section 5). - Web application: Preparation of a Web application with the help of selected Map Tools library (section 6). It has to be stressed that the interactive map has not been completely finished at the stage of writing this paper. Therefore some items described within the following sections are still in the development phase and might change in the final form. III. Selection of software The selection of software has been focused to the so called open source solutions (as opposed to the closed source). Open source is development methodology, which offers practical accessibility to a product's source (goods and knowledge). In the computer world it is commonly applied to the development of source code for software which is made available for public collaboration, and it is usually released as open-source software. We are convinced that open source solutions are more suitable for scientific and research use, since they are free, they are vendor independent, and since they can be upgraded by additionally developed modules (either by the user or the community). On the other hand, however, more skills are needed on developers side for the installation and development of the application. Figure 3: Comparison between open and closed source Web mapping software solutions.
Open source Web Mapping solutions price installation and use own modules includes other examples Free more skills are needed can be added mapping only Independent Geoserver, UMN MapServer Closed (proprietary) software Web Mapping solutions normally 10.000 20.000 EUR relatively easy cannot be added mapping and tools vendor dependent ArcIMS, MapGuide Enterprise
February 2009, 28th
447 / 653
In search for highly standardized solution we followed the recommendation, given by two main non-profit open-source geospatial organizations: - The Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC): It is a non-profit, international, voluntary consensus standards organization that is leading the development of standards for geospatial content and services, GIS data processing and exchange. - The Open Source Geospatial Foundation (OSGeo): It is a non-profit non-governmental organization whose mission is to support and build the highest-quality open source geospatial software. OGC is responsible among other well known standards (GML, KML...) also for a very important standard for delivery of maps across the Internet. This standard is called Web Map Service interface standard (WMS). WMS provides a simple HTTP interface for requesting geo-registered map images from one or more distributed geospatial databases. A WMS request defines the geographic layer(s) and area of interest to be processed. The response to the request is one or more map images (returned as JPEG, PNG, etc.) that can be displayed in a browser application. OGC specifies also Styled Layer Descriptor (SLD), XML-based coding scheme for describing the appearance of map layers. A typical use of SLDs is to instruct a WMS of how to render a specific layer. In section 1 it was stated that on conceptual level map is distinct from the data which composes the map. Also, the tools for exploring the map are distinct from the map itself. This concept is followed by the standards and software that are developed by OGC and OSGeo, respectively. Therefore, following proposals from OGC and OSGeo, we had to find two separate software modules to build the Interactive map for caENTI. Among the tested products (GeoServer, MapBender, MapServer, OpenLayers and Open Source MapGuide) the following two products were selected: - for the Web Mapping software: GeoServer - for the Tools software: OpenLayers GeoServer (currently in stable version 1.6.4.) is the most standards compliant open-source Web Mapping server. It is built upon the GeoTools Java code library for geographical data and OGC specifications. GeoServer runs on all major operating systems and will work with almost any Web server. It allows publishing of geospatial data in the form of maps using the OGCs standard WMS (version 1.1.1) and also publishing of actual data, supporting OGC Web Feature Server (1.0 and 1.1), and OGC Web Coverage Server (1.0) specifications. GeoServer reads a variety of data formats, including Shapefiles, PostGIS, Oracle Spatial, ArcSDE, DB2, MySQL, GeoTIFF, GTOPO30 (some of them can be edited via the WFS-T). Through the standard protocols it produces KML, GML, Shapefile, GeoRSS, Portable Document Format, GeoJSON, JPEG, GIF, SVG, PNG and more. As far as the speed of map delivery is concerned GeoServer (from version 1.6 on) is said to become very comparable with its older and more known competitor UMN MapServer. OpenLayers (current in stable version 2.6) is an open source JavaScript library for displaying map data in web browsers. It provides an API for building rich web-based geographic applications. It enables easy incorporation of maps from a variety of sources into same application. It has support for OGC WMS layers, navigation, icons, markers, overview map, and layer selection. Figure 4: Schema of selected software
Map based on WMS standard delivered by GeoServer
Map Tools tools to explore the map JavaScript-based JavaScriptWeb application including OpenLayers library
February 2009, 28th
448 / 653
IV. Data preparation Spatial data is essential for successful application of any GIS system in general and Web Mapping application in particular. The important data issues are of quantitative (contextual richness, completeness) and qualitative (accuracy, categorisation, data formats, methods of obtaining data, metadata) nature. Partners of the caENTI framework were well aware of this since they have prepared a large set of data. The collected data is from different sources, thus of different quality and completeness. 1. The NUTS standard The Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics, (NUTS; for the French nomenclature d'units territoriales statistiques) is a code standard for referencing the administrative divisions of countries for statistical purposes. The purpose is to have a single code for each administrative division, and to identify each administrative level. The standard was developed by European Union and thus covers only the member states of the EU in detail. At the moment, Eurostat establishes NUTS codes for the 10 countries that joined the EU in 2004, but they can be changed in the future. The NUTS divisions do not necessarily correspond to administrative divisions within the country. The different levels are determined by minimum and maximum thresholds for the average size of regions, like in figure 5. Figure 5: Thresholds for individual NUTS levels
Level NUTS 1 NUTS 2 NUTS 3 Minimum 3 million 800 000 150 000 Maximum 7 million 3 million 800 000
A NUTS code begins with a two-letter code referencing the country, which is identical to the ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 code (except UK instead of GB for the United Kingdom). Then, each level adds one number as in figure 6. Figure 6: Coding of different NUTS/LAU levels.
Country Belgium France Hungary Spain NUTS0 BE FR HU ES NUTS1 BE1 FR1 HU1 ES1 NUTS2 BE11 FR11 HU11 ES11 NUTS3 BE111 FR111 HU111 ES111 LAU1 HU11101 LAU2 BE11100001 FR11100001 HU111010001 ES11100001
Each numbering starts with 1, as 0 is used for the upper level. In case the subdivision has more than 9 entities, capital letters are used to continue the numbering. There are four levels of NUTS defined, with two levels of local administrative units (LAU) below. Before July 2003, LAU1 was called NUTS4, and LAU2 was NUTS5, later the terms NUTS4 and NUTS5 were officially abolished by regulation, although they are sometimes still in use. For each country, the number of levels depends on its size. LAUs are established by Eurostat and not by European Union. 2. Attribute data Through the caENTI a vast number of socio-economic indicators for all European Union countries were obtained for different levels of detail. For the Interactive map, it was decided to limit the levels of details as well as number of presented indicators. The levels of details to be presented are: NUTS0, NUTS1, NUTS2, NUTS3, and LAU2 (only for 4 pilot countries: Belgium, France, Hungary, Spain). As far as the indicators is concerned, in the initial implementation of Interactive map only 6 of them were selected: - Total population - Density of population
February 2009, 28th
449 / 653
- Active population - Unemployment rate - Net income available for household - Average size of household The indicator data for levels NUTSx were collected by the members of caENTI project team. The obtained indicator data differs in considerably in several parameters. It differs in year of validity of data. In a lot of cases we lack indicator data for some spatial units and/or for some levels NUTSx/LAU2 in such case the corresponding indicator cannot be followed completely throughout the complete EU and/or all levels of detail. In figure 7 already processed data is highlighted in green. Please note that the table shows the situation at the end of October 2008. Figure 7: Obtained and processed indicator data (marked with green; yellow text denotes work in progress)
Level of details Indicator Total population [persons] Density of population [/km2] Active population [%] Unemployment rate [%] Net income available for household [EUR] Average size of household [persons] NUTS0 EU+ EU+ EU+ EU+ EU, total for spatial unit EU (few units) NUTS1 EU+ EU+ EU+ EU+ EU, total for spatial unit NUTS2 EU+ EU+ EU+ EU+ EU, total for spatial unit NUTS3 EU+ EU+ EU+ EU+ Belgium Hungary (few units) Belgium (few units) Belgium (few units) LAU2 Belgium Hungary (few units) Belgium
3. Vector data and cartographic specification Geographical vector database was obtained from EuroGeographics. We obtained data for different level of detail: NUTS1 to NUTS3 and USE1 to USE6. All data were reprojected to the selected projection (see below) and exported to shapefile format. Shapefile, although being native format of ESRI and its ArcGIS software (and thus being propriety), is probably the most widespread format for spatial vector data. Shapefile groups spatial data, attributes and projection information together in such a way that no mistake is possible with the correlation between them. The entire vector database, obtained in WGS 84, was reprojected to the selected projection, which is Lambert Conform Conic (LCC) on datum ETRS 89. The LCC projection was selected for several reasons. First it gives balanced representation of all European countries as far as surface area is concerned, giving minimal distortion also on Scandinavia and Great Britain. Datum ETRS 89 was selected to comply European datum recommendations. 4. Combined data Geographical vector data and indicator data were linked with the identification key being the NUTS code (see section 4.1). As a final result we had: - shapefiles for whole Europe with 6 indicators as table attributes for NUTS levels 0, 1, 2 and 3, respectively. - 4 shapefiles with 4 indicators as table attributes for level LAU2 for pilot study areas in Belgium, France, Hungary and Spain, respectively. 5. Metadata Metadata is data about data. It is of extreme importance, since it gives qualitative parameters of the data itself. Therefore the decision to establish metadata service within the Interactive map was logical.
February 2009, 28th
450 / 653
For the caENTI Interactive map the set of 19 metadata was proposed, grounded on propositions of standard ISO 19115 and Dublin Core. The selected metadata describe the dataset, its creator, spatial parameters, distributor details and data format (see example in figure 8). Figure 8: Metadata about indicator Density of population for EU + countries for levels of detail NUTS0 to NUTS3
Interactive map delivers metadata about the indicator data as well as about spatial data. At the end of October 2008 not all metadata are available (see figure 9). Figure 9: Available spatial and attribute metadata
Level of details Indicator Spatial data Total population Density of population Active population Unemployment rate Net income available for household Average size of household Belgium Belgium Belgium EU+ EU+ EU+ EU+ NUTS0 EU+ NUTS1 EU+ NUTS2 EU+ NUTS3 EU+ LAU2 Belgium Belgium Belgium
February 2009, 28th
451 / 653
V. Map design The preparation and design of the map was done in the selected Web Mapping software GeoServer. The final look however is configured later within the Web application (see section 6). To design the map the following steps were taken: - installation and configuring of the GeoServer, - pre-processing and reprojecting of the data (described within section 4), - uploading of the data to the GeoServer, and - rendering of data-layers by implementing OGC's XML-based coding scheme Styled Layer Descriptor (SLD). When those steps were taken, the GeoServer was ready to accept the HTTP request according to WMS standards. As a response GeoServer returns a layer (as a part of a map), either layers legend or layers feature information. For every available combination of indicator and NUTSx/LAU2 level a separate layer was prepared. VI. Web Application Figure 10: Web application in one of final stages of development. Map is delivered by Web mapping software GeoServer, tools are written in JavaScript and ASP.
Web application combines the Map with needed visual and contextual tools for exploring the Map. For the mapping tools implementation the open source library OpenLayers was selected. Since OpenLayers is a JavaScript library, JavaScript was naturally selected to be main design language of the web application. To build the web application the following steps were taken: - graphical design of the web-page, - composition of the Map from WMS layers from GeoServer using the WMS requests GetMap, GetLegend and getFeatureInfo, - implement needed tools from the OpenLayers library, and - design and implement proprietary tools if they are not available within the OpenLayers library. - Implemented OpenLayers tools are: - Different zoom and pan tools: These are tools to change the geographical area that is shown on the map by changing the scale of the map (zoom-tools) and by moving the map (pan-tools). The following
February 2009, 28th
452 / 653
tools were implemented: Zoom Slider, Zoom In, Zoom Previous, Zoom Next, Zoom to Full Extent; Pan Arrows, Pan Hand. - Current scale and current cursor position on the map (x, y) in selected projection (see section 4.3.), given in 'meters'. - Overview map: small map in which rectangle shows the extent that is presented on the main map - Identify tool: displays attribute data (indicators) of all layers of the clicked point on the map - Note: all OpenLayers tools a graphical design was changed from the default one - Implemented proprietary tools: - Selection of indicator and level of details NUTSx/LAU2 to be presented on the map. The legend corresponding to the indicator is also displayed. - Zoom to country: tool that enables direct zoom to each pilot country. - Metadata service: displays available metadata for indicator as well as spatial datasets (see sect. 4.5). Conclusion In its final form the Interactive map of caENTI will enable visual presentation of 6 selected socioeconomic indicators for EU countries in different levels of detail from NUTS0 to LAU2. The proposed solution is based on the open source Web mapping technology; the selected software tools are GeoServer (for Web mapping) and JavaScript-based library OpenLayers (for Map tools). The caENTI Web mapping portal will be simple to use and the end user will need just standard compliant web browser and only basic computer skills will be required. At the time of preparation of this article the interactive map was in final stages of development. Some tools were still under discussion, such as output possibilities and security. Also the end location of the system was not yet established, while the test implementation was running fully in the location of Scientific Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts. Nevertheless it can be said that Interactive map has a potential to become very powerful tool for technical teams of the caENTI member groups and the whole European community to get appropriate visual and contextual information, thus it can become very important aid for analysis and research. Bibliography http://gis.zrc-sazu.si/zrcgiseng/ (1.9.2008, public access) http://arkas.zrc-sazu.si/ (1.9.2008, password protected) KELLY, M.-N., TUXEN, K., 2003, WebGIS for Monitoring Sudden Oak Death in coastal California, Computers, Environment and Urban Systems, Vol. 27, No. 5, pp. 527 547. LO TAURO A., D I PAOLA G., SPINA S. E., 2005, Preservation and valorisation of cultural and environmental resources and information systems, an investigation into a Web GIS. In: CORP 2005 proceedings, University of technology, Vienna, Austria, 311 318. LONGLEY et al., 2001, Geographic Information Systems and Science. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., pp. 454. PEHANI P., PODOBNIKAR T., TECCO HVALA S., 2004, Zasnova in vzpostavitev internetnega GISstrenika na ZRC SAZU. Design and implementation of the internet GIS-server at the ZRC SAZU. In: (Podobnikar, T. et al., eds) 2004. Geografski informacijski sistemi v Sloveniji 2003-2004, Ljubljana, 157-167. TSOU M. H., 2004, Integrating Web-based GIS and image processing tools for environmental monitoring and natural resource management, in: Journal of Geographical Systems, Vol. 6, No. 2, 155-174. ZHU X., M CCOSKER J., DALE A.-P., BISCHOF R.-J, 2001, Web-based decision support for regional vegetation management, in: Computers, Environment and Urban Systems, Vol. 25, No. 6, 605 627.
February 2009, 28th
453 / 653
February 2009, 28th
454 / 653
58
Participative management in the elaboration and implementation of the OSUA information system
Anne P ERETZ Adapei, Besanon, France aperetz@adapeibesancon.asso.fr
Abstract : On what basis take support the choice of a participative management for the elaboration and implementation of a monitoring system for mentally disabled users pathways at all ages and in all situations of their lives? What are the characteristics and consequences?
I. Background and its consequences on the association Adapei de Besanon: association of friends and families of people with mental disabilities whose purpose is to answer to their needs at all stages of life, guaranteeing an individual project and pledging to defend the role and place a person with a disability should occupy in society. Reference is made to the article published for the caENTI international conference of Huelva 2007, whose subject was to study the influence of contexts (external) and choice of organization (internal) in the development and establishment of an observatory for people with disabilities. Reference is also made to protocol mobilization of partners, published on the site caENTI in March 2007. Note that since 2001, the medico-social context in France is experiencing fundamental changes, both in terms of their impact on the management of users pathways that in terms of their impact on organizations whose mission is to take care of these users. 1. Legal background Two laws now supervise the activities of care for people with disabilities, in France : - The first, on equal rights and opportunities, participation and citizenship of people with disabilities. It guarantees them the choice of their life project and participation in social life by placing them at heart devices creating for them. - The second renovating social and medico-social action in France. It transforms in depth the rules of organization of institutions by giving them more responsibilities both on the means and results. Now they have an obligation to guarantee the fundamental rights of users, to adapt their missions in the evolution of society, to improve their management methods through coordination of actions for the benefit of users-with their usual partners, and by evaluating their practices. - The evaluation concerns users' rights and services provided, institutional practices, relations of institutions with their environment, financial management of the institutions. 2. The political associations in response to laws The associative project of adapei de Besanon specifies the declination of these obligations in compliance with its values, shared by all the institutions. It is based on: - Projects of institutions that guarantee to the mentally handicapped persons answers to their needs at all stages of life,
February 2009, 28th
455 / 653
- Their evaluation, - The ambition of the association to provide quality services for a continuous improvement, - Ensuring the participation of all in these projects: users, families and professionals. The voluntary project also relies on a life project for the accompaniment of each beneficiary (PAB) at all stages of its care in the institution: welcome, listening to the needs, development of life project, implementation and study and reformulation, orientation. To organize the actions resulting from these changes in the context and their impact on institutions and care users, the association has chosen to rely on an internationally recognized reference: ISO 9001: 2000. This reference provides an organization model of resources, activities and means for both continuous improvement of conditions of care for users and practices of professionals, and to give to the organizations who subsidize adapei de Besanon a better visibility of the actions conducted. In this sense, the association has also been requested by its two main organizations for signing the first contracts at the regional level, so-called Multiannual Contract, by Objectives and Means (CPOM). They give more responsibilities to the association on the basis of the 5 years forecast to give funds for actions, which include quality objectives, criteria care users, modalities of financing, development prospects which must be evaluated. Thus, developments related to new legislation of the medical-social sector in France, have a direct impact on users' rights, their conditions of care, management of the associations and their institutions, the relationship with funders. The process of continuous improvement practices has therefore become unavoidable and requires a sophisticated and constant evaluation process. The following tables links between the recommendations of the National Guide of good practice (drafted by the National Commission for Social and Medical Social Evaluation in September 2006) in connection with the internal and external evaluation (Law 2002 -2), Articles of 2002-2 and 2005-102 laws and other legal references (decrees, annexes), ISO 9001: 2000, CPOM, the quality management system of adapei of Besanon. The tool OSUA which is discussed later will also be linked with the components of these devices as soon as it is systematically used throughout the association.
Systme Qualit ADAPEI

lments constitutifs
- Loi - Projet associatif - ISO 9001 - Projet d tablissement (secteur) - ou projet associatif (DG) - Tableau de suivi des actions d et des projets amlioration
Documents
Manuel qualit Plan directeur
Mise en uvre du plan directeur
Revue de direction
Fiches progr s
Stphanie SIMON
20 mai 2008
February 2009, 28th
456 / 653
ORGANIGRAMME DE L'ADAPEI DE BESANCON

CONSEIL DADMINISTRATION DE LASSOCIATION
COMMISSIONS PERMANENTES
COMMUNICATION
ADMISSION FINANCES
DIRECTION GENERALE
PARTENARIAT INTEGRATION ANIMATION MOBILISATION PARENTS
OPERATION BRIOCHES
ANALYSE BESOINS
SERVICE QUALITE
DIRECTION RESSOURCES HUMAINES
SERVICE SOCIAL
COMPTABILITE FINANCES
ADMINISTRATIF
INFORMATIQUE
RECHERCHE/ INNOVATION/ DEVELOPPEMENT
COMMUNICATION
PAYE
ASSISTANTES RH
SERVICES GENERAUX
DIRECTIONS DE SECTEURS
ENFANCE Acts of Besanon 2008 TRAVAIL PROTEGE
ACCOMPAGNEMENT February 2009, 28th HEBERGEMENT
ACCUEIL DE VIE
SERVICES MILIEU 457 / 653 ORDINAIRE
Systme Qualit et rfrentiel dvaluation

Documents Manuel Qualit Rfrentiel dvaluation 1re partie: expos gnral, politique dvaluation 2me partie: grilles dvaluation Plan directeur
AMELIORATION CONTINUE damlioration

3me partie: preuves, tat des actions
Revue de direction
Fiches progrs
Stphanie SIMON 20 mai 2008
20
February 2009, 28th
458 / 653
Systme Qualit et rfrentiel dvaluation

Documents Manuel Qualit Rfrentiel dvaluation 1re partie: expos gnral, politique dvaluation 2me partie: grilles dvaluation Plan directeur
AMELIORATION CONTINUE damlioration

3me partie: preuves, tat des actions
Revue de direction
Fiches progrs
Stphanie SIMON 20 mai 2008
20
II. Participative management for the creation of OSUA, online system of administrative informations and of socio-professional pathways of integration of persons with mental disabilities It is now the time for the association, in accordance with the laws, ISO 9001:2000, the project associations and CPOM, to: - Pool and enhance measures to well-being of users, - To analyze the results - And to predict the impact on the way to take care of the users. To achieve this, the association has chosen to implement a tool for collecting and processing data on the care of users: OSUA.
Font voluer le contexte
Au service des
Lois Evaluation interne Projet associatif Projets dtablissements Projet individuel des usagers (PAB)
Textes de rfrences (exigences)
outils : - rfrentiel ISO 9001:2000 - CPOM
outil : OSUA
rfrentiels dorganisation
mutualisation, valorisation des activits habituelles
Principe de lamlioration continue
Given the fundamental changes under way, external and internal, its reflection and experience from 10 years on the pathway of users (3 tools for monitoring the users situation created by the association: PARADA, SIAGE, Exigence), and after consulting agencies specializing in the marketing of such tools, the association has chosen to create its own tool: OSUA, based on the participation of professionals in its elaboration, rather than the purchase of a standard software.
February 2009, 28th
459 / 653
1. Why the choice of a participatory management? Because since the association is in a dynamic process of continuous improvement, its action plan to 5 years must now take into account all of the following points : - Needs and expectations of all customers (interested parties) of the association (users, families, funders, professionals, external partners and internal sectors of the association, association) - Quality policy of the association - Processes, actions and projects that result - Aims- Indicators highlighting the results against aims - Actions and improvement projects arising. It is to consider both elements of a macroscopic plan (associative project) and microscopic (individual project of life of the users). As noted above, since 2001 the association has developed and conducted punctual projects, also called sub-projects: the reorganization of the association in sectors of activity, commitment to multi-year actions, choice of reference ISO 9001, OSUA, which all contribute to answer to the legal requirements above, on the basis of the evaluation of actions at different levels (main project, global), in a voluntary and innovative approach. However, no tool has been available on the market, taking into account the totality of the associative policy and individual life project of users in terms of legal requirements, both in tracking the actions at all levels that in the treatment of pertinent data. Therefore, it was necessary to allow an essential and unprecedented in France adaptation of the tool to the context, by elaboration, execution and implementation which belong to the association, and which is also transferable to all types of populations in difficulty. In this, OSUA is the result of the overall associative policy conducted for nearly 8 years, but it also means that its components are highlighting the specificity of all types of care available at different levels: association, institutional and individual user. OSUA, tool for collecting data of users of the association and of actions, is being currently developed and answer to all of these frameworks and needs identified: - It is a tool for collaborative work to facilitate the coordination of actions with users as part of their project individualized life; - It is an online information system in the overall process, and activity-specific, of socio-professional pathway with administrative monitoring; - This is a multi-sites and multi-activities database, which allows the management of datatreatments, tailored to all sectors and at all stages of life of users; - Given the constant evolution of external devices and constraints related to the internal politics of the association, OSUA is a living instrument; - Specifically, it allows the data and actions storage, exchange of information, producing individual and collective, quantitative and qualitative conclusions, on which will be based professionals to realize the situation analysis of users, structures and association. OSUA therefore appears as a voluntary tool to meet both the requirements of laws 2002-2 and 2005-102 (individual evaluation for each users pathway and collective for each institution of the association), the financial indicators for CPOM, and the indicators of quality of services provided by the association to each user (ISO 9001). Who, better than the professionals at different levels of responsibility, in charge of the daily care of the users pathway, could make this work of links between the obligations related to the context and needs and expectations of customers of the association, from the elaboration stage?
Contexte
Prise en charge individuelle
adaptations spcifiques
On the macroscopic level of expectations, the time has finally come to describe in the microscopic level the specific actions to be taken with each user, in accordance with the general objectives that bind these two visions. If the purpose of the association is to provide the necessary assistance to the mentally handicapped persons with the support of their family or representative, of a board of directors made up of friends and relatives, of professionals, it is the reference ISO 9001:2000 which was chosen for the overall quality to meet these requirements internal respectful of the legislative
February 2009, 28th
460 / 653
framework. It sets the political will of the association to include all these actors to services, functioning and innovation of the association. To achieve this, a group of coordination, a group of decisionmaking and a group of referees from all structures of the association have been established. It is the strong involvement of these actors at all levels of the association, in training and personal reflection, that allows to produce the formalization of common or specific processes adapted to the reality and practices, and that will serve as a basis for the evaluation. This global and participative approach ensures both respect the specificities of persons with disabilities and cohesion of reflection at all levels of the association. 2. How the participatory approach becomes effective? For each project which constitutes the response to the legal framework (certification ISO 9001, PAB, CPOM, OSUA, evaluation), the following organization was put in place:
Prestataires externes, experts (dveloppement et conseil sur la base de la mthode CATALYSE)
Organismes de formation internes et externes
Coordination : Etude, gestion, animation, laboration, communication par les Services R&D, communication et informatique de lassociation
Comit de pilotage : directeur gnral et directions de secteurs dactivit, coordination
Groupe de rfrents : 1 3 personnes par secteur dactivit de lassociation et par partenaire conventionn, issues des fonctions administratives, ducatives et de direction soit 20 personnes au total environ + relais dans les structures
Instance de dcision : C.A. association, Directeur Gnral
This organization in "pyramid" in the respect of the own organization of all the association, helps to associate all levels of know-how, validation and decision-making in the work of design, execution and implementation of sub-projects. In the end, it ensures the cohesion of the global response to the law made by the cross process, sharing data, common model of methods, tools and materials, transfer of the know-how and active participation, productive and consistent with the meaning of the associative draft. Regarding the draft OSUA more precisely: Project management required, since July 2005: - 8 meetings of the steering committee (3 per year) - 35 meetings of referees (including a majority in mid-project) - 25 interventions field (the last year of the project especially) - 50 meetings between external providers and the coordination team of adapei (17 per year to make the links between the practices of adapei, the objective of the project, and development of the tool, in order that the tool is revealing the true expectations of care and context) - 10 briefings to staff (in mid-project) Coordination of the project is to: - Ensure the implementation of specifications with the support of the outside provider counsel - Develop a methodology of mobilization for all the players in the draft - Planning, monitoring and redefining the timing of the stages of realization as the project advances
February 2009, 28th
461 / 653
- Facilitate and train referees in collective meetings and/or coaching on the field, at the request (definition dashboards, indicators and statistic treatment to be applied to data; organization of data according to descriptors and answers: writing the questionnaires, setting metadata, scripts and screens "forms", rights of access; writing operating procedures; aid to writing the glossary and online help) - Inform teams of professionals, prospective users OSUA on the content of draft - Provide training needs o training users to use OSUA and other complementary techniques to this new practice - Develop and implement methods, tools, materials for elaboration and implementation of OSUA at each stage of the project - Write and disseminate methodological guides for use of these methods, tools and materials at each stage of the project - Design, acquire, implement and maintain the equipment necessary for the proper functioning and the optimum use of the system developed - Ensure relationships with external service providers (development and support to the project on the basis of the method CATALYSE), with relevant partners and with the CNIL (Commission Nationale Informatique et Liberts) for compliance with the legislation in force in France - Provide internal and external communications around the project - Manage the project (viewpoints of administration and finance, particularly in relation to EU funding, CAENTI, EQUAL). - All of these points are realized through a methodology for exchanges between the practice field, models given in meetings and working groups, the reference to the legislative framework and pricing, and their transmission to the agency responsible for development. 3. A method that adapts to the constraints The project to all the steps is based on: - the needs of the population care - missions of institutions - specifics of care - functions of the professionals - daily practices of the professionals (based on PAB : Draft of Accompaniment of beneficiaries, quality management system according to the ISO 9001:2000 reference, geographical specifics, work schedules, etc.) - the normal functioning of the structures, together with structural funding - contextual obligations. Thus, if the overall method of carrying out the project OSUA is common to all association, the possibility is left to the sectors to adapt applications to their real needs, their pace of development, their usual media, their quality management system declined from that of the association, in accordance with the general schedule. It has been necessary to allow the space/time of freedom to each sector of activity for an appropriation and a good adaptation of the tool up to the expectations and needs of users, and avoid the reactions of rejection or misunderstanding of the project. This point also implies a flexible animation project, allowing a certain part to the "intuition". This procedure is very pragmatic for teams of professionals: they can see themselves that as a first step, providing OSUA does not disrupt their normal duties, but rather that OSUA offers to exploit them in better conditions. Thus, at key stages of achieving OSUA, some sectors are choosing to set up relays in each major function or structure, which supplement and facilitate the work of referees. In all cases, an accompanying within sectors is being implemented by the animation team for the project, to help them realise the different stages, and to guarantee the cohesion of the final tool with contextual expectations. However, it is necessary to regularly remind the overall meaning of this elaboration step, so that all levels of intervention, users do not forget the objectives. In this, the inflow of information on the project, by regular meetings for example, are essential. They are recalling the context (laws, internal and external evaluation, CPOM, associative and institutional drafts, PAB and ISO 9001 reference), the organization for a participative project, and presenting OSUA as a tool, in its objectives and characteristics. 4. A participatory management, which also relies on training Finally, the development of the project's overall response to the laws in which integrates OSUA, highlights the need to train professionals at all levels:
February 2009, 28th
462 / 653
- management of project and teams (training managers and future managers), underway since early 2008, which accentuates the existing links between the various levels of development of medicalsocial sector and its impact on the association, practices and actions; - The use of NTIC, whatever the degree of knowledge that the staff has (in progress for the entire staff of the association since 2006) - Writings (in order to ensure the confidentiality of information relating to users, and promote good coordination of individual life plans, necessary with internal or external partners) - Evaluating the actions (definition and choice of indicators, data processing, analysis and interpretation, performances) - Internal audits (to cultivate ties with the quality control process and evaluation). These common, associatives training programmes must help to make transverse methods and materials to accompany the personal too the use of OSUA in accordance with its objectives and the context in which it is incorporated and enhance the meaning and quality of use, which will be made. Thus, OSUA requires training of both a contextual level and a practical level. 5. The participative management OSUA is integrated into a method of general draft conduct Overall, every stage and every level of project OSUA is in compliance with the principle of continuous improvement developed and implemented within the association (ISO 9001: 2000), as the system PDCA ("Plan-Do-Check-Act"):
A
Aprs : ragir
P
Avant : prparer
C
Vrifier, valuer
t , Quali , uis acq e rienc exp
D
Pendant : faire
Am
n ratio lio
con
e tinu
In this scheme, we can see that the progress of the project relies on the practice of quality, achievements and experience, swhich allows the system to advance towards the continuous improvement corresponds to the recordings at each stage of the project, the results obtained and acted, corrective actions and improvements made, the update. It corresponds to the fundamental writings relating to the project, its milestones, which provide traceability. This approach allows regular progress of the project (elaboration, validation, decision, achieving step by step), taking into account all the possible impacts it generates and the results, according to a "timing" on the achievements that guarantees the principle of Continuous improvement. III. Advantages and disadvantages of participative management within the project OSUA 1. Benefits The advantages of this participative mode of conception and execution are important in these viewpoints: - Ownership by prospective users of "sense" of the tool (aims), seen not as an isolated project but as a step in the construction of the overall project in response to the law and the associative policy, for a better care of the needs and expectations of users. For example, at the last follow-up audit certifica-
February 2009, 28th
463 / 653
tion ISO 9001, all teams has emphasized his expectation to the effective implementation of OSUA to collect and process data necessary for a proper evaluation of the quality of services provided, before initiating actions that are necessary for improvement. - OSUA is therefore a key role in enriching the associative global project in response to legal requirements, and to give meaning. It is not a "compartmentalized", but a whole shares where each element has its importance in view of others and participates in the system of continuous improvement. Thus, the benchmark ISO is a tool for implementing the law; OSUA is another (see1stdiagram). - This phase (ownership of the sense of the project OSUA through participative management), goes through understanding the links between the different levels of expectations of the external and internal contexts, and requires actions of information and participation at all levels. This new positioning of professionals is a guarantee of professional involvement, renewed motivation, which gives to the professional the capacity to change in their duties, rich of ideas and exchanges, modelling and capitalising on good practices. It promotes their development to executive positions or in other sectors. This development is essential to the quality of care for users. Indeed, the staff, more mobile in the association, has a better vision of values and associational activities, and appears more likely to participate in measures to improve their practices for the users. It is also for this reason, a new way of encouraging the actions of positive treatment and prevent situations of abuse against users. - The participative management offers better visibility of data, on the results of actions, and a better quality of services offered to users through an adjustment in real time as possible for professionals to new mechanisms adopted in the framework of continuous improvement. - The participative management facilitates the work in partnership internal (inter-sectors) and external, and the coordination of actions for the life plans of users in all areas of their lives through better understanding, ownership and circulation of information. 2. Disadvantages Of course, this development practices and attitudes takes a long time (2001 to 2009 in preparation for the case of adapei Besanon), through a voluntary approach and innovative did not wait for the publications of all decrees and laws designed to implement all its projects, including OSUA. The complexity of a long-term vision that allows a control of existing links between the different levels of the project, is not always easy to grasp or ownership. This results in a first time for the staff in a possible phenomenon of brake or apprehension, which can be compensated by great efforts of information, regular communication, training, coaching to change, and incitement to an active participation in the project. There is also a result of the organization in pyramid of the association, lag (sometimes a few months) between the ownership of a project by the management teams and the staff of referents, and the educative teams. Indeed, the participation in the elaboration and implementation of projects cant be total, and relies on "relay" persons. In fact, the planning of sub-projects, if they have always been respected in the end, have undergone great changes in the sequence of steps that constitute them. There is most often longer time than expected for the step realization because of the gap of ownership of projects sense, the need for information and links with the context. This period, often minimized, impacts directly on the time devoted to the stages of evaluation and response, correction and completion of the project. Nonetheless, these moments are still needed and it would be helpful if their control is ensured maximum from the project elaboration so as not to risk over-time which would cause a chain reaction on the progress of other sub-projects and on the final outcome of the overall project. It is therefore very useful to take into account the temporality of a project such OSUA, especially when it is linked with other sub-projects and the overall project. Also note that the elaboration and implementation of a tool as OSUA participates in a fundamental change in attitudes of medical-social sector. There is now a question of work by objectives, and thus to concrete results, involving the responsibility of everyone to its level of function, where before the laws, the work was dominated by the legitimacy of the interventions. Accordingly, we can say that the evaluation of resources made available and the quality of work carried out by teams at all levels directly impact on the payment of the institutions, which was not the case when institutions were subject to annual budgets. As a result, the relationship between the users and the teams of social workers and more widely institutions and the association is changing very rapidly. It tends to become a relationship
February 2009, 28th
464 / 653
such as "customer/supplier", like the evolution of the health sector, rather than a relationship to a "beneficiary" as before in the medico-social sector. The indicators users pathways and good professional practices are constantly changing, requiring staff to integrate a real culture of evaluation and use of a tool such OSUA. Conclusion OSUA therefore appears as a tool that allows both to implement the new deal for the medicalsocial sector, and to allow future developments through the results obtained and analysed in a pattern of continuous improvement practices. This assessment tool has been progressively integrated into the associative policy, and is indicative of a fundamental change. It allows, taking support on the daily practices and the participation of everyone at different levels, a slow ownership of these transformations, provided it is very adapted to users and professionals, and takes into consideration the factor "time" as essential for its proper development.
February 2009, 28th
465 / 653
February 2009, 28th
466 / 653
59
Accems observatories network
Julia FERNNDEZ QUINTANILLA General director of Accem, Madrid, Spain accem@accem.es
Abstract: ACCEM is an NGO that works in favour of refugees and immigrants in Spain. Since 1996 ACCEM develops a strategy of observation articulating the national observation with the local observatories. The objective of the local observatories is to improve the services offered to the migrants thanks to a better knowledge of their needs. Using the tools of intelligence territorial CATALYSIS as well as the trees of knowledge. Since 1996 the Gorion national observatory gathers in Madrid the individual data of migrants from the regional centres and from the different programmes carried our by ACCEM. It provides a wider knowledge of the migrants and their different profiles of demands. It allows a better programming of the actions thus. It is also possible to answer the demands of information of the administration, the economy, the local centres or the action programmes. In the same way, two local observatories have been developed in Gijon and Sigunza in partnership with the local services and public associations. The objective was to answer in a more global way to the needs of the migrants while establishing and reinforcing the synergies between the services in the respect of the local specificities. They improved in a considerable way the knowledge of the migrant population in their diversity within the communities. They allowed us to put in practice the adapted individual answers but also to improve the well-being of the territorial communities. They developed new observatories satellites respectively in Oviedo and in Guadalajara. Since 2004 ACCEM projects to develop a network of local observatories larger on the basis of these experiences. The objective is to harmonize a common language, to widen the vision of the needs and to improve the joint between the three levels: local, regional and national. In a first time, the CATALYSIS tools have been harmonized to the level of setting the observatories. They are used from now on by two new observatories in Seville, Lon, and Girona. The project e-gorrion now aims to put on line the tools to make them more accessible and to develop some answers in real time. Keywords: Observatory, Partnership, Evaluation, Participation, Observation, Immigration, Refugee, Information, Diagnosis, Territory.
I. Institutional context ACCEM is a nation-wide non government organization that develops its services and programmes in the field of migrations since 1992. The entity is present in ten Autonomous Communities of the Spanish state (in twenty-one counties and twenty-six municipalities). The main programmes developed by ACCEM are: - Temporary reception to refugees and Immigrants (Reception Centres) - Social integration and Labour insertion - Socio-educational training (language training, knowledge of the environment, social abilities, etc.) - Awareness raising - Investigation and Community Development (Development and administration of Observatories). - Communitary initiatives of Employment and Development of Human resources.
February 2009, 28th
467 / 653
II. Brief reference to the context of immigration in Spain Parting from the experience that ACCEM has in programmes of social integration and labour insertion with migrants it has been verified that this community face a vital situation of personal dispersion: cultural, family, social and labour disintegration caused by the disappearance of the social and cultural reference frame. To approach more attentively and to reach the theoretical and human understanding of this situation, we could say that four phases that we describe next occur: 1. Idealization, not only at economic level but also at social level of the country where they arrive in opposition to their country of origin, as well as of the attainment of their projections of improvement in an easy, agile and relatively quick way in the reception country. 2. The expectations of the migration project are unstructured in the arrival process in the reception society. 3. Internal conflict within the reception society caused by the cultural shocks and for the necessity of adaptation to the same ones. 4. Gradual process to recompose the environment: cultural, family, social, labour and materialeconomic within the reception society. On the other hand from a statistical vision of the context of migration in our country, it is considered a figure near to the four million foreigners; approximately 30% of European origin. The percentage of resident foreign population, around 8.4% is still one of the lowest in Europe. As it already happened in all the western countries, if we maintain our high economic growth the increase of the immigration percentage will continue. And this tendency responds to a rule contrasted by historical experience: the economic growth and the development bear an increase of population coming from third countries. To outline a growth sustained in Spain it is indispensable to appeal to immigrants. The tendencies mark that immigrant population's increase will be directly proportional to our economic growth and the rent differential that we maintain with our neighbour countries. According to the Municipal Register of the National Institute of Statistics, up to the 1st of January of 2007, the total number of residents in Spain has been of 45.12 million persons. Among these persons, 40.63 million have the Spanish nationality and 4.48 million are foreigners. The last figure includes 1.7 million nationals of the 26 remaining EU member states. According to it around 2,800,000 foreigners from countries outside the European Union of 27 where registered in Spain at that time. All these realities outline the challenge of creating and structuring social reception and integration policies in our country, a challenge that will increasable be assumed from the territorial and local boarding of the immigration phenomenon, identifying the problems and necessities, proposing at the same time policies and actions guided to generate processes of intercultural cohesion and coexistence among the foreign and autochthonous population. In consequence, to be able to create actions that may respond to the reality that this population is facing, diagnose processes and sources for gathering the flowing and coordinated information of diverse sources should be established, (Social Services, sanitary Centres, entities, public and private institutions, NGO, NLO, etc.) that allows to design interventions in each based territory, in coherence, with the necessities and demands detected through the information transmitted by the own vulnerable population. III. Accem observation mechanisms ACCEM observation strategy, is articulated through the application of Permanent Observation Mechanisms (among all the actors that intervene in the reality, those that operate on the ground and those that plan and take decisions in the social policy) that allows to approach the reality in a scientific way (quantitatively and qualitatively), in order to analyze and to propose at the same time intervention strategies, and planning of actions, in consonance with the problems and social necessities that the community of migrants face in our country, a changing problem that requires of dynamic tools of observation and analysis. ACCEM proposes the creation of spaces of cooperative and participative observation among public entities and the third sector (that work in a direct and transverse way with the immigrant community) that generates an integral knowledge on the social, educational and economic situation of the immigration, and that also facilitates the application of actions and the creation of nets of social
February 2009, 28th
468 / 653
support to facilitate the of the migrants' integration processes, especially of those that are in a precariousness and social exclusion situation. The objectives that are pursued from the different ACCEM Observation Mechanisms are: 1. To analyze and to evaluate in a dynamic way the socio-economic context in which the migrants live, from a territorial perspective and local development that improves the knowledge of the immigration phenomenon. 2. To establish cooperation processes, and also networking and exchanging of information and good practices among the different local actors that operate in the territory (social and economic agent, public and private institutions, NGOs, etc.) to facilitate an analysis, a combined action and a generation of nets of social support that approaches the problems of the community and of the reception territories. 3. To establish participation and accessibility processes of immigrants in the formulation, planning and development of actions. 4. To offer the different actors involved in the processes of planning and execution of the different plans, programmes, projects (educational, social, cultural, economic): - Tools for the agreed creation of indicators on the community and the area socio-economic situation. - Information for the establishment of hypothesis that allow to analyze in a more concrete, dynamic and up-to-date way the problems of the community and the territory, in order to facilitate the decision makers the design of their plans, programmes and intervention projects. 1. Internal System of Observation: GORION Since 1996 ACCEM has implemented in co-operation with the University of Franche-Comt (Besanon, France) and the University of Huelva (Spain) a national information system called Gorion. Gorion is a diagnoses accompaniment and evaluation tool, that allows to know the necessities, to build the profiles and typologies of our target community (asylum applicants, refugees and immigrants), from the different intervention territories where ACCEM operates. Since 1997, Gorion permitted to registered data (socials, economics, professional) from 80,000 people, and from 400,000 interventions. At the moment we are working on an adaptation and accuracy of the system to the new necessities of the entity, not only conceptual but also technologic, called E-Gorrion. The design of E-Gorrion meant and still means on the one hand a harmonization and update work of the different registration systems and sources of information at internal level (follow-up data base of the target group) and at external level (statistical records, follow-up reports requested buy the Authorities, etc.) used by ACCEM at national level. On the other hand it also bears an adaptation of the technology of the system of information. The instruments to carry out this internal system of information are as follows: - A Harmonized Script of Observation structured in the different stages and processes that occur in the immigrant integration itineraries (Reception, Orientation, Education, Training, Employment, Housing, Health, Autonomy, Diagnoses and Evaluation). - A Conceptual Manual for the use of the Script which main purpose is to establish a common frame and language at an internal level for the observation. - A computer program (e-pragma) on the Internet for the system administration. Through our system, we can have an analysis, diagnoses, and combined evaluation, not only of the different intervention processes (social, labour, juridical, etc.), but also of the action contexts (ACCEM territories) where our target group is, so that it allows us to guide the strategic and operative politics of our Association, in the designing of future plans, programmes and projects. All this means for the entity an effort and investment in economic, technological and human resources, since the installation and maintenance of our information system becomes necessary to implement and to systematize internal procedures, not only in the management of the intervention of the different areas and departments of ACCEM, but also in the collection of information among the technical personnel of the association. It also meant the creation and structuring of technical teams for the management and evaluation of the system of information (analysis and treatment of the information, realization of diagnoses, technological adaptation, training and accompaniment to the staff in the entity).
February 2009, 28th
469 / 653
2. Local Observatories As complement to the GORION Internal System of Information, ACCEM carried out in 1998, the creation and implementation in co-operation with the University of Franche-Comt (Besanon, France), the Immigration Permanent Observatory of Asturias (ODINA) and the Local Obervatory of Sigenza. Both Observatories are based on the principles of Territorial Intelligence: 1. Civic participation. 2. Global approach of the territory. 3. Partnership of local actors. 4. Technologies of the information society. 5. Accessibility of the information. 6. Quality of the information. and in the CATALYSE methodology: 1. Better knowledge of migrants and the reception context identification of necessities through the pursuit and evaluation of their integration projects. 2. Better knowledge of the answers of the actors of the community to adapt the offer to the demands, to optimize resources and actions. 3. To locate the socio-economic context of action to identify the necessities of the migrant community in connection with the autochthonous community. The main purpose of these Local Observatories is to produce knowledge on the socio-economic reality of the community of immigrants, and foster the participation of the local actors in the application of strategies and actions that facilitate the fight against the precarious and exclusion situations, of the migrant population (refugees and immigrants). Along their development during these years both Observatories have suffered different transformations and evolutions. Thus, the Immigration Permanent Observatory of Asturias (ODINA), besides their environment of regional observation, they have consolidated the observation perspective at local level, with the articulation of two Local Observatories, one in Gijn and the other one in Oviedo (2005). On the other hand, one of the impacts of the development of the Observatory of Sigenza (OPASI) has been the creation of other new one at provincial level, the Observatory of Guadalajara-OPEGU (2005). Within this context, and also as a consequence, among other aspects, of the development and institutional expansion of ACCEM, and also the socio-economic changes in the intervention territories (e.g.: the immigrant population's increase) in 2005 start the application of new Observatories in other ACCEM territorial headquarters, constituting a Net of Local Observatories. The localization and implementation of these new Observatories, are carried out in those territories of ACCEM, where there are already a trajectory and experience in the development of network processes and partnership with entities and institutions, from an investigation perspective and action. Therefore we also pretend with this observation strategy to reinforce and to consolidate the actions carried out to implement cooperative nets of intervention in the territory. The territories where the new observatories are developed are; - Local Observation Group of Leon (Grupo de Observacin Local de Len) GOL (2006). - Permanent Immigration Observatory of Seville (2006). - Permanent Immigration Observatory of Girona (2007). So, we can said that a double development movement has taken place, starting from the dissemination for the creation of new observatories: - Endogenous: creation of local observatories, starting from the Observatories initially created. That have extended in the intervention territory and that have been divided as cells. - Exogenous: the Observatories created initially have helped to the creation of new observatories. Thus, and same as in the internal system of information GORION, different instruments and technologies have been structured for the application of this Net of Observation: - A Harmonized Script of Observation CATALYSE for all the partners that integrate the observation structure in the territories. This Script is structured in the different stages and processes that occur in the immigrant integration itineraries (Reception, Orientation, Education, Training, Employment, Housing, Health, Autonomy, Diagnoses and Evaluation).
February 2009, 28th
470 / 653
- A Conceptual Manual for the use of the Script which main purpose is to establish a common frame and language for the observation at internal level. - Tool 1: Diagnoses accompaniment and evaluation (software PRAGMA, to key in and for data processing, and its handbook). - Tool 2: Repertory of Actors and Actions for the Integration. - Tool 3: Contextual Indicators of Territorial Development (database and on-line mapping of contextual indicators). IV. Expected results of Accem observation mechanisms The results expected in connection with the objectives of ACCEM strategy and their observation mechanisms are the following: - A more concrete and more dynamic knowledge of the necessities and identified problems of the community of immigrants and their socio-economic environment. - A reinforcement in the processes of development of the partnership among public, private institutions/entities, social and economic agents, for the mobilization of all the available resources that facilitate dynamic of social integration and labour insertion of immigrants and of the autochthonous community in a transversal way. - A better definition and planning of the project of the social integration and labour insertion of the immigrants that reside in the territories of implementation of the mechanism. - Complementarity of resources and actions among the public entities and the third sector. - Accessibility to the information for immigrants and people in general. - Improvement of the participation and decision taking processes of immigrants in the planning and development of programmes and projects of social integration in the reception society. - Reinforcement of the coexistence between the foreign population and the reception society, through mechanisms and mixed participation spaces. - A better knowledge (quantitative and qualitative) of the immigration phenomenon from an integral and cooperative perspective, and from a territorial and local boarding. - A more precise, dynamic and optimized visibility of the available social resources in the territory to assist the necessities of the community. - An improvement of the processes of exchange of the information, data, studies and publications on the knowledge of the community, among other actors of the investigation field. - A combined planning of the actions guided to favour the processes of integration of the community, starting from a cooperative diagnoses among the entities and institutions involved in the Observation Mechanism. V. Management and coordination team of the observation mechanisms To confront application of the different Observation Mechanisms, a Team of Work has been constituted in ACCEM in charge of steering and to negotiating the different processes of application. This team is divided into different work groups according to their functions and tasks; - Strategic Follow-up Group; formed by directives of the entity (ACCEM Directress and Subdirector, Territorial Responsible) and coordinator of the Observation Mechanisms from the University of Franche-Comt (Besanon) in charge of carrying out the follow-up with regard to the dimensions and strategic objectives of the System. - Senior Group; this formed by technicians of different territorial headquarters of ACCEM, mainly of the areas where the application has been carried out that is to say the first Local Observatories (Gijn and Sigenza) and the first experimentation of the Territorial Management System of Social and professionals skills (Gijn, Len and Sigenza). Their key functions are those of to designing conceptually and to implement the Instruments of Observation, at the same time that they carry out an appropriate formative transfer from these to the members of the Junior Group (ACCEM technical staff coming from territories that incorporate the Observation Mechanism). - Junior Group; formed by technical staff coming from the different territorial headquarters of ACCEM. The group is constituted by technicians whose main function is being the technical reference of the Observation Mechanism (E-Gorion and Observatories) for their intervention territory (application of the Observation Instruments).
February 2009, 28th
471 / 653
Conclusion - The endogenous and exogenous development of the observatories has generated a modification of the organization. With the endogenous development, the senior ones are requested for new local responsibilities. - The objective is the integration of these observatories in the global policy of the territories, to develop a real territorial responsibility and implication. - A Monitoring Group is in march, to reinforce the articulation of the seniors and juniors in a net, with a virtual and cooperative work space. - The first next step is to form the permanents referents (technical/partnership promotion) in order to respond to the demands in real time and to coordinate training and accompaniment actions.
February 2009, 28th
472 / 653
60
The national evaluation of the Rseau des Jardins de Cocagne (Network of Jardins de Cocagne)
Jean-Marc RIGOLI Les Jardins de Cocagne, Chalezeule, France rc@reseaucocagne.asso.fr
I. History The first Cocagne Garden1 is created in 1992. Experimental in the first place, it was necessary for its promoters to equip themselves with tools allowing measuring the relevance, the conditions for success and the impact of the concept in view of possible growth. The initiating of the evaluation procedures is therefore simultaneous to the creation of the Jardins de Cocagne. In 1999 and ever since the relevance of the concept is proved, the creation of a national association Rseau Cocagne including all the Jardins de Cocagne (about 45 Gardens at that time) will assign new objectives to the evaluation. It should as well represent a prospective tool allowing directing the national project according to the functioning principles of the Network (capitalization, reciprocity, actors professionalization).
FIELD ACTIONS
EVALUATION
NATIONAL PROJECT
The gathering of the Gardens within the Rseau Cocagne is made according to the functioning rules and to the shared values such as defined in our chart (socio- professional insertion, biological agriculture, mobilization of a members network, collaboration with the professional sector), but there is no such
1. The Jardins de Cocagne are Insertion Workshops and Building Sites. Structure of the field of Insertion by means of Economical Activity.
February 2009, 28th
473 / 653
thing as a pattern for a Cocagne Garden. This principle of an interdependent garden is firstly measured by the quality of a social and technical project, in accordance with the partners and the needs of its territory. In this way, we see evaluation as a quest for a balance between the different ingredients that make up a Garden: the number of the hosted persons, the cultivated area, the number of members, the implication for the local territory, the history and the characteristics of the responsible association, and not to try and set up norms or even less to establish records.
Year 1995 National Days of Valence (1996) Theme : relations with the professional sector Comments The first document organized in two parts : Identification form : (the name of the association and of the Garden, address, membership of FNARS- National federation of the associations for hosting and social reintegration, chart signature, the line-up of the supervising team and the ETP- fulltime equivalent, number of positions insertion and status, number of members, bio certification) Evaluation form, 6 sections : 1- social : number, sex, age, situation when entering the Garden, number and types of exits, how the social support is organized), 2- technical : surfaces field and greenhouses, land owners, sites, water, goods investment in francs, 3- funding : turnover, backers and the amounts provided, funding the investments, 4- relations with the professional sector : connections with the agricultural environment, involvement of the Gardens in the local life, 5- members : involvement, network activities, promotional materials 6- communication: press articles, radio and TV shows, participation to conferences Identification form : The same pattern as in 1995 Evaluation form: The same pattern as in 1995 and additionally some questions about the volunteers who get involved in the Garden: what are their tasks, their availability A particular questionnaire on the members having 5 pages
1996 National Days of Thaon (1997) Theme : the members
Year
1997 National Days of La Flche (1998) Theme : the social aspect within the Gardens
Comments Reviwed questionnaire in terms of form and content Identification form : Insertion of new questions Implementation of a collective convention, wages level for the supervising team, recruitment of Young Employees, basket type and number of deliveries per year Evaluation form : Insertion of new questions 1- social: number of non- responded demands, details on the exits, contracts duration, partners, purchasing advisors 2- technical : number of plots, irrigation, including the questions on the relations with the agricultural environment in this section 3- funding: further information on the public backers, liability to the VAT, section for private funding 4- members : those who are active in the network are members Insertion of a section called Miscellaneous : collaboration with other Gardens, involvement, leisure, and training body.
In July 1999, creation of the Rseau Cocagne Lets cultivate Solidarity . The National Days become the national Forum.
February 2009, 28th
474 / 653
Year 1998 Forum of Bziers (1999) Theme :lets cultivate our lands
Comments Identification form : No modification Evaluation form : - the section Miscellaneous has a modified form (it gathers from now on the questions on the members, the volunteers, the local collaborations, the communication, the training) and content (insertion of questions on the local development) - insertion of a comments corner to allow the Gardens to fill out a question
Year Forum of Romans (2000) Theme : the connection city- countryside
Comments Identification form : No modification Evaluation form : -clarification on the question of financial receipts coming out of the diversification
2000 Forum of Pac (2001) Theme : solidarity and community commitment
Three important changes : Drafting a particular questionnaire (3 pages) for the projects where we find the identification form and questions about the stage in which the project is Gathering in a single document the Identification and Evaluation Forms. - for the Garden having functioned during a partial year : 4 pages - for the Garden having functioned during a full year : 18 pages Sections : 1- identification : data about the association and the Garden, supervising staff (function, name, position, full-time equivalent, payment), integrated staff (number of jobs, number of hosted persons, number of working hours, jobs distribution, positions), members (number, fees, basket type, number of deliveries per year), bio certification, encountered difficulties 2- social: further to the previous questions, detailed section on social difficulties of the outgoing persons, new questions on the training actions on the Garden (what are them, whose) 3- technical : No modification 4- funding : new questions (provisions upon the result of 2001, details about the grants offered by private foundations in 2000 but also expected ones for 2001) 5- miscellaneous: new questions (the existence of a training plan,) Inserting at the end of each section a corner comment upon the encountered difficulties
February 2009, 28th
475 / 653
Year 2001 Forum of Blois (2002) Theme : lets quality
cultivate
Comments Two important changes The specific questionnaire for the projects is extended to the Gardens having started up during 2001 or 2002. The content is modified (13 pages). To the specific questions for the projects, a great part of the questions for the Garden having functioned full- year are added, apart from the ones about the exits in section Social NB: these answers were not used for calculating the national averages and percentages. The questionnaire (15 pages) for the Gardens having been in use in 2001 is organized in eleven items : 1- specification sheet of the responsible association for the Garden 2- specification sheet of the Garden 3- community life and demand for sending different documents (Administration Council lists, statutes, interior regulation for the Garden and the association) 4- setting up supervising teams and new questions on the initial training level and the training in process or planned training, revision of the number of supervisors in 2001 and at the present time. Removal of the detailed panel of inserted staff according to the production jobs 5- training for supervising teams 6- members : further question on the fees for 2002 7- technical diagnosis : new questions (soil testing, crop plan, Network assessment, materials list, Territorial Exploitation Contract, environmental measures) 8- hosted persons : clarification on the training for the inserted persons 9- exits: removal of questions on social difficulties/ outgoing persons. Reorganization of the section Distribution according to types of exits 10budget : list of backers (functioning and investment budgets). New questions on the pluriannual conventions, the existence of a piloting committee 11Social life: gathers collaborations, active participation at the Networks life, expectations As a conclusion to each point, there are question upon the encountered difficulties.
Year 2002 Forum of Vogue (2003) Theme: Lets keep up the good work!
Comments No substantial modification brought to the questionnaire. The work started together with the faculty of Besancon goes on : Clarification of questionnaire, items classification
Year 2003 Forum of Autrans (2004) Theme : Quality approach and sustainable development in Jardins de Cocagne
Comments The questionnaire is enhanced with new questions about the projects of sustainable development, governance Besides, certain items which were too specific referring to the technical aspects are removed. This year witnesses the achievement of an attempt of a more qualitative approach (setting up classes of Gardens)but the results are still difficult to interpret.
Since that period the questionnaire will have undergone little modification in its structure. There are only some additional items or, on the contrary some removed ones (in order to keep the same volume) according mainly to the directions decided upon at a national level. In its final version, the questionnaire and the evaluation it enables have to meet different purposes:
February 2009, 28th
476 / 653
- Quantify the weight of the Jardins de Cocagne network. In-house, our members need to know the area of the Network they belong to. Out of house, we need indicators to enable a better negotiation with our national partners (being also a proposal force). - Take an inventory of the activity conditions and actors practices. The questionnaires supply a data base useful to the support actions of the Network for each of its members. - Grouping and classifying, and this represents a first qualitative approach, in a range of many singular, innovatory actions, the right functioning balances in order to promote the good practices. - At the local level help every member in accomplishing his activities or/and projects. - At the national level, help at the orientation of the annual project of the Rseau Cocagne. II. Collecting and processing data The evaluation process is done according to the following steps and calendar: - Negotiation upon the items and afterwards drafting the questionnaire. In February of year n for an evaluation concerning year n-1. - Sending the questionnaire to the active Jardins de Cocagne (i.e. having had a production/marketing activity) together with a suggestion for a telephone conversation. There will be kept for evaluation only the Gardens having functioned during the entire reference year. The others contribute only to enhance the database. End of February/ beginning of March - Reception of filled in questionnaires by means of exchanges with the sites responsible. These exchanges may if necessary correct the typing mistakes and especially fill out information about the context of the action. April and Maypossibly even beginning of June - Data processing. June Hence, at mid year we have at our disposal a global document on the actions and the impact of the Gardens concerning the previous year. In this way, the available national studies2 can only refer to the activity n-2. III. The questionnaire (version 2007 see appendix 1) The questionnaire (in digital format- excel worksheet) is a document of 20 pages concerning 10 sections: - A descriptive section on the Jardins de Cocagne: Name, location, address and telephone number, the existence of diversification activities, staff representation - A descriptive section on the administrative association: Name, location, address and telephone number, Administration Council - A section on the community life: Volunteering, other connected structures - A section on the supervising team (permanent staff): sex, function, qualification, position, years of service, payment - A section on the consumer members: number, type of basket, delivery kind, price setting, way of animating the consumer members network - A section on the technical diagnosis (the production tool): area, equipment, amount of activity, turnover, piloting tools - A section on the employed inserted persons during the year: age, sex, administrative status, type of contract, the main social problems, the training actions undertaken, the social partnerships - A section on the inserted persons who exited during the year: age, sex, administrative status, nature and quality of exits: employment- training- continuity of professional development- social insertion - A section on budget and finances: an overview on the functioning and investment budget, the backers and the piloting committee, the financial results and the perspectives
2. Particularly the First Information Synthesis published by the DARES (fr. Direction of Coordination of Research, Studies and Statistic) and the Reports and studies on the Insertion by means of Economical Activity in the Region, drafted at present in two of the regions (the other two prepare it).
February 2009, 28th
477 / 653
IV. The results and their presentation (Evaluation 2007 see appendix 2) 1. The document quantitative synthesis of the results Every year (between the end of June and beginning of July), a quantitative synthesis of the results is drafted. The document briefly passes through the whole range of sections and presents mainly as tables and graphics the statistic values of most of their items. Comments are attached to the presentation of the data: - They can be built in shape of a perspective view upon several activities or compared to the national data providing in this way a more dynamic approach. - They can be built in shape of a junction between purely statistic data and information supplied by the interview with the sites responsible. For instance, this goes for the evaluation 2007 of the section concerning the Gardens contribution to the territorial development. 2. The other applications Apart from the annual exercise of presentation of the national evaluation results, the collected data allows also some useful retrieval in terms of: - Administration of the regional files: In this way we can take out data corresponding to the Gardens of the same region. - Optimization of support offered to each Garden which is already active but especially to those in course of creation. - Decisions relating to the national plans. The latter are only of Networks competence for instance when the evaluation reveals a certain deficit or a need for a target action, or, when dealing with public politics, we wish to support their actions and anticipate their evolutions and development.
February 2009, 28th
478 / 653
61
A collaborative environment for actors for sustainable development
ve ROSS Lecturer in the Research Centre on Mediation (EA 3476), University Paul Verlaine, Metz, France eve.ross@univ-metz.fr
Abstract: This article concerns an investigation into a new methodology and computational tools facilitating a collaborative environment in the field of architecture and urban design. Desk research by way of literature search has been applied on projects in three countries. The results of the empirical studies have shown three problems in the collaborative environment: semantics, synchronisation and communication. Besides these handicaps, there are professional handicaps. The article sketches a scenario for a virtual environment for collaborative learning with network technology and simulation games. This will lead to a filter mediated interaction model. The scenario is illustrated with three screenshots of the interface. Practical, professional tools, based on the methodology and the mock-up, will be developed in an international effort. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, 3D virtual collaborative environment, sustainable development, architecture and urban design, implementing filters.
I. Objective of the investigation With the University of Berkeley (Prof. Y. Kalay) and the University of la Sapienza (Prof. G. Carrara), we develop a new methodology and computational tools for understanding and facilitating multi-disciplinary, cross-cultural collaboration in architectural and urban design. It has both theoretical and practical values, because collaboration is an important aspect of modern architecture and construction activities that operate in a globalized environment by taking into account the sustainable definition1. Collaboration among project developers, local authorities, architects, engineers, contractors, building inspectors, clients, future users, and others, increases the pool of knowledge and skills available to undertake activities that exceed the capacities of any single person or organization on its own, thus making possible the design and construction of complex buildings. Yet, fostering collaboration in fields where the educational and disciplinary backgrounds of the participants are heterogeneous, as is the case in the construction industry, is difficult. While each participant contributes his/her own expertise, they also bring their own-often different-understandings, viewpoints, and preferences. II. Research methodology We perform a literature study into territorial projects financed by the local authorities or by a project developer (client) in three countries. We took a constructivist approach (Avison and Myers, 2001; Le Moigne, 1995; Crozier and Freiberg, 1977). The model for the empirical studies is based on four central aspects of the architectural design process: the generation of design solutions, the communication, the evaluation of design solutions and decision-making (Kalay, 2004). This model empha1. These actors are responsible for the definition of the life cycle of the building regarding its sustainability, its adaptability, its transformations through the time, of the space management. They take into account the following criteria: populations movement, material movement, pollutions factors, maintenance, modernise, and recycling of the building.
February 2009, 28th
479 / 653
sises that a good decision-making is important on several levels in the architectural design process (Morin, 1990; Callon, 1996; Kalay, 2004; Lundequist, 1992; Schn, 1991). These give a certain dynamic to the process to avoid the sequential understanding of the process from the 1960s (Lundequist, 1992). The generation of design solutions is the most important criteria for the decision-making in the architectural an urban design process. A decision can directly impact on both the architectural design process and the product, in the form of a new requirement. The assigner, the citizenship, or the local authorities can accept or reject the proposed solution. Decisions are taken at different levels and by different actors. The assigner or the local authorities will make a decision about the price and the buildings definition. The architect will make his decisions about which design solutions are worth being put on the paper. A good decision relies on the architects ability to generate design solutions in first place (Lawson, 2006). The communication and interaction between the building process actors, each representing different interests and experiences as basis for evaluation of the proposed design solution, can essentially impact the decisions made and the further development of the architectural design solution. Furthermore, decisions are made based on the decision-makers or other participants evaluations of for instance the design solutions quality or its consequences for the design as a whole. The model is also based on three levels. We applied operations and actions on the architectural design process. We distinguish the individual solving a process, for example the assigner or the representative of the local authority finding a solution regarding the management of the space or the designers conversation with the design solution (Schn, 1991). Another level deals with the interaction between the assigner, the representative for local authorities and the architect or between the architect and the engineers, or the local authorities with the architect and the citizen. The last level comprises the whole processes. The use of levels allow us to structure and organize the different approach by taking into account the different research fields like, individual theories, group theories, organisational theories and societal theories. The methodology and a mock-up have been tested by students in four countries, working together on a hypothetical design project. III. Results of the empirical studies The client organisation and the building authorities are defining the overall constraints, requirements and aims. It impact on both the design process and the design product. The computer-generated drawings made by the architect are used as the basis for communication, evaluation and decision-making. The problems in collaborative design and in urban design are: technical, social and professional. To collaborate, the participants need a shared access to the project information. There are three main problems: 1. Semantics: information developed by one professional may not be comprehensible to others, due to the particular language and conventions each profession uses to code and represent its work. 2. Synchronization: information is developed incrementally and a-synchronously: the information one professional needs to get from another professional may not yet be available. To avoid delays, the first professional may have to make decisions on the basis of assumptions, which may or may not be true. Moreover, there is not a clear sequence of decision-making: the work of each professional may constrain the work of others. 3. Communication: there needs to be a way to share information in a timely and accessible manner. The World-Wide-Web may be the solution to this problem. The interoperability is not a problem anymore since the IFC and BIM are a standard (Ross; 2007). Besides technical problems, social and professional impediments were signalled. Architects, engineers, construction managers, facilities managers, building owners, and end-users all have different world views. In general, the project developer and local authorities have a budget for the construction of the building. The do not want to increase the building costs. They are taking care about the design solutions and check if these could satisfy the future users. The building authorities architects often emphasize the quality of artefacts over their function, purpose, and the processes of making them. Engineers tend to emphasize the function or purpose of the artefact, placing less emphasis on the process of making, and still less on its formal qualities. Construction managers are interested mostly in the process of making, whereas facilities managers are interested in the process of maintaining.
February 2009, 28th
480 / 653
Owners and end-users are usually not interested in their environment, as long as it does not impinge on their activities and interferes with the achievement of their personal or institutional goals (i.e., how well the place supports the education of students, the fabrication of goods, or making people well). Hence, to collaborate we need to develop a shared-understanding of the qualities of the product and the goals it strives to achieve. The professional impediment depends on the further education and standards used. IV. Virtual environment for collaborative learning The CAD systems used within the design process, support drafting and modelling rather than special design attributes and analytical capabilities. CAD systems allow architects and designers to produce a huge amount of drawings and realistic representations of design solution. Other computer programmes offer better support, like SketchUp. The virtual reality offer way to innovate form generation. Other IT systems propose a design agent, an intelligent agent. The network technology allows easy and fast access to information. It contributes more to accelerate the design process than the CAD tools. The problem remains still the effect of information. Traditional models of the design process use a single knowledge base or data base. It is precisely the uniqueness, the pre-established cataloguing of the building organism, its components and the process that reveals that these models are visibly unsuitable for urban, architectural and building design. It is actually characterised by a localised multidisciplinary process. The gaps in the software system supporting building design reside in the rigidity of the data bases, which do not allow inconsistency, in the difficult of having incoherent knowledge bases of the various operators, in the incongruity of multi-semantic objects, in the synchronicity of the process itself in which the IT objects referring to a process of urban, architectural and building design are simultaneously modified by several operators. We define the workplace as follow. Each team has its private workplace with its specific information (e.g. architectural team, economical and financial, electrical engineering, etc.). They share a shared design workspace common to all of them where the various choices are combined into a synthesis. Another relevant factor within ICT is interoperability, like the standard Industry Foundation Classes (IFC). It allows the development of the 3D product model or building information modelling (BIM). Such models are based on the definition of objects (products) containing so-called intelligent information. This approach is inadequate in the fields of urban, architecture and construction, because the same data can be interpreted differently by the participants, based on their own roles, knowledge, and cultural understandings. Our approach will focus on sharing meaning, not only data. It is based on the hypothesis that meaning is produced by placing the data within the appropriate cultural and professional frame of reference. Since the professionals who participate in the design of a building do not share the same educational, professional and cultural backgrounds (unlike in other engineering fields, e.g., automotive, aerospace, and electronics), the frames of reference they use to construct meaning are different, resulting in different outcomes, which often lead to misunderstandings, conflicts, and ultimately construction delays and cost overruns. Our approach will try to overcome this problem by introducing the notion of discipline- and culture-specific filters, which will help the participants reconstruct the original meaning of the other participants in the collaborative effort, thereby fostering a closer alignment of intents and results. The role of the filters will be to connect the shared data with the participants own disciplinary- and culturally-specific frame of reference, thereby helping the participant construct disciplinary and culturally appropriate meaning from the shared data. The filters are envisioned as customizable computational tools that expand the shared data by adding to it discipline- and culture-specific information, derived from specific knowledge bases. They will work bi-directionally: extracting specific meaning from the shared data, and re-formulating disciplinary- and culturally-specific information into shareable information which other filters can interpret according to their own disciplinary and cultural knowledge bases. This will likely involve dictionaries of meaning-translators of common concepts between different frames of reference. The common data will use XML tags, so the filters can identify and connect the appropriate objects to the disciplinary-specific knowledge bases. We explore the feasibility of the hypothesis.
February 2009, 28th
481 / 653
Figure 1: Overview of the filter
We employed case studies drawn from architectural and urban design, which will elucidate both the process of collaboration and the disciplinary frames of reference used by the participants. We will then construct a mock-up, in the form of a serious game, a simplified, role-playing collaboration simulation game, which will emulate the typical interactions between the different participants in the building industry. It will use agent-based computational tools to simulate some of the key principles derived from the case studies and the proposed methodology. The use of game-like simulations to understand complex phenomena is a well-known strategy in fields where knowledge is acquired through experimentation, and strategy is developed through experience. In addition to simplifying complex phenomena and putting the players in an unencumbered learning mood, games also provide a universal means of communication, transcending cultural, social, and gender difference. By using abstractions and well-defined rules, the game will focus on the core issues of the simulated phenomena of design collaboration. To test the simulation game, and by extension the methodology, it has been played by architecture and engineering students in the U.S.A., Italy, and France. V. Filter mediated interaction model The basic strategy adopted in the research is analogous to the operation of an architect with the interaction of a builder and client. Firstly, the client creates his or her requirements within a certain boundary such as budget. The requirements may have the specification of rooms (size, number, material and so on) and adjacency between certain rooms, which can play as constraints. The architect starts designing a building based on the requirements and constraints. However, the clients goals and constraints could be in conflict with themselves (because he doesnt have enough knowledge), making it impossible for the architect to fulfil them. In this case, the architect should negotiate with the client to reduce the difficulty and make it more manageable. It is also possible that even if the architects design meets the internal constraints (space adjacency), it exceeds the clients budget due to excessive designs. A possible action expected by the client or the local authorities is to communicate with the architect to revise the design to fit the financial/physical requirements. Since the builders primary objective is to gain as much profit as possible, it is an inherent source of conflicts between the builder and the client. When thats the case, the client and builder can react to each other in different ways. The client might ask the builder to lower the builders profit margin and the builder could suggest the client to change initial requirements such as materials. All three stakeholders have to collaborate with each other to solve the conflicts, changing the design, the requirements or the profit margin. Although what we have stated is very simple interactions among three players, we can easily increase the complexity of the interactions by expanding the unit of analysis to group interactions. What if there are a group of people in different domains instead of just individuals? What if there are groups in a single domain that have to collaborate with other domains? Let us try restating the analogy with more formal terms. When the stakeholders make decisions and negotiate with each other, they use their own representations and knowledge. Based on their methods and resources, they
February 2009, 28th
482 / 653
must satisfy two sets of goals: shared (or common) project goals, and the experts individual goals, which derive from their role, personality, culture, education, interests, etc. One participants primary source of contemplation should be others most recent works. In this vein, we assume that there are two conceptual workspaces, public and private. The shared representation is not a pile of data but a set of metadata to define domain vocabularies. Each domain has its own encoding/decoding way following the rule of vocabularies. In the public space, only the latest version of the participants works should be placed while they can make as many revisions as possible in their own private space. An explicit way to make their works is publish. VI. Scenario The goal is to build a building. Each actor has his own knowledge and point of view on the project. Each filters the information of the other, interprets it and proposes it in the form conformed to the point of view of the actor. The filtering allows representing one object by combining the domains of each actor. Figure 2: Interface as seen by the architect
Figure 2 bis: Interface as seen by the builder
The client (local authorities, project builder) asks to build a house with a certain budget and a number of floors, flats, and rooms per flat, conform to the environmental laws, and the request from the future users. The architect plans the house with the application App-Arch (e.g. AutoCAD). He designs the building with geometrical data. During the design process, he uses his ontology like (wall, windows, roof, floor, etc.) and assigns them to its conception. The filter of the architect
February 2009, 28th
483 / 653
sends the first version of the conception. The published data contain geometrical aspects and XML tags bound to these data. Figure 3: Filter of the architect
The construction engineer controls the feasibility from his point of view. First, the filter of the engineer takes the last version of the document written by the architect. It put a link between the representations of the wall represented by the architect with its properties that it possesses about the load bearing. These properties are given to the wall of the architect. Then the filter put the drawing of the (plafond) in its representation. The roof can be modelised as a structure composed by girders and pillars made of steel. The construction engineer attributes the property of load-bearing to the wall gl and g3, in order that the wall can carry the roof (g5). After a couple of tries with App_STR in his workspace, he decides to put 2 steel pillars and call them steel-col. The filter of the engineer edits the geometrical data and stores the semantic information that that the engineer has added (see Fig. below). Figure 4: Architect looks for changes made by the engineers
The mechanical engineer analyses the design with the help of App_ME. He sees that the energy level is too low for the big glass faade. He thinks that it is better to have only 1/3 of the faade made of glass and should be wall of glass, object (g9). This object has its own ontology. He writes a text concerning the changes that should be made. Then the filter of the architect looks for the data that have been published by the construction engineer and the mechanical engineer. The architect is able to see the changes and also to read interpret them. He knows how asked for a change and sees the point
February 2009, 28th
484 / 653
of view of both engineers. He accepts the 2 steel pillars, but he does not want to renounce to his glass window. He puts 3 small walls between the glass window g9, g10, g 11. Since the architect knows about the ontologies of the both engineers, he can communicate with them by using their terminology. Every time the project can be visualised in its globality (see Fig. below).
Figure 5: Global view of the project with filters
Figure 6: Communication flow between the design and the clients
February 2009, 28th
485 / 653
The design can be then be shown to the clients and at the users. The filter of the client retrieves information from the design team like costs, number of rooms. Concerning the users, they only see the result of the design process (virtual 3D-picture). They also can add some comments to the project. The users/citizens can see the virtual picture. It helps to debate and support the negotiation process. The project becomes either object of the debate and support of the negotiation process. The virtual picture allows to represent the imaginary. It is easy to update and it reduces the distance between the users/citizens and the actors. The user/citizens cannot change the picture. They can give their opinion. We are working on the ambiance: How to represent the imaginary? How to represent the unknown? How to qualify the imprecision of a design picture? In order the project elaboration become a debate, a seduction, a negotiation, before being a description of the product to be realized. Conclusion We will use tithes basic research to start an international effort to develop practical, professional tools based on the methodology and the mock-up. We will complete the model with other empirical researches and define deeper the profile of each actors. At a later stage, several models would help to define a tool for supporting the collaborative and urban design. Implementation of the methodology in the form of a serious game in the form of an educational simulation game will help to communicate the principles of collaboration to students, who will become knowledgeable about the issues, rewards, and difficulties involved. Bibliography AVISON D., MYERS M., 2001, Research into Practice: Qualitative research in Information Systems, Actes du colloque A1M 200, 7-9 juin, Nantes, p. 153-159. CALLON M., 1996, Le travail de la conception en architecture, Les cahiers de la recherche architecturale, n37, Marseille. CROZIER M. et FRIEDBERG E., 1977, L'acteur et le systme, Paris, Editions du Seuil. KALAY Y., 2004, Architectures new media principles, theories, and methods of computer-aided design, Cambridge, MIT Press. LE MOIGNE J-L., 1995, Le constructivisme. Des epistmologies, tome 2, Thiron, ESF. LUNDEQUIST J., 1992, Projekteringsmetodikens teoretiska bakgrund, Stockholm, KTH Reprocentral. MORIN E., 2002, Le dfi de la globalit, Education et Management, dcembre 2002, n 34.
February 2009, 28th
486 / 653
ROSS E., 2008, Une plate-forme collaborative pour lapprentissage de la conception dans le domaine architectural et urbain, Actes du Colloque international des SIC, Tunis, 8-19 avril 2008, ISD, IPSI, SFSIC, p. 527-539. SCHN D.A., 1991, The reflective practitioner how professionals think in action, Aldershot, Ashgate.
February 2009, 28th
487 / 653
February 2009, 28th
488 / 653
62
The intelligence for territorial intelligence
Loreto SAAVEDRA SNCHEZ PhD Researcher, University of Madrid, Spain lsaavedrasanchez@gmail.com Jos L. PIUEL RAIGADA Professor, University of Madrid, Spain pinuel@ccinf.ucm.es
Abstract: The project that we are developing involves the content analysis of different aspects of one web site that put together proposals, assertions, and demands of the inhabitants of the city related to Barcelona's urbane territory [cfr. http://www.bdebarna.net ]. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, cognitive capital, mapping, cyborg city.
The research work at the basis of this presentation1 aims at exploring the possibilities that the collaboration maps, open to users, offer to the administration of the cognitive capital of their inhabitants on the territory. We support the need to know and analyse this cognitive capital and the possibilities of its use for an improvement of the territorial administration. From this results the title of this document the intelligence for territorial intelligence. I. Bdebarna: Stories of Barcelona, a collaboration map Our study aims at knowing the relation between the city and the new technologies connected to the territory, particularly since the analysis of the web site Bdebarna. Stories of Barcelona (www.bdebarna.net ), to which we will refer hereafter as Bdebarna. This collaboration project is defined as a living map of Barcelona in which it is possible to consult and edit stories, ideas, suggestions, complaints and all kind of contributions related to the city; an exchange of the secrets hidden by the city 2. The web page presents a range of singularities that have caught our attention; the first one refers to the represented city, the other ones to the site itself. As for the first one, we deal with one of the cities considered as one of the urban patterns of postmodernism- the Barcelona pattern.3This is how in its internationalization as brand, Barcelona was recently acknowledged as one of the three European
1. It is a PhD thesis within the context of the programme of the University Complutense in Madrid Communication, Social Changement and Development. 2. Tomas Delcls, Los sentimientos, Seccin Vida & Artes, Diario El Pas 10-03-2008. Available in digital edition: [http://www.elpais.com/articulo/cataluna/sentimientos/elpepiespcat/20080310elpcat_21/Tes/]. Date de la consultation : 21 aot 2008. 3. Initiative concretized by the transformations in the 80s and which involved, according to acknowledged geographers as Horacio Capel (2006), a debate on the way in which it is conducted and how we should carry out urbanism. One of the main critics brought to the quoted pattern refers to its application that involves only the central city of Barcelona, i.e. to the City Hall. In the case of the Metropolitan District or what was called the Metropolitan Region, this territory does not answer to an organized urban increase and they are closer to the situation of other post metropolitan cities in Europe or America.
February 2009, 28th
489 / 653
cities with the best brand image 4; it is a city with tradition in the use of growing effect, meaning the use of extraordinary events for redevelopment purposes (Capel, 2005: 15) with huge scale projects5. The recent history of the city is marked by one of the strongest and well organized associative movement and by a social network which has often faced initiatives considered as an imposed urbanization pattern. Among the remarks on the web page Bdebarna are to be emphasized: first hand information about the territory, based on the experience of its inhabitants; we deal with a participative Web- fed by the users and inhabitants of Barcelona themselves (users-inhabitants forward in this text); it disposes of a career- almost eight years in the geo-reference of non expert people. The site was created in 20006 and last year it got to more than 1,700 edited stories7, stories of its users without whom this site would not exist. Nowadays it has an automatic system of editing based on PHO and MySQL to enable the users participation. For the same reason is used RSS, data form which allows subscribing for the contents of a page and rerunning the news without need to consult the web it comes from. The Web functions based on the maps- they offer to a certain extent an electronic analogy of the real city (Graham and Marvin, 1989: 179). These representations show the streets and the districts of Barcelona, by allowing posting stories taking place in different parts of the city and, which is even more important, geographically placing 8 them in the place corresponding them on the map, according to a semantic classification by signs. Each of the defined categories corresponds to a chromatic code which identifies the different kinds of experiences. Complementary to the postmodernist premises of the representation of the city, this site acknowledges upon the variety of lives, dreams and interpretations that could be found in the city.9 In this way, it created a mapping active process through which the locations and the places, the inside structures and relations of a space are revealed into another space Smith and Katz, 1993: 70) which meets a representation considered as veritable in terms of emotion and experience of the place in the studied case. Given the kind of practices used in Bdebarna, it provides us with infinity of subjects of reflections on the possibilities offered by the TIC to the dominion and to the transformation of the territory in the postmodern cities; we will stick to the revision of some general topics of the proposed approach and used methodology. The lack of maturity in the field of the studies of the relation between the telecommunications and the city (Graham and Marvin, 1996) was reflected, among others, in the hasty predictions of the changes in the nature of the city and of the urban life, in an unfortunate debate contaminated with marketing exaggerations and half-truths and in an extreme reduction, which come out of unjustified statements on how the telecommunications have an impact upon the city. The shortage of studies in this field has also justified approaching the issue without an adequate reasoning upon the theory and the methodology. Some authors such as Warren (1989) even talked about the candy store effect around the common place of the telematics, technologies and urban development: we try to understand too much, without any logics to explain why some consequences are explained and other are not. The relation between the city and the virtual network has often been approached by means of a link established between the imaginary urban space, far off from the daily human practices, and the operative space of a complementary reality added to the veritable reality (Lopez, 2007: 38.39), that
4. El Pas Quin es Barcelona?. Anlisis. 20-08-2008. The city is the third one, only after Paris and London in a hit-parade organized by the image consultant Saffron. 5. It happened in the 19th at the Universal Exhibition (1888), in the 20th century with the International Exhibition in 1929 and later with the Olympic Games (1992) and in the 21st century with the Cultures forum (2004). 6. As said, the amount of years of operational character born by the project caught the attention; the one that was set up before the appearance the way of positioning of the geographical data by non specialists, neogeo-reference, as called by some. However, it is more suggestive to believe that, even if today it would be easier to show such a service, only an example like the one of this web site could be found, now unfortunately inactive. 7. In this work we will frequently use the concept of story as defined by Jerome Bruner that refers to a cognitive way of functioning that convinces by its similarity to life (1999, 23). However, since some of these stories do not get this meaning, the term will be used as synonym of discourse, by highlighting this in the expressive force of the language that shows this concept emphasized by Hammersley and Atkinson (1994, 123). 8. We highlight the concept of locality (Smiths and Katz, 1993, 69), metaphor that suggests the idea social location which involves a collective compromise of mutually involved identities. 9. It is possible to perceive as well a kind of popular and democratic participation of definition of values associated to what is urban, based on the heterogeneity and fragments and elements restored by the users of the web. This heterogeneity stimulates, in the receivers of the stories, the production of a meaning that cannot be stable or univocal; one of the elements of what is precisely postmodern.
February 2009, 28th
490 / 653
of the geographical space. However, we worked less on the idea of a cyber-city that deletes the borders between real and virtual, beyond analogies between the computer network and the city- in terms of spatial organization or routines (Boyer C., 1996). We did not work either beyond the relation between the technology and the global interconnection (Castells and Hall, 1994; Mitchell, W., 1999.2003). We did not work beyond the interconnection and the mobility (Graham, S., 2001; Sheller, M., 2006; Cresswell T., 2006) in a cyber-city focused mainly upon the emergence of eminently urban practices that influence the configuration of the city (Graham, S., 2004); or in a practiced cyber-city that prevents from keeping talking about a jump between the virtual reality and what is real. It is interesting also the study of the significations and information flows that cross the cities approached by W. Mitchell in Placing Words (2005) but which refer particularly to the city and restructure its space not only according to the practice, but also to the proper significations. In a constructivist perspective, we should state that the natural impulse of a great part of the technological change is better explained by checking the technology not outside the society, like the technological determinism could do, but as inside part of the society (Mackenzie and Wajcman, 1985: 14, quoted by Graham and Marvin, 1996: 104). We make use of the metaphor of the cyborg (Lemos, 2004) based on the concept of a city that refers to a hybrid10 composed of social networks, physical infrastructures, imaginary networks (Westwood and Williams, 1997, quoted by Lemos) and of a complex organism whose dynamic is connected to the new technologies. We use the notion of cyber-city to refer to a contemporary city in which the flow spaces (digital information and its technologies by means of telematic networks as defined by Castells, M, 2005) are connected to what is physical (Lemos, 2004). Within this framework appears a more complex city where we have to question basic notions associated to the study of the territory and of what is urban. There appears a diversity of manifestations of the communion between the cyber-city and the physical city (the territory), overlapping that produces a transformation into what is urban 11. This last idea is the one according to which we want to support the study we carry out. The city of Barcelona that we find in sites such as Bdebarna and the city of Barcelona where more than 1.5 million inhabitants (I.N.S., 2007) live are overlapped and gather technology and environment, making more difficult the job to understand the city where people interact. Mitchells idea ton the new connexions resulting from the use of the network takes shape; these connexions provide innovatory means able to produce and organize the inhabited space with various purposes (2001: 34) 12 . Once this point clarified, it is understandable that our working hypothesis proposes the idea that the relations between what is urban and the technology in the cyborg-city do not only cause deep changes in the perception of the city and in the way of knowing and feeling the city, but they also cause mutations in the physical space and in the communicative practices, in the transmission of the culture and of the information proper to a territory. We support as well the content of this collaboration site connected to a territory like Barcelona is a representation of the forms of appropriation of the city by the user-inhabitant. There everyone can write and place in the map of Barcelona emotions, memories, complaints, requests, among other topics, to create a map of the secrets that the city hides. Now, if we link our concept of Barcelona-cyborg with the one of territorial intelligence, in charge with the informational administration of the data on the territory, it is possible to claim that we deal with a convenient relation. What precedes is supported by the idea that the dominion of this cognitive capital- to which we could not easily have access- allows knowing the significations, the uses and the appropriations of the territory by a given community of inhabitants; it also allows understanding certain territorial dynamics which can be extremely significant in terms of decision-making and territorial administration.
10. This hybrid organism (cybernetic and organism) can only exist in a world of binary information, directed by the principle of cybernetics (Lemos, 2001). 11. Examples of these overlapping are those that follow when a person uses his computer in Square La Mina de Cadiz (city in the South of Spain) thanks to free internet connection maintained wireless by the city hall; or the practice of Bookcrossing in Barcelona. These examples show that in any case the physical city is replaced by the virtual or electronic city 12. The bdebenautas committed to meet face to face and they afterwards published it in their network ; they also organized visits to public spaces that are particularly meaningful for them as an outcome of the debate and the interest raised by the page, whose photos and documentaries where afterwards edited on the web site.
February 2009, 28th
491 / 653
II. Methodological strategies The proposed approach for this case study comes from the ethnographic method13 and it is built on three central directions: the participative observation, the analysis of the content of the stories de bdebernautas edited in the web 14 and a series of interviews with specialized reporters (among whom the founders or creators of the site and some of its usual users-oldbies). Although we developed other activities, in this document we will only deal with some questions connected to the stage when the role of the observatory- participant-participant was privileged15 (Junker, 1960; pp. 35-38, quoted by des Valles, 1997; pp.152-159; Hammersley and Atkinson, 1994; pp.109-114) and when we considered the hidden continuous intervention of the researcher (Lofland and Lofland, 1984: 20, 23).As we dealt with a physical place, we decided to set an amount of daily visits to the web site, at different times of the day, post a story, at least two times a week. The subjects of the stories are randomly chosen according to the information provided by different texts, by the material found in the site itself or by the personal experiences. Some of the stories we edited became direct interpellations to the researcher, even if it from a rather critical point of view16. Despite all this we came to maintain a range of interactions with some bdebernautas taking part regularly in the web dynamic. As for the stories of the bdebernautas, we decided to use the discourse analysis in order to identify the places where the described activities take place or to which the stories edited in the site refer to; besides, some tools of the discourse analysis in the discussion groups which according to Inanez (1994) methodology constitutes a production process concern the construction the social objects (Reguillo, 1996). These objects involve a group in the network, with all what is formulated, told and examined. V. Final comments The flow of images, knowledge, information and symbols of the city that are exchanged in this site shows us the human experience in that place and informs us about the social construction of the territorial identity, in which representations of the place interfere, proper to collaboration web sites such as Bdebarna. Contrary to the research of the global space as seen by a lot of specialists, what we discover is a strengthening of the identity of the territory we live in. In this case the communicative practices produced by the use of New Technologies are tools of great relevance to provide information about the territory and have access to the vital knowledge about the significations that the inhabitants give to the space of the city. At a first sight it is possible to state that this type of spaces constitutes a body of information on the concrete territory, of major value and which could be essential in the decision-making concerning the territory administration. In any case, we have to admit that we are before a social construction of the space through the use of the network, which can have an extremely partial outcome. However, what interests us is to focus upon the capacity which, as for Bdebarna, uses internet to shatter, move and redefine the conceptions of the meeting, community and urban life spaces without eliminating the physical territory , but strengthening and restructuring it. Bibliography BORJA J. and CASTELLS M., 1998, Lo Local y lo Global. La gestin de las ciudades en la era de la informacin, Grupo Santillana Ediciones, 1 edicin, Madrid, Espaa. BRUNN S. and LEINBACH T, 1991, Collapsing Space & Time. Geographic aspects of Communication & Information. Harper Collins Academic, 1a edicin, London, United Kingdom, pp. 31-48.
13. The ethnographic method involves the prolonged staying in a concrete place, where the researcher shares totally the life of a community or a social group. 14. The data analysis was facilitated by their administration and processing, through the use of Filemaker, once the protocol of the corresponding analysis. 15. The continuously developed activities got the support of the members of the studied group; the recruitment of the participants was already for the realization of pictures, location of the used spaces by Equatorial immigrants, among others. 16. One of the first interventions has generated a real discussion because of the non said in the discourses. What was extremely interesting was that, although we do not talk about the administration and about the little interest paid to the conservation of the patrimony of Roman ruins, but simply to the location of one of the weak columns still existing in the city (that belonged to a Roman temple), the story caused, without wanting it, a contradictory discussion because of the bad exercise of the municipal administration to this respect.
February 2009, 28th
492 / 653
CAPEL H., 2006, De nuevo el modelo Barcelona y el debate sobre el urbanismo barcelons. Biblio 3w Revista Bibliogrfica de Geografa y Ciencias Sociales, Universidad de Barcelona, Vol. XI, n 629, 25 de enero de 2006. Disponible en: [http://www.ub.es/geocrit/b3w-629.htm#_edn1]. Fecha de la consulta: 21 de agosto de 2008. CAPEL H., 2005, El modelo Barcelona: un examen crtico, Ediciones del Serbal, 1 edicin, Barcelona, Espaa. CASTELLS M., 2005, La Era de la informacin. La sociedad Red, VOL. 1, 3 edicin, Alianza Editorial S.A., Madrid, Espaa. GAITN J.A. and PIUEL J.L., 1998, Tcnicas de Investigacin en Comunicacin Social. Elaboracin y registro de datos, Editorial Sntesis, 1 edicin, Madrid, Espaa. GRAHAM S. and MARVIN S., 1996, Telecomunications and the City. Electronic spaces and urban places, Routledge, 1a edicin, Reino Unido. HINE C., 2004, Etnografa Virtual, Editorial UOC, Barcelona, Espaa. HAYTHORNTHWAITE C. and WELLMAN B., 2003, The Internet in Every Day Life. An Introduction. The Internet in Everyday Life, Blackwell, 2 edicin, Estados Unidos, pp. 3-39. MITCHELL W.J., 1996, City of Bits. Space, Place and the Infobahn, MIT, 2 edicin, Massachusetts, Estados Unidos. MITCHELL W.J., 2001, E-topa. "Vida urbana, Jim, pero no la que nosotros conocemos", Ediciones Gustavo Gili, Barcelona, Espaa. LEMOS A., 2005, Ciberespao e Tecnologas Mveis. Processos de Territorializao e Desterritorializao na Cibercultura. En: Mdola, Ana Silvia; Arajo, Denise; Bruno, Fernanda (Orgs.). Imagem, Visibilidade e Cultura Miditica, Editora Sulina, Porto Alegre, Brasil, pp. 277-293, available at http://www.facom.ufba.br/ciberpesquisa/andrelemos/territorio.pdf., 28/12/2007. LEMOS A., 2004, Cidade-Ciborgue. A Cidade na Cibercultura, Galxia, n 8, octubre, pp. 129148, available at http://revcom2.portcom.intercom.org.br/index.php/galaxia/article/viewFile/1414/1206, 28/12/2007. REGUILLO R, 1997, El orculo en la ciudad: creencias prcticas y geografas simblicas una agenda comunicativa?. Dilogos de la comunicacin, n 49, 1997, pp. 33-42, available at http://www.dialogosfelafacs.net/dialogos_epoca/pdf/49-03RossanaReguillo.pdf, 20 de agosto de 2008. VALLES M.S., 1997, Tcnicas cualitativas de investigacin social. Reflexin metodolgica y prctica profesional, Editorial Sntesis, 1 edicin, Madrid, Espaa.
February 2009, 28th
493 / 653
February 2009, 28th
494 / 653
63
Action and Involvement in Health Governance
Tullia SACCHERI Associate professor in Health sociology, University of Salerno, Fisciano (Salerno), Italy saccheri@unisa.it
Abstract: Contemporary society analysis cant be the product of a vision from up, but it implies that, if we have as aim an efficient reading, observation work have to be executed starting from down, from critical elements of social relations, from cast-off worlds or marginalized by general sociological analyses. In this paper we want to emphasize a different way to think health equity. We have to try, in a collective way, to define health objectives through our understanding (and our opening to) concerning active needs expression, that is showed in relation with to the necessity of a specific moment, socio-cultural sector, cultural behaviour, that is from a particular setting and in a specific historical time. Keywords: Health needs, participated decision, therapeutic equivocal, health promotion.
Sociological observation has put in discussion not only the idea of society as coming out in the past, but also the ideas of every cultural reference, and the same match between social, cultural and personality dimension, because the shared relations world has lost own unity. So his members are dragged both in a modernity more and more characterized by desocialization and in contrast, in separate identitary membership (and often separatist), misunderstood as able to link and keep culture and personality conjugation. The attention to person and its harmonic location in different socio-cultural contexts suggests to socio-logist above all the need of a strong sensibility towards values based relations, felt as really collective ones, on responsabilisation processes regards individuals in their formation of their own sense of we. So the sociologist is constricted to hypothesize interpretative categories that are connectable between holist and individualist dimensions. In this world, where we are living, society is thought as a pure system of functional structures and objects and, in dependence from them, of individuals that felt themselves together and contemporarily isolated; person freedom is identifiable in individualization or with her annihilation in submission to a world without subjectivity (Touraine 1998). Contemporary society analysis, therefore, cant be the product of a vision from up, but it implies that, if we have as aim an efficient reading, observation work have to be executed starting from down, from critical elements of social relations, from cast-off worlds or marginalized by general sociological analyses. Many of these plans keep, in our opinion, the acceptance of fragmentation and disorientation, al-most in the sense of autoghettoization, but on the other hand also the idea of a possible action aimed to sense and form recognition and their definition concerning person-subject idea. OMS European strategy demands constructive in-formation and education modalities, that can evolve in three big directions: - increasing individual knowledge and competences on body and its functions health and desease, on bad health perception and about means to face a mental or physical malaise situation;
February 2009, 28th
495 / 653
- increasing knowledge and competences concerning the use of health care systems and their mechanisms comprehension; - increasing social, political and environmental factors consciousness hold which affect health. From the operative point of view, it is important to underline some points from which a territorially centred programming cant disregard: - keep count of context indications (territory and environment problem); - define and make sense of damn imagines, on one hand, as a committed mistakes indication and, on the other hand, as a risks indirect reconstruction; - built and directly represent risk imagines, their dynamics, diffusion (through a participated observation and highlighting, really well-known but often volountary unheeded); - analyze shared and sharable forms of health pro-motion and care activities (that means also to be able, because of a leaned mechanism to this aim, evaluate final and intermediate results). Social inequalities research as regards health offers an interesting opportunities of rapprochement of holistic and individualist paradigms, as disease distribution in our society is stratified according to a monopolizing dimension, but on the other hand disease acts through individual typical mechanisms concerning his/her physicity: there are diseases material explanations (holism) and non material ones (subjective elaborations: individualism). Socio-structural dimensions (social conditions, in-come, education grade, employment) have showed to be a consistent health determinant. Anyway, it is interesting to observe that many epidemiologic data support the opinion that social or psycho-social environment affects health trough paths that move social emotions, knowledge and motivations. Other considerations derive from this opinion, for example the fact that favourable social settings to self esteem or trust strengthening in his/her own action represent also favourable settings to improve individuals health and, consequently, to raise community health levels. What we know already is that health systems represent those inequalities belonging to a society. But the impulse of an equity ethical imperative represents an opportunity to overcome efficiency principles and lever on effectiveness dimensions in relation to real needs and social justice. In this paper we want to emphasize a different way to think health equity. Health protection, based on welfare principles, reflected more organization requirements than health needs, so treating of health warning, today we still have got a start-up historically concentrated mainly on care relation, rather than on preventive actions, on an high technicality and specialism of medicine, on health technical application, based on universality principles, rather than on logics of attention as regards individual, particular, and group situations, on a high work splitting, with a lacked coordination between objectives, a consequent a high resources wastage, finally with a functionalization of citizens in high rigidity and staticity structures both organizational and of intervention. The equivocal is determined by lingering on a therapeutic logic (Saccheri, 2000) within a socioeconomic system, that is more and more articulated, giving space to anevident exhibition of orientation diversity. Attention is above all towards those citizens needs we could define passive, because they are expressed, according to us, coherently to the services offer, so we have no possibility of expression concerning needs out of organization predisposition, already defined, of health care. Health concept, instead, is eminently cultural and it seems to present peculiarities that, surely, can concern to individual physicity, but anyway they are defined on cultural values and patterns basis sharing by a certain society in a certain historical moment. Relation modalities between citizens, structures and operators have been almost exclusively defined by services story rather than public health situations, so also those patterns that are submitted to individual and collective perception, that is diffused among operators and citizens, of well-being and malaise conditions, and access and communication modalities, that dont permit the expression of malaise, also when it is real, felt or objective. Working on disease means to focus her/his own work on answers (often unsatisfactory answers), medical cares or custody, given to rigid or total institutions in which we develop a welfare and medical care activity; on the contrary, when we work focusing health concept we determine the fact that is impossible to act in a rigid coherence with prefixed schemes, out of the contexts and that are not modifiable, but on the contrary we have necessarily to reflect on goals of different activities, on objectives to reach and their coherence with the operative context, on verification of intervention efficacy. So we have to try, in a collective way, to define health objectives through our understanding (and
February 2009, 28th
496 / 653
our opening to) concerning active needs expression, that is showed in relation with to the necessity of a specific moment, socio-cultural sector, cultural behaviour, that is from a particular setting and in a specific historical time: In disease terms In health terms - passive needs vs active needs - deresponsabilization vs responsabilization - care vs prevention - custody vs socialization - total institutions vs territorial structures and services - medical care vs social practises - services policy vs health policy - decisions vs decisions centralization vs socialization Health promotion projects are continually made just to maintain the existent and the educational idea to health has strong dummy undercurrents, subjects dimension matters little: they only meant in structural dimension logics, particular interests means that have nothing to do with health/desease real requirements of interested population, identifying themselves with administers interests defence more than with citizens and operators one. In this sense, health promotion can be only affirmed where its meaning is not referred to a scientific/medical territory, but to qualitative aspects and person concerning contemporary life worlds complexity. Contemporary society places two obvious keys concerning the way in which research is made: first of all, the question of a participated research (). In the second place, society also asks a major transparency in results dissemination, especially on topics which deeply touch human life and have got ethic implications, so we can produce a better in-formed public debate (Miedes-Ugarte, 2007). May be, many reflections deficit is in the fact we have not much underlined that often needs persons and demand persons coincide. Moreover the demand many times has been considered in its genericity and not as expression of social specific subjectivity or as typologyzation ac-cording specific peculiarities and types: 1. collective subjects demand, who operate for ser-vices or work organization change; 2. collective institutional subjects demand, that is the demand which is made by an institution and aims usually institutional or organizational change; 3. single subjects demand, codifiable according to procedures sometimes standardizable, sometimes not; 4. single subjects demand that isnt accepted because organization limits, those concerning code capacity, crowding limits, tranquillity needs and finally for a deficit in competence. What is the question, therefore, we can refer? Is it possible (the answer tends obviously towards no, it is not) to distinguish between real demand and inducted, handled and mediated demand? The passage from this short analyses to reconsideration of participation question is small. As regards an integrated and sharing management of wellbeing promotional actions, it becomes clear that today we are in a deficient framework of tools concerning services and institutions culture: in this actual moment of transformation not only the market demand/offer or costs/benefits economic laws cannot be the only rational systems we can refer, as system survival depends on many social blocks: - disturbances of economic and technical dimensions, - changes of cultural patterns (and consequently of behaviours), - the discontinuity and dishomogeneity of social reactions, act in outside and internal settings to services, making improbable the possibility of an organizational and regular and linear technical behaviour. We should consider clear enough that projects realization to promote health have to aim well defined and delimited territories, which constitute natural interlocutors for who programs and operates, not only territories ordered configuration, but also for territories role as negotiation areas. These territories, together to different organizing realities, represent projectual development, verification and programmatory action settings. If today, bringing back OMSs formulations (old for now), we are in a condition to discover and be astonished, without considering obvious what we read, probably this is not a good result of made activities, and our suspicious is that all people said, is to complete yet, or even to start.
February 2009, 28th
497 / 653
February 2009, 28th
498 / 653
64
Participatory Definition of Social Articipatory Definition of Social Needs and Solution Strategies in Vulnerable Territories. Catalogue of Participatory Research-Action Methodologies
Tullia SACCHERI Associate professor in Health sociology, University of Salerno, Fisciano (Salerno), Italy saccheri@unisa.it Serge SCHMITZ University of Lige, Belgium
Abstract: This deliverable is an attempt to create a link between WP5 and the rest of CAENTI WPs that is able toworks on territory situation. Questions we would like to answer are: What sort of characteristics make the participatory methodologies interesting for participation or which Quality Letter pillar they contribute to enhance. How to use them in order to foster participation: according to objectives and means (passage from research action potentialities to her performance) of the Quality Letter. What kind of uses are not coherent with our participation idea or can make more difficult participation itself. Keywords:
social needs, vulnerable territories, participation, ethical principles, methodologies.

I. Premise During CAENTI international conference, happened in Huelva (Spain) last October (2007), was presented a research action quality letter edited by Blanca Miedes Ugarte, Dolores Redondo and Laurent Amiotte-Suchet. This document has been written considering a great number of meetings between WP5 members and it represents a guide to make a check list for who want to start a research action which promotes involved persons and groups durable participation on interested terri-tory, according to collaboration, co-conduction and results co-evaluation principles. In this Letter are indicated the conditions WP5 considers able to favour a collaborative action between researchers and territorial actors and this Letter is just a general orientation and must be adapted to each circumstance and context. In general this grid was accepted, but it still occurred to reflex on: - what need it to be operative - the reasons of lack of research oriented quality indicators - the reasons of lack of integration research action (prefix co-). This deliverable is just an attempt to create a link between WP5 and CAENTI WP, that works on territory situation.
February 2009, 28th
499 / 653
Figure 1: Partipatory definition of social needs and solutions (in vulnerable territories)
Participatory definition of social needs and solutions (in vulnerable territories)
WP4S
Source: Miedes-Ugarde B. (2008), Proposal of discussion at the CAENTI WP5 meeting in Huelva, 13th, 14th june.
Questions we would like to answer are: - What sort of characteristics make them interesting for participation: which Quality Letter pillar they contribute to. - How to use them in order to foster participation: according to objectives and means (passage from research action potentialities to her performance) - What kind of uses are not coherent with our participation idea or can make more difficult participation itself. II. Introduction 1. A strategic idea Participation concept, associated with governance one, seems to constitute on the one hand a limit to development possibilities of a governmental ethic action, a sort of slow-down, but on the other hand it suggests a more effective way to act in research action projects setting and, more widely, in social and human sciences framework. The originality of territorial intelligence consists in the connection between cultural dimensions of a territory and ethical principles respect of democratic governance, to guarantee a sustainable development, that means: - integrated and well-balanced territorial approach (multi-disciplinary and multi-sector) - actors partnership. The concept of territorial intelligence refers to the whole multi-disciplinary knowledge that, on the one hand, contributes to territorial struc-tures and dynamics understanding, and on the other hand, has the ambition to be a tool in the service of territories sustainable development actors (Girardot, 2002). The European Union has chosen Sustainable Development Strategy as one of its priorities and the European Council adopted in June 2006 an ambitious and comprehensive rene-wed Sustainable Development Strategy for an enlarged European Union. A hierarchical theme framework has been developed on poli-cy priorities basis of the Sustainable Development Strategy. The ten themes, which may be further developed in the future, are: 1. Economic development 2. Poverty and social exclusion 3. Ageing society 4. Public Health 5. Climate change and energy 6. Production and consumption patterns 7. Management of natural resources 8. Transport 9. Good governance
February 2009, 28th
500 / 653
10. Global partnership (Site of the European Commission Sustainable Strategy) Sharing a mutual strategic vision of development may be one of the most difficult things to achieve and the only way to meet this condition is to start a long and tortuous dialogue among the local actors which may also be unsuccessful (Moiseyenko, 2006). The difficulties of succeeding in the elaboration of a mutual shared vision are strictly related to the concerned territory. Citizens participation, their interests and growing demand for ethical behaviour should be taken into account by any institution functioning on the territory. The emergence of new ethics changes rapidly traditional forms of governing: it originates with changing social expectations as expressed by consumers, employees, local communities, business partners or other stakeholders. So, the emerging problem concerns what is the perspective through which it is possible to develop surely and necessarily efficient, but also and above all effective interventions, that are aimed to answer persons real needs. Moreover, what are the tools to follow a social integration logic, getting though to interaction based projects with population groups. 2. A methodology for effective projects CAENTI WP5 group suggests that effective projects realization can only be developed in welldefined territories that permit to make strong partnerships between citizens and peo-ple who govern. This happens, not only becau-se all the citizens represent a real network system, but also because they trace an area of dealing from which we can only outline useful tools for planning, so it can be developed, evaluated and acquired inside persons relations. From this point of view, the question becomes complex and very complicated: programming and plannificatory policies are possible only if they take-charge of relationality, of the ways in which social subjects, persons and communities express themselves. A strategic vision for the development of a certain territory is the first step, the local actors pursue to fix collective ideas and images, exchanging interests and values, identifying strengths and weaknesses of their territory, and all the necessary issues for the assessment of future coherent actions. Therefore planning processes must use indicators to assess the relations and ways in which the multiplicity of activities and of economic, political, environmental, cultural factors impact upon the so-called quality of life, in particular on aspects related to disease. In terms of implementation, this means that we should not deny the specific cultural vocations of a territory, we should devise integrated activities that do not waste the cultural heritage, but rather recycle and retrieve experience, by carving out appropriate participatory measures tailored to different socio-economic and environmental situations, and so on. Consequently, the fact to consider secondary hard policies and encourage shared programming logic, means to follow a democratization path (or sustainability) with many and unpredictable branches. So we can also consider those possible overtaking concerning existent barriers between the social North and South, because our society gives a condition: we have to estimate the passage from an exclusively vertical society to a horizontal one, in which one of citizens main interests is to understand if they are central or marginal (Touraine, 1993). 3. Operative difficulties One of the first difficulty to pass from a research point of view, assigned to socia l, reparative interventions, to a promotional one is just the necessity to contemplate socially set up methodological variables. They, instead of attaining to a specialistic language, should contain a typical duplicity of those shared terminologies between specialist and inexpert individuals, professional communities and profane ones. So it appears essential a sort of languages homogenization and an agreement will upon different terminological meanings on which intra-organizational communication is based. This is made to project as much as possible in an effective inter-organizational form. The second element that comes out from this idea of projectuality is that the participant policy aim, intended in this way, is to ensure that intra- and inter-organizational interventions could be adapted to knowledge, evaluation, orientation and control building by citizens. This operation is made to avoid an overabundance of information inside organization and a deficit of it between project addressees: The fundamental contribution of participant dynamics happens when they achieve territorial actors complete involvement in transforming processes of information in knowledge (CAENTI, 2007: 6-7).
February 2009, 28th
501 / 653
The third element concerns the necessity to accounting for about made decisions and gradually achieved results to different involved parts. At the same time, it occurs that interlocutors can make other decisions on social choices and actions and resources destination: Research-action processes have to get, as their aim, an increase of results transparency, both of research and action, able to ease decisions making and contribute so that they become more democratic (CAENTI, 2007: 9). Above all governance idea implies will and capacity to use a research that understands what are the best ways which citizens taking part can be realized in. This participation has to foresee conscious citizens involvement in priority choice and operations planning: An important contribution has been offered by a great number of strongly involved citizens in communities, institutions, social organizations, their professions carrying out. () With this institutional, social or professional competence, they also had a strong motivation to acquire cultural ones: for this reason they are defined cittadini competenti [competent citizens] (Biocca, 2003: 29). If participation can be experienced at different levels (of the citizen/provider relation, of the reticular level of the citizen's life worlds), in this case the level of participation concerns the moment when interested citizens discuss and try to affect decisions about interventions and resources allocation. But above all, a global level of participation develops and establishes a correlation between the needs and the wider ecological-environmental issue, which redefines, as a consequence, the role that each citizen plays within his own community. So, the competent citizens represent a possible example of active citizenship taking part in discussions and decisions over various issues, expressing opinions in a democratic way, helping to define priorities for action and, probably, to assess social policies (Biocca, 2006): Participating directly (...) has a twofold value. On the one hand it gives you a sense of personal commitment (...). On the other hand it allows to check even in this field the efficacy of the decision-making processes that political scientists call inclusive (Biocca, 2003). A series of activities developed according to these characteristics certainly raise some problems for administrators (Corposanto, 2006). First of all, there is a problem in terms of applying the code of ethics to behaviours: all too often the pretended participation in the end just consisted of a formal consultations series in which decisions were not agreed upon with the citizens concerned. Secondly, there is a problem concerning the visibility of planning: a high level of participation also entails a high level of verifiability of organization's effectiveness and efficacy. Finally, there are some issues at stake in the concept of trust, that must necessarily be a critical trust: more direct communication channels imply the possibility to bring criticisms and observations that cannot be ignored owing to the principles enunciated above. Following this reasoning we became convinced that a new public government cannot meet peoples needs only by revising administrative rationalization objectives, since governance and culture are inextricably connected by a network of meanings through which men and women interpret experience and orient action. Therefore the only possible type of observers are the participating observers who aim to make knowledge and mutual expertise by putting together in a collaborative structure the technical expert and the expert layman. Understanding - the social and territorial distribution of needs, - the makeup and functioning of the social context within which specific risk factors are at work, - the dynamics of communicative interaction, - the cultural dynamics of special social groups, - mass media processes, - (professional and non-professional) concepts of needs, - objective and subjective matrices of lifestyles, makes a corroborated and supported process by many influential studies that demonstrate how the environment and lifestyle affect needs as much as other determinants. But for this same reason, once we acknowledge that multiple elements and factors concur in determining the status of a community, even the question that must be answered by the methodological pattern does change, so the initial formulation: how to becomes: how to taking account that. A promotion policy forces each project to come to grips with the assessment not only of economic resources, but also of human ones, able to achieve results that can spread to the whole reference framework. As a matter of fact, the achievement of objectives depends a lot on the way in which they are pursued by the individual operative units in their strategies. We should ask ourselves:
February 2009, 28th
502 / 653
- Do different institutions strategies and practices influence and modify, either directly or indirectly, individuals, communities, social groups, generations resources and bargaining power? - Are they compatible with widely accepted and officially stated social priorities? - And with citizens aspirations? On the operative plan, the fact we follow some modalities concerning outlined actions is delayed, not only by the increasing chasm between the potential ability to project and the capacity in systematizing operations from other sectors: - first, a common language lack and/or one effective communication deficiency between decision makers and operators; operators and citizens; descendant vertical communication streams, that grow getting stronger, and ascendant vertical ones, that have to be reinforced to favour citizens or social groups contribution, and that seem more and more blocked off, full of problems (sometimes the same technical-political power wants to give up communicative stream); - in second place, power and decisional processes management consequent problem; at last, the complexity of different territorial realities. 4. Social compatibility Only when a project meets such prerequisites can be called socially compatible and from certain viewpoints, following this path, we should go back to the concept of social budget discussion of interventions, rather than pursuing evaluation as exclusively based on efficacy and effectiveness criteria issued by the same agency that makes projects and operations, assessing them successively (often validating them). So: - change, - sustainability, - transparency, - co-responsibility, - co-learning are the principles for a good political participative project of governance and also the principles for research action stated in the Letter of Quality proposed by CAENTI. A voluntary technical and scientific action can provide information, but the illusion that planning means preparing refined technical, technological, organizational, legislative grids, thus optimizing projects and ensuring their implementation and development has been denied by reality, as it is proved by so many projects that fail, and almost invariably failed because of their social compatibility lack. The immediate involvement of stakeholders in the planning process becomes an ethical principle of health planning and governance: this method requires the enhancement of knowledge and the continuous exchange of hands-on experience among the different groups involved in the planning-acting process, that look at reality from different angles and possess different types of knowhow. Only where these two knowledge ways and levels overlap, we can implement health governance as a product of territorial intelligence and a tool to govern and promote equity. What we consider now unquestionable is the necessity of an approach to social needs based on knowledge, not only theoretical knowledge but also empirical one, regards the interaction between social relations, economic development, public policies and welfare. Social capital debate, intended as networks capacity to build benefits for their own members, may be of some help. If we want to simplify, we can affirm that these benefits are generated by two main components : 1) relational element, which is in social organizations to whom the person belongs, and 2) material one, that is constituted by resources which the person can have access to, because of his affiliation to the group. So, we draw out the consideration, regards inequality interpretations in needs, underlines the scalar relationship between socio-economic position and access to tangible material conditions, that can be both fundamental, as food, home or the fact to access to goods and services, and different conditions, as getting a car or house, to access to telephone and internet services or mind and body treatments modern practises. Psychosocial interpretation, on contrary, assigns inequalities insight in needs to direct and indirect effects regards stress that comes out from being inferior in socio-economic hierarchy or living in conditions of relative socio-economic disadvantage. Citizens corporations, social forum, participated budgets, quarter committees show that active citizenship problem is on the speeches and debates scene and risks every day, as all mediatical words
February 2009, 28th
503 / 653
we use a lot, to loose its sense because of its multiplicity of senses people use and because it is at the service of interests that are very far each other. Usually citizenship implies three elements: civil rights, political rights and social rights, that all together form different kinds of rights granted to citizens. This definition about citizenship is perfect, but commonly it is no more considered in this way now. In its real use, it defines first of all the way in which democratic Countries citizens use their rights in taking part to their towns life, weighing on decisions concerning public life, accessing in political debate and giving a contribute in democratic dynamics. As goal to develop in social welfare promotion and preservation processes, we have consider citizens groups in a dynamics called of concerted decision making, intending with this term a real trading, considering strength relations. So, in the centre of citizenship idea we find the debate and dialectic process that imprint to decision making dynamics a concrete interaction, an interactivity practise between persons: the debate is, at the same time, elaboration, collective affirmation, considering comparison, compromise, collective affirmation, with what it implies about an active position in complex systems that at the end flow into public decisions. III. General frame, definitions, methodologies and some difficulties 1. General frame To define what is a participated procedure or citizens participation or participated citizenship it needs first of all to distinguish a territorial information system from a territorial intelligence one, because the last introduces interests community concept. A territorial intelligence system is a territorial actors partnership, who point out to develop a democratic governance aimed to extend sustainable development (Integration software and TICS, CAENTI Deliverable 55, on December 31, 2006, p. 17); consequently a participative government integrates citizens in its ideation and/or decision process (belonging to their territory), so, it means a real ability to affect decisions. We can scheme this path through some points: - during integration process, subjects take part in making decisions and citizens are called as actors; - participation asks a citizens mobilization, who involved itself in the action and in making decision processes: this determines a stronger community sense; - this process actives and reinforces citizens actions to define their own needs, recognizing their role and formal and their informal associations as partner in a development process, rather than as performances and services passive beneficiaries. A territorial intelligence system constitutes governance policy aim, with a fundamental methodological aspect for making decision, planning and program. A territorial intelligence system also constitutes a strategy that: 1. point at contributing to policies installation and elaboration for collective asset protection and safeguard; 2. point at reinforce affecting right, in a democratic manner, making decision process for individual and collective territory life; 3. point at inclusion, for local community assume obligations and responsibilities in daily life, because participation starts in each subject daily life. 2. Scheme for participation quality and level analysis (good- medium- no sufficient) We ask, for the sharing we discussed above, what are methodological variables able to describe an action or define, in a participated way, social needs and their solutions strategies. WP5 tried to define a scheme to which an shared action should answer, that is to foresee this points below: The project is based on involvement of citizens implicated in local life; - the starting group is a territorial reality pattern; - project promoters have developed a wide dissemination process to involve largely other actors and researchers interested in that project; Inhabitants play an active role during the project elaboration; - territorial actors know and know using research tools and methods concerning that project; - have foreseen actors training to constitute an expert citizens group; - work subgroups constitute of actors and researchers to realize specific goals
February 2009, 28th
504 / 653
- work subgroups define work shared planning for intermediate and final aims to develop the project; Citizens participation is a resource for the project because they add a plus-value to its idea, to its realization, to its elaboration, to its appropriation in local community, and to its prolonged durability - the quipe for needs survey assure the presence of all implicated social sectors; - subjects discussed during work meetings have been shared by all involved participants; - subjects discussed during work meetings considering all involved participants and interests they represent; - priority to start working are shared by all involved members Starting group has an opening look and a will to involve all people, taking them some information, asking their opinions, involving them during its realization - the project is realized in a shared collaboration open atmosphere - are formed work subgroups, constituted of actors and researchers to realize specific goals - work subgroups have defined work shared planning who described intermediate and final aims to develop the project. 3. Broadly speaking tools
A shared instrument, that is linked to social needs definition, is: A. an object, a technique, a concept, a method used by a community to increase governance integration principles B. this increasing happens through actions simplification, we make, or through the access to actions that are impossible without this tool use C. instrument is something that permits to its users a comparison with their desires. What are available tools to develop a shared work? We can try building a typology in the following way: - object tool is a physical instrument we can control; - concept tool is an idea or representation of the mind, that has got many empiric or immaterial objects, for abstraction and generalization of common identified characters; - technical tool technique concerns making, all conservation, management, recycling, elimination processes that use scientific knowledge practises or simply some professions savoir faire (empiric knowledge); - question tool the fact to put out a problems block. A well-explained problem can be resolved with less difficulties: so, this tool leads its user to wonder good questions; - method tool a method is a techniques, questions, and intellectual or material instruments set that permit to rationalize all tasks and steps to achieve and get a goal. All these instruments are useful in realizing territorial co-construction of shared research-action that can detect population needs. The main difficulty in using them consists in, for persons and involved groups ability, choosing gradually the best tool or tools set, coherently with interested territory and areas. Tool character, moreover, irrespective of its belonging according to the list above, can constitute an objective difficulty, both from its profane use and for the weir that it could determine in communication between researchers and interested population. One of the most difficult point for a shared research is in choosing tool structure and complexity (not in choosing instrument in itself, as a questionnaire). 4. Methodology Starting from suggested tools by European Quality Letter of Research favouring territorial governance of sustainable development we ask how: - share information - partake knowledge - constitute a common language. We indicate below how to achieve these aims: Integration and coordination: territory governmental bodies have to provide to shared interventions and resources according to coordination and integration principles of actions in different areas (cultural, social, economic, and so on). Network development through operative links promotion, reflection spaces and comparison with citizens; protocols of acknowledgement and intervention common programmes with their different organizations (formal and informal).
February 2009, 28th
505 / 653
Stimulus: governmental institutions have to assume a reinforcement role of action capacity, above all we register breeding grounds about research activities and reality changes understanding. Advocacy e sensibilization: develop around territorial movements and spontaneous actions a public and collective shared support. Territorial animation: associations and groups identification and reinforcement that are already in movement in interested territories. 5. Methodology characters (ethical principles) - Social needs shared definition doesnt consist of a formal hints set - Agreed decisions with citizens involved have to be respected - A high level of participation has to imply a high level of verifiability concerning interventions efficiency and effectiveness levels - Trust has to be critic and foresees more direct communication channels that permit developing opinions and observations, we have to consider - Methodology has not focused on technique or stopped to a transmission channels, supports, media (and so on) set - It is important what we make with tools, not only the technical tool in itself; in fact the same support can be used for different aims - To optimize its operative use, methodology should be as simple as possible. Inside each area, and to develop a direct link between logbook and acts to lead, we need also to be able sub-classify, tools as below: A. evaluation tools: used by project actors to make their logbook indicators; B. training tools: used to progress project ideas; C. action tools: used from project actors to develop their practises. 6. Suggestions for discussion and analysis For all people, involved in a research action for the definition of social needs and solutions, should be foreseen a further check-list to integrate what is listing in Quality Letter and what is previously shown. Questions that both researcher and citizens should make concern, above all, three essential elements: - participation - education -cohesion Concerning participation tools, we need to verify first of all: - involvement: is tool coherent with involvement process aimed to taking part in making decision? - consultation: is tool coherent with consultation process, that integrates communicative streams in the two senses? - communication: is tool coherent with communication process that shoots for informing citizens? Concerning educational tools, we need to verify first of all: - training/animation: does the tool place in training/animation programme? - sensibilization: does the tool favour sensibilization towards environment, health, etc.? - information: does the tool favour information? Concerning tools regards cohesion, we need to verify first of all: - territorial solidarity: does the tool favour change, inter-change, sussidiarity and so on of all instances? - social integration: does the tool enhance social relations? does the tool favour the access in making a choice? - weak population integration: does the tool favour shaky population integration as immigrants, handicap persons, old people, young people, gender opportunities and so on?
February 2009, 28th
506 / 653
IV. A Destined scheme for discussion 2 pick opinions up (surveys) 1 pick some information up (statistics) 3 proceed to elaborate (meetings)
4 situation arranged diagnosis 5 trade agreements with involved social realities
6 action plan
8 pick some information up
7 pick opinions up
9 proceed to elaborate (meetings) arrange actions Conclusion As it appears clearly in this document, we are agreed in suggesting that WP5 work is based on the fact that citizens are active experts on life problems in which they are involved, and moreover they can become active subjects or actors in realizing projects that interest them. A strategic platform for participation should consider, as first goal, the construction of a global and integrated intervention strategy, able to take-charge determiners set at the bases of main identified questions and to mobilize, at the same time and in the same sense, the whole social capital of a territory. That means to push citizens groups to work on themselves, to make up co-action active forms detecting and conquesting new territorial representation spaces concerning needs, putting into action and suggesting new decisional mechanisms: The active citizenship implies the fact that citizens can enunciate and trade what seems desirable to them for their future as today we have no more doubts on the fact that citizens capacity to anticipate future, imagine new development paths has become essential for a territory dynamics, as well for universalization concerning one good and right life perspectives (Hansotte, 2005).
February 2009, 28th
507 / 653
There is a subtile balance to promote between a representative democracy and an increased participation requirement by citizens towards collective becoming. There is a subtle balance to promote between who have been delegated to a Country, Region, Common government and who have to assume an evaluation task, a policy management, an argued decision and citizens who have got their own testimony, critics, demand, argued suggestion, policy limitation (Rseau Europen dintelligence Territoriale, 2005). WP5 group work has consolidated the idea that for population welfare affirmation, belonging to different territories and cultures, we have to make a major effort in defining both needs, in a shared manner, and alternative roads, in treating them in an objective way and accessing to effective decisional processes. The first consideration is: it occurs a good social, economic and professional sensibility in the communities to build, between different intervention options, those choices that can be closer to citizens, every time we have the possibility. We discussed here about a possible very important transformation that characterizes an approaches change: in fact it means to pass from making for citizens form, not only in a symbolic way, to making with citizens one. Bibliography ALTIERI L., 2002, (ed.) Ascolto e partecipazione dei cittadini in sanit. In Salute e Societ, IV, 3. FrancoAngeli, Milano. ALTIERI L., 2004, La partecipazione alla salute. In Cipolla, C. (ed.) Manuale di sociologia della salute, Vol. 1, Franco Angeli, Milano. AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., 2007, European Quality Letter of Research Favoring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development. Third scientific WP5 coordination meeting. Madrid, April, 13th-14th. AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., MIEDES UGARTE B., RIDONDO TORONJO D., 2007, Proposal of an European Letter of Quality on Action-Research Favoring Territorial Govenance of Sustenable Development. II International Annual Conference of Territorial Intelligence of CAENTI on Territorial Intelligence and Governance. Partecipatory Research-Action and Territorial Development, Huelva (Spain), 23-27 oct. 2007. ANTONIACOMI G. et al., 2002, (eds.), La pianificazione sociale come progettualit politica. In Animazione sociale, 10, 29-54. ANTONINI L., 2000, Il principio di sussidiariet orizzontale: da Welfare State a Welfare Society. In Rivista di diritto finanziario e scienza delle finanze, 1: 99-115. BADIE B., 1995, La fin des territoires. Essai sur le dsordre international et sur lutilit sociale du respect. Fayard, Paris. BERTACCHINI Y., 2004, Entre information & processus de communication: lintelligence territoriale. In 3mes Rencontres TIC & Territoires: quels dveloppements?, Lille, 14 Mai 2004, Enic et Cies, ISDM, 16, http://isdm.univtln.fr/PDF/isdm16/isdm16a154_bertacchini.pdf BIOCCA M., 2003, Piani per la salute come strumento di ascolto delle comunit. Paper presented at Congress for a condivided quality in health services. Bologna, May 19th-20th. BIOCCA M., 2006, Cittadini competenti costruiscono azioni per la salute. Franco Angeli, Milano. BOTES L. and VAN RENSBERG D., 2000, Community Participation in Development: Nine Plagues and Twelve Commandments. In Community Development Journal, 35, 1: 41-58. BROWNE A. and WILDAVSKY A., 1987, What Should Evaluation Mean to Implementation? in Palumbo, D.J. (ed.) The Politics of Program Evaluation. Sage, London: 146-172. CAENTI Work Package 5, 2007, Proposal of an European Letter of Quality on Action-Research Favoring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development. October 25th. CORPOSANTO C., 2006, (ed.) Costruire piani di salute. Franco Angeli, Milano. DE CONNO A., 2004, (a cura di) Per una strategia di pianificazione sociale basata su infrastrutture di cittadinanza. In Studi Zancan. Politiche e servizi alle persone, gen-feb, 1: 10-29.
February 2009, 28th
508 / 653
CIPOLLA C. e GIARELLI G., (a cura di), Dopo laziendalizzazione. Nuove strategie di governance in sanit. In Salute e Societ, I, 1: 19-28. CORPOSANTO C., 2006, (ed.) Costruire piani di salute. Franco Angeli, Milano. GARCA S. y LUKES S. (a cura di) Ciudadana: justicia social, identidad y participatin. Siglo Veintiuno, Madrid. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2002, L'intelligence territoriale. In Mlanges, Jean-Claude Wieber, Annales Littraires de Franche-Comt, Besanon. GUBA E.G. and LINCOLN Y.S., 1989, Fourth Generation Evaluation. Sage, London. HANSOTTE M., 2005, Les intelligences citoyennes. Editions de Boeck, Lige. LITWAK E., 1985, Helping the Elderly: the Complementary Roles of Informal Networks and Formal Systems. Guilford, New York. MAYNTZ R., 1999, La teoria della governance: sfide e prospettive. In Rivista italiana di scienza politica, 1: 3-22. MIEDES-UGARTE B., 2007, Analysis of the Applications of the Governance Principles of Sustainable Development to Territorial Research-Action, WP5 Deliverable n. 40, July 15th. MOISEYENKO N., 2006, Businesses as One of the Key Elements of a Region Sustainable Development. In GIRARDOT J.-J., PASCARU, M., ILEANA, I. (eds.) International Conference of Territorial Intelligence of Alba Iulia 2006 (CAENTI). Volume 1, Aeternitas Publishing House, Alba Iulia, http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu. MORO G., 1998, Manuale di cittadinanza attiva. Carocci, Roma. PATTON M.Q., 1987, Creative Evaluation. Sage, London. PETRICCIOLLA L., 2002, Il concetto di capitale sociale territoriale. In Rete Meridione e Rete SLST (a cura di) Documento di sintesi del laboratorio Principi e strumenti dellagire locale per uno sviluppo inclusivo, Napoli. POLLOCK A.M., 1992, Local Voices. The Bankrupcy of the Democratic Process. In British medical Journal, 6853, 305: 535-536. POPAY J. and WILLIAMS G., 1998, Partnership in Health: beyond the Rhetoric. In Epidemiology and Community Health, 52: 410-411. PUTNAM R.D., LEONARDI R. and NANETTI R.Y., 1993, Making Democracy Work. Civic Tradition in Modern Italy. Princeton Un. press, Princeton. RENN O., WEBLER T. and WIEDERMANN P., (eds.) Fairness and Competence in Citizens. Kluwer Academic, Boston. RESEAU EUROPEEN DINTELLIGENCE TERRITORIALE (2005) Territoire, bien-tre et inclusion sociale. Rsums des communications du 3me Colloque International, Lige, 20 et 21 octobre. RHODES R., 1996, The New Governance: Governing without Government. In Political Studies, n. 44. SACCHERI T., 2000, Lequivoco terapeutico. Franco Angeli, Milano. SCHMITZ S., 1998, Participation et amnagement empathique. Rflexions partir du cas wallon. In Bulletin de la Socit gographique de Lige, 34: 77-84. STEWART J., 1996, Democracy and Local Government. In HIRST, P. and KILNANI, S. (eds.) Reinventig Democracy. Balckwell Publishers, Oxford. SUMMERS A., and MCK EOWN K., 1996, Local Voices: Evolving a Realistic Strategy on Public Consultation. In Public Health, 110: 145-150. TOURAINE A., 1992, Critique de la modernit. Librairie Arthme Fayard, Paris. ZAKUS D. and LYSACK C., 1998, Revisiting Community Participation. In Health Policy and Planning,13:1-12.
February 2009, 28th
509 / 653
February 2009, 28th
510 / 653
65
How to deal with the conflicting views of the world expressed in regional economic development policies?
Maryse SALLES Lecturer in Computing, University of Toulouse 1, Toulouse, France Maryse.Salles@univ-tlse1.fr Gabriel COLLETIS Professor in Economics, University of Toulouse 1, Toulouse, France Gabriel.Colletis@univ-tlse1.fr
Abstract: The work presented here considers mainly territorial intelligence as a cooperative system in support of public decision-making. The paper is organised in three parts, each of them presenting a particular stage of our approach. A first stage is dedicated to the analysis of the knowledge that can be identified (or re-constructed) on the basis of the texts issued by the regional government, and of the regional actors' speech. This analysis is led through a three-level grid: the level of views of the world, that of models and that of norms. During the second stage, the knowledge previously identified is structured in the form of ontologies. Conflicting views of the world can lead to concurrent ontologies that can be so described as polydoxical ontologies. In a third and last stage the conceptualisations built in the previous stage are embedded in some (basic) decision support tools that are proposed to the regional decision-makers. Keywords: Territorial Intelligence System (TIS); regional policy making; decision support; views of the world; polydoxical ontologies; territorial economic development.
The work presented here considers mainly territorial intelligence as a cooperative system in support of public decision-making. Decision-making may either be envisaged with respect to the implementation or formation of public policies. The present paper addresses the global issue of Territorial Intelligence Systems (TISs) conception from the latter viewpoint. TISs are here viewed as supporting the constitution of target systems, i.e. the definition of strategic axes, their breakdown into operational objectives, and the concrete implementation of actions up to their evaluation. In our view, TISs are to be considered mainly as information systems. Following Jean-Louis Le Moignes broad canonical definition, we regard IS as a meaningful formal or informal set of symbols circulating within an organisation. This definition thus equates the information system with a language, understood as the capacity to express reality in a form that may be shared by all members of a given community. The information system therefore appears as a system that allows the formalisation of views of the world. On that basis, it is not a system that objectively expresses an immanent reality, but a social construction, reflecting a set of representations which refer to paradigmatic or ideological choices. The conception of a Regions TIS should therefore be seen as the creation of a language to be shared by all players involved in the Regions development. Such a language is intended to make regional public decisions possible (i.e. to support the formation of decisions and their subsequent implementation) through coherent representation of regional economic development. To elaborate their policy, Regional Council members need to reach group consensus on a comprehensive strategy,
February 2009, 28th
511 / 653
on the main objectives to be pursued, on a general approach, etc. To implement the policy, regional players need to have information about the regional industrial base, enterprise location on the regional territory, available scientific competences, population distribution, enterprise financial condition, distribution channels, employment areas, etc. At the end of the process, a Regional Authority should have indicators at its disposal with a view to evaluating the financial effort made and the impact of actions undertaken. In the absence of such specifically built TISs, a Regional Authority like any organisation has a de facto information system, a language which allows services to operate and enables the institution to cooperate with other players and to communicate with the population, etc. Such an information system is partly produced naturally by the organisation itself, in the course of its history (e.g. hierarchy of administrative services, list of delegations of powers, classification of enterprise financial support mechanisms, typology of training sessions, etc.). However, such an information system is also partly imported. Indeed, part of the organisations information systems is constrained by categories stemming from other organisations (public regulations, chart of accounts items, INSEE1 reference systems, E.U. funds eligibility criteria, various norms, etc.). Several types of difficulties render the objective of building a TIS complex, thus translating it into a research theme. The paper address one of these difficulties, regarding the views of the world expressed on the main issues of economic development policy: economic development modes, structure of the regional industry, regional territory The views of the world one can identify in the texts or the speeches produced by the regional decision-makers are poorly clarified, sometimes ambiguous, and not formalised enough to provide concrete guidance of action. These views of the world may also diverge rather significantly from one player to the other. Furthermore, they are greatly influenced by national statistical information systems (such as the INSEE for instance) whose weight can particularly be felt through the reference system used (industrial nomenclatures, territory partitioning, etc.). It should be reminded here that these reference systems were initially conceived for other purposes than territorial development. The present work proposes a method to support to clarify the various views of the world, in order to facilitate the formation of regional economic development policy, and its implementation. The paper is organised in three parts, each of them presenting a particular stage of our approach. A first stage is dedicated to the analyse of the knowledge that can be identified or reconstructed on the basis of the texts issued by the regional government, and of the regional actors' speech. This analyse is led through a three-level grid: the level of representations (views of the world), the level of models (methods, or logics of action, which allow the interpretation of representations), and the level of norms (procedures, reference systems, which permit the concrete action of operational players). During the second stage, the knowledge previously identified is structured in the form of hierarchies of concepts (light ontologies). Conflicting views of the world can lead to concurrent ontologies that can be described as polydoxical ontologies. In a third and last stage the conceptualisations built in the second stage are embedded in some (basic) decision support tools that are proposed to the regional decision-makers. Examples will be provided for each stage, on the basis of the CAVALA project2. The CAVALA project, financed by the Midi-Pyrenees Region, is aimed to produce a set of evaluation (effort and impact) indicators about the Regional Councils economic policy, with special emphasis placed on enterprises financial support actions. I. First stage: looking for the invisible structure of information As noticed before, the knowledge used in the regional government texts (notably Rgion MidiPyrnes, 2006) does not constitute a coherent nor structured body of knowledge. Regional economic development strategies are therefore expressed within a world of vague and implicit knowledge. The purpose of the first stage is to identify the invisible structure of the information used in the texts and speeches produced by the regional government, as well as in the academic research texts:
1. French National Institute of Economic and Statistical Information. 2. CAVALA: economic development regional policy monitoring and evaluation cooperative method.
February 2009, 28th
512 / 653
which views of the world are expressed, how they are codified by such-and-such information, on what categories the interpretation of strategic axes are based to define concrete actions, etc. This work is conducted through a three-level grid, i.e. the level of representations, that of models, and that of norms (Salles, 2007a; Salles and Colletis, 2007). Theses levels are detailed below. 1. The Level of Representations (Views of the World, Doxas) The information expressed in the regional government texts, like any information, is not regarded here as a simple image of reality, but as the expression of views of the world. Representations may, depending on the circumstances, be equated with relatively homogeneous and coherent schools of thought, or with partly confuse and poorly structured opinions. On this account, representations take us back to the broader notion of doxa3. The doxas found in the texts or in the speeches partly are those of players from the Regional Council and those imported from other organisations. These exogenous views of the world, however, have mostly been formed for other purposes than territorial development policy support. Their utilisation in the elaboration of policies is probably not neutral. In the case of the Midi-Pyrenees Region, several meaningful representations may be identified. These opinions are underlying and very rarely expressed directly. There can be several successive conflicting representations in one and the same document (this is particularly true for the representations of the territory). These have a major influence on both the level of models and of norms insofar as, each time, they determine specific and sometimes irreconcilable conceptualisation of the real world. We shall quote three examples here: the first one concerns the notion of territory, the second relates to the notion of territory resources whereas the third involves the relationship between attractiveness and competitiveness. a. The Notion of Territory The territory is the subject of two contradictory views (not explained as such in the texts): it is either regarded as a space receiving potential pre-existing and mobile external resources, or as a place of coordination unveiled on the occasion of a projects implementation. The first view relates to spaces defined by their borders (chiefly fixed borders), which are mainly expressed through administrative territorial divisions (region, departments, communes), or INSEE zonings. The second view corresponds to territories not defined by their borders, but by a concentration of players. In this case, the territory borders are changing ones. The territories geometry then depends on the players coordination process (competitive clusters, conurbation communities, localised production systems or LPSs, districts, etc.). These territories are sometimes expressed in the Region texts through new notions like emerging territory or changing territory, which are not defined. b. The Territory Resources In the Regional Government texts, the notion of territory resources is very poorly defined, and rather unstructured. Territory resources are regarded as pre-existing and available. There is no mention of creation of new resources. In the academic research, on the contrary, the notion of resource is the subject of thorough research work for many years (Colletis and Pecqueur, 1993). A distinction is established between resources and assets. Resources are potential or even virtual factors, and need to be activated, organised or even unveiled. Assets are active factors. Resources, to the difference of assets, constitute a reserve, a latent or virtual potential that can turn into asset if the conditions of production or creation of technology permit it. These two doxas can lead to rather opposite political choices, the first one putting the stress on optimisation or attracting of pre-existing resources, when, conversely, the latter is focused on creation of new assets, notably by activating potential factors. c. Attractiveness and Competitiveness The regional Council's texts explicitly expresses the Midi-Pyrnes Regions will to embark on a competitive course against other territories (national or international). This view, which is never argued, nor questioned, constitutes the only relational mode envisaged amongst territories. A correla3. From the Greek (opinion): a more or less homogeneous set of shared beliefs.
February 2009, 28th
513 / 653
tion is even established between competitiveness and attractiveness (there is no attractiveness without competitiveness). This correlation is contradicted by many examples yet. As far as information systems are concerned, the level of representations is mostly linked to the choice of adequate general concepts and their definition. In the case of the Midi-Pyrenees Regions texts, it may perfectly be theorised that the conflicting views of the territory, or the poorly documented view of territory resources, will render the constitution of a TIS even more complex. 2. The Level of Models and Methods (or Logics of Action) Representations are general views, which cannot guide action concretely. To allow the implementation of policies, representations must be transposed into i) information describing the axes and objectives formalised, ii) logics of action, iii) methods to define typologies, or iv) principles to determine sets of indicators, etc. This transposition is carried out on the basis of so-called models and methods, which are sometimes partly detailed in texts, but are more generally underlying. These models or methods permit to specify how, and with what objects, the general concepts will be made more operational. We shall present two examples of models, the first being focused on activity aggregations, whereas the second is about attractiveness and competitiveness-related models. a. Territory related models To the territory viewed as a space with borders correspond several models: classification according to border types, development model focused on physical proximity, elementary unit: firm At the opposite, the models describing the territory viewed as a concentration of players will be: classification according to proximity type, development model taking onto account three main proximity types b. Activity and Enterprise Aggregations The activity aggregations used in the Regional Council texts are most often INSEE-inspired. But it can be found in some texts (notably those exposing actions) notions relating to other types of aggregation, which unfortunately are not clearly specified. The method to define a strategic sector still has not been determined. In addition, the terms field or sector are not very stable, referring to variable aggregation levels from one word occurrence to the other. To a certain extent, the Regional Council texts acknowledges the necessity of conceiving these methods when it is proposed to commission forward-looking studies on the evolution of different industries, or to detect key sectors or technologies. c. Attractiveness and Competitiveness-Related Models The territory attractiveness-related model is one focusing on the input/output of players. Each enterprise is regarded as an entity, i.e. individually. Government financial support is dedicated to enterprises alone, and not to industrial sectors or activities. Conversely, competitiveness is a systemic notion applying to a whole territory, whose components are not enterprises, but industrial branches and/or localised clusters. The elementary unit considered here is the relationship amongst various players. In this case, government financial aids are allocated to projects involving several players. As showed above ( I.1.c.), there can be found some confusion between attractiveness and competitivity in the Region's texts. Yet the models ensuing from each notion are quite divergent. These notions have to be clarified in order to implement a coherent set of measures. The last level of information that is liable to allow the concrete implementation of economic development measures is that of norms (procedures, rules, coded references, etc.), which operational players require. 3. The Level of Norms (or Codifications) The level of norms represents the most operational level of information. It is produced through application of the previous levels models and methods. In information systems, the level of norms is the most visible. It is that of codifications, which regional players use concretely for the purposes of their work. Any member of the Regional Council services who examines an enterprises financial support application should, for instance, be in a position to follow a specific application processing procedure, or have at his disposal a list of priority sectors/territories, or a set of eligibility criteria, etc.
February 2009, 28th
514 / 653
It is at the level of norms that evaluation indicators are to be found (list of indicators, range of values, methods of interpretation, etc.). a. Indicators related to the territory The indicators related to the territory as space with borders will be, for example, the number of new localised firms, the number of jobs created, the input of direct investments on a delimited territory The territory viewed as a concentration of players will be linked with different indicators types: the intensity of interactions between players, the number of collaborative projects involving R&D laboratories and firms b. Attractiveness and Competitiveness Indicators Which norms could express the representations or models pertaining to attractiveness and competitiveness? On the one hand, usual attractiveness indicators are connected with production factors (capital and labour). Among other possible attractiveness indicators, we could, for instance, mention foreign direct investments (FDIs) and qualified migrants flows. On the other hand, the indicator that is most often used for competitiveness is sales balance surplus. These indicators are not clearly correlated. 4. First Stage Outputs The analysis work conducted in the first stage permits to identify different doxas (views of the world) conveyed in texts and speeches, and gives rise to a list of relevant "objects", each of them completed, when available, by a description. The next stage aim is to identify the hierarchical organisation of these objects, from the most abstract concepts to the very concrete "objects", thus building some (light) ontologies. II. Second stage: building ontologies It is not our place to judge the value of the different doxas, be it in terms of their coherence, their effectiveness, and a fortiori their capacity to denote the real. Our goal here is to make as clear as possible the concepts used in order to raise the regional players awareness of the range of potential alternatives. We will present two ontologies about territory, each of them corresponding to a specific doxa. We describe such set of ontologies as a polydoxical ontology. 1. First Representation of the Territory: a Space with Borders Figure 1 shows an ontology build on the basis of concepts used in the regional government texts and speeches. In these texts and speeches, only the ontology last level (the very lowest, that one of instances) can be identified. We had to add a global organisation of these concepts in order to provide more clarity and coherence. This work has been done with the aid of Archonte methodology (Bachimont, 2004). The notion of emerging territory that we have mentioned above, can not be included in the main hierarchy. It obviously pertains to another conceptual organisation, of which it is the sole representative. Figure 1: territory as a space defined by borders
February 2009, 28th
515 / 653
2. Second Representation of the Territory: a Concentration of Players In the second doxa, stemming from research texts, the territory is mainly considered as a concentration of players. In this case, territories are revealed as collective cognitive systems (Colletis and Pecqueur, 2005). Their geometry depends on the players coordination process. In the first representation of territory, the emerging territory notion is probably an attempt to express such a concept. Figure 2 represents the concept from the second doxa. Territories with borders are integrated in this ontology, because these concepts (or objects) are actually used in the second doxa. Figure 2: territory as a space defined by borders
It can be noted that the branch at the very right side in the first ontology (space with changing borders non political space economical space) has disappeared in the second ontology. It can be considered that the concentration of players branch in the second ontology represent in some respect a clarification and an extension of that branch. 3. Consequences of each Doxa on Economic Development Policy Depending on which doxa is dominant, the political choice about economic development can be radically opposed, as showed in the table below.
Doxa 1 Proximity type taken into account Elementary unit considered Policy type Type of competitivity addressed Response to economy mutation Physical proximity only Firm Firm policy, aiming at promoting basic spatial agglomeration of firms Territory competitivity = competitivity of the firms established into the territory Adaptation (to exogenous shocks or mutations) Ex. : globalization seen as exogenous Doxa 2 Three types of proximity (physical, organisational, institutional) Inter-relation between players Networking policy, aiming at favouring cooperation among firms Territory competitivity = systemic competitivity Participation
4. Second Stage Outputs The ontologies built on the basis of texts and speeches are to be submitted to the involved players. In the case of CAVALA project, players are elected representatives who have delegated power over economic issues, members of the Regional Council service in charge of processing enterprises financial support applications, or members of economic development local agencies.
February 2009, 28th
516 / 653
III. Third stage: implementing ontologies into decision support tools In the third and last stage, ontologies are used to produce decision support tools that will be proposed to the various concerned players. A first use of these tools can be that of clarifying policy expression, making regional players aware of the necessity of specifying the concepts (words, notions) expressing economic development policies. Ontologies can help to conduct this clarification at the three levels described above (representations, models, and norms). Such a process is necessary to i) evaluate coherence within and amongst each level (Salles, 2007b) and, in consequence, ii) clarify both the concrete objectives to be achieved and their evaluation indicators. At the level of representations, the economic development policy clarification process will by definition concern high-level concepts, such as the representation of territory, either as a space defined by its borders, or by a concentration of players. The same goes for the awareness of what the various options for a global economic development strategy are (e.g. territorial competitiveness, territorial attractiveness, or both?). In the frame of CAVALA project, some basic decision support tools are being designed, as, for instance, tables about effort indicators (supplied amount of financial aid, number of financial aid applications processed,) with concurrent figures breakdowns. These concurrent breakdown structures are matching the concurrent views of the world (doxas) expressed in the ontologies (two views for the territory, two or three views for the territory resources, two views for the activity aggregation, etc.). Conclusion In the present paper, the Territorial Intelligence Systems issue was addressed from the viewpoint of information system in support of public decision-making. The work was here focused on the support to public policies formation. We have underlined that policy expression interprets a set of representations that are often unspecified, and even sometimes conflicting. Our opinion is that the TIS to be built should take these various views of the world into consideration, and should preserve diversity insofar as it is a source of adaptability. Consequently, our choice was to build concurrent (polydoxical) ontologies and not to seek a consensus at all costs (such a consensus, if reached, would inevitably be reflected through a very low common denominator). As said before, views of the world one can identify in the regional governments' texts or speeches are poorly clarified, often ambiguous, and not or very insufficiently formalised. In such a case, the identification of the concepts used does not constitute the major part of the work to build the concepts' hierarchies. As mentioned above ( II.1.), within the CAVALA project, there was the necessity of providing the global logic of the ontologies (i.e. the upper levels and the breakdown principles). The contribution of knowledge engineering in TIS design thus appears as a decisive one. Bibliography BACHIMONT B., 2004, Arts et sciences du numrique : Ingnierie des connaissances et critique de la raison computationnelle, Mmoire d'Habilitation diriger des recherches, Universit de Compigne. COLLETIS G. and P ECQUEUR B., 1993, Intgration des espaces et quasi intgration des firmes: vers de nouvelles rencontres productives?, Revue d'conomie Rgionale et Urbaine, n spcial conomie de proximits, n 1993/3, September 1993. COLLETIS G. and PECQUEUR B., 2005, Rvlation de ressources spcifiques et coordination situe, Revue conomie et Institutions, in: Proximits et institutions : nouveaux clairages (coordonn par D. Talbot et Th. Kirat), N spcial n 6-7, 1st and 2nd semesters 2005,. RGION MIDI-P YRNES, 2006, Schma Rgional de Dveloppement conomique, Construisons ensemble le dveloppement rgional, 2006, available at: http://cr.midipyrenees.fr/prat/srde/ srdefinal.pdf. SALLES M., 2007a, Prsentation du dossier Reprsentations, modles et normes pour lentreprise, Revue Droit et Socit, n65/2007.
February 2009, 28th
517 / 653
SALLES M., 2007b, lments pour une mthode daudit des politiques daides aux entreprises des rgions, Colloque Veille Stratgique Scientifique et Technologique (VSST 2007), Marrakech, October 21-25, 2007. SALLES M. and COLLETIS G., 2007, Reprsentations de lentreprise dans les systmes dinformation statistique et dcision dans les collectivits territoriales, Revue Droit et Socit, n65/2007.
February 2009, 28th
518 / 653
66
Uses of the Territorial Intelligence tools within the development partnerships. Catalyse method
Clia SNCHEZ LPEZ Local Observatory for employment, University of Huelva, Huelva, Spain celia@ole.uhu.es Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT Associate professor in Economics, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France jjg@mti.univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: This paper presents results about the modelling of the uses of observation methods and tools by partnerships working out territorial sustainable development. This research activity is worked out by a new team (Wp6u) of the coordination action of the European network of territorial intelligence (caENTI) dedicated to the uses of observation indicators and tools by the territorial intelligence projects, within the work package 6 Tools for and by actors, which design and disseminate methods and tools accessible for the territorial actors and respectful of a sustainable development ethic. Although this group was created during the last International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, in Huelva in October 2007, the study of the CATALYSE method implementation and uses in the development partnerships began since the first period by describing observatories of caENTI and their observation activities. The net of migrants observatories managed by ACCEM initiated an experimentation of the Catalyse tools harmonized at the European level. caENTI universities have also analyzed research-actions, which constituted territorial intelligence projects but which were not developed as partnerships using the CATALYSE method. CaENTI also Identificates projects in the territorial intelligence field, funded by the European Union, and which were external to the CAENTI. Uses topic suggested unifying these approaches about territorial intelligence projects in different but complementary ways. From these surveys, the uses group initiated the inventory of all the development partnerships of the territorial intelligence field, describing their specific observation method, indicators, tools, databases and information systems, and analyzing the uses of the latter in the partnership. This systematic gathering of information about the territorial intelligence projects will be capitalized in an on line data base and a map of European Projects of Territorial Intelligence. We recently drafted forms to describe the uses in order to establish an editorial canvas that allows making a homogeneous presentation, but not a uniform one. With the specific experimentation as ACCEM one, it aims at modeling uses of territorial intelligence projects and at drafting recommendations of implementation of the CATALYSE method in development partnerships for sustainable development. Keywords: Territorial intelligence, participation, partnership, observation, territorial analyse.
The territorial actors need, on one hand, information to design actions directed to assist unsatisfied demands in the market, and on the other hand, information on the evolution and impact of the actions that they carry out. From a practical point of view, for the territorial actors the tools should be a means both to transform the information into useful knowledge in order to take decisions as to evaluate the actions that they start, and all that, without an excessive cost in economic or human re-
February 2009, 28th
519 / 653
sources. The tools of territorial intelligence applied to the territorial projects come to satisfy this necessity of the actors In this context, the design of tools of territorial intelligence should be made so that, on one hand, they allow to capture the necessities of people in a global way, and therefore, of the territories, and on the other hand, they allow to evaluate the impact of the actions on the users and the territories. The possibility to integrate, on one hand, the necessities demanded for the users and on the other hand the characteristics of the territorial context and the offered services is an element of extreme importance for the entities to be able to develop actions that redound in a sustained territorial development. Within the framework of the development of territorial projects, in few occasions the process of implementation of the actions begins with the necessities and under a philosophy of evaluation of the effectiveness and relevance of the offered services. This way of working is still far from the one followed by most public entities, and in many occasions also private ones. The design and the implementation of tools of territorial intelligence in public or private entities is an extremely complex task for several reasons. In the first place, because the intelligence tools should be configured as dynamic, flexible and multidimensional instruments that allow to detect global patterns of intervention from individual necessities. Although it is certain that each person addressee of the actions has individual problems, it is also certain that people have the same global problems, even when these are located in specific local contexts. Secondly, because the complexity of implementing this type of tools within the framework of a multisectorial partnership requires of very high consensus levels. It is necessary reach a consensus on the instruments to collect data, to unify the criteria for the collection, to select the information and to sum up both the protocols of treatment of the information and the form in which this is diffused in the entities and toward the territory. The reliability and efficiency of the picked up information is the base for the success of the following stages in the projects of territorial intelligence since that constitutes the first phase of implementation of the tools of territorial intelligence. In this sense, within the framework of the project CAENTI we have an European guide of diagnostic and evaluation agreed for the different territorial actors which has served as base for the elaboration of the guides of collection of information in the different devices of the actors of the CAENTI. The formation of the technicians, the readiness of tools that allow analysis in a simple way (without requiring a base of statistical knowledge on the part of the users), the readiness and rhythm of useful information at a local level or the decisions making on the actions to develop which usually comes established under very rigid hierarchical structures are some difficulties added to those which the design and the implementation of tools of territorial intelligence, within the framework of respectful territorial projects with the principles of the sustainable development, should face. Within the framework of the CAENTI project, we thought about the elaboration of a document on the uses of the tools of territorial intelligence that should give answer, at least, to the following questions: How to design and to define multisectorial tools? How to create a common language between sectors and actors? How to negotiate the collection and the treatment of data within the framework of partnership? How to design the analysis of data in a participative way? How to inform the partners and the population? Which is the impact of the observation on the partners and on the territories? I. Uses of the Territorial Intelligence tools within the development partnerships in the framework of CAENTI. Context The concept of uses of the tools of territorial intelligence to which we are making reference in this essay concerns both the technical use of the prosecution tools, treatment and analysis of the information (instruments of collection of information, prosecution protocols, treatment of data and diffusion of the information), and the organization process and implementation of the tools in partnership. Within the framework of the CAENTI project, this work began with the identification of the questions that should be treated in order to elaborate a unique dossier. This dossier should pick up the advantages and the difficulties of the application of the tools of territorial intelligence within the framework of a structure in partnership 1.
1. En el documento Girardot, J. y ASENSIO, M.J. (2007) se recoge desde el punto de vista de los actores territoriales las principales dificultades a las que deben enfrentarse los actores a la implementacin este tipo de herramientas bajo una organizacin en partenariado.
February 2009, 28th
520 / 653
The elaboration of this document falls on the work group WP6U Uses of the tools of territorial intelligence within the framework of the WP6 tools for the actors. This work group was created in order to satisfy the necessities of the actors, a coordination group for the use of the contents and tools within the framework of territorial projects. The work began describing the observatories caENTI and its observation mechanisms with three tasks. - Protocol of prosecution of data. - Description of the observatories CAENTI. - Description of their observation mechanisms. - Use recommendations. With posteriority, it was necessary to unify and to deepen in these tasks since other work groups, also within the framework of CAENTI, approached the analysis of projects of territorial intelligence: - Within the framework of the Wp4p, in which projects were identified in the field of the territorial intelligence financed by the European Union and external to the CAENTI (Bichet-Miaro 2007). - Within the framework of the WP5, the universities analyzed investigation-action projects carried out by the universities themselves in the field of the territorial intelligence but not necessarily developed in partnership and under different work methodologies (or not using the method CATALYSE). - Within the framework of the wp6g five Catalyse development partnerships were studied, three of them with a more detailed analysis of their observation mechanisms (Girardot and Asensio, 2006). The unification of the information coming from the three work groups was extremely complex since, though they were all projects of territorial intelligence, the objectives and the purpose of the same ones were very different. The shortage of available information on the different projects framed under the area of the territorial intelligence at a European level, on one hand, and the diversity of approaches under which these projects were carried out, on the other hand, took us to focus the research (the work) on the uses of the tools of territorial intelligence in those projects, which developed by the territorial actors CAENTI and/or investigation centers CAENTI, followed the methodology CATALYSE. II. Uses of the Territorial Intelligence tools within the Development Partnerships. Results At the moment, this group works on the modeling of uses from the systematic gathering of information given about the territorial intelligence experiences, the experimentation of the Diagnosis and evaluation guide and recommendations for the CATALYSE method uses. Catalyse is presented as a tool of territorial intelligence that confronts three types of information: people's necessities, offered services and territorial information. This tool allows to carry out diagnoses about the necessities of people, to compare these necessities detected with the services offered by the actors, through one repertoire tool and also to confront all this information with territorial indicators. So the knowledge of people prevails in the diagnoses and the comparison of these three elements allow the evaluation of the actions-projects developed by the actors. At this moment we present, on one hand, a form-use as a means to elaborate the directory of European projects (at the moment projects of territorial intelligence, which are carried out by the territorial actors and/or participant investigators in the CAENTI, are picked up). This form-use seeks to describe in a homogeneous way, but not in a standard one, the cooperative territorial observatories so much as the activities of territorial observation driven by development partnership whose activity respects the principles of Territorial Intelligence. The goal didn't simply consist on filling a form-use but on establishing an editorial synthesis that would allow to carry out a homogeneous, though not standard, presentation of its observation mechanisms. The main contents of the record whose model is attached in the annex, are detailed in the figure 1. Institutional context of the observation device founding. - Tools for the observation device. - Observation process organization. - Observation process tools appropriation. - Other use conditions to the observation tools. - Got results (strengths/weakness).
February 2009, 28th
521 / 653
- Overall assessment Figure 1: Proposal of form-uses of the Catalyse toolkit

Presentation of the observatory/activities or the observation device Contexto institucional de la fundacin del dispositivo de observaci Name of the entity, foundation date, juridical character of the entity, partnership and characteristic of the same one, location, reference territory and the institutional context of creation of the observatory or of the activity. Necessities that give cause to the setting of the observation device, characteristics of the partnership and composition, framework of financing and the institutional and strategic position of the promoter of the partnership. Type of tool of the observation device, reasons that justify the election of the tool. Partners involved in the installation of the observation device, characteristic of the work teams, access system and prosecution of the information and system of evaluation of the devices. Script of collection of the information, computer Programs used and analysis protocols and presentation of results. Accompaniment and specialized advice and cost of the same ones. . Conditions in which the transfer takes place so much in connection with the own observation as with the partnership and the implemented actions (strong and weak points) Identification of the added value, difficulties and necessities and expectations.
Tools for the observation device Observation process organization
Observation process tools appropriation Other use conditions to the observation tools Got results (strengths/weakness).
Overall assessment
The figure 2 picks up the completed records of the observatories and/activities of territorial observation taking part in the CAENTI. With the purpose of publishing the repertoire of on-line European projects as a dynamic instrument, the form-use should pick up the experiences inside of and outside of the CAENTI. The aim is to allow a specific presentation of the observation function within the projects of territorial intelligence with the goal of allowing the analysis of the uses of the method and the instruments of territorial intelligence by the actors Figure 2: Number of active observatories
Nombre del observatorio y/ actividad Valdocco ACCEM Lugar Huelva (Espaa) Len (Espaa) Sigenza (Guadalajara- Espaa) Sevilla (Espaa) Girona (Espaa) Asturias (Espaa) Huelva (Espaa) Seraing, (Belgium) Barvaux, (Belgium) Besanon (France) Chalezeule, France Pcs, (Hungary)
Observatorio Local de Empleo. Universidad de Huelva Optim@ asbl Association Integra Plus ADAPEI de Besanon Rseau des Jardins de Cocagne Baranya County
This work group that is centered in the study of the uses of the tools, also coordinates the experimentations of the tools of territorial intelligence. The oldest and the most completed experimentation is the one carried out by ACCEM with a national dimension (see Fig. 3).
February 2009, 28th
522 / 653
Figure 3:
Source: ACCEM. Spain
In the same way, all the territorial actors of the caENTI develop experimentations, such as Cocagen, Adapei or Valdocco. Besides, a new experience has been carried out recently in Chapelle-lezHerlaimont (Belgium) following the recommendations elaborated by the group Wallon of the CAENTI. Bibliography BERTACHINI Y., GIRARDOT J-J., GRAMMACIA G., 2006 : "De l'intelligence territoriale. Thorie, Posture, Hypothses, Dfinitions., in : Actes du 5me colloque "TIC et Territoire : quels dveloppements ?ISDM, juin 2006, n 26. DELVOYE J.-M., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2005 : Les outils de l'Intelligence Territoriale pour les acteurs de terrain Seraing : entre appropriation des mthodes et acquisition de comptences , in : 3e colloque international du Rseau Europen d'Intelligence Territoriale, Lige (Belgique), 20-21 octobre 2005. DELVOYE J.-M., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2005, Les outils de l'Intelligence Territoriale pour les acteurs de terrain Seraing: entre appropriation des mthodes et acquisition de comptences, 3e colloque international du Rseau Europen d'Intelligence Territoriale, Lige, Belgique. DIARIO OFICIAL DE LA UNIN EUROPEA, 2003, Reglamento (CE) n 1177/2003 del Parlamento Europeo y del Consejo de 16 de junio de 2003 relativo a las estadsticas comunitarias sobre renta y condiciones de vida (EU-SILC), 3 de julio de 2003, L165. DIARIO OFICIAL DE LA UNIN EUROPEA, 2003, Reglamento (CE) n 1980/2003 de la Comisin de 21 de octubre de 2003 por el que se aplica el Reglamento (CE) N 1177/2003 del Parlamento Europeo y del Consejo relativo a las estadsticas comunitarias sobre renta y condiciones de vida (EU-SILC) en lo referente a definiciones y definiciones actualizadas, 17 de noviembre de 2003, L298. EUROPEAN COMMISSION, EUROSTAT, 2004, Directorate Social Statistics And Information Society, Unit Health And Food Safety, Data collection on 18 HIS tems: 2004 round, Summary survey methodology, march 2004. EUROSTAT, STATISTICAL OFFICE OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, 2006, Unit F1: Demographic and migration statistics, http://europa.eu.int/estatref/info/sdds/en/demo/demo_dfer_sm.htm#top, consulta 20 de abril de 2006. EUROSTAT, STATISTICAL OFFICE OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, 2006, Unit F5 Health and food safety statistics, http://europa.eu.int/estatref/info/sdds/en/hlth/hlth_cdeath_base.htm, consultation Avril 20th, 2006. EUROSTAT, STATISTICAL OFFICE OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, 2006, Unit F4: Education, science and culture statistics, Education Statistics Eurostat Metadata in SDDS format: Summary Methodology, http://europa.eu.int/estatref/info/sdds/en/educ/educ_sm.htm, consultation Avril 21th, 2006. EUROSTAT, STATISTICAL OFFICE OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, 2006, Unit F3 Living conditions and social protection statistics, Income and living conditions (ECHP) Eurostat Metadata in SDDS for-
February 2009, 28th
523 / 653
mat: Summary Methodology, http://europa.eu.int/estatref/info/sdds/en/ilc/ilc_sm01.htm, consultation May 12th, 2006. EUROSTAT, STATISTICAL OFFICE OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, 2006, Unit F2 Labour Market Statistics, National Accounts & LFS breakdowns, Eurostat Metadata in SDDS format: Summary Methodology. http://europa.eu.int/estatref/info/sdds/en/strind/ecobac_eg_sm.htm. GIRARDOT, ASENSIO, MASSELOT Y SNCHEZ, 2006, Guidance notes for the use of CATALYSE information and tools, March 2006, 1st December 2006, 31st, Deliverable N 56. Part III. Data analysis protocols of the guide Uses of CATALYSE in development partnerships, mimeo. GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007, Tools for territorial intelligence actors, in: International conference of territorial intelligence, Alba Iulia (Romania), 20-22, September 2006. GIRARDOT J.-J., SANCHEZ C., MASSELOT C., ASENSIO M. J., HERRMANN B., DAMY S., paratre. "Progress and prospects in designing tools of territorial intelligence (WP6 of CAENTI)", in: International conference of territorial intelligence, Huelva (Spain), 20-22, October 2007. INSTITUTO NACIONAL DE ESTADSTICA ESPAA, 1991, Encuesta de Poblacin Activa. Descripcin de la encuesta, definiciones e instrucciones para la cumplimentacin del cuestionario, INE Artes Grficas, Madrid. MASSELOT C., 2006: "Systmes d'information territoriaux et politiques sociales : quand l'observation territoriale s'empare du net", in : 15me Colloque de la Socit Franaise des Sciences de l'Information et de la Communication, Bordeaux, mai 2006. OFFICIAL JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION, 2005, Commission Regulation (EC) No 750/2005, of 18 May 2005, on the nomenclature of countries and territories for the external trade statistics of the Community and statistics of trade between Member States (Text with EEA relevance) Official Journal of the European Union L 126/12. OFFICIAL JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION, 2000, Commission Regulation (EC) No 1897/2000, of 7 September 2000 implementing Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community concerning the operational definition of unemployment. Official Journal of the European Communities 8 September 2000, L 228/18. UNESCO, 1997, General Conference, Twenty-ninth Session, Paris 1997 29 C, 29 C/20, 8 August 1997, Item 6.1 of the provisional agenda REVISION OF THE INTERNATIONAL STANDARD CLASSIFICATION OF EDUCATION (ISCED).
February 2009, 28th
524 / 653
Annex: Proposal of Form-uses of the Catalyse toolkit
CAENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence
Proposal of Form-uses of the "Catalyse toolkit"
WP6u Team Mara Jos ASENSIO and Blanca MIEDES (Comp.) University of Huelva
July 2008, 30
February 2009, 28th
525 / 653
That form-uses of the Catalyse toolkit is aimed at describing cooperative territorial observatories or territorial observation activities which are led by partnerships for development in a process that respects the Territorial Intelligence principles: needs territorial diagnosis, lists of services, repertory of resources, analysis of the territorial indicators that is led in a logical and integrated approach of partnership and participation, etc. Within the framework of that description, this form analyzes these observatories functioning and the appropriation of the observation tools by the partners (knowledge basis, GIS, scientific publication systems, etc.) but also the contribution of the observation activities to the territorial development, in connection with the actors and the community of the territory as well as the assessment which can be made of that one.
Summary: Presentation of the observatory or the observation device. 1/ Institutional context of the observation device founding. 2/ Tools for the observation device. 3/ Observation process organization. 4/ Observation process tools appropriation. 5/ Other use conditions to the observation tools. 6/ Got results (strengths / weakness). 7/ Overall assessment
February 2009, 28th
526 / 653
Observatory / Observation device Name of the observatory or of the observation device: The year in which the observatory was founded: Does the observatory currently own an independent legal status? If it does, is it:
If it does not, is it a department within:
Does the observatory operate in connection with a partnership of territorial actors? Are these actors:
Yes. No. A public utility? A private company? A non-profit-making association? A public utility? A private company? A non-profit-making association? Yes. No. Public utility? Private companies? Non-profit-making associations? A neighbourhood or an urban area (they are districts: 8 in Gijn and 12 in Oviedo). A city. An urban built-up area. A rural town. A group of rural towns. A region. Others.
Place of the observatory (town, country): Territory observed (neighbourhood, town, region, territory):
Please describe the institutional context of the observatory founding. Levels/questions 1. Institutional context of the observation device founding 1.1. Needs generating the information device implementation. 1.2. Initial partnership characteristics (n. public and private partners and composition) 1.3. Work environment and specific financing for the Observatory (financing structure). 1.4. Promoters institutional and strategic positioning (legitimacy, competition, assignments)2. 2. Tools for the observation device Description
2.1. Does it use the catalyse tool in the observation device? (In affirmative case answers the section 2.3) 2.2. Does it use another tool (different to Catalyse) in the observation device? (In affirmative case answers the section 2.4)
No
No
2. Size of the entity. The paper of the institution in their territory.
February 2009, 28th
527 / 653
2.3. Reasons for using Catalyse tools for the observation device 2.3.1. Causes for having chosen Catalyse tools. 2.3.2. If it uses (or no) and why of the needs analysistool. 2.3.3. If it uses (or no) and why of the contexttool. 2.3.4. If it uses (or no) and why of the repertorytool. 2.3.5. Linking the 3 tools. 2.4. Reasons for using another tools (different to Catalyse ) for the observation device 2.4.1. Causes for having chosen tools. 2.4.2. If it uses (or no) and why of the needs analysistool. 2.4.3. If it uses (or no) and why of the contexttool. 2.4.4. If it uses (or no) and why of the repertorytool. 2.4.5. Another tools and linking, 3. Observation process organization 3.1. Partners genuinely concerned by the device implementation (Composition of the work team. Multidimensionality 3). 3.2. Teams initial Training4. 3.3. Work teams organization. Work teams that are part of the device (Organization chart and skills). 3.4. System for the access to information (if it is hierarchic or not). 3.5. Internal communications system and process. 3.6. Results validation system. 3.7. Device assessment system. 4. Observation process tools appropriation. 4.1. Adaptation of the data processing programs to the observation device (Catalyse tools). S No
3. If the work group is multidimensional or not, how it is organized and if the structure favors or not the participation. 4. Initial competitions, and evolution process (directed or spontaneous).
February 2009, 28th
528 / 653
4.2. Guide drafted to gather information. 4.3. Guide for the information gathering. 4.4. Results analysis protocol. 4.5. Results presentation protocol. 4.6. Other documents or data processing tools used or adapted to the process. 5. Other use conditions of the observation tools. 5.1. Methodological accompaniment by experts. 5.2. Technical assistance and maintenance. 5.3. Actors involvement. 5.4. Costs (acquisition, use, devoted time) and funding modalities. 6. Got results5 (strengths and weaknesses). Strengths 6.1. Observation. 6.2. Partnership. 6.3. Implemented actions. 6.4. Other results. 7. Overall assessment 7.1. Identified added value. 7.2. Faced difficulties. 7.3. Needs and expectations. Weaknesses
5. condition in those transferability takes place.
February 2009, 28th
529 / 653
February 2009, 28th
530 / 653
67
The course of the development of the Observatorio permanente de la Inmigracin en Sevilla (ongoing immigration research project in Seville)
Manuel SANCHEZ MONTERO Manager of the ONG A.C.C.E.M in Andalucia, Extremadura, Ceuta and Melilla, Spain Co-ordinator of the Observatorio Mercedes GUZMN BEJARANO Technician in charge of the Observatorio, Seville, Spain sevilla.observatorio@accem.es
Abstract: This document aims to give an overview of the progress of the Ongoing Immigration Research Project for Seville instigated by A.C.C.E.M. Keywords: Partnership, collaboration, participation.
The Observatorio in Seville started in February 2006 with the aim of creating a partnership between the various organizations that deal with the different aspects of immigration from the social insertion of immigrants, to the creation of social policies. Likewise, through the use of observation and shared assessments the project aims to provide different organizations with the scientific tools to better understand the realities of immigration. It also aims to analyse and propose intervention strategies that correspond with the needs and social problems faced by the majority of immigrants. A.C.C.E.M. felt it was necessary to convey the results of this project because it is advisable that any decisions in the area of social or economy policies should be made on the basis of a thorough and active knowledge of the current situation of the immigrant population. This knowledge will allow us to ascertain the effectiveness of the different approaches and initiatives suggested (social intervention plans, programs and projects) as well as their suitability for the community they are aimed at. When it started the Research Project involved forty two organizations. This number has now grown to eighty eight and includes representatives from three sectors: public, private and a third sector made up of ONGs and trade-unions. More concretely we can distinguish regional and municipal government offices, social services, health and education services, businessmen, immigrant circles or pro-immigrant groups, trade-unions and neighbourhood associations. The area covered by the project has also increased. When it started the project was concentrated in two areas of Seville, La Macarena and Macarena Norte, where the number of immigrants is considerably higher than in the rest of the city. In 2007 it was decided that the area of research would be extended to cover the whole city in order to provide a wider vision of the situation as the results gained from research based in these two zones could not be applied to the whole of Seville. In order to place this information in context we remind you that Seville is located in the south-west of the Iberian peninsula and within Spains political layout it is the capital city for the autonomous region of Andalucia. Seville has a population of 706,289 inhabitants of which 8.6% are not Spanish.
February 2009, 28th
531 / 653
Unin Europea Europa no Comunitaria Magreb Resto de frica Amrica Central Amrica del Norte Amrica del Sur Asia Oceana Aptridas Total
20.959 3.441 7.518 2.401 2.415 886 20.632 3.020 48 19 61.339
The essential features which this research project are based on are: citizens participation, overall evaluation of the area, collaboration between different local organizations, use of new technology, access to good quality information. After contextualizing the area and presenting the objectives, components and essential features of this partnership, we will go on to address the resulting actions of this project. Bearing in mind that before the creation of this project no network existed to unify the different sectors that deal with the realities of immigration in Seville, it is understandable that the first concern of the participants was to establish a stable partnership (to be fair, it must be said that prior to the Observatorio some initiatives with similar goals had emerged but they were unsuccessful). Due to the desire to maximise the opportunities provided by this network the organizations involved in the project asked for several programs to be created in the areas of employment, education, health and social awareness. These workshops are active to the present day and a housing program has recently been created as well. We will now explain the objectives of each program and the actions which have been carried out. - The employment workshop was made up of 35 organizations who aimed to work together in order to respond to different needs in the area of employment and immigration. - Establishment of a wage table for the Domestic Service Sector which will be used by all organizations with an employment bureau. This agreement has had an impact on other Andalucian provinces. For example, in Crdoba an agreement was signed between all organizations with an employment bureau for immigrants in which they agreed to use these wage tables. - Access to training courses provided by the Servicio Pblico de Empleo (Public Employment Agency) for all asylum seekers awaiting the resolution of their demand. This was possible thanks to a request signed by the employment workshop and presented to the Andalucian Public Employment Agency. - After obtaining the official list of the jobs with an insufficient number of workers, a study has been performed about the different employment agreements in order to create a table stipulating the minimum conditions of wage. - Creation of a system in which job offers are passed between different employment bureaux with the aim of keeping them all active. - The education workshop is made up of 26 organizations and their aim is to reflect on the needs identified in the area of education and immigration. The members of this sector have focused on the analysis of the welcome plans of the different schools in the areas of Seville with the highest percentage of immigrants. They have also organised open days in schools with the aim of involving parents in the education of their children and to give them a better understanding of how the school works, and allow them to meet the people who work there. - The Health workshop involves 10 organizations and its main aim is to co-ordinate the different health organizations (those from the public sector as well as ONGs) who deal with immigrants in order to develop relevant schemes in this area. A reference guide has been created listing all the services provided by these organizations to facilitate there use by immigrants and to also improve the service provided.
February 2009, 28th
532 / 653
- The Social Awareness workshop is made up of 26 organizations. The main objective of this group is to organize activities that promote good relations between immigrants and the local community through raising awareness of the immigrants cultures, values and traditions. Accordingly, different events were organised which culminated in 2006 and 2007 with the celebration of Immigration Day. Thanks to this network each organization is able to celebrate together with the other organizations involved, while in the beginning each entity organized their own celebration. - The Housing workshop is the most recently established program. It aims to create a guide to available housing resources and to provide home owners with all the information required if they are thinking of renting their property. In order to first improve awareness of the problems encountered both by those who wish to rent an apartment and those who wish to rent their apartment, it was agreed that a study would be carried out in an area of the city where the immigrant population has begun to establish itself. As we said earlier these five programs are a product of the partnership structure. Equally this partnership has allowed for a greater understanding and improved confidence between the organizations. As a result it has been possible work together to create programs and to ask for funding from various public institutions. However, this year our efforts have been concentrated on the collecting and processing of information in view of reaching a diagnosis and evaluation of the needs of the immigrants who visit the 19 different organizations involved in the research project. Above all we need to bring to your attention the training courses undergone by all the professionals in charge of the research project as they have been crucial for their professional development. These courses were run by a team of professionals from the University of Besanon who taught them about quantitative and qualitative analysis and automatic cartography through the use of various computer programs. During the first few months of this year there were no suitable resources at A.C.C.E.M. Sevilla to allow for the collection of data on a large scale. Fortunately this has changed and the collection of data is increasing progressively. One aim, as of yet unachieved, is to give the other organizations a more active role in the collection of data. It is possible that over the past year the emphasis placed on mutual understanding and the strengthening of ties between the different organizations distracted our attention from the main task of collecting data. The continuation of this stance is a problem that we are currently dealing with and it is anticipated that there will soon be a change for the better. In the plenary meetings, the technical personnel in charge of the research project is emphasising the need to collect the largest amount of data possible: The appropriation of the information is an indispensable step in order to plan, define, animate and evaluate the policies and actions of sustainable territorial development. As well as enforcing this point with the managers of different organizations, visits have been carried out in order to teach the technical and administrative staff how to use the forms. In some organizations the computer program Pragma, for the collection of data, was also installed. In addition, the collection of data by the various organizations involved in the project is closely monitored, and changes are made if required. In the case that an organization does not have the necessary human resources to complete this new task, or sees it as an insurmountable burden, then other organizations from the project will lend them workers on specified days. However, even in spite of this, the information collected up to today by other organizations remains low, and most of it is in paper form. As we have said before, we can hope that this situation improves. When it does we will of course be able to take the important step of producing a schedule (timetable) for the collection of completed surveys. In September 2008 more than 300 surveys had been completed and we hope to have 500 by the end of the year. Two quality controls have been completed, and the first one made all of us aware of the importance of extremely rigorous data collection. In addition, a design of a map of Seville divided into zones and districts is being drawn up on with the territorial data that are provided by specialized statistic institutions using the programs of automatic cartography (Philcarto and Phildigit). These maps will be used during the reporting about the results of current diagnosis that will take place in the beginning of 2009. This contextualisation will allow us to compare the data resulting from the investigation with that already available, and to eventually prove or refute the hypotheses suggested by the diagnosis. In short, it will allow all of us to enter a learning process about the territory of our study.
February 2009, 28th
533 / 653
February 2009, 28th
534 / 653
68
Landscape and public policies: evaluation and indices
Alain SAUTER PhD student in Geography, ThMA Laboratory, UMR 6049, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France alain.sauter@univ-fcomte.fr Serge ORMAUX Professor in Geography, ThMA Laboratory, UMR 6049, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France serge.ormaux@univ-fcomte.fr Franois Pierre TOURNEUX Lecturer in Geography, ThMA Laboratory, UMR 6049, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France francois.tourneux@univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: Landscapes were initially understood as a physical object, and gradually became a social and historical object. Today, landscape belongs to the field of public policies and citizenship. In this way, landscape can be considered as a subject for territorial intelligence, including the governance concept, and public policy actions. In this general context, we focus on the links between landscape and public policies, and on their evaluation. Keywords: Landscape, evaluation, territorial intelligence, public policies.
Extensive developments in landscape research have occurred in recent years. Landscapes were initially understood in purely physical terms, particularly in relation to material resources, and gradually seen as social and historical objects, combining both representation and inheritance. Today, landscape as become a preoccupation of public policies, citizenship and governance. In several European countries, legislative and statutory changes have given rise to new practices in decision making about landscape, including public policy impacts and landscape evaluation. This new practices also try to involve and associate local populations. The European Landscape Convention (ELC) is a part of this tendency. Nowadays, landscape research still works on landscape itself, but, increasingly, it also focuses on the ways in which landscapes are used, managed and claimed. This development is part of these new approaches where territory is not only seen as dedicated to production and reproduction, but also as an inhabited space (Fortin, 2008). In this way, landscape can be considered as a subject for territorial intelligence, including the concept of governance, and public policy actions. In this general context, we focus on the links between landscape and public policies, and on their evaluation. This raises many questions. Should we first evaluate landscape, and proceed to a feedback evaluation of public policies? Is it possible to build standard indicators for landscape evaluation, when the analysis landscape tends toward subjectivity, and is subject to constant spatial and temporal change? If such
February 2009, 28th
535 / 653
indicators can be imagined, which methodology and which tools should be employed to develop them? This paper addresses these questions. First, we will summarize the complex relationships between landscape and public policies, in order to propose ways to carry out evaluation. Secondly, we will focus on materials and methods used to produce standard landscape indicators. Finally, we will discuss some results and ways to develop the research1. I. Landscape and public policies: a complex relation and a challenge for evaluation Visible landscape is an unstable result of several processes. Some of them are external conesquences of decisions and some others are linked with explicit protection, management or planning goals, as it is said by the ELC. Inside those processes, public policies with or without a landscape dimension (but nevertheless with landscape impact) have a particular status. They are included, at least a little, in a territorial view. This means that landscapes policies are supposed to be an expression of the community interest, which is attempting to be more and more forward looking and more and more involved with citizenship. They are also a kind of mirror of the society where they are applied. Public policies have not necessary a landscape purpose, and pertain to sectorial strategies, such as economic development, infrastructure, health, etc. When they focus deliberately on landscape, their objectives are often to correct some bad effects of other policies, to prevent them or sometime to repair a spoiled landscape. In fact, there is a continuous range of public policies, from those totally irrelevant to landscape to those with landscape dimension and, one step forward, those which are devoted to landscape. In order to avoid any misunderstanding, it is important to mention that private decisions could also have a landscape interest, like tourism and leisure companies or highway administrators. If public policies are for now in the depth of landscape reflections, it is because they are precisely in the depth of citizenship and, more and more, they have to be justified by visible results and a well-managed budget. In 1998, the French ministry of ecology and sustainable development launched a research program called Public policies and landscape: analysis, evaluation, comparison. The foreword stated that the goal was to answer the need of methodological innovation for evaluation. It also aimed to bring together the scientific community around this complex and quite new subject, which concerns several subjective parameters that are difficult to measure and even more difficult to quantify. This program presents a challenge, trying to resolve issues which are considered as almost insuperable. However, there are a lot of difficulties, and, as we will see later, subjectivity is probably not the biggest one. We will not list them exhaustively, but it useful to formulate some as the bases for our reflection. One of the most important is the conception of landscape in the unit of stud. We are not simply concerned with famous landscapes viewed from an identified place, but daily landscapes viewed from everywhere, framed from foreground to background. Landscape is perception and representation dependent, so we are in danger of favouring some types of users, sights and practices in our choice of method for any evaluation exercise. The causality question is the most awkward if we are interested in public policy landscape effects. Indeed, there is a time between a policy decision and its effect on land, and this poses problems. First, we have to bridge this gap and to find a solution to link a policy to its effects. Moreover, how can we assign an effect to a policy while several policies (from different decision scales) impact on the same area and interact? In the context of the ELC, it is important to consider the whole European landscape. This means to have a general method to study it, in order to compare the various situations and apply decisions in a homogeneous way. But the fact is that there are a lot of very different landscapes in Europe, different by their geographical, cultural and artistic contexts. Landscape is an information source on its territory because it is composed by all the land components in interaction. Public policies take part in landscape. However it is difficult or nearly impossible to identify a concern with landscape impact in the policies texts. Maybe it is more judicious to take the difficulty on the other side. Maybe it is not satisfactory to evaluate landscape on one hand and public policies on the other hand but better to start an evaluation through the landscape as Derrioz and Laques (Derrioz, 2004) suggested. This brings our research question: how to evaluate
1. With particular greetings to Richard Stephenson (ThMA) for his help in translation.
February 2009, 28th
536 / 653
public policies through the landscapes they cover? The general methods to evaluate public policies have different steps, and propose coupled comparisons between those steps, as it is shown in figure 1. Usually, relations between public policies and landscape are studied through the impact of the first on the second. That means to compare directly developments and visible landscape, rendering only the human construction part of landscape and not the whole landscape. But if we bring the policies evaluation system and the landscape polysystem (Wieber, 1985) face to face, another way could be found. First, the two systems are linked by common components. The boxes means and actions and results and development are a projection of the human elements, likewise the boxes request and needs and policies and decisions are a projection of the user system. Secondly, a comparison of natural (biotic and abiotic) and human components which create the landscape could allow the evaluation of the part that public policies play in the construction of the landscape. At least, it is possible to evaluate and produce indicators of the visible landscape to define characteristics, as explained in the second chapter. It would be interesting to compare those results with policies choices, which enable an evaluation of public policies using a landscape approach. Figure 1: Evaluating public policies by landscape
Source : Sauter, 2006.
Landscape is a complex study object, because of its multiple definitions and its subjective characteristics. Indeed, a scene could be considered beautiful for some people, and totally unpleasant for some others. The wind farms debate would be a good example. But if we attempt to carry out a scientific research, we need to be as objective as possible. The ThMA research center has, in this way, worked on a landscape definition which allows a study of landscape before it goes through human perception filters, so that subjective effect will be reduced. The major result is the formalization of the landscape polysystem (figure 1 up). It is composed of three system boxes. First, the producer system which includes basic and dissociated processes building the landscape: tectonics, photosynthesis, human actions, etc. This box feeds the visible landscape system, meaning objects of the landscape, distinguishing biotic and abiotic (trees, field, hills, etc.) from anthropic components (houses, roads, etc.), and pictures created by the assembled objects from the producer system. For example, a foreground with fields and houses and a background with a wooded hill. Those pictures are analyzed by our eyes and associated with all our knowledge and feeling, represented by the perception filters box. Finally, pictures are translated into a landscape (in the example a farming hilly inhabited countryside) and employed in the user system by people (land-managers, tourists, inhabitants, etc.). Our research team, focusing on a quantitative approach, works on the visible landscape system.
February 2009, 28th
537 / 653
II. Methods and Material Working on the visible landscape also means to take it as the human eyes do. The most traditional material (and results as well) of geographers is map. Those documents offer a global and synoptic view of a land, as we can see it by plane. But this is not really the way we are used to see the landscape. Landscape, as we see it daily, is a tangential view on the earth surface. It means that objects and relief create masks, which change with the point of view. For example, a grove along a path could hide some houses, but if we walk ten more meters and pass the grove, the same houses will probably be visible. So, it seems to be necessary to adopt a tangential view in our landscape study, and prepare data to reach it. In fact, we have to pass from a 2D representation to a 3D representation which recreates the scenic volume of the landscape: depth, width and height. Landscape, in a very simplified way (and as we considered it in the visible landscape system), consists of a modeled surface covered by a land-use. These components will be our basic needed material to study the landscape scene, represented by three types of sources: - Land-use, whose representation and modeling can be derived from satellite and aerial images, or specific databases with categorical description (forest, constructions, roads, farmland, etc.) like the European Corine Land Cover database; - Digital Terrain Model (DTM), which is a raster matrix of altitudes calculated by aerial or satellite images or derived from other sources. This data provides a wide range of information on landscape structures and properties like slope, orientation, solar incidence, etc. Mainly, DTM will be used to provide data about the skeleton of scenery: the viewshed is mainly designed by topography. DTM can also be combined with the land-use data to create a Digital Elevation Model (DEM), which integers both ground level and objects elevation; - Specific databases on roads or high-voltage lines, which have only a few holds on the ground. This would complete the land-use databases. Those data are used in GIS (geographic information system) to get benefits from their capability, like data crossing, index calculating or visibility analysis. We use cellular models rather than vectorial models in order to produce full quantitative results. By crossing the input data and simulating a human view from a point, it is possible to design the landscape scene and then analyze it through three mains indicators: - View extent, measuring the area seen from each point of view (in m or ha), and giving information on what can I see from this point; - View submission, measuring the area from which one point can be seen (in m or ha); - Landscape aspect, measuring the different contents taken in the viewshed (hectares of forest, field, building, etc.). Besides a geographic categorization of visible landscape components by biotic, abiotic and anthropic features, it is interesting to build a categorization taking into account the scenery structure, more representative to illustrate the visible landscape. GIS allows us to calculate and identify several appearance features and data: - Potential masks: each object has its own height and can be a curtain for view axes (forest, building, etc.); - Flat lands: contrary to masks, those objects do not have volume and directly cover the relief (field, road, river, etc.); - Topography: it builds the basic volume data; - Spatial extent: surface under the look, in hectares or m; - Depth: rendering the range of field of vision, from the foreground to the background. This approach has already been used in several studies and gets benefits from a twenty years experience, improved and adjusted trough time and computer capability developments. By its objectives and global skills, it takes a real place in territorial intelligence questions, from the first study on high-voltage lines integration (Brossard, (1995) to actual evaluation needs. III. Some results and discussion 1. Measuring scenery dynamics of over 20 years in an urban area We are starting a study on the evolution of landscapes in an urban area in the north of FrancheComt, France. The aim is to compare this evolution to the urban planning documents. From 1986 to 2007, we have to recognize which landscapes could be seen and how they changed. The example
February 2009, 28th
538 / 653
shown in figure 2 concerns the view extent, calculated in a systematic approach simulating an observer each 10 meters. The comparison with 2007 results will allow us to measure the opening or closing dynamics in scenery. These measures will be overlaid with urban planning maps in order to estimate the relationship between planning decisions and landscape evolutions. This map (Fig. 2) presents a locality with a short landscape: view extent values remain poor. Sceneries are limited to foreground (because of topography and forest cover conjunctions) with rare points of view reaching far backgrounds on wide surfaces. This locality is urban developed, but the main part of its landscape is countryside looking, composed by agricultural fields in valleys and forests on hilltops. At the first steps of this study, we can notice that the previous public policies in urban development did not built a true urban landscape: the main role in landscape production is held by agricultural reorganization and natural conquest of slopes. Figure 2: The global view extent value
Note: Red area represents high view extent, and white area represents blind.
2. The fringes around Paris and Ile-de-France Transformations in landscape are often illustrated by photos taken at different dates from the same point and view angle. This couple before and after gives us a physionomy of the landscape at a moment, without perception filters or personal remains. But this approach is difficult to adopt for a large area, and the appreciation of changes is mainly subjective. A study has been carried out to measure landscape evolution of the urban fringes of Paris and Ile-de-France for 1987, 1992, and 1997. GIS has been used to allow an exhaustive coverage of the study area, which is about 28,000 km and draws a 35 to 70 km irregular belt around Ile-de-France. Transformations in landscape depend on the creation or destruction of components, bringing masks or opening viewsheds. At first, these transformations need to be identified in terms of scenery volume (depth, width and height), and then described as visible or hidden objects. Two questions summarize the aim of the study: over-time, do we see more or less landscapes, and do we see identical or different landscapes? We will not present the whole results of the study in this paper, the reader will find part of them in the recent book: Paysage et Information gographique (Tourneux, 2008). But it is interesting to know that in 10 years, the main change in the landscape is an artificialization of views (vs. natural components). Non-urban artificial components have taken more importance in the landscape, either by enlargement of existing patches or colonization of new patches. It is also interesting to note that
February 2009, 28th
539 / 653
those fringes combine several paradoxes. First, it is not a heavily wooded area but trees are almost always present in the landscape. It is also an area with few build-up areas but they are nevertheless very present in the scenery. Despite the polarization of Paris however, the landscape remains mainly rural. Figure 3: Average district evolution of the artificial part in the visible landscape
The map in figure 3 shows the change dynamics of artificial components in the visible landscape between 1987 and 1997, this measure being summarized by administrative boundaries. We can notice that this artificialization is location dependent: large areas are not concerned while some other are more dynamic, drawing features in patches or axes. But overall, it is noticeable that the value of the evolution ratio remains very low, most of the positive values are under 0.5%... which is the signature of a very stable landscape. 3. Measuring the economic price of landscape Landscape takes part in decisions about our spatial practices, such as tourism or residential choices. It is a fact that, in a hotel, a room with a view on the sea is more expensive than the same room with a view on the car-park. This simple observation seems to give a price for the landscape concerned: the seashore. This hypothesis was the base of recent research (Cavailhs, 2006) around Dijon, Burgundy, undertaken with economists. We carried a geographic and economic evaluation of landscape, through a double question: Does the landscape have a price, and how can we measure it? As the landscape visible from properties seems to contribute to their value, the value of landscape could be determined by the selling prices of properties, which also depends on other factors. The challenge is, first, to measure visible landscape qualities by an objective approach, and then to measure the part of them in selling prices through the economic method of hedonistic prices. The main conclusions of the study show that the landscape has a price. The average is 2,500, which represents 2.3% of the average house price. It is a weak value, positive or negative, and very spatially dependent. The most valued landscape is not a wide one (foreground is the most important), but seems to be a short landscape which hides the houses. In fact, it seems to be more important for householders not to be seen by the neighborhood rather than to see a landscape. For example, in the foreground (0-70 meters), broad leaved trees bring +27% to the selling price whereas roads depreciate it by 13%. The map in figure 4 illustrates the prices accorded to the landscape in a village in the Sane plain. We can see a price disparity inside the village itself. The roads proximity is perceived as a depreciation whereas agricultural contacts are considered as a capital gain.
February 2009, 28th
540 / 653
Figure 4: Prices disparity inside a village
Source : ThMA-INRA Cesaer
Conclusion Landscape is now clearly recognized as an essential component for town and country planning. More than remarkable sites and beautiful panorama, landscape is considered as the living environment, including ordinary landscapes where people live daily, and where economic activities take place. This justifies the integration of the landscape into actions of territorial intelligence and governance, including both concepts of citizenship, sustainable development and ecologic and cultural heritage. Our approach to the measurement of landscape and the production of quantitative indicators allows, as we seen, a real evaluation of public policies. Taking a landscape approach gives us more comprehensive results than those generated by (other) impact studies. Working on the visible landscape, as a mirror of the locality it covers, allows monitoring. It can assist in the conception of new public policies for landscape in terms of management, protection or planning as the ELC suggests. Bibliography BROSSARD T., JOLY D., LAFFLY D., VUILLOD P. and WIEBER J. C., 1995, Pratique des systmes d'information gographique et analyse des paysages, Revue Internationale de Gomatique, vol. 4, n 3-4 , p. 243-256. C AVAILHS J. and JOLY D. (eds), 2005, Les paysages priurbains et leur prix, Besanon, Presses universitaires de Franche-Comt. DRIOZ P. and LAQUES A. E., 2004, valuation paysagre et diagnostic de territoire, in PUECH D and HONEGGER A. R. (eds), L'valuation du paysage, une utopie ncessaire?, Montpellier, Publication de l'Universit Paul Valry, p. 447-464. FORTIN M. J., 2008, Paysage et dveloppement : du territoire de production au territoire habit, in MASSICOTTE G., Sciences du territoire, Qubec, Presses Universitaire de Qubec, p. 55-76. TOURNEUX F. P. and JOLY D., 2008, Les volutions du paysage visible: mesures et simulations, in BROSSARD T. et WIEBER J. C., Paysage et Information gographique, Cachan, Herms, p. 141-163.
February 2009, 28th
541 / 653
WIEBER J. C., 1985, Le paysage visible, un concept ncessaire, in BERDOULAY V. and PHILIPPS M. (eds), Paysages et systmes. De l'organisation cologique l'organisation visuelle, Ottawa, Presses de l'Universit d'Ottawa, p. 167-178.
February 2009, 28th
542 / 653
69
Territorial intelligence is also networking! Which strategies could be adopted to create a learning community regarding a public place?
Serge SCHMITZ (ULg) Sarai DE GRAEF (KUL) Michel ERICX (IEP) Luc SCHEERS (VormingPlus) Stphane NOIRHOMME (IEP) Isabelle DALIMIER (ULg) Chris VERHEYEN (VormingPlus) Marc PHILIPPOT (IEP) Christine PARTOUNE (IEP) Etienne VAN HECKE (KUL)
Abstract: Although tools and methods are of major importance for territorial intelligence, each action research begins with the creation of a network of actors and researchers. How to do this? Which strategies are the most efficient and ethically acceptable? The paper analyses how stakeholders of a public place were joined to work together on a new approach of management and use of a certain public place. It compares the different networking strategies used in the five case studies of the Topozym action research. Keywords: Networking, Public place, Action Research, Community of learning, recruiting participants, territorial intelligence.
The Topozym action research (www.topozym.be) aims at helping develop concepts and practices in projects of management and use of public places and spaces with regard to sustainability. As a part of the Topozym project (2007-2008), the Topozym team followed five running projects in public places in Belgium: Park Spoor Noord (Antwerp), RAVeL (Charleroi), Christmas Village (Lige), Muntstraat (Leuven), Bathing place in the river Ourthe (Noiseux). For each case study an analysis of the sustainability of the project was followed by training sessions led by trainers of the Topozym team. In other words, in order to improve the sustainability of public places and spaces, the Topozym project opted for a methodology combining research, training and action, in which a partnership with stakeholders of five running projects in defined public places was created. The idea was to constitute five learning communities for the five projects in question in order to rethink concepts and practices form a sustainable point of view. The question of who to include in the partnership and process was of major importance for the success of the Topozym project. Following the stakeholder theory (Freeman, 1984), the Topozym
February 2009, 28th
543 / 653
research took into account a wide variety of points of view to grasp the complexity of public place. Participants to the trainings, who would ideally become members of a stable learning community, should thus be stakeholders with diverse functions, skills and intelligences (Gardner, 2006). We postulate that sustainable development of public places needs to encompass both a broad series of vocational experts, as well as representatives of users, including those who are usually forgotten or ignored. Going beyond improving group dynamics of existing teams, the Topozym action research bridges (Gittel, Vidal, 1998) people who usually do not work together. This paper analyses how people were joined and stimulated to work together before and during the training sessions of each case study. It focuses on the balance between research, actions, and training in an action research. It compares the different recruiting strategies used in the Topozym project, from an efficiency, and an ethical point of view. Although tools and methods are of major importance for territorial intelligence, each action research in territorial intelligence begins with networking. Curiously enough finding advice on this crucial question in literature is difficult. The answer to the following question can thus only be answered based on experience: which strategies are the most efficient and ethically acceptable? The only two incentives offered to the stakeholders to motivate their participation in the learning community were (1) the opportunity to learn a new way of working and (2) taking the time to think about a project with the help of trainers and researchers. A more concrete investment of the Topozym team in the project or public place in question or a specific retribution for each participant would have probably changed the recruitment and the participation in the action research. As was already discussed in Huelva (Schmitz, De Graef, 2008), we recognize it would have been better to negotiate the research project with the partners when writing the proposition to obtain a grant, but it was difficult to motivate so many partners from different backgrounds to work together on a project without financing or security to get financed. Moreover, it is not usual for actors to candidate research grants. The Topozym project was a one shot action aiming at small changes of practices. The Topozym action research must be seen as an enzyme that accelerates the awareness of people for another way of working that is more sustainable, and more participative. However, it will be an unexpected success if the work done during this short time by the five groups may have positively influenced the sustainability of their action and if the five groups of participants really became or become a learning community. I. In theory An internal discussion within the Topozym team tried to find answers to the question of which strategies of networking are the most efficient and ethically acceptable. When asking Topozym researchers and trainers what the three most relevant issues one has to be aware of when recruiting people to join a group are to them, several issues came up that for different reasons had not at all or not fully been taken into account during the research. A first group of recommendations that came up during the discussion within the Topozym team deals with the composition of the group. The group has to be varied (representing different skills and intelligences) in order to allow rich exchanges going beyond expert discussions on a specific topic. Nevertheless, the Topozym researchers and trainers underline that the members of the group should share the same aspirations and share the will to engage in the process of finding a way to reach these aspirations together. We prefer focusing on aspirations because they are often easier to share than needs, aims, projects or common history. Focusing on aspirations also seems more effective when trying to find innovative ways to solve problems. Other recommendations were oriented on practical issues, but appear necessary to make the networking successful: the clarification or negotiation of the work rules, the transparency and easy access of information, the equal opportunity to speech and influence the group. Finally, it seems important to lessen time and space constrains to be able to work in depth, to know and work better together. For instance, making certain choices concerning timing and location of the meetings clearly influences the kind of stakeholders that can and want to participate. According to the literature on social capital the key features of groups are not only the network of people but especially the confidence between the partners and the sharing of norms (Colemans, 1990). The same line of thought can be found in the two mechanisms pointed out by Ruuskanen (2004) who insists that the increasing of the trust inside the community and the good communication within
February 2009, 28th
544 / 653
the group are the two main ways to empower a community. These theoretical statements were confirmed during the internal discussion based on the Topozym experiences with networking. II. In Practice The way we recruited the different persons to participate in the training, differed for many reasons from our own theoretical recommendations. The five projects were so diverse that adaptations were necessary. The researchers did use a common protocol in order to be able to compare the different case studies. The main reason for the divergence between theory and practice was the difficulty to combine research, training and action objectives (see Schmitz, De Graef, 2008). Due to the research background of the project and the time constraints, the researchers hurried to find partners and wanted to impose their timing to the community of stakeholders. For instance in the Muntstraat, the economic relevance of the realization of the renovation works influenced the projects timing in that way that it no longer allowed a real training phase. In the case of Park Spoor Noord the project was highly influenced by important switches of the staff, that led to a necessary renegotiation of the collaboration with the Topozym team. Reflecting on networking also raises the discussion of the need for an indicator to evaluate the networking process. What is good networking? Is the number of participants that important? Is it the diversity or the representativeness of the different stakeholders that counts? Does one has to look forward and acknowledge that the progress made by the group is more significant that the groups composition? Or does one has to focus on the results in the projects actions? Of course, we believe that the means need to be in accordance with the goal and that the different levels from the personal to the global one have to be taken into account in the evolution of the action research. The protocol used by the researchers to recruit participants advised starting with a key stakeholder, asking him or her who the other stakeholders were, and who from his point of view had to take part in the action research. Based on a snowballing process, a core group was thus constituted. Concurrently, on the basis of the analysis of the project and of visits to the place by the researchers, the researchers defined the missing stakeholders and asked them to join the group. This second path aimed at enriching the core group constituted via the snowballing process. In addition, two different strategies were tested for the different case studies, in the Topozym research: individual interviews before a synchronisation meeting with all the potential participants or a synchronisation meeting without preceding interviews.. Based on the protocol and the Topozym experience, three main issues need to be addressed. Who to choose as a key person to begin the snowballing process? Is it right to include people from outside the snowballing process? Is it better to start with a plenary meeting or to take off with personal interviews before the first meeting? III. Results and discussion According to the five Topozym case studies, it appears to be important that the key person is relatively stable in his position, works close to or in the field, shares the aspirations of the project and is not too high in the hierarchy. For instance, in one case in a rural area, the Mayor was involved to soon and several other participants felt obliged to take part in the group. This situation was difficult to manage during the training sessions. We learned from the case studies including the aborted ones that it is very important to obtain the agreement of the hierarchy, especially the agreement of the public authority responsible for the public place in question, as soon as possible. In all the cases we chose to include people selected from outside the snowballing process. The idea was to enrich the group with new people, new points of view and new skills. These inclusions were not easy and requested a specific attention from the part of the trainer. We have to confess that we did not clarify as clearly as we could have to the group how the participants were recruited and who decided to invite these particular persons. This was particularly problematic in the scenario were no preceding interviews had had place and people were joined immediately for a synchronisation meeting. In Noiseux, several people invited directly to a synchronisation meeting did not understand the reason of their presence. Some of them made a mixture between the Topozym research and the local project that Topozym proposed to follow. Due to this lack of explanation on the Topozym goal, some of the participants were irritated and reacted strongly against the Topozym initiative. Another problem was the difference in aspirations between the participants. Some stakeholders really invested in the place in question, but they did not have the same aspirations as the core group.
February 2009, 28th
545 / 653
This was, for example, the case for the Christmas village of Liege. The key persons were the organisers of the event, who were perceived as private actors organising a private event on the central public square. They wanted to balance the economic, the environmental and the social pillars. However, the public square is relevant for the other stakeholders too, who we tried to include in the process. These stakeholders felt out of scoop because the Christmas village was not their project. The presence of the organisers as key persons was also problematic because the training process strengthened their central position within the group. Starting the process with a synchronisation meeting appears interesting from an ethical point of view, because everyone receives the same information and may decide to continue after a first meeting with the group. However, it demands moderators with high skills in group dynamics and a huge effort of communication in accordance with the diversity of the public. The moderator has to put everyone on the same level and has to be attentive to the distribution of power amongst the group. Beginning with a face to face meeting may be more personal and more motivating, because the future participants are given the opportunity to explain their motivations and their fears individually. This process needs more time and investment from the researchers and trainers of course. However, in the Topozym experience it seemed to be of importance especially because of the few meeting sessions that would later on be organised and because the people were not used to the tools and methods used during the training. Conclusion Recruiting people to work together is always a challenge. When this work concerns public places within a participative approach, this challenge is even bigger, because the process has to be opened up to a wide variety of stakeholders. The elaboration of the network needs to take into account the diversity of stakeholders, in particular the diversity of their needs and aspirations. A protocol is useful but needs to be adapted to the local context. As the Topozym experience suggests: researchers and trainers need to experiment with a new path each time. A key principle seems to be finding a way to project the stakeholders in the future, and to focus on their aspirations instead to get bogged down in the diversity of present needs. The second issue we underlined seems trivial, but experience teaches us that it cannot be emphasised enough: partnerships require time. The duration of the Topozym research was too short to really establish strong learning communities. Because establishing a community is more than join people, it is as well a work on the truth and the circulation of information within the group. Nevertheless, some members of the network constituted in the Topozym action research are still working together and have adopted small changes in their way of working. Bibliography COLEMAN J.S., 1990, Foundations of Social Theory, Cambridge (Mass), Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. FREEMAN R.E, 1984, Strategic Management: A stakeholder approach. Boston: Pitman. GARDNER H., 2006, Multiple Intelligences: New Horizons in Theory and Practice, New York: Basic Books GITTEL R., VIDAL A. 1998, Community Organizing: Building Social Capital as a Development Strategy. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Sage Publications. RUUSKANEN P., 2004, Social Capital and Innovations in small and medium sized enterprises. Paper presented at the DRUID Summer Conference 2004 on Industrial dynamics, innovation and development, Elsimore, Denmark, June 14-16, 2004. SCHMITZ S., DE GRAEF S., 2008, A self-critical analysis of a running research project to improve the sustainability of public place management, Papers on Territorial Intelligence and governance, participatory action-research and territorial development, International Conference of territorial intelligence, Huelva 2007, 591-597.
February 2009, 28th
546 / 653
70
Stakeholder Analysis in Territorial Intelligence in Digital Governance
Jing SHIANG Professor/Chair, Department of Public Management and Policy, Tunghai University, Taichung, Taiwan jshiang@thu.edu.tw
Abstract: Although the concept of sustainable development has been widely addressed in territorial development and territorial intelligence, the results of the applications and practices may not be satisfactory. Most of the existing models in development are guided by top-down planning approach. The biggest disadvantage of this planning approach is that the opinions of key players may not be adopted in the planning process. For the principles of partnership and participation to be further realized, territorial intelligence and territorial development need an additional approach to base its decision and action on a more inclusive and comprehensive understanding of community preferences. Nevertheless, what is different from the past is that, the way public governance adapts to the digital era is not only to deal with the technologies, but to develop new organizational structures and operational formats in order to disengage from traditional administrative culture, redefine its objectives and tasks, and form a format of e-governance that is more inclusive in decision-making, powersharing, and coordination. With increasing diffusion of e-government, interaction and interdependence between plural stakeholders and politics has become more intensive, which in turn has impacted public service delivery and public policy making. In e-governance, such plural stakeholders include not only individual citizens but also enterprises, providers, various levels of governmental agencies, public interest groups, communities and information agents. To further territorial intelligence, in the digital era, it is imperative to manage stakeholder relationships between a government and its stakeholders in order to develop finer interactions and to adjust directions of governmental policies and service designs. Keywords: Partnership, Stakeholders, Stakeholder Analysis, Territorial Intelligence, Democratic Governance.
I. Background In 2005, the EU declares a multi-stakeholder governance approach for building the Information Society, and focuses on the roles and responsibilities of stakeholders. It argues that building an inclusive Information Society requires new forms of solidarity, partnership and cooperation among multiple stakeholders. Through open discussions and exchanges of information worldwide, a multistakeholder governance approach is said to help shape agendas and devise new, effective regulatory and non-regulatory models. Territorial Intelligence shares the concerns of sustainable development and respects certain principles, particularly a global approach based on peoples current and future needs, partnership and participation. It is especially useful to help the territorial actors planning, defining, animating and valuating the policies and actions of sustainable territorial development (Girardot, 2000). The territorial actors are solicited to suggest projects, to advocate and evaluate the relevance, efficiency and impact, and to implement their principles of global approach, partnership and participation. However, although the concept of sustainable development has been widely addressed in territorial development and territorial intelligence, the results of the applications and practices may not be satisfactory. Most of the existing models in development are guided by top-down planning approach. The biggest disadvantage of this planning approach is that the opinions of key players may
February 2009, 28th
547 / 653
not be adopted in the planning process. For the principles of partnership and participation to be further realized, territorial intelligence and territorial development need an additional approach to base its decision and action on a more inclusive and comprehensive understanding of community preferences. Developing effective and sustainable community projects requires full participation of civil society in both determining strategies and implementing them. In human communities project development, to accelerate innovation at various levels, effective collaboration between and among stakeholders is required: territorial actors need to collaborate to pull their knowledge and resources together to find better ways of developing their territories. Due to the various interdependency that exists between and among various individuals and entities within the territory, successful territorial development depends on the identification and understanding of different stakeholders and their interests. Methodologically, the problem is that the specific factors shaping the existence of different stakeholder groups are likely to vary between territories and communities and may depend on the particular issue within territorial development. This precludes or at least complicates a priori stakeholder identification based on a predetermined checklist of possible factors. In order to achieve sustainable development, in an integrated and well-balanced approach to territorial governance and engineering, it is crucial to be inclusive, participatory and partnering in the process of project planning and implementation. As sustainable development is defined as meets the needs of the present, uppermost of the most underprivileged people, without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs in the field of environmental protection, economic growth, social equity and culture, it is critical to be comprehensive and inclusive in identifying and collecting multiple stakeholders opinions. This also brings in the respect of the democratic governance principle. Furthermore, finding stakeholders and collecting their views about the territory, and build partnerships between and among them, also fits in the principles of democratic governance. In Guba and Lincolns (1989) book, Fourth Generation Evaluation, they propose that stakeholder analysis should take place as an openended constructivist inquiry. (Daumas, 2002) pointed out that the territory is not considered any more as a natural framework, more or less binding and endowed of a more or less rewarding historical patrimony, but as a construction of the actors, and that territory is a space of significant relations. (Dumas, 2004). Therefore, in the context of territorial development and territorial intelligence, this means a process through which territorial residents and actors are invited to relate their concerns, ideas, values, and issues related to the development taking place within it. In the context of territorial development, a stakeholder is an individual or a group of people with an interest or concern in something, who can affect, or are affected by, the achievement of the territorial development. These individuals or social entities are usually knowledgeable and capable and can thus formulate and define decisions. Stakeholder analysis refers to a range of tools for the identification and description of stakeholders on the basis of their attributes, interrelationships, and interests related to a given issue or resource. It is a powerful tool for policy analysis and formulation, and has considerable potential in territorial policy and development. It is an approach for understanding a system, and changes in it, by identifying key actors or stakeholders and assessing their respective interests in that system. It has been developed in response to the challenge of multiple interests and objectives, and particularly the search for efficient, equitable and sustainable development strategies. In environmental and natural resource development, stakeholder analysis has been an important approach in the process. Stakeholder analysis can be defined as an approach for understanding a system by identifying the key actors or stakeholders in the system, and assessing their respective interest in that system. However, it cannot be expected to solve all problems or guarantee representation. The usefulness of stakeholder analysis is understanding complexity and compatibility problems between objectives and stakeholders. Territorial stakeholder analysis is thus a method, protocol and generic tool of wide applicability that can be used to collect and analyse the territories and the territorial information. It contributes to the understanding of the territorial structures and dynamics. It also can serve as a tool at the service of the actors of the territories sustainable development, and helps communities work out to guarantee the equitable and sustainable development of their territories.
February 2009, 28th
548 / 653
Supporting partnership and participation, territorial stakeholder analysis follows the governance principles that guarantee a well-balanced taking into account of all the needs, as well as the equitable distribution and durability of resources. It also contributes to the development of territorial knowledge, and the necessary analyses for an integrated approach of the territories. Derived from participatory methods of project design, such as rapid and participatory rural appraisal, stakeholder analysis seeks to integrate the interests and perspectives of disadvantaged and less powerful groups. It therefore especially helps explore essential needs of the most deprived people that is to be granted the largest priority (Brundtland Report, 1987). II. Stakeholders and Relationships in Governance In summary, governance is a form of interacted relationship between government and the governed. It involves relationships between and among public sector, private sectors, and organizations and individuals in the broader society. Good governance is based on the values of openness, transparency, accountability, equity, participation, efficiency and effectiveness, citizen satisfaction, and citizens trust in government. These values can only be realized by effective management of the use of national, societal and economic resources, and by establishing effective social institutions in a multi-sectored society. Stakeholders and stakeholder relationships are thus a critical part in governance. Bovaird and Lffler (2002: 16) formally define local governance as the set of formal and informal rules, structures and processes that determine the ways in which individuals and organizations can exercise power over the decisions (by other stakeholders) which affect their welfare at local levels. With this definition, local governance requires the cooperation between and among public authorities and other stakeholders. Local governance relies on market structures, hierarchical authority and cooperative networks at the same time. It involves setting of formal and informal rules and the negotiation between stakeholders seeking to alter these rules. Therefore, local governance refers not only to the role and functions of local government, but also the manifold interactions between local governments, local citizens and other groups. A purpose of these interactions is to create sustainable local development in terms of service delivery, infrastructure development and spatial planning. The emphasis on governance relationships implies emphasis on citizen or stakeholder participation in decision-making and planning (Hamann et al., 2005: 63). Among the stakeholders, community sector organizations are widely seen as making significant contributions to the localities by increasing community capacity or boosting local social capital. Community sector organizations involving in local governance networks ensures that community views are represented in the policy process (Luckin and Sharp, 2004: 1485). Fung (2002) points out that the purposes of e-governance is to establish interactions between government and citizens (G2C) (e.g., e-democracy), to encourage governmental service integration (G2G) (e.g., e-government), and to establish more efficient relationships between government and commercial companies (G2G) (e.g., e-business). Therefore, to Fung, e-democracy, e-government and ebusiness are the three primary dimensions of e-governance, and they are ways of governing government relationships and interactions with its stakeholders. Therefore, in e-government or e-governance, the focus of attention should not merely be on the e-service providers but rather more on the key multi-stakeholders in the broader society. Stakeholders represent any entities, be it individuals, groups or organizations, in the society that influence or are influenced by other entities (Porter, 1985). On the belief that stakeholders should have a say in policies that concern themselves, policymakers have begun to promote the development of stakeholder forums and organizations to address governance issues. For example, innovative empirical research tools, used as an instrument for organizational development and strategic network planning, are newly developed to better understand multi-stakeholder governance by gathering in-depth information about governance networks, goals of actors, and their power and influence (Schiffer and Waale, 2008). What is more, current researchers put in efforts to develop a framework to enable indirect stakeholders to become direct stakeholders participating in large scale e-government systems for use in the public arena (Friedman et al., 2008). Esteves and Joseph (2008) define stakeholders in e-governance as including citizens, public service providers, enterprises and social organizations, public agencies, information system and information technology (IS/IT) specialists, and special interest groups. Citizens are related to public administration. Citizens use public services to exercise civil rights and participate in democratic
February 2009, 28th
549 / 653
processes. Public service providers are broadly defined as the employees of public agencies, including politicians and all types of public servants. Enterprises and social organizations are for-profit and notfor-profit companies and organizations which relate to governments through taxing, subsidies, and social and legal obligations. Public agencies in hierarchical system interact with other public agencies horizontally and vertically. IS/IT specialists, from private enterprises or public agencies, possess technology-oriented professional knowledge and provide e-government program solutions and suggestions. Finally, special interest groups integrate or organize social and/or regional communities, to shape or strengthen public voice and opinions. Special interest groups include NGOs, citizen service organizations and international organizations like the EU, UN and OECD. In addition, information agents are another category of stakeholders. Because regular citizens and groups do not have the capability to obtain needed information efficiently, an information agent sifts and retrieves useful information from public web sites for its clients (Tomoko and Toyohode, 2000). These information agents may include insurance agents, travel agents, voter registrars, telephone information operators, employment agents, travel route planners, customer service agents, bank loan officers, and so on. Such information agents must typically possess a common set of skills, including communicating with clients, reading from and writing to databases of various sorts, knowing, understanding and adhering to company or agency policies, planning and decision making, negotiating with clients about the issues involved, and generating a tangible product. III. Change of Stakeholder Relationships in e-Governance in General How have relationships between government and stakeholders changed and adapted in egovernance? A review of literature reveals in general several views. 1. Positive Views Many researchers hold optimistic views toward the potentials of ICT. They believe the use of ICT will have profound impacts on democratization, can guarantee freedom and openness of democratic governments, can wipe out political non-enthusiasm and low participation, can make citizen participation more easily and more efficiently, and can overcome idleness and nonresponsiveness in politics and of governmental institutes (Barber, 1984; Boncheck, 1995; Rheingold, 1995; Brants, et al., 1996; Kurland and Egan, 1996; Macpherson, 1997; Rash, 1997; Casaregola and Cropf, 1998; Parliamentary Office of Science and Technology, 1998). Among the technologies, due to its easy-access, convenience and low cost, internet and interaction in it are seen to have great potential in attracting more people, especially those who were previously not allowed, to enter the political arena created within (Ogden, 1994; Negroponte, 1995; Dutton, 1999). The supporters of internet thus declare that it helps in extinguishing inequity of political participation in the traditional, offline world. Falch (2006) argues that ICT in particular challenges the European public service model of governance as it has been exercised in continental Europe and therefore has contributed to the development towards a more liberal market model of governance. Examining areas of regulation, Falch (2006) has found a clear trend from governance exercised by public authorities towards a more liberal market model of governance, which has somehow restricted formal democratic influence from citizens. Present regimes of governance have been challenged by technological development. The results of the challenges have primarily been giving more power to the market and more international coordination. 2. Negative Views Many others are skeptical about the bright expectation visions of ICT. Some even doubt whether ICT can bring any change to public governance. Skeptics argue that we should not be naive about the potential of ICT, for technologies are not purely neutral tools. Although using digital tools in implementing democracy may be a fine prescription, it may also possibly be a latent poison that further persecutes the already fragile democracy. They worry that technologies will be controlled by the ones already with power (Clarke, 1998). ICT will make powers more concentrated, making political leaders further dominate and monopolize information. ICT will also empower the already influential ones to possess potential control to exclude citizen input and to make policies alone by themselves, which additionally polarizes powers of the influential and non-influential ones. Tehranian (1990) points out that although ICT allows a highly productive and directly democratic society to form, autarchy is prone to emerge at the same time. Habermas (1971)
February 2009, 28th
550 / 653
emphasizes that powers and authorities that monopolize technologies will damage democracy. Gandy (1989) argues that advanced electronic technologies are beneficial to bureaucracy, enlarge inequity between information-provider and information-receiver, and therefore worsen the rifts between individuals and bureaucrats. Also, as Tsagarousianou (1998) points out, there are limits of electronic democracy. They include technical limits, financial resources, citizens lacking necessary technology access, citizens negative impression towards technology, lack of political will and political culture related factors. Golding (1996) and Wilhelm (2000) further argue that, even though internet penetration and access rates have increased, internet still cannot overcome limited participation in public affairs by the indifferent ones. Some hold the view that heavy users of internet are advantaged in online public discourse, and these heavy users belong primarily to certain groups of ages, gender, ethnic groups, educational levels and even economic conditions. Margolis and Resnick (2000) point out that applying ICT in political arena only extends politics as usual to another media, for internet does nothing but strengthen clout of those who have been advantaged, e.g., political parties, the media and big enterprises. Also, Shenk (1997) argues that although improving information access will increase governmental transparency, but if citizens are lack of basic knowledge of and commitment to political process, soon they will be helplessly submerged by huge amount of information. Nie and Erbring (2002) worry that heavy usage of internet would actually intensify peoples social isolation and weaken willingness and effects of citizen participation. Chadwick and May (2003) and Torres, Pina, and Acerete (2006) also found that e-government programs in developed countries actually only strengthen existing managerialism without providing any opportunities for citizen participating in public affairs. Thomas (2004) doubts that the application of technologies will improve or facilitate citizen participation in public affairs. That is, ICT actually help only some people participating in public affairs through online channels. ICT in fact bring new challenges to segregation of certain individuals from the society, for divide between the informationrich and information-poor will prevent the latter from influencing political agenda. Kakabadse, Kakabadse, and Kouzmin (2003: 51-52) point out drawbacks and negative factors of e-democracy and e-governance. They argue that democracy is mainly to put together and crystallize citizens common interests and concerns. However, currently available e-democracy technologies and programs still cannot effectively integrate and sum up preferences of stakeholders, which still relies on institutional ways to persuade one another and to take collect actions. Excessive web-based citizen participation could actually paralyze a government. With multitudinous stakeholders taking part in decision-making would unavoidably make policy decisions lag, which would then create risks for decisions not being made timely in a political crisis. Momentary respondence and interactivity in online discussion will hinder reasonable deliberation and well-thought democracy from appearing. We are not sure whether ICT intensifies cleavage and individualism instead of pushing through public collective thinking. What is more, limitations in modern ICT technologies, concerns of security and privacy protection, and internet and computer crime curb effective implementation of programs of edemocracy, e.g., online voting. 3. Some Other Views In empirical studies and with evidences, there are illustrations of the change and adaptation of stakeholder relationships in e-governance. There are more and more citizens participate in public affairs through channels of e-government (Friedman et al., 2008), which makes the two parties closer to each other. In the commercialization of public sector information, with the emergence of the internet and related e-government applications as a direct link, the need and importance of information agents as intermediaries between government and other stakeholders have decreased and have been intentionally reduced by certain public agencies (Hadi and McBride, 2000). That is, governments now provide their information assets through their own web sites directly to citizens and information customers. On the contrary, some other kinds of public agencies now relies more on special interest groups. Stoltzfus (2008) found that, before the era of e-governance, state actors had supreme authority in informational roles in foreign affairs. Now in e-diplomacy, non-state actors like NGOs (nongovernmental organizations, e.g., Catholic Relief Services), IOs (international organizations, e.g., the International Committee of the Red Cross) and MNCs (multi-national corporations, e.g., Coca Cola) have increasingly occupied the information agent roles as public diplomats. Use of technology provides on-the-ground logistical assistance and serves as a mediator between the state and local
February 2009, 28th
551 / 653
figures. Also, technology provides a timely, central repository for NGOs to post information about refugee issues. Lastly, news media equipped with modern technologies provides immediate coverage of international issues. All these give non-state actors roles of public diplomat, information broker and information gatherer. As a result of globalization activated significantly by information technology, the movement towards international technology networking has effects on national sovereignty. Nature of the relationships between government and non-state actors has thus changed. States now rely more on non-state actors for accurate information and intelligence in foreign affairs, while more intense scrutiny of non-state actors has appeared. At the same time, the states role has changed, to more a stake in the synthesizing and analyzing of information than information collection. A new partnership has gradually occurred between the stakeholders. Conclusion More Specific Analysis of Stakeholder Relationships in Territorial Intelligence In the new era of e-governance, a framework of governmental relationships with stakeholders has yet to be developed to help improving stakeholder relationships and realizing good governance. Before this framework can be developed, a more specific analysis of how the relationships with various stakeholders have evolved must proceed. The analysis can be done in the following dimensions. First, according to Savage et al. (1991), with its potential for threat and potential for cooperation, we may classify stakeholders into several types. With this typology, governments can develop generic strategies in managing their relationships with their stakeholders. Second, types of partnerships and collaboration (Kernaghan, 1993; Kamensky, Burlin and Abramson, 2004) between stakeholders and governments can be identified to further or to foster positive and constructive relationships. Third, potential conflicts between governments and stakeholders in e-governance, whether task conflicts or emotional conflicts (Rose and Shoham, 2004) can be recognized and forecasted to avoid any unnecessary confrontation. Fourth, with power relationship analysis, governments can explore the possibility of balancing uneven relationships with stakeholders. Altogether, change and adaptation of stakeholder relationships in e-governance can be scrutinized and monitored, and efforts can be put into establishing and improving such relationships to reach the values of good governance. Bibliography ANTTIROIKO A-V, 2004, Introduction to Democratic e-Governance, in Matti Malkia, Ari-Veikko Anttiroiko, and Reijo Savolainen (eds.), eTransformation in Governance: New Directions in Government and Politics, Hershey, PA: Idea Group Publishing, pp. 22-49. BARBER B, 1984, Strong democracy, Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. BONCHECK M. S., 1995, Grassroots in Cyberspace: Using Computer Networks to Facilitate Political Participation, paper presented at the 53rd Annual Meeting of Midwest Political Science Association, 6 April, Chicago, available at <http://www.ai.mit.edu/people/msb/pubs/grassroots.html>. BOVAIRD T., and LFFLER E., 2002, Moving from excellence models of local service delivery to benchmarking good local governance, International Review of Administrative Sciences, Vol. 68, No. 1, pp. 924. BRANTS K., HUIZENGA M., and VAN MEERTEN R., 1996, The new canals of Amsterdam: an exercise in local electronic democracy, Media, Culture & Society, Vol. 18, pp. 233-247. CALDOW J., 2004, E-Democracy: Putting Down Global Roots, on-line at <http://www1.ibm.com/industries/government/ieg/pdf/e-democracy%20putting%20down%20roots.pdf>, accessed February 16, 2006. CASAREGOLA V. and CROPF R. A., 1998, Virtual town halls: Using computer networks to improve public discourse and facilitate service delivery, <http://www.gonzaga.edu/rr/v4n1/ cropf.htm>, visited 3/1/1999. CHADWICK A., and MAY C., 2003, Interaction between States and Citizens in the Age of the Internet: e-Government in the United States, Britain, and the European Union, Governance: An International Journal of Policy, Administration, and Institutions, Vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 271-300.
February 2009, 28th
552 / 653
CLARKE R., 1998, Information technology: Weapon of authoritarianism or tool of democracy? <http://www.anu.edu.au/people/Roger.Clarke/DV/PaperAuthism.html>, visited 3/12/1999. DESA (DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL AFFAIRS OF THE UNITED NATIONS), 2007, Public Governance Indicators: A Literature Review, United Nations, available at <http://www.unpan.org/ autoretrieve/theme.asp?theme=E-government>. DUTTON W. H., 1999, Society on the Line: Information Politics in the Digital Age, Oxford: Oxford University Press. ESTEVES J., and JOSEPH R.C., 2008, A comprehensive framework for the assessment of eGovernment projects, Government Information Quarterly, 25(1): 118-132. FALCH M., 2006, ICT and the future conditions for democratic governance, Telematics and Informatics, 23: 134156. FRIEDMAN B., BORNING A., DAVIS J. L., GILL B. T., KAHN P. H. Jr., KRIPLEAN T., and LIN P., 2008, Laying the Foundations for Public Participation and Value Advocacy: Interaction Design for a Large Scale Urban Simulation, The Proceedings of the 9th Annual International Digital Government Research Conference, available online at <http://depts.washington.edu/vsdesign/publications/pdf/ friedman2008_owf.pdf>. FUNG Z., 2002, E-Government in Digital Era: Concept, Practice, and Development, International Journal of The Computer, The Internet and Management, 10(2): 1-22. GANDY O. Jr., 1989, Technological society: Information technology and bureaucratic social control, Journal of Communication, Vol. 39, pp. 61-75. GOLDING P., 1996, World Wide Wedge: Division and Contradiction in the Global Information Infrastructure, Monthly Review, Vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 70-85. HABERMAS J., 1971, Toward a rational society: Student Protest, science, and politics, Boston: Beacon Press. HADI Z. A. and MCBRIDE N., 2000, The commercialization of public sector information within LK government departments, The international journal of public sector management, 13(7): 552 - 570. HAMANN R., KAPELUS P., SONNENBERG D., MACKENZIE A., and HOLLESEN P., 2005, Local Governance as a Complex System: Lessons from Mining in South Africa, Mali and Zambia, Journal of Corporate Citizenship, 18, pp. 61-73. HAQUE M. S., 2002, E-Governance in India: Its Impacts on Relations among Citizens, Politicians and Public Servants, International Review of Administrative Sciences, Vol. 68, No. 2, pp. 231-250. HO A. T-K., 2002, Reinventing local governments and the e-government initiative, Public Administration Review, Vol. 62, No. 4, pp. 434-444. HYDEN G., MEASE K., FORESTI M. and FRITZ V., 2008, Governance assessments for local stakeholders: What the World Governance Assessment offers, Working Paper 287, London: Overseas Development Institute. JAEGER P. T., and THOMPSON K. M., 2003, E-government around the world: Lessons, challenges, and future directions, Government Information Quarterly, Vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 389-394. KAKABADSE A., KAKABADSE N. K., and KOUZMIN A., 2003, Reinventing the Democratic Governance Project through Information Technology? A Growing Agenda for Debate, Public Administration Review, Vol. 63, No. 1, pp. 44-60. KAMENSKY J. M., BURLIN T. J., and ABRAMSON M. A., 2004, Networks and Partnerships: Collaborating to Achieve Results No One Can Achieve Alone. In John M. Kamensky and Thomas J. Burlin (eds.), Collaboration: Using Networks and Partnerships (pp. 3-20). New York: Rowman and Littlefield. KERNAGHAN K., 1993, Partnership and Public Administration Conceptual and Practical Considerations, Canadian Public Administration, 36(1): 5776.
February 2009, 28th
553 / 653
KURLAND N. B. and EGAN T. D., 1996, Engendering democratic participation via the Net: Access, voice, and dialogue, The Information Society, Vol. 12, No. 4, pp. 387-406. LUCKIN D., and SHARP L., 2004, Remaking Local Governance through Community Participation? The Case of the UK Community Waste Sector, Urban Studies, Vol. 41, No. 8, pp. 1485 1505. MACPHERSON M., 1997, Citizen politics and the renewal of democracy, <http://www.snafu.de/~mjm/CP/cp2.html>, visited 2/20/1999. MALINA A., and MACINTOSH A., 2004, Bridging the Digital Divide: Developments in Scotland, in Matti Malkia, Ari-Veikko Anttiroiko, and Reijo Savolainen (eds.), eTransformation in Governance: New Directions in Government and Politics, Hershey, PA: Idea Group Publishing, pp. 255-271. MARGOLIS M., and RESNICK D., 2000, Politics as Usual: The Cyberspace Revolution, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. NEGROPONTE N., 1995, Being Digital, New York: Knopf. NIE N., and ERBRING L., 2002, Internet and Society: A Preliminary Report, IT and Society, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 275-283. OGDEN M. R., 1994, "Politics in a Parallel Universe," Futures, Vol. 26, pp. 713-729. PARLIAMENTARY OFFICE OF S CIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, 1998, Electronic government-information technologies and the citizen, London: UK Parliament, <http://www.parliament.uk/post/egov.htm>, visited 2/1/1999. PORTER M. J., 1985, Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance, New York, NY: The Free Press. RASH W., 1997, Politics on the Nets: Wiring the Political Process, New York: W.H. Freeman. RHEINGOLD H., 1995, The Virtual Community: Finding Connection in a Compturized World, London: Minera. RHODES R.A.W., 1997, Understanding Governance: Policy Network, Governance, Reflexivity and Accountability. Buckingham: Open University. RILEY T. B., and S HERIDAN W. P., 2007, Using e-Governance for Health Service Delivery Throughout the Commonwealth. Commonwealth Centre for Electronic Governance. Available from <http://www.rileyis.com/report/aug07.htm>. RILEY T. B., 2002, International Tracking Survey Report Number1: E-Government, E-Governance and EDemocracy. Commonwealth Centre for Electronic Governance. Available from <http://www.electronicgov.net/pubs/research_papers/tracking5/IntlTracking%20Report%20Numb er%201Jan02.doc>. ROSE G.M., and S HOHAM A., 2004, Interorganizational task and emotional conflict with international channels of distribution, Journal of Business Research, Vol.57, 942 950. Savage, G. T., Nix, T. W., Whitehead, and C. J.,&Blair, J. D., 1991, Strategies for assessing and managing organizational stakeholders, Academy of Management Executive, 5(2): 61-75. SCHIFFER Eva, and WAALE D., 2008, "Tracing Power and Influence in Networks: Net-Map as a Tool for Research and Strategic Network Planning," IFPRI Discussion Paper 00772, International Food Policy Research Institute, available online at <http://www.ifpri.org/pubs/dp/ifpridp00772.pdf>. SHENK D., 1997, Data Smog: Surviving the Information Glut, New York: HarperCollins. SIDDIQUEE N. A., and MOHAMED M. Z., 2007, Paradox of public sector reforms in Malaysia: a good governance perspective, Public Administration Quarterly, 31(3): 284-312. SLATON C. D., and ARTHUR J. L., 2004, Public Administration for a Democratic Society: Instilling Public Trust through Greater Collaboration with Citizens, in Matti Malkia, Ari-Veikko Anttiroiko, and Reijo Savolainen (eds.), eTransformation in Governance: New Directions in Government and Politics, Hershey, PA: Idea Group Publishing, pp. 110-130.
February 2009, 28th
554 / 653
SNELLEN I., 2002, Electronic Governance: Implications for Citizens, Politicians and Public Servants, International Review of Administrative Sciences, Vol. 68, No. 2, pp. 183-198. STOKER G., 1998, Governance as Theory: Five Propositions, International Social Science Journal, 50(1): 17-28. STOLTZFUS K., 2008, Exploring U.S. e-diplomacy and non-state actors' increasing communicative influence, ACM International Conference Proceeding Series, 289: 347-354. TEHRANIAN M., 1990, Technologies of power: Information machines and democratic prospects, Norwood, NJ: Ablex. THOMAS J. C., 2004, Public Involvement in Public Administration in the Information Age: Speculations on the Effects of Technology, in Matti Malkia, Ari-Veikko Anttiroiko, and Reijo Savolainen (eds.), eTransformation in Governance: New Directions in Government and Politics, Hershey, PA: Idea Group Publishing, pp. 67-84. THOMAS J. C., and STREIB G., 2003, The New Face of Government: Citizen-Initiated Contacts in the Era of E-Government, Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, Vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 83102. TORRES L., PINA V., and ACERETE B., 2006, E-Governance Developments in European Union Cities: Reshaping Governments Relationship with Citizens, Governance, Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 277-302. TSAGAROUSIANOU R., 1998, Electronic democracy and the public sphere: opportunities and challenges, in Cyberdemocracy: Technology, cities and civic networks, edited by Roza Tsagarousianou, Damian Tambini, and Cathy Bryan, London: Routledge, pp. 167-178. WILHELM A. G., 2000, Democracy in the Digital Age: Challenges to Political Life in Cyberspace, New York: Routledge.
February 2009, 28th
555 / 653
February 2009, 28th
556 / 653
71
A Concept of the Territory Implemented in and by observation
Philippe SIGNORET Studies ingineer, PhD student in Geography, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France philippe.signoret@univ-fcomte.fr Alexandre MOINE Professor in Geography, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France alexandre.moine@univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: We propose a conceptual and graphical model of the territory built from an empirical intuitive and deductive approach of systemic paradigm of territorialization. This model is based on an individualized approach before being extended to the collective level. It is first seen in the context of the evolution of the concept in scientific thinking. Then, we introduce it in understanding the dynamics of the territory, under the paradigm of territorial intelligence, through observation and observatories that we adapt to the context of governance systems at different scales. Keywords: Territory, territorialization, concepts, complex system, model, territorial intelligence, observatory, governance, methods, tools.
New geographic studies intend to enlarge de concept of territory (Rosire, 2007) beyond the traditional definition focused on the governmental point of view1. But, according to territorial issues and the semiotic of the concept of territory, a large part of the french literature, reveals a great confusion around this concept even though it seems to be so increasingly used to make it a generic term or a synonym of space (Giraut, 2008; Signoret, 2008). Furthermore, most of the time, authors are interested in the dialectics of the complexity of the territory but they simply point out what is a system, what underlies the complexity and the many references borrowed from all disciplines. It is in this context that we conducted our research. As a preliminary result, we propose a model of the territory based on the territorialization process (Signoret, 2008). Mathematical modelling is certainly a perspective that suggests the possibility of measuring the territorialization and to evaluate or simulate the impact of an intervention and appropriation of profits by various local actors. However, well limit ourselves to a mainly methodological approach implemented in observation of the territories and local events through the prism of territorialization as well have previously submitted Then we will implement the model in the analysis of the management of a project of observatory (Moine, 2007; Moine, Signoret, 2006). It will be a kind of operating test of the model offered in order to verify the usefulness of this approach. Last, we will try to complete the model crossing the individual and multi-agent aspects. Then we will climb a new step in analyzing the complexity of the system of territory. So, our work on the complex system of territory joins the expectations of the territorial intelligence (Bertacchini, 2006) and the development of new tools dedicated to observation.
1. For the institutions, the territory is a defined area (including land and waters), considered to be a possession of a person, organization, institution, animal, state or country subdivision.
February 2009, 28th
557 / 653
I. The territory by the territorialization In order to clarify its meaning and its scope, we conducted an empirical, intuitive and deductive research based on the analysis of the process of territory production: the territorialization 2. Thus, we arrived at a model which can help us to highlight some features of the dynamics of the territory. The territory cant exist without the actor who has a central place in this concept. The actor builds its territory and participates in the development of collective territory (Signoret, 2008). According to our model (see digure 1), an actor identifies (perception through all the senses : sight, smell, touch, hearing, intuition, deduction, etc.) in a background material objects, located in the geographical space, and intangible ones like representations, concepts or data. He appropriates (three main ways: use, exploitation, transformation) those objects affecting them, in this complex process, a function, an intentionality. From this stage, those objects can be used to satisfy his needs through projects and actions that necessarily affect the background (environment). In return, the perception he may have of the background will be affected too. All time, the actor is in a stage balanced by multiple interactions generated by perception, appropriation, project, in his vision of the background but also in his ability to collect and to appropriate objects and therefore to act. Thus, the actor can start projects that mobilize many very different objects (form, consistency, location, mobility, etc.). Thanks to scientific, technological, organizational, financial or trade approaches: innovating process (Eurostat, 2000). Projects may lead to the achievement of new objects, or the transformation of existing ones. With the experience, with time, the knowledge increase and the territory changes all time in the space. Figure 1: The process of territorialization
This complex and systemic model3 of the territory requires at the beginning an individual process. So we consider that the collective representation of the territory cannot be an addition of the individual territories (Signoret, 2008). We propose that the collective territory is the result of the pooling of many individual territories in which everybody can hide a part of its own one. Some actors can also forward objects with or without a prior transformation. So, the collective territory integrates a higher level of complexity because of the logics influencing every system based on sharing information (see figure 2).
2. We consider that the territorialization (act of organizing as a territory) is different than the regionalization (division into regions, especially for administrative purposes). 3. According to the auto-eco-organisation theory proposed by authors like Joel De Rosnay, Edgar Morin and Jean-Louis Le Moigne.
February 2009, 28th
558 / 653
Figure 2: From the individual territory to the collective one
The model of territory is not only based on geographical objects even if this kind of object can help us to localise things or phenomena. The systemic approach is more important than the metric one although observatories have to take into account different scales. The geographical boundaries of those territories are often fuzzy and discontinuous. But, the electoral divisions of the national space, the areas of public intervention, the spaces of projects, can also be considered as collective territories built around a boundary object which corresponds to a division of the global space. But in those cases, we can find false or divergent appropriations and representations and so different strategies or projects. It affects the representation that each individual can have about collective territories. According to the etymology of the word policy, territorialization is a political act. This leads us to question of the reflexivity of the territorialization and whether we built together or not the representation of space and territory. The speech based on a vague concept of territory more often evokes the physical objects and less ideational. This invite us to take care to reintroduce the intangible objects and the anchoring of the territory but also in their representations and then in observation tools. More over, the difficulty to understand complex systems is to find a method that allows you to understand the entire operating system without impeding the evolutivity of the model. Indeed, we must consider both the overall and the individual without avoiding the various forms of relationship between people, between objects, between people and objects. So, we can recall that our conceptual model of regionalization and territory can be simply considered as a practical guide which can support an ambitious motion brought by people who need a more precise concept of territory to help them studding it better. This is especially true in the context of observatories and in the field of territorial intelligence. As an illustration, in the second part of our paper, we propose first to use the model in order to overview a project of observatory, then to try to integrate in the model some of the control systems able to influence the territorialization. II. An example of implementation of the model in the analysis of a project oriented to territorial intelligence The observation can be presented as a careful monitoring of phenomena, without willingness to transform them, but with the aid of appropriate investigation instruments. It is therefore an indispensable step in the acquisition of data to inform future developments. In practice, most of the time, we ask suppliers to offer formalized data. To deal with this task, they seek help from a tool called observatory. Such a tool is a technical and organizational response to the needs of an actor, most of the time
February 2009, 28th
559 / 653
from a public institution, who wants to anticipate future developments taking into account the knowledge of the past. This kind of project, in the field of territorial intelligence, is a good example to test our model of territory in the analysis of a process taking into account our experience in developing observatories. Figure 3: From individual territories to the collective one by the observatory
The implementation of an observatory is a complex project linking physical objects (infrastructures, machineries, human resources, etc.) and intangible ones (technologies, methods, ideas, etc.). The promoter of the project will tap into the background to find an answer to its needs (exploitation and data treatment) and those of others (support to decision). On this basis, we can try now to implement the model and to integrate the logics of the actor during the project according to the four pillars (see figure 3): - In terms of perception, from a lack of communication, we go to a logic of sharing and then of pooling; - In terms of appropriation, the limited efficiency is transformed in best practices sharing and
February 2009, 28th
560 / 653
stronger decision support; - regarding projects, lack of consistency is replaced by a better coordination and then by greater adaptability; - Finally regarding the background, with trust, rationalization and then swarming becomes possible. At the starting point, individuals or organizations share their individual territory and, most of the time, the project of observatory takes its origins from the difficulty in mobilizing the resources of the background (Moine, Signoret, 2006). In such a case, the situation is rather gloomy: isolation, lack of visibility, individuality, redundancy are obstacles to efficient public action. Due to a lack of communication, the mutual recognition suffers of individualism and the lack of consistency increase in the individual and collective action. The trust between the stakeholders is one of the key factors that may influence this state and allow the changes. Indeed, it is the condition needed by the construction of networks and to remove, as we saw, the initial logics and take the benefits of the progress. This transformation of the local context in networks promotes mutual recognition of areas of intervention, and individuals or organizations potentials. The result is a collaborative effort fed by the flows of sharing and exchange. Thus, the draft observatory can prosper using resources taken in the background of each stakeholder (Geographic Information Systems, Data Base Management Systems, Internet portal, meetings, etc.). Everybody contributes to the modernization of the practices (standardization and data management, introduction of the spatial dimension in the socio-economic studies, etc.). Knowledge is raising (crossing data bases, sharing results, etc.). Thus, the local authorities (institutions, companies, etc.) are in a better position to understand local issues in order to integrate them in their own development projects. At the end of the cycle, the background has changed because of the transformation of some objects and the provision of new contents. In finally, the observatory participates to the implementation, by the stakeholders, of a collective territory on the basis of the confluence of individual territories and the renewal of the logics and of the practices. This kind of analysis can help local politicians and technicians in understanding the major issues and in adapting to the context the project governance system, taking into account the various stakeholders, and by extension local governance system in an ambitious research/action pattern. III. The territory seen through the macroscope Joel de Rosnay (Rosnay (de), 1977; 1979) offers a graphical model 4 to represent complex systems. This model integrates control systems and it seems to be a good way to implement the model taking into account the external influences of the teritorialization process. According to this model, the background (in reference to our model of territory) can be assimilated to the Source which provides the energy and all the resources (objects) needed by the complex process. Flows of energy and objects join Reservoirs in which the elements can be gathered. The ultimate stage is the Sink featuring the entropy of the system (see figure 4). We consider in this pattern that the flow is the result of different process linking the reservoirs. Each step of the process generates entropy and suffers losses allowing the flow and a sort of feedback to the back step(s). The actor find in the source a large choice of physical and intangible objects. These objects come to complete a reservoir corresponding to the first level of individual memory. Some of them are subsequently perceived usefulness in the system of appropriation and join the second reservoir. Thus, the actor can plan projects (third reservoir), thanks to the second reservoir, in order to satisfy his vital needs or even to transform the background. Thus, during perception, we can introduce what we call avoidance. For objective or pathological reasons, very early in the process of territorialization, the actor is in a position to deny reality and to receive only a part of the objects. This is what Albert Jacquard calls the "Titanic syndrome". Then, among the objects collected and stored in the first reservoir, only some of them will find an utility in the appropriation system while others will be definitively forgotten (return to the source) or just downgraded (return to the first reservoir and form of subconscious implementation). The first reservoir would be a first form of representation of the background. The second one contains appropriate objects and is a more sophisticated representation of the background in which
4.The semiology of this iconography is widely shared in the scientific community.
February 2009, 28th
561 / 653
elements have won in intentionality. In the same way, many projects will stop (relinquishment). Nevertheless, they will sustain and reinforce the first reservoir or, in an ideal case, the second one enhancing like this the usefulness conviction of the objects. Finally, many objects produced will "pollute" the background. Other products can be complex forms of knowledge able to enhance self-learning, if the actor knows how to take the benefit from experimentation. This scheme offers the possibility to define two sub-systems in territorialization. First, the perception and the appropriation can be grouped in a Consciousness subsystem where the actor knows the existence and the potentiality of individual objects or of clustered ones by relationships. Then we can regroup projects and products in a Creation subsystem able to satisfy biological, phenomenological, ethnological or praxeological needs (Boutinet, 1993). Figure 4: The territory, a complex system to observe
At this step of our analysis, we are still in a strictly individual process of territorialization. But, we all know that, everyday, we have to face external influences more or less controlled, by us or by others who support their own goals. So, if we want to go a little further with our thought, we must introduce into our model the complex systems of control (positives or negatives) which may affect the effectiveness of each steps of the process. In examples, we offer five control systems: - Media can influence the perception of the objects: television, newspapers, etc. are all carriers of messages that allow the actor to build its information system implemented by numbers, words, concepts, beliefs or representations of physical objects; - Regulation is certainly one of the most visible forms of regulation of appropriation as it organizes our relationship with the objects in everyday life; - Training may also focus on a number of technical knowledge and methods during the conceptualization and the planning of projects; - Participation ever intervenes in any project an external involving (partner, supplier, subcontractor, expert, co-funding, etc.); - Finally, the Removal means the total or partial destruction and also recycling of the objects. It is
February 2009, 28th
562 / 653
then possible to distinguish what goes directly to the background of what is reinvested into the system. Naturally, the system consumes energy, which is represented here as a loss to the sink. This energy consumption is also the ultimate transformation of objects. On this model, we can also introduce different assessment criteria, collected by adapted measuring instruments, which we could apply to analyse the behaviour of either individuals or communities. For examples: - The diversity of objects collected: nature (tangible and intangible) but also spatial and temporal distribution; - The different forms of appropriation of individuals or groups, taking into account the location; - The projects feasibility based on the societal impact and the conciliation of collective and individual interests; - The quality of the actions and their relevance to sustainable development criteria, etc.. All this necessarily needs to adapt existing methods and technologies (eg. surveys) or to develop new ones (eg. web tools) in order to collect data. IV. The increasing complexity of the collective territory If we resume our model, each cycle of territorialization can be considered as a distributed and heterogeneous long process and each individual territory is an autonomous entity. So, individual is both actor and agent in its individual territory. This model refers to multi-agent systems. Each individual carries its own representation of the environment (background), but with a partial view of it. However, the territorialization is not a closed system. It undergoes external influences due to interaction between many agents. The natural construction of individual territory is disturbed by the permanent effects of interrelationships with other actors (see picture 5). If we consider an agent A (individual actor/agent) and an agent B (a local institution represented by an elected or a technician), for the both, two questions arise: - how to make the content of the background accessible in order to find a solution to the needs? - how to share individual values and to transcend individualities ? We have noticed, during our experiences of setting up observatories that mutual ignorance is an obstacle to the development of territories (Moine, Signoret, 2006). We all have also many examples that describe the misunderstanding between citizens and local authorities. However, the cohabitation is organized and the territories are transformed under the influence of regulations and arbitrations. Understanding these relationships is an important issue, less for the modelling process than for the renovation of local governance systems. The problem must be considered at the junction of different individual territories but also between the individual and collective representations. So, the agent B is able to create objects and thus to change the background. But he can also modify the control systems that will operate on A and himself (eg. monthly publication that will allow A to take note of the actions of B, creation or closure of a school canteen, grant associations, waste treatment plant, etc.).. The projects (eg. reducing the urban traffic jam) and the products of B (eg. bylaw regulating parking) will be perceived and appropriated by A who will integrate them into his projects (eg. to go to the city centre). But this idyllic scheme is not the daily reality. In fact, all those interactions create sources of tensions because different points of view have to be faced: for B, the city is a space of regulation and, for A, the city belongs to everyone. This contributes to place the parties in different patterns of intent expressed through the strategy of the agent (Marten, 1994; Harbulot Baumard, 1996) and the expected result of his action. These are serious sources of conflicts generated by transformation of the background. In addition, products and conflicts may change the vision of A and/or B and invite them to reconsider their positions. Then, in a more positive attitude, we can consider that these interactions related to the transformation of control systems can also be sources of progress. Indeed, the exchanges between A and B may allow the parties to enter into a cooperative system that can influence their own decision making system.
February 2009, 28th
563 / 653
Figure 5: The interactions between the individual and the collective territories
This pattern of the collective construction of the territory refers to a high level of complexity in where, both A and B refers also to our basic model of territorialization including feedbacks at every steps of the process. So, collective territory suffers also of avoidance actions and lapses of memory. This to remind how much energy it costs to maintain the collective territory in a dynamical stability. However, the expression of the difference is often confrontational whereas if we adopt a positivist, by taking into account actions, ambitions and needs of the human person, this understanding of the difference may contribute progress and sustainable development (Brundtland, 1987). Conclusion The territory is confirmed as an open and cyclical system. Each control system refers to a specific complex system in which, by territorialization, the actor becomes agent or object. The actor is always in the paradox of the observer/designer. To build its own representation of the territory, he needs to take into account the other points of view. So, the observation has to analyse the mutual influence of the actors/agents on the control systems but it can also help him to perform his territory. Tomorrow, observatories will have to take into account more information than statistics and documents and will have to offer technical solutions to manage and represent the relations between objects. Now, to close this work, some research opportunities we may develop latter: 1- In terms of modeling : - Mathematical modeling allowing us to simulate decision support and decision making : the adaptation of the theory of information (Shannon, 1975) to the territory seems be an interesting starting point. - We can consider an econometric approach in relation, for example, to game theory and all its variations within the control systems of governance that contribute to the territorialization. - Game theory incorporates an empirical/descriptive approach based on data (laboratory studies) and on psychological facts: behavioral game theory. If it is necessary to do so, we can recall the importance of also involving sociologists, psychologists and anthropologists to these reflections.
February 2009, 28th
564 / 653
2 - In terms of quantitative analysis: - Measuring the proportion of spatial objects in the whole of the territory system in individual and collective performances but also address a systemic approach to the form, scope, scale, representations, spatial time dynamics, functions and effects on space and territories of all geographical or not elements; - Diversifying indicators in the analysis of territory: we have habit to mainly operate context indicators (eg. census of the population) but sometimes we neglect to take into account the nested and causal relations; - Expanding the use of achievement and performance indicators (see project management) to measure the local dynamism and the potential of innovation. 3 - Finally, in terms of observating systems of governance: - Analyzing the kind and the role of boundary objects5 like institutions, personalities, scales of space, concepts, values, etc. ; - Examining how to put into perspective the public intervention in order to share a vision and strategy with the citizen and organizations; - Considering the inclusion of consciousness (awareness) in the preparation of land development projects and anticipating or resolving conflicts that may arise. We could extend this list and we could refer every item to many works in progress. But here, we just wanted to link theorical modelling and research plans able to meet the social demand which integrates more and more the complex systems of the daily life. Bibliography BAGNASCO A., LE GALES P., 1997, Les villes europennes comme socit et comme acteur, in Villes en Europe, Ed. La Dcouverte, pp. 38 BANOS V., 2007, Repenser le couple territoire-lieu, pour une gographie de la dmocratie?, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs ?, V ANIER M. et alii (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, disponible en ligne sur http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. BERTACCHINI Y, 2006, Intelligence territoriale: le territoire dans tous ses tats, Collection Les ETIC, Presses Technologiques, Toulon, 316 p. BONNEFOY, JL., 2002, Une approche gographique de linteraction entre le matriel et lidel par le complexe et lartificiel, dans GOPOINT 2002 Lidel et le matriel en gographie, available at: http://sites.univ-provence.fr/bonnefoy/informations/Geopoint02.pdf BOUTINET JP., 1993, Psychologie des conduites projet, PUF, Paris, 126 p. BRUNDTLAND, G. H., 1987, Report of the World Commission on Environment and Development: Our Common Future, United Nations, available at: http://www.un-documents.net/wced-ocf.htm CAILLY L., 2007, Des territorialits aux spatialits : pourquoi changer de concept?, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. MARTRE H., Commissariat Gnral au Plan, Intelligence conomique et stratgie des entreprises, rapport prsid par Henri Martre, La Documentation Franaise, Paris, 1994, 167, available at: http://lesrapports.ladocumentationfrancaise.fr/BRP/074000410/0000.pdf. DAUPHINE A., 2003. Les thories de la complexit chez les gographes. Anthropos. 248 p EUROSTAT, 2000, La mesure des activits scientifiques et technologiques, principes directeurs proposs pour le recueil et linterprtation des donnes sur linnovation technologique, Manuel dOslo, Commission europenne, 13 p., available at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/35/56/2367523.pdf. GIRAUT, F., 2008, Conceptualiser le territoire, pp. 57-67, in Historiens & Gographes, N 403
5. In reference to Susan L. Star and James R.Griesemer.
February 2009, 28th
565 / 653
Construire les territoires, APHG, Paris, 188 p. HARBULOT C. and BAUMARD P., 1996, Intelligence conomique et stratgie des entreprises : une nouvelle donne stratgique, communication prsente lors de la Cinquime Confrence Annuelle de l'Association Internationale de Management Stratgique, 24 p., available at: http://www.strategieaims.com/lille/com7502.pdf. HERBAUX P., 2007, Intelligence territoriale, repres thoriques, lHarmattan, Paris, 195p. JAILLET M.-C., 2007, Contre le territoire, la bonne distance, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. LIMA S., 2007, Le dpassement des territoires, btisseurs et passeurs despace, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. MELE P., 2007, Identifier un rgime de territorialit rflexive, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. MOINE A., Le territoire: comment observer un systme complexe, LHarmattan, Paris, 2007, 176p. MOINE A., SIGNORET P., 2007, How the local governance system is influenced by the creation of an observatory: the OSER 70 experiment, in : International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Organised in the framework of CAENTI, Huelva, Spain, 24-27 October 2007, 16p., available at: http://www.intelligence-territoriale.eu/index.php/fre/content/download/1069/9236/file/huelva07-Moine.pdf. MORIN E., LE MOIGNE J.-L., 1999, L'intelligence de la complexit, L'Harmattan, Paris, 160p. MUSSO P., 2007, Critique de la notion de territoire numrique, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/ index.htm. NEGRIER E., 2007, Politique et territoire : fin de rgne et regain critique, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. PAINTER J., 2007, Territory and network: a false dichotomy?, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/ index.htm. POIX, C., MICHELIN, Y, 2000, Simulation paysagre: un modle multi-agents pour prendre en compte les relations sociales, Cybergeo, Systmes, Modlisation, Gostatistiques, article 116, available at: http://www.cybergeo.eu/index2242.html, Consultation du 10 mars 2008. PREFECTURE DE REGION FRANCHE-COMTE, 2005, Atlas des zonages en Franche-Comt, available at: http://www.franche-comte.pref.gouv.fr/actu/publi/doc_01.htm. QUEVA C., V ERGNAUD G., 2007, Lintermdiarit des territoires locaux: essai de rflexions croises sur les constructions territoriales locales en Allemagne, en France et en Espagne, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. RETAILLE D., 2007, Lespace mobile, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. RIVRON V., 2007, La construction hertzienne du territoire Brsilien, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/ in-
February 2009, 28th
566 / 653
dex.htm. ROSIERE S., 2007, Comprendre lespace politique, in Lespace politique, n 1, 16 p., available at: http://www.espacepolitique.org/numero1.php. ROSNAY (de), J., 1977, Le macroscope . Vers une vision globale, Seuil, Paris, 346 pages. ROSNAY (de), J., 1979, The macroscope sur Principia Cybernetica Web, Harper & Row, p. 314. Available at: http://cleamc11.vub.ac.be/MACRBOOK.html, Consultation du 4 septembre 2008. SECHET R., KEERLE R., 2007, Petite histoire de lquipe-de-gographie-sociale-de-la-France-delouest avec le territoire, in Territoires, territorialit, territorialisation: et aprs?, VANIER M. et alli (eds.), actes des entretiens de la cit des territoires, Universit Joseph Fourier, Grenoble, 7-8 juin 2007, available at: http://iga.ujf-grenoble.fr/territoires/index.htm. SHANNON, C. E., WARREN, W., 1975, The Mathematical Theory of Communication, University of Illinois Press, Champaign, 125 p. SIGNORET, P., 2008, Le territoire dans les systmes dobservation: Approche conceptuelle et perspectives; XLVme colloque de lASDRLF, Rimouski, Qubec, Canada, 25 au 27 aot 2008, available at: http://asrdlf2008.uqar.qc.ca/Papiers en ligne/SIGNORET-P.doc. SMOUTS M-C., 1998, Du bon usage de la gouvernance en relations internationales, in La gouvernance, in Revue internationale des sciences sociales, n 155, pp. 88.
February 2009, 28th
567 / 653
February 2009, 28th
568 / 653
72
Peasant organizations and local GOVERNANCE: from the vision of the past to the specific case of Douroula in the context of integral communalization
Claude tienne SISSAO Lecturer in History and Archaeology, University of Ougadougou, Burkina Faso claude.sissao@univ-ouaga.bf
Abstract: The present article seeks to clarify the role of village groups in the economic life of the country, more specifically the relationships that have so far prevailed between peasant organizations and the administration. In the first place a conceptual approach will allow us to set the problem in time by contrasting different experiences from one period to the other. Then the article focuses on the specific case of Douroula through a census of the peasant groups. Will be examined the distribution of the groups in the village that make up the commune; their identification through the meanings of the acronyms. Then the article proposes a typology of the groups according to gender (mixed groups, male, female groups, etc.) and according to the different activities they conduct. Thus, it shows that activities stemming from local initiatives are at the origin of the creation of most of the groups. Consequently, the study is favourable to the reinforcement of the capacities of the groups, and above all, to the clarification of the tasks vis--vis the public institutions in order to bring about a local governance that is stripped of redundant tasks. Keywords: Village groups, local governance, history, Douroula.
The Administration has as objective to limit as much as possible the exclusions; in other words, basically it tries to enter an inclusion dynamic. For this, any organized structure which manifests itself publicly should theoretically be concerned by the good governance. It reflects societys outlines, and especially the needs that society wants to be considered. The basic peasant organizations, generally called village groups do not have to replace the State bodies, but should only take the place that corresponds to them in the communes development. Their actions should not just obey to emergency and survival action. The present work seeks, on the one hand, to indicate the connection between the creation of groups and the possibilities proved by their implantation place and task and, on the other hand, to identify the local problems which could stand at their origin. The highlight of these links allows justifying the conditions of their participation to the development of the regional economy, contributing in this way to decentralization at the basic level. From this premise starts the action of identification consisting in defining the explanations on their creation. For well placing the context of this study, with the risk of being very short and incomplete, we should start with trying to define and to present the history of the peasant organizations. This consists in presenting a sketch of the nature of the peasant organizations which have followed one another by emphasizing the reasons of their creation as well as their degree of autonomy. Then, there is a comparison with the modern organizations, as for instance the case of Douroula, by trying to find the reasons for their creation, their location and especially the nature of activities that explain their existence. The present study is based on different documents. They refer firstly to the history works relating facts concerning rural organizations of the past as well as works based on current realities of the
February 2009, 28th
569 / 653
peasant world. But the richest sources from which this work is inspired are represented by the materials coming from field inquiries at Douroula which is the area of our reflections upon the local governance in general. It is a new commune gathering 12 villages, counting 12,806 inhabitants according to the provisional data of the census from 2006. Connecting the local governance with the village groups from the commune constitutes the main direction of our researches.
Figure 1: Administrative map of Douroula Commune
Note: Limite communale = Communal border Piste rurale = Rural path Route nationale = National road Fort classe = Classified forest Chef-lieu de dpartement = Administrative centre of the county Commune de Douroula = Douroula commune Source: BNDT/IGB (Base Nationale des donnes topologiques-National Base of topologic data/Institut gographique du Burkina-Burkina's Geographic Institute) Direction gnrale de l'Amnagement du TerritoireGeneral Direction of Land settlement (DGAT-DRL).
The collected data come also from the official list that censes the groups generally born out of initiatives proper to the locality. Our objective here is not to analyse their operating mode, but to present the capacity of the commune in terms of association, as the local governance implies taking into account these non governmental structures, created mainly to answer the specific preoccupations1.
1. The governance is eminently economic, or most of the groups created by the population have economic objectives. But every group wants, according to its preoccupation, its interests to be considered as public interests. That is why taking into account the groups in the governance gets important. There is no longer about commanding everything, only by giving orders, but about accompany the citizens. It is a way to make more democratic the process of satisfaction of needs. These needs are varied and tend to be thought over by the authorities at the beginning of development actions, instead of imposing high-level decisions. From this point of view, the age of strict planifications seems long time ago disappeared. The development plan becomes then the expression of coherent aspirations concretely expressed by the population. The
February 2009, 28th
570 / 653
One of the traits of the local governance is to administrate this form of organization that represents centres of community decisions based on well targeted interests. This list of contents is obviously not exhaustive, since associations that are active on the field are not listed. For instance, there is the twinning committee which has inspired development in the first place, by means of an example of decentralized cooperation which lasts for twenty years, the group of cultural entertainment that has been very dynamic through the theatre forum on the communal system etc. This limitation results from the will of providing a logical framework to the study: the choice of groups coming from the base and registered on the administration list. I. Historic of the village groups 1. Definition The village group is a convergence of persons who have in common a project of economic (mainly), social or cultural undertaking. Member of the civil society, the union is therefore apolitical. The gathering is based on specific interests that its members consider not enough developed by the classical institutional channel: family, professional network, political party etc. Its homogeneity lies in the common objective aimed at i.e. labouring. Always connected to an activity the created framework is a separate decision centre, with certain legitimacy. Consequently, it allows its members participating to the professional, economic and social life, outside the recognized structures of power exercise, as the political parties or the administration. On the one hand, it provides for its adherents a negotiation capacity with any other institution being able to contribute at their development. On the other hand, it determines the competition bodies likely to obstruct its accomplishments to take it into account. For this, it also represents a gathering of people that sets up a vision in the practice of a given activity by obeying to the generally admitted rules and by seeking to get as much profit as possible out of it. For a long time, the groups were coordinated by legislations whose area of action was vast: law n 18/59/AL from the 31st of August 1959, concerning the associations different from trade societies, as well as law n 10/92/ADP dealing with freedom to associate; or the groups have the tendency to become specialized according to the genre (specific issues for men or women), or the opportunities that nature offers for the development of certain activities (cereal producer, breeder etc.). It is in 1983 2 that an ordinance defined the role of village groups. Although the law defines them as non-profit-making associations, the economy is by far the main reason for the creation of a group, as suggested by the classification we present. Therefore, we deal with a kind of business needing the union of people having common objectives. But at the beginning it is an individual initiative or that of a restraint core searching other people having the same goal. It can all start from an opportunity provided by the institutions, the development programs or projects that look for partners organized in a group of people, so as to place the responsibilities and, by doing it, to enable the dissemination of decision-making. This can also be connected to a purely local initiative with the purpose to defend an activity whose practice encounters many difficulties in its origin environment; as it happens for excessive breeding, that we found appropriate to classify in the category of traditional breeding. In the cases we are studying, there is no specific group connected to the womens rights, but unions based on common interests to defend through a certain activity which is not their only prerogative. For example, we can deal with cereals trade, cattle fattening, wood or forest administration for men, cultural activities such as dance or theatre groups. Hence, there is a branching of the particularities which could be assimilated to dispersion of decision bodies in a relatively restraint space as the county or the commune. The raise of peasant organizations announces the increase in the number of decision centres in the villages of the commune. Not all the resolutions are made by the traditional environment, but also by a specific structure reflecting the contemporary difficulties and initiatives. It provides in this way a perspective on the interests expressed by the members of a community.
major question consists in seeing if the most active groups carry out the most important ones. The dynamisms of the different groups does not necessarily coincide with the urgency or economic importance of the problem related to the majority. Under these circumstances does the governance consist in taking into account the needs strongly expressed by the hyper active groups or into searching also those that seem resigned or out of the governance game? The ordinance of 13 May 1983.
2.
February 2009, 28th
571 / 653
This study aims firstly at describing the organizational capacities of the peasants outside the common institutional framework, to determine the main preoccupations of the population by means of an analysis of the facts that determined the gathering. In order to do this, a connection is made, as far as possible, between the groups activities and the possibilities of the commune. The main part of the work tries to prove the existence of peasant forces close to the realities of the base and consideration that it causes from the local power concerning the rural world. In the context of the governance, the village groups appear as instances participating at the decision-making, by suggesting to the decision-makers (the mayor and the local authorities) which directions to take upon. It is also a means of transmitting the decisions to the public. For all these reasons, we can state that the groups help the managers of the public issues to take decisions and to develop. They are basic structures close to political and administrative organizations which allow taking the society pulse, especially in terms of needs and difficulties. If the groups are well structured and function correctly, they allow decision-makers to have well informed people on specific issues. Available for consultation when needed, they are indirectly involved in the decision-making in particular field with a proved expertise. In this way we can encourage, in the framework of good governance, the appearance of peasant organizations as relevant actors (Maga, 2006, p. 306). But the peasant organizations have not always had the same structure throughout history in general, and especially in Africa, more precisely in Burkina Faso where the village groups that we study are situated. 2. From the perspective of the past History allows situating the evolution context of this particular form of organization. The circumstances determine therefore their profile, but the objectives seem to be a criterion that authorizes their spotting throughout history, especially when we get as guiding line the local governance. Structurally, were the peasant organizations autonomous throughout history or did they obey to outside decision centres? The nature of the answer differs from one period to another. a. The period of autonomy In the study area, the forms of gatherings were meanly peasant. The villages had a self-centred organization, so we can state that they were autonomous. They were made out of several distinct lineages, within which evolved families with autonomy of production and consuming. For instance, in the cultural area that interests us the authority was represented by the Massaki, who had the function of land chief as he came from the lineage of the founders. The criterion which allows identifying groups during the pre-colonial period is related to the cause of their creation. Most often their existence was justified by the need to solve a problem. Under these circumstances, there were associations of young people, of farmers or other whose role was to help the village with urgent and difficult tasks which needed strong working force in a relatively short period of time 3. The good basis of the activities carried out made the adhesion voluntary as basically everybody could benefit from it one day or another. It clearly appears that the activities were mainly rural and essentially depending on the seasons. The groups operated with a continuous new beginning with an almost mechanic changing of its members. The adherence ways were imposed by the uses and customs. We can infer that there were organization stick to the inside life of the villages. Consequently, in terms of governance it is worth signalling their autonomous character. b. The colonial period We will mainly be dealing with the changes brought by the colonization in the creation of frameworks enabling the gathering of peasants and in particular with defining their status in relation to the concept of local governance by highlighting an inside perspective of their evolution. The first observation we can do is that, together with the colonization there appear new forms of peasant organizations. Structurally, these organizations could not have a real autonomy, therefore be real independent decisions centres. They were the expression of a power whose decisions centres were totally outside oriented.
3.
In the land moaaga, the naam (power) is a temporary group of young people of the same age who are mobilized for the village activities according to an organization related to that of the environment. There is also the sossoaga (cultivators solidarity) which is a form of provision for alimentary responsibility the time the works last. The list can go on (Laurent, 1998; Oudraogo, 1990).
February 2009, 28th
572 / 653
The first forms of peasant organization known in the context of French Western Africa (F.W.A) are identified in Senegal. They seem to have firstly been experienced in Northern Africa (Algeria and Tunisia) (Gentil, 1986, p. 31-32). It is how we see appearing, following the traditional pattern, groups organized on the basis of stock granaries (Coquery-Vidrovitch, 1981, p. 282). There were also forms of gathering as answers to difficult economic situations needing increased solidarity. They were of course located in the administrative districts, but we could not consider them autonomous. Then appeared one after another, starting with 1910 more important gatherings: the Local Provident Societies (L.P.S.). By omitting the existence of the solidarity forms which were only kinds of previsions for activities of high intensity of working force on short and long term, the authorities imagined this institution to compensate for a claimed carelessness from the part of Africans (SuretCanal, 1962, p. 299 and following). In fact, they wanted more to establish some intermediary structures for a better functioning of the administration, being known that the colonial moving had caused irreversible breaking-off in the usages of African societies. In fact, absurdity was an anomaly within communities. There were, beside the seeds stocks, family granaries among which some had very elaborates outlines and constituted very visible buildings in most of the well established villages. They had as tasks to face calamities, difficult tomorrows etc. But the colonial settlement and its consequences did not allow anymore ensuring long-term imperative security or simply taking up survival strategies. Unfortunately, this has been considered as an absurd attitude that these cooperatives had to make up for. The established LPS (local provident societies) changed name several times: Provident Society (PS), Local Aid Society (L.A.S.), Mutual Society of Rural Production (M.S.R.P.) in 1953; in some places they are called Mutual Societies of Rural Development (M.S.R.D.). In spite of the private collectors, the administration brought the LPS into general use starting with the 1930s-1933s in the entire FWA, particularly because of the economic crisis (Suret-Canal, 1962, p. 303). The administrative centres of the old centres of Haute-Volta were affected between 1932 and 1935 (Schwartz, 1995, p. 277). Mainly we notice that there were pre-cooperative or cooperative organizations determined by the administration which defined their objectives and controlled them. They are different from the pre-colonial associations in that they design the leaders or the board members: President, General Secretary, Treasurer etc. The local societies of the colonial age became unique by their authority especially by the adherence became obligatory. There were signalled also abuses of power of the persons in charge who had the support the authority. Otherwise, they functioned following the instructions of the so-called authority that encouraged them mainly to produce for export. We can infer from that that they were not autonomous peasant organizations. The members did not decide upon the initiatives to take. They rather executed official orders. If at the beginning these institutions were managed by notables selected by the governor, since 1923 the circle commander became responsible of it4. When we know that the administration was a centralization tool, coming from an outside decision centre, it is clear that they could not play the part of a structure benefiting from real autonomy. Not all the peasant organizations had the same profile. At approaching the decolonization or the way to independence, there were qualitative transformations. Together with the establishment of the projects after the war, the administration has also determined the creation of village groups so as to enable the accomplishment of projects of small dimensions financed by FREESD (Fund of rural equipment for the economic and social development), needing the contribution of local population. The needs were supposed to be identified by the inhabitants themselves: wells, granaries, roads, reservoirs, schools etc. there was mainly about little infrastructures of proximity affecting directly the peoples life (Sissao, 2003, p. 1477-1503). But the weakness of these groups was that they only functioned while involved in a project. In the Ivory Coast, we see appear forms of more autonomous peasant groups, engaged for long time. For instance, there was the farmers and planters union who created the IUTWF (Inter-professional union for transporting the working force). It is a union which was a launching point for the fight against colonization, so we can understand that it was an autonomous peasant organization in the context of colonization even if otherwise its role for the development of cultures for export was considerable and that it gathered among its members an intellectual urbanized elite.
4. The king of the bush i.e. the circle major was the manager of LPS starting with 1932. In fact, he became the president, the major and the executor.
February 2009, 28th
573 / 653
c. The post colonial period At the independence there were some adaptations. The local societies disappear, because they were remainders of a concluded age. So, bodies in charge with elaborating and applying rural development programs deal with the peasants world and encourage it to be organized in groups, so in interlocutors or respondents to the administration. We can mention among others, SATEC, CFDT, and BDPA. Starting with 1966, it is the age of RBD (Regional Bodies for Development). They covered the entire territory and emphasized the organization of the peasant world by means of the creation and reinforcement of the capacities of the group. They had legal recognition. Having certain legitimacy in the village, they became the transmission channel between the administration and the projects that should have been set up in the village (Joseph, 1998, p. 116). The real change is made starting with the 70s, thanks to the conjunction of non-favourable climate factors and the oil crisis which weakened particularly the Sahelian countries and especially their administration whose development projects were questioned. The providence and developer State has decreased its influence over the rural world. The populations searched themselves alternatives in facing difficulties they encounter. A big number of projects of fight against drought were established in the rural area, determining the creation of many village groups. The increase in number of the groups determined the State to set up a flexible legislation in order to limit the pernicious effects by placing responsibilities: acknowledgement receipt, inside regulation. In the same time, it facilitated the methods of identification of the needs for the conception of the development projects. The 80s correspond to a revitalization period for the groups. The political factors and the aliments crisis that affected the country again were the origin of it. For what comes next, we can say that the increase of the groups is related to the need of solving survival and development problems. The States development-oriented speech is not appropriate to the means at its disposal; it was forced to collaborate with autonomous structured under the responsibility of populations (Yamogo, 1995, p. 67-74). For that, In Burkina Faso the 70s constitute a change in the history of local governance in relation to the peasant groups. II. From the particular case of Douroula, today The total number of groups censed by the administration goes up to 79. The process consisting in registering gives them certain legality related to the administration. The acknowledgement allows them to face certain formalities that ask for an official paper of existence. This form of acknowledgement offers also some opportunities: partnerships with official structures involved in the region, possibility of obtaining loans for exercising the activities etc. The group is always made out of a board with main leaders clearly identified and being generally called President, General Secretary, Treasurer etc. It is a form of association which allows to the members networking according to their interests or preoccupations. Among others, it also increases theoretically their capacity to reach their objectives by reuniting forces. It introduces the notion of partnership in the relations that it would have to establish with institutions or other groups in trying to reach their objectives. 1. Evolution, location and designation of the groups starting with 2001 a. Evolution and location It is during the first two years of the millennium that we take part at a major legalization of the groups, more precisely 29 and 28% of the number of the 79 registered. Then we have a peak in 2005. In the census that we carried out starting from the administrations slips, no group gathers all the inhabitants of a village, no matter their sex, profession and age, on the basis of general issues of development etc. But we also notice that most of them, even when they are specialized, mobilize only within one village. This means that there is no tendency to a federation of groups according to their specialization in the commune.
February 2009, 28th
574 / 653
Figure 2: The evolution of the number of legalized groups 2001-2007

Year 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 20075 Total Number of groups 23 22 5 4 16 4 5 79 %/Total 29,11 27,85 6,33 5,06 20,25 5,06 6,33 100
Evolution of groups from 2001 to 2007

25 No groups 20 15 10 5 0 1 2 3 4 Year 5 6 7
Source: List of groups identified by the administration, Archives of the Douroula's prefecture C. E. Sissao.
Figure 3: Number of groups censed by village

VILLAGES BLADI DOUROULA KANKONO KASSAKONGO KEREBE KIRIKONGO KOUSSIRI NORAOGTENGA SA SOUMA TORA TOROBA TOTAL NO GR 6 27 5 5 7 4 3 5 5 4 2 6 79 % 7,59 34,18 6,33 6,33 8,86 5,06 3,80 6,33 6,33 5,06 2,53 7,59 100,00
5.
Census from the 15th August 2007.
February 2009, 28th
575 / 653
Figure 4: Repartition of the groups in the villages of Douroula commune
Note : Cours deau = Water flow Route nationale = National road Route secondaire = Secondary road Fort classe = Classified forest Limite communale = Communal border Chef-lieu de commune = Administrative centre of the commune Source: BNDT/Survey 2007 Data from Douroula's prefecture.
The village of Douroula is the best prepared in terms of village groups, 34% of the total number of groups with about 27% of the population of the commune territory. This is due mainly to two factors: firstly, it is the head-place of department where the administration offices are. Formalities are therefore facilitated thanks to the proximity of the administration, whose directives are in this way better passed on in the village of establishment. The structures of development exercise their activities starting from the administrative centre of the department. Hence this village has increased awareness of the opportunities offered by village groups. It is also the most populated village of the commune (see bellow, the table on the demographic situation of the commune), but this explain only partially its predominance, because Bladi, which overtakes on the demographic plan is not though in the second rank among the best equipped village in terms of groups. Kirikongo, which is less populated, overtakes it in the number of groups. However, the associative movement is very marginal in an area like Tora, which is a Bwa village.
February 2009, 28th
576 / 653
Figure 5: Demographic situation of the commune

Village Men Women Total 1 074 1 706 372 311 510 577 211 416 190 351 272 527 6 517 2 285 3 676 742 584 1 051 1 260 397 780 361 695 552 1 036 13 418
Blady 1 211 Douroula 1 970 Kankono 369 Kassakongo 273 Krb 541 Kirikongo 683 Koussiri 186 Noraotenga 364 S 171 Souma 344 Tora 280 Toroba 509 Total 6 901
Source: Archives of the Douroula's prefecture C. E. Sissao.
b. Denominations et characteristics Figure 6: Language and denominations of groups

Language Dafing ou Diula Moore French Peul Total Number 52 12 10 5 79 % 65,82 15,19 12,66 6,33 100
The groups are generally established in their land, as reflected by the original language. The languages marka and/or diula are the most widely spread. More then 65% of the designations are made in these languages. It is good to notice that there is a variety beteween the dafing and the diula. But the speakers of the two languages can understand each other. The most widely spoken language in the commune is markakan, since it is the mother tongue of most of the populations of the commune. The names of the groups mention most often the help, harmony, solidarity: BENKADI and its varieties seem to be the denominations the most popular with almost 13 recurrences. Names as SABABOUGNOUMA, LANAYA, SABARIKADI are equally recurrent. The other languages represented by the denominations are, in the order of their importance: the Moore, the French and the Peul. The importance of the Moore is related to the establishment of an important Mossi community in the villages. Besides, the toponyms of this language are represented in the commune: NARAOGTENGA. In Moore, the names design as well the help, the harmony, Gods grace or help etc.: SONGRELAPANGA, ZEMSTABA, SIDWAYA, TEED-MANAGRE, NONG-TABA, NERWAYA, RELWENDE, NAMANAGABZANGA, DELWENDE, RAKISTABA, SONG-TABA. In French, we most often deal with acronyms corresponding to the initials naming the conducted activities: G.T.A.K.D, to designate the Group of Transformation of Almond from Karite of Douroula; GSP for Group of Sesames Producers; G.C.O.P, for the Group of Cereal and Oleaginous plants Producers etc. We also encounter eclectic denominations such as Good Samaritan, the Beautiful Gate etc. To sum up, the dynamism and the importance of languages appear in the groups denominations which include among others the slogans showing the behaviours to succeed in the undertaken actions.
February 2009, 28th
577 / 653
2. Founding the activities and becoming of the groups a. The ancient and recent usages Figure 7: Groups according to the genre
Genre Female group Male group Mixt group Non determined Total Number 24 31 17 7 79 % 30,38 39,24 21,52 8,86 100
Repartition of groups according to the genre

35 30 25 Number 20 15 10 5 0 Female group Male group Mixt group Non determined
Figure 8: List of mixt groups and their activities

Denomination SABARIKADI COGES CSPS FASO DEME HERE GNINI SABABOUGNOUMA SABABOUGNOUMA SABARIKADI U.G.G.F.Z.D LANAYA BENKAN BADEYA BENKADI TEED-MANAGRE BI-TISSINIFON DJOUYA-MAGNI SEBAMBA LANAYA Location BLADI DOUROULA DOUROULA DOUROULA DOUROULA DOUROULA DOUROULA DOUROULA KANKONO KASSAKONGO KOUSSIRI KOUSSIRI NORAOTENGA SA SOUMA TORA TOROBA Objet or activity Forest administration CSPS administration Literacy Cattle fattening Cereals marketing Wood administration Cattle fattening Forest administration Wood administration Wood administration Cotton production Wood administration Wood administration Wood administration Wood administration Cotton production Forest administration
February 2009, 28th
578 / 653
According to the genre, the repartition group is relatively balanced. The male groups are more important in number, then come the female groups and the mixt groups. This means that the populations are grouped according to their interests. We will also notice that their activities correspond to a certain extent to those exercised in concessions or in family. The mixt groups are mostrly dedicated to activities that did not exist or were not exercised in an organized way in the village and make the object of a more rigid modern reglementation. We are dealing here mostly with wood and forest administration with whom the environmental services are in charge. It is the village of Douroula that houses the biggest number of mixt groups, as well as new activities such as literacy, cattle fattening, CSPS (Centres of health and social promotion) administration etc. The female groups are interested in the cereal production, in the peanuts production, as well as in their marketing. The first activity is the most widely spread among the female groups. Women are also oriented towards the circulation of products, i.e. marketing. What is astonishing is that there is no female group that has forest issues as main activity, in spite of the fact that women are great consumers of firewoods. Figure 9: Repartition of activities of the female groups
Activities Cereals production Cereals marketing Cereals and oleaginous plants production Peanuts production Transformation of Shea almonds Cereals marketing and exploitation of seeds mills Peanut production and marketing Number 7 6 5 3 1 1 1 Rank 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Most of the groups have an economic vocation. The activities taken into account allow their members obtaining a salary. The primary sector covers the main activities of the groups. Figure 10: Repartition of groups according to the type of activity
Dimensions TRADITIONAL AGRICULTURE MODERN AGRICULTURE PICKING TRADE TRADITIONAL FARMING MODERN FARMING MODERN SERVICE TRANSFORMATION EDUCATION FISHING HEALTH TOTAL Number 23 18 10 9 7 5 2 2 1 1 1 79 % 29,11 22,78 12,66 11,39 8,86 6,33 2,53 2,53 1,27 1,27 1,27 100
According to the data of Douroula County, there is apparently no dichotomy between the modern and traditional sectors. The ancient and recent usages are mixed in the functioning of the current economy. As far as an activity can be integrated in the quest of a salary, it makes the object of a union. Almost all the groups do not have as goal the harmony which indicates the proper behaviour to reach
February 2009, 28th
579 / 653
the purposes as suggested by the denominations, but rather a better economic integration, by taking advantage of the opportunities offered for their development. The traditional agriculture is the origin of most of the groups, i.e. 29% of the total number6. This indicates the environment: a rural area where farming activities inspired mostly from the initiatives from the autonomy period dominate. They gather activities that once contributed to the fulfilment of needs in the context of a self-subsistence economy. The production is related mainly to cereals as the sorghum, millet, corn whose cultivation in this area is generally associated to the picking of oleaginous plants such as the Shea almonds. We can add to the peanuts production, pluvial rice in Mouhoun basin, sesame etc. Today not only do they all have a great utility in the populations alimentation, but also a clear market value. It is at these two levels that the adherents are interested in creating groups. By gathering, the farmers can have access to certain credits so as to improve their working conditions and especially to benefit from technical, material and financial support from the part of some development structures. It is one of the means necessary to establish partnerships with the potential backers, the development projects or programs set in the area, on the one hand and with the administration for the dissemination of the technical decisions, on the other hand. The peasant organization in groups allows having more or less visible respondents so as to place responsibilities. By looking at the whole range of the farming activities, anciently or recently practised, we can notice that the most ancient, qualified as traditional, are at the origin at the creation of half of the modern groups, almost 52% of the total. The modern agriculture corresponds to cotton producers, who represent 22% of the groups. It is the archetypal field of the export cultivations that benefit from a supervision especially at the production and transportation level after the colonial period; firstly, from the Local Provident Societies, then from CFDT7 starting with the 50s and more recently from SOFITEX8. Figure 11: Some agricultural statistics (2003-2005)
Type of speculation Sorghum Millet Corn Rice Nib Voandzou Cotton Peanut Sesame Production in 2003 (tons) 1 224 865 120 08 186 05 317 27 22 Production in 2004 (tons) 1 650 770 195 08 40 05 1 050 190 39 Production in 2005 (tons) 2 763 960 102 30 112 15 1 248 350 40
Source: DPAHRH/Ddougou.
The picking represents an important activity in the reasons for the creation of the groups, almost 13%. It is supervised by the environment services because it is connected to cutting or gathering of wood and it is part of the use of forest resources. The Douroula commune possesses two classified forests (Fig. 4). One is at Toroba and the other one at SA with important gallery forests along the Mouhoun watercourse. This determined the creation of certain groups subject to rules of exploitation of nature and providing lucrative activities for their members. In fact, the Douroula commune is a supplying centre for the city of Ddougou in charcoal and the tradi-practicians organized in a group are supplied with products from the forests. As for the farming, it represents a major activity in the region. We distinguish two types: The traditional farming and the cattle fattening. The first type is specific to the Peul shepherds who have practised this since the beginning of times. For this, we deal with a social and cultural datum integrated in the modern economy. The Peul
6. 7. 8. This also corresponds to the size of activities in this field as proved by the statistics in the table bellow on the farming production. The cereals production is by far the most important in variety and quantity. French company for textile development. Society of Fibres and Textiles.
February 2009, 28th
580 / 653
shepherds feel the need to constitute groups in the attempt of solving the problem of pasture, especially face to the farmers. The cattle fattening is an activity exercised by all the people, indifferent from their origin (ethnic, professional etc.). It is called intensive compared to the farming practised by the Peul shepherds who often move their troops to search the pasture. In the present case, the animals are bred on the spot, in cowshed or in farms where they are fed according to a special regime which enables them to get fat quickly. The cattle fattening is the prerogative of the old persons, of the civil servants, the peasants etc. As shown by the table bellow, farming is a major activity and this is why it determined the creation of many groups. Figure 12: Estimation of livestock
Villages Bladi Douroula Kankono Kassakongo Krb Kirikongo Koussiri Noraotenga S Souma Tora Toroba Total Cattle 1 371 2 206 445 350 631 756 238 468 217 417 331 622 8 052 Ovine 914 1 470 297 234 420 504 159 312 144 278 221 414 5 367 Caprine animals 686 1 103 223 175 315 378 119 234 108 209 166 311 4 027 Porcines 230 74 58 105 126 40 78 36 70 55 107 979 Asins 230 368 74 58 105 126 40 78 36 70 55 107 979 Fowl 5 027 8 088 1 632 1 285 2 312 2 772 873 1 716 794 1 529 1 214 2 279 29 521
Source: DPRA Estimation 2004.
b. The groups of Douroula face to communalization It would however not be wise too see only the advantages of the village groups, because as emphasized by Cupps D.S:
Despite the clear results obtained by the groups of citizens in certain sectors of the public action, an increasing set of data confirm the idea that a participation of the public, mechanic, without limits and irresponsible can cause dangerous dysfunction in the politic and administrative machineries (). When we allow non governmental groups, private or of public vocation, having a word to say and a major role to play in the determination of the public action, we implicitly increase the crisis of legitimacy and authority that affects all our political institutions (Cups, 1977, p. 478-487).
Not always, even if we agree upon their importance, since often their objectives are short-term ones. This is due to the fact that taking into account the needs can cause administrative difficulties and the absence of making clear decisions perceived by most of the people. From a historic point of view and in the particular case of the Douroula commune we witness a dissipation of the groups within the same village, the same commune. None of the acknowledged groups in 2000 defends larger interests involving the whole village by transversal preoccupations. These unions are connected to pre-existent groups which look for a wide visibility. More this allows increasing the number of decision centres, more the task is more arduous for the decision-makers, who can be influenced by the particular advantages little representative for general interests, as stated by Thomas John Clayton: it often happens that those who get involved are little representative for the population they come from. They often represent organized groups pre-existence connected to defending specific interests rather than those of the citizens in general (Thomas, 2002, p. 25), while the establishment of long-term politics does not always allow taking into account immediate interests. This can be conceived in a democratic system, but it is wise to act so as the personal interests do not become more important than the general ones. Many groups have a defensive nature especially those that we have called traditional. Generally, they try to save the authority of a certain existing group
February 2009, 28th
581 / 653
against the accusations that a wider public engagement could make. In this way, the growers need to gather in order to protect themselves against farmers. The latter ones, also constituted in groups, can make pressures in order to limit extensive breeding that disturbs their activities. Conclusion The village groups are basic peasant organizations having a solidarity function outside the family or clannish framework. From a historic point of view, we were able to identify some of them which were functioning according to the same principles as in the autonomous period. However, we could not qualify them as peasant since another way of life had not become so important in the considered environment that we would like to distinguish it. Almost all the communities living in the study area were rural, although in Africa there were communities that could be qualified as cities. These forms of groups of interest could last in time. The context of colonisation and that of the nominal independences have objectively explained the peasant organizations and allowed taking them into account as such. This is because, in the meanwhile, many organizations appeared and they did not have as purpose or as activity the promotion of the peasant world. However, we will notice that in some regions, associations or peasants groups managed to become emancipated to work for their members interests. Consequently, the peasant organizations such as they are built today date from the colonial period. But in the previous period they were not autonomous. They were the result of an administration that functioned essentially following the needs of an outside decision centre, especially the trading economy. They were therefore the links of an arbitrary and coercion administration. In Burkina Faso, as far as the creation of the peasant organizations is concerned, the change dates from the 70s, thanks to two factors: the climate crisis and the starvation that comes with it and on the top of which came along the oil shock. All these anomalies have weakened the States capacity of intervention. The populations organized themselves at the basis. The State became more permissive, admitting its weaknesses. It is at that time that the development partners that wanted to act directly on the field found collaborators on the spot. They allowed identifying the needs and have respondents on the field. At Douroula, the declared peasant groups are varied in terms of denomination as well as the objectives. We have an average of a group for 170 inhabitants. This constitutes a rate of representation more interesting than the one of the town councillors where the ratio is of one councillor for 560 inhabitants. The groups profile indicates the economic preoccupations of the county. By creating the VCD 9 (Village Councils of Development), structures overlap and have theoretically the same tasks on economic plan. It is therefore good to clarify the tasks on the field in order to avoid making things twice, conflicts, fruitless rivalries and useless competition, destroying opportunities. The peasant groups have to evolve towards more autonomy of decision and avoid being under the influence of administrative structures such as the VCD. Taking into account the historic depth, the VCD seem to meet the outlines of the old LPS with more reduced attributions. For this, a clarification of the tasks does not represent lack of relations or collaboration. Bibliography BEADOUX E. and MIEUWERK M., 1995, Groupements paysans d'Afrique, Paris, LHarmattan. BERTHANE J. and MERCOINET J., 1993, Mthode et planification pour les organisations paysannes d'Afrique sahlienne, Paris, lHarmattan. BUIJISOGGE P., 1989, Initiatives paysannes en Afrique de l'Ouest, Paris, lHarmattan. COQUERY-VIDROVITCH C., 1981, Socits paysannes du Tiers-monde, Paris, lHarmattan. COQUERY-VIDROVITCH C., 1992, in COQUERY-VIDROVITCH C. and GOERG O. (eds), La politique conomique coloniale, LAfrique occidentale au temps des Franais, colonisateurs et coloniss, c. 1860-1960, Paris, La dcouverte, p. 105-140.
9.
It is planned to set more than 100,000 members in the VCD from Burkina Faso.
February 2009, 28th
582 / 653
CUPPS D. S., 1977, Emerging problems of citizen participation, Public Administration Review, n 37, p.478-487. DIALLO S., 1995, L'exprience communale au Burkina Faso, in P.D.M (Programme of local development), La dcentralisation au Burkina Faso. Mise en uvre du processus, Acts of national conference, 18th-21st July 1994, Cotonou, Ceda (Centre for Africas environment and development), p. 27-35. FALL B., 1993, Le travail force en Afrique occidentale franaise 1900-1945, Paris, Karthala. GADO B., 2003, La situation alimentaire en Haute-Volta dans la premire moiti du XIXe sicle, le cas des cercles de Dori et de Ouahigouya, in MASSA G. and MADIGA G. (eds), Burkina Faso, Cent ans dhistoire, 1895-1995, t. 2, Paris, Karthala, p. 1335-1354. GENTIL D., 1986, Les mouvements coopratifs en Afrique de l'Ouest. Interventions de l'tat ou organisations paysannes, Paris, lHarmattan. GUISSOU B., 1995, Socit traditionnelle et dcentralisation, in P.D.M (Programme of local development), La dcentralisation au Burkina Faso. Mise en uvre du processus, Acts of national conference, 18th-21st July 1994, Cotonou, Ceda (Centre for Africas environment and development), p. 43-47. HOCHET A.-M., 1985, Afrique de l'Ouest. Les paysans, ces ignorants efficaces, Paris, lHarmattan. KI-ZERBO J., 1995, Socit civile et dcentralisation, in P.D.M (Programme of local development), La dcentralisation au Burkina Faso. Mise en uvre du processus, Acts of national conference, 18th-21st July 1994, Cotonou, Ceda (Centre for Africas environment and development), p. 51-60. KIPR P., 1987, Mmorial de la Cte-d'Ivoire, t. 2, Abidjan, Ami. LAURENT P.-J., 1998, Une association de dveloppement an pays mossi, Paris, Karthala. MAGA A., 2007, Pour un dveloppement durable: culture locale et organisation paysannes comme alternatives aux approches locales, Cahier du Centre dtudes et de Recherche en Lettres Sciences Humaines et Sociales CERLESHS, n 26, Ouagadougou, P.U.O, p. 282-301. MOREAU DEFARGES P., 2003 La gouvernance, Paris, PUF. OUDRAOGO L. B., 1990, Entraide villageoise et dveloppement. Groupements paysans du Burkina-Faso, Paris, lHarmattan. PD, list of groups acknowledged by the prefecture, doc. Manuscript, Current Archives of Douroula County. P.D.M (Programme of local development), 1995, La dcentralisation au Burkina Faso. Mise en uvre du processus, Acts of national conference, 18th-21st July 1994, Cotonou, Ceda (Centre for Africas environment and development). PODA A., 1988, Les groupements villageois en pays dagara: les problmes relatifs leurs creations et leur fonctionnement, M.M sociale C 7. SCHWARTZ A., 1995, La politique coloniale de mise en valeur agricole de la Haute-Volta (19191960) , in MASSA G. and MADIEGA G., La Haute-Volta coloniale. Tmoignages, recherches, regards, Paris, Karthala, p. 263-291. SISSAO C., 2003, Histoire coloniale: lconomie de la Haute-Volta la veille des indpendances (1947-1960), in MADIGA G. and NAO O. (ed.), Burkina Faso, Cent ans dhistoire, 1895-1995, t. 2, Paris, Karthala, p. 1477-1503. SURET-CANAL J., 1962, Afrique noire. L're coloniale 1900-1945, Paris, ditions Sociales. TCHA-KOURA S., 1995, Formation d'une elite paysanne au Burkina-Faso, Paris, lHarmattan. THOMAS J. C., 2002, Action publique et participation des citoyens. Pour une gestion dmocratique revitalise, Paris, Nouveaux Horizons.
February 2009, 28th
583 / 653
YAMOGO S., 1995, ONG et dcentralisation, in P.D.M (Programme of local development), La dcentralisation au Burkina Faso. Mise en uvre du processus, Acts of national conference, 18th-21st July 1994, Cotonou, Ceda (Centre for Africas environment and development), p. 67-74.
February 2009, 28th
584 / 653
73
Some considerations regarding collective intelligence
Filimon STREMAN Full Professor, Ph.D., University 1 Decembrie 1918 Alba Iulia, Romania filimonstremtan@yahoo.com
Abstract Collective intelligence is a form of intelligence that emerges from the collaboration and competition of many individuals. It is therefore vital to understand, among other things, how collective intelligence processes can be expanded by digital networks. It is one of the keys to success for modern societies. Keywords Collective intelligence, digital networks, group effects, human system, free flow of information
I. What is collective intelligence? Collective intelligence has existed for at least as long as humans have. Tribes of huntergatherers, nations, and modern corporations all act collectively with varying degrees of intelligence. And, from some perspectives, even collections of bacteria, bees, or baboons can also be viewed as collectively intelligent (e.g., Bloom, 1995). But this ancient phenomenon is now occurring in dramatically new forms. With new communication technologies-especially the Internet-huge numbers of people all over the planet can now work together in ways that were never before possible in the history of humanity (e.g., Malone 2004). It is thus more important than ever for us to understand collective intelligence at a deep level so we can create and take advantage of these new possibilities. Collective intelligence is a form of intelligence that emerges from the collaboration and competition of many individuals. Collective intelligence appears in a wide variety of forms of consensus decision making in bacteria, animals, humans, and computers. The study of collective intelligence may properly be considered a subfield of sociology, of business, of computer science, and of mass behavior, a field that studies collective behavior from the level of quarks to the level of bacterial, plant, animal, and human societies. As our society becomes more and more knowledge-dependent, this collective ability becomes of fundamental importance. It is therefore vital to understand, among other things, how collective intelligence processes can be expanded by digital networks. It is one of the keys to success for modern societies. The above definition has emerged from the writings of Peter Russell (1983), Tom Atlee (1993), Pierre Lvy (1994), Howard Bloom (1995), Francis Heylighen (1995), Douglas Engelbart, Cliff Joslyn, Ron Dembo, Gottfried Mayer-Kress (2003) and other theorists. Collective intelligence is the intelligence of connections, of relations. Some also define it as connective or relational intelligence. The heart of collective intelligence is harmonizing connections. These connections induce co-operations which constitute matrialisation of collective intelligence. The collective intelligence, in its operational dimension in a company, is the capacity of an organization, of a collective to ask questions and to seek the answers together. To put it into practice, it is necessary to develop intellectual co-operations in the organization. That implies that someone wants to cooperate, another knows how to cooperate and another has the
February 2009, 28th
585 / 653
power to cooperate. To create wanting to cooperate, one needs values and beliefs which converge towards co-operations. For example, values of division, respect, responsibility. We have to believe that people have a share of selflessness and are not only selfish. The knowledge to cooperate supposes that one adopts behaviors, a knowledge of being cooperative which consists in helping the others and to seek help rather than to reinvent warm water by oneself. That also supposes managers knowing how to induce cooperation. How to create cooperations in a team? There are methods and tools related to management of collective intelligence. One must cooperate because it is the only manner to obtain a collective performance higher than the sum of the individual performances in our company of information. We can function on a Command and Control logic on a line production in a factory because the share of information is weak in the performance. This is not true when the heart of our activity is valorization of an immaterial capital. To perform well, one then needs the ideas and knowledge of all, to innovate and quite simply to work! One cannot order another to have an idea. It is necessary to obtain their voluntary co-operation in order to have it. It is thus necessary to pass to a Connect and Collaborate logic. Pierre Lvy defined collective intelligence as the capacity of human communities to co-operate intellectually in creation, innovation and invention. He insisted on the four axioms of collective intelligence: Universally distributed: nobody knows everything, everyone knows something, knowledge is in people and not in a transcendent entity which would organize its distribution in society. Constantly enhanced: the human collective thus organized would have as its central wealth, the human being. Pierre Levy insists on the basic concept of economy of human qualities. Thus, each member of the collective would be carrying a wealth that no one could neglect and which would ensure him a single place and a contribution within the intelligent collective. Coordinated in real time: the reference is made here to the cyberspace, tool of support and support of collective intelligence, which, it alone, allows a large-scale media communication. Resulting in the effective mobilization of skills: Collective intelligence is not only a theoretical or philosophical concept. It can underlie a new effective and efficient social organization, based on skills, learning and knowledge. Collective intelligence favours empowerment (to empower namely the creative potential which exists in each one of us) rather than power (which, contrary to the empowerment, isolates, divides and weakens). Empowerment makes something possible, power stops it: Pierre Levy invites to disinvest the hierarchies and introduces the notion of dmodynamique (demodynamic) (of the Greek dunamis: power, force) against democracy! In conclusion, according to Pierre Levy, collective intelligence is an intelligence universally distributed, constantly enhanced, coordinated in real-time, which leads to an effective mobilization of skills. II. The characteristics of collective intelligence Some characteristics of collective intelligence are: - decentralization of the knowledge and skills, - autonomy of enhanced individuals as creators of meaning , - expansion of an intersubjective space free of economic and governmental constraints, - constant interactivity between the individuals and their environment (technical, economic, ecological...) whose modifications are perceived and controlled in real-time, - disintegration of massive structures (that the author calls molar) to the benefit of autonomous, small and convivial entities, - the appearance of a new conviviality and a new ethics... We can speak of three forms of collective intelligence: 1) natural collective intelligence (migratory birds, ants: a natural model of problem solving, termites and self assembling) ; 2) artificial collective intelligence; 3) collective intelligence in human societies; In our society, there are many different kinds of collective intelligence, including: - the collective intelligence generated by high quality conversations among diverse people working together; - the collective intelligence generated by independent consumers in a market; - the collective intelligence of global information systems we reach through computers;
February 2009, 28th
586 / 653
- the psycho-spiritual fields of collective intelligence we can reach through meditation and deep dialogue; - the collective intelligence of whole societies who weave all of these into their cultures and into their political, governmental and economic institutions. III. Limitations of collective intelligence in human societies Some of the flaws of this field are: - group decisions, as the members do not dare to say what they think; - passive acceptance of a situation which the individual may believe to lead to a catastrophe (ex : the Challenger space shuttle); - discussions on the choices and consequences of decisions are often confusing and amount to nothing ; - the experts opinion without consequence facing the opinion of a group of people who are wrong, - democratic votes may place a dictator at the head of a country; - the collective representations which normalize behavior at the expense of one class or another (leading for example to a very high suicide rate among women in China). Collective intelligence is thus limited by effects of the group (conformism, fear, closing, absence of procedure, ideological homogeneity), so much so that the individual alone can perfectly be more intelligent than a whole group because they can preserve better their critical thought better than under the influence of the group. To note in addition that the concept of intelligence applies to the cognitive or even emotional faculties of an individual. The application of this concept to a group cannot have the same meaning, because it is impossible to say where would faculties of representation, of creation and learning higher than those of the isolated individuals appear. IV. Some factors which support collective intelligence There are probably hundreds of factors we could identify as important for the generation of collective intelligence in different types of human systems. Some factors which support collective intelligence:diversity,synergy,commonality, authenticity, freedom, free flow of information, memory, trust, discernment, chaos/order, appreciation of complexity, feedback, possibility-testing, people feeling fully heard, power equity. 1. Diversity To the extent everyone is the same, their intelligence cannot collectively add up to something more than any of them individually. Diversity enriches possibilities, through increased information, perspective, stimulation, and re-combination, among other factors. The infinite forms of human diversity (class, personality, opinions, experience, cognitive style, etc. ) are a study unto themselves; and all are relevant as potential contributors to collective intelligence. We need to concern ourselves with how we handle existing (presenting) diversity, and also with the inclusion of adequate diversity (e.g., the presence of certain stakeholders) for the purposes of a specific collectively intelligent activity. This valuing of diversity means that efforts at collective intelligence tend to have a bias towards inclusivity and all voices being heard (modified by discernment below). Included in this diversity factor are other forms of dissonance such as dissent, challenge, and change as well as outsiders, fringe elements, the Other, he Shadow, and other normally rejected parts of the whole picture. 2. Synergy Synergy is generative, productive relationship that produces a whole greater than the sum of its parts. It usually features cooperation but under the right circumstances can involve competition or even pitched battle. Synergy is the key factor that determines whether diversity leads to greater collective intelligence or collective stupidity. 3. Commonality Shared humanity, language, values, goals, purpose, ground rules, etc., provide common ground on which to stand while creatively using our diversity. If we hold too much in common (e.g. unexamined assumptions), or if we value commonality to the exclusion of diversity (i.e., conformity), coll-
February 2009, 28th
587 / 653
ective stupidity (groupthink) will likely result. Shared purpose, vision and inquiry are among the most powerful tools for self-organization and, if other collective intelligence factors are in place, for collective intelligence. 4. Authenticity To the extent people and things are what they appear, they can interact toward desirable outcomes. If part of the collective is deceiving another part, it is difficult for the whole to comprehend reality and find desirable outcomes. Furthermore, to the extent people are grounded in their deep authentic selves (rather than ego), they will also be grounded in universal realities and motivations which serve collective intelligence. Such grounding can be stimulated on an ad hoc basis by process and facilitation, or nurtured as a personal and group capacity by psychospiritual practices. 5. Freedom To the extent parts of the collective are both connected and autonomous (independent), they will be able to manifest their diversity, authenticity and creativity as part of collective intelligence. One of the most valuable forms of freedom for collective intelligence is free flow of information. 6. Free flow of information Intelligence is closely tied to the processing of information. In collectives, information must be able to move from one part of the whole to other parts in order for this processing to happen well. This implies a level of openness which, in turn, is related to authenticity. Among the most powerful forms of information flow for collective intelligence is sharing the wisdom that emerges from the collective with the whole collective (a form of feedback) 7. Memory Storage of information, knowledge, and experience accessible to all parts of the collective. While consciousness is possible without memory, functional intelligence is not. Social memory is stored and accessed through records (including databases and libraries), stories (including myths), media, educational activities, etc. 8. Trust Threats from other people undermine one's authenticity, freedom, initiative, relationship and openness. For optimum collective intelligence, we should face significant challenges together in a context of minimal threat from each other. This sense of safety can be generated initially by culture, by agreements and by facilitation, and it grows through sharing and living safely through vulnerability. 9. Discernment High intelligence requires high ability to discern differences, similarities and relevance, and to weigh potential outcomes in light of values and goals. Diversity (and other factors), used well, can enhance collective discernment by reducing blind spots. (Qualifier: to maximize the benefits of diversity, we can use relevance-plus which means including the full appropriate range of relevant information, inquiries, options, participants, etc., plus, ideally, some that are random or of borderline relevance.) 10. Chaos/order Too much chaos destroys through dispersal. Too much order destroys though inflexibility. Life gravitates to the realm between order and chaos. Collective intelligence requires a healthy balance of order and chaos (structure and freedom, predictability and creativity, knowledge and uncertainty, convergence and divergence, etc.) or dynamics through which each can evolve into the other. 11. Appreciation of complexity Diversity of data and information invites us to confront a more complex picture of reality. Seeing this as a resource, instead of resisting it through comfortable oversimplifications, is a resource for collective intelligence. This includes an ability to hold multiple-viewpoints, both/and logic, a tolerance for ambiguity and paradox, and insight into the fractal nature of reality in which patterns (including opposites) can contain each other at different levels of observation. It also involves contextual sensitivities such as cultural contexts, systems thinking and what we might call depth of
February 2009, 28th
588 / 653
field ( deep time, deep place, deep causality, deep humanity, deep ecology, deep psychology, etc.) which strive to expand comprehension outwards towards the ideal whole picture. Visual representations that bring some coherence to complex situations, possibilities or arguments can provide a common ground for collective encounters with complexity. 12. Feedback Learning from experience involves outputs feeding back as inputs, especially feeding back the results of action as information for reflection or correction. All intelligence needs this dynamic, but it is particularly vital, and possible, with collective intelligence, thanks to the presence of multiple viewpoints and collective means for gathering feedback. 13. Possibility-testing Any means that can be used to help people consider diverse options and scenarios in light of their values and goals can enhance collective intelligence. This includes not restricting deliberations to one or two proposals and pro/con thinking, but openly exploring choices and their consequences. 14. People feeling fully heard More than anything else, this opens people up and reduces dysfunctional assertiveness and defensiveness. It is essential for dialogue, and some facilitation methods focus on it. 15. Power equity If any parts or members of the collective have the power to dominate the system, the chances are high that diversity, information, freedom, feedback and many other factors needed for collective intelligence will be degraded. Social power comes in many forms which cannot be mechanically balanced, but the non-domination test can warn us when we have wandered too far from equity. In democratic political systems, this factor can be addressed by making any necessary concentration of power answerable to those over whom it is exercised. V. Some factors which inhibit collective intelligence 1.Narrow bandwidth among members Cramton suggests that narrow bandwith, such as that caused by geographically distributed teams, results in difficulty in sharing mutual knowledge. She further classifies this failure into 5 types: - failure to communicate and retain contextual information - unevenly distributed information - difficulty in communicating and understanding the salience of information - differences in speed of access to information - difficulty interpreting the meaning of silence. 2. Cultural boundaries Blau among others, contend that a main barrier to collaboration may be the difficulty in achieving agreement when diverse viewpoints exist. This can make effective decision-making more difficult. Even if collaboration members do manage to agree they are very likely to be agreeing from a different perspective. This is often called a cultural boundary. For example: a culture where rank or job title is important makes it hard for a lower rank person who may be more qualified than their superior for the job it had to collaborate. The lower rank person is told what to do. This is not collaboration stranger danger; which can be expressed as a reluctance to share with others unknown to you needle in a haystack; people believe that others may have already solved your problem but how do you find them hoarding; where people do not want to share knowledge because they see hoarding as a source of power Not Invented Here; the avoidance of previously performed research or knowledge that was not originally developed within the group/institution. 3. Self-interest and the free-rider problem Olson propose that individuals self interest might hinder the emergence of collective action. He believes that group size reduces the cost of not participating. Further, group size reduces the share of benefit but increases the cost of participation (the interest of the individual is less aligned to the group average, and there is higher cost of organizing a large group).
February 2009, 28th
589 / 653
4. Implementation issues Bikson and Eveland describe CSCW (computer-supported collaborative work) implementation issues which might also be pertinent to implementation of collective intelligence systems. Among their key findings of their qualitative study at the World Bank: - Change in social and technical systems (the former like work groups, jobs, interdependencies; the latter like hardware, software, networks) - Implementation has as strong an influence as technology on outcomes Outcomes evolve over time. 5. Market failure Market failure is especially important in inhibiting the proper function of prediction markets. 1. Overly restrictive or unclear specification of event to be predicted. For example, a 2006 Tradesports contract on whether North Korea conducts a missile test specifies that the US Department of Defense as a confirmation source. But on this event, the DOD does not confirm the incident, even though it has been widely reported on in the media. 2. System downtime during critical betting periods. For example, one user alleges that Tradesports' site is down during the last one minute of a crucial SMC/USF game on Feb. 19, 2007. 3. Involvement of biased parties, and cornering the market. 4. Predictions of extreme events. 5. Long-lived contracts? SimExchange uses infinite-life contracts in a prediction market for video game sales. Some observers suggest that this might work only for play money. 6. Affiliation bias. Koleman shows evidence that New York betters in the Iowa prediction market favor the Yankees. We also conjecture that many factors that inhibit healthy development and functioning of traditional asset markets, such as the stock market, might inhibit collective intelligence. Such factors include: Manipulation, insider trading, thin markets, herding, poor rule of law, limits to arbitrage, if traders are agents for other principals. 6. Biases Many of the above seem to also appear at the group level. There are biases that are unique to groups : 1) In-group bias. Individuals favor their own group members. The bias appears to be reduced with the size of the group. 2) Out-group homogeneity bias. Individuals see members of other groups as more homogeneous than those in their own groups. The bias seems to be independent of the size and number of groups, and is not due to the relatively less interaction between the individuals and out-group members. 3) Groupthink, bandwagon effect, herd behavior. This is the tendency to do what others do. 4) Facilitation and loafing. A version of this is the contrast effect. For example, a person placed next to a less appealing one is viewed as more appealing than normal, but when placed next to a more appealing one, is viewed as less appealing than normal. 5) Group polarization. This is the tendency for groups to adopt more extreme or riskier positions after discussion. Indeed, the positions are often more extreme than each individual would wants. One probable cause is the desire to conform. 6) Biased use of information and the common knowledge effect. 7) Risky shift. 8) Distortions in multi-level group decisions. When there are multi-level group decisions, such as in a democratic political process, the peoples preference may be very distorted if we use a fair majority social decision scheme. In practice, such distortions might be corrected with minority reports and interest groups. But we are aware of no data that permit a test of the distortions-by-levels argument.
February 2009, 28th
590 / 653
VI. Perspectives on collective intelligence One way to integrate the different perspectives on collective intelligence is to identify the: 1) commonalities: how each maps onto the generic components common in collective intelligence, 2) discipline-specific contributions: what are the key relevant concepts and theories. Hopefully, the commonalities spur deeper thinking about the foundations of collective intelligence, and the discipline-specific contributions suggest cross-fertilization of ideas across disciplines. The figure 1 provides examples from each perspective. In addition to the above discipline-specific perspectives, some other perspectives have multidisciplinary origins, but are becoming perspectives in their own right, and we list them in figure 2. Figure 1:
Perspective Sociology Economics Actors Humans Firms, consumers Neurons, codons People Resources Status, power Wealth, goods Weight of connections Resources Actions and their bases Persuasion, conformity Trade, princing incentives Neural firing Resource allocation Results Motivation, learning, conflict Efficiency, monopolistic power Mental representations, mind-body problem Productivity Evaluation and measures Experiments, sociometry Welfare monetary units Two-photon microscopy, calcium imaging Productivity Speed and accuracy of results, transmissions Experiments, sociometry Factors inhibiting CI Arrows imposib. theorems Differentiation and integration Byzantine Failure, impossibility of distributed consensus -
Cognitive neuroscience Organization theory Computer science and artificial intelligence Biology Political philosophy
Computers
Computational cycles, storage Energy, free will, sensory capacity Status, power
Computation
Computational solutions
Organisms Humans
Decisionmaking Decisionmaking
Motivation, learning, conflict
Figure 2:
Perspective Social psychology Computer supported collaborative work Prediction markets Economic sociology Actors Humans Resources Status, power Productivity Information, money Trust, identity, organization al demography Actions and their bases Persuasion, conformity Results Motivation, learning, conflict Voting result Node-level profitability, mortality Evaluation and measures Experiments, sociometry Count of votes, variances Profits, hazard rates Factors inhibiting CI -
Humans
Humans
Votes
Humans and organizations
Relationships as constraints
Strong ties
February 2009, 28th
591 / 653
Bibliography CAILLARD D., 2000-2001, Lintelligence collective, Seminaire internet de Sciences-Po. CRAMTON D.-C., 2001, The Mutual Knowledge Problem and Its Consequences for Dispersed Collaboration, Organisation Science, Vol.12, No.3 ( May 2001 ), pp 346-371. GIRARDOT J-J., 2003, Concept, method and tools of territorial intelligence, invited conference in the Social Worker National Training School, Nantau (Taiwan). LEVY P., 1997, Lintelligence collective: pour une anthropologie du cyberespace, La Dcouverte/Poche. http://barthes.ens.fr/scpo/Presentations00-1/Caillard_IntelligenceCollective/intcol.htm http://www.citeulike.org/user/rlai/article/168527 http://www.citeulike.org/user/rlai/article/753152 http://www.citeulike.org/user/rlai/article/1411515 http://www.citeulike.org/user/rlai/article/1370366 http://www.citeulike.org/user/rlai/article/1397443 www.co-intelligence.org http://www.community-intelligence.com/blogs/public/archives/000274.html http://scripts.mit.edu/~cci/HCI/index.php?title=Main_Page#What_factors_inhibit_collective _intelligence.3F http://www.thetransitioner.org/wikifr/tiki-index.php?page=La+r%C3%A9volution+invisible http://www.thesimexchange.com/frontpage.php http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intelligence_collective#L.27intelligence_collective_naturelle
February 2009, 28th
592 / 653
74
A Planning Support System for Assessing Strategies of local Urban Planning Agencies
Stephan T.P. KAMPS PhD Student in Geography, ThMA, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France stephan.kamps@univ-fcomte.fr Ccile TANNIER CNTS Researcher, ThMA, University of Franche-Comt, Besanon, France cecile.tannier@univ-fcomte.fr
Abstract: Here we present our research project, which aims to develop a new kind of planning support system (PSS). The PSS aims to analyse the urban planning process. An important part of the construction of the PSS is the development of a multi-agent simulation model of the urban planning process; the model will be based on the comparison of the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands. Keywords: Planning Support System, Spatial Decision Support System, Multi-Agent System, Urban Planning, Urban Development
Over the years many tools became available to urban planners to aid them in the process of urban planning. These tools provide planners with support in their decisions concerning urban planning. Many of these tools focus on the design and evaluation of possible solutions for spatial planning problems. Very few tools, however, focus on the evaluation and streamlining of the urban planning process itself. Tools, that focus on the evaluation of the planning process, help create an understanding of the urban planning process. They help predict the outcomes of the planning process, therefore, allow urban planners to better foresee the consequences of their actions. Even so, rather than finding the optimal solution to a spatial planning problem, a focus on the planning process allows planners to find either a set of solutions that are most achievable or the way an optimal solution is best achieved. In this paper we propose the development of a Planning Support System (PSS), that will help planners to understand, to evaluate and to steer the urban planning process. In section 2 of the paper we discuss the objectives of the research project, which are the development of a PSS, the integration of the planning process in urban development modelling and the adaptation of the PSS to the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands. Next, section 3 introduces the structure of the proposed PSS and describes the different layers of the PSS. Thereafter, section 4 gives a comparison of the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands. Finally, the findings of this paper are discussed in the fifth section. I. Research objectives In short the objective of the research presented here, which is a PhD project at the University of
February 2009, 28th
593 / 653
Franche-Comt, is the development of a PSS that evaluates the functioning of the urban planning process itself rather than evaluating an urban planning solutions that the same planning process might produce. 1. Construction of a new type of Planning Support System Urban planning and design supposes to take into account numerous conflicting phenomena that occur at several interacting scales. Considering such complexity, spatial decision support systems (SDSS) or planning support systems (PPS) can help urban planners and designers to achieve their task. A decision support system (DSS) can be defined as a computer program that assists individuals or groups of individuals in their decision process, supports rather than replaces judgements of individuals, and improves the effectiveness rather than the efficiency of a decision process (Uran and Janssen, 2003) quoting Janssen (1992). A SDSS is used to support decision processes where the spatial aspect of a problem plays a decisive role (Uran and Janssen, 2003). SDSS are close to PSS. But PSS specifically support the whole of or some part of a unique professional planning task whereas SDSS can be regarded as systems designed specifically to support a decision research process for complex spatial problems (Geertman and Stillwell, 2004). More precisely, Klosterman (2001) defines planning support systems as all current and future technologies useful for planning, but stresses however, that this concerns only the computer hardware, software and related information used specifically for planning tasks. Another definition comes from Geertman and Stillwell (2002), who define PSS as a subset of geotechnology-related instruments that incorporate a suite of components (theories, data, information, knowledge, methods, tools) that collectively support all of or some part of a unique planning task. A planning support system provides integrated environments, which are usually based on multiple technologies, with a common interface. Hence, Geertman and Stillwell tell us that a PSS consist of several components: on the one hand are information and data; on the other hand, are methods, theories and knowledge. A common interface makes these components accessible for urban planners. Moreover, both planning support systems and spatial decision support systems often aim to provide insight into complex spatial information, using geographical information system (GIS). Finally, the difference between PSS and SDSS lies mainly in the application of these systems, which explains that, for the purpose of this paper, we consider them both interchangeable. Our research focuses on the development of a PSS that is especially equipped to provide urban planners with support on urban development at the regional or agglomeration scale. There exist many examples of similar SDSS and PSS in the literature, although all with very different objectives. A common objective for a planning support system is the generation of one or more solutions to a spatial planning problem. For example, Chang et al. (2008) present an integrated approach to construct a spatial decision support system (SDSS) for the selection of landfill sites for Harlingen, Texas USA. Saarloos et al. (2003, 2005) have developed a multi-agent simulation model which represented a planning team. The model provides the urban planner with several alternative solutions to a spatial planning problem. Similarly, Zamenopoulos and Alexiou (2003) have designed a system, where agents act as a substitute for the experts who are missing from the planning team. Other SDSS and PSS are designed to evaluate current and future land-use arrangement. Carsjens and Ligtenberg (2007) have introduced STEPP (Strategic Tool for integrating Environmental aspects in Planning Procedures), which offers an analytical as well as a design component, to enable the design of new spatial arrangements and the assessment of the environmental implications of the designed land use arrangement. Matthews et al. (1999) propose to extend a DSS with a land use planning tool which assists the land manager to explore options, to assess potential impacts, to experiment with alternative land use strategies and ultimately to discover new knowledge. MacDonald (1996) developed a SDSS which enables planners to develop and to evaluate solid waste planning scenarios. A third type of PSS and SDSS is not only able to find a solution for spatial planning problem but can also facilitate the evaluation of the provided solution. Arentze and Timmermans (2000) have developed Location Planner with retail planning problems in mind. The objective of Location Planner is to support both the intuitive mode, the evaluation of planned or anticipated developments, and a goal-seeking mode. MedAction addresses the political issues of land degradation and desertification, sustainable farming, and water resources (Van Delden et al., 2007). Among the objective of MedAction are the design of solutions to current and future problems and the evaluation of these solutions. Since there exist already many systems that support urban planners in their decisions regarding
February 2009, 28th
594 / 653
the urban development, what is the need for the development of a new spatial decision support system? In other words, what lacks in the existing PSS and SDSS described in the literature? All the PSS and SDSS described earlier look either at the current and possible future land use configuration, or at one or more solutions for a spatial planning problem. But, none of those systems consider the planning process and, in general, very few PSS and SDSS evaluate the planning process itself. However, an analysis of the planning process can provide useful information. In particular, an analysis of the planning process can show whether a solution or a plan proposed for a spatial planning problem can be achieved under current circumstances. For example, when a planning agency desires to develop a new housing estate, the analysis of the planning process might show that the parties involved in the plan cannot acquire the necessary terrain. Similarly, the planning analysis provides additional criteria for the evaluation of solutions to a spatial planning problem. For example, for the development of a new housing estate, a planning agency can propose high quality social housing and abundant public and commercial services. However, if, considering the complete planning process, it appears that developers have little interest in the development of such a housing estate, which eventually leads to a development of a poor quality, a second best solution, more in the interest of developers, might at the end be a better solution than the original optimal solution. Furthermore, an analysis of the planning process can show that a change in the planning strategies increases the chances of a successful realisation of a proposed development. For example, a proposed renewal of the city centre, or part of it, through brownfield development, appears, after an evaluation of the planning process to have a higher chance of success when the planning agency in question cooperates with neighbouring municipalities, and better coordinate and pace their development proposals. Finally, the analysis of the planning process can show unexpected effects of proposed alternative developments. For example, in order to meet the demand for cheap houses, a planning agency has two alternatives for the development of a housing estate with houses for first-owners, a brownfield development and a greenfield development. An evaluation of the planning process shows that in the case of the brownfield development developers are only interested in building expensive houses, and that the greenfield development leads to strong opposition of interest groups. The examples presented here show that the evaluation of the planning process provides additional criteria and helps choose between several optimal solutions. Also, it allows planners to determine which tool is best used to introduce an optimal solution. This leads us to propose the construction of a SDSS, which enables the testing and evaluation of planning policies or strategies. Rather than creating or evaluating a planning solution, this new SDSS will evaluate planning policies and planning tools for their effectiveness at realising the planning objectives. The research project focuses at the simulation of the relationships between actors in the planning process and the relationships between the same actors and the spatial structure, our interest focuses especially at the influence of planning strategies and the use of planning tools on these relationships. The aim is to be able to investigate how a change in planning strategy or a change in the usage of planning tools changes the relationships between the actors in the planning process and therefore changes the urban development. We chose to analyse and compare three planning systems: the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands. Such a comparison of three different planning systems provides three different planning strategies and usage of planning tools to base the simulation model on and to validate and calibrate the SDSS. 2. A multi-agent system for modelling actors behaviours An important part of the development of the PSS is the simulation of the interaction between the actors, involved in the urban planning processes, using agent-based simulation (ABS) techniques. Here, we present a background on agent-based simulations and the major difference between the proposed simulation model and existing models. Agent-based simulation (ABS) models emerged in the research of urban development, they, possibly in combination with cellular automata, are well suited for the simulation of urban processes at micro level (Benenson and Torrens, 2004). The design gives these models very useful characteristics (Parker et al., 2003). ABS models are capable of representing complex systems and are yet easily adapted to changing circumstances. They closely mimic the dynamic paths of the system and simulate and help explain emerging phenomena. Brown et al. (2004) indicate that ABS models simulate real
February 2009, 28th
595 / 653
world processes rather than produce results that can be fitted to empirical datasets. ABS models, used in environmental modelling, originate from several disciplines and can be distinguished into two broad concepts (Hare and Deadman, 2004). Firstly, there is agent-based modelling (ABM), which originates from artificial life simulation and individual-based modelling, and refers to the simulation of large populations. Secondly, there is multi-agents simulation (MAS), which originates from multi-agent systems, and refers to distributed intelligence over a small number of agents. The important difference here, besides the size of the agent population, is the communication between agents. In agent-based modelling interactions between agents are modelled as adaptation whereas in multi-agents simulations the interactions between agents are described as cooperation. Agent-based modelling is often used for the development of simulations of urban processes. ABM allows the researcher to simulate urban development by modelling behaviour of individuals. For example, ABM is used to model the relationship between decisions of individuals or individual households and urban sprawl (Badariotti and Weber, 2002; Brown and Robinson, 2006; Li and Liu, 2007; Loibl and Toetzer, 2003). Another example is the simulation of migration of individuals or households in the urban landscape, which can explain the distribution of social classes (Benenson, 1999; Omer, 1999) or the simulation of rural-urban migration (Espindola et al., 2006; Silveira et al., 2006). ABM is also used to test urban designs and the effect it has on the behaviour of individuals (Dijkstra and Timmermans, 2002). However, for the development of a simulation of the interactions between the actors in the planning process a MAS seems more suitable. So far, only a few models have been developed that incorporate urban planning or government decision making and can be seen as a multi-agent simulation. Ligtenberg et al. (2001; 2004) built and tested a multi-agent simulation of the urban planning process. Agents represent a local government, an environmental interest group and an agricultural interest group. The agents need to allocate 200 ha for housing through negotiation. Ligtenberg and co-authors tested three scenarios of decision making: voting, weighted voting and consultation. Liu and Andersson (2004) have built a multi-agent model, in which the agents represent residents, urban developers and the government. In the model, residents demand housing to be built at a certain location, developers will build housing on that location if doing so seems profitable and request permission, and the government permits the construction of housing if it fits in the urban development plan or many similar requests are made. Ferrand (1996) simulates spatial negotiations between actors over possible solutions for a spatial planning problem. The few models, that have been developed to either simulate urban planning or integrate the behaviour of planning agencies, do not suffice for the simulation of the actions and interactions in the urban planning process. The actions and interactions can be split into types. On the one hand there is the plan generation; the creation of plans and policies that describe which land use configuration best solves current and future land use problems and the changes that need to take place. On the other hand there is the process of development control or management, when the planning agency stimulate, initiate and execute the activities that contribute to the development according the plan, and try to avoid activities that are not desired. None of the models discussed above fully simulate both the planning process and the development control process, as needed in the PSS. Hence, we aim to develop a new MAS for the simulation of urban planning processes. 3. Three planning systems considered An important part of this research is the analysis and comparison of the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands. The analysis and comparison function as a base for the development of the PSS and the multi-agent simulation model, by providing the necessary detail needed for the PSS to run realistically. The analysis of three planning systems helps improve the quality of the final PSS. Building a simulation model based on three planning systems enables a more detailed way of thinking. The comparison of the three planning systems creates a focus on the similarities and differences and automatically creates a focus on the necessary details. Furthermore, cities in France, England and the Netherlands have similar problems concerning urban planning and urban development, but the planning agencies respond in a different manner. An analysis of the differences in response by planning agencies enables the creation of a bandwidth for realistic availability and usage of planning instruments. Urban regions from France, England and the Netherlands will function as case studies for the
February 2009, 28th
596 / 653
validation and calibration of the PSS. Picking the urban regions from three different countries gives the possibility to compare three different planning strategies on a more or less similar situation. The extraction of details and the availability of case studies makes the analysis of the three planning systems an important part of the research objective. II. Structure of the proposed SDSS The proposed SDSS is built up in three interacting layers, which are presented in Figure 1. The multi-agent simulation of the action and interactions of the actors in the urban planning and development process has the most interest in our research. Figure 1: Layer structure of the proposed Planning Support System.
1. Layers of the SDSS The structure of the SDSS is based on the processes that lead from the need for a government to plan and manage urban development and the actual urban development. The three layers in the proposed PSS each group a distinct set of actors or elements who play a key role in the urban planning and development. In the first layer, a cellular model represents the spatial structure. From this model the spatial quality of an urban region is extracted by parameters like, building density, housing quality and economic values of the parcels. The cellular model simulates the change of the spatial structure caused by autonomic processes and the actions of actors like developers and housing corporations. Furthermore, the cellular model simulates the effect of residential occupation on the spatial structure and the spatial quality. The second layer, the urban residential layer, represents some aspects of the urban dynamics that have a major influence on the urban planning and the urban development. Here we use an urban residential model, which evaluates the propensity to move of the urban residents in a search for a residence with the desired quality. As the migration of residents depends on the spatial structure and the spatial quality, the outcome of the urban residential model depends on the outcome received from the cellular model. The third layer simulates the behaviour of actors who are responsible for the urban planning and development. For this layer we will develop a multi-agent simulation model that represents those actors and their actions and interactions. The aim is to create a model that accurately simulates the
February 2009, 28th
597 / 653
process of urban planning and development. The model simulates the creation of planning policies by planning agencies and the related interactions between planning agencies and actors, like interest groups, who have an interest in the planning process. Furthermore, the model simulates the urban development initiated by actors, most importantly developers and corporations and the development control conducted by planning agencies. The MAS model can change the cellular model, simulating the change of the spatial structure, and the simulations within the model are influenced by the outcomes it receives from the cellular model and the residential model. 2. Multi-Agent Simulation Model The agents from the MAS model represent the actors involved in the urban planning and development process. Therefore, the decision rules and interaction rules of the agents are derived from the behaviour of their real-world counterparts. In the urban planning process and the urban development control process, four types of actors are relevant: planning agencies, developers and corporations, landowners, and interest groups. The main activities of planning agencies are the definition of a spatial plan or spatial policy for the urban development, and the management of the urban development. These will also be the main activities of the agents representing the planning agencies. The agents decisions and actions are guided by the utility function, which the agent bases on information it receives from other agents, the residential model and the cellular model. Developers and housing corporations initiate and conduct most of the urban developments. The agents, that represent these actors, will be able to change parameters in the cellular model, representing change of the spatial structure. Developers and housing corporations need authorisation by a planning agency, before they can construct new housing or any other change of the spatial structure. Similarly, the developer agent needs authorisation from the planning agency agent. In principle, every actor in the urban planning and development process can own land and therefore be a landowner. The role of the landowner is quite important in the urban planning and development, since the landowner of a terrain determines the development of that terrain. In the model, developer agents aim to buy cells of the cellular model the agents want to develop. Other agents can use landownership as a means to influence spatial development. Interest groups scrutinise and criticise the urban developments. They are participants in the urban planning process; they attempt to influence the final outcome, hence the spatial plan or policy, of that process through consultations, lobby and protest. In the MAS model, interest group agents negotiate with planning agency agents over the content of the spatial policy. Actors depend on each other to achieve their objectives. Here are some examples of the relationships that need to be modelled in the MAS model: planning agencies and interest groups have preferences towards the urban development, but can take no or limited initiative in the urban development; developers and corporations can initiate urban development, but need approval by one or more planning agencies; and the rules of democracy forces planning agencies to listen to interest groups. The relationships between the agents need to be adapted to the simulated planning system, the same goes for the agents' utility functions and decision rules. III. Comparing three planning systems The previous sections briefly mentioned the differences between the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands and how these differences influence model design. We choose to compare the planning systems of these countries for our research, since they are all European countries with similar objectives concerning urban development. Although the objectives are the same, however, the means and the policies to achieve these objectives are very different. In all three countries local planning agencies create some sort of plan or policy, that sets out the objectives for the urban development, however the format of this plan differs much. The English planning system is a discretionary system, here the content of urban plans is defined globally. For the decision to issue a building permit planners can use many different arguments, and their decision can differ from the original plan. On the contrary, France and the Netherlands both have regulatory planning systems, where planners have to issue building permits solely based on the land use plan (Booth, 1996). As a consequence, the creation of the plan is a more important process in France and the Netherlands than the definition of spatial policies in England. Furthermore, for British planning
February 2009, 28th
598 / 653
agencies it is much easier to consider recently changed objectives in building permit applications as opposed to France and the Netherlands, where it takes much longer to adapt plans to changed demands and objectives. The flexibility, at which a planning agency can consider new demands and objectives at the application of a building permit, effects how quick new objectives can lead to a given urban development. For the urban development, planning agencies depend on market forces. Developers often initiate urban development but the extent of the influence of market forces may vary considerably. In the Netherlands, the planning agencies determine the details of the physical plan in extensive consultation with private bodies. In England, on the contrary, the planning agencies only determine a broad framework and the developers and landowners fill in the details, under firm control by the planning agencies (Larsson, 2006). Consequently, a Dutch planning agency has more influence on the change of the spatial structure, but also the risks that Dutch planning agencies need to take are much higher. As a result the choice for a certain planning policy effects the final details of the change of the spatial structure. The French, English and Dutch planning agencies not all have the same tools available for the urban planning an development control. For example there is a difference in how planning agencies finance works of public interest. In both France and England, planning agencies have an instrument to retrieve the money or other means from developers to finance constructions of public interests: In England the dedicated planning tool is the Section 106 (Cullingworth and Nadin, 2006) and in France the planning tool is the Zone d'Amnagement Concert (ZAC) (Merlin, 2007). Planning agencies in the Netherlands do not have such an instrument (Needham, 2007). Therefore, Dutch planning agencies need to find other means to actively generate money to finance constructions of public interest. This changes the role of Dutch planning agencies in the urban development in comparison to the role of French and English planning agencies. Differences in the availability or usage of planning tools influences the extent to which a planning agency can realise its objectives. When a planning agency chooses not to use a planning tool or the tool is simply not available, the planning agency looses influence on the urban development or needs to find other ways to influence the development, often implying a higher risk for the planning agency. IV. Discussion In this paper we described a research project that aims to develop a planning support system. The objective of the proposed PSS is to aid urban planners in their planning decision by analysing and evaluating the planning process. The analysis of the planning process provides additional criteria for the evaluation of possible solutions for a spatial planning problem or indicates how a possible solution is better realised with a change in planning policy. The PSS will consist of three layers: a cellular model representing the spatial structure; a residential model, and multi-agent simulation model of the urban planning and development process. The latter will be developed as part of the research project and will integrate both the plan generation process and the development control process. The proposed MAS model simulates the behaviour of actors in the urban planning process, like planning agencies, developers and housing corporations, landowners, and interest groups. The basis for the development of the MAS model is a comparison of the planning systems of France, England and the Netherlands, which provides examples of different planning strategies and different usage of planning tools. With the development of a new PSS, we aim to provide a tool that leads to new insights in the field of urban planning and urban development. Bibliography ARENTZE T., TIMMERMANS H., 2000, A spatial decision support system for retail plan generation and impact assessment. Transportation Research Part C: Emerging Technologies 8(1-6), 361380. BaDARIOTTI D. and WEBER C., 2002, La mobilit rsidentielle en ville. modlisation par automates cellulaires et systme multi-agents bogota. L'Espace gographique (2), 97-108. BENENSON I., 1999, Modeling population dynamics in the city: from a regional to a multi-agent
February 2009, 28th
599 / 653
approach. Discrete dynamics in nature and society 3(2-3), 149-170. BENENSON I. and TORRENS P.M., 2004, Geosimulation: object-based modeling of urban phenomena. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 28(1-2), 1-8. BOOTH P., 1996, Controlling development: certainty and discretion in Europe, the USA and Hong Kong. Routledge, London. BROWN D., WALKER R., MANSON S. and SETO K., 2004, Modeling land use and land cover change. In: GUTMAN, G., JANETOS, A.C., JUSTICE, C.O., MORAN, E.F., MUSTARD, J.F., RINDFUSS, R.R., SKOLE, D.L., TURNERAND, B.L. and COCHRANE, M.A. (Eds.), Land change science: observing, monitoring and understanding trajectories of change on the earths surface (pp. 395-409). Springer, New-York. BROWN D.G. and ROBINSON D.T., 2006, Effects of heterogeneity in residential preferences on an agent-based model of urban sprawl. Ecology and society 11(1), 46. CARSJENS G.J. and LIGTENBERG A., 2007, A GIS-based support tool for sustainable spatial planning in metropolitan areas. Landscape and urban planning 80(1-2), 72-83. CHANG N.B., PARVATHINATHAN G. and BREEDEN J.B., 2008, Combining GIS with fuzzy multicriteria decision-making for landfill siting in a fast-growing urban region. Journal of environmental management 87(1), 139-153. CULLINGWORTH B. and NADIN V., 2006, Town and country planning in the UK. 14th ed. Routledge, London. DIJKSTRA J. and TIMMERMANS H., 2002, Towards a multi-agent model for visualizing simulated user behavior to support the assessment of design performance. Automation in construction 11(2), 135145. ESPINDOLA A.L., SILVEIRA J.J. and PENNA T.J.P., 2006, A harris-todaro agent-based model to rural-urban migration. Brazilian journal of physics 36(3A), 603-609. FERRAND N., 1996, Modelling and supporting multi-actor planning using multi-agent systems. 3rd ncgia conference on GIS and environmental modelling. Santa Barbara. GEERTMAN S. and STILLWELL J., 2002, Planning support systems: an introduction. In: GEERTMAN, S. and STILLWELL, J. (Eds.), Planning support systems in practice (pp. 3-22). Springer. GEERTMAN S. and S TILLWELL J., 2004, Planning support systems: an inventory of current practice. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 28, 291310. HARE M. and DEADMAN P., 2004, Further towards a taxonomy of agent-based simulation models in environmental management. Mathematics and Computers in Simulation 64(1), 25-40. KLOSTERMAN R., 2001, Planning support systems: a new perspective on computer-aided planning. In: BRAIL, R.K. and KLOSTERMAN, R.E. (Eds.), Planning support systems: integrating geographic information systems, models, and visualization tools (pp. 1-23). ESRI Press, Redlands, California, USA. LARSSON G., 2006, Spatial planning systems in western europe: an overview. IOS Press, Amsterdam. LI X. and LIU X.P., 2007, Defining agents' behaviors to simulate complex residential development using multicriteria evaluation. Journal of Environmental Management 85(4), 1063-1075. LIGTENBERG A., BREGT A.K. and VAN LAMMEREN R., 2001, Multi-actor-based land use modelling: spatial planning using agents. Landscape and Urban Planning 56(1-2), 21-33. LIGTENBERG A., WACHOWICZ M., BREGT A.K., BEULENS A. and KETTENIS D.L., 2004, A design and application of a multi-agent system for simulation of multi-actor spatial planning. Journal of Environmental Management 72(1-2), 43-55. LIU X. and ANDERSSON C., 2004, Assessing the impact of temporal dynamics on land-use change modelling. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 28(1-2), 107-124. LOIBL W. and TOETZER T., 2003, Modeling growth and densification processes in suburban regions simulation of landscape transition with spatial agents. Environmental Modelling & Software 18(6), 553-563.
February 2009, 28th
600 / 653
MACDONALD M., 1996, A multi-attribute spatial decision support system for solid waste planning. Computers Environment and Urban Systems 20(1), 1-17. MATTHEWS K.B., SIBBALD A.R. and CRAW S., 1999, Implementation of a spatial decision support system for rural land use planning: integrating geographic information system and environmental models with search and optimisation algorithms. Computers and Electronics in Agriculture 23(1), 9-26. MERLIN P., 2007, L'urbanisme. 7th ed. Presses Universitaires de France, Paris. NEEDHAM B., 2007, Dutch land use planning: planning and managing land use in the Netherlands, the principles and the practice. Sdu Uitgevers, Den Haag. OMER I., 1999, Demographic processes and ethnic residential segregation. Discrete Dynamics in Nature and Society 3(2-3), 171-184. PARKER D.C., MANSON S.M., JANSSEN M.A., HOFFMANN M.J. and DEADMAN P., 2003, Multiagent systems for the simulation of land-use and land-cover change: a review. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 93(2), 314-337. SAARLOOS D., ARENTZE T., BORGERS A. and TIMMERMANS H., 2005, A multiagent model for alternative plan generation. Environment and Planning B-Planning & Design 32(4), 505-522. SAARLOOS D.J.M., ARENTZE T.A., BORGERS A.W.J. and TIMMERMANS H.J.P., 2003, Generating alternative plans in a planning support system using multi-agent technology. Proceedings of the 8th international conference on computers in urban planning and urban management. Sendai, Japan. SILVEIRA J.J., ESPINDOLA A.L. and PENNA T.J.P., 2006, Agent-based model to rural-urban migration analysis. Physica A-Statistical Mechanics and ITS Applications 364, 445-456. URAN O. and JANSSEN R., 2003, Why are spatial decision support systems not used? some experiences from the Netherlands. Computers, Environment and Urban Systems 27, 511526. VAN DELDEN H., LUJA P. and ENGELEN G., 2007, Integration of multi-scale dynamic spatial models of socio-economic and physical processes for river basin management. Environmental modelling & Software 22(2), 223-238. ZAMENOPOULOS T. and ALEXIOU K., 2003, Structuring the plan-design process as a coordination problem: the paradigm of distributed learning control coordination. In: LONGLEY, P.A. and BATTY, M. (Eds.), Advanced spatial analysis: the CASA book of GIS (pp. 407-426). ESRI Press, Redland, California USA.
February 2009, 28th
601 / 653
February 2009, 28th
602 / 653
75
Education systems in Europe: a comparison
Giovanna TRUDA Researcher of Sociology, University of Salerno, Fisciano, Italy gtruda@unisa.it
Abstract: Educational processes strongly affect mental development. Thus, educational systems play a major role in the identity and personality construction. The proposal of comparing EU educational system allows to individualize similarities and differences between countries. Besides, it makes possible to plan a common educational action, aimed to coordinate educational models in order to build a citizenship based on shared values. Keywords: Educational systems, Europa, identity, educational action.
Education systems perform an essential and indispensable instrument in the construction of identity and personality of individuals and therefore they play a vital role in making possible a European citizenship, understood as a unit of a multiplicity. The comparison of educational systems of European Union different countries was born by awareness that the institutionalized educational process has considerable consequences on our mind development. So, analyzing the differences between education systems we can have the opportunity to cast a clutch of dialogue and seize the opportunity for a research and a project on education. The main aim of this project will reflect the possibility of modelled coordinated training between European Union countries. That argument was central in the debate of the International Meeting Comparison between education systems, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May 2008. Organizers have invited elected officials, educators and teachers to compare and debate this subject. From the experience gained in various European Union countries it is possible to register other formulas and organizations in education systems. The debate should consist in two contexts on which we can build a comparison: an organization, also administrative, of educational system problems that they face today. I. The organization of educational system Regarding the education system organization, we have: a) Different school laws b) Pathways are distinct in teachers training c) Centralization and decentralization of the system. 1. Different school laws Obligatory education in Europe is not the same in all countries: in Italy it lasts 11-12 years about, from 6 years to 18 (L. n. 53, 28/03/2003); in France it lasts 10 years about, from 6 to 16 (5 Elementary plus 4 secondary school plus 3). In Germany it lasts 9-10 years about plus 2 or 3 years part-time. In Italy there are new laws for obligatory education adopted by DM139 on 22th of August 2007. In France educational are three levels: primary, elementary, secondary and high school, for each of these we have a final exam. In primary education there is a nursery school from 2 to 6 years, in
February 2009, 28th
603 / 653
elementary school we find children from 6 years to 10. They have 26 hours a week: four day 6 hours (3 in the morning and in the afternoon) and half day on Saturday. The second level is secondary education: the college from 11 to 15 years and finally high school from 15 to 18, but only the first year is obligatory. As regards the high school examination to enter to the university the third level concerns specializations (303) therefore the university: 2 years for a General Diploma University, 3 years for the License, 4 years for a matrise; 5 years for a deepen Diploma. That lasts: 5 years for engineers, 5 years to teach; 4 years for commercialists. School year begins in September and ends in June, for 6 days a week, except Wednesday and Saturday afternoon. Primary cycle classes only have one teacher for all disciplines; unlike the second round for each discipline we have different teachers. In Germany there is a central administration. Since 1969 there is the Ministry of Education and Science for a national educational leadership. The head of the ministry and the Conference of Ministers of Education Land is the Minister of State. It must ensure consistency between the standards of different federal states. The pre-scholastic level (3-5); primary education (6-10, 6-12 in Berlin), secondary education has two-years period and then the professional school (5 or 6 years) for the License, the technical school (4-6 years) and diploma; gymnasium (9 years) and maturity. There are still polyvalent schools (9 years) that can be integrated or cooperative (diploma plus tirocinio), mandatory three weeks in a company. Finally we have a special school for young children who are physical or mental disabilities. The University, (76) has a very complicated procedure for admission: for merit and number, with a general procedure both for a special selection and for the waiting time. 2. The paths are different in teachers training The EU Commission in 1997 proposed cooperation between Member States to define joint actions to improve the quality of teachers training (EU proposals on 15th-16th of November 2007). Teachers trained for a quality school should meet social and economic challenges of society global (Lisbona Programme 2010). We have two models of initial training in Europe: the integrated and the consecutive. In the first, we have a practice reflecting a more theoretical training, in the second, on the contrary, a general training (University) with access to professional training. The integrated model is typical of countries like Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands, Denmark, Portugal, Poland, Romaine and Slovakia. It provides for the general education early races in several disciplines more vocational training and practice. The consecutive model is typical of countries like France, Italy, Spain, Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, and the Hungarian people. It provides a general education (degree), then a vocational training and qualification of teachers. It exists a mixed model that is typical of countries like the UK, Ireland, Malta, Luxemburg, Greece, Austria, Slovenia, Finland, Sweden, Iceland, Norway, Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania. In general in Europe the formative time of rangelands is longer as well as the trends of reforms to integrate the practical with the theoretical training at the University. In France we can register (1 plus 1 year, 1991), Italy (2 years, 2000), Spain (from 6 months to 18, 2003), Sweden (from 12 to 18 months, 1988), Norwegian (6 months-1 years, 1994) and Portugal (1 year, 1988). The initial training of teachers in France and Italy, has a national legislation SISS1 (Italy) by the University and the IUFM (France). There is a tight collaboration between school and university tutors. Unlike the initial training of teachers in the UK and Germany has no national legislation, in fact we have a decentralized system in England, Wales, Scottish and Germany it is need by the Lnder. There is also collaboration between university and school by the mentor or guardians. In conclusion, in the initial training of teachers, France, it has a competition at the end of the first year, the place is assured and they have the assistance of tutors and trainers. In Italy, there is an examination at the end of the second year, the place is not guaranteed and an unpaid tirocinio is expected in a class. 3. Centralization and decentralization of this system In Europe the educational system is different: it may be centralized or decentralized. The Italian system is centralized, but since 1997 it was amended, in fact now we have a distribution of competence between State and Regioni. At the central level there is the Ministerial programming department, the Education Department, the University and Research department. In each Region we have the Uffici Scolastici regionali which are autonomous and provides consultation and administrative support to schools. The French school system is also historically centralized, but since 1982 its school administration is divided in regional central which is formed of the Ministry administration and of three
1.
Nowadays this teachers specialization is going to be modified through a new law (L. n. 133.2008).
February 2009, 28th
604 / 653
secretaries: for research, school and university. The central provincial administration on contrary deals with management and executive pay accounts assigned to the central level. A Ministry of Education and Science controls the educational system in Germany since 1969 and indicate the national education policy, without attacking the autonomy of Lnder. In any case, the Minister of State is the manager of Standing Conference of Education Ministers of Lnder to ensure consistency between the normative of all Lnder. Since 1978, in Spain there is the Constitution Spanish Education Policy that is based on Spanish autonomous communities. The Spanish education system is decentralized, there is a transfer in the field of education between State that dictates, is the basic laws of teaching and who develops in an autonomous way these basic laws through an agreement of functions. II. Issues and obstacles that education systems face today Regarding issues that education systems face today we can distinguish a classical, modern, and old and new. 1. Classical issues a. The education of disabled children and adolescents We have different approach in national education systems of different European countries in terms of children and adolescents schooling for special educational needs. The European political and legal framework establishes general rules: -The Declaration of Salamanca (UNESCO: 1994) which defines the framework and principles for action; -The Charter of Luxembourg (1996), which sets the framework and principles for practical action from a program of exchanges and partnerships (Helios II); -Article 13 of the Amsterdam Treaty (1997), which prohibits any discrimination (against in particular persons with disabilities); -Madrid Declaration (2002), which suggests, School plays the main role in understanding and acceptance concerning the rights of persons with disabilities. In Europe, there are different educational policies, concerning children and adolescent with particular need, that permits them to have a longer time of scholarizationin ordinary school structures. Since 1990 there is a paradigm shift: in Italy we have a change in 1971, 1977 and in 1992, in 1994 in Denmark and Germany finally in Spain in 1995. In EU through the European Council resolution there is the creation of the European agency in Copenhagen. In England: 1996; Portugal: 1997 and France: 2005. In Europe coexist four main types of policy: enrollment mass in specialized educational structures (example Belgium) coexistence pragmatic school structures specific device integration and flexible methods of education classes (ex: Germany); -proactive step towards very strong class schooling: political majority within the EU (ex: Denmark versus France in this case); -systematic education classes (example almost unique to this day: Italy). The European agency in Copenhagen is divided into: unique approach where schooling in regular class is almost as systematic as in Italy; dual approach where we find the coexistence of two ways of exclusive schooling as in Belgium and finally the multiple approach in which one is the pragmatic use of all modalities of schooling as in Germany. So there is seven major trends in Europe: 1) Legislative and regulatory changes to develop the gradual inclusion in ordinary classes; 2) Promotion, in this context, educational policies focusing on integrative approaches and, increasingly, inclusive (with sometimes conversion corresponding to institutions specialized in resource centers); 3) Change the only logical static diagnostic in a more dynamic one focused on teaching; 4) Schooling educational projects individualized or personalized starting from development of care concerning children and adolescents who has special needs; 5) Development of the collective and intercategorial care of children and adolescents with specific educational needs; 6) Increasing the place and role of parents in the education of children and adolescents who has special educational needs; 7) Assessment of national implemented policies. b. The matter of foreigners in school The subject fit in a further transformation as an overload of functions for school. The high presence of foreigners is always more and more diffuse and transverse. We already have Italian, French, and German second-generation. If we make a comparison between Italy and Switzerland we can observe in Italy, up to 2007 foreign population is 3.0 millions, therefore 4.3% of the resident population. The 25% are minors. In Switzerland during the 2000 there were 1.5 millions; 20% of the resident population, 25% of individuals are foreign. It is necessary to verify the skills and knowledge that have already individuated and strategies and methods for learning the language. Important, in this case, is
February 2009, 28th
605 / 653
the relationship school/family. Foreign students (59%), in Italy, during the years 2005/2006, have already attended the same class in their country. They often attend a lower class respect to their age. In Switzerland, on the contrary, there are seminars with parents (Round orientation) and a test, they can write a curriculum of the student that could well be included in the scholastic route. An important instrument is the language. It can be an instrument of inclusion and exclusion at the same time. They are needed projects with the involvement of parents using different methods to enable the integration of foreign pupils. We have to work on the dynamics between different levels of school, the strategic rethink a reception and integration consolidated by the high presence of foreigners; predispose formative and educational instruments that can respond to practical needs. 2. Modern issues The existence and the habit of young people use technology allowed to have an approach in the report-elected teacher. The new forms of communications that are in the World Youth represent the fundamental tool between the inner world and the surrounding ambient, therefore an indispensable tool for the meeting between silk and others. For some years the traditional agents of socialization have recognized a significant crisis. The media seems to be the only reference point to define the legitimacy situations in the environment. They have vehicles to change messages and receive information but also to build social relations and personal identity. The media, for young people, are essential elements for the world in which they live and they have their experience. We speak, therefore, media education (for example the use of Coospace in Hungarian school) when school uses technology to communicate with and among youth. 3. Old and new issues a. The relationship between School/Area/Community (territorialized educational policies) There are two extreme trends in the relationship between school and community-territory in territorialized educational policies: global against local. The republican school, the foundation of national sentiment therefore education as decentralization must fight against the particularities and the environment is considered as an object of instruction. Is it necessary to relocate education? The opening on the environment is considered as a result of a collective will of social actors to transmit and give meaning to their identity and that of their territory, local knowledge, TK and local knowledge, as stated by the World Bank Local knowledge for development. The relationship school/community has different postures: the territory as context and the territory as part of educational policies. The territory as context may be a neutral one, or to neutralize, that is something that can isolate, as the weather a set of social located handicaps but also a range of opportunities: culture, environment; the territory as part of educational policies. The school can be a planner of the territory, it may participate in the modernization and can occupy the territory educational policies from the top, we have the effect of centralism, and the bottom is local initiative. In France, we can talk about stigma of rural areas. There are many problems on routes for pupils as much as rural school results and guidance. This situation is an important cause of isolation; its main effect is the supposed cultural deficit. So the rural territory can be considered a stigmatized territory; its necessary to open up and modernize practices to reduce the gap. The hypothesis of cultural deficit is supported by the report Leboss who said:
Les lves issus des collges ruraux se dirigent plus frquemment vers des tudes courtes et professionnelles la dimension socioculturelle du rural en est sans doute l'explication majeure. Dans le rural isol, la continuit entre les tapes successives du systme ducatif est moins bien apprhende par les familles en raison d'un clatement gographique des diffrents tablissements et d'une demande sociale d'ducation moins forte (Leboss, 1998, p. 10).
We need therefore devices: groupings educational inter communal (RPI), quipes mobiles acadmiques de liaison et danimation (EMALA), rseaux dcoles rurales et de collges. There are inadequate training practices, the resignation of IUFM Enseigner en situation difficile: un alibi, le rejet des jeunes enseignants, la mfiance des communauts". By conclusion Duhamels report shows as
Les regroupements: aucune dmonstration srieuse ni tude valide de permettent de dmontrer que la russite scolaire est meilleure, les rseaux : il faut oser dire que le choix dorganisation en rseau na, au mieux, quune incidence indirecte sur les rsultats scolaires (Duhamel et al., 2003, p. 76).
The Catalonia is a pattern for rural school. A territory recognized trough gradual desertification, demographic resumption and heterogeneous population. Rural school as a model school is an
February 2009, 28th
606 / 653
educational and social context. The principles on which it bases its primacy of education, based on the surrounding environment and nature, the value of the closeness of human relations, education and the predominant role of school. Teams teachers welded by elective affinity, prior agreement of parents and town halls, a solid steering and welded by means used to realize this aim (ZER). The Council of ZER community is the advice that has full jurisdiction over education, discipline, the regulator and the evaluation. A school for sustainable development and ZER structure manages the territory through the holidays, traditions, histories, and meetings between villages, the magazine, and the resources available to the inhabitants. By concluding the relationship territory and school interrogates education systems, it depends on the degree of centralism systems and on the importance given to the relationship between school and community. In all cases, the cultural representations of the territory played a decisive role. b. The gender differences Raymond Boudon (2003) said that the system of education does not give the impression of being able to contribute to the development of individuals, teaching him the reality, however, he must think about the importance of increasing education as a positive element of Western society. The centrality of the process of society change and the centrality of topics such as gender differences that have been at the centre of debate since the 70s. There are resolutions communitarians on equality between girls and boys for education (85/C166/01) and Vocational Training (88/A2/68) introduced in school system especially in Italy since the 70s. This argument is very complicated. It is not possible to make standards to regulate a problem, which is not only natural but also cultural. Basic training is the course for teachers who must conceive, plan and produce educational strategies and modalities of attendance in respects of genres. It must work to gain awareness of gender identity and prevent transmission-stereotyped models. We have a lot of assumption. Projects can become instruments of European education policies. The 2010 Education and the Bologna Process on national education policies made recommendations. They said that an elaboration of a common knowledge through the expertise (commissions, reports, benchmarking) using flying instruments: programs, actions, projects with the contribution to the definition of national policies and their coordination through operational framework (common goals) and instrumental (cooperation and recovery tools). The project can become a tool of shared educational policies and a key instrument of policy convergence between educational community and national policy. It can be a tool of national governance, supranational (projects coordination and the political project), spatial (network project, training plan, draft equipment), local (school project, educational or vocational community). It may also be a tool for teaching education and training (initial, continuing, professional), individual and collective (student, class, group). And yet it may be a common value higher interest on the cross objectives, interdisciplinary, the federation teams and facilities, accountability and autonomy of actors. The cultural project as an opportunity is marked by a tension between two approaches coexist, especially in the field of education, on the one hand a technological approach to expansion (70 years) and the project as an instrument of progress, according criticism, and on the other hand, a technological approach to crisis (80 years) and the project as loss of vision societal, back on the local alibi. So the project is a double-sided. There is an overall vision and managerial (the project-oriented organization) and an individualized approach (80 years the projectoriented student), there is an educational dimension (knowledge and achievement by the action) and an evaluative (awaiting results). Finally, there is a process, which is realized between the autonomy of actors (master of business and temporalities) and the process of institutional framework (national, community obligation to adhere to the device). The logic of the project is built on the generalization of a framework for action: the call to project facilitates social acceptance of the device and the economic and organizational cognitive and cultural issues; social integration of the virtues of action (commitment, participation) higher values (acquisition and sharing of knowledge, building itself, cohesion, intercultural). A common language of origin managerial is built around three poles, what-ever the scale of the project considered: the approach of project intended to secure control of the activity; production of good practices qualifying results in projects and their possible transfer to other contexts; widespread communication as a means of recovery projects. These tensions brought through the logic of the project are a form of institutional closure plays on the economic needs (physical, eco-nomic and organizational constraints) and structural needs (need for identity, joining a community). The construction of the social acceptability of the project proposes a legitimating by the action (commitment, participation) and a legitimating by the higher values and a form of social imaginary (acquisition and sharing of knowledge, oneself building, interculturality).
February 2009, 28th
607 / 653
The way is still long and difficult, not impossible The different approaches are the results of various openings and different cultural tradition, but also of context and different territory. In conclusion we should reflect on modeled coordinated training in order to build a recognizable citizenship for these shared values. Bibliography ALPE Y. and FAUGUET J. L., 2008, La relation cole-communaut-territoire dans les politiques ducatives territorialises :Une comparaison France-Catalogne, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. BOUDON R., 2003, Declino della morale? Declino dei valori?, Bologna, il Mulino. CHAMPOLLION P., 2008, Approche comparative des systmes ducatifs europens de scolarisation des handicaps, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. CHAMPOLLION P., 2008, Approche comparative des systmes ducatifs nationaux de scolarisation des handicaps au sein de l'Union Europenne, ACFOS Conference, "Scolarisation des jeunes sourds", 28th and 29th November 2008, Paris. CHAMPOLLION P., 2007, Approche comparative des systmes europens de scolarisation des jeunes handicaps, La nouvelle revue de l'adaptation et de la scolarisation, n 37, avril 2007, Suresnes, Editions de lInstitut National Suprieur de formation et de recherche pour lducation des jeunes Handicaps et les Enseignements Adapts, p. 215-224. DUHAMMEL M., HOUCHOT A., MOULIN Y. and CUBY J. F., 2003, L'volution du rseau des coles primaires: rapport dfinitif, Inspection gnrale de l'ducation nationale, Inspection gnrale de l'administration de l'ducation nationale et de la recherche, n 03-028 et 03-048, Paris, La Documentation Franaise. GALLOTTA V., 2008, Per una definizione della legislazione scolastica italiana oggi comparata con Francia e Germania, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. GRECO G., 2008, La via italiana alla media education, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. LEBOSS J.-C., 1998, Pour une nouvelle dynamique du systme ducatif en zone rurale isole, Rapport au Ministre de lducation Nationale, Paris, La Documentation Franaise. PIPONNIER A., 2008, La logique de projet comme instrument des politiques ducatives europennes, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. RICUCCI R., 2008, La scuola di fronte agli allievi stranieri. Italia e Svizzera a confronto, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. SELVAGGIO M. A., 2008, Le differenze di genere nel sistema educativo italiano, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May. VALENTE D., 2008, La formazione iniziale degli insegnanti in Europa, International Meeting "Comparison between education systems", University of Salerno, Fisciano (Italy), on 15th and 16th of May.
February 2009, 28th
608 / 653
76
Sustainable Water Management Methods in Hungary
Zoltn WILHELM Associate Professor, University of Pcs, Hungary wilhelm@gamma.ttk.pte.hu
Abstract: According to many facts, the broader utilization of rainwater is desirable. It raises the question how this goal can be achieved and who would potentially fund such projects. The answer is rather complex, and closely associated with surface and groundwater management and protection. Sustainable water quality is a common interest for everyone. As a result of environmental damage, new technical achievements are introduced into water extraction protocols; more sophisticated water treatment methods, drilling deeper wells result in additional costs that ultimately burden common people in a form of higher bills or taxes. From this viewpoint, protection of our water supplies is a financial concern to everyone. In our paper we analyzed a case study supported with our calculations and the available climatic and social statistical data and we set up a useful sustainable water management model based on the rainwater harvesting practices. Key words: Rainwater, sustainable water management, drinking water, rainwater harvesting, cistern, precipitation, surface and underground water
Surface and subsurface water contamination has been in the centre of public awareness for the past few decades. Either directly or indirectly, humans are the major agents of such water contamination. Beyond the widespread ecological effects of contaminants, the utilization of such waters is limited for both communal and industrial purposes. For obvious reasons, water quality is especially important in drinking water management. Due to the global hydrologic cycle, water treatment is essential in most cases when surface or groundwater is used for drinking purposes. Thus, as a result of higher average water contamination levels, treatment costs have also increased. Simultaneously, water consumption has also shown an increasing tendency. At the same time, in many cases, water management is wasteful and impractical. Commonly, besides everyday communal consumption, drinking water is used for irrigation, carwashing, or in technological processes of small industries. Communal drinking water in Hungary is not only obtained from surface waters but, primarily, from wells. In the latter cases water is pumped to the surface from confined aquifers, which are less contamination-prone than shallow unconfined aquifers. However, undesired contamination of confined aquifers has also been observed lately. As a consequence of increasing water costs, many households have drilled their own well or, in some cases, temporarily non-used wells were reopened and reutilized. These private wells have their own benefits and drawbacks. The use of such water decreases the use of expensive pipe-line supplied running water, and, for instance, is used for irrigation or car-washing. However, at the same time, it does not decrease the volume of water extracted from subsurface, only distributes the water more evenly and over a larger area. In several cases, due to the high dissolved electrolyte concentration of these aquifers, such waters are non-usable for irrigation or
February 2009, 28th
609 / 653
industrial purposes. Even though it considerably varies spatially, usually a large one-time investment is associated with the establishment of communal wells (BUGYA 2004, WILHELM 2008). I. Advantages and drawbacks of rainwater use The most practical way to meet our everyday water needs is rainwater harvesting. Practically, this water is free of charge and almost pure water, and can be treated easily and economically, at least compared to well waters. Still, its collection is only sparse and negligible in volume. Beyond its obvious availability, it has several direct and indirect advantages. - Clean and almost pure, however, locally acidic or alkaline (yet, acid rains are more frequent). Most importantly, it does not include any microbial contaminations. Additionally, as it does not contain any dissolved mineral1, it has a low hardness, i.e. CO32- content. It is optimal for irrigation and general communal use. - It does not decrease groundwater level and moderates general groundwater extraction rate. - Its use and storage is cheap and economical - Mitigates the cost of pipeline and drainage establishment and maintenance - Reduces soil erosion on areas of strong relief. Due to the so-called umbrella effect, drained water, is concentrated in gutter outlets, thus causing significant erosion when directly contacts with soil. Gully erosions can cause considerable damage in places (Wilhelm 1996, 1997). Also, on highly sealed built-up surfaces, infiltration is limited. In such places water erodes the surrounding areas more intensively2. By the roof-harvesting of precipitation, erosion rates would considerably dwindle. The primary drawback of rainwater harvesting is the high prime costs of cistern or storage facility establishments. Secondly, water needs to be pumped to the site of utilization, which increases the electricity consumption of the household3. Thus, a significant single-time investment is associated with cistern building, which likely involves significant soil removal and transportation in advance. According to the above mentioned facts, the broader utilization of rainwater is desirable. It raises the question how this goal can be achieved and who would potentially fund such projects. The answer is rather complex, and closely associated with surface and groundwater management and protection. Sustainable water quality is a common interest for everyone. As a result of environmental damage, new technical achievements are introduced into water extraction protocols; more sophisticated water treatment methods, drilling deeper wells result in additional costs that ultimately burden common people in a form of higher bills or taxes. From this viewpoint, protection of our water supplies is a financial concern to everyone. Today in Hungary, the majority of environmental investments are analogous to infrastructural development (Kovcs 2003). A question arises again: would that be practical to include the rainwaterharvesting techniques in such financial funding and investments? Such programs could finance the establishment costs of cisterns, as well as subsidizing the construction and modernization of water treatment and sewage systems. With very little investments remarkable results could be achieved not only at the level of the individual but for the entire society. Considering that mean annual precipitation in Hungary is 600 mm, from a 100-m2 roof-area 60 m3 water can be harvested annually. This volume would cover the water use of an average Hungarian family for the time period of 9 to 10 months. However, to start such environmental-conscious projects, demands and potentials need to be estimated and surveyed in advance. For instance, constructing cisterns of concrete shells can be problematic on formerly built-in areas. In the case of higher customer demand, prefabricated cisterns of either plastic or metal walls can be produced, in a size range of 5 to 10 m3. The use of this latter tank types would be more costefficient and less labor-intensive than the concrete cisterns, and additionally, can be fabricated much more rapidly, which also saves production costs. With appropriate planning, the most suitable cistern type and size can be chosen, thus increasing efficiency and reliable water supply. For obvious reasons, despite the cistern systems, demand for running water would not eliminate in any household. However, consumption of running water is expected to decrease when a cistern system is introduced. This suggests a decreasing tendency of water extractions from the local
1. More precisely, rainwater contains some dissolved minerals or suspended particles, for instance in the form of salt crystals or condensation nuclei. Still, their concentration in rainwater is negligible compared to that of surface waters. 2. The area of sealed surfaces have considerably increased over the past decade or two. Consequently, soil erosion is significant in certain parts of the city. 3.Solar panels can be purchased at lower price for such purposes, thus the increase of energy costs is negligible.
February 2009, 28th
610 / 653
aquifers and surface waters, and, simultaneously water suppliers could provide services of higher quality for the consumers. This paper presents a case study with the appropriate conclusions. The case study is based on the data of the meteorological station of the national network located at Tiszadob, Eastern Hungary. We analyzed a 49-year rainfall dataset of this meteorological station, and provided estimations for the most efficient rainwater use protocol. Our conclusions are based on a 10-square-metre rainwater harvesting area. II. Overview of the water-harvesting system
- Harvesting area. The most appropriate surfaces are house or garage roofs. Obviously, the larger the surface area, the more water can be collected. Roof material can also play an important role in water quality. Various clay and concrete roofs, solid plastic covers, panes, and metal connecting pieces are the most desirable as their components are practically insoluble. However, care needs to be taken to keep the roofs as clean as possible. The recently popular tar-roofs are undesirable from this viewpoint. Due to the direct sunlight in the summer tar can melt4. During direct contact with rainwater, molten tar contaminates the effluent, thus limiting the general use of the harvested water, requiring an additional decontamination procedure. - Effluent draining system or gutters. Care also needs to be taken to keep the system clean, congestion-free and unplugged. - Water container or cistern. Rainfall is temporally unevenly distributed. The cistern stores the collected rainwater until water is used for the selected purpose. From a sanitary viewpoint it is important that water quality is maintained in the cistern on the long run. Usually, cistern walls are made of concrete, with cement-mortar insulation to achieve water impermeability. However, prefabricated plastic and metal (usually steal) shelled cisterns also exist. Brick-walled cisterns can also be found; in such cases cement mortar plasters make the wall impermeable. The choice of the building material is primarily determined by the costs of the material. Practically, large containers are built underground, which decrease the hazard of freezing. Underground tanks obviously require earth removal and digging. As prefabricated tanks of appropriate size and shell-material rarely available, brick and concrete walls are the primary materials of choice. However, such materials are rather costintensive, due to their large weight and volume that results in high transportation and storage costs. Framework and plaster are also expensive, further increasing the construction costs. The above mentioned prefabricated tanks could be desired alternatives of the brick and cement cisterns. - The size of the cistern is also an important concern during its construction. When surface tanks are built, it should be created in accordance with its surroundings. Such problems can be neglected when underground tanks are created. The larger the cistern, the larger the construction costs are, and more issues are associated with its establishment (e.g. more soil removal, issue of soil deposition, etc.). However, specific costs (per unit volume of water) decrease with increasing cistern sizes. A smaller cistern is cheaper, but, perhaps is unable to store sufficient volume of water and can only partially operate. If the cistern is oversized, stagnant water can trigger undesirable microbial and chemical processes and aquatic fauna appears in the water. Furthermore, construction costs are unnecessarily high and cleaning and maintenance costs are extreme. Thus, we need to find the most suitable cistern size for our needs. We are discussing this problem in the latter part of this study. - Household water supplier and pumps. Pump conveys the water to the site of use from the cistern. According to their flow rate (Q) or discharge capacities, there is a considerable price different between the various pump types. A small pump can be purchased for 8 to 10 thousand HUF, while a more complicated, more powerful pump (so-called household water-supplier) typically costs HUF 25,000 to 50,000. - Other supplementary parts. Filtering and purifying systems. Filter types and costs vary to a great extent according to quality demands and the type and source of water used. Physical straining is highly recommended before the water flow reaches the cistern, for instance in a form of gravel bed. Incorporation of active carbon and microfiltering systems are also suggested.
4. Construction manuals also refer to this. Special attention needs to be paid, as can result in the shifting of the cover element, or can cause its damage.
February 2009, 28th
611 / 653
III. Size of the cistern The size of the cistern is determined by the following factors: - The size of the available area - Available financing - Annual precipitation - Temporal distribution of rainfall - Surface area of rainwater-harvesting surfaces - Planned and expected changes of the rainwater-harvesting surfaces - Length of snow pack accumulation - Sublimation of snow during accumulation - Volume of utilized water - Temporal distribution of water usage intensity - Other (e.g. static) factors Consequently, climatic and especially precipitation characteristics of the studied area have to be examined on a statistical basis. Similarly, communal water use can be estimated. In a general case per capita water consumption can also be reliably determined. Maximum water use can vary greatly according to the households; however, an average minimum value can be calculated with a relative precision and will be discussed later in this article. The most important climatic properties of Tiszadob are the followings: - Mean annual precipitation: 557 mm - Annual sum of precipitation when daily precipitation exceeds 1 mm per day: 521 mm - Characteristic annual minimum and maximum precipitation: 400 mm and 700 mm - Recorded lowest annual precipitation: 350 mm - Recorded highest annual precipitation: 900 mm - Longest expectable drought: 90 days - Time period of longest expectable drought: any time throughout the year - Wettest week during a calendar year: May and June - Total precipitation of the wettest week of the year: 10 to 15% of the annual total precipitation - Average number of winter days annually (mean daily air temperature is equal or less than 0C): 3035. - Total precipitation of the winter season: 200 mm - Total evapotranspiration in the winter season: 100 mm - Proportion of the total precipitation of the 10% wettest days: 3742% of the annual precipitation IV. Volume of potentially harvestable precipitation annually In this case study, theoretically, from a roof area of 10 m2, 5.57 m3 of water can be collected. Considering a normal temporal distribution of the total annual precipitations, the probability of the lowest and highest annual rainfall is 7% and less than 1%, consecutively. The probability of characteristic annual rainfalls exceeds 10%, thus, practically, unlike the observed extremes, they should be considered in our calculations below. Thus, on a statistical basis, we can state that annually 5.571.50 m3 precipitation can be collected. However, this theoretical maximum value is reduced by the following factors: - loss due to evaporation - loss due to infiltration - amount of rinsing water Loss due to evaporation is negligible as water rapidly flows from the roof to the cistern. Hot roofs are also rapidly cooled by the rainwater, further reducing evaporation loss. Losses are more significant over the winter season when snow accumulates on roofs for weeks or even for months. In this case, snow slowly melts, then evaporates, or sublimates directly forming water vapour. As a general observation, during a pronounced warm up period, 10 cm of snow can be lost due to sublimation. This physical process is even more pronounced when relative humidity is low in the air mass above. Unfortunately, relative humidity data is not available at the meteorological station, thus we are unable to consider this physical property. When snow melts, evaporation is still a factor of water loss; however its volume is much smaller then in the case of sublimation.
February 2009, 28th
612 / 653
In Tiszadob, the majority of the annual precipitation is rainfall. In many cases snow does not accumulate as in many cases it melts or sublimates within hours or days. It is important to note that even in the winter season, precipitation is predominantly rain, thus decreasing the potential length of snow accumulation. Thus evaporation and sublimation losses of snowpacks should only be considered when snowpack reaches a considerable depth. According to the long term dataset, snowpack depth very rarely exceeds 50 cm in the studied area. In such cases about 50 to 70 mm of water stored in the snowpack. By assuming a 50% evaporation loss (remember total evaporation loss in the winter season is 100 mm) we can conclude that evaporation loss form snowpack does not exceed 30 to 40 mm annually. By subtracting this value from the theoretical maximum, 520 150 mm of precipitation can be collected annually. Including additional losses, such as evaporation from the gravelbed, adsorption of water by the roof material an annual 500 150 rainwater can be potentially harvested during a year. However this value is further decreased by the water obtained from rainfalls providing less than 1 mm precipitation. This amount is unsuitable for the appropriate dilution of contaminants accumulated on roofs and is only able to rinse them off. Thus, such effluent is highly contaminated and partially adsorbed to the roof by adhesive forces. Thus we can consider this rinsing water as a loss. Since the amount of precipitation accumulated from these < 1mm/day rainfalls totals 36 mm, the annual harvestable water reduces to 470 mm150 mm considering a roof area of 10 m2. This amount equals to a water volume of 4,71,5 m3, that is about 84% of the total annual volume of water from rainfall. V. Temporal variation of rainfall water harvestingissue of water use and recharge Due to annual fluctuation of both the rainfall and water use distribution cisterns have to be built with some excess volume. If rainwater distribution is even throughout the year, then we only need to consider the uneven use. If we look at the other extreme, i.e. the annual amount of precipitation reaches the surface over a single occasion then obviously the volume of the cistern need to equal with this amount. However, reality lies in between these two extreme cases. Annual rainfall is unevenly distributed in Tiszadob. For instance, from August 1st, 1961 to November 1st, 1961 only 23.79 mm of rainfall was measured, and no rainfall was detected between August 1st , 2000 and August 30th, 2000. Monthly precipitation in June, 2003 totaled only 8.6 mm. A good example of the wet extremes is June, 1958, when the monthly precipitation reached 196 mm. On June, 17th, 1977 79 mm of rainfall was measured in a few hours, in October, 1974, 195 mm and in March, 2001 78 mm precipitation was registered. In other words, droughts last as long as 3 months continuously, or precipitation that generally falls over a month and half can reach the surface in a single day. However these are extremes that cannot set the framework of cistern constructions. These extremes imply that cistern-owners have to prepare for a 30-day period with no rainfall at all while in other cases 0.05 to 0.07 m3 m-2 of rainwater can be harvested over a week. Water demands over droughts can be amended by pipe water or water from wells, as sufficient amount of water requires unrealistically large cisterns in such cases. Also, recharge rates can be low and insufficient following droughts when precipitation is low throughout the year; such observation was made in the year 2003. From the viewpoint of extraordinarily wet periods, construction of extremely large cisterns is cost-inefficient and impractical. Extremely high rainfall rate is typical in wet years; during such periods water demands are less, and cisterns suffer from lack of water. At Tiszadob, an optimal cistern need store 4.7m3 1.5m3 of water annually. At he same time, the cistern need be capable to store 0.7 m3 short term water input. If water supply can be solved solely from local sources (wells, streams, rainfall) then the cistern can be recharged from such water sources. If running water is available, such problems can be neglected. When cisterns are empty, general maintenance can be conducted. VI. Water use Water demand is even more unevenly distributed throughout the year than water recharge. Although its value can be somewhat closely estimated, still, it can only be used with high uncertainty in our calculations. The degree of consumption is determined by the following factors: - Use of water (drinking water, general household use, irrigation, etc.) - Temporal distribution of water use (diurnally, weekly, weekends only, during droughts, etc.) - Number of consumers/users (if used as drinking water or for general household purposes) - According to the objectives of our studies, we only discuss the use of water for drinking and
February 2009, 28th
613 / 653
general household purposes below. Water demand depends on the following factors: - social factors and traditions - level of conveniences and infrastructure - number of users Our calculations are based on average Hungarian living standards and level of conveniences. Besides the everyday cooking and drinking water consumption, it includes laundry, flush toilet, weekly cleaning of apartments and houses, showering, etc. Our calculations are based on one, two, and four-member families. According to the Hungarian Statistical Office (KSH), average monthly water use in Hungary is about 3.5 to 4.0 m3. Thus the average monthly water use of a single-member household is 3.5 m3. The average monthly water use of a two-member family is 6 m3, while that of four-member family is 10 m3, obviously on a considerable range 5. As it is evident from the data, there is a nonlinear relationship between the number of family members and water consumption, its causes, however, are not discussed in the paper. In the case of one-member family, annual water use is 42 m3. In Tiszadob, this amount can be harvested from a collection area of 84 m2. During a wet year, however, a harvesting roof area of 65 m2 is sufficient, while in a dry year 120 m2 is required. This roof area is identical with a ground area 6 of about 60 m2, as the roof covers a larger area than the buildings groundplan area. If we intend to rely on this water source during droughts, we need a building area of about 100 m2. In a case of a twomember family, water demand is 72 m3 annually, requiring a roof area of 150 m2 annually in a year of average precipitation. In a dry year however, a roof area of 225 m2 is required, while in a wet year 112 m2 is sufficient. Converting these roof areas to groundplan areas, 160, 240, and 100 m2 areas are needed, resp. The annual water demand of a four-member family is 120 m3. In an average year this volume of water can be harvested from a roof area of 250 m3, in a dry year from 375 m2, while in a wet year from 194 m2. However, we need to emphasize, that these roof and groundplan areas are estimations based on average statistical values. The given value can vary greatly according to the type of settlements, traditions, and income levels. From the above discussion, two conclusions can be drawn: - Considering the average house groundplan areas, roof areas are insufficient to cover annual water demands by roof-harvesting rainfall. Thus water demands has to be supplemented with running water or water drawn from wells. - Modern households use water wastefully, thus mitigation of unnecessary water use would be desirable 7. No national average groundplan area values are statistically available for houses which are potentially capable harvesting rainwater (e.g. detached family or farm houses). Thus groundplan areas have to be estimated based on personal studies. Figure 1: Theoretical percentage of volume of harvested rainwater compared to the total water demand of an average household in a dry, an average, and wet year, assuming 80 m2 water harvesting area (discussed in details in the text)
No. of household members 1 member (42 m3) 2 members (72 m ) 4 members (120 m3)
3
Dry year (25,6 m3/80m2) 60% 35,5% 21%
Average year (37,6 m3/80 m 2) 89% 52% 31%
Wet year (49,6 m3/80m2) 118% 69% 41%
Source: Bugya, T.Wilhelm, Z. 2006
Statistical data indicate that recently built houses include at least three bedrooms. As a
5. It depends on the age distribution of the family. Water use of old-fashioned and modern washing machines can differ greatly. 6. The surface area of the roof is projected to an equivalent horizontal surface. Consequently it differs from the roof area, as roof areas can be much larger. 7. The per capita water use for drinking, eating and cooking purposes is 3 to 4 liters per day. It adds up to 100 to 120 liters monthly. To flush toilets, 3 to 4 times more water is used (http://www.foek.hu/korkep/vizgazd/3-2-8-0-.html).
February 2009, 28th
614 / 653
consequence, average groundplan areas of houses have increased lately. However at same time, houses with smaller-than-average plan area are also typical among families of low income. Based on these estimation and data analysis, average house plan areas in Hungary ranges between 60 to 80 m2, however, certain values deviate considerably. Consequently, in our calculations, we can use an average plan area of 70 m2 with an equivalent roof area of 80 m2. However, in many cases additional utility buildings (garages, storage rooms, etc.) are also found in the same property. Assuming average water consumption rate and water harvesting roof areas, annual water demands cannot be solely covered from harvested rainwater. However, especially in a wet year, a considerable proportion of water demand can be met form this source. On average, one third of the annual water demand of a 4-member family can be covered from rainwater, and one-fifth during a dry year. Fulfilling water demands (e.g. irrigation water) this way would be especially beneficial in rural areas. Consequently three cases should be studied: 1. Household water demands are completely covered with rainwater; 2. Rainwater is only used for flushing toilets, laundry and smaller household cleaning processes; 3. Rainwater is solely used for irrigation; As a result of the above discussed problems, it is non-feasible to base a household solely on harvested rainwater. In the second case, as the water use of household is constant, the proportion of harvested rainwater use can be substantial. Laundry and flushing toilets use one-third of the water of an average family. Thus we can modify the contents of Figure 1 the following results can be obtained (Fig. 1). Figure 2: Percentage of water used for laundry and flushing toilets that can be theoretically covered from harvested rainwater, assuming 80 m2 water harvesting area (value are based on 30% of the values shown in Figure 1, discussed in details in the text)
No. of household members 1 member (42 m3) 2 members (72 m ) 4 members (120 m3)
3
Dry year (25,6 m3/80m2) 182% 106% 64%
Average year (37,6 m3/80 m 2) 268% 156% 94%
Wet year (49,6 m3/80m2) 354% 206% 124%
Source: Bugya, T.Wilhelm, Z. 2006.
Figure 2 clearly illustrates that water demands for laundry and flushing toilets can be most likely covered from harvested rainwater even in a 4-member household. However, in dry years water requirements may be supplemented with running water. However, in wet years, excess water can even be used for car washing and wetting paved surfaces, etc. In most communal buildings the majority of water is used for cleaning, irrigation, flushing toilets. As the roof of such buildings often extends over several hundreds of square meters, water harvesting would be extremely beneficial in such cases. In the third case water is solely used for irrigation purposes. In such cases low cost waters are used. In this case, water use is seasonal (from April to September, with a maximum use in July and August), and water quality is of low importance. Assuming a 500-m2 yard and 10 mm of irrigation rate monthly, 15 m3 is used over three months. This volume (or even twice as much) can be supplied even during droughts by harvested rainwater. However, use of high-salt irrigation waters should be avoided, to prevent intense salinization of soils. VII. The connection between water use and water harvesting: the size of the cistern Based on the above-discussed issues, the problem of determining the appropriate cistern size can be solved. Let us consider the following scenarios: 1. The total water demand is fulfilled entirely form harvested rainwater 2. Harvested rainwater is used only for laundry, flushing toilets and for smaller cleaning
February 2009, 28th
615 / 653
purposes 3. Harvested rainwater is solely used as irrigation water 4. Harvested rainwater is used for cleaning purposes (cleaning toilets, floors, irrigation) in communal buildings As we stated above he first case is unfeasible i.e. cannot be accomplished solely from harvested rainwater. Thus, water demands need to be supported from waters of different sources (e.g. running water or waters pumped from wells). In this case cisterns are rarely completely filled up with water, as extraction predominantly and consistently exceed water recharge rates (in a case of a harvesting surface area of 80 m2). Obviously, in this case, the construction of cisterns that capable to store rainwater of an entire month is useless. It can be easily understood from the following example. Assuming a 4-member family that has a cistern of 10 m3, i.e. the monthly water demand can be stored here. After the first week of the month, only 8 m3 of water is left in the cistern, while the expected recharge volume is only 1.4 m3. On average, by the end of the month, only 3 m3 of water is left in the cistern. This volume is used up in 9 days, while recharge volume is only 0.3 m3 that is sufficient only for a single day. Consequently, a cistern of 10 m3 is able to supply water for only a month and a half. Afterwards, on average, we need to wait 3 months to completely fill up the cistern. As a result, partial water demand fulfillment from harvested rainwater is the feasible solution for this problem. However, most likely, such water demands should also be supplemented with running water. The most economic solution in such case is the construction of two independent watersupplying systems. One connects to the running water system (sinks, shower cabin, bathroom), while the other conducts water from the cistern to the washing machine and the toilet. If water level is low in the cistern, it can be replenished from the running water system. However, it should not be completely filled up, as in a case of a potential rainfall event water in the cistern can overflow. In Tiszadob, June is the wettest month with a long-term average of 80 mm. Considering the standard deviation of 55 mm, the high frequency of above-100 mm June precipitation values, we use 100 mm in our calculations. With a collection efficiency of 84%, from a harvesting area of 10 m2 840 liters of water can be collected in a wet June. From a roof area this amount totals 6.7 m3. Consequently cistern of larges volume is unnecessary. When rainwater is exclusively used as irrigation water, we need to determine the periods, when demands for irrigation water are the highest. Obviously the maximum volume of available irrigation water equals to the total collected cistern water over the period of irrigation. Irrigation period lasts from beginning of April until the end of August in the studied area. However, the length of the irrigation period strongly depends on the type of crop, i.e. longer in the case of lawns and flower, while shorter when fruits and vegetables are grown. Crops are not irrigated between October and April in Tiszadob, thus water can be collected throughout this period. The objective in this period is to collect the possible maximum amount of water, thus we need to consider the total precipitation over the winter season. If water inputs are low in the winter season, water quality deteriorates, however, due to the type of utilization; it does not present considerable utilization drawbacks. The average precipitation in Tiszadob totals 215 mm in the between October and April. The highest ever registered value in this period has been 348 mm. The probability of above-300 mm precipitation in the winter season has a high probability (16 %). Thus assuming a potential 350 mm of precipitation for this period, and a collection efficiency of 84 %, theoretically 294 mm reaches the surface over this period. This rainfall equals to 2.94 m3 of collected water from a roof area of 10 m2 and 23.5 m3 from a roof area of 80 m2. Thus, this amount is potentially available in an ideal case at the beginning of the irrigation period. As droughts are expected in wet years as well, cistern volumes exceeding 23.5 m3 can be practical. Waters irrigated in April and the first part of May can be complemented with the precipitation maximum of the second part of May and June. The total average precipitation measured in May and June totals 129 mm, of which 108 mm can be collected. However deviations are large; the lowest ever measured value reached only 33 m (of which 27 mm is harvestable), while the highest totaled 259 mm (217 mm harvestable). Obviously, care has to be taken during the spring period, as, despite the high frequency of 100 mm per two month precipitation rate, water sources can be limited. It can be easily calculated, that a 100 mm precipitation equals to 8 m3 of water in a case of 80 m2 harvesting area. As a consequence, construction of cisterns with 27-plus m3 water-holding capacity is impractical. Water use characteristics of communal buildings differ from that of households. In the case of the former, the majority of water is used for flushing toilets and general cleaning, as well as for gardening, irrigation and other general purposes. Due to the diverse function, size and water use rate
February 2009, 28th
616 / 653
of such buildings, it is very difficult to estimate their annual water consumption rate and the reasonable storage capacity if cisterns are constructed. However, as we mentioned above, it is realistic to assume a roof area of 200 m2 even in a case of a small rural school. Annually, 94 m3 of water can be collected from this surface. An additional, but on the long run very important benefit of rainwater harvesting is the establishment and development of students, and the broader young generations environmental-conscious attitude. VII. General comments The above discussed examples are generally based on estimations. Thus, we can only approximate the magnitude of water use supported by rainwater harvesting. However, in this study, we clarified the overall benefits of rainwater harvesting on nationwide socio-economical scale as well as on household levels. We also made suggestion on the size of a feasible and cost-efficient cisterns and water storage facilities. Conclusion As surface and underground water are increasingly overburdened with contamination of various sources, human needs to concern the utilization of rainwater. However, it requires the integration of such systems into the local infrastructure and general water supplying structure. Firstly, the volume of economically collectable water has to be determined. Secondly, we have to estimate what proportion of the total water demand can be covered from harvested rainwater. Based on our calculations, we were able to estimate these parameters. Our calculations only partially refer to the magnitude of investment needed for the most appropriate rainwater harvesting surface areas and cistern volumes. However, general conclusions and the basic principles of such environmental friendly water-supplying solutions are provided. With increased use of rainwater-harvested water use of waters from other sources could be reduced. From ecological viewpoints, financial support and funding of the construction costs of rainwater-harvesting systems is appropriate and desirable. As it is the interest of the whole nation, or broadly the whole global ecosystem, besides financial funding, establishment of such systems should be administratively supported. This administrative supports should include reduced property and construction taxes and dues. Similarly, issue and delivery of construction permits should be eased. Management of water reservoirs is a nationwide socio-economic concern, central governmental support is expected. This type of support should include the modification of communal buildings, to enable schools to harvest and store rainwater. The large-scale conversion of our water supplying systems could include large-scale and low-cost production and installation of cisterns, manufactured from, for instance, various plastic materials. We are convinced that the broader use of rainwater harvesting system would equal to the application of alternative energy resources (e.g. solar energy) and the use of e.g. biofuels. Unfortunately, in the case of such innovations Hungary considerably lags behind the Western European societies. In our paper we analyzed a case study supported with our calculations and the available climatic and social statistical data. The mean of the annual precipitation in Hungary is 620 mm. The harvestable precipitation equals to 84 per cent of this value. Assuming an average harvesting area of 80 m2 and a total of 4 million households in Hungary, if just one household out of ten would support its water demand this way, 16,640,000 m3 of water could be supplied by harvesting precipitation. At the present water cost rates (250 HUF per m3) it means a save of 4,160,000,000 HUF, i.e. about 4 per cent of the communal water costs annually. To illustrate the volume of water supported by rainwater harvesting, it is twice as much as the volume of running water used annually by the 150,000 residents of Pcs, Southern Hungary (RonczykLczy 2006). This amount approximately equals to the annual running water use (which totaled 15.5 million m3 in 1996) of the residents of Baranya County, the southernmost county of Hungary. Bibliography BUGYA, T., 2004, Egy szak-alfldi megfigyelhely ghajlatingadozsainak vizsglata csapadkadatok alapjn. Tanulmnyok a Pcsi Doktoriskolbl, PTE TTK Fldrajzi Intzet, Pcs, pp. 2741. BUGYA, T.WILHELM, Z. 2006, Sustainable Rainwater Management in a Rural Model Area. In:
February 2009, 28th
617 / 653
Sustainable Triangle 1, pp. 159-173. FGGETLEN KOLGIAI KZPONT ALAPTVNY HONLAPJA: available at: http://www.foek.hu/ korkep/vizgazd/3-2-8-0-.html. (Accessed: 16. October 2006). KOVCS, B. 2003, Dl-dunntli kistrsgi trsulsok s krnyezetvdelmi programozsuk geogrfiai problmi. Ph.D. Thesis, Pcs, 150 p. KSH. 1997, Baranya megye statisztikai vknyve 1996: KSH Baranya Megyei Igazgatsga, Pcs. pp. 113. RONCZYK, L.LCZY, D. 2006, Alternative stormwater management in Pcs. Publicationes Instituti Geographici Universitatis Tartuensis, 101. Tartu. pp. 113-121. WILHELM, Z. 1996, Engineering Geomorphology and Urban Development in Szekszrd, Hungary. Poster at IAG European Regional Geomorphological Conference, VeszprmBudapest. Date: 18. 10. 1996. WILHELM, Z. 1997, Szekszrd fejldsben kiemelked szerepet jtsz termszeti tnyezk vizsglata. In: TTH J. & TSITS R. (eds.) Fldrajzi tanulmnyok a Pcsi Doktoriskolbl. JPTE TTK, Pcs. pp. 193216. WILHELM, Z. 2008, Fenntarthat vzkezelsi mdszerek Indiban s ezek magyarorszgi hasznosthatsga. In: Teleplsi krnyezet, Kossuth Egyetemi Kiad, Debrecen, pp. 272-276.
February 2009, 28th
618 / 653
77
The hyperscape project: participative game informational construction
Philippe WOLOSZYN CNRS Research manager, ESO-Lab. CNRS UMR 6590, University of Haute Bretagne, Rennes, France philippe.woloszyn@univ-rennes2.fr Gatan BOURDIN Director of LBA (Les Badauds Associs) organization, Rez, France gaetan.bourdin@paysages-enchantier.com
Abstract: This paper develops Hyperscape participative game theoretical and methodological assumptions. As an hyper-structural ambient-dimensioned interaction system, Hyperscape constitutes a systemic way for territorial acknowledgement. An illustration of this principle presents a sound multisource analysis of soundscape from Malakoff, a district in Nantes, with using the sound athmosphere generator. Manipulation of this hypertool should provide information to evaluate sound interaction through Zipf law entropy dimensioning. Keywords: Participative game, territorial soundscape, informational dimensioning, entropy evaluation, Zipf law.
From biophysical to sociodynamical sciences, interaction laws (or, more generally, organizational principles) that emerge from the regularities in collective behaviour are most of time unlinear, as the actors teleological assumptions acts following environmental-dependent non-linear interactions (Minsky, 1975). Their emergent properties are deeply networked to the system observers, in our case, inhabitants involved into the territorial observatory and acknowledgement process in Malakoff district, Nantes, France. Our main hypothesis for Participative Game Informational Construction lies on supervenience principle (Davidson, 1970), stating that mental properties and facts supervene on physical properties and facts. This principle edict totally disconnected laws between individual and collective behaviour processes. It assumes that subject actions are defined, on one side, by the relationships between elementary physical properties and individual representations, and, in the other side, between collective behaviours and global phenomenon manifestation. This leads us to qualify global environmental interaction set as a collection of interacting systems, showing collective behaviour at different scales, that means, for different proxemies (Woloszyn, 2005). This observed structural organisation of the proxemical mechanisms of interactions laws will define the ambients perceptual representation system, through interaction flow organisation dimensioning (Woloszyn, 2000a, 2000b). Therefore, ambient territory knowledge integration is enabled through the proposed Hyperscape action game process, allowed by socio-psycho-physical data feedback streaming through hypertools game-participative functions. Thus, considered as multi-level emergent structures as for living organisms or social community structures (anthroposystems), the information flow dimensioning enables information entropy quantification. Measurement scaling law can be also deduced from the emergent characteristics of a number of hypermedia landscapes inquiries in perception.
February 2009, 28th
619 / 653
I. Informational dimensioning methodology Structural ambients deconstruction has to be referred to its reciprocal percept organisation through psychics and physics interdimensioning. Resulting psychophysical laws (Condamines, 1985) have to be articulate within micro-psycho-social concept rules (Moles, 1988), in order to model socioecologically valid interaction laws (Gibson, 1986). This teleological construction uses a virtual formalisation of reality, Hyperscape playground, producing artefacts with territorial rules acting into the present depth. With acting into this interactive game, players would be able to interact into the virtual territory, idealization between territorial representations and projections. 1. Zipf law dimensioning In order to estimate this cognitive distance between reality and imagination, we will use an empirical law known as Zipf law, named for Harvard linguistic professor George Kingsley Zipf, which models the occurrence of distinct objects in particular collections (Brookes, 1968; Egghe, 1991, Kunz, 1988; Wyllys, 1981). Zipf law says that the ith most frequent object will appear 1/ith times the frequency of the most frequent object in the collection. Also an expression of universal regularities, this law is applied in numerous domains: in English texts word occurrence frequency (Blair, 1988; Li, 1992; Zipf, 1932), as well as populations of cities (Gabaix, 1999; Kali, 2003; Soo, 2005), immune system characterization (Burgos, 1996), bibliographical classification or prediction (Fairthorne, 1969; Federowicz, 1982), or cancer classification (Li, 2002). Nevertheless, except musical (Manaris, 2002, 2003, 2005) and audio medical signal (Dellandrea, 2004) applications, we didnt find Zipf law application for other audio domains such as soundscape acknowledgment in scientific literature. As it typically holds when the objects themselves have a property (such as length or size) which is modelled by an exponential distribution, we will use this method to evaluate sound entropy quantification relevant to Malakoff territory. Zipf law states that in a tabulation of the occurrence of all words in a sufficiently comprehensive text, ranged by their frequency, will the product of rank number and frequency make up a constant. In addition will the number of different words in the vocabulary be equal to the frequency of the most common word, as seen following French text Zipf law application figure 1: Figure 1: Frequency-rank Zipf's law for French language
Source: Mandelbrot, 1965.
Zipf law may be stated mathematically as:
log f x = C ! s log k
eq. (1)
February 2009, 28th
620 / 653
where fi, the frequency of the unit (wordform or lemma) having the rank k, s, the exponent coefficient (near to 1 for English language word frequency distribution), and C, a constant. In a logarithmic scale, Zipf law is expressed as a straight line with about -45 angle, as seen figure 1. 2. Zipf principle and information treatment Zipf also provided a theoretical explanation for his law (Zipf, 1949). He found that the law was an expression of a competition between two economic principles: The economics of the speaker, that tend towards a reduction of the number of words in language, and the economy of the listener, that tend to use a new word in each new linguistic act that the speaker wish to do. In all persons speaking a language fluently there is a balance and Zipf law is an indication that this balance is reached. Consequently to this assumption, Zipf suggests a way to optimize the cost of communicative transactions between speakers and listeners by wedging their relative directories, as illustrated figure 2: Figure 2: Shannon informational scheme and Informational impedance adaptation: Transmitter-receiver directories fitting
Source: Moles, 1988.
A.A. Moles called this action Informational impedance adaptation, acted though the appren-
February 2009, 28th
621 / 653
ticeship process (Moles, 1988). This process corresponds to an adaptative function which asymptote reveals perfect fitting between transmitter and receiver directories, that means Zipf balance is reached through a power law equal to 1. 3. Entropy calculation processing Zipf power law can be readed as a linear relationship when plotting data in log-log coordinates, arranging dots along a line, which reveals the structural relationship between the number of sources occurrences and their rank, leading to informational dimension expression Ds as: 1 ! p( x) log p( x) DS = x"X log k eq. (2) where p(x) is the occurrence of element x of rank k. The numerator of this dimensional expression constitutes the entropy expression H, as: 1 H ( x) = ! p ( x) log p( x) x"X eq. (3) This entropy calculation will enable transmitter-receiver directories fitting quantification of the perceived soundscape thanks to hypertools developed within the Hyperscape project. II. Applications to the HyperScape participative game features The hypertool based on a soundscape territorial ambient sampling is presented thereafter, as an acknowledgement of the ambient sound territorialization. This ambient re-construction game pad we propose will help us to evaluate the cognitive distance between real world environments and ideal world projections (Woloszyn et al., 2007) through soundscape description and composition analysis. This is the reason why our game-informational research-action approach, Hyperscape, formulates ambients through event/phenomenon homeomorphic multimedia description, in order to interact with the territorial players. For this aim, Hyperscape system behaviour will allow coupling physical characterisation of a specified environment (i.e. soundscapes recordings of Malakoff territories) with the corresponding cognitive representations (through environmental psychological gameinquiry process), through an ambient scene construction (namely the sound atmosphere generator presented in the theme A contribution of the present conference: Landscapes observatory, a Tool Coproduction and Acknowledgment Participative Challenge-Games). Technically, Hyperscapes methodologies are based on visual, sonic and textual contents, including trans-media navigation features as an on-line clickable media navigation process into the territorial representation, in order to constitute an useful tool which facilitates the mediation among the actors of the territory. Therefore, the corresponding hypertools exploits a specific software library, developed through various types of data (sound, video, pictures, vectorized data, text). Actually, games for territory discovering includes a landscape beat box, and a sound atmosphere generator. 1. An example of Sound data treatment through sound atmosphere generator hypertool exploitation The sound atmosphere generator uses a specific way for soundscape acknowledgment, with associating a photography with the sound, in order to realize a proper representation from a neighbourhood locality with a visual support (Fig. 3). Its goal is to allow each inhabitant to reconstruct her/his perception of the Malakoff sound atmosphere, which would recompose the global sound thanks to the sound database described hereafter. This tool allows concretely to act on the neighbourhood landscapes to transform them, taking into account the different cognitive soundscape levels: background noise, ambient sounds and acoustic events. The clicking traceability available into HPU system afford us to keep the trace of sound data manipulation, that means, every recomposition step of the mean sound atmosphere generator is readable via a specified file. Therefore, in order to understand the neighbourhood territory representations, qualitative data
February 2009, 28th
622 / 653
will be collected to analyze the sound composition process, in respect with the temporal occurrences of the analyzed soundscape sound source composing. Figure 3: Sound atmosphere generator functioning principle
2. Malakoff soundscape analysis Taken as a powerful tool for environment acknowledgement evaluation, the previously mentioned Zipf competition principle can analogously be transposed to sound ambient environment, aiming to evaluate Sound environmental economics (the transmitter) and Economy of the atmosphere composer (the receiver) that will be evaluated through the sound atmosphere generator experimentation. In an analogical way, sound sources are here considered as the soundscape words (sound items) to be analyzed, as computation of their citation order and frequency. This sound atmosphere generator data treatment will define the Zipf proximal law for each Malakoff constitutive soundscape. Then, we will estimate soundscape informational entropy through sound event density probability distribution calculation, as mentioned before. Ambient sound source classification is made from direct territory observation through sound recording. In order to achieve it, a soundscape database has been recorded in situ, taking the main sound atmospheres of the neighbourhood into account (Fig. 4). Several series of sonic walks (purple lines), marked out by about thirty-two fixed recording points (red dots) presented in the above soundscape map, have been made to register sound sequences representing rather faithfully the districts various sound atmospheres. These walks allow to take a phonograph of the evolution of the Malakoff district soundscape (Schafer, 1981). They represent to the greatest extent possible the various atmospheres that a passer-by would encounter when wandering into the urban district. Each sequence, examined through headphone audition, can therefore be described according to each of the sources occurrence frequency.
February 2009, 28th
623 / 653
Figure 4: Territorial soundscape map : Malakoff captation points
These noises are then classified according to the SaCCSO methodology (Lobon, 1993), with providing six sound sources classes, constituted by elementary sonic items, indexable as following: - the source Urban activity, accounting for engine noise, road traffic, transport noise and works noise, - the source Human presence, relating to indications of people passing through, - the source Human activity, signing the noises relating to individual activities, - the source Language and communication, for really challenging messages such as set of signs, musical animation, understandable conversations, - the source Wildlife noise for nature and animals sounds, referring generally to open spaces, - and the source background noise, signalling indirectly the notion of calm of a soundscape (Lobon, 1995). 3. Zipf law application After this typological construction born of soundscape source enumeration by headphone hearing, we quantify the citation occurrence of each source, in regard with its citation order. As indicated equation (1), mathematical expression of Zipf law involves the number of occurrences of a done sound source, understood as an acoustic event, and provides the relationship between the number of sound source occurrences with respect to their occurrence frequencies. Result of soundscape quantification should then provide a rank-order Zipf power law, which, compared to the power law resulting from sound atmosphere generator experimentation, should provide the informational impedance adaptation level between real and imagined soundscape. The resulting event density probability distribution will then allow information dimension computation, through relative entropy calculation of the soundscape sources. As entropy expression (equation (3)) reveals the sharp (H=1) or low (H<1) correlation between the real sources present in the studied territory and their evocation, sound source distribution within a done environment constitutes an elementary indicator of the evocation force of a given soundscape. As a complementary result, the three metaclasses, background noise, ambient sounds and acoustic events, will be defined through the respective sound sources Zipf scaling values, as those lasts describe cognitive distance of soundscape elements. Relying on a structuralist hypothesis (Moles, 1990), we claim that every soundscape can thus be described as a combination of the previous sonic items (sound sources), belonging to the three specified metaclasses, feeding the sound atmosphere generator. Conclusion The interesting perspectives offered by Zipf law have led us to evaluate its pertinence for environmental sound sources classification and evaluation. Thus, Zipf competition principle can be analogously transposed to sound ambient environment perception, in order to evaluate cognitive distance between real and imaginary soundscape in Malakoff territory. To do this, Zipf power-law distribution on ranked sound data enables acoustical information
February 2009, 28th
624 / 653
flow dimensioning, which will be applied on both sound athmosphere qualification through soundscape listening and sound atmosphere generator hypergame. This way to analyse urban atmospheres may enable us to define the notions of sensible sound territory, with finding significant relationships between dimensional evaluation of a soundscape and its appreciation level through a participative ambience reconstruction game. The global participatory approach that makes this approach possible involves the development of complex processes, touching transversely to both public and private performances, as well as individuals and cultural groups. A more complete computer-adapted knowledge and culture sharing is actually under development within Hyperscape project, implying territorial politic structures and organisations. This will experience their participation to the Malakoff urban development process, through knowledge, tools and goals sharing. Within territorial rules integrations, intelligent territorial system HyperScape should be able to operate an ecologically valid transcription of the representations of a given territory as a collective construction in spatial terms as well as in social ones. Bibliography BLAIR D. C., 1990, Language and Representation in Information Retrieval, Amsterdam, Elsevier. BROOKES B. C., 1968, The derivation and application of the Bradford-Zipf distribution, Journal of Documentation, vol. 24, n 4, p. 247-265. BURGOS J. D., and MORENO-TOVAR P., 1996, Zipf-Scaling Behavior in the Immune System, Biosystems, vol. 39, n 3, p. 227-232. CONDAMINES R., 1985, Acoustique psycho-physique, Paris, Masson. DAVIDSON D., 1970 (2001), How is Weakness of the Will Possible? , in FEINBERG J. (ed.), Moral Concepts, Oxford, Oxford University Press. DELLANDRA E., MAKRIS P. and V INCENT N., 2004, Zipf analysis of audio signals, Fractals, vol. 12, n 1, Singapore, World Scientific Publishing, p. 73-85. EGGHE L., 1991, The exact place of Zipf's and Pareto's law amongst the classical information laws, Scientometrics, vol. 20, n 1, p. 93-106. FAIRTHORNE R. A., 1969, Empirical hyperbolic distributions (Bradford-Zipf-Mandelbrot) for bibliometric description and prediction, Journal of Documentation, vol. 25, n 4, p. 319-343. FEDOROWICZ J., 1982, The theoretical foundation of Zipf's law and its application to the bibliographic database environment, Journal of the American Society for Information Science, vol. 33, n 5, p. 285-293. GABAIX X., 1999, Zips's law for cities: An explanation, Quarterly Journal of Economics, vol. 114, n 3, p. 739-67, available at: http://econ-www.mit.edu/faculty/download_pdf.php?id=530 (Retrieved 2007-08-16). GIBSON J. J., 1986, The Ecological Approach to Visual Perception, Lawrence Erlbaum, Hillsdale, New Jersey. KALI R., 2003, The city as a giant component: a random graph approach to Zipf's law, Applied Economics Letters, vol. 10, n 11, p. 717-720. KUNZ M., 1988, Lotka and Zipf: Paper dragons with fuzzy tails, Scientometrics, vol. 13, n 5-6, p. 289-297. LOBON A., 1993, The cartography of a town center soundscape, Noise and Man'93, Nice. LOBON A., 1995, La qualification des ambiances sonores urbaines, Natures-Sciences-Socits, vol. III, n 1, p 26-41. LI W., 1992, Random Texts Exhibit Zipf's-Law-Like Word Frequency Distribution, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, vol. 38, n 6, p. 1842-1845. LI W. and YANG Y., 2002, Zipf's Law in Importance of Genes for Cancer Classification using
February 2009, 28th
625 / 653
Microarray Data, Journal of Theoretical Biology, n 219, p. 539-551. MANARIS B., PUREWAL T. and MCCORMICK C., 2002, Progress Towards Recognizing and Classifying Beautiful Music with Computers: MIDI-Encoded Music and the Zipf-Mandelbrot Law, Proceedings of the IEEE SoutheastCon, New York, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, p. 5257. MANARIS B., VAUGHAN D., WAGNER C., ROMERO J. and DAVIS R., 2003, Evolutionary Music and the Zipf-Mandelbrot Law: Progress towards Developing Fitness Functions for Pleasant Music, Proceedings of EvoMUSART2003 1st European Workshop on Evolutionary Music and Art, Berlin, SpringerVerlag, p. 522-534. MANARIS B., ROMERO J., MACHADO D., KREHBIEL D., HIRZEL T., P HARR W. and DAVIS R. B., 2005, Zipf's Law, Music Classification, and Aesthetics, Computer Music Journal, vol. 29, n 1, p. 55 69. MANDELBROT B., 1965, Information Theory and Psycholinguistics, in WOLMAN B.B. and NAGEL E. (eds), Scientific psychology, New York, Basic Books. MANDELBROT B., 1968, Information Theory and Psycholinguistics, in OLDFIELD R. C. and MARCHALL J. C. (eds), Language, London, Penguin Books. MINSKY M., 1975, A framework for representing knowledge, in WINSTON P. H. (ed.), The psychology of computer vision, New York, McGraw-Hill, p. 211-280. MOLES A. A., 1988, Thorie structurale de la communication et socit, Paris, Masson. MOLES A. A., 1990, Les sciences de limprcis, Paris, Seuil. SCHFER M., 1992, The tuning of the world, New-York, A. Knopf. SOO K. T., 2005, Zipfs Law for Cities: A Cross Country Investigation, Regional Science and Urban Economics, vol. 35, n 3, p. 239-263. WOLOSZYN P., JOANNE P.and BARLET A., 2000a, Proxmie acoustique et quilibre sonore dans un ensemble d'habitation, in CFA 2000, Actes du 5e congrs franais d'acoustique, Lausanne, 3-6 septembre 2000, Lausanne, Presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, p. 468-471. WOLOSZYN P. and FOLLUT D., 2000b, The visualisation of the urban ambients parameters, in 14th International symposium, Computer Science for environmental protection, Marburg, Metropolis Verlag, p. 173-186. WOLOSZYN P., 2005, An acoustic ambience study by immersive sound recognition, European conference Building with sounds, Paris. WOLOSZYN P. and BOURDIN G., 2007, Urban HyperScape: a community game for territorial knowledge, Second international annual conference of territorial intelligence, Huelva, Spain, October 24th27th (2007). WYLLYS R. E., 1981, Empirical and theoretical bases of Zipf's Law, Library Trends, vol. 30, n 1, p. 53-64. ZIPF G. K., 1932, Selected Studies of the Principle of Relative Frequencies of Language, Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard University Press. ZIPF G. K., 1949, Human behaviour and the Principle of the Least Effort, Reading, MA, AddisonWesley.
February 2009, 28th
626 / 653
78
The uses of territorial intelligence tools (scientific report on A5ps and A6ps workshops)
Blanca MIEDES Lecturer in Economics, Local Employment Observatory, Huelva University, Spain miedes@uhu.es
I. Scientific report on A5ps Workshop One of the most characteristic features of the methods and tools developed by the CAENTI teams over the last 15 years is that the evolution of their scientific and technical specifications has been determined by the results of the experience and their use by actors in very different institutional and territorial contexts. So the needs of actors have conditioned the evolution of the methods and tools and not the other way round. The presentations given at this workshop highlight the variety of situations in which the CAENTI tools have been implemented and, consequently, the different uses and appropriations that actors have made of them according to their different objectives. At the same time, and in spite of their diversity, these experiences have important elements in common that are the networks raison detre. First, the will of actors to perform a transforming social action with their target groups and territories, following a sustainable development approach. Second, the aim of including scientific and technical criteria in their actions, with an observation and strategic evaluation approach based on researchaction and, as a result, their cooperation all these years with university teams in the development of tools adapted to their social objectives. Third, their concern for improving organizational and territorial governance processes, with a view to optimizing internal and external resources and to best adapt their own decisions and those of the territorial actors to the users needs. For this reason all the experiences are based on the creation or development of a large multisectoral territorial partnership from which to work on the first two objectives. The participating actors presented the audience the main objective for which they use the tools of territorial intelligence and the institutional and socio-economic context in which they develop these tools. Asked by the workshops coordinator, and with the aim of articulating and contributing to the subsequent debate, they also described the main difficulties they faced during the implementation of the methods and tools, as well as their main perspectives of evolution on the medium term. In general, two broad kinds of uses were described: - On the one hand, those aimed at different actors (organizations) to jointly gather, share and analyse data on the beneficiaries of their actions, on the territories on which they operate, and on their own actions. The cooperative strategic observation and participatory evaluation methodology is implemented with the aim of establishing synergies, searching for complementarity of the actions, rational articulation of the resources, and a better adaptation of the responses to territorial real needs. - On the other hand, with an approach focused on the internal management of the organizations and on quality processes, the tools are also used for the members of an organization to establish mutualisation systems of data about their own users and actions using a strategic observation and participatory evaluation approach, which allows them to increase efficacy and efficiency of their activity.
February 2009, 28th
627 / 653
Regarding the first type of uses, in most cases, the partners territorial observation mechanisms have progressed with the tools, in a way that their consolidation has been a complex and slow process. A good example of it is the case of the INTEGRA+ Association, which develops an observatory, created in 1997, made up of the social services and other territorial actors from eight municipalities in the Walloon region of Belgium. The initially insufficient formalisation of the process, the difficulties of tool appropriation by the actors, partly because of the lack of skills for their understanding and use, and partly due to insufficient communication of the results, were mentioned by the speaker as the main difficulties found along the way. As a result, within the CAENTI framework, the partners are now working to improve the conditions of experience transfer, clarifying the objectives, the articulation of observation mechanisms in the territory, and the modalities of technical accompaniment that are necessary in each case, trying to build the processes based on the experiences of the actors participating in the mechanisms. Although still in process, this systematisation work carried out in coordination with the rest of actors and research groups of CAENTI is already bearing its fruit, increasing the efficiency and efficacy of the transfer processes, as shown by the presentation of the experience on the partnership observation mechanism for social cohesion implemented in the City Council of CHAPELLE-LEZHERLAIMONT, in the homonymous region, in cooperation with the Optima@ association. This new observatory has allowed the whole process to be tested and the transfer conditions of the CATALYSE methodology to be reviewed within a new context. A greater clarity in the method objectives and specifications, and having the European guide made in CAENTI throughout 2006 as the basis have helped this new experience to be implemented in a record time of 12 months, with a satisfactory result in terms of partnership mobilisation right from the beginning. Regarding the second kind of use, the experiences presented highlight the potentiality of these tools to help complex organizations to develop participatory management of the projects and to build a global overview of the users needs, confronted with the kind of responses that favour the organization, in a constant search for coherence of the action mechanisms and the appropriateness of the actions developed. Thus, ADAPEI, an association supporting mentally-handicapped people with 20 establishments in the city of Besanon (France), has used the Catalyse method and developed an observation tool for the whole organization. This tool, called OSSUA, allows them to gather all data to be included in their annual reports as enforced by the law, and in the progress indicators of the different quality processes (ISO-900), evaluation processes (monitoring of the contract-programme with the public administration), and result visibility processes (rest of stakeholders) in which the organization is involved. The data collected allow the teams to conduct the analysis of needs-results within the formalised framework of quality processes. The economy of effort implied by the use of the tool favours its appropriation by the organizations staff. On the other hand, impact is also remarkable on the organizations communication with its social interlocutors (stakeholders) due to improvement in the visibility of the results. The development of the observation mechanism requires a process of constant improvement. At present, ADAPEI is looking deeply into project management methods and team management, into improving training in evaluation, in order to achieve a better appropriation of methods and tools, and into working editorial aspects to improve internal and external communication of the results. JARDINS DE COCAGNE (France), a network of 80 ecological farms for social inclusion of disadvantaged groups gathering 3,000 gardeners, 500 experts, 13,000 customer families, 1,200 volunteers, plus the partner organizations of the partnerships of the different gardens, also uses the CAENTI tools for detecting best practices in its network regarding gardening quality within the framework of sustainable development. Within this context, they have prepared a very detailed guide for team reflection and project management training. Based on the quantitative and qualitative data provided by the observation mechanism, the evaluating process allows them to direct the strategy of the entire network, contributing to suitability of the actions and to coherence of the objectives. At present, their work focuses on systemizing and concentrating the evaluation calendar, so as to have the last year results ready by the second semester of the current year. Regarding FUNDACIN VALDOCO (Spain), an NGO that works with a comprehensive approach on the fight against social exclusions in an especially disadvantaged district with 21000 neighbours of the city of Huelva (District V), they use the Catalyse toolkit, in a double sense. From an internal point of view, they have developed a cooperative observation system called GEYSA for the 7 services of the organization. This system allows a mainstream approach to be obtained of the indi-
February 2009, 28th
628 / 653
vidual inclusion itinerary of each user at each action, service and also within the whole entity. From an external point of view, the entity is working on the design of specific tools for the partnership strategic observation and participatory evaluation mechanism of the Integral Plan for District V. This plan, which has been considered as good practice and included in the United Nations catalogue, has been under way for 7 years, with the participation of 53 entities from different sectors (health, education, housing, employment, neighbours associations, cultural associations, etc.) at different levels (national, regional, local). The aim in this second case is to adapt the Catalyse tools to help systemize the analysis and evaluation of the 9 commissions of the plan, adapting this process to the heterogeneity in responsibilities and competences of the actors involved in the experience. In any case, regardless of the use given to the tool, an aspect made evident at the debate and shared by the participants is that the tools appropriation by the actors is not automatic, that it requires time, an important investment in training and formalisation and, especially, a great communication effort at all levels, including communication between researchers and actors. On the other hand, the impact of the tools on participation depends to a large extent on the institutional context and the organisational cultures, which present big differences by sectors and also by countries. Another interesting aspect was the discussion on the effective contribution of these formulas to the development of territorial governance. The research-action processes presented here may be very useful for the development of participation. However, it was suggested that participation must be a means to change things, not an aim per se. In this sense, the composition of the partnership which is part of the observation and evaluation mechanism is of capital importance, since it is essential for the legitimate actors entitled to make decisions regarding the approached problems to be involved. II. Scientific report on A6ps Workshop ACCEM, a Spanish NGO created in 1992 that works in the field of migration, is now one of the European entities which has gone deepest into experimenting territorial intelligence methods and tools, both from the point of view of the promotion of strategic observation and participatory evaluation mechanisms in its target territories, and from the point of view, at organizational levels, of articulating its users data, gathered in its 26 local intervention mechanisms across the national territory. The rapid growth of the organization in the last 15 years has run parallel, on the one hand, to the remarkable increase in the migration phenomenon in Spain (according to data from the Spanish Office for National Statistics, the population has grown from 542,314 people with non-Spanish nationality registered in the census in 1996 to 5,268,762 in 2008) and, on the other, to the development of territorial intelligence methods and tools, to which the organization has contributed significantly with its experimentation. Indeed, cooperative observation and participatory evaluation in the target territory are an inherent part of ACCEMs strategy since 1996, as the entity started to consider, within the framework of different European projects, the need to work on immigrant integration processes within the widest framework of the territorial development processes of the areas where immigrants were settling. The search for complementarity with the actions of other economic and social territorial actors with a view to optimizing the resources, and the need to have a better knowledge of the needs of immigrants and the evolution of their situation in the area, in relation with territorial dynamics, led them to promote in 1998 their first local observatories (ODINA in an urban setting in the region of Asturias, and OPASI in a rural setting in the region of Castilla-La Mancha). Making use of the first versions of the Catalyse methodology tools, these observatories developed as spaces for joint exchange and analysis of data by the different actors working on immigrant integration in each area, and soon gave rise to other satellite observatories (Oviedo and Guadalajara). These experiences, which are real testing banks on participatory dynamics, each in their own context, meant significant innovation in the search for alternative formulas for the development of more effective territorial governance in the field of migration. In 2004, partly as the result of an important systematization effort in these four previous experiences, ACCEM starts a new transfer strategy that leads it to the creation of three other observatories in Len and Seville (2006) and Girona (2007). Simultaneously, and also since 1998, as a strategy regarding the rapid growth of the entity and the growing need of the organizations professionalisation in an increasingly more complex context, ACCEM introduces the Catalyse methodology in the entire organization, in order to introduce the
February 2009, 28th
629 / 653
same scientific and technical research-action approach in internal evaluation processes. The computer tool developed for this process allows analysis to be based on the diagnosis of the evolution of users individual needs. The quantitative and qualitative data are discussed in workshops in which the entitys technical staff from different departments and with different responsibilities take part. Julia Fernndez Quintanilla, manager of ACCEM, has often said that this work methodology has led the organization to step forward from intuition to knowledge as the basis for action. ACCEMs experience makes clear that the scientific and technical quality of tools is as important as knowing what to do with them and being prepared to use them. In this sense, the organizations main commitment to set in motion a systematic and lasting research-action process on its own activity, on its users, on the actors they work with, and on the characteristics of the territory has been definitive. Another lesson that can be learned is that observation and evaluation participatory processes, especially at the beginning, when results are not so immediate, are delicate dynamics that depend on each context, and also that, in the first stages, it is more important to identify common points, to construct common languages and favour participation, than the technical quality of the data obtained. The maturity of the participatory process is what will allow data quality to improve progressively. On the other hand, another relevant conclusion is that the development of this methodology implies an important investment in resources for the entity. Continuity of technical accompaniment, training of the organizations staff and the partnerships partners, time used in meetings and presentation ceremonies, in the preparation of methods, handbooks, protocols, harmonized guides, etc., which are all essential activities for the development of the methodology, are highly attention-, time- and money-consuming. It is also very important for the methodology to permeate the entity. The celebration of the workshop made evident the degree of appropriation that the entitys technical staff from the senior to the newly hired staff had of the whole methodology. This is not a spontaneous process; it also involves an important investment of the entity in favour of empowerment of teams on the field, which implies a clear exercise of transparency and horizontal cooperation. Regarding the results, the different presentations highlighted that the observation mechanisms had contributed significantly to increasing efficacy and efficiency in their own actions and in those of the partnerships they energize. Another important element is the increase in the organizations dialogue power at all levels, due to the professional image provided by the technical quality of its arguments and projects. The mechanisms have been especially useful in generating shared views in the different territories about the main problems. This allows discussing action projects on the trends and risks observed in a long-term dynamic which goes beyond the usual framework and places itself in a sustainable development approach. Finally, ACCEMs experience with cooperative observation tools and its trust over the years in participatory research-action processes have contributed greatly to the development of territorial intelligence methods and concepts, within a context of transition from the information society to the knowledge society.
February 2009, 28th
630 / 653
79
Bibliography caENTI
ACS P., 2008. Theoretical Approach of Network Communication and Collaboration in Research. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 223-233. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Acs> ACS P., 2009. Theoretical approach of territorial intelligence and communication. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Acs> ADJOUDJ A., 2009. Territorial intelligence and participation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Adjoudj> AITAI M., 2007. Alba county: towards a balanced development of the territory based on its cultural heritage. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 103-110. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Aitai> ALPE Y., 2007. Towards a European observatory of elementary school: feasibility study from the French experience Observatory of rural school. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p.113114. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Alpe> ALPE Y., FAUGUET J.-L., 2009. Territorial intelligence studied by sociology: How the territorial data production transforms the actors status. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Alpe> ALPE Y., FAUGUET J.-L., 2009. The results of the Rural School Observatory and the prospects of European Observatory of Elementary. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Alpe2> ALPE Y., FAUGUET J.-L., TRUDA G., 2009. Report on feasibility of a European Observatory of the Rural Schools, deliverable 61 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable61> AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., 2007. Report on evaluation of the Quality Letter, UFC team conclusions, deliverable 41 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 10 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable41> AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., 2009. Possibilities of ICT and tool limits relative to sustainable development, participation and partnership (Catalogue of technological tools). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE,
February 2009, 28th
631 / 653
Besanon, Suchet>
2009.
<URL:
http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Amiotte-
AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., BICHET A., 2006. Report on research context and practice in the Universit d Franche-Comt (France), catalogues of experiences, deliverable 34 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 44 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable34> AMIOTTE-SUCHET L., MIEDES UGARTE B., REDONDO TORONJO D., 2008. Work Package 5: Proposal of an European Letter of Quality on Action-Research Favoring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 61-79. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Amiotte-Suchet> AMMATURO N., 2006. Report on research context and practice in the Universita di SALERNO (Italy), deliverable 39 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 16 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable39> AMMATURO N., 2007. Report on evaluation of the Quality Letter, UNISA team conclusions, deliverable 46 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 8 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable46> AMMATURO N., 2008. Cultural Development Dimension. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative actionresearch and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 309-322. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Ammaturo> AMMATURO N., 2009. The Culture of socio-economic cohesion. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Ammaturo> ANGELINI J., VENTURINI M.-M., 2009. Citizens regaining and lived solidarity: towards the link structuring. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Angelini> ANTONI J.-P., 2007. Cellular world simulation: A collaborative model for spatial visioning and Territorial Intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 249-254. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Antoni> ANTONI J.-P., FRANKHAUSER P., TANNIER C., YOUSSOUFI S., 2008. Modeling Urbanization to Simulate Prospective Scenarios: a Comparative Approach. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 277-295. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Antoni> ASENSIO COTO M. J., MNGUEZ MORENO O., 2008. Sustainable Development: Elements for its interpretation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 665-671. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Asensio> AVOCAT H., CHANARD C., DE SEDE-MARCEAU M.-H., 2009. Conception of a territorial observation and prospective tool for energy. The case of fuelwood. In International Conference of
February 2009, 28th
632 / 653
Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Avocat> BACCON M.-P., 2009. Quality step and sustainable development in "les Jardins de Cocagne". In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Baccon> BARBIERI A., 2009. Transitions towards capable territories. Community development and Social development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Barbieri> BAULARD F., 2009. Social and solidarity economy: observation identity, dynamic and stakes. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Baulard> BEN HASSINE A., 2009. Integration and assimilation of new technologies as innovation in local development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Saccheri2> BENABID O., 2009. Gironas permanent immigration observatory (OPIG). Territorial views and partnership dynamisation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Benabid> BERION P., 2009. Observation of the effects of the big transports infrastructures: methods, practices and results. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Berion> BERION P., SAUTER A., THIAM S., 2009. Observation of the DiACT mountain territories: presentation and purposes. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Berion2> BERTACCHINI Y., RODRGUEZ-SALVADOR M., SOUARI W., 2008. From territorial intelligence to compositive & sustainable system. Case studies in Mexico & in Gafsa university. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 106-124. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Bertacchini> BERZOSA C., 2008. Challenges of World-Wide Governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative actionresearch and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 107-109. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Berzosa> BICHET A., 2009. Final IDM report, deliverable 9 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable9>
February 2009, 28th
633 / 653
BICHET A., 2009. Final management and financial report, deliverable 8 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable8> BICHET A., 2009. Minutes for all meetings of CAENTI, deliverable 10 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable10> BICHET-MIARO A., 2007. First periodic management and financial report, deliverable 2 of caENTI project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 103 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable2> BICHET-MIARO A., 2008. First and second innovation and dissemination management report, deliverable 3 and 6 of caENTI project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 14 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable6> BICHET-MIARO A., 2009. Private life protection, intellectual right protection and tools dissemination. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bichet> BONARD A., LAFRAGETTE A., DRIDI-DASTREVIGNE E., 2009. Sustainable development assessment tools dedicated to territorial collectivities. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bonard> BOAN C., ILOVAN O.-R., 2007. Geographic identity aspects of the Land of the Moi. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 87-93. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Botan> BOUKPESSI T., 2009. Sacred groves, a threaten biodiversity tank. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Boukpessi2> BOUKPESSI T., 2009. Social and economic role of the sacred woods of the center of Togo. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Boukpessi> BOURRET C., LACOUR S., 2008. Application of territorial intelligence focused on the cultural heritage and of the reaffirmation of territorial entities:pays in France. The case of Couserans (ArigePyrenees). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 77-91. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/ Bourret> BOURRET C., URTEAGA E., 2009. New pays (little countries) as local level of the process of Territorial Intelligence in France. Comparative study of the Pays Basque and the Couserans. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Bourret> BOZZANO H., 2009. Territorial "entendimiento" (understanding), participative process and territorial development: experiences in Latin America. The network www.territoriosposibles.org as part of www.territoriesnet.org. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers
February 2009, 28th
634 / 653
on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bozzano2 BOZZANO H., 2009. Territorial intelligence and territorial development: A new network. (Real problems, theoretical and methodological criteria and Project development. A Latin American experience). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Bozzano> BOZZANO H., RESA S., 2008. RET: Network for the understanding of the territory. The case of Buenos Aires, Argentina. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 124-147. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Bozzano> BREUER C., DEVILLET G., 2009. Infra-local level: accessibility and management of territorial information. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer4> BREUER C., DEVILLET G., 2009. Territorial information, shapefiles and indicators accessibles for actors until commune and infra communal levels (Synthesis). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer3> BREUER C., DEVILLET G., 2009. Towards a system of territorial intelligence: geographical indicators and data for the European actors. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Breuer> BREUER C., DEVILLET G., MERENNE-SCHOUMAKER B., 2009. Emergence of a territory project for the districts of Huy and Waremme (Belgium): tools, participation and construction. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Breuer2> BRUNAU E., 2007. The choice of the employment area as an intervention territory in the field of the professional insertion. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 145-148. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Brunau> BRUNAU E., 2009. How and why is observation useful to territorial action? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Brunau> BUIU C., 2007. A regional analysis on subjective welfare. Romanians' major concerns on developing regions. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p 73-85. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Butiu> BUTIU C-A., 2009. Approaching the territory as a space of the action. Predictors of the participation in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Butiu>
February 2009, 28th
635 / 653
CAILLE-CATTIN C., 2009. The need to share landscaped information to draft common territory projects. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/besancon08/Caille-Cattin> CAILLE-CATTIN C., HAMMAD A., POIREY J.-L., THOMAS R., 2009. Integration of the E&T database in the E-pragma system. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Caille-Cattin2> CAMPREDON A., 2009. From Equal acts: tools and methods as lessons and conditions of renewals for local developments. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Campredon> CARLES BARRIOPEDRO B., 2009. Accems observatories in the province of Guadalajara. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Carles> CARLS BARRIOPEDRO B., CARLS BARRIOPEDRO P., MRQUEZ SAN PEDRO D., 2009. Observatory of migrations of Guadalajara OPEGU. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Carles2> CARLS BARRIOPEDRO B., HERNANDO SANZ O., MORENO YAGE A., 2009. Permanent observatory of Sigenza OPASI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Carles3> CHAMPOLLION P., 2006. State-of-the-art about the concept of territory and the process of territorialisation, deliverable 26 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 10 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable26> CHAMPOLLION P., 2007. Regional development, career choice and territorialization of the training supply: Elements of problematisation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 133-136. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Champollion1> CHAMPOLLION P., 2007. Territory and territorialisation: Present state of the CAENTI thought. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 5259. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Champollion2 > CHAMPOLLION P., LEGARDEZ A., 2009. Territorial intelligence at work: a cooperative and partnership step of territorial diagnosis gathering actors and researchers. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Champollion> CHAMPOLLION P., LEGARDEZ A., TRUDA G., MOLLO M., 2008. Report about the concept of territory, deliverable 31 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 669 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable31> CHARLIER J., DEVILLET G., BRUNETTI E., CUSUMANO C., DELVOYE J.-M., DOYEN P., URBAN A., 2008. To a TI Community System: Shared Diagnostic and Territorial Animation of a
February 2009, 28th
636 / 653
Seraings area (Belgium). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 599-610. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Charlier> CHEN D., DEVILLET G., 2007. Territorial information, themes, indicators and sources. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 2943. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Chen> CHEN D., SCHMITZ S., 2007. Report on evaluation of the Quality Letter, ULG team conclusions, deliverable 43 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 8 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable43> CONSTANTIN D.-L., MITRU C., 2007. The environmental information system in Romania: an institutional and behavioural approach. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 63-70. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Constantin> CSAP J., BERKI M., 2009. Existing and future tourism potential and the geographical basis of Thematic routes in south Transdanubia (Hungary). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Csapo> DALMAU PORTA J., PREZ CASTAO B., BAIXAULI I BAIXAULI J., 2008. Technology Transfer between Research Units and Enterprises. An approach to centred model in the impact on territorial strategic targets. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 68-76. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Dalmau> DAMY S., HERMANN B., JACQUES I., GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2008. The contribution of the computer science as well as the information and communication science approaches for the editorial function of the territorial information systems. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 331-349. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Damy> DAMY S., HERRMANN B., MASSELOT C., BENILAN J., THOMAS R., RAMAGE M., 2009. Progress and prospects of Catalyse tools Integration. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Damy> DAMY S., HERRMANN-PHILIPPE B., 2009. Metadata for the caENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Damy2> DE SEDE-MARCEAU M.-H., MOINE A., 2007. For an economic regional observatory in Franche-Comt: Between mutualisation and independence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 171-182. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/De-Sede-Marceau> DE SEDE-MARCEAU M.-H., MOINE A., 2009. Observation: concept and implications. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/De-Sede-Marceau>
February 2009, 28th
637 / 653
DELOUSTAL P., 2009. PRO-ACT: a step to observation and territorial anticipation which integrates the perception of the actors. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Deloustal> DEVILLET G., BREUER C., 2009. Contribution to the applied territorial intelligence: reasoned catalog of territorial information available on Internet and sources in Europe. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Devillet> DEVILLET G., CHEN D., 2007. Reasoned catalogue of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, deliverable 29 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 81 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable29> DEVILLET G., DI C., 2006. State-of-the-art about of territorial information available on internet and sources in Europe, deliverable 24 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 23 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable24> DEVILLET G., JASPARD M., LAPLANCHE F., MERENNE-SCHOUMAKER B., 2009. Towards a participative tool of decision-making aid as regards retail location. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Devillet2 DEVILLET G., OSTIR K., PEHANI P., LANDRE M., 2009. Portal on institutional territorial indicators available on internet in Europe, deliverable 59 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ caenti/deliverable59> DROEVEN E., 2008. Landscape and Participation: Construction of a PhD Research Problem and an Analysis Method. Towards the Comparative Analysis of Participatory Processes of Landscape Management Projects Design on a Local Scale in the Walloon Region (Belgium). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 461-467. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Droeven> DUMAS P., 2007. Is region the most appropriate space to think sustainable development? A framework for research and implementation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 5162. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Dumas> DUMAS P., GARDERE J.-P., BERTACCHINI Y., 2008. Contribution of socio-technical systems theory concepts to a framework of Territorial Intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 92-105. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Dumas> EL NOUR S., 2008. Social Participation of Rural Youth in Development in Two Villages in Kena Governorate in Egypt. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 547-562. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/El-Nour>
February 2009, 28th
638 / 653
FELIU J., 2008. Organizing Capacity of Territorial Actors in Medium-sized Cities. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 563-574. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Feliu> FERNNDEZ QUINTANILLA J., 2009. Accem's observatories network. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Fernandez> FERNANDEZ QUINTANILLA J., MAHIA CORDERO J., GIRARDOT J.J., MASSELOT C., 2007. ACCEM observation strategy. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 151-158. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Fernandez> FERNNDEZ QUINTANILLA J., MAHIA J., MIEDES B., 2008. Strategic Observation and Partnership. The case of ACCEMs Observatories. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 665-671. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Fernandez> FILO C., 2006. Report on research context and practice in the University of Pecs (Hungary), deliverable 37 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 21 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable37> FILO C., 2007. Knowledge-based development models. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 225-228. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Filo1> FIL C., 2007. Report about the notion of competitiveness of territory, deliverable 32 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 41 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable32> FILO C., 2007. Report on evaluation of the Quality Letter, PTE team conclusions, deliverable 44 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 11 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable44> FILO C., 2007. Territorial competitiveness for territorial intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 60-62. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Filo3 > FILO C., 2007. The spreading of fundamental methods and research design in territorial information analysis within the social sciences and humanities sciences. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 21-23. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Filo2> FIL C., 2008. Territorial Competitiveness and the Human Factors. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative actionresearch and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 323-336. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Filo2> FILO C., 2008. Work Package 4: The Spreading of Fundamental Methods and Research Design in Territorial Information Analysis within the Humanities and Social Sciences. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance,
February 2009, 28th
639 / 653
participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 53-59. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Filo1> FILO C., 2009. Indicators of territorial competitiveness. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Filo> FILO C., ORMAUX S., DEVILLET G., CHAMPOLLION P., TRUDA G., MOLLO M., 2009. Final scientific report of synthesis on territorial intelligence, deliverable 33 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable33> FIL S., 2006. State-of-the-art about the notion of competitiveness of territory, deliverable 27 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 12 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable27> FLETY Y., GIAZZI F., 2008. Air-Tnr National Natural Reserve (RNNAT) Observatory: Territorial Intelligence for Sustainable Development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 213-222. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Flety> FRANCO LIGENFERT M., 2009. Planning of the District V. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/FrancoLigenfert> FREMAUX A., 2009. Proposition of a territorial animation device based on the actors skills cartography. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Fremaux> GAGNON S., 2009. Toward an objective understanding of spatial dynamics: Description of a methodology and two case studies in Quebec. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gagnon> GANNAC V., 2009. In situ Art exhibitions as a support of a sustainable development policy in the post-industrial areas and new regional territories? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gannac> GARCA FUERTES M.-L., 2009. Len observation group. Monitoring and evaluation device for the integration of immigrant population. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Garcia> GARCA SAN MARTN E., GARCA SAN MARTN C., GARCA FUERTES L., 2009. Observatory of migrations of Leon GOL. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Garcia-San-Martin> GARDERE E., GARDERE J-P., 2009. Network and multimodality in Bordeaux. Sustainable strategy and technological choices. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Gardere>
February 2009, 28th
640 / 653
GIRARDOT J.-J. (Ed)., 2009. Acts of the Annual International Conference BESANON 2008, deliverable 16 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable16> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006. First midterm progress activity report (March - August 2006), deliverable 1 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 82 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable1> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006. Specifications for the software PRAGMA of quantitative collection and treatment software, deliverable 54 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 53 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable54> GIRARDOT J.J., 2007. Activities and prospects of CAENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 39-47. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ alba06/Girardot1> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007. Mid-term progress Report (March - August 2007), deliverable 4 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 68 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable4> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007. The editorial function of the territorial intelligence systems. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 255-265. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Girardot2> GIRARDOT J.J., 2007. Tools for territorial intelligence actors. Activities and prospects of research activities concerning tools of territorial intelligence for sustainable development actors. Work Package 6 Tools for Actors of CAENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 76-88. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ alba06/Girardot4> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2008. Advertisement and call for papers of the Annual International Conference BESANON 2008, deliverable 15 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 26 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable15> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2008. CAENTI, Activities and prospects. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 39-52. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Girardot1> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2008. Third midterm activity progress report, deliverable 7 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 91 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable7> GIRARDOT J.-J., 2009. The caENTI scientific results and prospects. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Girardot2> GIRARDOT J.J., BICHET A., 2006. Evaluation of projects funded by the European Commission and of existing information in the GDs that might be relevant in the field of territorial intelligence, deliverable 25 of CAENTI project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 27 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable25>
February 2009, 28th
641 / 653
GIRARDOT J.J., BICHET A., 2007. Evaluation of projects funded by the European Commission and of the existing information of the GDs that might be relevant in the territorial intelligence field. Coordination group wp4p Projects of CAENTI. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 46-51. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/alba06/Girardot3> GIRARDOT J.J., BICHET A., 2007. Evaluation report on EC relevant projects and GD information (March-December 2007), deliverable 30 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 34 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable30> GIRARDOT J.-J., CHEN D., 2006. List of territorial indicators available on internet for comparison with CATALYSE Data, deliverable 53 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 28 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ caenti/deliverable53> GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2009. Specifications for the Territorial Intelligence Community Systems (TICS). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Girardot> GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2006. Conceptual and methodological specifications for a Territorial Information Community System, including technical specifications for integration of PRAGMA with the software of qualitative data analysis ANACONDA, deliverable 55 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 24 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable55> GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2008. CATALYSE Toolkit. Specifications for the processing and editorial chain from territorial data to results, deliverable 58 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 251 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable58> GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., DAMY S., HERRMANN B., JACQUES I., SANCHEZ C., ASENSIO M. J., 2008. Progress and prospects of the wp6 "tools for actors. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative actionresearch and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 81-104. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Girardot2> GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., DAMY S., HERRMANN B., SANCHEZ C., MORENO MORENO A., MIEDES B., 2009. Specifications for a Territorial Information System, deliverable 60 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable60> GIRARDOT J.-J., MIEDES-UGARTE B., 2008. International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development (deliverable 14 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union), Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, 699 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable14> GIRARDOT J.-J., PASCARU M., ILEANA I., 2007. International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development (deliverable 12 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union), Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, 280 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ caenti/deliverable12a>
February 2009, 28th
642 / 653
GIRARDOT J.-J., PASCARU M., ILEANA I., 2007. International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence (deliverable 12 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union), Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, 113 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable12b> GIRARDOT J.-J., SANCHEZ C., ASENSIO M.J., 2006. Guidance notes for the use of CATALYSE information and tools (3 parts), deliverable 56 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 192 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ caenti/deliverable56> GIRARDOT J.-J., SANCHEZ C., ASENSIO M.J., 2007. Specifications for a European on-line Inclusion Itinerary Accompaniment File, deliverable 57 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 515 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable57> GONZALEZ MAHE I., 2009. Manual for use of the Accems observatories. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mahe> GORIA S., 2009. Territoriality and Territorial Intelligence Devices: A functional investigation from Intelligence management and territory notions. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Goria> GORIA S., KNAUF A., 2008. Composite picture to help to study and to define a Regional Economic Intelligence Device. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 148-162. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Goria> GRUSON L., 2009. Claude Nicolas Ledoux, visionary architecture and social utopia. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Gruson> HERBAUX P., 2009. Anticipation and territory. Does collecting information need citizens? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Herbaux> HERBAUX P., MASSELOT C., 2008. Territorial Intelligence and Governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 509-521. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Herbaux> HUMBERT-DROZ SWEZEY A., 2009. Concept of territorial intelligence: contributions of the Council of Europe (47 member states, strasbourg). Territorial intelligence should integrate global public goods (un/undp) and cultural objectives (council of europe). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Humbert> INFANTE REJANO C., DUEAS CABRERA M. J., 2008. Local Development Model applied to a Chocolate Industry in Pozoblanco (Crdoba, Spain). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and
February 2009, 28th
643 / 653
territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Infante>
2008,
p.
353-360.
<URL:
IONA L., 2007. Trends in social mobility in Romania since the Middle of the Twentieth Century. Economical change as an explicative factor of the social mobility. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 189-199. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ alba06/Ionas> JOERIN F., 2009. Information and Territorial Decision Support. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Joerin> JULIEN-SAINT-AMAND F., LE MONNER P., 2009. Industrial Ecology, an Innovative Approach Serving Spatial Planning: the Example of the Tool PRESTEO (A Program to Research Synergies on a Territory). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Julien-Saint-Amand> KAMPS S., TANNIER C., 2009. A planning support system for assessing strategies of local urban planning agencies. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Kamps> KOKALJ Z., PEHANI P., HVALA S., OSTIR K., 2007. Application of Internet GIS tools for heritage management. ARKAS case study. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 267-272. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Kokalj> KOUZMINE Y., AVOCAT H., DE SEDE-MARCEAU M.-H., 2008. Observation of Saharan Territorial Structures and Dynamics. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 361-375. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Kouzmine> KOUZMINE Y., OTHMANE T., YOUSFI B., 2009. The territorial dynamics of the South-West Saharian in Algeria. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Kouzmine> LACOUR S., 2009. The complexity of the production of information in a step of territorial intelligence in a sector where sources are pluri-disciplinary and of multisector information: the example of performing heritage. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Lacour> LEU F.-Y., 2008. Analyzing Survey Data Concerning the Construction of Central Taiwan Science Park using Association Rules and Geographical Information Systems. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative actionresearch and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 243-251. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Leu> LEU F.-Y., HUANG Y.-T., 2009. Software Tools Developed and Employed for Survey on Central Taiwan Science Park and Data Analyses. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Leu>
February 2009, 28th
644 / 653
LEU F.-Y., WANG T.-H., 2007. Data analysis using GIS and data mining. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 231-237. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/alba06/Leu> MAHIA CORDERO F.-J., 2007. ACCEM experience in the implementation of a territorial management system of social and professional skills since immigrant labour insertion and social integration processes in Spain. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 137-144. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Mahia> MAHA CORDERO J., MARTNEZ GNZALEZ M., PALACIO TORRE R., HEVIA ARTIME I., 2009. Permanent Observatory of immigration in Asturias, ODINA. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mahia> MAHA CORDERO J., PALACIO TORRE R., MARTNEZ MARTNEZ M., 2009. Socioeconomic permanent observatory of immigration in Asturias: ODINA. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mahia2> MALEKI K., 2009. Policy Delphi as a method of participatory governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Maleki> MANGONE E., 2008. Territorial Development and Governance: Third Sector Organizations. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p 471-489. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/ Mangone> MANGONE E., 2009. The Community and Communitarian Development Models. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Mangone> MARINA L., MOLDOVAN N., 2009. Including the inhabitants options in a process of Territory regeneration for the Vauban-type citadel in Alba Iulia. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Marina> MASSELOT C., ACS P., PETIT E., 2006. Cooperative workspace, deliverable 18 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 28 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable18> MASSELOT C., ACS P., PIPONNIER A., PETIT E., 2007. First periodic portal editorial report, deliverable 19 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 95 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable19> MASSELOT C., ACS P., PIPONNIER A., PETIT E., 2008. Second periodic portal editorial report, deliverable 20 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 81 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable20>
February 2009, 28th
645 / 653
MASSELOT C., PETIT E., 2006. Intra-consortium web site, deliverable 17 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 12 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable17> MASSELOT C., PETIT E., 2009. Territorial Intelligence Portal, deliverable 22 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable22> MASSELOT C., PETIT E., PIPONNIER A., ACS P., 2009. Final portal editorial report, deliverable 21 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable21> MAUREL P., BERTACCHINI Y., 2009. Conception, representation & mediation in participatory land planning projects: 3D physical models artefacts. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Maurel> MEIRE L., DELVOYE J.-M., DE NOOSE C., 2009. Transfer of an exploratory observation starting from the European guide: Chapelle-lez-Herlaimont experimentation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Meire> MIEDES B., 2006. Analysis of the Application of the Governance Principles of Sustainable Development to Territorial Research-Action, deliverable 40 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 30 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable40> MIEDES B., 2006. Report on research context and practice in the Universidad of Huelva (Spain), catalogues of experiences, deliverable 35 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 29 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable35> MIEDES B., 2007. Advertisement and call for papers of the Annual International Conference HUELVA 2007, deliverable 13 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 10 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable13> MIEDES B., 2007. Analysis of the application of the governance principles of sustainable development to territorial research-action. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 66-72. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ alba06/Miedes2 > MIEDES B., 2007. caENTI Quality Letter of Action-Research favouring Territorial Governance of Sustainable Development, deliverable 47 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 33 pages <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable47> MIEDES B., 2009. Performing the caENTI quality letter on action-research. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Miedes2> MIEDES B., 2009. Territorial intelligence and the three components of territorial governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Miedes>
February 2009, 28th
646 / 653
MIEDES B., 2009. The uses of territorial intelligence tools (Scientific report on A5PS and A6PS workshops). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes4> MIEDES B., 2009. Video on Territorial intelligence: Action-research for sustainable development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Miedes3> MIEDES B., 2009. Video: Research is at territories intelligence service, deliverable 50 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable50> MIEDES B., SANCHEZ LOPEZ C., PEREZ MORALES G., MORENO A., 2007. Are local labour markets suitable space units in order to define sustainable territorial development strategies? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 123-132. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Miedes1> MIEDES-UGARTE B., 2007. Report on evaluation of the Quality Letter, UHU team conclusions, deliverable 42 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 21 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable42> MINGUEZ MORENO O., 2009. Environnemental indicators as contextual information for the territorial actors. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Minguez> MNGUEZ MORENO O., ASENSIO COTO M.-J., 2008. Sustainability of Territorial Projects. A Proposal. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 401-409. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Minguez> MOINE A., SIGNORET P., 2008. How the local governance system is influenced by the creation of an observatory: the OSER 70 experiment. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 204-218. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Moine> MOISEYENKO N., 2007. Businesses as one of the key elements of a regions sustainable development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 201-210. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Moiseyenko> MOLLO M., 2009. The Survey on Territory Research in Europe. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Mollo> MORENO MORENO A., 2009. Data processing protocols in the framework of a territorial intelligence system. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Moreno>
February 2009, 28th
647 / 653
MULLER J.-P., PERETZ A., 2008. Influence of the Contexts and Associative Organisation on the Implementacin of a Follow-up System of Users Itineraries. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 581-589. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Muller> NAJIB K., ASKASSAY K., 2008. Systemic Approach and Modelling of the Socio-Spatial Segregation Phenomenon of Cities in the East of France. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 413-429. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Najib> ORMAUX S., 2006. State-of-the-art about fundamental methods and tools of spatial analysis and of processing of territorial information within the social sciences and humanities, deliverable 23 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 5 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable23> ORMAUX S., 2007. Methods for territorial intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 25-27. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Ormaux> ORMAUX S., 2008. Inter-visibility a Concept at the Service of Territorial Intelligence, a Tool at the Service of Governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 235-241. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Ormaux> ORMAUX S., FILO C., 2009. Fundamental methods and generic tools for territorial intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/besancon08/Ormaux> ORMAUX S., MOINE A., DE SEDE-MARCEAU M.-H., 2008. Inventory of fundamental methods and tools of spatial analysis and of processing of territorial information within the social sciences and humanities in Europe, deliverable 28 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 19 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable28> PASCARU M., 2006. Advertisement and call for papers of the Annual International Conference ALBA IULIA 2006, deliverable 11 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 10 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/ deliverable11> PASCARU M., 2006. Report on research context and practice in the University 1er decembrie 1918 ALBA IULIA (Romania), catalogues of experiences, deliverable 38 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 24 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable38> PASCARU M., 2007. Report on evaluation of the Quality Letter, UAB team conclusions, deliverable 45 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 9 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable45> PASCARU M., 2007. Territorial intelligence and local development. The restoring of results of the sociological inquiry in a microregional area. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba
February 2009, 28th
648 / 653
Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 211-224. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Pascaru> PASCARU M., 2008. The Restoring of Inquiry Results in Action Research and the Community Development Founding. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 431-446. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Pascaru> PASCARU M., 2009. The principles of the territorial intelligence. Proposals for exploratory operationalisation and researches in the Livezile-Rimetea micro-region (Romania). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Pascaru> PEHANI P., LANDRE M., OSTIR K., 2009. Interactive Map for caENTI Application of the Web Mapping Technology. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Pehani> PERETZ A., 2009. Participative management in the elaboration and implementation of the OSUA information system. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Peretz> PERETZ A., GIMBERT J.-P., 2007. Development of a co-operative information system for the follow-up of the evolution of users situation (children, youngs and adults mentally handicapped). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 159-163. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Peretz> PETIT-BREUILH SEPLVEDA M. E., 2008. Natural Desastres and Intelligence in Latinamerica. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 575-578. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/PetitBreuilh> PHILLIPON M., 2009. Mediaction btiment II. Evaluation of the building jobs image and tools of beneficients' follow-up. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Phillipon> POIREY J.-P., CAILLE-CATTIN C., 2008. Territorial Identity and Geographical Mobility Projects. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 391-399. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Poirey> POTTER P., 2008. Methodologies for Generalising from the Unique: Knowledge Transfer in Territorial Governance Investigations and Evaluations. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 447-459. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Potter> PRADO-LORENZO J. M., GARCA SNCHEZ I. M., 2008. The effect of Participation in the Development of Local Agenda 21 in the European Union. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and
February 2009, 28th
649 / 653
territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Prado>
2008,
p.
523-546.
<URL:
QUOY O., MASSELOT C., 2008. Information System: Transport Dynamic Cartography in Alsace. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 253-275. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Quoy> RIGOLI J.-M., 2009. Evaluation in the Jardin de Cocagne. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Rigoli> RTEIU I., BRLA M., 2007. Sustainable development and forestry resources administration in the Apuseni Mountains area. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol. 1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 183-188. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Risteiu> RODRGUEZ VILLASANTE T., 2008. Research-Action Applied to Territorial Development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 111-115. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/ Rodriguez> ROSS E., 2009. A collaborative environment for actors for sustainable development. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Ross> RUEY-MING TSAY R.-M., YEH H.-J., 2009. The Effects of Social Stratification in the Process of Urban Development: an Empirical Analysis of Taiwans Case. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Tsay> RULOT C., DELVOYE J.-M., 2009. Recommendations for the catalyse method uses. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Rulot> SAAVEDRA L., PINUEL J., 2009. Intelligence for territorial intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Saavedra> SACCHERI T., 2008. Territorial Intelligence and Equity in Health. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative actionresearch and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 491-508. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Saccheri> SACCHERI T., 2009. Action and involvement in health governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Saccheri2> SACCHERI T., SCHMITZ S., 2008. Catalogue of participation research-action methodologies, especially those suitable for territorial intelligence development. Participatory definition of social needs and solution strategies in vulnerable territories, deliverable 48 of caENTI, project funded under
February 2009, 28th
650 / 653
FP6 research program of the European Union, 17 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable48> SACCHERI T., SCHMITZ S., 2009. Participatory definition of social needs and solution strategies in vulnerable territories (catalogue of participatory research-action methodologies). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Saccheri> SALLES M., COLLETIS G., 2009. How to deal with the conflicting views of the world expressed in regional economic development policies? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Salles> SANCHEZ C., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2007. Specifications of the contents of the European Guide of Diagnosis and Evaluation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.2, Proceedings of caENTI Coordination Action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 89-111. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/ Sanchez> SANCHEZ LOPEZ C., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2006. European contents specification for a CATALYSE guide for diagnosis and evaluation, deliverable 51 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 155 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable51> SANCHEZ LOPEZ C., GIRARDOT J.-J., 2009. Uses of the territorial intelligence tools within the developement partnerships. The European repertory of territorial intelligence projects. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Sanchez> SANCHEZ LOPEZ C., GIRARDOT J.-J., MASSELOT C., 2007. European contents specifications of an on line territorial repertory of services, deliverable 52 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 31 pages. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/caenti/deliverable52> SANCHEZ MONTERO M., GUZMAN BEJARANO M., 2009. Gironas permanent immigration observatory (OPIG). Territorial views and partnership dynamisation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/SanchezMontero> SAUTER A., ORMAUX S., TOURNEUX F., 2009. Landscape and public policies: evaluation and indices. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/besancon08/Sauter> SCHMITZ S., 2006. Report on research context and practice in the Universit de LIEGE (Belgium), catalogues of experiences, deliverable 36 of caENTI, project funded under FP6 research program of the European Union, 22 pages. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/caenti/deliverable36> SCHMITZ S., 2007. Is territorial sensitivities method acceptable in the territorial intelligence approaches? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol.1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 165-167. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Schmitz>
February 2009, 28th
651 / 653
SCHMITZ S., DE GRAEF S., 2008. A Self-critical Analysis of a Running Research Project to Improve the Sustainability of Public Place Management. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 591-597. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/Schmitz> SCHMITZ S., ERIX M., DE GRAEF S., PARTOUNE C., DALIMIER I., PHILIPPOT M., MARTIN Y., VAN HECKE E., 2009. Territorial intelligence is also networking! Which strategies could be adopted to create a community of practices? In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Schmitz> SHIANG J., 2009. Stakeholder Analysis in Territorial Intelligence in Digital Governance. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Shiang> SHIANG J., TSAY R., 2008. Territorial Governance and Residential Welfare: Experiences from Taiwan. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 377-389. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/ Shiang> SIGNORET P., MOINE A., 2009. A concept of the territory implemented in and by observation. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/ index.php/besancon08/Signoret> SISSAO C. E., 2009. Local Governance and Communalisation in Burkina Faso: Douroula case. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ besancon08/Sissao> STREMTAN F., 2009. Some consideration regarding collective intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Stremtan> TANNIER C., 2007. Sharing and disseminating knowledge of advanced spatial modelling. Presentation of an action carried out by the European research group S4 (spatial simulation for social sciences). In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol. 1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 273-280. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Tannier> THIAM S., SIGNORET P., 2009. An observatory shared on the Web: OSER70. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Thiam> TTH J., WILHELM Z., 2007. Geographical, historical and administrative basis of the regions of Hungary. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol. 1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 113-122. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Toth> TOURNEUX F.-P., NUNINGER L., OSTIR K., 2007. ModeLTER: modelling of landscapes and territories over the long term, the members of an European Associated Laboratory (EAL) in CAENTI.
February 2009, 28th
652 / 653
In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Vol. 1, Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 239-248. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Tourneux> TRUDA G., 2008. The Dynamics of a Territory: the Main Actors of Sustainable Development in the Irno Valley. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 337-351. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Truda> TRUDA G., 2009. The European educational systems: a comparison. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Truda> TRUDA G., 2009. The European educational systems: a comparison. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Truda> VENTURINI M.-M., ANGELINI J., 2007. Corsica, island heritage and regional identity: to the territorial intelligence. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Alba Iulia 2006. Papers on region, identity and sustainable development, Aeternitas, Alba Iulia, 2007, p. 95-102. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/alba06/Venturini> WILHELM Z., 2008. Demographic Characters and their Impacts in a Hungarian Region. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 299-308. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/huelva07/ Wilhelm> WILHELM Z., 2009. Sustainable water management methods in Hungary. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/ Wilhelm> WOLOSZYN P., BOURDIN G., 2008. Urban HyperScape: a community game for territorial knowledge. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Huelva 2007. Papers on territorial intelligence and governance, participative action-research and territorial development, Observatorio Local de Empleo, Huelva, 2008, p. 180-203. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/ huelva07/Woloszyn> WOLOSZYN P., BOURDIN G., 2009. The hyperscape project: Participative game informational construction. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorialintelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Woloszyn> WOLOSZYN P., BOURDIN G., 2009. The Hyperscape project: the Landscapes Observatory. Tool Coproduction and Acknowledgment Participative Challenge-Games. In International Conference of Territorial Intelligence, Besanon 2008. Papers on Tools and methods of Territorial Intelligence, MSHE, Besanon, 2009. <URL: http://www.territorial-intelligence.eu/index.php/besancon08/Woloszyn2>
February 2009, 28th
653 / 653

CaENTI16 Acts Besancon

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

CaENTI16 Acts Besancon

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

caENTI Coordination action of the European Network of Territorial Intelligence

Jean-Jacques GIRARDOT Scientific coordinator Universit de Franche-Comt February 2009, 28th

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Program and links

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th

FP6 2004 CITIZENS 5 8.2.2

Coordination Action (CA) 029127 - CAENTI

Acts of Besanon 2008

February 2009, 28th